OREGON BAKING CO DBA MARSEE BAKING
SB-2, 1999-04-30
Previous: RORER ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC/PA, 13F-HR, 1999-04-30
Next: NATIONAL GRID GROUP P L C, U-1/A, 1999-04-30




     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 1999
                                                      Registration No. 333--
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                  -------------

                                    FORM SB-2

                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                  -------------

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                               (DBA MARSEE BAKING)
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

         OREGON                           5812                   93-1091480
(State or jurisdiction of      (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number)  identification No.)

                2287 NW PETTYGROVE STREET, PORTLAND, OREGON 97210
                                 (503) 295-4000
        (Address and telephone number of registrant's principal executive
                    offices and principal place of business)

                              RAYMOND W. LINDSTROM
                      PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                  Marsee Baking
                   2287 NW Pettygrove, Portland, Oregon 97210
                                 (503) 295-4000
                       (Name, address and telephone number
                              of agent for service)
                                  -------------

                                   Copies to:

    THOMAS P. PALMER, ESQ.                           BERT L. GUSRAE, ESQ.
  BRENDAN R. MCDONNELL, ESQ.                         David A. Carter, P.A.
       Tonkon Torp LLP                               Suite 210, West Tower
888 SW Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600                        2300 Glades Road
    Portland, Oregon 97204                         Boca Raton, Florida 33431
        (503) 221-1440                                  (561) 750-6999
      Fax (503) 274-8779                              Fax (561) 367-0960
                                  -------------

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable following the date on which this Registration Statement becomes
effective.
                                  -------------
o    If any of the securities being offered on this Form are to be offered on a
     delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
     of 1933, check the following box.  / /
o    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
     pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the
     following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
     the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /
     __________
o    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
     under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
     Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
     statement for the same offering.  / / __________
o    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
     under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
     Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
     statement for the same offering.  / / __________
o    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
     please check the following box.  / /


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                             CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

=============================== =================== ======================== ======================== ===============

    Title of Each Class of         Amount to be        Proposed Maximum         Proposed Maximum        Amount of
 Securities to be Registered      Registered(1)       Offering Price Per       Aggregate Offering      Registration
                                                           Share(2)                 Price(2)               Fee

<S>                                      <C>                    <C>                  <C>                   <C>
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Common Stock(3)                          2,012,500              $  5.00              $ 10,062,500.00       $2,797.38
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Common Stock Purchase
Warrants ("Purchase                      2,012,500                 0.125                  251,562.50           69.93
Warrant")(4)
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Common Stock underlying
Purchase Warrant                         2,012,500                 5.00                10,062,500.00        2,797.38
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Common Stock Purchase
Warrants to be issued to the
common stock underwriter
("Common Stock Underwriter
Warrants")                                 175,000                 0.001                      175.00            0.05
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Common Stock underlying
Common Stock Underwriter
Warrants                                   175,000                 8.25                 1,443,750.00          401.36
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Warrant Purchase Warrants to
be issued to the warrants
underwriter ("Warrants
Underwriter Warrants")                     175,000                 0.001                      175.00            0.05
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Common Stock Purchase
Warrants underlying Warrants
Underwriter Warrants                       175,000                 0.20625                 36,093.75           10.03
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Common Stock underlying
Common Stock Purchase
Warrants underlying Warrants
Underwriter Warrants                       175,000                 8.25                 1,443,750.00          401.36
- ------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ---------------
Total                                                                                $ 23,300,506.25       $6,477.54
=============================== =================== ======================== ======================== ===============
</TABLE>

- -------------------------------

1 Pursuant to Rule 416, there are also registered hereby such additional
indeterminate number of shares of common stock as may become issuable by reason
of stock splits, stock dividends and other adjustments pursuant to anti-dilution
provisions of the warrants registered hereby. 
2 Estimated solely for the purpose
of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. 
3 Includes 262,500 shares that the underwriter has the option to purchase to
cover over-allotments, if any. 
4 Includes 262,500 purchase warrants that the underwriter has the option to
purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.



                      ------------------------------------




         THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.


================================================================================
<PAGE>

                  PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS, DATED APRIL 30, 1999
                              SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE
CHANGED. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL NOR DOES IT SEEK AN OFFER TO BUY THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
PROSPECTUS


                              [Marsee Baking logo]


                        1,750,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
               1,750,000 REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS

                                  -------------

     This is an initial public offering of 1,750,000 shares of common stock and
1,750,000 warrants to purchase common stock of Oregon Baking Company, doing
business as Marsee Baking. The common stock and purchase warrants are being
offered separately and not as units, and each are separately transferable. The
anticipated initial public offering price of the common stock is $5.00 per share
and of the purchase warrants is $0.125 per warrant. Each purchase warrant
entitles the holder to purchase, during the five-year period following the
offering, one share of Marsee Baking common stock at a price of $5.00 per share,
subject to prior redemption of the purchase warrant by the company, adjustment
of the warrant exercise price under certain circumstances, and other
limitations. See "Description of Securities" for a complete description of
important features of the common stock and purchase warrants.

     There is currently no public market for the common stock or the purchase
warrants. Marsee Baking has applied to include the shares of common stock, under
the symbol "MSEE," and the purchase warrants, under the symbol "MSEEW," for
quotation on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market. Marsee Baking has also applied to list
the common stock and purchase warrants on the Boston Stock Exchange under the
symbols "[__]" and "[__]W."

                                  -------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Underwriting
                                 Initial public           discount               Proceeds to Marsee
                                 offering price        and commissions        Baking before expenses
                                 --------------        ---------------        ----------------------
<S>                                <C>                   <C>                        <C>
Per Share...............             $5.00                 $0.50                    $7,875,000
Per Purchase Warrant....             $0.125                $0.0125                    $196,875
          Total.............       $8,968,750             $896,875                  $8,071,875

</TABLE>

     We have granted the underwriter a 45-day option to purchase up to an
additional 262,500 shares of common stock and up to an additional 262,500
purchase warrants to cover over-allotments. See "Underwriting."


                                  -------------

             INVESTING IN THESE SECURITIES INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF
                  RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.


                                  -------------

     NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE
ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



                      BARRON CHASE SECURITIES, INC. [LOGO]


                    The date of this prospectus is    , 1999.

<PAGE>
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                        PAGE

Prospectus Summary.........................................4
Risk Factors...............................................7
Use of Proceeds...........................................12
Dividend Policy...........................................12
Capitalization............................................13
Dilution..................................................14
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of Operations...........15
Business..................................................22
Management................................................30
Certain Transactions......................................37
Principal Shareholders....................................39
Description of Securities.................................40
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................46
Underwriting..............................................48
Legal Matters.............................................50
Experts...................................................50
Where You Can Find More Information.......................50
Index to Financial Statements............................F-1


<PAGE>

[INSIDE FRONT COVER]

                              [Photos and captions]


                                       2
<PAGE>


                                  -------------

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these
forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about
future events, including, among other things:

     o  Implementation of our operating model,
     o  Management of our growth, our expenditures and our profitability, 
     o  Expansion of our customer base, 
     o  Integration of new stores into our operating model, and
     o  Competition in the bakery-cafe segment of the specialty restaurant 
        industry.

     In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology
such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "believes,"
"estimates," "predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these
terms or other comparable terminology.

     Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of
activity, performance, achievements and prospects to be materially different
from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks,
uncertainties and other factors include, among others, those identified under
"Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

     We do not intend to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking
events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.

     You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not, and the underwriter has not, authorized any other person to provide
you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or
inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the
underwriter is not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction
where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information
appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover
of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and
prospects may have changed since that date.

                                  -------------

     We are an Oregon corporation. Our principal executive offices are located
at 2287 NW Pettygrove Street, Portland, Oregon, 97210, and our telephone number
is (503) 295-4000. In this prospectus, the "company," "Marsee Baking," "we,"
"us" and "our" refer to Oregon Baking Company, doing business as Marsee Baking
(but not to the underwriter listed in this prospectus), including the businesses
acquired by us, unless the context otherwise requires. In addition, "common
stock" refers to our common stock with no par value; "purchase warrants" refers
to the redeemable common stock purchase warrants sold in this offering. See
"Description of Securities." The underwriter for this offering is Barron Chase
Securities, Inc.

                                  -------------

     Marsee Baking -registered trademark- and BagelMax -registered trademark-
are trademarks, registered trademarks, service marks or registered service marks
of Marsee Baking. This prospectus also includes product names, trade names,
trademarks and service marks of other companies.


                                       3
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL THE INFORMATION THAT MAY BE
IMPORTANT TO YOU. BEFORE MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION, YOU SHOULD READ THIS
ENTIRE PROSPECTUS. UPON THE COMPLETION OF THIS OFFERING, THE ONLY CLASS OF OUR
CAPITAL STOCK OUTSTANDING WILL BE OUR COMMON STOCK. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE
INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES (1) THE AUTOMATIC
CONVERSION OF SERIES A, B, C AND D PREFERRED STOCK INTO COMMON STOCK UPON THE
CLOSING OF THIS OFFERING, AND (2) THE UNDERWRITER'S OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTIONS WILL
NOT BE EXERCISED.

                                   THE COMPANY

     Marsee Baking owns and operates 18 bakery-cafes in the Pacific Northwest
that offer more than 100 artisan bakery products, as well as made-to-order
sandwiches, soups and salads, in a friendly, neighborhood atmosphere. Each
bakery-cafe operates as a premium bakery, providing a relaxing cafe experience
that addresses the morning, lunch and late-afternoon day-parts. For 1998, the
six bakery-cafes operating in the company's format for more than a year had
average revenues of approximately $790,000 per store. Marsee Baking also
distributes its products and builds brand awareness through its wholesale
operations, providing specialty retailers and other institutions with a complete
line of Marsee Baking products.

     Marsee Baking, which began with one Portland bakery-cafe in 1993, grew to
eight bakery-cafes before acquiring additional stores in the greater Portland,
Oregon and Seattle, Washington metropolitan areas through an acquisition in
early 1998. Nine of the stores acquired were converted to the Marsee Baking
concept during 1998 and have been integrated into Marsee Baking's operations.
Marsee Baking operates a commissary in each of its two markets that serves as a
central production and distribution facility. The commissaries together produce
a full line of artisan-baked goods based on authentic recipes for daily
distribution to each of the bakery-cafes.

     We believe that we can expand our presence in our current areas of
operation and replicate the Marsee Baking concept in other metropolitan areas
for the following reasons:

o    WE OFFER A WIDE VARIETY OF PREMIUM QUALITY, ARTISAN BAKERY PRODUCTS.
     Marsee Baking differentiates itself in the bakery-cafe segment of the
     specialty restaurant industry by offering over 100 different varieties of
     premium quality, artisan-crafted products based on authentic recipes for
     eat-in or take-out dining. We believe that a diverse and evolving product
     menu engenders customer loyalty and encourages repeat business. Our broad
     range of products creates a competitive advantage over other stores
     offering a single product line (such as bagels) and over bakeries or cafes
     that focus only on a single day-part.

o    OUR CENTRAL PRODUCTION FACILITIES SERVE MULTIPLE OUTLETS AND PROMOTE COST
     EFFICIENCIES, PRODUCT QUALITY AND CONSISTENCY. Our commissaries, which are
     strategically located in each market, serve as central production
     facilities to our bakery-cafes. The use of central production facilities
     permits better quality control, maximum labor efficiency and higher-volume
     production of baked goods, using modern processes, while adhering to
     traditional artisan-style baking techniques.

o    WE HAVE CREATED A DISTINCTIVE DESTINATION THAT SUPPORTS OUR BRAND IMAGE.
     We seek to create an authentic neighborhood cafe atmosphere with upscale
     decor and uniform interior designs that are unique to the Marsee Baking
     concept. We believe that our retail bakery-cafes and wholesale distribution
     work together to reinforce our image as a provider of high quality,
     artisan-baked goods. The wholesale operation provides Marsee Baking's
     complete line of baked goods to quality grocery stores, specialty
     retailers, hotels and fine restaurants in order to promote our local
     bakery-cafes and to create brand recognition associated with premium
     quality baked goods in our markets.


                                       4
<PAGE>

o    WE HAVE RECRUITED A NEW, EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. We have recently
     recruited a new Chief Executive Officer and a new Chief Financial Officer.
     The company's new Chief Executive Officer has over 25 years' experience in
     the specialty restaurant industry, including experience in expanding
     nationally a specialty baking concept. In addition, we have also recently
     recruited a new Chief Financial Officer who has experience in the
     management of rapid-growth manufacturing companies.

o    THE MARSEE BAKING CONCEPT COMPLEMENTS TODAY'S CONSUMER LIFESTYLE AND
     PREFERENCE FOR A HASSLE-FREE, CONVENIENT AND AFFORDABLE DINING EXPERIENCE.
     The bakery-cafe offers a shopping destination for gourmet breads and
     special occasion cakes, a place for a light lunch or a relaxing spot for an
     afternoon cappuccino. Our bakery-cafes offer an authentic dining
     experience, hassle-free convenience and an affordable indulgence for our
     customers.

o    THE MARSEE BAKING CONCEPT HAS SIGNIFICANT BUILT-IN BARRIERS TO ENTRY.  Our
     broad line of complex products, central baking facilities and the high
     "stand-alone" product quality create barriers to entry to competing
     bakery-cafe concepts.


                                  THE OFFERING

          Common stock offered................  1,750,000 shares of common stock
          Warrants offered....................  1,750,000 purchase warrants
          Common stock to be
            outstanding after this offering...  5,366,470 shares
          Warrants to be outstanding
            after this offering...............  2,137,668 warrants
          Use of proceeds.....................  Retirement of bridge financing,
                                                  new store expansion, reduction
                                                  of trade payables, payment of
                                                  accrued dividends, and working
                                                  capital and general corporate
                                                  purposes.  See "Use of 
                                                  Proceeds."

          Proposed Nasdaq SmallCap Symbols:
               Common stock...................  MSEE
               Purchase warrants..............  MSEEW
          Proposed Boston Stock Exchange Symbols:
               Common stock...................  [____]
               Purchase warrants..............  [____W]

     The information as to the common stock outstanding presented above is as of
April 30, 1999. It includes 502,800 shares of common stock included in units
sold in a bridge financing that closed April 27, 1999 and 150,000 shares of
common stock issued on April 29, 1999 in connection with an agreement to provide
a personal guarantee of our line of credit. You should also be aware that we may
be required to issue up to 1,729,513 additional shares of common stock as a
result of the possible future exercise of stock options and warrants, excluding
the purchase warrants sold in this offering. The information as to the
securities outstanding does not include the underwriter's warrants to purchase
up to 175,000 shares of common stock and up to 175,000 purchase warrants. If and
when we issue these shares, the percentage of our common stock you own may be
diluted. PLEASE SEE "CAPITALIZATION" FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES
OF MARSEE BAKING COMMON STOCK, WARRANTS AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK,
"DILUTION" FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE DILUTION OF YOUR INVESTMENT AS A RESULT OF
INVESTING IN THIS OFFERING, AND "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES" FOR A DISCUSSION OF
IMPORTANT FEATURES OF THE COMMON STOCK AND PURCHASE WARRANTS.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                          SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The summary historical financial information as of and for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998 are derived from our financial statements, which have
been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, our independent auditors.  The summary
statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the
balance sheet information as of December 31, 1996 were derived from unaudited
financial statements of the company.  The unaudited summary historical financial
statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 1996 include all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, which, in the opinion
of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the information. You
should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our audited financial
statements and related notes, and the other financial information which appears
elsewhere in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  -----------------------

                                                                            1996           1997            1998
                                                                            ----           ----            ----
                                                                           (in thousands, except per share data)

     <S>                                                                  <C>         <C>               <C>
     STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
     Revenues:
          Bakery-cafes.................................................    $3,662         $4,140          $9,761
          Wholesale....................................................       399            808           2,895
                                                                         ---------       --------        --------
              Total revenues...........................................     4,061          4,948          12,656

     Cost of goods sold................................................     2,112          2,887           7,579
     Store operating expenses..........................................     1,248          1,621           5,281
     Wholesale operating expenses......................................       164            328             599
     Depreciation and amortization.....................................        84            213             817
     General and administrative expenses...............................       563            965           1,959
     Store closure expense.............................................        --             --             253
                                                                          --------       --------        --------
     Loss from operations..............................................      (110)        (1,066)         (3,832)

     Interest expense..................................................      (118)          (129)           (472)
                                                                          --------       --------        --------
     Net loss..........................................................      (228)        (1,195)         (4,304)

     Cumulative dividends on preferred stock series D and A............       (32)           (32)           (100)
                                                                          --------       --------        --------
     Net loss attributed to common shares..............................     $(260)       $(1,227)        $(4,404)
                                                                          ========       ========        ========

     Net loss per common share--basic and diluted......................    $(0.30)        $(1.41)         $(5.07)
     Shares used in computing
          net loss per common share--basic and diluted.................       868            869             869

     BALANCE SHEET DATA:

     Cash (including restricted cash)..................................   $   687     $       91        $    129
     Working capital (deficit).........................................       (27)        (1,487)         (4,148)
     Total assets......................................................     2,059          3,007           8,674
     Long-term obligations.............................................       388          1,423           2,921
     Total shareholders' equity (deficit)..............................       900           (158)            820
</TABLE>


                                       6
<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

     AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK AND PURCHASE WARRANTS INVOLVES A HIGH
DEGREE OF RISK. YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW BEFORE
MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION. THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE
NOT THE ONLY ONES FACING OUR COMPANY. ADDITIONAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT
PRESENTLY KNOWN TO US OR THAT WE CURRENTLY DEEM IMMATERIAL MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR
BUSINESS OPERATIONS. THESE FACTORS, AMONG OTHERS, MAY CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS,
EVENTS OR PERFORMANCE TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE EXPRESSED IN ANY
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

     IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING RISKS ACTUALLY OCCURS, OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL
CONDITION OR OPERATING RESULTS COULD BE MATERIALLY AND ADVERSELY AFFECTED. IN
SUCH CASE, THE VALUE OF YOUR INVESTMENT MAY DECLINE AND YOU MAY LOSE ALL OR PART
OF YOUR INVESTMENT.

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY
- ----------------------------

WE HAVE A LIMITED                    We began operations in 1993.  As a result,
OPERATING HISTORY           your evaluation of us and our prospects will be
UPON WHICH YOU MAY          based on a limited operating history.  In addition,
EVALUATE US                 we have recently recruited a new Chief Executive
                            Officer and a new Chief Financial Officer, and our
                            operating model and business strategy are being
                            revised.  Consequently, our historical results of
                            operations may not give you an accurate indication
                            of our future results of operation or prospects.

WE HAVE AN                           We have incurred substantial losses since
ACCUMULATED DEFICIT,        inception, and we anticipate that we will continue
AND ANTICIPATE FUTURE       to incur substantial losses.  As of December 31,
LOSSES                      1998, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately
                            $6.5 million.  We have experienced significant
                            losses in connection with our expansion into the
                            greater Seattle market and with the opening of
                            in-fill stores in the greater Portland market.  We
                            expect our losses to continue until we can reduce
                            expenses and can operate the Seattle commissary at
                            capacity.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
                            of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
                            Liquidity and Capital Resources."
                             
WE MAY CEASE DOING                   Our audited financial statements have been
BUSINESS WITHOUT THE        prepared assuming that we will continue as a going
PROCEEDS OF THE             concern.  We have suffered recurring losses from
OFFERING                    operations that raise substantial doubt about our
                            ability to continue as a going concern.  Without the
                            proceeds of the offering, we may not be able to
                            continue to operate our business.

WE DO NOT GENERATE                   At our current level of development, we do
ENOUGH CASH FROM            not generate net cash from operations. For the years
OPERATIONS TO FUND          ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, we incurred net
OUR GROWTH PLAN OR          losses of $1.2 million and $4.3 million,
OUR CONTINUED               respectively.  To fund our operations, we require
OPERATIONS                  either additional financing or a substantial
                            increase in the number of bakery-cafes to generate
                            additional operating revenue.  We have developed a
                            specific liquidity plan to meet the ongoing
                            liquidity needs of our operations.  See
                            "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                            Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and
                            Capital Resources."  There can be no assurance,
                            however, that our liquidity goals will be reached in
                            the immediate future, if ever.

WE HAVE SIGNIFICANT                  We may need to raise significant additional
FUTURE CAPITAL NEEDS        funds in the near future to support our growth.  If
WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO        adequate funds are not available, on acceptable
THE UNCERTAINTY OF          terms or at all, we may be unable to complete our
ADDITIONAL FINANCING        expansion program, which would have a material
                            adverse effect on our business, results of
                            operations and financial condition.  If additional
                            funds are raised through the issuance of equity
                            securities, your percentage ownership in the
                            company's equity will be reduced, you may experience
                            additional dilution in net book value per share, and
                            the equity securities may have rights, preferences
                            or privileges senior to those of yours.


                                       7
<PAGE>

WE HAVE A LIMITED                    We presently operate 18 retail
BASE OF OPERATIONS          bakery-cafes, two central production facilities and
AND A HIGH GEOGRAPHIC       a wholesale division, all serving the greater
CONCENTRATION               Portland and Seattle metropolitan areas.  Because of
                            our small existing retail base, many events,
                            including a decline in the profitability of even one
                            or two stores, the opening of an unsuccessful new
                            store or delays in the planned opening of new
                            stores, could materially and adversely affect the
                            profitability of the entire company.  Moreover, the
                            concentration of our retail bakery-cafes in limited
                            geographic markets exposes the company to a greater
                            risk from certain events or conditions, such as a
                            regional economic downturn, than would be the case
                            if our stores were not geographically concentrated.

WE RELY ON OPENING                   Our continued growth depends on our ability
NEW STORES FOR GROWTH       to open, acquire or convert new retail bakery-cafes,
WHICH SUBJECTS US TO        to operate these stores profitably, and to increase
RISKS                       same-store sales.  This growth is likely to place a
                            significant strain on our resources and systems.

                                     To manage our growth, we must implement
    OUR INABILITY TO        systems, and train and manage our employees.  We may
    MANAGE GROWTH           not be able to implement these action items in a
    COULD HURT OUR          timely manner or at all.  Our inability to manage
    BUSINESS                growth effectively could have a material adverse
                            effect on our business, operating results and
                            financial condition.  There can be no assurance that
                            we will achieve our planned expansion goals, convert
                            acquired stores to the Marsee Baking format, manage
                            our growth effectively, or operate our existing and
                            new stores profitably.

    NEW STORES MAY                   The opening of additional stores in current
    COMPETE WITH OUR        markets could have the effect of competing with
    EXISTING STORES         certain of our existing stores.  The effect of
                            opening new in-fill stores may be to divert sales
                            from existing stores, resulting in a decrease in
                            same-store sales for the previously existing units.

WE FACE SUBSTANTIAL                  The specialty restaurant industry is
COMPETITION                 fragmented and highly competitive.  The competition
                            in the retail bakery-cafe segment is increasing.  We
                            compete with other local bakeries, grocery stores,
                            and bread-only stores that supply high quality baked
    MANY COMPETITORS        goods, and with other restaurants that seek to use
    HAVE SUBSTAINTIALLY     quality baked goods to define breakfast, lunch and
    GREATER FINANCIAL       late-afternoon menus.  Actual and potential
    AND OTHER RESOURCES     competitors include regional and national chains as
                            well as locally owned companies. Many of our
                            competitors are well-established and have
                            substantially greater financial and other resources
                            than we do, which may place us at a competitive
                            disadvantage in responding to our competitors'
                            pricing trends, advertising campaigns and other
                            initiatives.  Additional competition may develop in
                            the future and increased competition may erode the
                            potential for same-store sales growth.

                                     We also compete against other specialty
                            retailers and restaurants for suitable sites for new
                            retail stores. There can be no assurance that
                            management will be able to continue to secure
                            adequate sites at acceptable costs and terms.

OUR SUCCESS IS                       We believe that our success will depend on
DEPENDENT ON OUR KEY        continued employment of our senior management team.
PERSONNEL                   If one or more members of our senior management team
                            were unable or unwilling to continue in their
                            present positions, our business, financial condition
                            and operating results could be materially adversely
                            affected.  Our success also depends on having
                            trained mid-level managers and retail employees.  We
                            will need to continue to hire additional personnel
                            as our business grows.  Competition for personnel in
                            the Pacific Northwest is strong.  Our business,
                            financial condition and operating results will be
                            materially adversely affected if we cannot hire and
                            retain suitable personnel.


                                       8
<PAGE>

WE HAVE NOT PAID, AND                We have not paid cash dividends on our
WILL NOT PAY, CASH          common or preferred stock (other than required
DIVIDENDS                   cumulative cash and stock dividends payable to the
                            holders of the Series A and D Preferred Stock upon
                            the closing of this offering) and have no present
                            intention of paying cash dividends in the
                            foreseeable future.  It is the present policy of the
                            Board of Directors to retain all earnings to
                            reinvest in the company.  See "Dividends."

WE MAY EXPERIENCE                    We rely on food wholesalers for the bulk of
PRICE VOLATILITY IN         our raw ingredients.  Our primary raw ingredients
RAW INGREDIENTS             include commodity items such as butter, flour, sugar
                            and chocolate.  The prices of these commodities are
                            subject to volatility.  Further, some raw
                            ingredients such as chocolate are imported, and are
                            subject to potential exchange rate and supply
                            volatility.  We do not engage in hedging activities
                            and, with the exception of certain volume purchase
                            discounts, cannot control the price of our raw
                            materials.  We may experience decreased profit
                            margins if we are unable to pass any increased cost
                            of new ingredients on to our customers.

PROVISIONS OF OUR                    Marsee Baking is an Oregon corporation.
ARTICLES OF                 Anti-takeover provisions of Oregon law could make it
INCORPORATION,              more difficult for a third party to acquire control
BYLAWS, AND OREGON          of us, even if such change in control would be
LAW COULD MAKE              beneficial to shareholders.  In addition, our
ACQUISITION OF US           amended and restated articles of incorporation,
DIFFICULT                   which become effective upon the closing of this
                            offering, will provide that our Board of Directors
                            may issue preferred stock without shareholder
                            approval.  Our amended and restated articles of
                            incorporation will also require a classified board
                            of directors, with each board member serving a
                            staggered three-year term.  The issuance of
                            preferred stock and the existence of a classified
                            board could make it more difficult for a third-party
                            to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial
                            for our shareholders.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE                 We have either tested, are in the process
ISSUES MAY ADVERSELY        of testing, or have obtained assurances of
AFFECT OUR BUSINESS         compliance regarding, the Year 2000 compliance of
                            our business systems, including microcontrollers,
                            and the Year 2000 compliance of our suppliers.
                            Based on recent assessments, we have determined that
                            our retail reporting software system is not
                            currently Year 2000 compliant.  As a result of this
                            problem, some of our internal computer systems could
                            fail to operate or fail to produce correct results
                            beginning in the year 2000.  We have adopted a plan
                            to upgrade this system by August 31, 1999.  We
                            presently believe our internal computer systems will
                            be Year 2000 compliant in a timely manner, but
                            undetected errors may remain.  In addition, we
                            cannot be certain that any of the remedial measures
                            adopted will prevent the occurrence of Year 2000
                            problems, which could have a material adverse affect
                            on our business, financial condition or results of
                            operations.  See "Management's Discussion and
                            Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                            Operations--Year 2000 Compliance."

GOVERNMENT                           The specialty restaurant industry is
REGULATION COULD            subject to extensive federal, state and local
ADVERSELY AFFECT            government regulations relating to the development
OUR BUSINESS                and operation of food service outlets, including
                            laws and regulations relating to building and
                            seating requirements, the preparation and sale of
                            food, cleanliness, safety in the work place,
                            accommodations for the disabled, and our
                            relationship with our employees, such as
                            discriminatory practices, overtime and working
                            conditions and citizenship requirements.  The
                            failure to abide by these laws or regulations, and
                            the failure to obtain or retain necessary food
                            licenses, could adversely affect the operations and
                            profitability of the company.  In addition,
                            significant numbers of our food service and
                            commissary personnel are paid at rates governed by
                            the state minimum wage laws.  Further increases in
                            the minimum wage will increase our retail and
                            commissary labor costs, and may adversely affect our
                            results of operations and financial condition.


                                       9
<PAGE>

RISKS RELATED TO THE OFFERING
- -----------------------------

THE OFFERING PRICE MAY               Although set in good faith, the offering
BE ARBITRARY                price per share of common stock or per purchase
                            warrant may not bear a direct relationship to Marsee
                            Baking's assets, earnings, book value, results of
                            operation or any other objective standard.

YOU WILL EXPERIENCE                  You will experience immediate and
IMMEDIATE AND               substantial dilution.  As of December 31, 1998, the
SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION        company had an adjusted pro forma net tangible book
                            value of $0.30 per share derived from the company's
                            balance sheet as of December 31, 1998 and taking
                            into account (1) the issuance of stock dividends and
                            the conversion of preferred stock into shares of
                            common stock, (2) the private sale of common stock
                            in a bridge financing in January-April 1999, and (3)
                            the issuance of common stock in connection with an 
                            agreement to provide a personal guarantee of our 
                            line of credit in April 1999.  After giving effect
                            to the sale of the securities sold in this offering,
                            and after deducting underwriting discounts and
                            estimated offering expenses, the adjusted pro forma
                            net tangible book value will be $1.50 per share.
                            The result will be an immediate increase in book
                            value to existing shareholders of $1.20 per share
                            and an immediate dilution to you of $3.50 per share.
                            As a result, you will bear most of the risk of loss
                            since your shares are being purchased at a cost
                            substantially above the price at which existing
                            shareholders acquired their shares.  See "Dilution"

                                     We also have outstanding a large number of
                            stock options to purchase common stock with exercise
                            prices significantly below the estimated initial
                            public offering price of the common stock.  To the
                            extent these options are exercised, there will be
                            further dilution.  We intend to grant substantial
                            stock options to our employees in the future.

YOUR PURCHASE                        If you are acquiring warrants to purchase
WARRANTS ARE SUBJECT        our common stock in this offering, your purchase
TO REDEMPTION BY US         warrants are subject to redemption by the company on
                            30-days prior written notice if the daily trading
                            price for the shares is above $10.00 for at least 30
                            consecutive trading days ending not more than ten
                            days before the date of the notice of redemption.
                            If the purchase warrants are redeemed, you will lose
                            your right to exercise your purchase warrants except
                            during the 30-day redemption period.  Any redemption
                            of the purchase warrants by us during the one-year
                            period following the offering will require the prior
                            written consent of the underwriter.  See
                            "Description of Securities--Warrants."

WE MUST COMPLY WITH                  We will be able to issue the shares of
THE FEDERAL                 common stock upon the exercise of the purchase
REGISTRATION AND            warrants only if there is a current prospectus
STATE BLUE SKY              relating to the common stock under an effective
REQUIREMENTS TO             registration statement filed with the Securities and
PERMIT EXERCISE OF          Exchange Commission.  In addition, the common stock
YOUR PURCHASE WARRANTS      must be qualified for sale or exempt under
                            applicable state securities laws of the
                            jurisdictions in which the various holders of
                            purchase warrants reside.

    NON-REGISTRATION IN              There can be no assurance that we will be
    YOUR STATE OF THE       successful in maintaining a current registration
    COMMON STOCK            statement.  The company intends to qualify the sale
    UNDERLYING THE          of the purchase warrants in a limited number of
    PURCHASE WARRANTS AT    states, although certain exemptions under certain
    THE TIME OF EXERCISE    state securities laws may permit the purchase
    MAY PREVENT YOU FROM    warrants to be transferred to purchasers in states
    EXERCISING YOUR         other than those in which the purchase warrants were
    PURCHASE WARRANTS       initially qualified.  We can make no assurances that
                            we will be able to qualify our securities in any
                            state.  If we have not qualified the issuance of the
                            common stock in the states in which the ultimate
                            purchasers of the purchase warrants reside and no
                            exemption from the qualification is available, the
                            purchase warrants of those purchasers will expire
                            and have no value if the purchase warrants cannot be
                            exercised or sold.  Accordingly, the market for the
                            purchase warrants may be limited because of the
                            company's inability to fulfill these requirements.
                            See "Description of Securities" and "Underwriting."

                                       10
<PAGE>

A MARKET FOR THE                     Before this offering, there has been no
SECURITIES DID NOT          public market for our common stock or purchase
EXIST BEFORE AND MAY        warrants.  We cannot predict the extent to which
NOT EXIST IN THE            investor interest in Marsee Baking will lead to the
FUTURE                      development of a trading market or how liquid that
                            trading market might become.  If a trading market
                            does not develop or is not sustained, it may be
                            difficult for you to sell your shares of common
                            stock or purchase warrants at a price that is
                            attractive to you.

    EXTERNAL FACTORS                 Variations in the trading price of our
    COULD AFFECT OUR        common stock and purchase warrants may result from a
    COMMON STOCK AND        number of factors, some of which are beyond our
    PURCHASE WARRANT        control, including:
    TRADING PRICE
                                o    general economic and stock market
                                     conditions;
                                o    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our
                                     operating results;
                                o    changes in expectations as to our future
                                     financial performance or changes in
                                     financial estimates by securities
                                     analysts;
                                o    earnings and other announcements by, and
                                     changes in market valuations of, other
                                     comparable companies; and
                                o    trading of our common stock and purchase
                                     warrants.

    OUR STOCK PRICE MAY              In addition, the stock market in general
    BE EXTREMELY VOLATILE   has experienced extreme volatility that often has
    AND YOU MAY NOT BE      been unrelated to the operating performance of
    ABLE TO RESELL YOUR     particular companies.  These broad market and
    SHARES OR WARRANTS AT   industry fluctuations may adversely affect the
    OR ABOVE THE OFFERING   trading price of our common stock and purchase
    PRICE                   warrants, regardless of our actual operating
                            performance.  You may not be able to resell your
                            shares or warrants at or above the offering price.

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS                  In connection with this offering, we will
MAY HAVE A DILUTIVE         issue to the underwriter, for nominal consideration,
EFFECT ON OUR OTHER         options to purchase 175,000 shares of common stock
SHAREHOLDERS                and 175,000 options to purchase warrants from the
                            company. These options will be exercisable for a
                            four-year period beginning one year after this
                            offering at an exercise price of 165% of the price
                            at which the common stock and purchase warrants are
                            sold to the public, subject to adjustment.  These
                            options may have certain dilutive effects because
                            the holders of the options will be given the
                            opportunity to profit from a rise in the market
                            price of the underlying securities with a resulting
                            dilution in the interests of our other security
                            holders and future investors.

                                     We have also agreed, at the request of the
                            holders of the options, under certain circumstances,
                            that we will register under federal and state
                            securities laws the options or the securities
                            underlying the options.  Exercise of these
                            registration rights may involve substantial expense
                            to us at a time when we may not be able to afford
                            cash expenditures.  Exercise of these registration
                            rights may also adversely affect the terms upon
                            which we may obtain additional funding, and may
                            adversely affect the price of the common stock.  See
                            "Underwriting."


                                       11
<PAGE>


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

     Marsee Baking will receive estimated net proceeds of $7,165,000 from the
sale of 1,750,000 shares of common stock and 1,750,000 purchase warrants at an
assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share and $0.125 per purchase
warrant, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $897,000 and
estimated expenses of $906,000. If the underwriter's over-allotment options are
exercised in full, we will receive an additional $1,170,000 from the sale of
262,500 shares of common stock and 262,500 purchase warrants, after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions.

     The following table describes the expected allocation of the net proceeds
of the offering, assuming that the underwriter does not exercise its
over-allotment options:

                 Retirement of bridge financing............           $2,585,000
                 New store expansion.......................            2,000,000
                 Reduction of trade payables...............            1,000,000
                 Payment of series A preferred dividends...              107,000
                 Working capital and
                  general corporate purposes...............            1,473,000
                    Total .................................           $7,165,000

Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds of the offering in
investment grade, interest-bearing securities.

     In a bridge financing completed before this offering, we issued certain
demand notes and sold privately to investors certain units, each unit consisting
of one share of common stock and a promissory note in the principal amount of
$5.00, bearing interest at the rate of 8% per year. The principal and accrued
interest are due and payable nine months after the date of the promissory notes
or the closing of this offering, whichever is earlier. We intend to use
approximately $2,585,000 of the proceeds of this offering to repay the principal
and interest owing under the promissory notes. See "Description of Securities."



                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     Other than cumulative cash dividends to holders of Series A Preferred Stock
and cumulative stock dividends to holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Marsee
Baking has never declared or paid any dividends on shares of its preferred or
common stock. See "Description of Securities" for a description of the dividends
payable on certain series of preferred stock. We intend to retain any future
earnings for future growth and do not anticipate paying any other cash dividends
in the foreseeable future. In addition, the company's loan agreement with its
bank prohibits the payment or declaration of dividends other than the Series A
dividends and stock dividends.


                                       12
<PAGE>


                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The table below sets forth the capitalization of the company as follows:

     o        Actual as of December 31, 1998, giving retroactive effect to the
              increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock to
              15,000,000 and preferred stock to 4,000,000, which was approved by
              the shareholders in February 1999;
     o        Pro forma, giving effect to the private sale of 502,800 shares of
              common stock and promissory notes in a bridge financing which
              closed on April 27, 1999, and the issuance of 150,000 shares of
              common stock in connection with an agreement to provide a personal
              guarantee of a line of credit on April 29, 1999; and
     o        As adjusted, giving effect to the sale of the 1,750,000 shares of
              common stock and 1,750,000 purchase warrants sold in this
              offering, net of offering expenses; the conversion of Series A, B,
              C and D Preferred Stock into 2,077,421 shares of common stock; and
              the payment of accrued Series D Preferred Stock dividends by the
              issuance of 17,288 shares of common stock.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Actual        Pro Forma      As Adjusted
                                                                         ------        ---------      -----------

<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>            <C>
Long-term liabilities, net of current portion....................       $2,921          $2,921         $2,753
Shareholders' equity
  Preferred stock, no par value - 4,000,000 shares
    authorized, actual, pro forma and as adjusted:
    Cumulative Preferred Stock Series D - 22,507 shares
      authorized; 16,667 shares outstanding, actual and pro
      forma; no shares outstanding, as adjusted....................      1,000           1,000             --
    Cumulative Preferred Stock Series A - 100,000 shares
      authorized; 52,667 shares outstanding, actual and pro
      forma; no shares outstanding as adjusted.....................        281             281             --
    Preferred Stock Series B - 510,575 shares
      authorized; 510,575 shares outstanding, actual and pro
      forma; no shares outstanding, as adjusted....................      1,143           1,143             --
    Preferred Stock Series C  - 168,000 shares authorized;
      129,121 shares outstanding, actual and pro forma; no
      shares outstanding, as adjusted..............................      4,117           4,117             --

  Common stock, no par value - 15,000,000 shares authorized,
    actual, pro forma and as adjusted; 868,961 shares
    outstanding, actual; 1,521,761 shares outstanding, pro
    forma; 5,366,470 shares outstanding, as adjusted.............          626             952         14,570
Warrants.........................................................          156             156            346
Retained deficit.................................................       (6,503)         (6,503)        (6,503)
                                                                      ---------        --------       --------
         Total shareholders' equity..............................          820           1,146          8,413
                                                                      ----------       --------       --------
                           Total capitalization..................      $ 3,741         $ 4,067        $11,166
                                                                      ==========       ========       ========
</TABLE>

The outstanding securities information excludes the following:

     o    The underwriter's warrants to purchase up to 175,000 shares of common
          stock and up to 175,000 purchase warrants;
     o    Currently outstanding warrants to purchase 387,668 shares of common
          stock; and
     o    Currently outstanding stock options to purchase 1,341,845 shares of
          common stock at a per share weighted average exercise price of $1.44.


                                       13
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

     When you purchase a share of common stock, you will suffer immediate per
share "dilution" in respect of the share in an amount equal to the difference
between the price you paid per share (less the underwriting discount) and the
net tangible book value per share after the offering. Net tangible book value
per share represents the amount of the company's tangible assets less the amount
of its liabilities divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding.

     As of December 31, 1998, the net tangible book value of Marsee Baking was
approximately $820,000 or $0.26 per share of common stock, giving effect to the
following: (1) the issuance of approximately 17,288 shares of common stock to
holders of Series D Preferred Stock as accrued dividend; and (2) the conversion
of the outstanding Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock into 2,077,421 shares of
common stock.

     Giving effect to the recent private sale of 502,800 shares of common stock
during January through April 1999, the net tangible book value of Marsee Baking
on a pro forma basis, as of December 31, 1998, would have been approximately
$0.29 per shares. Giving effect to the issuance of 150,000 shares of common
stock in connection with an agreement to provide a personal guarantee of a line
of credit on April 29, 1999, the net tangible book value on a pro forma basis,
as of December 31, 1998, would have been approximately $0.30 per share.

     Giving effect to the issuance of 1,750,000 shares of common stock offered
by the company at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share
(after the deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses
payable by the company), the net tangible book value of Marsee Baking on a pro
forma basis, as of December 31, 1998, would have been approximately $1.50 per
share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.20
per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $3.50 per share
to purchasers of the shares of common stock in this offering.

     The following table illustrates this per-share dilution of your equity as
of the closing of this offering in an adjusted pro forma net tangible book value
per share of common stock, and assuming no exercise of the warrants, the
underwriter's over-allotment options or the underwriter's options to purchase
shares of common stock and warrants:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       <S>                                                                          <C>          <C>  
       Assumed initial public offering price per share...................                        $5.00
         Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 1998.......           $0.26
         Increase per share attributable to bridge financing.............            0.03
         Increase per share attributable to line of credit guarantee.....            0.01
         Increase per share attributable to new investors................            1.20
                                                                                     ----
       Adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering....                         1.50
                                                                                                  ----
       Dilution per share to new investors in this offering..............                        $3.50
</TABLE>

     The following table shows the number of shares of common stock to be owned
following the offering by existing shareholders and the new investors (assuming
the maximum number of shares of common stock sold in this offering is
purchased):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          SHARES PURCHASED             TOTAL CONSIDERATION       AVERAGE PRICE
                                        NUMBER        PERCENT          AMOUNT        PERCENT       PER SHARE

    <S>                                <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>            <C>
    Existing Shareholders.......        3,616,470(1)    67%          $7,595,000        46%           $2.10
    New Investors...............        1,750,000       33%           8,750,000        54%            5.00
                                       ----------       ---           ---------        ---
             Total..............        5,366,470      100%         $16,345,000       100%
                                       ==========      ====         ===========       ====

</TABLE>
         -------------------------
     1 To the extent that any shares are issued upon exercise of options or
warrants that were outstanding at December 31, 1998, there will be further
dilution to new investors. See "Management--Employee Benefit Plans."


                                       14
<PAGE>


                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW
- --------

     Since opening its first bakery-cafe in 1993, Marsee Baking has expanded to
become the owner and operator of 18 bakery-cafes and two central commissaries in
the Pacific Northwest. Twelve bakery-cafes are located in Oregon and six in
Washington. In 1998, revenue grew 156% to $12,656,000 as we expanded the number
of retail stores over the prior year from six to eighteen bakery-cafes,
primarily due to the acquisition discussed below. We currently derive
approximately 77% of our revenue from these retail outlets, while the remaining
revenue is derived from wholesale operations. Most baking operations are
conducted at the commissaries, and fresh product is delivered to the retail
stores daily.

     Since inception, Marsee Baking has incurred losses in each fiscal year and
had an accumulated deficit of $6,503,000 as of December 31, 1998. The majority
of these losses occurred in the last two years, with losses of $1,195,000 in
1997 and $4,304,000 in 1998. The losses are attributable primarily to relatively
high costs of goods sold and store labor expenses, exacerbated in 1998 by the
operation of ten newly-acquired stores compared to the operation of only six
mature stores during 1997. We have not generated sufficient cash from operations
to fund continued operations or our growth plan, and will require significant
additional future financing.

     Since November 1998, we have focused on revising our operating model to
emphasize revenue improvements through better merchandising, significant cost
and expense reductions and the addition of new wholesale customers. We have not
yet had sufficient experience with this operating model to provide any assurance
that it will generate increased revenue or profits in future periods.
Accordingly, it is not yet clear that we have developed an operating strategy
that will accomplish the goal of reducing and eliminating our losses. If we
cannot develop a profitable strategy and losses continue, we will further
deplete our financial resources and shareholders' equity.

     ACQUISITION. During the first quarter of 1998, we completed the acquisition
of the assets of a Seattle-based retailer of bagels in exchange for the issuance
of two new series of preferred stock. The assets acquired included seven retail
store locations and a commissary in Washington and three retail locations in
Oregon. The acquisition of ten new retail locations represented a significant
increase in the scale of retail operations, as we operated only four retail
locations at the end of 1996 and six at the end of 1997, and opened three new
stores in 1998. The additional retail locations increased the requirements
placed on our management personnel and operations and financial control systems,
as well as on our ability to train and manage our retail employees. Throughout
1998, we renovated the retail locations we acquired and reopened them under the
Marsee Baking brand at a cost of $2,303,000 above the acquisition cost. We made
an additional capital investment of approximately $538,000 to convert and equip
the Seattle commissary for baking Marsee products. Due to capital constraints,
we were unable to renovate all the acquired stores as quickly as planned or
provide the necessary marketing support in the Seattle market to launch properly
the Marsee Baking brand. As a consequence, neither revenue nor results of
operations met management expectations for 1998.


                                       15
<PAGE>

     1999 OPERATING PLAN. In November 1998, we recruited a director of the
company to serve as our new Chief Executive Officer. He has had significant
experience in operating and expanding multi-store bakery concepts. Actions taken
since assumption of his responsibilities as CEO have focused on increasing
revenue while reducing costs. The 1999 operating plan includes:

          o  Focusing employee efforts on profitable activities,
          o  Better merchandising of product in the bakery-cafes,
          o  Improving the speed and quality of customer service,
          o  Reducing ingredient costs,
          o  Improving management of daily bakery-cafe waste, 
          o  Expanding the wholesale customer base, 
          o  Implementing better inventory control and management, 
          o  Further developing store operating controls, and 
          o  Improving utilization of existing information systems.

     More specifically, the 1999 operating plan targets significant reductions
in ingredient costs and further reductions in commissary labor expenses to
reduce costs of goods sold as a percentage of total revenue to below 45% by
year-end 1999. In addition, the 1999 operating plan establishes a target
store-labor-expense to bakery-cafe-revenue ratio of 27.4% for 1999.

     As part of these improvements in operations, we closed one bakery-cafe in
the Seattle area, and terminated the leases and the planned build-out of two new
stores in the Portland area in 1999. In addition, we have reduced expenses
associated with the operation of the Seattle commissary by supplying the Seattle
stores with most products from the Portland commissary until an increased volume
of sales in the Seattle market warrants full-scale operation of the Seattle
commissary.

     1999 LIQUIDITY PLAN. In view of our accumulated deficit and recurring
losses, our auditors have added an explanatory paragraph to their report on our
financial statements stating that there is substantial doubt about our ability
to continue as a going concern. In this regard, management has adopted a 1999
liquidity plan, the principal features of which include:

          o  Execution of the 1999 operating plan,
          o  Reduction of costs and expenses,
          o  Completion of a bridge financing on April 27, 1999 in the form of
             a $2.514 million private placement of units, each unit consisting
             of one share of common stock and a $5.00 promissory note bearing
             interest at 8%, payable upon the earlier of nine months of the date
             of the promissory note or the closing of this offering;
          o  Increase in the working capital line of credit; and
          o  Completion of this offering of 1,750,000 shares of common stock and
             1,750,000 purchase warrants.

Although the bridge financing has been completed, there is no assurance that
this offering will be completed or that we will achieve profitable operations.
The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from
the outcome of this uncertainty. See "Risk Factors," "Use of Proceeds" and
"--Liquidity and Capital Resources."


                                       16
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ---------------------

     1997 COMPARED TO 1998. The following table sets forth the percentage
relationship of certain items to net revenues included in the company's
statements of operations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              December 31,
                                                          1997            1998
                                                      -------------    ------------

         <S>                                             <C>               <C>
         Revenue
           Bakery-Cafe..........................           83.7%            77.1%
           Wholesale............................           16.3             22.9
                                                      -------------    ------------
                                                          100.0%           100.0%

         Cost of goods sold.....................           58.3%            59.9%
         Store operating expenses...............           32.8             41.7
         Wholesale operating expenses...........            6.6              4.7
         Depreciation and amortization..........            4.3              6.5
         General and administrative expenses....           19.5             15.5
         Store closure expenses.................             --              2.0
         Interest expense.......................            2.6              3.7
                                                      -------------    ------------
         Loss before provision for taxes........          (24.1)%          (34.0)%
         Provision for income taxes.............             --              --
                                                      -------------    ------------
         Net loss                                         (24.1)%          (34.0)%
                                                      =============    ============
</TABLE>

     Total revenues increased $7,708,000, or 156%, from $4,948,000 in 1997 to
$12,656,000 in 1998. Bakery-Cafe revenue increased $5,621,000, or 136%, from
$4,140,000 in 1997 to $9,761,000 in 1998. The increase in bakery-cafe revenue is
attributable primarily to the increase in the number of store locations. Stores
opened in 1998 totaled thirteen, ten of which were acquired. Total revenue for
the new stores accounted for $5,018,000 of the increase in bakery-cafe sales.
Capital constraints prevented the immediate renovation of the stores acquired,
and six of the ten stores were not renovated until the third quarter of 1998. As
a result of this delay and our inability to market cost-effectively the Marsee
Baking brand in the Seattle market, the seven bakery-cafes in Washington did not
meet management's revenue expectations in 1998. We closed one underperforming
store in this market in February 1999.

     Revenue for the four retail locations open for the entire year during both
1997 and 1998 decreased 3.1% from $3,740,000 in 1997 to $3,624,000 in 1998. We
attribute such decrease primarily to the diversion of sales from existing stores
as a result of opening three new bakery-cafes in the downtown Portland area. The
two stores opened in the second half of 1997 contributed revenue of $400,000 in
1997 and $1,119,000 in 1998.

     Wholesale revenue grew $2,087,000, or 258%, from $808,000 in 1997 to
$2,895,000 in 1998. The major reason for the growth was our expansion into
Washington, which contributed $830,000 in wholesale revenue in 1998. Sales to
third party distributors grew $924,000, or 142%, from $652,000 in 1997 to
$1,576,000 in 1998. These distributors, who are responsible for delivery,
invoicing and customer service, contributed 81% of wholesale revenue in 1997
compared to 54% in 1998. The other principal component of wholesale revenue in
1998 was derived from $1,071,000 in sales to one warehouse retailer, Costco
Companies Inc., that began in late 1997 in certain Portland- and Seattle-area
Costco stores.

     Cost of goods sold grew $4,692,000, or 162%, from $2,887,000 in 1997 to
$7,579,000 in 1998. The principal components of cost of goods sold are
ingredients, commissary labor and commissary operating expenses. Ingredients, as
a percentage of total revenue, were 31.7% in 1997 and 32.4% in 1998. As volume
increased, we were able to experience labor efficiencies. Commissary labor was
20.0% of total revenue in 1997 compared to 18.7% in 1998. During 1998, the
company expanded into two commissaries and now operates one facility in Portland
and one in Seattle, which conducts limited activities at the present time. As a


                                       17
<PAGE>

result of this doubling of capacity, commissary operating expenses increased
from $329,000 in 1997 to $1,104,000 in 1998. These costs represented 6.6% of
total revenue in 1997 and 8.7% in 1998. The principal factors contributing to
this increase in commissary operating expenses in 1998 included depreciation,
which increased from $52,000 in 1997 to $224,000 in 1998; rent, which increased
from $47,000 in 1997 to $190,000 in 1998; and transportation expenses related
to the movement of product between the two commissaries and the bakery-cafes,
which increased from $5,000 in 1997 to $112,000 in 1998.

     As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold was 58.3% of revenue in 1997
compared to 59.9% in 1998. The percentage increase is due in part to the revenue
mix between retail and wholesale revenue. Wholesale activities increased from
16.3% of revenue in 1997 to 22.9% in 1998, but do not command the higher profit
margin of retail activities.

     Store operating expenses increased $3,660,000, or 226%, from $1,621,000 in
1997 to $5,281,000 in 1998. Store operating expenses were 39.1% of bakery-cafe
revenue in 1997 compared to 54.1% in 1998. The largest component of store
operating expenses is labor. Bakery-cafe labor increased $2,046,000, or 210%,
from $971,000 in 1997 to $3,017,000 in 1998. Bakery-cafe labor was 23.4% of
bakery-cafe revenue in 1997, compared to 30.9% in 1998. This significant
percentage increase in store labor expense is due primarily to the opening of 13
new stores in 1998. For the 13 stores opened in 1998, labor was 36.9% of
bakery-cafe revenue, while for established stores it was 24.6%. New stores
require a base level of labor to operate. The sales from the stores acquired in
Washington did not meet expectations as discussed above and, therefore, fixed
labor costs were higher as a percentage of bakery-cafe revenue.

     The next largest component of store operating expenses is occupancy
expenses, consisting primarily of rent and utility expenses. These expenses
increased $947,000, or 356%, from $266,000 in 1997 to $1,213,000 in 1998. This
increase is due to the number of new stores. While we believe we can manage
these expenses in the Washington operations in the future, we need retail store
revenue growth to substantially reduce occupancy expense ratios to acceptable
levels.

     Marketing expenses are included in store operating expenses and were
$27,000 in 1997 compared to $184,000 in 1998. The 1998 marketing expenses
primarily related to media advertising for new store openings, a logo redesign
and related paper goods repackaging effort, a holiday catalog and store signage.
The company utilized an outside consultant to coordinate these efforts. The
remainder of store operating expenses grew proportionally in relation to
revenue.

     General and administrative expenses increased $994,000, or 103%, from
$965,000 in 1997 to $1,959,000 in 1998, primarily as a result of increases in
general business activity. These expenses represented 19.5% of total revenue in
1997 compared to 15.5% in 1998. General and administrative salaries increased
$568,000, or 105%, from $543,000 in 1997 to $1,111,000 in 1998, as additional
personnel were added to support the growth in wholesale and retail activities.
Employee expenses related to managing two geographic areas grew from $21,000 in
1997 to $100,000 in 1998. Professional fees and service grew $240,000, from
$123,000 in 1997 to $364,000 in 1998.

     Interest expense increased from $129,000 in 1997 to $472,000 in 1998,
primarily as a result of loans obtained to renovate new stores and the
Washington commissary.

     In the fourth quarter of 1998, we had $253,000 of accelerated-depreciation
expenses related to the closure of one bakery-cafe in Washington and costs
related to the abandoned efforts to open two new stores in the Portland area due
to financial constraints. In addition, in 1998 we recognized additional
compensation expenses related to the issuance of options and warrants of
$199,000, and severance benefits payable to former employees of $130,000.

     Due to our losses before the provision for income taxes in each year, there
has been no provision for federal and state income taxes for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998. We have deferred tax assets totaling $575,000 and


                                       18
<PAGE>

$2,218,000 as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively, for which we have
recorded a full valuation allowance.

     Marsee Baking lost $1,227,000 in 1997 compared to a loss of $4,404,00 in
1998. The principal reason for the increased operating losses in 1998 was the
addition of 13 new stores which in their initial years of operation have
relatively high costs and expenses compared to mature stores.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
- -------------------------------

     LIQUIDITY. We had negative working capital of $1,487,000 at December 31,
1997 compared to negative working capital of $4,148,000 at December 31, 1998.

     Cash used by operating activities for 1998 totaled $1,412,000. This use of
cash resulted primarily from the $4,304,000 in losses sustained during the year,
offset principally by non-cash charges of $1,295,000 from depreciation and
$1,335,000 from trade vendors due to increases in volume and extended terms. In
1997, cash used by operating activities was $239,000. Other changes in current
accounts between the two years make up the difference in cash used by
operations. Accounts receivable increased from $54,000 at year-end 1997 to
$253,000 at year-end 1998 due to the increase in wholesale sales. Inventories
were $64,000 at December 31, 1997 and $269,000 at December 31,1998. This
increase was due to inventory requirements to cover increases in baking volume
and bakery-cafe inventory increases due to the number of new stores. Prepaid
expenses also increased from $46,000 at December 31, 1997 to $134,000 at
December 31, 1998 as a result of lease deposits and prepaid rent on new stores.

     Accounts payable increased from $915,000 at December 31, 1997 to $2,250,000
at December 31, 1998. This increase is due in part to increased volume as well
as cash flow difficulties in meeting current terms with vendors. Since December
31, 1998, we have continued to obtain additional debt financing, with the
proceeds in part being used to bring trade vendors closer to normal payment
terms. Accrued liabilities increased from $232,000 at December 31, 1997 to
$735,000 at December 31, 1998. This increase results from increases in, and the
timing of, payments for payroll liabilities, primarily as a result of increased
headcount and vacation accruals.

     Our independent auditors have included in their audit report an explanatory
paragraph which states that our recurring losses from operations raise
substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Our working
capital requirements for the next twelve months consist primarily of funding
operating losses until break-even is realized. See "Risk Factors."

     CAPITAL RESOURCES. Prior to completion of the bridge financing described
below, our primary sources of funds were shareholder loans, private placements
of stock and equipment financing, and to a lesser extent cash provided by
operating activities and a bank line of credit. The increased amount of our
outstanding payables in 1998 also served as an additional source of interim
financing.

     Net cash provided by financing activities in 1997 and 1998 was $1,021,000
and $3,604,000, respectively. During 1998, the company paid down debt
obligations of $528,000 while incurring $227,000 of long-term debt and issuing
$3,027,000 in preferred stock.

     During November and December 1998, we issued $525,000 in demand notes.
Subsequent to the end of the year, we issued an additional $95,000 in demand
notes, and on April 27, 1999, we completed a bridge financing in the form of a
private placement of units, each unit consisting of one share of common stock
and a $5.00 promissory note bearing interest at 8%, payable upon the earlier of
nine months from the date of the promissory notes or the closing of this
offering. See "Description of Securities." After expenses, the notes have an
effective rate of interest of 22%. The previously issued demand notes were
subsequently combined with the 1999 bridge financing, for an aggregate offering
of $2,514,000 million.

     Our bank line of credit was fully utilized at $250,000 on both December 31,
1997 and 1998.


                                       19
<PAGE>

     We have not generated sufficient cash from operations to fund continued
operations or our growth plan, and will require significant additional future
funding. We believe that our 1999 operating and financing plans will, if carried
out successfully, be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the balance of
1999, based on our current expense calculations and our current and anticipated
revenue streams, including the proceeds of this offering. The operating and
financing plans assume certain same-store growth projections can be met, our
costs can be reduced as a percentage of revenue, and our overall cost structure
remains stable, of which there can be no assurance. There also can be no
assurance that our liquidity goals will be reached in the near future, if ever.
In the event that additional capital is required, we may seek to raise that
capital through private or public equity financing. Future financing
transactions may dilute the value of your investment in this offering. There can
be no assurance that such capital will be available on favorable terms, if at
all.

     CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Additions to property and equipment were $1,638,000
in 1997 and $6,127,000 in 1998. Additions relate directly to the number of new
stores opened in each year. In 1997, most capital expenditures were funded
through general financing activities. In 1998, capital expenditures were funded
by $2,139,000 from a preferred stock financing, $2,066,000 from capital leases
and notes payable assumed, and $1,922,000 from an acquisition paid for primarily
by issuance of preferred stock.

     During 1997, we invested in the construction of four new stores, two of
which began operation in 1997 and two of which opened in January of 1998. In
addition, we upgraded our point of purchase systems in all stores.

     In addition to opening one new store and adding to its computer systems
capability, the majority of 1998 capital expenditures relate to the purchase and
renovation of properties acquired in the acquisition of the assets of the
Seattle-based bagel retailer. Throughout 1998, the retail locations were
renovated and reopened under the Marsee Baking name at a cost of $2,303,000
above the acquisition cost. Additional capital investments of approximately
$538,000 were made to convert and equip the Seattle commissary for baking Marsee
products.

     Although no assurances can be given, we believe that proceeds from this
offering will be sufficient to fund certain planned capital expenditures,
including ongoing maintenance and renovation of existing bakery-cafes, and the
addition of five new bakery-cafes in the greater Portland and Seattle
metropolitan area markets. The cost to acquire and renovate a new store is
estimated at approximately $400,000 per location. See "Business--Unit
Economics." There are presently no material commitments for capital expenditures
in 1999.

     OTHER COMMITMENTS. In connection with the issuance of the Series A
Preferred Stock in 1995, the company is obligated to pay cumulative dividends
which accrue at the rate of $0.60 per share per year. At December 31, 1998,
these dividends were accrued and aggregated approximately $101,000. The amount
of accrued dividends at June 1, 1999 is estimated to be approximately $107,000
and are to be paid with proceeds from this offering.

     We lease retail stores, office and commissary facilities under operating
leases expiring through the year 2007. These leases contain renewal options and
rent escalation clauses. Commitments under these operating leases aggregate
$5,382,000, the current portion of which is $1,009,000

     Subsequent to the end of the year, the company entered into an agreement
with its principal supplier providing for the payment of approximately $250,000
in respect of past due accounts payable on or before June 30, 1999. The company
plans to make such payment from the proceeds of this offering. See "Use of
Proceeds."

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
- --------------------

     We depend on our networked computer systems to process point of sale
transactions, collect transaction data, manage inventory and accounts
receivable, and process other financial data on a timely basis. In addition, we
use several desktop personal computers in our headquarters office and
commissaries. The production equipment in our commissaries is generally not
computer or microprocessor controlled.


                                       20
<PAGE>

     We are in the process of assessing the Year 2000 readiness of our internal
computer systems. Our retail reporting software is not Year 2000 compliant and
the process of upgrading our system will begin in June 1999 at an aggregate cost
of approximately $5,000. The required software upgrade is readily available from
the system vendor and is expected to be installed in all stores by August 31,
1999. Our general ledger and inventory control systems have been tested and are
Year 2000 compliant. In addition, we are in the process of completing our
inventory and assessment of our desktop personal computers and will use standard
"off the shelf" vendor-supplied upgrades as required. As a result of these
activities, we presently believe our internal computer systems will be Year 2000
compliant in a timely manner, but undetected errors may remain. In addition, we
cannot be certain that any of the remedial measures adopted will prevent the
occurrence of Year 2000 problems, which could have a material adverse affect on
our business, financial condition or results of operations.

     We do not employ an electronic order interface with any of our third-party
suppliers, and we have initiated communications with our other major suppliers
to identify and resolve issues involving Year 2000 compliance. While we expect
we will be able to resolve any significant problems with our suppliers, any
failure of third parties to resolve any difficulties that arise could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.

     No Year 2000 compliance expenses have been incurred to date. All future
compliance expenses will be funded from general working capital. Although there
can be no assurance, we do not expect the cost of these efforts to be material
to our results of operations.

     We currently do not have any contingency plans and have not determined our
most reasonably likely worst-case scenario with respect to Year 2000 compliance.
We are determining what contingency plans, if any, will be appropriate
subsequent to the expected upgrading and testing of all internal systems by
August 31, 1999. We are considering contingency plans to address possible
business interruptions, including temporary use of manual point of sale devices.
We expect any necessary contingency plans to be completed by October 1999. If we
are required to implement a contingency plan, such plan could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.


                                       21
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

     Marsee Baking owns and operates 18 bakery-cafes in the Pacific Northwest
that offer more than 100 artisan bakery products, as well as made-to-order
sandwiches, soups and salads, in a friendly, neighborhood atmosphere. Each
bakery-cafe operates as a premium bakery, providing a relaxing cafe experience
that addresses the morning, lunch and late-afternoon day-parts. For 1998, the
six bakery-cafes operating in the company's format for more than a year had
average revenue of approximately $790,000 per store. Marsee Baking also
distributes its products and builds brand awareness through its wholesale
operations, providing specialty retailers and other institutions with a complete
line of Marsee Baking products.

     Marsee Baking, which began with one Portland bakery-cafe in 1993, grew to
eight bakery-cafes before acquiring additional stores in the greater Portland
and Seattle metropolitan areas through an acquisition in early 1998. Nine of the
stores acquired were converted to the Marsee Baking concept during 1998 and have
been integrated into Marsee Baking's operations. Marsee Baking operates a
commissary in each of its two markets that serves as a central production and
distribution facility. The commissaries together produce a full line of
artisan-baked goods based on authentic recipes for daily distribution to each of
the bakery-cafes.

     Marsee Baking believes that it can expand its presence in its current areas
of operation and replicate the Marsee Baking concept in other metropolitan areas
for the following reasons:

WE OFFER A WIDE         o   Marsee Baking differentiates itself in the
VARIETY OF PREMIUM          bakery-cafe segment of the specialty restaurant
QUALITY, ARTISAN            industry by offering over 100 different varieties of
BAKERY PRODUCTS.            premium quality, artisan-crafted products based on
                            authentic recipes for eat-in or take-out dining.  We
                            strive to make every item "stand alone" in quality
                            such that any bakery item by itself might be the
                            product line of a successful bakery or cafe.  Marsee
                            Baking's diverse product line includes complex
                            products such as delicate, hand-crafted pastries,
                            slowly fermented breads and gourmet European tortes
                            to satisfy not only varying consumer tastes but also
                            to address different day parts.  We believe that a
                            diverse and evolving product menu engenders customer
                            loyalty and encourages repeat business.  Our broad
                            range of products creates a competitive advantage
                            over other stores offering a single product line
                            (such as bagels) and over bakeries or cafes that
                            focus only on a single day-part.
                         
OUR CENTRAL             o   Marsee Baking's commissaries, which are
PRODUCTION FACILITIES       strategically located in each market, serve as
SERVE MULTIPLE              central production facilities to Marsee Baking's
OUTLETS AND PROMOTE         bakery-cafes.  The use of central production
COST EFFICIENCIES,          facilities permits better quality control, maximum
PRODUCT QUALITY AND         labor efficiency and higher-volume production of
CONSISTENCY.                baked goods, using modern processes, while adhering
                            to traditional artisan-style baking techniques.
                            Marsee Baking's fresh artisan-baked goods, based on
                            traditional European and American recipes, are
                            provided daily by Marsee Baking's commissaries to
                            all of its bakery-cafes for selected on-site baking
                            (bagels and cookies), for use in a variety of menu
                            items (soups and sandwiches), and for immediate
                            sale.  Marsee Baking believes that it will be able
                            to replicate the central commissary concept in other
                            markets.

WE HAVE CREATED A       o   We seek to create an authentic neighborhood cafe
DISTINCTIVE                 atmosphere with upscale decor and uniform interior
DESTINATION THAT            designs that are unique to the Marsee Baking
SUPPORTS OUR BRAND          concept.  Design elements, which may include
IMAGE.                      hammered tin ceilings, slate floors, marble bars,
                            mahogany trim, custom designed cabinetry and display
                            cases, are selected to evoke the charm and elegance
                            of a grand cafe.  Items consumed on premises are
                            served on china or glass plates.  We believe that
                            our retail bakery-cafes and wholesale distribution
                            work together to reinforce our image as a provider
                            of high quality, artisan-baked goods.  The wholesale
                            operation provides Marsee Baking's complete line of
                            baked goods to quality grocery stores, specialty
                            retailers, hotels and fine restaurants to promote
                            our local bakery-cafes and to create brand
                            recognition associated with premium quality baked
                            goods in our markets.


                                       22
<PAGE>

WE HAVE RECRUITED A     o    We have recently recruited a new Chief Executive
NEW, EXPERIENCED             Officer and a new Chief Financial Officer.  Mr.
MANAGEMENT TEAM.             Raymond W. Lindstrom, the company's New Chief
                             Executive Officer, has over 25 years' experience in
                             the specialty restaurant industry, beginning with
                             his role as one of the founders of Restaurants
                             Unlimited, Inc., where he oversaw the rapid-growth
                             of upscale dinner house restaurants.  Mr. Lindstrom
                             later joined Cinnabon, a subsidiary of Restaurants
                             Unlimited, Inc., where he led the development of
                             the Cinnabon concept nationwide.

                             In addition, we have also recently recruited a new
                             Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Stephen A. Aanderud,
                             who has experience in the management of rapid-
                             growth manufacturing companies.  Mr. Aanderud was
                             the President and Chief Executive Officer of
                             ThrustMaster, Inc., a sophisticated computer toy
                             and accessory manufacturing company, which he
                             helped take public in 1995.  

                             The core competencies of the new management team
                             are reinforced by the working knowledge of the
                             founders who remain active in Marsee Baking's
                             operations.

THE MARSEE BAKING       o    We believe that our concept complements today's
CONCEPT COMPLEMENTS          consumer lifestyles and preferences.  The
TODAY'S CONSUMER             bakery-cafe offers a shopping destination for
LIFESTYLE AND                gourmet breads and special occasion cakes, a place
PREFERENCE FOR A             for a light lunch or a relaxing spot for an
HASSLE-FREE,                 afternoon cappuccino.  The bakery-cafe's atmosphere
CONVENIENT AND               is intended to be suitable for takeout or eat-in
AFFORDABLE DINING            dining in a variety of meal occasions.  By offering
EXPERIENCE.                  high quality, artisan-made food, a distinctive
                             atmosphere and superior service, Marsee Baking is
                             able to provide customers with a more authentic
                             dining experience than may be available from other
                             quick-service restaurants in the specialty
                             restaurant industry, without substantially higher
                             prices.  Our bakery-cafes provide hassle-free
                             convenience and an affordable indulgence for our
                             customers.

THE MARSEE BAKING       o    Our broad line of complex products, central baking
CONCEPT HAS                  facilities and the high "stand-alone" product
SIGNIFICANT BUILT-IN         quality create barriers to entry to competing
BARRIERS TO ENTRY.           bakery-cafe concepts.  Marsee Baking's complex
                             product line is diverse and difficult to duplicate,
                             in whole or by individual item.  The central baking
                             facility requires a significant capital investment
                             and a sufficient critical mass of bakery-cafes to
                             support its operation.  Unlike many specialty
                             restaurants, the Marsee Baking concept creates and
                             delivers high quality products on a consistent
                             basis to more stores than is possible through
                             alternative methods.  Marsee Baking is also able to
                             stay competitive throughout the day by addressing
                             four sub-businesses:  the morning, lunch and 
                             late-afternoon day parts, and the specialty 
                             take-out segment.

UNIT ECONOMICS
- --------------

     We introduced the Marsee Baking concept to the Portland market in 1993 and
then to the greater Seattle market in 1998. The operating model, which is based
on a central production and multiple outlet model, is intended to be capable of
rapid expansion through proven unit economics. In the company's experience, the
more mature stores typically have higher unit revenues. For 1998, the six mature
Portland-based bakery-cafes had average revenues of approximately $790,000 per
unit, average sales of $458 per square foot and an average check of $4.19. The
four bakery-cafes that have been in operation for more than 18 months had
average revenues of approximately $906,000 per unit, average sales of $610 per
square foot and an average check of $4.20 in 1998. Company-wide average revenues
for all stores open in 1998, including revenue from the ten newly-acquired
stores both before and after conversion to the Marsee Baking format, were
$513,730 per unit, average sales were $254 per square foot and the average check
was $4.46.


                                       23
<PAGE>

     Our approach to opening new bakery-cafes has been to minimize our required
investment by leasing all of our locations. Our bakery-cafes range in size from
360 square feet to 3,600 square feet. Since 1993, our total investment per
bakery-cafe, net of landlord contributions, has averaged approximately $350,000
to $375,000, with additional average pre-opening costs per bakery-cafe of
approximately $25,000. We expect that most of our planned future bakery-cafes
will range in size from 1,500 to 2,200 square feet and that our total investment
and pre-opening costs per bakery-cafe will be similar to these historical
averages.

EXPANSION STRATEGY AND SITE SELECTION
- -------------------------------------

     Marsee Baking intends to continue to expand its operations in both existing
and new geographic markets. We have already invested the necessary capital in
the commissaries that serve the greater Portland and Seattle metropolitan areas.
In addition to serving Marsee Baking's wholesale operations, the Portland
commissary is able to serve up to approximately 20 bakery-cafes and the Seattle
commissary is able to serve approximately 35 bakery-cafes. We plan to open
additional bakery-cafes in the greater Portland and Seattle metropolitan areas
to fully utilize the capacities of the central baking facilities. Our expansion
plans for 1999 include the opening of up to five new stores in the greater
Portland and Seattle metropolitan markets, if adequate financing can be
obtained. We expect that new bakery-cafes will be profitable within two months
of their opening based on their earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization.

     Our expansion strategy is to enter a new market with a significant critical
mass of stores and wholesale business sufficient to support our central
commissary for that market. This expansion strategy presumes that we will
quickly become the dominant operator in our niche in the markets we enter.
Management will evaluate the company's ability to establish a dominant presence
within a particular area to create entry barriers to other bakery-cafe
competitors.

     We believe that the location of each bakery-cafe is critical to our
long-term success and devote significant effort to finding appropriate sites.
Our site selection strategy takes into account a variety of local factors,
including anticipated demand and consumer preferences, competition, availability
of suitable locations and personnel, local demographics and household income
levels, as well as specific site characteristics, such as visibility,
accessibility and traffic volume. The "look" of the bakery-cafe is designed to
be suitable for any locality, and to provide the perception of an urban
neighborhood cafe experience, wherever its actual location. Many of the
company's bakery-cafes also feature outdoor cafe seating. The general site
location criteria for a neighborhood bakery-cafe are as follows:

     o  1,500-2,200 square feet,
     o  Adequate configuration for retail bakery and cafe use,
     o  Location on morning commute side of major street,
     o  Substantial visibility to vehicular and pedestrian traffic,
     o  Easy in and out access,
     o  Neighborhood setting in residential/commercial area,
     o  Strong weekday lunch business potential (adequate commercial density),
     o  Strong weekend business potential,
     o  Adequate parking,
     o  50,000-70,000 population within a three-mile radius with adequate
        household incomes, and
     o  Adequate labor pool.

     Our success in implementing our expansion plans will depend, in each case,
on our ability to effectively address a number of risks. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to open all of our new operations on a timely
basis, if at all, or, if opened, that those operations will be operated
profitably. See "Risk Factors."


                                       24
<PAGE>

WHOLESALE OPERATIONS
- --------------------

     In addition to our retail operations, we sell a complete line of our
products in baked form through wholesale distributors that service specialty
grocers, restaurants, and institutions. The wholesale distribution arrangement
requires the distributor to provide invoicing, collection, customer service and
marketing, in addition to daily deliveries and inventory management. By
contracting with independent distributors, we have been able to limit wholesale
inventory management, additional investment in secondary distribution equipment,
and a wholesale marketing and managerial structure to oversee the wholesale
accounts, allowing us to focus our managerial and financial resources on growing
our retail operations through the bakery-cafes. In addition, we wholesale bagels
in frozen, boxed form to major regional food distributors under the Marsee
Baking -registered trademark- name and logo, and other brand names.

     In October 1997, we reached an agreement with a warehouse discount chain
for the introduction of portable Marsee Baking booths in its discount warehouse
stores which are near a Marsee Baking bakery-cafe. These "bread fairs" last four
to seven days and are rotated weekly among six store locations in Portland and
Seattle. The company hopes to increase brand awareness and to promote the nearby
bakery-cafe through the "bread fair" demonstrations. The initial capital
investment per traveling booth was approximately $6,000. Annual sales from the
bread fairs were $1,071,000 in 1998, which sales are included in our wholesale
revenue.

PRODUCTS
- --------

     The key product groups are fresh baked goods, made-to-order sandwiches,
soups and cafe beverages. Marsee Baking's commissaries supply the bakery-cafes
with approximately 100 varieties of fresh baked goods from a selection of more
than 200 recipes. These products include the following:

DANISH AND PASTRIES:

    MERENDINE BUN           o Marsee Baking's signature pastry, a flaky butter
                              bun infused with high quality Mexican vanilla
    APPLE CANOE AND         o Flaky butter puff pastries, filled with pastry
      CHERRY FAZOLETTIS       cream and fresh Granny Smith apples or tart sour
                              cherries
    CROISSANTS              o Traditional slow rising, Parisian-style butter
                              croissants in plain, almond- or chocolate-filled
                              flavors
    DANISH                  o Breakfast buns and daytime treats based on 
                              delicate danish dough, including orange-glazed
                              blackberry buns, pecan sticky buns and classic
                              cinnamon twists
ARTISAN-CRAFTED BREADS:

    CALABRESE               o A moist porous Italian white bread with a crunchy
                              crust, made with slow rising starters
    OLIVE PUGLIESE          o An Italian bread infused with Kalamata olives and
                              olive oil
    FOCACCIA                o An Italian "pizza bread" infused with extra
                              virgin olive oil, and topped with roasted red
                              peppers, roma tomatoes, artichoke hearts and
                              other toppings
    WHOLE WHEAT WALNUT      o A sourdough whole wheat bread enhanced with
                              toasted walnuts and a hint of malt
    STRUAN                  o A Scottish multigrain bread enhanced with
                              buttermilk, brown rice, wheat berries, and 
                              polenta
    SAVORY ONION RYE        o A slow fermented rye bread with caramelized 
    BREAD                     onions and exotic Chernuska seeds

BAGELS:                     o Varieties of bagels include traditional flavors
                              of plain, poppy seed, sesame seed and cinnamon
                              raisin, as well as more exotic flavors of orange
                              cranberry, pesto, jalepeno, multigrain, chocolate
                              chip and corn-rye


                                       25
<PAGE>

CAKES AND DESSERTS:

  MARJOLINE CAKES           o A French classic made of four layers of 
                              hazelnut-almond meringue cake separated with one
                              layer of velvety chocolate ganache, a layer of
                              praline whipped cream, and a final layer of 
                              vanilla whipped cream
  CARROT CAKES              o An old-fashioned American spice cake full of
                              freshly grated carrots, fresh pineapple,
                              toasted walnuts, coconut and currants, iced with
                              a smooth cream cheese icing and decorated with
                              handmade miniature marzipan carrots
  GATEAU OPERA              o Four layers of French almond biscuit cake soaked
                              in espresso syrup, layered with coffee
                              buttercream, and chocolate ganache, then covered
                              with a thin layer of chocolate glaze, and
                              decorated with chocolate espresso beans
  DOLCE FRAGOLE             o An Italian strawberry cake with layers of vanilla
                              genoise filled with berry cream and fresh cut
                              strawberries, and decorated with toasted almonds
                              and glazed strawberries
COOKIES:                    o Classic chocolate chip, Treasure Islands, black
                              and whites, chocolate-dipped coconut macaroons,
                              lemon bars and ginger snaps

Daily assortments also include seasonal scones, muffins, seasonal fresh fruit
tarts, petite eclairs and cream puffs. Marsee Baking also has a line of reduced
fat and all-natural, sugar-free products for health-conscious customers.


     We also offer light lunch and dinner items, including deli sandwiches,
focaccia, Italian-style pannini sandwiches, green salads, pasta salads, and
homemade-style soups. Generally, the deli sandwiches are prepared by hand at the
bakery-cafe based on the customer's selection, using fresh deli meats and our
bread and bagel products. In certain locations, due to space and time
constraints, the sandwiches are pre-made. The soups and salads are made fresh
from scratch by a gourmet food company and delivered directly to store locations
where they are prepared for sale the same day.

     Our bakery-cafes offer most typical espresso drinks, including lattes,
mochas, cappuccinos, and americanos. In addition, Marsee Baking offers fruit
smoothies and a selection of premium teas, premium juices and other soft drinks.
We regularly review and revise our product offerings to respond to changing
customer preferences, seasonal opportunities, and to maintain customer interest
among our target customer groups.

PRODUCTION AND PRODUCTION FACILITIES
- ------------------------------------

     The central commissary is designed to provide efficiencies in production
and distribution, to ensure product quality and consistency, and to be
expandable as the demand for our products grows. The central facilities permit
the company to employ modern processes, which enhance quality and consistency,
while maintaining the Marsee Baking commitment to artisan breads and other
specialty baked goods. Our commissaries operate seven days a week and produce
80 to 120 varieties of baked goods daily based on a recipe book containing more
than 200 regional European and American recipes. Recipes are standardized to
ensure consistency.

     Marsee Baking seeks to obtain ingredients of high quality at competitive
prices from reliable sources. To ensure freshness and quality, maintain low
inventory levels and facilitate the preparation of individual menu items, we
purchase most of our ingredients in an unprocessed state. To maintain the high
quality of our bakery products, we also maintain strict criteria for our recipe
ingredients, which often requires importing certain specialty ingredients from
distant places, including foreign sources. For example, we import seedless
raspberry preserves from France, gourmet chocolate from Belgium and France,
natural German fruit compounds, vanilla from Papantla, Mexico.  Our purchasing
specialist seeks to obtain the lowest possible prices available to us without
compromising on quality by negotiating bulk purchasing contracts for a number of
the ingredients we use.

     Each stage of the production process is managed by a separate team to
increase productivity and protect against the conversion of our proprietary
recipes. These stages include weighing, mixing, shaping and baking. 


                                       26
<PAGE>

The production staff consists of a production manager and team leaders. The
production manager carries responsibility for day-to-day results of production.
Each production manager and team leader is required to have significant bakery
experience in his or her respective areas of expertise, in addition to other
general baking and management skills.

     Most of the baked goods sold at the bakery-cafes are baked at the
commissary. Some items, such as bagels and cookies, are baked on the store
premises from dough supplied by the commissary. These items are baked in the
bakery-cafes to foster the "fresh-baked" concept and create the atmosphere and
aroma of an authentic neighborhood bakery. We are currently supplying the
Seattle-area stores from the Portland commissary for products other than bagels.
After opening additional stores in the Seattle area, we plan to operate the
Seattle commissary at full capacity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     We maintain a small fleet of vehicles for delivery of our products to our
neighborhood bakery-cafes. All products are packed and delivered before store
openings every day to all bakery-cafe locations to provide fresh-baked products
for sale and consumption that day.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
- ------------------------------

     Each bakery-cafe has computerized cash registers to collect point-of-sale
transaction data. Our systems include a MICROS point of sale system and a MAS 90
financial and inventory control system. Our computer-based cash register system
is also designed to assist in labor scheduling and production management, to
provide corporate and retail operations management quick access to retail data
and to reduce store managers' administrative time. We use this data to generate
daily consolidated reports regarding sales and other trends, as well as detailed
profit and loss statements for each bakery-cafe. Additionally, we monitor the
average check, customer count, product mix, unused inventory and waste. We
continue to assess the Year 2000 readiness of our computer systems. See
"Management's Discussion and Analyses of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Year 2000 Compliance."

MARKETING
- ---------

     To date, we have not attempted to create brand awareness through extensive
advertising; rather, we rely on location, word of mouth, customer satisfaction
and promotional sampling programs to encourage trial by new customers and to
make existing customers aware of new menu offerings. We have employed an outside
marketing consultant to develop a brand image for Marsee Baking by creating a
distinctive logo, a characteristic "look" for our bakery-cafes and a uniform
product packaging and labeling system. We have produced from time-to-time a
colorful "HOLIDAY ORDER GUIDE" for special orders for Thanksgiving, Christmas
and Hanukah celebrations, and for gift baskets and specialty cakes during the
holiday season. We also attempt to increase our per-location sales through menu
development, promotions and by sponsorship of local community, charitable and
business organizations.

COMPETITION
- -----------

     Our bakery-cafes compete with other local bakeries, grocery stores, and
bread-only stores that supply high quality baked goods, and with other
restaurants that seek to use quality baked goods to define breakfast, lunch and
late-afternoon menus. While we believe that our products and bakery-cafes are
distinctive in design and operating concept, other companies may develop
restaurants and bakeries that operate with similar concepts. There are, in
addition, many well-established regional and national competitors with
substantially greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than
we do, which may provide additional competition for us as we attempt to expand
into other geographic locations. Marsee Baking also competes for leased space in
desirable locations.

     Despite the presence of these competitors, we are not aware of any Pacific
Northwest competitor that is similar to Marsee Baking in terms of the overall
concept. We compete primarily with respect to food quality, price-value
relationships, ambiance, service and location. We believe that we compete on the
basis of value-added experience rather than on price, and that we distinguish


                                       27
<PAGE>

ourselves from our other competitors in terms of the quality and variety of
baked goods we provide. Management believes that the company's broad and complex
product line, the high "stand alone" quality of our products, our central
production facilities, and our ability to address multiple day parts create
barriers to entry. However, there can be no assurance that the proliferation of
non-direct competitors will not have a negative effect on our comparable-store
sales growth, product sales mix, or profitability. Competition may have a
material adverse effect on us.

     The specialty restaurant business is often affected by changes in consumer
tastes, national, regional or local economic conditions, demographic trends,
consumer confidence in the economy, discretionary spending priorities, the
weather, tourist travel, traffic patterns, and the type, number and location of
competing restaurants. Changes in these factors could also have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
See "Risk Factors."

GOVERNMENT REGULATION
- ---------------------

     Each bakery-cafe is subject to licensing and regulation by state and local
health, sanitation, safety, fire, and other departments. Additionally, the
specialty restaurant industry in general is subject to extensive federal, state
and local government regulations relating to the development and operation of
food service outlets, including laws and regulations relating to building and
seating requirements, the preparation and sale of food, cleanliness, safety in
the work place and accommodations for the disabled. Difficulties in obtaining or
failure to obtain the required licenses or approvals could adversely affect
currently operating bakery-cafes and could delay or prevent the development of a
new bakery-cafe in a particular area or location. Our Portland and Seattle
commissaries are subject to various federal, state and local environmental
regulations, and the operation of our trucks is subject to Department of
Transportation regulations. To date, compliance with applicable environmental
regulations and Department of Transportation regulations has not had any
material effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position.

     We are also subject to state and federal labor laws that govern our
relationship with our employees, such as minimum wage requirements, overtime and
working conditions, citizenship requirements and prohibitions against
discrimination. Significant numbers of our food service and commissary personnel
are paid at rates governed by the state minimum wage laws. Accordingly, further
increases in the minimum wage will increase our labor costs.

     The development and construction of additional commissaries and
bakery-cafes will be subject to compliance with applicable zoning, land use and
environmental regulations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
obtain necessary licenses or other approvals on a cost effective and timely
basis to construct and develop commissaries and bakeries in the future.

TRADEMARKS
- ----------

     The "Marsee Baking" name is of material importance to us, and we have
registered the name and our logo as a trademark with the United States Patent
and Trademark Office. We also own the "BagelMax" trademark. We regard our
trademarks and related rights as having substantial value and as being an
important factor in the marketing of Marsee Baking bakery-cafes and branded
items.

EMPLOYEES
- ---------

     As at December 31, 1998 we had 382 employees, of whom 12 were employed in
general and administrative functions principally at or from our executive
offices in Portland, Oregon; approximately 75 of whom were employed at the
Portland commissary; approximately 30 of whom were employed at the Seattle
commissary; and approximately 265 of whom were employed in the retail and
wholesale operations. A significant number of employees at the retail outlets
work part-time. The full-time equivalent number of employees working in these
operations is 151. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We
consider our employee relations to be good.


                                       28
<PAGE>

PROPERTIES
- ----------

     All bakery-cafes are located in leased premises with typical lease terms
ranging from five to seven years, with one or two five-year renewal options.
Current leases in force expire between December 31, 1999 and December 31, 2007.
The leases typically have a minimum base occupancy charge, as well as charges
for a proportionate share of building operating expenses and real estate taxes.
We do not anticipate any difficulties renewing existing leases as they expire.
However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to renew any leases on
favorable terms, if at all. Our inability to renew a particular lease or closure
of a facility subject to a long-term non-cancelable lease could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

     In 1995, we established our Portland commissary and headquarters in
Northwest Portland. The executive offices occupy approximately 2,000 square feet
and the commissary occupies approximately 8,800 square feet, including 1,600 of
additional office space. The headquarters lease expires in 2000 and the
commissary lease expires, assuming exercise of renewal options, in 2005. We
assumed a lease for 13,000 square feet for the Seattle commissary. The lease
term expires in January 2002.

     The following table provides certain information about our bakery-cafe
locations as of April 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIZE
                  LOCATION                                 CITY          MONTH/YEAR OPENED      (SQ. FT.)
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

           Oregon
           ------
              <S>                                      <C>                <C>                        <C>  
              NW 23rd                                    Portland           January 1993             2,800
              Pioneer Tower                              Portland           January 1994               360
              SE Bybee Street                            Portland          November 1994             1,479
              Portland International Airport             Portland           October 1995             1,300
              A Street                                 Lake Oswego           July 1997               2,188
              SW Alder Street                            Portland           October 1997             2,224
              SW Pine Street                             Portland           January 1998             1,543
              NE Broadway                                Portland           January 1998             3,600
              Tanasbourne Town Center                   Hillsboro            March 1998              2,000
              City Hall                                  Portland            April 1998                633
              Sherwood Market Center                     Sherwood            May 1998*               2,361
              Liberty Plaza                               Salem              July 1998*              2,146

           Washington
           ----------
              Main Street Market Place                   Bellevue           April 1998*              1,600
              NE 10th                                    Bellevue            May 1998*               2,482
              Crossroads Shopping Center                 Bellevue           August 1998*             2,000
              Factoria Plaza                             Bellevue            August 1998*            2,461
              Commons at Issaquah                        Issaquah         September 1998*            2,200
              Five Corners Shopping Center                Burien          September 1998*            2,600
                                                                                                   -------

                                                                               Total                35,977
</TABLE>

         ------------------------------------------------------
         *Date converted to Marsee Baking format.

     We consider our physical properties to be in good operating condition and
suitable for the purposes for which they are used.


                                       29
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our
executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- --------------------------------

     <S>                                    <C>       <C>
     Name                                   Age       Position
     ----                                   ---       --------

     Raymond W. Lindstrom                   55        Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

     Stephen A. Aanderud                    50        Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary

     Howard J. Wasserteil                   49        Executive Vice President, Secretary, Director and Founder

     Joann E. Vazquez                       37        Vice President of Product Development and Founder

     Karlin M. Conklin                      41        Vice President of Bakery Operations

     Robert E. Schneider, PhD               51        Director and Founder

     Gerald W. Frank                        75        Director

     Joseph F. Tanous                       50        Director

     Raymond Zimmerman                      66        Director

</TABLE>

     All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or
until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. With the exception
of Mr. Lindstrom, Mr. Aanderud, Mr. Wasserteil and Ms. Vazquez, who have
employment agreements with the company, our executive officers are appointed and
serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. There are no family
relationships among any of our directors, executive officers, or key personnel.

     RAYMOND W. LINDSTROM has served as Marsee Baking's Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer since November 1998 and as President since January
1999. From January 1997 to present, Mr. Lindstrom has served as a member of our
Board of Directors. He served as President of Coachmaster International from
July 1996 to November 1998. From January 1994 to June 1996, Mr. Lindstrom served
as President and Chief Executive Officer of Restaurants Unlimited, Inc., which
operated the Cinnabon concept.

     STEPHEN A. AANDERUD has served as Chief Financial Officer and Assistant
Secretary of the company since April 1, 1999 and previously served as a
financial consultant to the company since January 1999. From 1994 to 1998, he
served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of ThrustMaster, Inc.,
a computer toy and accessories manufacturing company. From 1993 to 1994, he also
served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of ThrustMaster.

     HOWARD J. WASSERTEIL is a co-founder of the company and has served as our
Secretary and a director since our founding in June 1992. He has served as
Executive Vice President since February 1997. He has also served as President of
the company from June 1995 to February 1997 and as Vice President from June 1992
to June 1995

     JOANN E. VAZQUEZ is a co-founder of the company and has served as our Vice
President of Product Development since January 1995. Before that, she served as
our lead baker and production manager from January 1993 to January 1995. Ms.


                                       30
<PAGE>

Vazquez graduated from San Francisco City College of Hotel and Restaurant
Management and continued her education as a bakery apprentice in Florence,
Italy, at the II Fornaio Bakery. She helped open the first bakeries for that
company in the United States, and was a contributing author to its cookbook, THE
II FORNAIO BAKING BOOK. She served as head pastry chef for several hotels and
specialty bakeries in the San Francisco area before joining Marsee Baking.

     KARLIN M. CONKLIN has served as our Vice President of Bakery Operations
since September 1997. Before joining Marsee Baking, Ms. Conklin served as
business improvement manager for Stream/R.R. Donnelley Financial, overseeing
operations and customer service from February 1996 to September 1997. During
1995, she served as general manager of Nor' Wester Brewing Company. From 1992 to
1994, Ms. Conklin served as director of the University of Oregon Lundquist
Center for Entrepreneurship.

     ROBERT E. SCHNEIDER, PH.D. is a co-founder of the company and has served as
a director since our founding in June 1992. From February 1997 to December 1998,
he was our Executive Vice President of Quality Assurance, Product Development
and Retail Merchandise and, from June 1992 to December 1998, he served as our
Chairman of the Board. From June 1995 to February 1997, Dr. Schneider served as
our Chief Executive Officer. From June 1992 to June 1995, he served as our
President. Dr. Schneider is a practicing psychologist.

     GERALD W. FRANK has served on the company's Board of Directors since
January 1997. He currently serves as chairman of the Oregon Tourism Commission,
a post he has held since 1996, and as a director of The Coast Airways, since
1997. Mr. Frank is also the president of Gerry's Frankly Speaking, Inc., and a
co-owner of Gerry Frank's Konditorei restaurant since 1982. Mr. Frank has
previously served on the board of directors of U.S. Bancorp from 1960 to 1994
and on the board of directors of Standard Insurance Company from 1962 to 1995.

     JOSEPH F. TANOUS has been a member of our Board of Directors since February
1999. He has served as chairman of the board of Templex, Inc., a
telecommunications equipment company, since August 1997. He is also a director
of Infinite Pictures, Inc., a position he has served since September 1997, and a
director of Cascade Oncogenics, a position he has held since June 1996. Mr.
Tanous is also a partner in Bison Ventures, a venture capital fund, which he
co-founded in 1993.

     RAYMOND ZIMMERMAN has served on our Board of Directors since May 1998. Mr.
Zimmerman served as Chairman of Service Merchandise Co., Inc., a national
merchandising business, from 1981 to April 1998, and from January 1999 to date.
He was also its Chief Executive Officer from 1984 until April 1997. Mr.
Zimmerman is also currently a director of The Limited, Inc.

BOARD COMMITTEES
- ----------------

     Our Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee and a
Compensation Committee. The Audit Committee reviews the internal accounting
procedures of the company and consults with and reviews the services provided by
our independent accountants. The Compensation Committee reviews and recommends
to the Board of Directors the compensation and benefits of all officers of the
company, and will establish and review general policies relating to compensation
and benefits of our employees. The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. Tanous
and Dr. Schneider. The members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Tanous,
Frank and Zimmerman.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
- ---------------------

     We reimburse each member of our Board of Directors for out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with attending board meetings. No member of our
Board of Directors currently receives any additional cash compensation.

     In consideration for their services as directors, in March 1998, we granted
to each of Messrs. Frank and Lindstrom options to purchase 20,000 shares of
common stock and to each of Dr. Schneider and Messrs. Tanous and Wasserteil


                                       31
<PAGE>

options to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock. These options have an
exercise price of $1.00 per share. The shares underlying these options vest over
a four-year period commencing on the date the director joined the board. In
December 1998, contingent upon their continued service as directors (or the
commencement of service in the case of Mr. Tanous), we granted to Messrs.
Tanous, Wasserteil and Zimmerman, and Dr. Schneider non-qualified stock options
to purchase the following number of shares of common stock: Tanous (30,000
shares), Wasserteil, (10,000 shares), Zimmerman, (10,000 shares), and Dr.
Schneider (2,500 shares). These options are fully vested upon grant and have an
exercise price of $1.00 per share. Mr. Lindstrom received additional stock
options under the 1997 and 1998 Plans in connection with his employment as
President and Chief Executive Officer. See "--Executive Compensation."

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
- ----------------------------------------------------

     We have adopted provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws that
will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the
Oregon Business Corporation Act. Pursuant to such provisions, no director will
be liable to the company or its shareholders for monetary damages for breaches
of certain fiduciary duties as a director of the company. The limitation of
liability will not affect a director's liability for a breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the company or its shareholders, an act or omission not in
good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the
law, any unlawful distributions, or a transaction from which the director
receives an improper personal benefit. The limitation of liability also will not
affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission.

     Our articles of incorporation will permit and our bylaws will require us to
indemnify officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. We have
also entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers,
in addition to indemnification provided for in our bylaws. These agreements,
among other things, indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain
expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by them in any action
or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of the company, arising
out of the person's services as a director or executive officer of the company
or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our
request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to
attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons based on the
foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy and is,
therefore, unenforceable.


                                       32
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
- ----------------------

     The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation we
paid during the year ended December 31, 1998 to Mr. Lindstrom, our current
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Barnett, our former
President and Chief Executive Officer (collectively, the "Named Executive
Officers "):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION   LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                           -------------------   ----------------------
                                                                         AWARDS
                                                                         ------

                                                                  Securities Underlying        All other
                                                  Salary              Options/SARs            compensation
   Name and Principal Position     Year            ($)                     (#)                    ($)
  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     <S>                          <C>            <C>                    <C>                       <C>
     Raymond W. Lindstrom,
       Chairman, President and
       Chief Executive Officer    1998           $ 18,750(1)              540,000                 $450(2)

     Brad K. Barnett,
       former President and
       Chief Executive Officer    1998            122,243               161,666(3)                 --

</TABLE>

     -------------------------
1 Reflects $150,000 annualized salary of Mr. Lindstrom, whose employment with
the company began on November 15, 1998.
2 Reflects a monthly car allowance of $300 for 1 1/2 months of service.
3 Subsequent to year end, the company and Mr. Barnett agreed to replace
100,000 of these options with new options to purchase 60,000 shares of common
stock at $1.00 per share as part of Mr. Barnett's separation from the company.

     The following table sets forth information concerning the individual grants
of stock options made during the year ended December 31, 1998 to the Named
Executive Officers:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  NUMBER OF SECURITIES        PERCENT OF TOTAL OPTIONS
                                   UNDERLYING OPTIONS         GRANTED TO EMPLOYEES IN    EXERCISE      EXPIRATION
            NAME                      GRANTED (#)                    FISCAL YEAR          ($/SH)         DATE
            ----                      -----------                    -----------          ------         ----

<S>                                      <C>                            <C>                 <C>         <C>
Raymond W. Lindstrom                     140,000                        12%                 $1.00       12/17/08
                                         200,000                        17                   7.00       12/17/08
                                         200,000                        17                  11.00       12/17/08
</TABLE>

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
- ----------------------

     1993 PLAN. In 1993, we adopted a Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan to grant
non-qualified options to our key employees, directors, officers and consultants
to acquire up to 100,000 shares of our common stock. The 1993 Plan was amended
in 1996 to increase the number of shares available from 100,000 to 150,000
shares of common stock. Options to purchase 96,908 shares of common stock were
granted under the 1993 Plan before its termination on February 4, 1997. The
options outstanding under the 1993 Plan at the time of its termination remain
outstanding and exercisable by the optionees until the expiration of the
specific option term. The Board cannot make new grants under the 1993 Plan.


                                       33
<PAGE>

     1997 PLAN. On February 4, 1997, our Board of Directors adopted a more
comprehensive plan called the 1997 Stock Option/Issuance Plan. The Board adopted
the 1997 Plan to allow the company to grant incentive stock options as well as
non-qualified stock options. ISOs are entitled to provide a more favorable
treatment under federal and state tax laws. As originally adopted, the 1997 Plan
reserved 400,000 shares of common stock for issuance under it, subject to
shareholder approval. The Board amended the Plan, again subject to shareholder
approval, on November 5, 1997 (the "Plan Amendment") to increase the number of
shares available under the 1997 Plan from 400,000 to 700,000 shares. Our
shareholders approved the 1997 Plan and the Plan Amendment at the annual
shareholders meeting held on January 22, 1998.

     The 1997 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options or shares to
eligible participants. Eligible participants include officers, directors, key
employees of or consultants to the company. The 1997 Plan is administered by the
Board of Directors, or in its discretion, by a committee of not less than two
directors. The board established the terms and conditions of options granted
under the 1997 Plan, including the number of shares subject to the options, the
exercise price of the options, and the time at which these options become
exercisable. Options granted under the 1997 Plan are not transferable by the
optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are
exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee. The terms
of options issued under the 1997 Plan may not exceed 10 years. As of the date of
this prospectus, options to purchase up to 479,187 shares of common stock have
been granted under the 1997 Plan at an exercise price of $1.00 per share. All of
the options are immediately exercisable, but the option shares, once acquired,
are subject to repurchase by the company at the exercise price paid per share.
Our repurchase right lapses with respect to a portion of the option shares
according to the optionee's vesting schedule. Most of these options are subject
to three-, four- or five-year vesting provisions.

     1998 PLAN. In December 1998, we adopted the 1998 Nonqualified Stock Option
Plan. The purpose of the 1998 Plan is to promote the interests of the company by
providing eligible employees, directors, officers, consultants, agents,
advisors, and independent contractors of the company with the opportunity to
participate in its growth and success, through ownership of equity interests in
the company. The Board of Directors has reserved a total of one million shares
of common stock under the 1998 Plan. The 1998 Plan is administered by the Board
of Directors, or in its discretion, by a committee of not less than two
directors. The Board established the terms and conditions of options granted
under the 1998 Plan, including the number of shares subject to the options, the
exercise price of the options, and the time at which the options become
exercisable. Options granted under the 1998 Plan are not transferable by the
optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are
exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee. The terms
of options issued under the 1998 Plan may not exceed 10 years. As of the date of
this prospectus, options to purchase up to 765,750 shares of the company's
common stock have been granted under the 1998 Plan at exercise prices of $1.00,
$3.00, $6.00, $7.00 and $11.00 per share. All of the options are immediately
exercisable and some are subject to a repurchase right by the company that
lapses with respect to a portion of the option shares according to the
optionee's vesting schedule. Most of these options are subject to three-, four-
or five-year vesting provisions.

     CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS. In the event of certain corporate transactions,
such as a merger or sale of the company, each option outstanding under the 1993,
1997 and 1998 Plans will terminate upon the consummation of the corporate
transaction and cease to be exercisable, unless assumed by the successor
corporation or parent of the company. In connection with any corporate
transaction, the Board of Directors may, at its discretion, (1) accelerate each
or any outstanding option under the 1993, 1997 and 1998 Plans so that each
option shall become fully exercisable, (2) arrange for each or any outstanding
option to be assumed by the successor corporation or parent of the company, (3)
arrange for the option to be replaced by a comparable cash incentive program of
the successor corporation or (4) take none of the actions described in clauses
(1), (2) or (3) above and allow the option to terminate.

     401(K) PLAN. Marsee Baking maintains a 401(k) tax-qualified employee
savings and retirement plan covering all employees who satisfy certain
eligibility requirements relating to minimum age and length of service. Based on
the terms of the 401(k) Plan, eligible employees may elect to reduce their
current compensation by up to the lesser of 15% of their annual compensation or
the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the amount of the reduction
contributed to the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions to the 401(k)
Plan, and income earned on the 401(k) Plan contributions, are not taxable until


                                       34
<PAGE>

withdrawn. The 401(k) Plan is available to our executive officers on terms not
more favorable than those offered to other employees.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
- ---------------------

     We have entered into an employment agreement, effective as of January 1,
1999, with Raymond W. Lindstrom for a two-year term. The agreement provides for
the continued employment of Mr. Lindstrom as our President and Chief Executive
Officer at a base salary of $150,000 per year. Mr. Lindstrom is also provided
with an automobile expense allowance of $300 per month. Up to 50% of his base
salary may be deferred at Mr. Lindstrom's sole discretion until the earlier of
the company obtaining equity financing of $1,000,000 or more, including this
offering, or October 1, 1999. The base salary will increase to $200,000 per year
on the earlier of (1) two consecutive months during which the company achieves
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of 10% or more of
gross revenues, or (2) October 1, 1999.

     As further compensation, the agreement provides Mr. Lindstrom with the
following stock options:

     o  An incentive stock option to purchase up to 140,000 shares of common
        stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common
        stock at the time of grant ("Grant I");
     o  A nonqualified stock option to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common
        stock at an exercise price of $7.00 per share ("Grant II"),
     o  A nonqualified stock option to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common
        stock at an exercise price of $11.00 per share ("Grant III"); and
     o  A nonqualified stock option to purchase up to 100,000 shares of common
        stock upon the company achieving EBITDA of 10% of gross revenues or more
        for three consecutive months during 1999 or 2000, at an exercise price
        equal to the fair market value at the time the option is earned ("Grant
        IV").

     Grants I, II and III will vest over a 48-month period. Grant IV will vest
fully as of the date it is earned. Mr. Lindstrom is also eligible for a cash
incentive bonus equal to 40% of his base salary upon meeting performance goals
to be determined by the Board of Directors. If we terminate Mr. Lindstrom's
employment without cause, the option shares underlying Grants I, II and III will
become vested through the end of the two-year term of his employment agreement.

     We have also entered into an employment agreement with Howard Wasserteil
for a three-year term ending July 12, 1999. Under the agreement, Mr. Wasserteil
will continue his full-time employment as our Executive Vice President at an
annual salary of $86,400. In addition to cash compensation, Mr. Wasserteil
received a stock option to purchase up to 10,000 shares of the company's common
stock on each of December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1997 at an exercise price of
$1.00 per share.

     Other material terms of the Wasserteil employment agreement include:

     o  Our agreement to consider paying cash bonuses, granting additional stock
        options and increasing the salary payable to Mr. Wasserteil if certain
        financial performance goals (to be agreed upon) are met;
     o  Payment of six months severance to Mr. Wasserteil if he is terminated by
        us without "cause" (as defined in the agreement) after the three-year
        term;
     o  In the event of Mr. Wasserteil's death or permanent disability or upon
        his termination without cause, the payment of his salary through the end
        of the three-year term and an additional six months of severance pay;
     o  Our right to terminate the employment agreement if Mr. Wasserteil is
        terminated for "cause" and to pay only his accrued salary and benefits
        through the termination date; and
     o  Our agreement to carry life and disability insurance policies on Mr.
        Wasserteil in sufficient amounts to meet the obligations described
        above.

     We are a party to an Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement with
Joann Vazquez, Vice President of Product Development, dated April 9, 1999. In
the agreement, Ms. Vazquez has granted to the company an irrevocable, perpetual


                                       35
<PAGE>

royalty-free license to use her proprietary recipes which she owned prior to her
employment with us. All recipes, processes and techniques developed by Ms.
Vazquez during her employment will become the property of the company. The
agreement prohibits Ms. Vazquez from engaging in the following conduct for a
period of two years following her termination if we terminate her employment for
"cause" (as defined in the agreement):

     o  Competing with the company, directly or indirectly; 
     o  Making disparaging statements about the company or its products; and 
     o  Soliciting any employee of the company for employment elsewhere.

     In addition, Ms. Vazquez is prohibited from engaging in the following
conduct, regardless of time restrictions or whether the termination is with or
without cause:

     o  Disclosing any of our proprietary and confidential information (as 
        defined in the agreement); and
     o  Using our proprietary and confidential information.

     Effective December 31, 1998, Mr. Barnett resigned from his position as our
President and Chief Executive Officer. We and Mr. Barnett entered into a
Separation Agreement and Release, dated March 12, 1999, in which, in exchange
for a release of all claims by Mr. Barnett, we agreed to pay his semi-monthly
salary of $5,208 for a period of six months or until he begins employment
elsewhere, whichever is earlier. The Separation Agreement also terminates his
existing stock options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock and replaces
them with fully vested stock options to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock
under the 1998 Plan at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.


                                       36
<PAGE>


                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

SHAREHOLDER LOANS
- -----------------

     As of December 31, 1998, we owed certain directors, officers and their
family members a total of approximately $229,000 for sums advanced to the
company over the past several years. Most of the loans were made to finance new
stores and to provide for general corporate purposes. The following table sets
forth the names of the lenders who have made loans to the company in excess of
$60,000 in the aggregate, the balance owing as of December 31, 1998, the
interest rates and their maturity dates.


                                BALANCE AS OF                        MATURITY
                LENDER        DECEMBER 31, 1998     INTEREST           DATE
                ------        ------------------    ---------          ----


        Howard J. Wasserteil       92,601             20.42%       June 30, 1999
                                   36,682              *            May 31, 1999
        Robert E. Schneider        34,957             17.50        June 30, 1999
                                   38,947              *               Demand

    ------------------------------------ 
    *These promissory notes, which secure the payment of certain credit card
     debts incurred by Mr. Wasserteil and Dr. Schneider on behalf of the
     company, have varying interest rates based on the agreements with the
     credit card companies. We are required to make monthly payments of
     principal and interest directly to these credit card companies.

     We believe that all of the transactions described above were made on terms
no less favorable to the company than could have been obtained from unaffiliated
third parties. Any future transactions between the company and its officers,
directors, and principal shareholders and their affiliates will be approved by a
majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the independent and
disinterested directors, and will be on terms no less favorable to the company
than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

WARRANT GRANTS FOR BANK LINE AND LETTER OF CREDIT GUARANTEES
- ------------------------------------------------------------

     In October 1997, we arranged for a working capital line of credit of
$250,000 with a domestic bank. To secure the line of credit, John Durbetaki, a
former director, and Joseph Tanous, a current director, guaranteed the line of
credit. As consideration for providing the guarantees, we granted to each of
Messrs. Durbetaki and Tanous a warrant to purchase up to 5,000 shares of common
stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share. The warrants expire on November
4, 2004. In addition, we entered into a Contribution and Indemnity Agreement
with the guarantors that provides for the sharing of liability between
guarantors if the bank elects to enforce the guarantees. Further, we have agreed
based on the agreement (1) to indemnify the guarantors against any losses,
liability and expenses resulting from the collection on the guarantees by the
bank, and (2) to use our best efforts to remove the guarantees by November 1,
2000.  On April 29, 1999, Mr. Tanous agreed to personally guarantee an increase
in the amount of our working capital line of credit up to $750,000, for which he
received 150,000 shares of common stock.

     In May 1998, we obtained equipment lease financing secured by a letter of
credit. The letter of credit is, in turn, secured by the personal guarantees of
Messrs. Durbetaki and Tanous and by $108,000 in restricted cash provided by a
shareholder. In consideration for the cash, the shareholder received 3,323
shares of Series C Preferred Stock and, in April 1998, he received a warrant to
purchase 5,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.
As consideration for the personal guarantees, in April 1999, Messrs. Durbetaki
and Tanous each received a warrant to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock at
an exercise price of $3.00 per share. The warrants expire on November 1, 2004.


                                       37
<PAGE>

WARRANT GRANTS FOR LEASE GUARANTEES
- -----------------------------------

     Mr. Howard J. Wasserteil and Dr. Robert E. Schneider, and their respective
spouses, have personally guaranteed certain real property leases and corporate
loans to the company. In consideration for these personal guarantees, Mr.
Wasserteil and Dr. Schneider received warrants to purchase 48,235 and 44,230
shares of the company's common stock, respectively, at an exercise price of
$1.00 per share. The warrants expire on November 1, 2004.


                                       38
<PAGE>


                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth, as of April 30, 1999, the number and
percentage of outstanding shares of common stock beneficially owned by all
persons that own beneficially more than 5% of the company's common stock, by
each director and executive officer of the company individually and by all
directors and executive officers of the company as a group, and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering
(assuming that none of the shares are purchased by these persons).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    BEFORE OFFERING                         AFTER OFFERING
                                                    ---------------                         --------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL           SHARES BENEFICIALLY    % OF COMMON     SHARES BENEFICIALLY     % OF COMMON
OWNER OR IDENTITY OF GROUP(1)                  OWNED(2)     STOCK OUTSTANDING(3)      OWNED(2)       STOCK OUTSTANDING(4)
- ---------------------------                    --------     --------------------      --------       --------------------

<S>                                          <C>                     <C>            <C>                      <C>  
Raymond W. Lindstrom(5)                        561,666               27.0%            561,666                9.5%
Howard J. Wasserteil(6)                        422,401               25.8             428,737                7.4
Robert E. Schneider, Ph.D.(7)                  418,396               25.8             418,396                7.2
Joseph F. Tanous(8)                            285,000               17.4             388,743                6.9
Raymond Zimmerman(9)                            10,000                *               348,981                6.5
Gerald W. Frank(10)                             24,333                1.6              27,469                *
Gary S. Holmes(11)                              10,000                *               348,932                6.5
Roitenberg Investments, Inc.(12)                10,000                *               349,004                6.5
All executive officers and                   1,997,368               76.2%          2,449,564               33.3
  directors as a group (9 persons)

</TABLE>
- ----------------------------
   1 All of the executive officers and directors can be reached at the address
of the company: 2287 NW Pettygrove, Portland, Oregon 97210. The address for Mr.
Holmes is 2575 University Avenue West, St. Paul, Minnesota 55114-1024, and for
Roitenberg Investments is 5500 Wayzata Blvd., #1065, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55416. 
   2 Beneficially owned shares include shares which may be acquired (i.e.,
through exercise of warrants or options) within 60 days of April 30, 1999.
   3 The percentage ownership before the offering is based on 1,521,761 shares
of common stock outstanding.
   4 The percentage of ownership after the offering is calculated based on
5,366,470 shares outstanding, which includes the 1,750,000 shares of common 
stock sold in this offering, the conversion of all Series A, B, C and D
Preferred Stock into 2,077,421 shares of common stock, and the payment of
accrued Series D Preferred Stock dividends by the issuance of 17,288 shares of
common stock.
   5 Mr. Lindstrom is the beneficial owner of options to purchase 561,666 shares
of common stock.
   6 Mr. Wasserteil is the beneficial owner of options and warrants to purchase
112,900 shares of common stock.
   7 Dr. Schneider is the beneficial owner of options and warrants to purchase
98,396 shares of common stock.
   8 Upon the closing of the offering, Mr. Tanous will receive approximately
98,743 shares of common stock from the conversion of his Series B and Series C
Preferred Stock. Mr. Tanous is also the beneficial owner of options and warrants
to purchase 120,000 shares of common stock.
   9 Upon the closing of the offering, Mr. Zimmerman will receive approximately
333,828 shares of common stock from the conversion of his Series C and D
Preferred Stock and 5,186 shares of common stock as Series D Preferred Stock
dividend. Mr. Zimmerman is also the beneficial owner of options to purchase
10,000 shares of common stock.
   10 Mr. Frank is the beneficial owner of options to purchase 24,333 shares of
common stock. Upon the closing of the offering, Mr. Frank will receive 3,163
shares of common stock from the conversion of his Series C Preferred Stock.
   11 Upon the closing of the offering, Mr. Holmes will receive approximately
333,746 shares of common stock from the conversion of his Series C and D
Preferred Stock and 5,186 shares of common stock as Series D Preferred Stock
dividend. Mr. Holmes is also the beneficial owner of options to purchase 10,000
shares of common stock. 
   12 Upon the closing of the offering, Roitenberg Investments, Inc. will
receive approximately 333,818 shares of common stock from the conversion of its
Series C and D Preferred Stock and 5,186 shares of common stock as Series D
Preferred Stock dividend. It is also the beneficial owner of options to purchase
10,000 shares of common stock.


                                       39
<PAGE>


                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

   The authorized capital stock of the company is 19,000,000 shares, consisting
of 15,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value, and 4,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, no par value. Upon the closing of the offering, all shares of
Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock currently outstanding will be converted to
common stock, and no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.

COMMON STOCK
- ------------

     As of December 31, 1998, there were 868,961 shares of common stock
outstanding. Following this offering, 5,366,470 shares of common stock will be
issued and outstanding. See "Capitalization." Holders of common stock are
entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which shareholders are entitled
to vote. Because holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights or
other preemptive or subscription rights, the holders of a majority of the shares
of common stock can elect all of the members of the Board of Directors. The
common stock is not redeemable by the company. Holders of shares of common stock
are entitled to any dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out
of legally available funds. If the company is liquidated, dissolved or wound up,
the holders of the common stock are entitled to receive pro rata of all of the
company's assets available for distribution to its shareholders after payment of
liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. All of the
outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

PREFERRED STOCK
- ---------------

     OUTSTANDING PREFERRED STOCK. The rights, designations, preferences,
privileges, qualifications and restrictions of the currently outstanding shares
of Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock are described in our articles of
incorporation and certificates of designations, as amended, which documents have
been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus
is a part. Effective upon the closing of the offering, all outstanding shares of
Series A, B, C and D Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into the
number of shares of common stock required by their respective conversion ratios
(after giving effect to anti-dilution adjustments) set forth below, and no
shares of preferred stock of any series will be outstanding upon the closing of
the offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Authorized      Shares       Conversion       Shares of common stock
         Designation       shares      outstanding       ratio         issuable upon conversion
         ----------        ------      -----------       -----         ------------------------

<S>                             <C>           <C>        <C>                     <C>   
         Series A               100,000        52,667       1:1                     52,667

         Series B               510,575       510,575    1:1.02396                 522,808

         Series C               168,000       129,121    1:10.30227              1,330,239

         Series D                22,507        16,667    1:10.30227                171,707

</TABLE>

     The effect of the conversion of the outstanding series of preferred stock
into common stock is to reduce the proportionate interest in the company held by
the holders of the outstanding shares of common stock prior to the offering. See
"Dilution."

     BLANK CHECK PREFERRED STOCK. Subject to the provisions of the amended and
restated articles of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing
of the offering, and to the limitations prescribed by law, the Board of
Directors will have the authority, without further action by the shareholders,
to issue up to 4,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The
Board of Directors will have the power and authority to fix the rights,
designations, preferences, privileges, qualifications and restrictions of the
preferred stock, including the number of shares, dividend rights, conversion
rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and sinking
fund terms, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common
stock. The company


                                       40
<PAGE>

has no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

     One of the effects of the existence of undesignated preferred stock is to
enable the Board of Directors to render more difficult or to discourage a
third party's attempt to obtain control of Marsee Baking by means of a tender
offer, proxy contest, merger, or otherwise, which thereby protects the
continuity of our management. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may also
discourage a party from making a bid for the common stock because the issuance
may adversely affect the rights of the holders of common stock. For example,
preferred stock issued by the company may rank prior to the common stock as to
dividend rights, liquidation preference, or both, may have full or limited
voting rights and may be convertible into shares of common stock. Accordingly,
the issuance of shares of preferred stock may discourage or delay bids for the
common stock or may otherwise adversely affect the market price of the common
stock.

WARRANTS
- --------

     PURCHASE WARRANTS SOLD IN THIS OFFERING. The following is a brief summary
of certain provisions of the purchase warrants, but the summary does not purport
to be complete and is qualified in all respects by reference to the actual text
of the purchase warrant agreement between the company and ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, Inc., the transfer agent. A copy of the purchase warrant
agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part. You are urged to read the purchase warrant agreement
in its entirety. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

     EXERCISE PRICE AND TERMS. Each purchase warrant entitles its holder to
purchase, at any time from the closing date of this offering through the fifth
anniversary of this offering, one share of common stock of the company at a
price of $5.00 per share, subject to adjustment according to the antidilution
and other provisions referred to below. The purchase warrants will expire on the
fifth anniversary of this offering.

     The holder of a purchase warrant may exercise the purchase warrant by
surrendering the certificate representing the purchase warrant to the transfer
agent, with the subscription form on the reverse side of the certificate
properly completed and executed, together with payment of the exercise price.
Subject to prior redemption as described below, the purchase warrants may be
exercised at any time in whole or in part at the applicable exercise price until
expiration of the purchase warrants. No fractional shares will be issued upon
the exercise of the purchase warrants.

     If a market for the purchase warrants develops, the holder may sell the
purchase warrants instead of exercising them. There can be no assurance,
however, that a market for the purchase warrants will develop or continue. If
the company is unable to qualify for sale in particular states the common stock
underlying the purchase warrants, holders of the purchase warrants residing in
such states and desiring to exercise the purchase warrants will have no choice
but to sell such purchase warrants or allow them to expire. See "Risk Factors."

     After the offering, the purchase warrants are subject to redemption by the
company upon 30 days' prior written notice at $0.25 per purchase warrant if the
closing bid price of the common stock, as reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap
Market or as reported on a national or regional securities exchange, for 30
consecutive trading days ending within ten days of the notice of redemption,
averages in excess of $10.00 per share, subject to adjustment. The company is
required to maintain an effective registration statement with respect to the
common stock underlying the purchase warrants as a condition to redemption of
the purchase warrants. Before the first anniversary of the closing date of the
offering, the purchase warrants will not be redeemable by the company without
the written consent of the underwriter. If the company exercises the right to
redeem the purchase warrants, the purchase warrants will be exercisable until
the close of business on the date for redemption fixed in the notice. In that
event, any purchase warrant holder may either (1) exercise the purchase warrants
and pay the exercise price at a time when it may be less advantageous
economically to do so, or (2) accept the redemption price in consideration for
cancellation of the purchase warrant, which could be substantially less than the
market value of the purchase warrant at the time of redemption.


                                       41
<PAGE>

     The exercise price of the purchase warrants bears no relation to any
objective criteria of value and should in no event be regarded as an indication
of any future market price of the securities offered hereby.

     The company has authorized and reserved for issuance a sufficient number of
shares of common stock to accommodate the exercise of all purchase warrants to
be issued in this offering. All shares of common stock issued upon exercise of
the purchase warrants, if exercised according to their terms, will be fully paid
and nonassessable.

     ADJUSTMENTS. The exercise price and the number of shares of common stock
purchasable upon exercise of the purchase warrants are subject to adjustment
upon the occurrence of certain events, including stock dividends, stock splits,
combinations or reclassification of the common stock, or sale by the company of
shares of its common stock (or other securities convertible into or exercisable
for common stock) at a price per share or share equivalent below the
then-applicable exercise price of the purchase warrants or the then-current
market price of the common stock. Additionally, an adjustment would be made in
the case of a reclassification or exchange of common stock, consolidation or
merger of the company with or into another corporation, or sale of substantially
all of the assets of the company, to enable purchase warrant holders to acquire
the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property
receivable in that event by a holder of that number of shares of common stock
that would have been issued upon exercise of the purchase warrant immediately
before that event. No adjustments will be made until the cumulative adjustments
in the exercise price per share amount to $0.05 or more. No adjustments to the
exercise price of the purchase warrants will be made for dividends (other than
stock dividends) paid on the common stock or upon exercise of the purchase
warrants, the underwriter's warrant or any other options or warrants outstanding
as of the date of this prospectus.

     WARRANT HOLDER NOT A SHAREHOLDER. The purchase warrants do not confer upon
their holders any dividend, voting, preemption or any other rights as
shareholders of the company.

     OUTSTANDING WARRANTS. As of April 30, 1999, there were outstanding 13
warrants to purchase an aggregate of 372,215 shares of common stock of the
company at exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $3.00 per share. Each warrant
entitles its holder to purchase shares of common stock in the number and price
as specified in the warrant. The exercise price and number of shares are subject
to adjustment proportionately for any increase or decrease in the number of
issued shares of common stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of
shares of common stock or the payment of stock dividends or any other increase
or decrease in the number of issued shares of common stock effected without
receipt of consideration by the company. The company will not be required to
issue fractional shares upon exercise of a warrant. The holder of a warrant does
not possess any rights as a shareholder of the company until the holder
exercises the warrant.

     In addition, in connection with an equipment lease financing, the company
has issued to the financing company a warrant to purchase up to 1,500 shares of
Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $32.50 per share. The holder may, at its
option, elect to purchase shares of common stock into which the shares of Series
C Preferred Stock are then convertible, at a purchase price as adjusted
according to a specified conversion rate. Upon the closing, the holder will be
entitled to purchase up to 15,393 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$3.135. If the fair market value of our common stock is greater than the
exercise price then in effect, then the warrant will be deemed automatically
exercised. The number of shares subject to the warrant and the warrant price are
subject to adjustment upon reclassification or merger, subdivision or
combination of shares or the payment of stock dividends to the holders of Series
C Preferred Stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration by the company.

CASH AND STOCK DIVIDENDS TO CURRENT HOLDERS OF PREFERRED STOCK
- --------------------------------------------------------------

     CASH DIVIDENDS TO HOLDERS OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK. The holders of
Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $0.60
per share per year, which accrue from day-to-day, whether or not earned or
declared. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive an


                                       42
<PAGE>

aggregate of approximately $107,000 in accrued dividends, assuming a closing
date of June 18, 1999 for this offering. The company intends to pay the full
amount of the accrued dividends upon the closing of the offering.

     STOCK DIVIDENDS TO HOLDERS OF SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK. The holders of
Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $4.20
per share per year, which accrue day to day, whether or not earned or declared.
These accrued dividends are payable in shares of Series D Preferred Stock at an
assumed value of $60.00 per share. The stock dividend will become payable in
shares of common stock at the election of the company upon the closing of the
offering. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to receive
approximately 17,288 shares of common stock, assuming a closing date of June 18,
1999 for this offering.

BRIDGE FINANCING OF PROMISSORY NOTES AND COMMON STOCK
- -----------------------------------------------------

     During January 1998 through April 1999, the company sold 502,8000 units of
securities at a price of $5.00 per unit, each unit consisting of one share of
common stock and a promissory note in the principal amount of $5.00 and bearing
interest at a rate of eight percent per year. The principal and accrued interest
on the note are due and payable within nine months of the date of the promissory
note or upon the closing of a public offering of the common stock, whichever is
earlier.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS
- -------------------

     After the offering, the current holders of 129,121 shares of Series C
Preferred Stock and 16,667 shares of Series D Preferred Stock may be entitled,
upon expiration of lock-up agreements with underwriter, to certain rights with
respect to registration under the Securities Act of 1,501,946 shares of common
stock into which the shares of Series C and Series D Preferred Stock will be
converted at the closing of this offering. Under the terms of an investors
rights agreement between the company and the holders of these securities, if the
company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act,
either for its own account or for the account of other security holders
exercising registration rights, the holders are entitled to notice of the
registration and are entitled to include their shares of common stock in the
registration statement. Further, holders may require the company to file
registration statements on Form S-3 at the company's expense when the form
becomes available for use to the company. All registration rights are subject to
certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriter of an
offering to limit the number of shares to be included in the registration.

     The holder of the warrant to purchase Series C Preferred Stock is also
entitled to notice of a proposed registration of securities by the company, and
may require the company to include in the registration the holder's securities.
The company will bear all expenses of the registration and reimburse the holder
for its reasonable fees (not exceeding $2,500 for each registration) and
disbursement expenses of one counsel chosen by the holder.

     The company entered into a consulting agreement dated January 12, 1999 with
two parties to act as financial consultants and advisors to the company. In
connection with the engagement, the company granted to each party a five-year
warrant to purchase up to 125,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$1.00 per share. The shares underlying these warrants have "piggyback"
registration rights on the same terms and conditions granted to the holders of
Series C and Series D Preferred Stock, as described above.

     The underwriter has certain registration rights in connection with the
shares of common stock underlying the underwriter's warrants. See
"Underwriting."

CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS AND
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROVISIONS OF OREGON LAW
- ------------------------

     ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS. Our amended and restated articles and
bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering will contain
provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control. These provisions include:

     o  The ability of the Board of Directors, without further shareholder
        approval, to issue up to 4,000,000 shares of preferred stock;


                                       43
<PAGE>

     o  The requirement of a classified board whenever there are six or more
        directors, with each class containing as nearly as possible one-third of
        the total number of directors and the members of each class serving for
        staggered three-year terms;
     o  The prohibition of cumulative voting for the election of directors; and
     o  The requirement of no less than 60 days' advance notice with respect to 
        nominations of directors or other matters to be voted on by shareholders
        other than by or at the direction of the board of directors.

     OREGON CONTROL SHARE AND BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTES. Oregon law may
restrict the ability of significant shareholders of the company to exercise
voting rights. The law generally applies to a person who acquires voting stock
of an Oregon corporation in a transaction that results in such person holding
more than 20%, 33 1/3% or 50% of the total voting power of the corporation. If
such a transaction occurs, the person cannot vote the shares unless voting
rights are restored to those shares by:

     o  A majority of the outstanding voting shares, including the acquired 
        shares, and
     o  The holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares, excluding 
        the acquired shares and shares held by the corporation's officers and 
        inside directors.

This law is construed broadly and may apply to persons acting as a group.

     The restricted shareholder may, but is not required to, submit to the
company a statement setting forth information about itself and its plans with
respect to the company. The statement may request that the company call a
special meeting of shareholders to determine whether voting rights will be
granted to the shares acquired. If a special meeting of shareholders is not
requested, the issue of voting rights of the acquired shares will be considered
at the next annual or special meeting of shareholders. If the acquired shares
are granted voting rights and they represent a majority of all voting power,
shareholders who do not vote in favor of granting such voting rights will have
the right to receive the appraised fair value of their shares. The appraised
fair value will, at a minimum, be equal to the highest price paid per share by
the person for the shares acquired in a transaction subject to this law.

     The company is also subject to provisions of Oregon law that govern
business combinations between corporations and interested shareholders. These
provisions generally prohibit a corporation from entering into a business
combination transaction with a person, or affiliate of such person, for a period
of three years from the date such person acquires 15% or more of the voting
stock of the corporation. For the purpose of this law, the prohibition generally
applies to the following:

     o  A merger or plan of share exchange;
     o  Any sale, lease, mortgage or other disposition of 10% or more of the 
        assets of the company; and
     o  Transactions that result in the issuance of capital stock of the company
        to the 15% shareholder.

However, the general prohibition does not apply if:

     o  The 15% shareholder, as a result of the transaction in which such person
        acquired 15% of the shares, owns at least 85% of the outstanding voting
        stock of the corporation;
     o  The board of directors approves the share acquisition or business
        combination before the shareholder acquired 15% or more of the company's
        outstanding voting stock; or
     o  The board of directors and the holders of at least two-thirds of the
        outstanding voting stock of the company, excluding shares owned by the
        15% shareholder, approve the transaction after the shareholder acquires
        15% or more of the company's voting stock.


                                       44
<PAGE>

NASDAQ AND EXCHANGE LISTINGS
- ----------------------------

     We have applied to list the common stock and the purchase warrants for
quotation on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the trading symbols "MSEE" and
"MSEEW." We have also applied to list the common stock and purchase warrants on
the Boston Stock Exchange under the trading symbols of [________] and [______]W.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
- ----------------------------

     We have appointed ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, Inc. of Seattle,
Washington as the transfer and warrant agent and as registrar for the common
stock and purchase warrants.


                                       45
<PAGE>


                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

SHARES ELIGIBLE
- ---------------

     Upon completion of the offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of
5,366,470 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriter's
over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding warrants, including the
purchase warrants, and no exercise of employee stock options. Of these shares,
the 1,750,000 shares sold in the offering will be freely tradable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any
shares held by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the
Securities Act, may generally be sold only in compliance with the limitations of
Rule 144 described below. The remaining 3,616,470 shares of common stock are
"restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144. Restricted
securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they
qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as
described below.

LOCKUP AGREEMENTS
- -----------------

     A number of holders of currently outstanding common stock, options and
warrants, and all executive officers and directors of the company, have agreed
that they will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common
stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock or securities
exchangeable for or convertible into common stock, for a period of six months,
fourteen months and twenty-four months after the date of this prospectus. The
lock-up period and the number of securities subject to the lock-up, stated in
terms of common stock equivalents, are set forth below:

          LOCK-UP PERIOD          COMMON STOCK          OPTIONS        WARRANTS
          --------------          ------------          -------        ---------

       6 months                      297,619                  --             --
       14 months                     809,203                  --        125,000
       24 months                   2,347,981           1,335,613        247,215

       Not covered by lock-up        161,667               6,232         15,453

     The underwriter, in its sole discretion, may release these persons from
their lock-up agreements at any time without notice. See "Underwriting."

SALE OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES UNDER RULE 144
- --------------------------------------------

     IN GENERAL. The 3,616,470 restricted shares may be sold in the public
market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration
under the Securities Act. Due to contractual restrictions, the lock-up
agreements described above and the provisions of the Securities Act, additional
shares will be available for sale under Rule 144 in the public market as
follows:


     o  297,619 shares of common stock that have been held for more than one
        year will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up
        agreements expiring six months after the date of the final prospectus
        prepared in this offering;
     o  An additional 161,667 shares of common stock (plus 6,232 shares issuable
        upon exercise of stock options and 15,453 shares issuable upon exercise
        of warrants) will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the
        applicable one-year holding period;
     o  An additional 809,203 shares of common stock (plus 125,000 shares
        issuable upon exercise of warrants) will be eligible for sale upon the
        expiration of the lock-up agreements expiring 14 months after the date
        of the final prospectus; and
     o  An additional 2,347,981 shares of common stock (plus 1,335,613 shares
        issuable upon exercise of stock options and 247,215 shares issuable
        upon exercise of warrants) will be eligible for sale upon expiration of
        the lock-up agreements expiring 24 months after the date of the final
        prospectus.

                                       46
<PAGE>

     SALE OF RESTRICTED SHARES UNDER RULE 144. In general, under Rule 144, a
person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has
beneficially owned shares for at least one year can sell, within any three-month
period, beginning after the date of the prospectus, a number of shares of common
stock that does not exceed the greater of

     (1) 1% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (about 53,665 shares
         immediately after the offering), or
     (2) the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four
         calendar weeks before the notice of the Rule 144 sale is filed.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements as to the manner
and notice of sale and the availability of public information about the company.

     In addition, any person not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time
during the 90 days before a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares
proposed to be sold for at least two years may sell those shares under Rule
144(k) without regard to the volume limitations described above.

     REGISTRATION OF RESTRICTED SHARES IN THE FUTURE. After the closing of the
offering, the holders of approximately 1,767,399 shares of common stock,
including approximately 265,453 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding warrants, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the
registration of the shares under the Securities Act. See "Description of
Securities--Registration Rights Agreement." The underwriter also has certain
registration rights in connection with the shares of common stock underlying the
underwriter's warrants. In addition, we may file a registration statement under
the Securities Act to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our stock option plans after 24 months from the date of this prospectus.
As of April 30, 1999, options to purchase approximately 1,341,845 shares of
common stock were outstanding under these stock option plans. The effect of
filing registration statements for these shares is that non-affiliates may
resell the registered shares in the public market without restriction under the
Securities Act.

EFFECT OF SALES OF SHARES
- -------------------------

     Before this offering, there has been no market for the common stock, and no
precise prediction can be made about any effect that market sales of common
stock or the availability for sale of the common stock will have on the market
price of the common stock. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common
stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price and could
impair our future ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our
equity securities.


                                       47
<PAGE>


                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, Barron
Chase Securities, Inc., the underwriter, has agreed to purchase from the company
an aggregate of 1,750,000 shares of common stock and 1,750,000 purchase
warrants. These securities are offered by the underwriter subject to prior sale,
when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the underwriter and subject to
approval of certain legal matters by counsel and certain other conditions. The
underwriter is committed to purchase all of the securities offered by this
prospectus, if any are purchased (other than those covered by the over-allotment
option described below).

     The company has been advised by the underwriter that the underwriter
proposes to offer the securities to the public at the offering prices set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriter has advised the company
that the underwriter proposes to offer the securities through members of the
National Association of securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), and may allow
concessions, in its discretion, to certain selected dealers who are members of
the NASD and who agree to sell the securities in conformity with the NASD's
Conduct Rules. Such concessions will not exceed the amount of the underwriting
discount that the underwriter is to receive.

     The company has granted to the underwriter an over-allotment option,
exercisable for 45 days from the date the registration statement becomes
effective, to purchase up to an additional 262,500 shares of common stock and an
additional 262,500 purchase warrants at the respective public offering prices
less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

     Officers and directors of the company may introduce the underwriter to
persons to consider this offering and to purchase securities either through the
underwriter or through participating dealers. In this connection, no securities
have been reserved for those purchases, and officers and directors will not
receive any commissions or any other compensation.

     The company has agreed to pay to the underwriter a commission of 10% of the
gross proceeds of this offering as the underwriting discount, including the
gross proceeds from the sale of the over-allotment option, if exercised. In
addition, the company has agreed to pay to the underwriter a non-accountable
expense allowance of three percent of the gross proceeds of this offering,
including proceeds from any securities purchased through the over-allotment
option. The company has paid to the underwriter a $50,000 advance in respect of
the non-accountable expense allowance. The underwriter's expenses in excess of
the non-accountable expense allowance will be paid by the underwriter. If the
expenses of the underwriter are less than the amount of the non-accountable
expense allowance received, then the excess will be deemed to be additional
compensation to the underwriter. The underwriter has informed the company that
it does not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the
total number of securities offered by the company in this offering.

     The company has agreed to engage the underwriter as a financial advisor at
a fee of $108,000, which is payable to the underwriter on the closing date of
this offering. Pursuant to the terms of a financial advisory agreement, the
underwriter has agreed to provide, at the company's request, advice to the
company concerning potential merger and acquisition and financing proposals,
whether by public financing or otherwise. The company has also agreed that if
the company participates in any transaction which the underwriter has introduced
to the company during a period of five years after the closing (including
mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures and any other business transaction for the
company introduced by the underwriter), and which is consummated after the
closing (including an acquisition of assets or stock for which it pays, in whole
or in part, with shares or other securities of the company), or if the company
retains the services of the underwriter in connection with any such transaction,
then the company will pay for the underwriter's services an amount equal to five
percent of up to one million dollars of value paid or received in the
transaction, four percent of the next million of such value, three percent of
the next million of such value, two percent of the next million of such value,
and one percent of the next million dollars of such value and of all such value
above $4 million.

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of
common stock or the purchase warrants. Consequently, the initial public offering
prices for the securities, and the terms of the purchase warrants (including the
exercise price of the purchase warrants), have been determined by negotiation


                                       48
<PAGE>

between the company and the underwriter. Among the factors considered in
determining the public offering prices were the history of, and the prospects
for, the company's business, an assessment of the company's management, the
company's past and present operations, its development and the general condition
of the securities market at the time of this offering. The initial public
offering prices do not necessarily bear any relationship to the company's
assets, book value, earnings, or other established criteria of value. These
prices are subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors,
and no assurance can be given that a public market for the common stock or the
purchase warrants will develop after the offering, or if a public market in fact
develops, that such public market will be sustained, or that the common stock or
the purchase warrants can be resold at any time at the offering or any other
price. See "Risk Factors."

     At the closing, the company will issue to the underwriter and/or persons
related to the underwriter, for nominal consideration, common stock underwriter
warrants to purchase up to 175,000 shares of common stock and warrant
underwriter warrants to purchase up to 175,000 warrants. The common stock
underwriter warrants and the warrant underwriter warrants are sometimes referred
to in this prospectus as the "underwriter warrants". The underwriter warrants
and the securities underlying the underwriter warrants are registered pursuant
to this registration statement. The underwriter warrants will be exercisable for
a five-year period commencing on the effective date of the registration
statement. The initial exercise price of each common stock underwriter warrant
shall be $8.25 per underlying share (165% of the public offering price). The
initial exercise price of each warrant underwriter warrant shall be $0.20625 per
underlying warrant (165% of the public offering price). The underwriter warrants
will be restricted from sale, transfer, assignment or hypothecation for a period
of twelve months from the effective date by the holder, except (1) to officers
of the underwriter and members of the selling group and officers and partners
thereof; (2) by will; or (3) by operation of law.

     The underwriter warrants contain provisions providing for appropriate
adjustment in the event of any merger, consolidation, recapitalization,
reclassification, stock dividend, stock split or similar transaction. The
underwriter warrants contain net issuance provisions permitting the holders
thereof to elect to exercise the underwriter warrants in whole or in part and
instruct the company to withhold from the securities issuable upon exercise, a
number of securities, valued at the current fair market value on the date of
exercise, to pay the exercise price. The net exercise provision has the effect
of requiring the company to issue shares of common stock without a corresponding
increase in capital. A net exercise of the underwriter warrants will have the
same dilutive effect on the interests of the company's shareholders as will a
cash exercise. The underwriter warrants do not entitle the holders of the
underwriter warrants to any rights as shareholders of the company until the
underwriter warrants are exercised and shares of common stock are purchased
thereunder.

     The underwriter warrants and the securities issuable thereunder may not be
offered for sale except in compliance with the applicable provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933. The company has agreed that if it causes a
post-effective amendment, a new registration statement, or similar offering
document to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the holders
will have the right, for seven years from the effective date, to include in the
registration statement or offering statement the underwriter warrants or the
securities issuable upon their exercise at no expense to the holders.
Additionally, the company has agreed that, upon request by the holders of fifty
percent or more of the underwriter warrants during the period commencing one
year from the effective date and expiring four years thereafter, the company
will, under certain circumstances, register the underwriter warrants and/or any
of the securities issuable upon their exercise.

     In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock and purchase
warrants, the underwriter may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or
otherwise affect the price of the common stock and purchase warrants.
Specifically, the underwriter may overallot in connection with the offering,
creating a short position in the common stock and purchase warrants for its own
account. In addition, to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the
common stock and purchase warrants, the underwriter may bid for, and purchase,
shares of common stock and purchase warrants in the open market. Finally, the
underwriter may reclaim selling concessions allowed to a dealer for distributing
the common stock and purchase warrant in the offering, if the underwriter
repurchases previously distributed common stock or purchase warrants in
transactions to cover the underwriter's short position, in stabilization
transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the
market price of the common stock and purchase warrants above independent market


                                       49
<PAGE>

levels. The underwriter is not required to engage in these activities, and may
end any of these activities at any time.

     The company has agreed to indemnify the underwriter against any costs or
liabilities incurred by the underwriter by reason of misstatements or omissions
to state material facts in connection with the statements made in the
registration statement and this prospectus filed by the company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. The underwriter has in turn agreed to
indemnify the company against any costs or liabilities by reason of
misstatements or omissions to state material facts in connection with the
statements made in the registration statement and this prospectus, based on
information relating to the underwriter and furnished in writing by the
underwriter. To the extent that these provisions may purport to provide
exculpation from possible liabilities arising under the federal securities laws,
in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and
therefore unenforceable.

     The discussion above is merely a summary of the principal terms of the
agreements mentioned above, and does not purport to be complete. You should
review each of the referenced documents which have been filed as exhibits to the
registration statement. See "Where You Can Find More Information."


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the common stock and purchase warrants offered hereby will
be passed upon for the company by Tonkon Torp LLP, Portland, Oregon. Certain
legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriter by David A. Carter, P.A.,
Boca Raton, Florida.


                                     EXPERTS

     The financial statements of Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking as of
December 31, 1997 and 1998, and for the years then ended, have been included
herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG
Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere
herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and
auditing. The report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP covering the December 31, 1998
financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the
company's recurring losses from operations raise substantial doubt about the
entity's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not
include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.


                       WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     We have filed a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 relating to the common
stock and purchase warrants being offered for sale through this offering with
the Securities and Exchange Commission. As permitted by the rules and
regulations of the SEC, this prospectus does not contain all the information
described in the registration statement. For further information about the
company and its securities, you should read our registration statement,
including the exhibits and schedules. In addition, we will be subject to the
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 following this offering and
thus will file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other
information with the SEC. These SEC filings and the registration statement are
available to you over the Internet at the SEC's web site at http://www.sec.gov.
You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC's public
reference rooms in Washington, D.C., New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois.
Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public
reference rooms. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of
any contract or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each
instance, you should review the contract or document which has been filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement.

     We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing
audited financial statements.


                                       50
<PAGE>


                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


Independent Auditors' Report.................................................F-2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 .............................F-3

Statements of Operations for the years December 31, 1997 and 1998 ...........F-4

Statements of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity
   for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 ...........................F-5

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998......F-6

Notes to Financial Statements................................................F-7


                                       F-1
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



To the Board of Directors
Oregon Baking Company
   dba Marsee Baking:


We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Oregon Baking Company dba
Marsee Baking (the Company) as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related
statements of operations, shareholders' (deficit) equity and cash flows for the
years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Oregon Baking Company dba
Marsee Baking as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and results of its operations
and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in note 2 to the
financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations
that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.
The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from
the outcome of this uncertainty.




                            /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP







Portland, Oregon
February 23, 1999


                                       F-2
<PAGE>
                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                                 Balance Sheets

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            -----------------------------------------------------
                                ASSETS                                                1997                        1998
                                                                            -------------------------    ------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                          <C>
Current assets:
    Cash                                                                 $                91          $                21
    Restricted cash                                                                       --                          108
    Accounts receivable                                                                   54                          253
    Inventories                                                                           64                          269
    Prepaid and other assets                                                              46                          134
                                                                            -------------------------    ------------------------

              Total current assets                                                       255                          785

Property and equipment, net                                                            2,634                        7,511

Other assets, net                                                                        118                          378
                                                                            -------------------------    ------------------------

              Total assets                                               $             3,007                        8,674
                                                                            =========================    ========================

                LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

Current liabilities:
    Line of credit                                                       $               250                          250
    Accounts payable                                                                     915                        2,250
    Accrued liabilities                                                                  232                          735
    Notes payable                                                                         --                          525
    Current portion of capital lease obligations                                          88                          574
    Current portion of long-term debt                                                    168                          370
    Current portion of long-term debt to related parties                                  89                          229
                                                                            -------------------------    ------------------------

              Total current liabilities                                                1,742                        4,933

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion                                        221                        1,019
Long-term debt, net of current portion                                                 1,006                        1,544
Long-term debt to related parties, net of current portion                                128                          190
Cumulative dividends payable on preferred stock series D and A                            68                          168
                                                                            -------------------------    ------------------------

              Total liabilities                                                        3,165                        7,854
                                                                            -------------------------    ------------------------

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' (deficit) equity:
    Preferred stock, authorized 4,000,000 shares (liquidation
      preference of $6,541):
      Cumulative preferred stock series D, no par value; authorized
        22,507 shares, -0- and 16,667 issued outstanding at December                                                1,000
        31, 1997 and 1998, respectively                                                   --
      Cumulative preferred stock series A, no par value; authorized
        100,000 shares; 52,667 issued and outstanding at December 31,                                                 281
        1997 and 1998, respectively                                                      281
      Preferred stock series B, no par value; authorized 510,575
        shares, 510,575 issued and outstanding at December 31, 1997                                                 1,143
        and 1998, respectively                                                         1,143
      Preferred stock series C, no par value; authorized 168,000
        shares, -0- and 129,121 issued and outstanding at December 31,                                              4,117
        1997 and 1998, respectively                                                       --
    Common stock, no par value; authorized 15,000,000 shares, 868,961
      issued and outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 1998,                                                           626
      respectively                                                                       476
    Warrants                                                                              41                          156
    Accumulated deficit                                                               (2,099)                      (6,503)
                                                                            -------------------------    ------------------------

              Total shareholders' (deficit) equity                                      (158)                         820
                                                                            -------------------------    ------------------------

              Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity       $             3,007                        8,674
                                                                            =========================    ========================

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                      F-3
<PAGE>


                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                            Statements of Operations

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------
                                                                                           1997                    1998
                                                                                    --------------------     -----------------

<S>                                                                              <C>                    <C>
Revenues:
    Bakery-Cafes                                                                 $             4,140    $               9,761
    Wholesale                                                                                    808                    2,895
                                                                                    --------------------     -----------------

              Total revenues                                                                   4,948                   12,656
                                                                                    --------------------     -----------------

Cost of goods sold                                                                             2,887                    7,579

Store operating expenses                                                                       1,621                    5,281

Wholesale operating expenses                                                                     328                      599

Depreciation and amortization                                                                    213                      817

General and administrative expenses                                                              965                    1,959

Store closure expenses                                                                            --                      253
                                                                                    --------------------     -----------------

              Loss from operations                                                            (1,066)                  (3,832)

Interest expense (interest expense to
    related parties of $20 and $23)                                                              129                      472
                                                                                    --------------------     -----------------

              Loss before provision for income taxes                                          (1,195)                  (4,304)

Provision for income taxes                                                                        --                        --
                                                                                    --------------------     -----------------

              Net loss                                                                        (1,195)                  (4,304)

Cumulative dividends on preferred stock series D and A                                            32                      100
                                                                                    --------------------     -----------------

              Net loss attributed to common shareholders                         $            (1,227)   $              (4,404)
                                                                                    ====================     =================

Net loss per common share - basic and diluted                                    $             (1.41)               $   (5.07)

Shares used in computing net loss per common
    share - basic and diluted                                                                868,588                  868,961

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                  Statements of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity

                     Years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               CUMULATIVE PREFERRED   CUMULATIVE PREFERRED
                                  STOCK SERIES D         STOCK SERIES A         PREFERRED STOCK      PREFERRED STOCK SERIES
                                                                                   SERIES B                     C
                               ---------------------  ---------------------  ------------------------------------------------
                                SHARES      AMOUNT     SHARES     AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES        AMOUNT
                               ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------------------    -----------

<S>                            <C>       <C>          <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>            <C>         <C>
Balance, December 31, 1996         --    $    --      52,667   $    281      442,032  $   1,020          --      $      --

Issuance of common stock           --         --          --         --           --         --          --             --
Issuance of preferred stock        --         --          --         --       68,543        123          --             --
Consulting expense on stock
  option grants                    --         --          --         --           --         --          --             --
Warrants issued in
  connection with acquisition
  loan and guarantees              --         --          --         --           --         --          --             --
Cumulative dividends on
  preferred stock series A         --         --          --         --           --         --          --             --
Net loss                           --         --          --         --           --         --          --             --
                               ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------  ---------    -----------

Balance, December 31, 1997         --         --      52,667        281      510,575      1,143          --             --

Issuance of preferred stock
  net of offering costs of $79     --         --          --         --           --         --      95,583          3,027
Issuance of preferred stock
  in connection with
  acquisition                  16,667      1,000          --         --           --         --      33,538          1,090
Compensation and consulting
  expense on stock option
  grants                           --         --          --         --           --         --          --             --
Warrants issued in connection
  with acquisition
  and debt financing               --         --          --         --           --         --          --             --
Cumulative dividends on
  preferred stock series D
  and A                            --         --          --         --           --         --          --             --
Net loss                           --         --          --         --           --         --          --             --
                               ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------  ---------    -----------

Balance, December 31, 1998     16,667    $ 1,000      52,667   $    281      510,575  $   1,143      129,121   $     4,117
                               ==========  =========  =========  ==========  =========  ===========  =========    ===========

   See accompanying notes to financial statements.

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMMON STOCK                       ACCUMULATED
                                SHARES        AMOUNT      WARRANTS       DEFICIT        TOTAL

<S>                            <C>         <C>                <C>     <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1996     867,961     $     471           --     $      (872)   $    900

Issuance of common stock         1,000             2           --              --           2
Issuance of preferred stock         --            --           --              --         123
Consulting expense on stock
  option grants                     --             3           --              --           3
Warrants issued in
  connection with acquisition
  loan and guarantees               --            --           41              --          41
Cumulative dividends on
  preferred stock series A          --            --           --             (32)        (32)
Net loss                            --            --           --          (1,195)     (1,195)

Balance, December 31, 1997     868,961           476           41          (2,099)       (158)

Issuance of preferred stock
  net of offering costs of $79      --            --           --              --       3,027
Issuance of preferred stock
  in connection with
  acquisition                       --            --           --              --       2,090
Compensation and consulting
  expense on stock option
  grants                            --           150           --              --         150
Warrants issued in connection
  with acquisition
  and debt financing                --            --          115              --         115
Cumulative dividends on
  preferred stock series D
  and A                             --            --           --            (100)       (100)
Net loss                            --            --           --          (4,304)     (4,304)

Balance, December 31, 1998     868,961     $     626          156     $    (6,503)   $    820
- ----------------------------- ==========     =========     =========     ==========    =========

</TABLE>

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING
                            Statements of Cash Flows
             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         -------------------------------------------
                                                                                 1997                   1998
                                                                         ----------------------   ------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                       <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net loss                                                         $         (1,195)         $          (4,304)
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
      in operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization                                             265                      1,295
        Compensation and consulting expense on stock option grants                  5                        113
        Warrants issued in connection with debt financing                          21                         86
        Change in assets and liabilities, excluding acquisition:
            Accounts receivable                                                   (33)                      (199)
            Inventories                                                           (45)                      (100)
            Prepaid and other assets                                              (70)                       (59)
            Accounts payable                                                      743                      1,335
            Accrued liabilities                                                    70                        421
                                                                         ----------------------   ------------------

                Net cash used in operating activities                            (239)                    (1,412)
                                                                         ----------------------   ------------------

Cash flows related to investing activities:
    Purchases of property and equipment                                        (1,377)                    (2,139)
    Purchase of business                                                           --                         --
    Increase in other assets                                                       --                       (123)
                                                                         ----------------------   ------------------

                Net cash used in investing activities                          (1,377)                    (2,262)
                                                                         ----------------------   ------------------

Cash flows related to financing activities:
    Principal payments on long-term debt to related parties                       (39)                       (25)
    Proceeds from long-term debt to related parties                                --                        227
    Principal payments on capital lease obligations                              (107)                      (285)
    Principal payments on notes payable and long-term debt                        (62)                      (218)
    Proceeds from notes payable and long-term debt                                856                        986
    Borrowing on line of credit, net                                              250                         --
    Restricted cash                                                                --                       (108)
    Issuance of preferred stock, net of offering costs                            123                      3,027
                                                                         ----------------------   ------------------

                Net cash provided by financing activities                       1,021                      3,604
                                                                         ----------------------   ------------------

                Net decrease in cash                                             (595)                       (70)

Cash, beginning of year                                                           686                         91
                                                                         ----------------------   ------------------

Cash, end of year                                                    $             91          $              21
                                                                         ======================   ==================

Supplemental cash flow information:
    Cash paid for:
      Interest                                                       $            115          $             362
      Income taxes                                                                 --                         --
    Non-cash activities:
      Property and equipment acquired under capital lease
        obligations                                                               261                      1,569
      Property and equipment acquired by assumption of note
        payable                                                                    --                        497
      Warrants issued in connection with loan guarantees                           --                         29
      Other assets acquired by issuance of common stock                            --                         23
      Cumulative dividends payable on preferred stock series D
        and A                                                                      32                        100
      Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with acquisitions:
        Property and equipment                                                     --                      1,922
        Inventories                                                                --                        105
        Goodwill                                                                   23                        159
        Accrued liabilities                                                        --                         82
        Equity issued for purchase of goodwill relating to
          business acquired                                                         3                         --
        Issuance of preferred stock series C                                       --                      1,090
        Issuance of cumulative preferred stock series D                            --                      1,000
        Granted options                                                            20                         --
        Warrants issued                                                            --                         14

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

</TABLE>
                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1997 and 1998

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)




(1)    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

       (A) DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

           Oregon  Baking  Company  dba  Marsee  Baking  (Marsee  Baking  or the
           Company),  an Oregon corporation,  owns and operates 18 bakery-cafe's
           in the Pacific Northwest. Marsee Baking also distributes its products
           through its wholesale  operations,  providing specialty retailers and
           other institutions with a complete line of the Company's products.

       (B) USE OF ESTIMATES

           The preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
           accepted accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
           and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
           liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities at
           the date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of
           revenues and expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual  results
           could differ from those estimates.

       (C) SEGMENT REPORTING

           The Company  adopted SFAS No. 131,  "DISCLOSURE  ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN
           ENTERPRISE  AND  RELATED   INFORMATION."  SFAS  131  requires  public
           companies  to  report  certain   information  about  their  operating
           segments in a complete set of financial  statements to  shareholders.
           It also  requires  reporting of certain  enterprise-wide  information
           about  the  Company's  products  and  services,   its  activities  in
           different  geographic areas and its reliance on major customers.  The
           basis for determining the Company's  operating segments is the manner
           in which management  operates the business.  The Company operates one
           segment as defined by SFAS No. 131.

       (D) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

           The  Company's  financial   instruments  consist  of  cash,  accounts
           receivable,  accounts payable and debt  instruments.  At December 31,
           1997 and 1998, the fair value of the Company's  receivables  and debt
           and capital lease obligations approximated carry value.

       (E) ADVERTISING

           Advertising  costs are  expensed  as  incurred.  For the years  ended
           December 31, 1997 and 1998,  advertising costs were approximately $43
           and $241, respectively.

       (F) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

           The accounts  receivable  balance is made up of trade receivables net
           of allowance for doubtful accounts. As of December 31, 1997 and 1998,
           the allowance for doubtful accounts was $60 and $10, respectively.

       (G) INVENTORIES

           Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in,  first-out) or
           market, and consists primarily of raw ingredients,  deli products and
           finished bakery products.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>


                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



       (H) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

           Property  and   equipment   is  carried  at  cost  less   accumulated
           depreciation   and   amortization.   Depreciation   of  property  and
           equipment,  which  includes  amortization  of  assets  under  capital
           leases, is provided on the straight-line method over estimated useful
           lives or the  life of the  lease,  whichever  is  shorter,  generally
           ranging from 3 to 12 years.

           Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the  shorter  of their
           estimated useful lives or the related life of the lease, generally 10
           years. The portion of depreciation  expense related to production and
           distribution facilities is included in cost of goods sold.

           When facts and  circumstances  indicate  that the cost of  long-lived
           assets may be impaired,  an evaluation of recoverability is performed
           by comparing the carrying value of the asset to projected future cash
           flows. Upon indication that the carrying value of such assets may not
           be recoverable the Company  recognizes an impairment loss by a charge
           against current operations. For the years ended December 31, 1997 and
           1998, there were no impairment losses.

           Maintenance  and repairs are  charged to expense as  incurred.  Major
           repairs and improvements are capitalized.

       (I) OTHER ASSETS

           Other assets consists  primarily of goodwill,  security  deposits and
           last months rent required under certain operating lease agreements.

           Goodwill  as of  December  31,  1997  and  1998  was  $33  and  $192,
           respectively.   Amortization   of   goodwill   is   computed  on  the
           straight-line  basis  over  a  period  of  18  months  to  10  years.
           Accumulated  amortization as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 was $2 and
           $47, respectively.

           Management's policy is to review the ongoing value of the goodwill on
           a periodic basis by comparing  undiscounted future projected earnings
           to the carrying value of goodwill.  Any difference  would be recorded
           as an impairment adjustment.  Management is of the opinion that there
           has been no decline in the value assigned to goodwill.

       (J) STORE OPENING COSTS

           Costs incurred in connection with start-up and promotion of new store
           openings are expensed as incurred.

       (K) DEFERRED RENT

           Certain of the Company's lease agreements  provide for scheduled rent
           increases  during the lease term, or for rental payments  commencing
           at a date other than the date of initial occupancy. Rent expenses are
           recognized  on a  straight-line  basis over the terms of the  leases.
           Deferred  rent  has  been  included  in  accrued  liabilities  in the
           accompanying financial statements.

       (L) INCOME TAXES

           The Company  accounts for income taxes using the asset and  liability
           method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and
           liabilities   are   recognized   for  the  future  tax   consequences
           attributable to differences  between  financial  statements  carrying
           amounts of existing assets and  liabilities and their  respective tax

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



           bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted
           tax rates  expected to apply to taxable  income in the years in which
           those temporary  differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
           The effect on deferred tax assets and  liabilities of a change in tax
           rates is  recognized  in  income  in the  period  that  includes  the
           enactment  date.  Valuation  allowances  are  established  to  reduce
           deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

       (M) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

           The Company accounts for stock-based  compensation using Statement of
           Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 123 (SFAS 123),  ACCOUNTING  FOR
           STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION.  This statement permits a company to choose
           either a fair-value  based method of accounting  for its  stock-based
           compensation  arrangements  or to comply with the current  Accounting
           Principles  Board  Opinion 25 (APB Opinion 25)  intrinsic-value-based
           method adding  pro-forma  disclosures  of net loss computed as if the
           fair-value-based method had been applied in the financial statements.
           The Company  applies SFAS 123 by retaining  the APB Opinion 25 method
           of accounting for stock-based  compensation for employees with annual
           pro-forma  disclosures  of net  loss.  Stock-based  compensation  for
           non-employees is accounted for using the fair-value-based method.

       (N) NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

           In 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued  Statement
           No.  128,  EARNINGS  PER SHARE  (SFAS  128).  SFAS 128  replaced  the
           calculation  of primary and fully diluted  earnings  (loss) per share
           with basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share.  Unlike primary and
           fully diluted earnings (loss) per share, outstanding nonvested shares
           are not included in the  computations  of basic and diluted  earnings
           (loss) per share until the time-based vesting restriction has lapsed.
           Basic earnings (loss) per share also excludes any dilutive effects of
           options, warrants and convertible securities. Diluted earnings (loss)
           per share is very similar to the  previously  reported  fully diluted
           earnings  (loss) per share.  The Company's  common stock  equivalents
           were  antidilutive and therefore were not included in the computation
           of weighted average shares used in computing  diluted loss per common
           share.

       (O) RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

           In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
           Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standard  No.  133 (SFAS  133),
           ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE  INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING  ACTIVITIES.  SFAS
           133  establishes  accounting and reporting  standards  requiring that
           every  derivative  instrument  be recorded  in the  balance  sheet as
           either an asset or  liability at its fair value.  The  standard  also
           requires  that changes in the  derivatives'  fair value be recognized
           currently  in  the  results  of  operations   unless  specific  hedge
           accounting  criteria are met.  SFAS 133 is effective for fiscal years
           beginning  after June 15, 1999.  The Company does not expect SFAS 133
           to have a material impact on its financial statements.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



(2)    LIQUIDITY

       To meet the cash flow needs of the Company in 1999, the Company will need
       to issue additional equity securities, borrow additional funds, or obtain
       other financing. The Company has no commitments for additional financing,
       other than financing obtained subsequent to year end as described in note
       14,  and  there  can be no  assurance  that  further  financing  will  be
       available on satisfactory  terms, if at all. The  accompanying  financial
       statements  have been prepared on the basis that the Company will be able
       to meet its cash needs and continue as a going concern.


(3)    ACQUISITIONS

       During May 1997, the Company  acquired the recipes,  trademark,  customer
       list,  and copyrights on advertising  and  promotional  items of a bakery
       located in Portland,  Oregon. The purchase price of $33 was paid in cash,
       issuance of common stock and common stock  warrants.  The acquisition was
       accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.  The excess of the
       total acquisition costs over the fair value of the net assets acquired is
       being amortized over eighteen months using the straight-line  method. The
       results of operations  of the acquired  company have been included in the
       financial statements of the Company since the date of acquisition.

       During the first quarter of 1998,  the Company  acquired  certain  assets
       consisting of property and equipment for 10 stores (the Acquired  Stores)
       and a commissary located in Washington (the Commissary). The Company also
       assumed  certain  operating  lease   obligations.   The  acquisition  was
       accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The results of the
       operations of the Acquired  Stores and the Commissary  have been included
       in the Company's results of operations since the acquisition date.

       The following is the purchase price allocation:

         Preferred stock, series C                         $             1,090
         Preferred stock, series D                                       1,000
         Granted options                                                    14
         Direct acquisition costs                                           82
                                                             -------------------

                    Total purchase price                                 2,186

         Assets acquired:
            Inventories                                                    105
            Property and equipment                                       1,922
                                                             -------------------

         Cost in excess of net assets acquired             $               159
                                                             ===================

       The excess of the total  acquisition  cost over the fair value of the net
       assets acquired is being amortized over 10 years, the average life of the
       operating lease obligations acquired, using the straight-line method.

       The Company  financed the purchase by issuing  33,538 shares of preferred
       series C stock and 16,667 shares of cumulative  preferred series D stock.
       The Company also granted 15,000 stock options for  professional  services
       rendered relating to the acquisition.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



       The following  pro-forma  information is presented to show the results of
       operations had the acquisition occurred January 1, 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                            1997
                                                                                                     -------------------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
         <S>                                                                                      <C>
         Total revenues                                                                           $            10,051
         Loss from operations                                                                                  (1,704)
         Net loss                                                                                              (1,942)
         Cumulative dividends on preferred series D and A                                                        (102)
         Net loss attributed to common shareholders                                                            (2,044)
         Net loss per common share - basic and diluted                                                          (2.35)

</TABLE>

       The above results of operations  are not intended to be indicative of the
       results of  operations  which  actually  would have been realized had the
       acquisition  occurred as of January 1, 1997, nor of the future results of
       operations of the combined Company.


(4)    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

       Property and equipment at December 31, consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1997                   1998
                                                                             --------------------   --------------------
         <S>                                                              <C>                    <C>
         Leasehold improvements                                           $             1,328    $             4,237
         Furniture and equipment                                                        1,159                  3,288
         Equipment under capital leases                                                   499                  1,952
         Construction in progress                                                         364                     --
                                                                             --------------------   --------------------

                                                                                        3,350                  9,477

         Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                                  (716)                (1,966)
                                                                             --------------------   --------------------

                                                                          $             2,634    $             7,511
                                                                             ====================   ====================

</TABLE>

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



(5)    LINE OF CREDIT

       The Company has $250  outstanding  at December 31, 1997 and 1998 under an
       operating line of credit secured by the assets of the Company. The credit
       line bears  interest  at prime plus 1% (9.50% and 8.75% at  December  31,
       1997 and 1998,  respectively)  and the  Company  may  borrow a maximum of
       $250. All unpaid  principal and interest is due and payable  February 23,
       1999. The line of credit is collateralized  by the Company's assets.  The
       line also contains  covenants which the Company was in compliance with at
       December 31, 1998. (See note 14).


(6)    NOTES PAYABLE

       At December 31, 1998, the Company was in the process of obtaining  bridge
       financing through a private offering.  The terms of the offering are that
       for each $5.00 of financing provided, the investor is entitled to receive
       one share of common stock  together  with a  promissory  note in the face
       amount of $5.00 bearing  interest at 8% and payment is due the earlier of
       nine months from  investment or at the time the  Company's  stock becomes
       publicly traded. At December 31, 1998, there were outstanding  promissory
       notes with a face value of $525,000 related to the bridge  financing.  At
       December 31, 1998,  the Company had an obligation to issue 105,000 shares
       of common stock purchased in connection with the bridge  financing.  (See
       note 14).

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



(7)    LONG-TERM DEBT AND DEBT TO RELATED PARTIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1997                   1998
                                                                               --------------------   --------------------
<S>                                                                         <C>                    <C>
        Note payable to supplier due in monthly installments of
            $2, including interest at 12%, maturing 2000, unsecured         $                53    $                36
        Construction loans related to leasehold improvements due in
            monthly installments of between $4 and $2 including
            interest at 11% - 12% maturing by 2000, unsecured                               126                    115
        Note payable to bank due in monthly installments of $1
            including interest at 10.50% maturing in 2001, unsecured                         --                     24
        Note payable to finance company due in monthly installments
            of  $11, including interest at prime plus 2.75%
            (10.5%  at December 31, 1998), maturing 2003, secured
            by lien and security interest in property.                                       --                    462
        Construction loan related to leasehold improvements due in
            monthly installments of $2 including interest at 6%,
            maturing in  2003, unsecured                                                     --                    106
        Construction loans related to leasehold improvements due in
            monthly installments of between $1 and $3 including
            interest at 10% - 12.6% maturing by 2004, unsecured                              95                    348
        Note payable to finance company due in monthly installments
            of $16, including interest at prime plus 2.75% (10.5%
            at December 31, 1998), maturing 2004, guaranteed by
            certain shareholders                                                            900                    822
        Notes payable to related party shareholders due in quarterly
            installments of interest only at 10%, due on demand,
            unsecured                                                                        26                     26
        Notes payable to related party shareholders with no stated
            installments, interest varying, unsecured, due on demand                         39                     39
        Notes payable to related party shareholders due in monthly
            installments of principal and interest at between 17.5%
            and 20.4%, unsecured, maturing June 1999                                        152                    128
        Notes payable to related party shareholders with no stated
            installments, interest varying, unsecured, maturing
            May 1999                                                                         --                     37
        Notes payable to related party shareholders due in quarterly
            installments of interest only at 12%, due by August 2000,
            unsecured                                                                        --                    190
                                                                             --------------------   --------------------

                                                                                          1,391                  2,333

      Less current portion                                                                 (257)                  (599)
                                                                             --------------------   --------------------

                                                                          $               1,134    $             1,734
                                                                             ====================   ====================
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



       The principal  payments on long-term  debt are as follows at December 31,
       1998:

         1999                                              $               599
         2000                                                              549
         2001                                                              336
         2002                                                              365
         2003                                                              306
         Thereafter                                                        178
                                                             -------------------

                                                           $             2,333
                                                             ===================



(8)    LETTER OF CREDIT

       At  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  had a letter of  credit  for $325
       outstanding.  The  letter  of  credit  is  collateral  for the  Company's
       obligations to a finance company.  The letter of credit is collateralized
       by two shareholders and by $108 of restricted cash by the Company.

(9)    CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

       The Company has entered into certain capital lease obligations related to
       the purchase of equipment. The leases bear interest at rates ranging from
       10% to 15% and require  monthly  payments of principal and interest.  The
       leases are secured by the equipment and mature during 2001 through 2002.

       Future minimum  payments on capital lease  obligations  are as follows at
       December 31, 1998:

         1999                                              $               740
         2000                                                              707
         2001                                                              386
         2002                                                               48
                                                             -------------------

                                                                         1,881

         Less-portion representing interest                               (288)
                                                             -------------------

             Present value of net minimum lease payments                 1,593

         Less-current portions                                            (574)
                                                             -------------------

             Long-term obligations under capital leases    $             1,019
                                                             ===================

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



(10)   INCOME TAXES

       Due to the  Company's  losses  before  provision for income taxes in each
       period,  there has been no  provision  for federal and state income taxes
       for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998.

       The  reconciliation  of the  statutory  federal  income  tax rates to the
       Company's  effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, are
       as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1997                   1998
                                                                              -------------------    -------------------
         <S>                                                                         <C>                    <C>
         Federal statutory rate                                                       34.0%                  34.0%
         State income taxes, net of federal benefit                                    4.4                    4.4
         Change in valuation allowance                                               (38.2)                 (38.3)
         Other, net                                                                   (0.2)                  (0.1)
                                                                              -------------------    -------------------

                                                                                        -- %                   -- %
                                                                              ===================    ===================
</TABLE>

       Deferred   income  taxes   reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary
       differences  between the carrying  amounts of assets and  liabilities for
       financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax
       purposes.  The tax effects of significant  items comprising the Company's
       deferred tax assets as of December 31, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     1997                   1998
                                                                              -------------------    -------------------
         <S>                                                               <C>                    <C>
         Deferred tax assets:
             Net operating loss carryforwards                              $               482    $             1,824
             Stock option compensation                                                      12                     89
             Deferred rent                                                                  10                     20
             Depreciation and amortization                                                  48                    281
             Bad debt expense                                                               23                      4
                                                                              -------------------    -------------------

                                                                                           575                  2,218

         Valuation allowance                                                              (575)                (2,218)
                                                                              -------------------    -------------------

                      Net deferred tax assets                              $                --    $                --
                                                                              ===================    ===================
</TABLE>

       The  valuation  allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 1996
       was $118. The net change in the total valuation allowance for years ended
       December  31,  1997  and  1998,  was an  increase  of  $457  and  $1,643,
       respectively.

       At December 31, 1998, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of
       approximately  $4,755 to offset future federal  taxable income and income
       taxes, if any,  through 2013. As defined in Internal Revenue Code Section
       382, the  utilization  of a portion of the net operating  loss and credit
       carryforwards  may be  limited  due to a change  in  ownership  caused by
       additional  investors.  A formal analysis has not been completed,  but it
       appears a change of ownership has occurred.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

(11)   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

       (A) OPERATING LEASES

           The  Company  leases  certain  retail  store,  office and  commissary
           facilities  under operating  leases  expiring  through the year 2007.
           Most lease  agreements  contain  renewal  options and rent escalation
           clauses.  Certain leases  provide for  contingent  rentals based upon
           gross sales.

           Rental  expense  under  these  lease  agreements  for the years ended
           December 31, was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1997                  1998
                                                                               -------------------   -------------------
            <S>                                                             <C>                   <C>
            Minimum rentals                                                 $               270   $               977
            Contingent rentals                                                               18                   172
                                                                               -------------------   -------------------

                                                                            $               288   $             1,149
                                                                               ===================   ===================
</TABLE>

           Minimum future rental payments under  non-cancelable  operating lease
           obligations as of December 31, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            <S>                                                                                   <C>
            1999                                                                                  $             1,009
            2000                                                                                                  901
            2001                                                                                                  815
            2002                                                                                                  691
            2003                                                                                                  633
            Thereafter                                                                                          1,333
                                                                                                     -------------------

                                                                                                  $             5,382
                                                                                                     ===================

</TABLE>


       (B) OPTION ISSUANCE

           The Board has approved  100,000 options to be issued to the Company's
           President  and Chief  Executive  Officer at the  current  fair market
           value at the time the options are earned. The options are earned once
           the Company shows three consecutive months of EBITDA (earnings before
           interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) of 10% or more
           (percentage of gross revenues).  All shares are fully vested when the
           options are earned.

       (C) SUPPLY AGREEMENT

           The Company has an agreement with a supplier to purchase at least 80%
           of certain products,  as defined,  from this supplier.  The agreement
           may be terminated  by either party with 60 days prior written  notice
           to the other party.  Management  believes that other  suppliers could
           provide  similar  products.  A change in  suppliers,  however,  could
           affect the terms  currently  received by the  Company.  Such a change
           could have a negative impact on results from operations.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



       (D) LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

           In the normal  course of  business,  the Company  has  various  legal
           claims and other contingent matters outstanding.  Management believes
           that any ultimate liability arising from these actions would not have
           a material  adverse effect on the Company's  results of operations or
           financial condition as of and for the year ended December 31, 1998.

       (E) GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION

           All  of the  Company's  bakery-cafe's  are  located  in  the  greater
           Portland and Seattle metropolitan areas. The concentration of limited
           geographic  markets exposes the Company to certain risks in the event
           of a change in the  economies  in these  markets  which  could have a
           material adverse affect on the financial results of the Company.


(12)   SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

       During 1997,  to raise funds,  the Company sold 68,543 shares of Series B
       preferred stock. In addition, 1,000 shares of common stock were issued in
       connection with the purchase of assets (see note 3).

       During  1998,  in  connection  with an asset  purchase  (see note 3), the
       Company  issued  33,538  shares of Series C  preferred  stock and  16,667
       shares of Series D preferred stock. To raise funds, the Company also sold
       95,583 shares of Series C preferred  stock at $32.50 per share during the
       year. The Company's proceeds included in the financial statements are net
       of offering costs.

       (A) COMMON STOCK

           The authorized number of shares of common stock, no par value, totals
           15,000,000.  Each share of common stock has voting rights of one vote
           per share. Such voting rights are limited in certain circumstances.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



       (B) PREFERRED STOCK

           The Company has authorized 4,000,000 shares of no par value preferred
           stock. The Company has authorized and issued shares of Series A, B, C
           and D preferred  stock.  The terms of each series of preferred  stock
           are summarized below:

              Dividends
              ---------

              The Series D preferred  stock is entitled to an annual  cumulative
              cash dividend,  out of legally  available  funds, at the per annum
              rate of $4.20 per share.  Series D preferred stock dividends shall
              accrue but not be paid during 1998 and 1999. On a quarterly basis,
              Series D  preferred  stock  dividends  from 1998 and 1999 shall be
              paid during 2000 out of legally  available funds. At the option of
              the holder of Series D preferred stock or the Company,  the Series
              D preferred stock's accruing  dividends may be paid in the form of
              shares  of  Series  D  preferred  stock  valued  at $60 per  share
              (regardless  of the fair  market  value of such shares at the time
              the  dividend is declared by the  Company's  Board of  Directors);
              provided,  however,  no more than an  aggregate of 5,840 shares of
              the  Company's  Series D preferred  stock may be issued in lieu of
              cash to satisfy the accruing Series D dividends.

              The Series A preferred  stock is entitled to an annual  cumulative
              cash dividend,  out of legally  available  funds, at the per annum
              rate of  $0.60  per  share.  Dividends  accrue  from  the  date of
              purchase and are payable  only when (1) declared by the  Company's
              Board of Directors;  (2) upon  liquidation  or  dissolution of the
              Company; and (3) upon conversion to common stock.

              The Series B and C  preferred  shareholders  are not  entitled  to
              cumulative dividends.  Series B and C shareholders are entitled to
              receive  dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors.
              As of December 31, 1998, no dividends have been declared or paid.

              Liquidation Preferences
              -----------------------

              In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
              Company,  holders of Series D preferred stock shall be entitled to
              be paid  first out of the  assets  of the  Company  available  for
              distribution to holders of the Corporation's  capital stock of all
              classes  (whether  such assets are  capital,  surplus or earnings)
              before any sums shall be paid or any assets  distributed among the
              holders of Series A, B, or C preferred stock. After payment of the
              Series D preferred  shareholders,  holders of the other  preferred
              series  shall  be  entitled  to be paid out of the  assets  of the
              Company  available  for  distribution  to holders of the Company's
              capital  stock  before  any  sum  shall  be  paid  or  any  assets
              distributed among the holders of common stock.

              Voting
              ------

              The Series A, B, and C  preferred  stock will vote with the common
              stock of the Company as a single class and will be entitled to the
              number of votes  equal to the  number  of  shares of common  stock
              issuable  upon  conversion  of the  Series  A, B, and C  preferred
              stock. The Series D preferred stock has no voting rights.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



              Conversion
              ----------

              Any  shares of the  Series C and D  preferred  stock  may,  at the
              option of the holder,  be converted  any time or from time to time
              into fully paid common  stock at a  conversion  rate of 10:1.  The
              holders of Series C and D preferred stock also have  anti-dilution
              protection.  The anti-dilution protection provides for a favorable
              adjustment to the conversion  ratio of Series D preferred stock in
              the event the Company issues any shares of preferred stock, common
              stock, options or warrants at a price below $4.00.

              The Series A preferred  stock is convertible  into common stock at
              the option of the holder, at a conversion rate of 1:1. The holders
              of the Series A may convert  their  shares  into common  stock any
              time after December 31, 2000.

              The Series B preferred  stock is convertible  into common stock at
              the option of the holder,  at a conversion rate of 1:1. The holder
              of  the  Series  B  preferred   stock  shall  have   anti-dilution
              protection.  The anti-dilution  provision provides for a favorable
              adjustment to the conversion  rate in the event the Company issues
              any shares of preferred stock,  common stock,  option or warrants,
              at a price below $2.50 per share.

              As of December  31,  1998,  the  Company  has  reserved a total of
              2,020,122  shares of its common stock  pursuant to the  conversion
              privileges of outstanding preferred stock.

       (C) STOCK WARRANTS

           In May 1997, in connection  with the  acquisition of assets (see note
           3),  the  Company  issued  10,000  common  stock  purchase   warrants
           (Warrants).  Each warrant  represents the right to purchase one share
           of the Company's  common stock at an exercise  price of $2.50,  until
           May 16, 2003.

           In October  1997, in connection  with  securing debt  financing,  the
           Company  issued  10,000  warrants to related party  shareholders  for
           personally guaranteeing loans of the Company. Each warrant represents
           the right to purchase one share of the  Company's  common stock at an
           exercise price of $1.00, until November 1, 2004.

           In August 1998, in  connection  with  securing  debt  financing,  the
           Company   issued  a  total  of  92,465   warrants  to  related  party
           shareholders  for  personally  guaranteeing  loans of the  Company in
           prior years. Each warrant  represents the right to purchase one share
           of the Company's  common stock at an exercise  price of $1.00,  until
           November 1, 2004.

           In August 1998, in  connection  with  securing  debt  financing,  the
           Company issued 4,750 warrants.  Each warrant  represents the right to
           purchase one share of the Company's common stock at an exercise price
           of $1.00, until November 1, 2004.

           In March 1998, in connection with securing debt financing the Company
           issued 1,500 warrants.  Each warrant represents the right to purchase
           one share of the  Company's  Preferred  Series C stock at an exercise
           price of $32.50, until November 1, 2004.

           All  warrants  were  valued  using  the  Black-Scholes  model.  As of
           December 31, 1998, no warrants had been exercised.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



       (D) STOCK OPTIONS

           At December 31, 1998,  the Company had three Stock Option Plans:  the
           1993 Stock  Option Plan  adopted in  September  1993,  the 1997 Stock
           Option Plan adopted in February  1997, and the 1998 Stock Option Plan
           adopted in December 1998 (collectively,  the Plans). Under the Plans,
           key employees and consultants  may be granted either  incentive stock
           options or nonqualified  stock options.  Incentive stock options must
           comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code),
           may be granted only to employees.  Nonqualified  stock options may be
           granted to employees and consultants at not less than 85% of the fair
           market value of the stock at the date of grant.  Canceled options are
           available for future grant. The Company has reserved 1,796,908 shares
           of its common stock for issuance under the Plans.

           As of December 31, 1998,  1,690,440 options had been granted pursuant
           to the  Plans.  The per share  weighted-average  fair  value of stock
           options  granted  during the years ended 1997 and 1998 were $0.92 and
           $0.86,  respectively,  on the date of grant  using the  Black-Scholes
           pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1997                  1998
                                                                         -------------------   --------------------
            <S>                                                                <C>                   <C>
            Dividend yield                                                       --                    --
            Expected volatility                                                 100%                  100%
            Risk-free interest rate                                             6.5%                 5.75%
            Expected life                                                      10 years              10 years

</TABLE>

           The total value of options  granted  during the years ended  December
           31,  1997 and 1998 were  approximately  $211 and $867,  respectively,
           which will be  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over the vesting
           period of the options (typically four years).

           The Company applies  Accounting  Principle Bulletin Opinion No. 25 in
           accounting for stock options issued to employees and directors  under
           the Plans, accordingly,  no compensation cost has been recognized for
           these  stock  options in the  financial  statements.  Had the Company
           determined  compensation  cost  based on the fair  value at the grant
           date for its stock  options under  Statement of Financial  Accounting
           Standards  (SFAS) No.  123,  the  Company's  net loss would have been
           increased to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1997                  1998
                                                                         -------------------   --------------------
            <S>                                                      <C>                    <C>
            As reported:
                Net loss                                             $            (1,195)   $           (4,404)
                Net loss per common share                                          (1.41)                (5.07)

            Pro forma:
                Net loss                                                          (1,254)               (4,545)
                Net loss per common share                                          (1.48)                (5.23)


</TABLE>

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



           The following  table  summarizes the activity for the  aforementioned
           stock option plans:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  WEIGHTED
                                                                                                   AVERAGE
                                                                           NUMBER OF                PRICE
                                                                            SHARES                PER SHARE
                                                                     --------------------   --------------------
              <S>                                                               <C>           <C>
              Outstanding at December 31, 1996                                    96,908     $          0.87
              Granted                                                            404,990                1.65
              Canceled                                                          (174,995)               2.50
              Exercised                                                               --                  --
                                                                     --------------------   --------------------

              Outstanding at December 31, 1997                                   326,903                0.96

              Granted                                                          1,153,542                1.00
              Canceled                                                          (328,500)               1.00
              Exercised                                                               --                  --
                                                                     --------------------   --------------------

              Outstanding at December 31, 1998                                 1,151,945     $          0.99
                                                                      ====================   ====================
</TABLE>

             At December  31,  1998,  the  weighted-average  exercise  price and
             weighted-average  remaining contractual life of outstanding options
             were $0.99 and 9 years, respectively.

             At December 31, 1998,  424,278  outstanding  options were currently
             exercisable,  and the  weighted-average  exercise  price  of  these
             options was $0.97.

             At December 31, 1998,  the range of exercise  prices on outstanding
             stock options was $0.50 to $1.00.


(13)   RETIREMENT PLAN

       Effective  January 1, 1998,  the Company  adopted a tax deferred  savings
       plan (the 401(k)  Plan).  All employees age 21 years or over are eligible
       to participate in the 401(k) Plan.  Enrollment periods are semi-annually,
       on  January  1 and  July 1 of  each  year.  Participants  who  choose  to
       participate may contribute up to 15% of their pretax  compensation to the
       401(k) Plan subject to the  statutorily  prescribed  annual  limits.  All
       employee  contributions to the 401(k) Plan are fully vested at all times.
       Company  contributions are made annually.  The Company matches 25% of the
       first 4% employees  contribute  through  their salary  deferral.  Company
       contributions vest at 20% per year starting the first year.


(14)   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

       In  February  1999,  the  Company  amended  the  Company's   Articles  of
       Incorporation  and increased  the number of  authorized  shares of common
       stock to 15,000,000 and preferred  stock to 4,000,000.  The effect of the
       revised number of authorized shares has been retroactively applied to the
       accompanying financial statements.


                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                    Notes to Financial Statements, Continued

             (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)



           In February 1999, the Company  granted  warrants to purchase  250,000
           shares of  common  stock at an  exercise  price of $1.00 per share in
           connection  with the  Company  obtaining  additional  financing.  The
           warrants will be valued using the Black-Scholes model.

           Since  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  has  received   $1,055  in
           additional  bridge  financing  (see note 6), and has  issued  316,000
           shares of common stock pursuant to the bridge financing.

           The Company's  $250 line of credit and the $325 letter of credit were
           renewed in March  1999.  The line of credit was  extended to February
           2000.  The letter of credit was extended to March 2000.  Rates on the
           line of credit are  substantially  the same as they were prior to the
           renewal.

                                      F-22


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================

<S>                                                                             <C>
                                                                                                     Marsee Baking
     YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS                                          [LOGO]
PROSPECTUS.  WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH
INFORMATION DIFFERENT FROM THAT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.  WE
ARE OFFERING TO SELL, AND SEEKING OFFERS TO BUY, SHARES OF COMMON                                 1,750,000 Shares of
STOCK AND PURCHASE WARRANTS ONLY IN THOSE JURISDICTIONS WHERE                                        Common Stock
OFFERS AND SALES ARE PERMITTED.  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS                                      1,750,000 Redeemable Warrants
PROSPECTUS, REGARDLESS OF THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS                              to Purchase Common Stock
OR ANY SALE OF THE COMMON STOCK OR PURCHASE WARRANT.                                            
                                                                                                      ----------
                          ----------                                                                  PROSPECTUS
                                                                                                      ----------
                      TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                       PAGE
                                                                                               Barron Chase Securities
Prospectus Summary........................................4                                             [Logo]
Risk Factors..............................................7
Use of Proceeds..........................................12                                       7700 W. Camino Real
Dividend Policy..........................................12                                    Boca Raton, Florida 33433
Capitalization...........................................13                                          (561)347-1200
Dilution.................................................14
Management's Discussion and Analysis of                                                        Beverly Hills, California
  Financial Condition and Results of Operations..........15                                      Boston, Massachusetts
Business.................................................22                                       Brooklyn, New York
Management...............................................30                                        Buffalo, New York
Certain Transactions.....................................37                                        Chicago, Illinois
Principal Shareholders...................................39                                       Clearwater, Florida
Description of Securities................................40                                         Duluth, Georgia
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..........................46                                    West Boca Raton, Florida
Underwriting.............................................48                                       Edison, New Jersey
Legal Matters............................................50                                    Eureka Springs, Arkansas
Experts..................................................50                                    Fort Lauderdale, Florida
Where You Can Find More Information......................50                                  Hasbrouck Heights, New Jersey
Index to Financial Statements.......................... F-1                                      La Jolla, California
                                                                                                    Naples, Florida
                          ----------                                                               New York, New York
                                                                                                    Orlando, Florida
                                                                                                   Sarasota, Florida
                                                                                                     Tampa, Florida
    UNTIL _______ __, 1999 (25 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THE
OFFERING), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN MARSEE BAKING
SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE                                            , 1999
REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.  THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS
IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.


====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The Oregon Business Corporation Act (the "Act") authorizes the
indemnification of an officer or director made party to a proceeding because the
officer or director is or was an officer or director against liability
(including amounts paid in settlement) incurred in the proceeding and against
expenses with respect to the proceeding (including attorney fees) if: (a) the
conduct of the officer or director was in good faith, (b) the officer or
director reasonably believed that his conduct was in the best interests of the
corporation or at least not opposed to its best interests, and (c) in the case
of a criminal proceeding, the officer or director had no reasonable cause to
believe his conduct was unlawful; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, neither a director nor an
officer may be indemnified in connection with (1) a proceeding by or in the
right of the corporation in which the director or officer was adjudged liable or
(2) any other proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the director or
officer in which the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that
personal benefit was improperly received by the director or officer. The
Registrant's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles")
allow and the company's Amended and Restated Bylaws (the "Bylaws") require the
Registrant to indemnify officers and directors to the fullest extent permissible
by law. The Articles and Bylaws become effective upon the closing of the public
offering.

     The Act further provides that the articles of incorporation of a
corporation may provide that no director shall be personally liable to a
corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a director,
except that the provision does not eliminate the liability of a director (a) for
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
shareholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (c) for any unlawful
distribution as defined under the Act, or (d) for any transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit. The Registrant's Articles and
Restated Bylaws provide that, to the fullest extent permissible by law, no
director shall be personally liable to the Registrant or its shareholders for
monetary damages.

     Reference is also made to Section 6(b) of the Underwriting Agreement filed
as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, indemnifying directors and officers of the Registrant
against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in certain
circumstances by the underwriter.

     Reference is also made to the form of Indemnification Agreement filed as
Exhibit 10.30 hereto, which the Registrant intends to enter into with its
directors and officers, providing indemnification to the fullest extent provided
by law.

     The effect of these provisions is to indemnify the directors and officers
of the Registrant against all costs and expenses of liability incurred by them
in connection with any action, suit or proceeding in which they are involved by
reason of their affiliation with the Registrant, to the fullest extent permitted
by law.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the
underwriting discount, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of
common stock and purchase warrants being registered. All amounts are estimates
except the SEC registration fee, the NASD review filing fee, the Nasdaq filing
and membership fees, and Boston Stock Exchange filing and listing fees.



                                                                        AMOUNT
                                                                      TO BE PAID
                                                                      ----------
          SEC Registration Fee............................               $6,478
          NASD Review Filing Fee..........................               ______
          Nasdaq Filing and Listing Fee...................               ______
          Boston Exchange Filing and Listing Fees.........               ______
          Printing and Engraving Expenses.................               ______
          Legal Fees and Expenses.........................               ______
          Accounting Fees and Expenses....................               ______
          Blue Sky Fees and Expenses......................               ______
          Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees...............               ______
          Nonaccountable Expense Allowance................               ______
          Miscellaneous Expenses..........................               ______
                 Total                                                  $______


ITEM 26.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     The following is a summary of transactions by the Registrant since December
31, 1995 involving sales of the Registrant's securities that were not registered
under the Securities Act:

     1.       During September 1995 through January 1996, the Registrant sold an
              aggregate of 52,667 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to 19
              individuals or entities at a price of $6 per share. The Registrant
              received $316,002 as total proceeds from the offering.

     2.       During December 1996 through February 1997, the Registrant sold an
              aggregate of 510,575 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to 24
              individuals and entities, at a price per share of $2.50. Jensen
              Securities Co. acted as the placement agent for the offering. The
              company received total proceeds of $1,250,000 after deducting
              $53,305 as commissions and fees paid to the placement agent.
              Jensen Securities also received 10,575 shares of Series B
              Preferred Stock as consideration for its services.

     3.       During January through April 1998, upon the terms of an asset
              purchase agreement, the Registrant issued 33,538 shares of Series
              C Preferred Stock and 16,667 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to
              the shareholders of Bernie's Bagels, Inc.

     4.       During January through October 1998, the Registrant sold an
              aggregate of 95,583 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to 19
              individuals and entities, at a price per share of $32.50.
              Registrant received proceeds of approximately $3,106,433.

     5.       During January through April 1999, the Registrant sold 502,800
              Units, each Unit consisting of one share of common stock and a
              promissory note in the principal amount of $5.00 and bearing
              interest of 8% to 37 purchasers. The principal and accrued
              interest are due and payable nine months of the date of the
              promissory note or upon the closing of a public offering of the


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

              common stock, whichever is earlier. The Registrant received
              proceeds of $1,960,920 after deducting $301,680 in commissions and
              fees to Barron Chase Securities, Inc., the Registrant's placement
              agent.

     6.       On April 29, 1999, the Registrant issued to Mr. Joseph Tanous, a
              director of the Registrant, 150,000 shares of common stock in
              consideration for agreeing to personally guarantee up to $750,000
              of the Registrant's working capital line of credit.


     7.       Since 1994, the Registrant has issued 26 warrants to purchase up 
              to an aggregate of 387,548 shares of common stock at an exercise
              price ranging from $1.00 to $6.00 per share. These warrants have
              been granted to individuals and entities who have made valuable
              contributions to the company in the form of providing loans,
              personal guarantees, assets and financial consulting services. One
              warrant to purchase 500 shares of commons stock was exercised in
              February 1996. As of April 30, 1999, 13 warrants have expired
              representing warrants to purchase 14,833 shares of common stock
              and 13 warrants remain outstanding representing warrants to
              purchase 372,215 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging
              from $1.00 to $3.00 per share.

              The Registrant has also issued a warrant to a equipment lease
              financing company to purchase up to 1,500 shares of Series C
              Preferred Stock or 15,453 shares of common stock into which the
              Series C Preferred stock is currently convertible.

     8.       Since September 1993, the Registrant has granted incentive stock
              options and non-qualified stock options to purchase an aggregate
              of 1,707,745 shares of common stock under individual stock option
              agreements and its 1993, 1997 and 1998 Stock Option Plans to
              eligible officers, directors, employees and consultants of the
              Registrant. Of those options granted, options to purchase 365,900
              shares have expired or have been terminated by their terms, and
              there are currently outstanding options to purchase 1,341,845
              shares, as of the filing date. Since September 1993, the
              Registrant has not issued any shares of common stock upon the
              exercise of options.

     Each of these sales were deemed to be exempt from registration under the
Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D,
Section 3(a)(9) or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, as
transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, transactions
involving an exchange of securities by the issuer with its security holders
where no commission or remuneration is paid or given directly or indirectly for
soliciting the exchange, or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans
and contracts relating to compensation. The recipients of securities in each
transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities in each
transaction not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution
thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to share certificates and
instruments issued in the transactions.


ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS

     (a)  Exhibits

          Exhibit No.         Description
          ----------          -----------

          1.1                 Form of Underwriting Agreement
          1.2                 Form of Selected Dealer Agreement
          3.1                 Proposed Amended and Restated Articles of 
                                Incorporation
          3.2                 Articles of Incorporation (filed June 26, 1992)
          3.3                 Amendment to Article II of the Articles of 
                                Incorporation (filed December 13, 1996)
          3.4                 Certificate of Designation of Series C Convertible
                                Preferred Stock and Series D Convertible and 
                                Redeemable Preferred Stock (filed January 7, 
                                1998)
          3.5                 Amendment to Article II of the Articles of 
                                Incorporation (filed March 6, 1998)
          3.6                 Articles of Correction (filed June 3, 1998)
          3.7                 Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Series
                                C Convertible Preferred Stock and Series D 
                                Convertible and Redeemable Preferred Stock 
                                (filed October 7, 1998)
          3.8                 Amendment to Article II of the Articles of 
                                Incorporation (filed March 16, 1999)
          3.9                 Proposed Amended and Restated Bylaws


                                      II-4
<PAGE>

          3.10                Bylaws
          4.1                 See Articles II and IV of Exhibit 3.1 and Articles
                                I and V of Exhibit 3.9
          4.2*                Form of Common Stock Certificate
          4.3*                Form of Purchase Warrant Certificate
          4.4*                Form of Purchase Warrant Agreement with Transfer
                                Agent
          5.1*                Opinion of Tonkon Torp LLP as to legality of the
                                securities being registered, including consent
          10.1                Registrant's 1993 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
                                and Amendments Nos. 1 and 2
          10.2                Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1993
                                Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
          10.3                Registrant's 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
          10.4                Form of Notice of Grant under the 1997 Stock
                                Option/Stock Issuance Plan
          10.5                Registrant's 1998 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
          10.6                Form of Notice of Grant under the 1998
                                Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
          10.7**              SYSCO Master Distribution Agreement dated April 
                                13, 1998
          10.8                SYSCO Agreement dated February 19, 1999
          10.9                Silicon Valley Bank Loan and Security Agreement
                                dated October 28, 1997 and Loan Modification
                                Agreements
          10.10               Contribution and Indemnity Agreement dated October
                                28, 1997 with Tanous and Durbetaki
          10.11               LINC Capital Inc. Master Lease Agreement dated
                                April 17, 1998 and Schedules 1, 2 and 3
          10.12               LINC Capital Inc. Warrant and Warrant Purchase
                                Agreement dated April 17, 1998
          10.13               Form of the Registrant's currently outstanding
                                Warrant Agreement
          10.14               Heller First Capital Corp. Promissory Note dated
                                June 20, 1996 [sic]
          10.15               Heller First Capital Corp. Authorization and Loan
                                Agreement dated May 16, 1997
          10.16               Heller First Capital Corp. Security Agreement
                                dated June 20, 1997
          10.17               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc.
                                Promissory Note dated April 28, 1998
          10.18               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Security Agreement
                                dated April 28, 1998
          10.19               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Letter Agreement
                                dated May 5, 1998
          10.20               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Promissory Note
                                dated May 19, 1998
          10.21               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Promissory Note
                                dated August 26, 1998
          10.22               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Cross-Collateral
                                and Cross-Default Agreement dated August 26,
                                1998
          10.23               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Promissory Note
                                dated November 6, 1998
          10.24               Employment Agreement with Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                dated January 1, 1999
          10.25               Employment Agreement with Howard Wasserteil dated
                                July 12, 1996
          10.26               Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement with
                                Joann Vazquez dated April 8, 1999
          10.27               Real Estate Lease dated May 1995 for Portland
                                Commissary
          10.28               Industrial Real Estate Lease dated November 28,
                                1994 for Seattle Commissary and Assignment and
                                Consent to Assignment of Lease dated December
                                26, 1997
          10.29               Investor's Rights Agreement dated January 9, 1998
                                and Amendment dated September 11, 1998


                                      II-5
<PAGE>

          10.30               Form of Officers and Directors Indemnification 
                                Agreement
          10.31               Separation Agreement dated as of March 12, 1999
                                with Brad K. Barnett
          10.32               Consulting Agreement dated January 12, 1999 with
                                Viking Group, LLC and Anthony Kamin
          10.33               Form of Underwriter's Warrant Agreement and form
                                of Warrant Certificate
          10.34               Form of Financial Advisory Agreement
          10.35               Form of Merger and Acquisition Agreement
          10.36               Agreement to Provide Guaranty
          23.1                Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
          23.2*               Consent of Tonkon Torp LLP (included in Exhibit
                                5.1)
          24.1                Power of Attorney (see Page II-8 of the
                                Registration Statement)
          27.1                Financial Data Schedule


*        To be filed by amendment.
**       Certain portions of this exhibit are omitted pursuant to a request for
         confidential treatment.

ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in the
denominations and registered in the names as required by the underwriter to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
the indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against these
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by the
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether the indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of the issue.

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act and
contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule
424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part
of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
and the offering of these securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements of filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned in the City of Portland,
State of Oregon, on April 30, 1999.


                                 OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING


                                 By  /s/ Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                     ------------------------
                                     Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                     Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
                                        Executive Officer

                                 By  /s/ Stephen A. Aanderud
                                     -----------------------
                                     Stephen A. Aanderud
                                     Chief Financial Officer and Assistant
                                        Secretary

                                 By  Howard J. Wasserteil*
                                     --------------------
                                     Howard J. Wasserteil
                                     Executive Vice President, Secretary
                                        and Director

                                 By  Robert E. Schneider*
                                     -------------------
                                     Robert E. Schneider, Ph.D.
                                     Director

                                 By  Gerald W. Frank*
                                     ---------------
                                     Gerald W. Frank
                                     Director

                                 By  Joeseph F. Tanous*
                                     -----------------
                                     Joseph F. Tanous
                                     Director

                                 By  Raymond Zimmerman*
                                     -----------------
                                     Raymond Zimmerman
                                     Director


                                *By  /s/ Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                     ------------------------
                                     Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                     (Attorney-in-Fact)


                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Raymond W. Lindstrom, Stephen A.
Aanderud and Howard J. Wasserteil, and each of them, his or her true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, each with the power of substitution, to sign on his
or her behalf, individually and in each capacity stated below, all amendments
and post-effective amendments to this registration statement on Form SB-2
(including registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the
Securities Act of 1933, and all amendments thereto) and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and any other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, granting
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agent, or their substitute or substitutes, full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and
purposes as each might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming
each act that said attorneys-in-fact and agent, or their substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration
statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and
on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       Signature                                  Title                             Date
       ---------                                  -----                             ----

<S>                                  <C>                                         <C>
/s/ Raymond W. Lindstrom             Chairman of the Board, President  and       April 8, 1999
- ------------------------
Raymond W. Lindstrom                 Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Stephen A. Aanderud              Chief Financial Officer and Assistant       April 8, 1999
- -----------------------
Stephen A. Aanderud                  Secretary

/s/ Howard J. Wasserteil             Executive Vice President, Secretary and     April 8, 1999
- ------------------------
Howard J. Wasserteil                 Director

/s/ Joann E. Vazquez                 Vice President of Product Development       April 8, 1999
- --------------------
Joann E. Vazquez

/s/ Karlin M. Conklin                Vice President of Bakery Operations         April 8, 1999
- ---------------------
Karlin M. Conklin

/s/ Robert E. Schneider              Director                                    April 8, 1999
- -----------------------
Robert E. Schneider, Ph.D.

/s/ Gerald W. Frank                  Director                                    April 8, 1999
- -------------------
Gerald W. Frank

/s/ Joseph F.Tanous                  Director                                    April 8, 1999
- -------------------
Joseph F. Tanous

/s/ Raymond Zimmerman                Director                                    April 8, 1999
- ---------------------
Raymond Zimmerman

</TABLE>


                                      II-8
<PAGE>


                              Oregon Baking company

                                  Exhibit Index
                                  -------------


Exhibit No.         Description
- ----------          -----------

1.1                 Form of Underwriting Agreement
1.2                 Form of Selected Dealer Agreement
3.1                 Proposed Amended and Restated Articles of 
                      Incorporation
3.2                 Articles of Incorporation (filed June 26, 1992)
3.3                 Amendment to Article II of the Articles of 
                      Incorporation (filed December 13, 1996)
3.4                 Certificate of Designation of Series C Convertible
                      Preferred Stock and Series D Convertible and 
                      Redeemable Preferred Stock (filed January 7, 
                      1998)
3.5                 Amendment to Article II of the Articles of 
                    Incorporation (filed March 6, 1998)
3.6                 Articles of Correction (filed June 3, 1998)
3.7                 Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Series
                      C Convertible Preferred Stock and Series D 
                      Convertible and Redeemable Preferred Stock 
                      (filed October 7, 1998)
3.8                 Amendment to Article II of the Articles of 
                      Incorporation (filed March 16, 1999)
3.9                 Proposed Amended and Restated Bylaws
3.10                Bylaws
4.1                 See Articles II and IV of Exhibit 3.1 and Articles 
                      I and V of Exhibit 3.9
4.2*                Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.3*                Form of Purchase Warrant Certificate
4.4*                Form of Purchase Warrant Agreement with Transfer
                      Agent
5.1*                Opinion of Tonkon Torp LLP as to legality of the
                      securities being registered, including consent
10.1                Registrant's 1993 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
                      and Amendments Nos. 1 and 2
10.2                Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1993
                      Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
10.3                Registrant's 1997 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
10.4                Form of Notice of Grant under the 1997 Stock
                      Option/Stock Issuance Plan
10.5                Registrant's 1998 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
10.6                Form of Notice of Grant under the 1998
                      Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
10.7**              SYSCO Master Distribution Agreement dated April 
                      13, 1998
10.8                SYSCO Agreement dated February 19, 1999
10.9                Silicon Valley Bank Loan and Security Agreement
                      dated October 28, 1997 and Loan Modification
                      Agreements
10.10               Contribution and Indemnity Agreement dated October
                      28, 1997 with Tanous and Durbetaki
10.11               LINC Capital Inc. Master Lease Agreement dated
                      April 17, 1998 and Schedules 1, 2 and 3
10.12               LINC Capital Inc. Warrant and Warrant Purchase
                      Agreement dated April 17, 1998
10.13               Form of the Registrant's currently outstanding
                      Warrant Agreement
10.14               Heller First Capital Corp. Promissory Note dated
                      June 20, 1996 [sic]
10.15               Heller First Capital Corp. Authorization and Loan
                      Agreement dated May 16, 1997
10.16               Heller First Capital Corp. Security Agreement
                      dated June 20, 1997
10.17               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc.
                      Promissory Note dated April 28, 1998
10.18               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Security Agreement
                      dated April 28, 1998


                                      E-1
<PAGE>

10.19               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Letter Agreement
                      dated May 5, 1998
10.20               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Promissory Note
                      dated May 19, 1998
10.21               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Promissory Note
                      dated August 26, 1998
10.22               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Cross-Collateral
                      and Cross-Default Agreement dated August 26,
                      1998
10.23               Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. Promissory Note
                      dated November 6, 1998
10.24               Employment Agreement with Raymond W. Lindstrom
                      dated January 1, 1999
10.25               Employment Agreement with Howard Wasserteil dated
                      July 12, 1996
10.26               Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement with
                      Joann Vazquez dated April 8, 1999
10.27               Real Estate Lease dated May 1995 for Portland
                      Commissary
10.28               Industrial Real Estate Lease dated November 28,
                      1994 for Seattle Commissary and Assignment and
                      Consent to Assignment of Lease dated December
                      26, 1997
10.29               Investor's Rights Agreement dated January 9, 1998
                      and Amendment dated September 11, 1998
10.30               Form of Officers and Directors Indemnification 
                      Agreement
10.31               Separation Agreement dated as of March 12, 1999
                      with Brad K. Barnett
10.32               Consulting Agreement dated January 12, 1999 with
                      Viking Group, LLC and Anthony Kamin
10.33               Form of Underwriter's Warrant Agreement and form
                      of Warrant Certificate
10.34               Form of Financial Advisory Agreement
10.35               Form of Merger and Acquisition Agreement
10.36               Agreement to Provide Guaranty
23.1                Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
23.2*               Consent of Tonkon Torp LLP (included in its Exhibit 5.1)
24.1                Power of Attorney (see Page II-8 of the
                      Registration Statement)
27.1                Financial Data Schedule



*        To be filed by amendment.
**       Certain portions of this exhibit are omitted pursuant to a request for
         confidential treatment.


                                      E-2





                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY


                      1,750,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AND
                    1,750,000 COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------


                                                             Boca Raton, Florida
                                                             _____________, 1999


Barron Chase Securities, Inc.
7700 West Camino Real
Boca Raton, Florida 33433

Gentlemen:

         Oregon Baking Company (the "Company"), on the basis of the
representations, warranties, covenants and conditions contained herein, hereby
proposes to issue and sell to Barron Chase Securities, Inc. (the "Underwriter"
or "you") for sale in a proposed public offering pursuant to the terms of this
Underwriting Agreement (the "Agreement"), on a "firm commitment" basis,
1,750,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") at $5.00 per Share and 1,750,000
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants (the "Warrants") at $.125 per Warrant.
The Shares and the Warrants are collectively referred to as the "Securities".
Each Warrant is exercisable to purchase one (1) share of Common Stock (the
"Common Stock") at $5.00 per share at any time during the period between the
Effective Date and five (5) years from the Effective Date. The date upon which
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission") shall declare the
Registration Statement of the Company effective shall be the "Effective Date".
The Warrants are subject to redemption under certain circumstances. In addition,
the Company proposes to grant to the Underwriter the option referred to in
Section 2(b) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of 262,500 additional
Shares and/or 262,500 additional Warrants (the "Option Securities").

         You have advised the Company that you desire to purchase the
Securities, and that you are authorized to execute this Agreement. The Company
confirms the agreements made by it with respect to the purchase of the
Securities by the Underwriter, as follows:

                                       1
<PAGE>



         1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

         The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Underwriter
as of the Effective Date (as defined above), the Closing Date (as hereinafter
defined) and the Option Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) that:

         (a) A registration statement (File No. _________) on Form SB-2 relating
to the public offering of the Securities, including a preliminary form of the
prospectus, copies of which have heretofore been delivered to you, has been
prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the rules and regulations (the "Rules
and Regulations") of the Commission thereunder, and has been filed with the
Commission under the Act. The Company has prepared in the same manner and
proposes to file, prior to the Effective Date of such registration statement, an
additional amendment or amendments to such registration statement, including a
final form of Prospectus, copies of which shall be delivered to you.
"Preliminary Prospectus" shall mean each prospectus filed pursuant to the Rules
and Regulations under the Act prior to the Effective Date. The registration
statement (including all financial schedules and exhibits) as amended at the
time it becomes effective and the final prospectus included therein are
respectively referred to as the "Registration Statement" and the "Prospectus",
except that (i) if the prospectus first filed by the Company pursuant to Rule
424(b) of the Rules and Regulations shall differ from said prospectus as then
amended, the term "Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus first filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b), and (ii) if such registration statement or prospectus is amended or
such prospectus is supplemented, after the effective date of such registration
statement and prior to the Option Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), the
terms "Registration Statement" and "Prospectus" shall include such registration
statement and prospectus as so amended, and the term "Prospectus" shall include
the prospectus as so supplemented, or both, as the case may be.

         (b) At the Effective Date and at all times subsequent thereto up to the
Option Closing Date, if any, and during such longer period as the Prospectus may
be required to be delivered in connection with sales by the Underwriter or
Selected Dealers: (i) the Registration Statement and Prospectus will in all
respects conform to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations;
and (ii) neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus will include any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; provided, however, that
the Company makes no representations, warranty or agreements as to information
contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or Prospectus in
reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the
Company by the Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof. It

                                       2
<PAGE>

is understood that the statements set forth in the Prospectus with respect to
stabilization, under the heading "Underwriting" and regarding the identity of
counsel to the Underwriter under the heading "Legal Matters" constitute the only
information furnished in writing by the Underwriter for inclusion in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus.

         (c) Each of the Company and each subsidiary has been duly incorporated
and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation, with full power and authority (corporate and
other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the
Prospectus and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is
in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which the nature of its business
or the character or location of its properties requires such qualification,
except where failure to so qualify will not materially affect the Company's
business, properties or financial condition.

         (d) The authorized, issued and outstanding securities of the Company as
of the date of the Prospectus is as set forth in the Prospectus under
"Capitalization"; all of the issued and outstanding securities of the Company
have been, or will be when issued as set forth in the Prospectus, duly
authorized, validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; the issuances and
sales of all such securities complied in all material respect with, or were
exempt from, applicable Federal and state securities laws; the holders thereof
have no rights of rescission against the Company with respect thereto, and are
not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; none of such
securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of
any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the
Company; except as set forth in the Prospectus, no options, warrants or other
rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or agreements or
other rights to convert any obligation into, any securities of the Company have
been granted or entered into by the Company; and all of the securities of the
Company, issued and to be issued as set forth in the Registration Statement,
conform to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus.

         (e) The Shares are duly authorized, and when issued, delivered and paid
for pursuant to this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully
paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive rights of any security holder of
the Company. Neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering
or sale of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement gives rise to any
rights, other than those which have been waived or satisfied, for or relating to
the registration of any securities of the Company, except as described in the
Registration Statement.

         The Warrants have been duly authorized and, when issued, delivered and
paid for pursuant to this Agreement, will have been duly authorized, validly

                                       3
<PAGE>

issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations
of the Company entitling the holders to the benefits provided by the warrant
agreement pursuant to which such Warrants are to be issued (the "Warrant
Agreement"), which will be substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants have been reserved for issuance and when issued in accordance with the
terms of the Warrants and Warrant Agreement will be duly and validly authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free of pre-emptive rights, and
no personal liability will attach to the ownership thereof. The Warrant exercise
period and the Warrant exercise price may not be changed or revised by the
Company without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. The Warrant
Agreement has been duly authorized and, when executed and delivered pursuant to
this Agreement, will have been duly executed and delivered and will constitute
the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable in
accordance with its terms.

         The Common Stock Underwriter Warrants, the Warrant Underwriter
Warrants, the Underlying Warrants, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the Common Stock Underwriter Warrants, and the shares of Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underlying Warrants (all as defined in the
Underwriter's Warrant Agreement described in Section 11 herein), have been duly
authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for, will be validly issued,
fully paid, non-assessable, free of pre-emptive rights and no personal liability
will attach to the ownership thereof, and will constitute valid and legally
binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms
and entitled to the benefits provided by the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement.

         (f) This Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Financial Advisory
Agreement, the Merger and Acquisition Agreement (the "M/A Agreement") and the
Underwriter's Warrant Agreement have been duly and validly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Company, and assuming due execution of this Agreement by
the other party hereto, constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company,
enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting
the rights of creditors generally. The Company has full power and authority to
authorize, issue and sell the Securities to be sold by it hereunder on the terms
and conditions set forth herein, and no consent, approval, authorization or
other order of any governmental authority is required in connection with such
authorization, execution and delivery or with the authorization, issue and sale
of the Securities or the securities to be issued pursuant to the Underwriter's
Warrant Agreement, except such as may be required under the Act or state
securities laws, or as otherwise have been obtained.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         (g) Except as described in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any
subsidiary is in material violation, breach of or default under, and
consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and the fulfillment of the
terms of this Agreement will not conflict with, or result in a breach of, or
constitute a material default under, or result in the creation or imposition of
any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the
Company or any subsidiary or any of the terms or provisions of any material
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or
instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or by which the
Company or any subsidiary may be bound or to which any of the property or assets
of the Company or any subsidiary is subject, nor will such action result in any
material violation of the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws
of the Company or any subsidiary, as amended, or any statute or any order, rule
or regulation applicable to the Company or subsidiary of any court or of any
regulatory authority or other governmental body having jurisdiction over the
Company or each subsidiary.

         (h) Subject to the qualifications stated in the Prospectus, the Company
and each subsidiary have good and marketable title to all properties and assets
described in the Prospectus as owned by each of them, free and clear of all
liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are not material to
its business, financial condition or results of operation; all of the material
leases and subleases under which the Company or each subsidiary is the lessor or
sublessor of properties or assets or under which the Company or each subsidiary
holds properties or assets as lessee or sublessee as described in the Prospectus
are in full force and effect, and, except as described in the Prospectus,
neither the Company nor each subsidiary is in default in any material respect
with respect to any of the terms or provisions of any of such leases or
subleases, and no claim has been asserted by anyone adverse to rights of the
Company or any subsidiary as lessor, sublessor, lessee, or sublessee under any
of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the
right of the Company or any subsidiary to continued possession of the leased or
subleased premises or assets under any such lease or sublease except as
described or referred to in the Prospectus; and the Company and each subsidiary
owns or leases all such properties described in the Prospectus as are necessary
to its operations as now conducted and, except as otherwise stated in the
Prospectus, as proposed to be conducted as set forth in the Prospectus.

         (i) KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, who has given its report on certain
financial statements filed and to be filed with the Commission as part of the
Registration Statement, and which are included in the Prospectus, is with
respect to the Company, independent public accountants as required by the Act
and the Rules and Regulations.

         (j) The financial statements and schedules, together with related

                                       5
<PAGE>

notes, set forth in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement present fairly
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company on
the basis stated in the Registration Statement, at the respective dates and for
the respective periods to which they apply. Said financial statements and
related notes and schedules have been prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles applied on a basis which is consistent during the
periods involved. The Company's internal accounting controls and procedures are
sufficient to cause the Company and each subsidiary to prepare financial
statements which comply in all material respects with generally accepted
accounting principles applied on a basis which is consistent during the periods
involved. During the preceding five (5) year period, nothing has been brought to
the attention of the Company's management that would result in any material
reportable condition relating to the Company's internal accounting procedures,
weaknesses or controls.

         (k) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is set
forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and to and including the
Option Closing Date, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, (i) neither the Company nor any subsidiary has
incurred and will not have incurred any material liabilities or obligations,
direct or contingent, and has not entered into and will not have entered into
any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business and/or
as contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; (ii) neither
the Company nor any subsidiary has and will not have paid or declared any
dividends or have made any other distribution on its capital stock; (iii) there
has not been any change in the capital stock of, or any incurrence of long-term
debt by, the Company or any subsidiary; (iv) neither the Company nor any
subsidiary has issued any options, warrants or other rights to purchase the
capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary; and (v) there has not been and
will not have been any material adverse change in the business, financial
condition or results of operations of the Company or any subsidiary, or in the
book value of the assets of the Company or any subsidiary, arising for any
reason whatsoever.

         (l) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is not pending or, to
the knowledge of the Company or any subsidiary, threatened, any material action,
suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration or investigation against the Company or
any subsidiary, or any of the officers or directors of the Company or any
subsidiary, or any material action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, or
investigation, which might result in any material adverse change in the
condition (financial or other), business prospects, net worth, or properties of
the Company or any subsidiary.

         (m) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, each of the Company and each
subsidiary has filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and

                                       6
<PAGE>

franchise tax returns and has paid all taxes shown as due thereon; and there is
no tax deficiency which has been or to the knowledge of the Company might be
asserted against the Company or any subsidiary that has not been provided for in
the financial statements.

         (n) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, each of the Company and each
subsidiary has sufficient licenses, permits and other governmental
authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business or the
ownership of its property as described in the Prospectus and is in all material
respects in compliance therewith and owns or possesses adequate right to use all
material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade-names,
trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, and licenses
necessary for the conduct of such business and has not received any notice of
conflict with the asserted rights of others in respect thereof. To the best of
the Company's knowledge, none of the activities or business of the Company or
any subsidiary are in violation of, or cause the Company or any subsidiary to
violate, any law, rule, regulation or order of the United States, any state,
county or locality, or of any agency or body of the United States or of any
state, county or locality, the violation of which would have a material adverse
impact upon the condition (financial or otherwise), business, property,
prospective results of operations, or net worth of the Company and any
subsidiary.

         (o) Neither the Company nor any subsidiary has, directly or indirectly,
at any time (i) made any contributions to any candidate for political office, or
failed to disclose fully any such contribution, in violation of law or (ii) made
any payment to any state, federal or foreign governmental officer or official,
or other person charged with similar public of quasi-public duties, other than
payments or contributions required or allowed by applicable law.

         (p) On the Closing Dates (herein defined) all transfer or other taxes
(including franchise, capital stock or other tax, other than income taxes,
imposed by any jurisdiction) if any, which are required to be paid in connection
with the sale and transfer of the Securities to the Underwriter hereunder will
have been fully paid or provided for by the Company and all laws imposing such
taxes will have been fully complied with.

         (q) All contracts and other documents which are required to be
described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement have been so
described and/or filed.

         (r) Except as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,
no holders of Common Stock or of any other securities of the Company have the
right to include such Common Stock or other securities in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus.

                                       7
<PAGE>

         (s) Except as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any subsidiary has any
material contingent liabilities.

         (t) The Company has no subsidiary corporations except as disclosed in
the Registration Statement and Prospectus, nor has it any equity interest in any
partnership, joint venture, association or other entity except as disclosed in
the Registration Statement or Prospectus. Except as described in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus, the Company owns all of the outstanding
securities of each of its subsidiaries.

         (u) The Commission has not issued an order preventing or suspending the
use of any Preliminary Prospectus with respect to the offer and sale of the
Securities and each Preliminary Prospectus, as of its date, has conformed fully
in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and
Regulations and did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading.

         (v) Neither the Company, nor, to the Company's knowledge, any of its
officers, directors, employees or stockholders, have taken or will take,
directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which has
constituted or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the
stabilization or manipulation of the price of any of the securities of the
Company.

         (w) Item 26 of Part II of the Registration Statement accurately
discloses all unregistered securities sold by the Company within the three year
period prior to the date as of which information is presented in the
Registration Statement. All of such securities were sold in transactions which
were exempt from the registration provisions of the Act and not in violation of
Section 5 thereof.

         (x) Other than as set forth in the Prospectus, the Company has not
entered into any agreement pursuant to which any person is entitled, either
directly or indirectly, to compensation from the Company for services as a
finder in connection with the proposed offering, and the Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages
or liabilities, which shall include, but not be limited to, all costs to defend
against any such claim, so long as such claim arises out of agreements made or
allegedly made by the Company.

         (y) Based upon written representations received by the Company, no
officer, director or beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of the
securities of the Company or any subsidiary has any direct or indirect
affiliation or association with any member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), except as disclosed to the Underwriter in
writing, and no beneficial owner of the Company's unregistered securities has

                                       8
<PAGE>

any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any NASD member except as
disclosed to the Underwriter in writing. The Company will advise the Underwriter
and the NASD if any beneficial owner of the securities of the Company or any
subsidiary is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of an NASD member
participating in the distribution.

         (z) The Company and each subsidiary is in compliance in all material
respects with all federal, state and local laws and regulations respecting the
employment of its employees and employment practices, terms and conditions of
employment and wages and hours relating thereto. There are no pending
investigations involving the Company or any subsidiary by the U.S. Department of
Labor, or any other governmental agency responsible for the enforcement of such
federal, state or local laws and regulations. There is no unfair labor practice
charge or complaint against the Company or any subsidiary pending before the
National Labor Relations Board or any strike, picketing, boycott, dispute,
slowdown or stoppage pending or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened
against or involving the Company or any subsidiary or any predecessor entity. No
question concerning representation exists respecting the employees of the
Company or any subsidiary and no collective bargaining agreement or modification
thereof is currently being negotiated by the Company or any subsidiary. No
grievance or arbitration proceeding is pending under any expired or existing
collective bargaining agreements of the Company or any subsidiary, if any.

         (aa) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any
subsidiary maintains, sponsors nor contributes to, nor is it required to
contribute to, any program or arrangement that is an "employee pension benefit
plan", an "employee welfare benefit plan", or a "multi-employer plan" as such
terms are defined in Sections 3(2), 3(1) and 3(37), respectively, of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") ("ERISA
Plans"). Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any
subsidiary maintained or contributed to a defined benefit plan, as defined in
Section 3(35) of ERISA.

         (ab) Based upon written representations received from the officers and
directors of the Company and each subsidiary, except as disclosed in the
Prospectus, during the past five years, none of the officers or directors of the
Company or any subsidiary have been:

                      (1) The subject of a petition under the federal bankruptcy
                  laws or any state insolvency law filed by or against them, or
                  by a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer appointed by a
                  court for their business or property, or any partnership in
                  which any of them was a general partner at or within two years
                  before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business
                  association of which any of them was

                                       9
<PAGE>

                  an executive officer at or within two years before the time of
                  such filing;

                      (2) Convicted in a criminal proceeding or a named subject
                  of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations
                  and other minor offenses);

                      (3) The subject of any order, judgment, or decree not
                  subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of
                  competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining
                  any of them from, or otherwise limiting, any of the following
                  activities:

                                (i) acting as a futures commission merchant,
                            introducing broker, commodity trading advisor,
                            commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage
                            transaction merchant, any other person regulated by
                            the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or an
                            associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an
                            investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in
                            securities, or as an affiliated person, director or
                            employee of any investment company, bank, savings
                            and loan association or insurance company, or
                            engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in
                            connection with any such activity;

                                (ii) engaging in any type of business practice;
                            or

                                (iii) engaging in any activity in connection
                            with the purchase or sale of any security or
                            commodity or in connection with any violation of
                            federal or state securities law or federal commodity
                            laws.

                      (4) The subject of any order, judgment or decree, not
                  subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated of any federal or
                  state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for
                  more than sixty (60) days their right to engage in any
                  activity described in paragraph (3)(i) above, or be associated
                  with persons engaged in any such activity;

                      (5) Found by any court of competent jurisdiction in a
                  civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission to
                  have violated any federal or state securities law, and the
                  judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commission has
                  not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated; or

                      (6) Found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil
                  action or by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have
                
                                       10
<PAGE>

                  violated any federal commodities law, and the judgment in such
                  civil action or finding by the Commodity Futures Trading
                  Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or
                  vacated.

         (ac) Based upon written representations received from the officers and
directors of the Company, each of the officers and directors of the Company has
reviewed the sections in the Prospectus relating to their biographical data and
equity ownership position in the Company, and all information contained therein
is true and accurate.

         2. PURCHASE, DELIVERY AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES.

         (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and based
upon the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the
Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriter an aggregate of
1,750,000 Shares at $4.50 per Share and 1,750,000 Warrants at $.1125 per
Warrant, (the public offering price less ten percent (10%)) at the place and
time hereinafter specified. The price at which the Underwriter shall sell the
Securities to the public shall be $5.00 per Share and $.125 per Warrant.

         Delivery of the Securities against payment therefor shall take place at
the offices of Barron Chase Securities, Inc., 7700 West Camino Real, Boca Raton,
Florida 33433 (or at such other place as may be designated by the Underwriter)
at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, on such date after the Registration Statement has
become effective as the Underwriter shall designate, but not later than ten (10)
business days (holidays excepted) following the first date that any of the
Securities are released to you, such time and date of payment and delivery for
the Securities being herein called the "Closing Date".

         (b) In addition, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
and based upon the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained,
the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriter to purchase all or any
part of an aggregate of an additional 262,500 Shares and 262,500 Warrants at the
same price per Share and Warrant as the Underwriter shall pay for the Securities
being sold pursuant to the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 2 (such
additional Securities being referred to herein as the "Option Securities"). This
option may be exercised within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date of
the Registration Statement upon notice by the Underwriter to the Company
advising as to the amount of Option Securities as to which the option is being
exercised, the names and denominations in which the certificates for such Option
Securities are to be registered and the time and date when such certificates are
to be delivered. Such time and date shall be determined by the Underwriter but
shall not be later than ten (10) full business days after the exercise of said
option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Date, and such time and date is
referred to herein as the "Option Closing Date". Delivery of the Option

                                       11
<PAGE>

Securities against payment therefor shall take place at the offices of the
Underwriter. The Option granted hereunder may be exercised only to cover
overallotments in the sale by the Underwriter of the Securities referred to in
subsection (a) above. In the event the Company declares or pays a dividend or
distribution on its Common Stock, whether in the form of cash, shares of Common
Stock or any other consideration, prior to the Option Closing Date, such
dividend or distribution shall also be paid on the Option Closing Date.

         (c) The Company will make the certificates for the Securities to be
sold hereunder available to you for inspection at least two (2) full business
days prior to the Closing Date at the offices of the Underwriter, and such
certificates shall be registered in such names and denominations as you may
request. Time shall be of the essence and delivery at the time and place
specified in this Agreement is a further condition to the obligations of the
Company to each Underwriter.

         Definitive certificates in negotiable form for the Securities to be
purchased by the Underwriter hereunder will be delivered by the Company to you
for the account of the Underwriter against payment of the purchase prices by the
Underwriter by certified or bank cashier's checks in New York Clearing House
funds payable to the order of the Company or by wire transfer in New York
Clearing House funds to the account of the Company.

         In addition, in the event the Underwriter exercises the option to
purchase from the Company all or any portion of the Option Securities pursuant
to the provisions of subsection (b) above, payment for such Securities shall be
made payable in New York Clearing House funds at the offices of the Underwriter,
or by wire transfer, at the time and date of delivery of such Securities as
required by the provisions of subsection (b) above, against receipt of the
certificates for such Securities by the Underwriter for the account of the
Underwriter registered in such names and in such denominations as the
Underwriter may request.

         It is understood that the Underwriter proposes to offer the Securities
to be purchased hereunder to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth
in the Registration Statement, after the Registration Statement is declared
effective by the Commission.

         3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY. The Company covenants and agrees with the
Underwriter that:

         (a) The Company, upon notification from the Commission that the
Registration Statement has become effective, will so advise you and will not at
any time, whether before or after the Effective Date, file any amendment to the
Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus of which you shall not
previously been advised and furnished with a copy or to which you or your
counsel shall have objected in writing, acting reasonably, or which is not in
compliance with the Act and the Rules and Regulations. At any time prior to the

                                       12
<PAGE>

later of (i) the completion by the Underwriter of the distribution of the
Securities as contemplated hereby; or (ii) 25 days after the date on which the
Registration Statement shall have become or been declared effective, the Company
will prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon your request, any
amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus which may
be necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the Securities
and as mutually agreed by the Company and the Underwriter.

         After the Effective Date and as soon as the Company is advised thereof,
the Company will advise you, and confirm the advice in writing, of the receipt
of any comments of the Commission, of the effectiveness of any post-effective
amendment to the Registration Statement, of the filing of any supplement to the
Prospectus or any amended Prospectus, of any request made by the Commission for
amendment of the Registration Statement or for supplementing of the Prospectus
or for additional information with respect thereto, of the issuance by the
Commission or any state or regulatory body of any stop order or other order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any order
preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, or of the
suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering in any
jurisdiction, or of the institution of any proceedings for any of such purposes,
and will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order, and, if
issued, to obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof.

         The Company has caused to be delivered to you copies of each
Preliminary Prospectus and Definitive Prospectus, and the Company has consented
and hereby consents to the use of such copies for the purposes permitted by the
Act. The Company authorizes the Underwriter and Selected Dealers to use the
Prospectus in connection with the sale of the Securities for such period as in
the opinion of counsel to the Underwriter the use thereof is required to comply
with the applicable provisions of the Act and the Rules and Regulations. In case
of the happening, at any time within such period as a Prospectus is required
under the Act to be delivered in connection with sales by the Underwriter or
Selected Dealers, of any event of which the Company has knowledge and which in
the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriter should be
set forth in an amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the
Prospectus, in order to make the statements therein not then misleading, in
light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is required to be
delivered to a purchaser of the Securities, or in case it shall be necessary to
amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law or with the Act and the
Rules and Regulations, the Company will notify you promptly and forthwith
prepare and furnish to you copies of such amended Prospectus or of such
supplement to be attached to the Prospectus, in such quantities as you may
reasonably request, in order that the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented,
will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any

                                       13
<PAGE>

material facts necessary in order to make the statements in the Prospectus, in
the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. The
preparation and furnishing of any such amendment or supplement to the
Registration Statement or amended Prospectus or supplement to be attached to the
Prospectus shall be without expense to the Underwriter.

         The Company will comply with the Act, the Rules and Regulations
thereunder, and the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934
Act"), and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with the offering
and issuance of the Securities.

         (b) The Company will act in good faith and use its best efforts and
cooperate with you and your counsel to qualify to register the Securities for
sale under the securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as the
Underwriter may designate and will make such applications and furnish such
information as may be required for that purpose and to comply with such laws,
provided the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation
or a dealer in securities or to execute a general consent to service of process
in any jurisdiction in any action other than one arising out of the offering or
sale of the Securities. The Company will, from time to time, prepare and file
such statements and reports as are or may be required to continue such
qualification in effect for so long a period as the Underwriter may reasonably
request.

         (c) If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not
consummated, the Company shall pay all costs and expenses incident to the
performance of the Company's obligations hereunder, including, but not limited
to, all such expenses itemized in Section 8(a) and 8(c) hereof, and either (i)
the out-of-pocket expenses of the Underwriter, not to exceed the $50,000
previously paid if the Underwriter elects to terminate the offering for any
reason; or (ii) the out-of-pocket expenses of the Underwriter if the Company
elects to terminate the offering for any reason. For the purposes of this
sub-section, the Underwriter shall be deemed to have assumed such expenses when
they are billed or incurred, regardless of whether such expenses have been paid.
The Underwriter shall not be responsible for any expenses of the Company or
others, or for any charges or claims relative to the proposed public offering if
it is not consummated.

         (d) The Company will deliver to you at or before the Closing Date two
signed copies of the Registration Statement, including all financial statements
and exhibits filed therewith, and of each amendment or supplement thereto. The
Company will deliver to or upon the order of the Underwriter, from time to time
until the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, as many copies of any
Preliminary Prospectus filed with the Commission prior to the Effective Date of
the Registration Statement as the Underwriter may reasonably request. The
Company will deliver to the Underwriter on the Effective Date of the

                                       14
<PAGE>

Registration Statement and thereafter for so long as a Prospectus is required to
be delivered under the Act, from time to time, as many copies of the Definitive
Prospectus, or as thereafter amended or supplemented, as the Underwriter may
from time to time reasonably request.

         (e) For so long as the Company is a reporting company under either
Section 12 or 15 of the 1934 Act, the Company, at its expense, will furnish to
the Underwriter during the period ending five (5) years from the Effective Date,
(i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a balance sheet of
the Company and any of its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year,
together with statements of income, surplus and cash flow of the Company and any
subsidiaries for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by a
copy of the certificate or report thereon of independent accountants; (ii) as
soon as they are available, a copy of all reports (financial or other) mailed to
security holders; (iii) as soon as they are available, a copy of all
non-confidential documents, including annual reports, periodic reports and
financial statements, furnished to or filed with the Commission under the Act
and the 1934 Act; (iv) copies of each press release, news item and article with
respect to the Company's affairs released by the Company; and (v) such other
information as you may from time to time reasonably request.

         (f) In the event the Company has an active subsidiary or subsidiaries,
such financial statements referred to in subsection (e) above will be on a
consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary
or subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders
generally.

         (g) The Company will make generally available to its stockholders and
to the registered holders of its Warrants and deliver to the Underwriter as soon
as it is practicable, but in no event later than the first day of the sixteenth
full calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which
need not be audited) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months
beginning with the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, which shall
satisfy the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act.

         (h) On the Closing Date, the Company shall have taken the necessary
action to become a reporting company under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, and the
Company will make all filings required to and will have obtained approval for
the listing of the Shares and Warrants on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market System, and
will use its best efforts to maintain such listing for at least seven (7) years
from the date of this Agreement.

         (i) For a period of seven (7) years following the Effective Date, the
Company will hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the election of
Directors within 180 days after the end of each of the Company's fiscal years
and, within nine (9) months after the end of each of the Company's fiscal years

                                       15
<PAGE>

will provide the Company's stockholders with the audited financial statements of
the Company as of the end of the fiscal year just completed prior thereto. Such
financial statements shall be those required by Rule 14a-3 under the 1934 Act
and shall be included in an annual report pursuant to the requirements of such
Rule.

         (j) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
Securities substantially in accordance with its statement under the caption "Use
of Proceeds" in the Prospectus, and will file such reports with the Commission
with respect to the sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds
therefrom as may be required by Sections 12, 13 and/or 15 of the 1934 Act and
pursuant to Rule 463 under the Act.


         (k) The Company will, promptly upon your request, prepare and file with
the Commission any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement,
Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus and take any other action, which in the
reasonable opinion of counsel to the Underwriter and the Company may be
reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the distribution of the
Securities and will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective
as promptly as possible.

         (l) On the Closing Date, the Company shall execute and deliver to you
the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement. The Underwriter's Warrant Agreement and
Warrant Certificates will be substantially in the form of the Underwriter's
Warrant Agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

         (m) The Company will reserve and keep available for issuance that
maximum number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon
exercise of the Underwriter's Warrants outstanding from time to time.

         (n) All existing beneficial owners of the Company's securities
(including warrants, options and Preferred Stock of the Company) as of the
Effective Date shall agree in writing, in a form satisfactory to the
Underwriter, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of such
securities (or underlying securities) of the Company for a period of twenty-four
(24) months or fourteen (14) months from the Effective Date, as described in the
Prospectus, or any longer period required by the NASD, Nasdaq or any State,
without the written consent of the Underwriter. For a period of four (4) years
following the Effective Date, all sales of the Company's securities by officers
and/or directors of the Company shall be through the Underwriter.

         (o) The Company will obtain, on or before the Closing Date, key person
life insurance on the each of the lives of Raymond W. Lindstrom and Stephen
Aanderud in an amount of not less than $2,000,000 each, and will use its best
efforts to maintain such insurance for a period of at least five (5) years from
the Effective Date.

                                     16
<PAGE>

         (p) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall, at its own expense,
undertake to list the Company's securities in the appropriate recognized
securities manual or manuals published by Standard & Poor's Corporation and such
other manuals as the Underwriter may designate, such listings to contain the
information required by such manuals and the Uniform Securities Act. The Company
hereby agrees to use its best efforts to maintain such listing for a period of
not less than five (5) years. The Company shall take such action as may be
reasonably requested by the Underwriter to obtain a secondary market trading
exemption in such states as may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter.

         (q) During the one (1) year day period commencing on the Closing Date,
the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter,
grant options or warrants to purchase the Company's Common Stock at a price less
than the initial per share public offering price.

         (r) Prior to the Closing Date, neither the Company nor any subsidiary
will issue, directly or indirectly, without your prior consent, any press
release or other communication or hold any press conference with respect to the
Company or its activities or the offering of the Securities other than routine
customary advertising of the Company's products and services, and except as
required by any applicable law or the directives of any relevant regulatory
authority in any relevant jurisdiction.

         (s) At the Closing Date, the Company will engage the Underwriter as a
non-exclusive financial advisor to the Company for a period of twelve (12)
months commencing on the first day of the month following the Company's receipt
of the proceeds of this offering, at an aggregate fee of $108,000, all of which
shall be payable to the Underwriter on the Closing Date. The financial advisory
agreement will provide that the Underwriter shall, at the Company's request,
provide advice and consulting services to the Company concerning potential
merger and acquisition proposals and the obtaining of short or long-term
financing for the Company, whether by public financing or otherwise.

         (t) The Company shall employ the services of a firm of independent
certified public accountants in connection with the preparation of the financial
statements to be included in any registration statement or similar disclosure
document to be filed by the Company hereunder, or any amendment or supplement
thereto. For a period of five (5) years from the Effective Date, the Company, at
its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified public
accountants to review (but not audit) the Company's financial statements for
each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters prior to the announcement of
quarterly financial information, the filing of the Company's quarterly report
and the mailing of quarterly financial information to stockholders.

                                     17
<PAGE>

         (u) The Company shall retain ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, Inc. as
the transfer agent for the securities of the Company, or such other transfer
agent as you may agree to in writing. In addition, the Company shall direct such
transfer agent to furnish the Underwriter with daily transfer sheets as to each
of the Company's securities as prepared by the Company's transfer agent and
copies of lists of stockholders and warrantholders as reasonably requested by
the Underwriter, for a five (5) year period commencing from the Closing Date.

         (v) The Company shall cause the Depository Trust Company, or such other
depository of the Company's securities, to furnish security position reports and
special DTC Tracking Reports to the Underwriter on a daily and weekly basis at
the expense of the Company, for a five (5) year period from the Effective Date.
The DTC Tracking Reports will be furnished for the initial two (2) month period
from the Effective Date, after which time the Company's obligation to furnish
such tracking reports will be reviewed by the Company and the Underwriter.

         (w) Following the Effective Date, the Company shall, at its sole cost
and expense, prepare and file such Blue Sky applications with such jurisdictions
as the Underwriter shall designate and the Company may reasonably agree.

         (x) On the Effective Date and for a period of three (3) years
thereafter, the Company's Board of Directors shall consist of a minimum of five
(5) persons, two (2) of whom shall be independent and not otherwise affiliated
with the Company or associated with any of the Company's affiliates. The
Underwriter shall have the opportunity to invite an observer to attend Board of
Directors meetings of the Company at the expense of the Company.

         (y) On the Closing Date, the Company shall execute and deliver to you a
non-exclusive M/A Agreement with the Underwriter in a form satisfactory to the
Underwriter, providing:

                  (1) that the Underwriter will be paid a finder's fee, of from
         five percent (5%) of the first $1,000,000 ranging in $1,000,000
         increments down to one percent (1%) of the excess, if any, over
         $4,000,000 of the consideration involved in any transaction introduced
         by the Underwriter (including mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures,
         and any other business for the Company introduced by the Underwriter)
         consummated by the Company, as an "Introduced, Consummated
         Transaction", by which the Underwriter introduced the other party to
         the Company during a period ending five (5) years from the date of the
         M/A Agreement; and

                  (2) that any such finder's fee due to the Underwriter will be
         paid in cash or stock as mutually agreed at the closing of the
         particular Introduced, Consummated Transaction for which the finder's
         fee is due.

                                       18
<PAGE>

         (z) After the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and publish
"tombstone" advertisements of at least 5 x 5 inches in publications to be
designated by the Underwriter at a total cost not to exceed $15,000.

         (aa) For such period as any Warrants are outstanding, the Company shall
use its best efforts to cause post-effective amendments to the Registration
Statement or a new Registration Statement to become effective in compliance with
the Act and without any lapse of time between the effectiveness of any such
post-effective amendments and cause a copy of each Prospectus, as then amended,
to be delivered to each holder of record of a Warrant and to furnish the
Underwriter and each dealer as many copies of each such Prospectus as the
Underwriter or such dealer may reasonably request. Such post-effective
amendments or new Registration Statement shall also include the Underwriter's
Warrants and all the securities underlying the Underwriter's Warrants. The
Company shall not call for redemption any of the Warrants unless a Registration
Statement covering the securities underlying the Warrants has been declared
effective by the Commission and remains current at least until the date fixed
for redemption. In addition, the Warrants shall not be redeemable during the
first year after the Effective Date without the written consent of the
Underwriter.

         (ab) Until such time as the securities of the Company are listed or
quoted on either the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, the
Company shall deliver to the Underwriter a written opinion detailing those
states in which the Shares and Warrants of the Company may be traded in
non-issuer transactions under the Blue Sky laws of the fifty states ("Secondary
Market Trading Opinion"). The initial Secondary Market Trading Opinion shall be
delivered to the Underwriter on the Effective Date, and the Company shall
continue to update such opinion and deliver same to the Underwriter on a timely
basis, but in any event at the beginning of each fiscal quarter, for a five (5)
year period, if required.

         (ac) As promptly as practicable after the Closing Date, the Company
will prepare, at its own expense, hard cover "bound volumes" relating to the
offering, and will distribute such volumes to the individuals designated by the
Underwriter or counsel to the Underwriter.

         4. CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITER'S OBLIGATIONS. The obligation of the
Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Securities which the Underwriter has
agreed to purchase hereunder from the Company is subject, as of the date hereof
and as of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, to the execution of this
Agreement by the Underwriter, to the continuing accuracy of, and compliance
with, the representations and warranties of the Company herein, to the accuracy
of statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof,

                                       19
<PAGE>

to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, and to the
following additional conditions:

         (a) (i) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not
later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the date of this Agreement, or at such
later time or on such later date as you may agree to in writing; (ii) at or
prior to the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement shall have been issued by the Commission and no
proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or pending, or shall be
threatened, or to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by the Commission;
(iii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the qualification or
registration of the Securities under the securities or "blue sky" laws of any
jurisdiction (whether or not a jurisdiction which you shall have specified)
shall be threatened or to the knowledge of the Company contemplated by the
authorities of any such jurisdiction or shall have been issued and in effect;
(iv) any request for additional information on the part of the Commission or any
such authorities shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the
Commission and any such authorities, and to the satisfaction of counsel to the
Underwriter; and (v) after the date hereof no amendment or supplement to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus shall have been filed unless a copy
thereof was first submitted to the Underwriter and the Underwriter did not
object thereto.

         (b) At the Closing Date, since the respective dates as of which
information is presented in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i)
there shall not have been any material change in the capital stock or other
securities of the Company or any subsidiary or any material adverse change in
the long-term debt of the Company or any material subsidiary except as set forth
in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, (ii) there shall not have been
any material adverse change in the general affairs, business, properties,
condition (financial or otherwise), management, or results of operations of the
Company or any subsidiary, whether or not arising from transactions in the
ordinary course of business, in each case other than as set forth in or
contemplated by the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (iii) neither the
Company nor any subsidiary shall have sustained any material interference with
its business or properties from fire, explosion, flood or other casualty,
whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any court or
legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, which is not set
forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; and (iv) the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall
contain all statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance
with the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and shall in all material respects
conform to the requirements thereof, and neither the Registration Statement nor
the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the

                                       20
<PAGE>

circumstance under which they are made, not misleading.

         (c) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is not pending or, to
the knowledge of the Company or any subsidiary, threatened, any material action,
suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration or investigation against the Company or
any subsidiary, or any of the officers or directors of the Company or any
subsidiary, or any material action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, or
investigation, which might result in any material adverse change in the
condition (financial or other), business prospects, net worth, or properties of
the Company or any subsidiary.

         (d) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained
herein shall be true and correct as of this date and at the Closing Date as if
made at the Closing Date, and all covenants and agreements herein contained to
be performed on the part of the Company and all conditions herein contained to
be fulfilled or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date
shall have been duly performed, fulfilled or complied with.

         (e) At the Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received the
opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, from Tonkon Torp, LLP, counsel for the
Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriter,
which in the aggregate shall state:

                  (i) the Company and each subsidiary has been duly incorporated
         and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
         laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with full corporate power
         and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as
         described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and is duly
         qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in
         good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the ownership or
         leasing of its properties or conduct of its business requires such
         qualification except for jurisdictions in which the failure to so
         qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and
         each subsidiary as a whole;

                  (ii) the authorized capitalization of the Company is as set
         forth under "Capitalization" in the Prospectus; all shares of the
         Company's outstanding stock and other securities requiring
         authorization for issuance by the Company's Board of Directors have
         been duly authorized, validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable
         and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; the
         outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and other securities
         have not been issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any
         shareholder and the shareholders of the Company do not have any
         preemptive rights or, to such counsel's knowledge, other rights to
         subscribe for or to purchase securities of the Company, nor, to such
         counsel's knowledge, are there any restrictions upon the voting or
         transfer of any of the securities of the Company, except as disclosed

                                       21
<PAGE>

         in the Prospectus; the Common Stock, the Shares, the Warrants, and the
         securities contained in the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement conform to
         the respective descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus; the
         Common Stock, the Shares, the Warrants, the shares of Common Stock to
         be issued upon exercise of the Warrants and the securities contained in
         the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement, have been duly authorized and,
         when issued, delivered and paid for, will be duly authorized, validly
         issued, fully paid, non-assessable, free of pre-emptive rights and no
         personal liability will attach to the ownership thereof; all prior
         sales by the Company of the Company's securities complied in all
         material respects with, or were exempt from, applicable federal and
         state securities laws; no shareholders of the Company have any
         rescission rights against the Company with respect to the Company's
         securities; a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock has been
         reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants and the Underwriter
         Warrants, and to the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the
         filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the
         Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any
         registration rights or other rights, other than those which have been
         waived or satisfied or described in the Registration Statement;

                  (iii) this Agreement, the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement, the
         Warrant Agreement, the Financial Advisory Agreement, and the M/A
         Agreement have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered
         by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and
         delivery of this Agreement by the Underwriter, are the valid and
         legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance
         with their terms, except (a) as such enforceability may be limited by
         applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or
         similar laws from time to time in effect which effect creditors' rights
         generally; and (b) no opinion is expressed as to the enforceability of
         the indemnity provisions or the contribution provisions contained in
         this Agreement;

                  (iv) the certificates evidencing the outstanding securities of
         the Company, the Shares, the Common Stock and the Warrants are in valid
         and proper legal form;

                  (v) to the best of such counsel's knowledge, except as set
         forth in the Prospectus, there is not pending or threatened any
         material action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration or
         investigation against the Company or any subsidiary or any of the
         officers of directors of the Company or any subsidiary, nor any
         material action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, or
         investigation, which might materially and adversely affect the
         condition (financial or otherwise), business prospects, net worth, or

                                       22
<PAGE>

         properties of the Company or any subsidiary;

                  (vi) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
         Underwriter's Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Financial
         Advisory Agreement, and the M/A Agreement, and the incurrence of the
         obligations herein and therein set forth and the consummation of the
         transactions herein or therein contemplated, will not result in a
         violation of, or constitute a default under (a) the Articles of
         Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company and each subsidiary; (b) to the
         best of such counsel's knowledge, any material obligations, agreement,
         covenant or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note or other
         evidence of indebtedness or in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan
         agreement, lease, joint venture or other agreement or instrument to
         which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of
         its material properties is bound; or (c) to the best of such counsel's
         knowledge, any material order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction, or
         decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or court,
         domestic or foreign;

                  (vii) the Registration Statement has become effective under
         the Act, and to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order
         suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in
         effect, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are
         pending before, or threatened by, the Commission; the Registration
         Statement and the Prospectus (except for the financial statements and
         other financial data contained therein, or omitted therefrom, as to
         which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all
         material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the
         Rules and Regulations; and

                  (viii) no authorization, approval, consent, or license of any
         governmental or regulatory authority or agency is necessary in
         connection with the authorization, issuance, transfer, sale or delivery
         of the Securities by the Company in connection with the execution,
         delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company or in
         connection with the taking of any action contemplated herein, or the
         issuance of the Underwriter's Warrants or the Securities underlying the
         Underwriter's Warrants, other than registrations or qualifications of
         the Securities under applicable state or foreign securities or Blue Sky
         laws and registration under the Act.

         Such opinion shall also cover such matters incident to the transactions
contemplated hereby as the Underwriter or counsel for the Underwriter shall
reasonably request. In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely upon
certificates of any officer of the Company or public officials as to matters of
fact; and may rely as to all matters of law, upon opinions of counsel
satisfactory to you and counsel to the Underwriter. The opinion of such counsel

                                       23
<PAGE>

to the Company shall state that the opinion of any such other counsel is in form
satisfactory to such counsel and that the Underwriter and they are justified in
relying thereon.


         Such counsel shall also include a statement to the effect that such
counsel has participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus and nothing has come to the attention of such counsel to lead
such counsel to believe that the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto
at the time it became effective contained any untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they are made, not misleading or that the Prospectus or any supplement
thereto contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading (except, in the case of both the Registration Statement and any
amendment thereto and the Prospectus and any supplement thereto, for the
financial statements, notes thereto and other financial information and
statistical data contained therein, as to which such counsel need express no
opinion).

         (f) You shall have received on the Closing Date, a certificate dated as
of the Closing Date, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company and such other officers of the Company as the
Underwriter may reasonably request, certifying that:

                  (i) No Order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
         Statement or stop order regarding the sale of the Securities is in
         effect and no proceedings for such purpose are pending or are, to their
         knowledge, threatened by the Commission;

                  (ii) They do not know of any litigation instituted or, to
         their knowledge, threatened against the Company or any subsidiary or
         any officer or director of the Company or any subsidiary of a character
         required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement which is not
         disclosed therein; they do not know of any contracts which are required
         to be summarized in the Prospectus which are not so summarized; and
         they do not know of any material contracts required to be filed as
         exhibits to the Registration Statement which are not so filed;

                  (iii) They have each carefully examined the Registration
         Statement and the Prospectus and, to the best of their knowledge,
         neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus nor any amendment
         or supplement to either of the foregoing contains an untrue statement
         of any material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be
         stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein, in light of

                                       24
<PAGE>

         the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; and since
         the Effective Date, to the best of their knowledge, there has occurred
         no event required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented
         Prospectus which has not been so set forth;

                  (iv) Since the respective dates as of which information is
         given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not
         been any material adverse change in the condition of the Company or any
         subsidiary, financial or otherwise, or in the results of its
         operations, except as reflected in or contemplated by the Registration
         Statement and the Prospectus;

                  (v) The representations and warranties set forth in this
         Agreement are true and correct in all material respects, and the
         Company has complied with all of its agreements herein contained;

                  (vi) Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is delinquent in
         the filing of any federal, state and other tax return or the payment of
         any federal, state or other taxes; they know of no proposed
         redetermination or re-assessment of taxes, adverse to the Company or
         any subsidiary, and the Company and each subsidiary has paid or
         provided by adequate reserves for all known tax liabilities;

                  (vii) They know of no material obligation or liability of the
         Company, contingent or otherwise, not disclosed in the Registration
         Statement and Prospectus;

                  (viii) This Agreement, the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement,
         the Warrant Agreement, the Financial Advisory Agreement, and the M/A
         Agreement, the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated,
         and the fulfillment of the terms thereof, will not result in a breach
         by the Company of any terms of, or constitute a default under, the
         Company's Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, any indenture,
         mortgage, lease, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement or any
         other material agreement or undertaking of the Company or any
         subsidiary including, by way of specification but not by way of
         limitation, any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any
         subsidiary is now a party or pursuant to which the Company or any
         subsidiary has acquired any material right and/or obligations by
         succession or otherwise;

                  (ix) The financial statements and schedules filed with and as
         part of the Registration Statement present fairly the financial
         position of the Company as of the dates thereof all in conformity with
         generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis
         throughout the periods involved. Since the respective dates of such
         financial statements, there have been no material adverse change in the

                                       25
<PAGE>

         condition or general affairs of the Company, financial or otherwise,
         other than as referred to in the Prospectus;

                  (x) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information
         is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, except as may
         otherwise be indicated therein or contemplated thereby, neither the
         Company nor any subsidiary has, prior to the Closing Date, either (i)
         issued any securities or incurred any material liability or obligation,
         direct or contingent, for borrowed money, or (ii) entered into any
         material transaction other than in the ordinary course of business. The
         Company has not declared, paid or made any dividend or distribution of
         any kind on its capital stock;

                  (xi) They have reviewed the sections in the Prospectus
         relating to their biographical data and equity ownership position in
         the Company, and all information contained therein is true and
         accurate; and

                  (xii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, during the past
five years, they have not been:

                           (1) The subject of a petition under the federal
                  bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law filed by or
                  against them, or by a receiver, fiscal agent or similar
                  officer appointed by a court for their business or property,
                  or any partnership in which any of them was a general partner
                  at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any
                  corporation or business association of which any of them was
                  an executive officer at or within two years before the time of
                  such filing;

                           (2) Convicted in a criminal proceeding or a named
                  subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic
                  violations and other minor offenses);

                           (3) The subject of any order, judgment, or decree not
                  subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of
                  competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining
                  any of them from, or otherwise limiting, any of the following
                  activities:

                                    (i) acting as a futures commission merchant,
                           introducing broker, commodity trading advisor,
                           commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage
                           transaction merchant, any other person regulated by
                           the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or an
                           associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an
                           investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in
                           securities, or as an affiliated person, director or
                           employee of any investment company, bank, savings and
                           loan association or insurance company, or engaging in

                                       26
<PAGE>

                           or continuing any conduct or practice in connection
                           with any such activity;

                                    (ii) engaging in any type of business
                           practice; or

                                    (iii) engaging in any activity in connection
                           with the purchase or sale of any security or
                           commodity or in connection with any violation of
                           federal or state securities law or federal commodity
                           laws.

                           (4) The subject of any order, judgment or decree, not
                  subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated of any federal or
                  state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for
                  more than sixty (60) days their right to engage in any
                  activity described in paragraph (3)(i) above, or be associated
                  with persons engaged in any such activity;

                           (5) Found by any court of competent jurisdiction in a
                  civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission to
                  have violated any federal or state securities law, and the
                  judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commission has
                  not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated; or

                           (6) Found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a
                  civil action or by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to
                  have violated any federal commodities law, and the judgment in
                  such civil action or finding by the Commodity Futures Trading
                  Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or
                  vacated.

         (g) The Underwriter shall have received from KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP,
independent auditors to the Company, certificates or letters, one dated and
delivered on the Effective Date and one dated and delivered on the Closing Date,
in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter, stating that:

                  (i) they are independent certified public accountants with
         respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable
         Rules and Regulations;

                  (ii) the financial statements and the schedules included in
         the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were examined by them
         and, in their opinion, comply as to form in all material respects with
         the applicable accounting requirements of the Act, the Rules and
         Regulations and instructions of the Commission with respect to
         Registration Statements on Form SB-2;

                  (iii) on the basis of inquiries and procedures conducted by
         them (not constituting an examination in accordance with generally

                                       27
<PAGE>

         accepted auditing standards), including a reading of the latest
         available unaudited interim financial statements or other financial
         information of the Company (with an indication of the date of the
         latest available unaudited interim financial statements), inquiries of
         officers of the Company who have responsibility for financial and
         accounting matters, review of minutes of all meetings of the
         shareholders and the Board of Directors of the Company and other
         specified inquiries and procedures, nothing has come to their attention
         as a result of the foregoing inquiries and procedures that causes them
         to believe that:

                           (a) during the period from (and including) the date
                  of the financial statements in the Registration Statement and
                  the Prospectus to a specified date not more than five days
                  prior to the date of such letters, there has been any change
                  in the Common Stock, long-term debt or other securities of the
                  Company (except as specifically contemplated in the
                  Registration Statement and Prospectus) or any material
                  decreases in net current assets, net assets, shareholder's
                  equity, working capital or in any other item appearing in the
                  Company's financial statements as to which the Underwriter may
                  request advice, in each case as compared with amounts shown in
                  the balance sheet as of the date of the most recent financial
                  statements in the Prospectus, except in each case for changes,
                  increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have
                  occurred or will occur;

                           (b) during the period from (and including) the date
                  of the financial statements in the Registration Statement and
                  the Prospectus to such specified date there was any material
                  decrease in revenues or in the total or per share amounts of
                  income or loss before extraordinary items or net income or
                  loss, or any other material change in such other items
                  appearing in the Company's financial statements as to which
                  the Underwriter may request advice, in each case as compared
                  with the fiscal period ended as of the date of the most recent
                  financial statements in the Prospectus, except in each case
                  for increases, changes or decreases which the Prospectus
                  discloses have occurred or will occur;

                           (c) the unaudited interim financial statements of the
                  Company appearing in the Registration Statement and the
                  Prospectus (if any) do not comply as to form in all material
                  respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the
                  Act and the Rules and Regulations or are not fairly presented
                  in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
                  and practices on a basis substantially consistent with the
                  audited financial statements included in the Registration
                  Statements or the Prospectus.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                  (iv) they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of
         shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements and other
         financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the
         Prospectus in each case to the extent that such amounts, numbers,
         percentages, statements and information may be derived from the general
         accounting records, including work sheets, of the Company and excluding
         any questions requiring an interpretation by legal counsel, with the
         results obtained from the application of specified readings, inquiries
         and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do not constitute an
         examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards)
         set forth in the letters and found them to be in agreement; and

                  (v) they have not during the immediately preceding five (5)
         year period brought to the attention of the Company's management any
         reportable condition related to the Company's internal accounting
         procedures, weaknesses and/or controls.

         Such letters shall also set forth such other information as may be
requested by counsel for the Underwriter. Any changes, increases or decreases in
the items set forth in such letters which, in the judgment of the Underwriter,
are materially adverse with respect to the financial position or results of
operations of the Company shall be deemed to constitute a failure of the Company
to comply with the conditions of the obligations to the Underwriter hereunder.

         (h) Upon exercise of the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof,
the obligation of the Underwriter to purchase and pay for the Option Securities
referred to therein will be subject (as of the date hereof and as of the Option
Closing Date) to the following additional conditions:

                  (i) The Registration Statement shall remain effective at the
         Option Closing Date, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness
         thereof shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose
         shall have been instituted or shall be pending, or, to your knowledge
         or the knowledge of the Company, shall be contemplated by the
         Commission, and any reasonable request on the part of the Commission
         for additional information shall have been complied with to the
         satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriter.

                  (ii) At the Option Closing Date, there shall have been
         delivered to you the signed opinion from Tonkon Torp LLP, counsel for
         the Company, dated as of the Option Closing Date, in form and substance
         satisfactory to counsel to the Underwriter, which opinion shall be
         substantially the same in scope and substance as the opinion furnished
         to you at the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4(e) hereof, except that
         such opinion, where appropriate, shall cover the Option Securities.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                  (iii) At the Option Closing Date, there shall have been
         delivered to you a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
         Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, in
         form and substance satisfactory to counsel to the Underwriter,
         substantially the same in scope and substance as the certificate
         furnished to you at the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4(f) hereof.

                  (iv) At the Option Closing Date, there shall have been
         delivered to you a letter in form and substance satisfactory to you
         from KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, independent auditors to the Company, dated
         the Option Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriter confirming the
         information in their letter referred to in Section 4(g) hereof and
         stating that nothing has come to their attention during the period from
         the ending date of their review referred to in said letter to a date
         not more than five business days prior to the Option Closing Date,
         which would require any change in said letter if it were required to be
         dated the Option Closing Date.

                  (v) All proceedings taken at or prior to the Option Closing
         Date in connection with the sale and issuance of the Option Securities
         shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriter, and the
         Underwriter and counsel to the Underwriter shall have been furnished
         with all such documents, certificates, and opinions as you may request
         in connection with this transaction in order to evidence the accuracy
         and completeness of any of the representations, warranties or
         statements of the Company or its compliance with any of the covenants
         or conditions contained herein.

         (i) No action shall have been taken by the Commission or the NASD, the
effect of which would make it improper, at any time prior to the Closing Date,
for members of the NASD to execute transactions (as principal or agent) in the
Securities and no proceedings for the taking of such action shall have been
instituted or shall be pending, or, to the knowledge of the Underwriter or the
Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission or the NASD. The Company
represents that at the date hereof it has no knowledge that any such action is
in fact contemplated by the Commission or the NASD. The Company shall advise the
Underwriter of any NASD affiliations of any of its officers, directors, or
stockholders or their affiliates in accordance with Section 1(y) of this
Agreement.

         (j) At the Effective Date, you shall have received from counsel to the
Company, dated as of the Effective Date, in form and substance satisfactory to
counsel for the Underwriter, a written Secondary Market Trading Opinion
detailing those states in which the Shares and Warrants may be traded in
non-issuer transactions under the Blue Sky laws of the fifty (50) states after
the Effective Date, in accordance with Section 3(ab) of this Agreement.

                                       30
<PAGE>

         (k) The authorization and issuance of the Securities and delivery
thereof, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, and all corporate
proceedings incident thereto shall be satisfactory in all respects to counsel
for the Underwriter, and such counsel shall be furnished with such documents,
certificates and opinions as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass
upon the matters referred to in this sub-section.

         (l) Prior to the Effective Date, the Underwriter shall have received
clearance from the NASD as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to
the Underwriter, as described in the Registration Statement.

         (m) If any of the conditions provided for in this Section shall not
have been fulfilled as of the date indicated, this Agreement and all obligations
of the Underwriter under this Agreement may be canceled at, or at any time prior
to, the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date by the Underwriter notifying
the Company of such cancellation in writing or by facsimile at or prior to the
applicable Closing Date or Option Closing Date. Any such cancellation shall be
without liability of the Underwriter to the Company.

         5. CONDITIONS OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY. The obligation of the
Company to sell and deliver the Securities is subject to the execution of this
Agreement by the Company, and to the following conditions:

                  (i) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not
         later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the date of this Agreement, or
         on such later time or date as the Company and the Underwriter may agree
         in writing; and

                  (ii) At the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, no stop
         orders suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall
         have been issued under the Act or any proceedings therefore initiated
         or threatened by the Commission.

         If the conditions to the obligations of the Company provided for in
this Section have been fulfilled on the Closing Date but are not fulfilled after
the Closing Date and prior to the Option Closing Date, then only the obligation
of the Company to sell and deliver the Securities on exercise of the option
provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall be affected.

         6. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Company indemnifies and holds harmless the
Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the
meaning of the Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include but not be
limited to, all reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys'
fees), to which the Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject,
under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or

                                       31
<PAGE>

liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in
(i) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or
any amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) any blue sky application or other
document executed by the Company specifically for that purpose or based upon
written information furnished by the Company and filed in any state or other
jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all of the Securities under the
securities laws thereof (any such application, document or information being
hereinafter called a "Blue Sky Application"), or arise out of or are based upon
the omission or alleged omission to state in the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or
in any Blue Sky Application, a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that
the Company will not be liable in any such cases to the extent, but only to the
extent, that any such losses, claim, damages or liability arises out of or is
based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter specifically for use in
the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereof or any Blue
Sky Application or any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such
amendment or supplement thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
shall have no liability under this Section if such untrue statement or omission
made in a Preliminary Prospectus is cured in the Prospectus and the Prospectus
is not delivered to the person or persons alleging the liability upon which
indemnification is being sought. This indemnity will be in addition to any
liability which the Company may otherwise have.

         (b) The Underwriter indemnifies and holds harmless the Company, each of
its directors, each nominee (if any) for director named in the Prospectus, each
of the persons who have signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, against any losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement,
include, but not be limited to, all costs of defense and investigation and all
attorneys' fees) to which the Company or any such director, signer of the
Registration Statement, officer or controlling person may become subject under
the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities
(or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission
or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case
to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statements or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration

                                       32
<PAGE>

Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by the Underwriter specifically for use in such
Registration Statement or Prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Underwriter shall have no liability under this section if such untrue statement
or omission made in a Preliminary Prospectus is cured in the Prospectus and the
Prospectus is not delivered to the person or persons alleging the liability upon
which indemnification is being sought through no fault of the Underwriter. This
indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Underwriter
may otherwise have.

         (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section
of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section, promptly notify in writing the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve
it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than
under this Section. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified
party, and it promptly notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in, and, to the
extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified, to assume the defense thereof, subject to the provisions herein
stated, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and
after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its
election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be
liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other
expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the
defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The indemnified
party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel
shall not be at the expense of the indemnifying party if the indemnifying party
has assumed the defense of the action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the indemnified party; provided that if the indemnified party is an Underwriter
or a person who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Act, the
fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying
party if (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in
writing by the indemnifying party or (ii) the named parties to any such action
(including any impleaded parties) include both the Underwriter or such
controlling person and the indemnifying party and in the reasonable judgment of
the Underwriter, it is advisable for the Underwriter or such Underwriter or
controlling persons to be represented by separate counsel (in which case the
indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action
on behalf of the Underwriter or such controlling person). No settlement of any
action against an indemnified party shall be made without the consent of the
indemnifying party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld in light of all

                                       33
<PAGE>

factors of importance to such indemnifying and indemnified parties.

         7. CONTRIBUTION.

            (a) If the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is
unavailable to any indemnified party in respect to any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in
lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, will contribute to the amount paid
or payable by such indemnified party, as a result of such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand, and by
the Underwriter on the other hand, from the Offering, or (ii) if the allocation
provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred
to in clause (i) above, but also the relative fault of the Company on the one
hand, and of the Underwriter on the other hand, in connection with any
statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations;
provided, that any contribution hereunder by the Underwriter shall not exceed
the amount of consideration received by the Underwriter hereunder. The relative
benefits received by the Company on the one hand, and by the Underwriter on the
other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds
from the Offering (net of sales commissions, and the non-accountable expense
allowance, but before deducting expenses) received by the Company, bear to the
commissions and the non-accountable expense allowance received by the
Underwriter. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand, and of the
Underwriter on the other hand, will be determined with reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company, and its relative intent, knowledge, access or information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and
the Underwriter agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this Section were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other
method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable
considerations referred to in this paragraph.

         (b) Within fifteen (15) days after receipt by any party to this
Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action,
suit, or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect
thereof is to be made against another party ("Contributing Party"), notify the
Contributing Party of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify
the Contributing Party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have
to any other party other than for contribution hereunder. In case any such
action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies
a Contributing Party or its representative of the commencement thereof within
the aforesaid fifteen (15) days, the Contributing Party will be entitled to

                                       34
<PAGE>

participate therein with the notifying party and any other Contributing Party
similarly notified. Any such Contributing Party shall not be liable to any party
seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or
proceeding which was effected by such party seeking contribution on account of
any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding effected by such party seeking
contribution without the written consent of such Contributing Party. The
contribution provisions contained in this Section are intended to supersede, to
the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Act, the
Exchange Act or otherwise available.

         8. COSTS AND EXPENSES. (a) Whether or not this Agreement becomes
effective or the sale of the Securities to the Underwriter is consummated, the
Company will pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of this
Agreement by the Company including but not limited to the fees and expenses of
counsel to the Company and of the Company's accountants; the costs and expenses
incident to the preparation, printing, filing and distribution under the Act of
the Registration Statement (including the financial statements therein and all
amendments and exhibits thereto), Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as
amended or supplemented; the fee of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") in connection with the filing required by the NASD
relating to the offering of the Securities contemplated hereby; all state filing
fees, expenses and disbursements and legal fees of counsel to the Underwriter
who shall serve as Blue Sky counsel to the Company in connection with the filing
of applications to register the Securities under the state securities or blue
sky laws (which legal fees shall be payable by the Company in the sum of
$25,000, of which $12,500 has been paid); the cost of printing and furnishing to
the Underwriter copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary
Prospectus, the Prospectus, this Agreement, the Selected Dealers Agreement, and
the Blue Sky Memorandum; the cost of printing the certificates evidencing the
securities comprising the Securities; the cost of preparing and delivering to
the Underwriter and its counsel bound volumes containing copies of all documents
and appropriate correspondence filed with or received from the Commission and
the NASD and all closing documents; and the fees and disbursements of the
transfer agent for the Company's securities. The Company shall pay any and all
taxes (including any original issue, transfer, franchise, capital stock or other
tax imposed by any jurisdiction) on sales to the Underwriter hereunder. The
Company will also pay all costs and expenses incident to the furnishing of any
amended Prospectus or of any supplement to be attached to the Prospectus. The
Company shall also engage the Company's counsel to provide the Underwriter with
a written Secondary Market Trading Opinion in accordance with Sections 3(ab) and
4(j) of this Agreement.

         (b) In addition to the foregoing expenses, the Company shall at the
Closing Date pay to the Underwriter a non-accountable expense allowance equal to
three percent (3%) of the gross proceeds received from the sale of the
Securities, of which an advance of $50,000 has been paid to date. In the event

                                       35
<PAGE>

the overallotment option is exercised, the Company shall pay to the Underwriter
at the Option Closing Date an additional amount equal to three percent (3%) of
the gross proceeds received upon exercise of the overallotment option.

         (c) Other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, no person is
entitled either directly or indirectly to compensation from the Company, from
the Underwriter or from any other person for services as a finder in connection
with the proposed offering, and the Company agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,
which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be limited to,
all costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys' fees, to which the
Underwriter may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon the
claim of any person (other than an employee of the party claiming indemnity) or
entity that he or it is entitled to a finder's fee in connection with the
proposed offering by reason of such person's or entity's influence or prior
contact with the indemnifying party.

         9. EFFECTIVE DATE. The Agreement shall become effective upon its
execution except that you may, at your option, delay its effectiveness until
11:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the first full business day following the execution
of this Agreement; or at such earlier time after the Effective Date of the
Registration Statement as you in your discretion shall first commence the public
offering of any of the Securities. The time of the public offering shall mean
the time after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement when the
Securities are first generally offered by you to the Selected Dealers and/or the
public. This Agreement may be terminated by you at any time before it becomes
effective as provided above, except that Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15,
16 and 17 shall remain in effect notwithstanding such termination.

         10. TERMINATION. (a) This Agreement, except for Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8,
12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17 hereof, may be terminated at any time prior to the
Closing Date, and the option referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, if exercised,
may be cancelled at any time prior to the Option Closing Date, by you if in your
judgment it is impracticable to offer for sale or to enforce contracts made by
the Underwriter for the resale of the Securities agreed to be purchased
hereunder by reason of: (i) the Company having sustained a material adverse
loss, whether or not insured, by reason of fire, earthquake, flood, accident or
other calamity, or from any labor dispute or court or government action, order
or decree; (ii) trading in securities on the New York Stock Exchange or the
American Stock Exchange having been suspended or limited; (iii) material
governmental restrictions having been imposed on trading in securities generally
(not in force and effect on the date hereof); (iv) a banking moratorium having
been declared by Federal or New York or Florida state authorities; (v) an
outbreak of major international hostilities or other national or international

                                       36
<PAGE>

calamity having occurred; (vi) the passage by the Congress of the United States
or by any state legislative body of similar impact, of any act or measure, or
the adoption of any orders, rules or regulations by any governmental body or any
authoritative accounting institute or board, or any governmental executive,
which is reasonably believed likely by the Underwriter to have a material
adverse impact on the business, financial condition or financial statements of
the Company or the market for the Securities offered hereby; (vii) any material
adverse change in the financial or securities markets beyond normal market
fluctuations having occurred since the date of this Agreement; (viii) any
material adverse change having occurred, since the respective dates as of which
information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, in the
earnings, business prospects or general condition of the Company, financial or
otherwise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business; (ix) a
pending or threatened legal or governmental proceeding or action relating
generally to the Company's business, or a notification having been received by
the Company of the threat of any such proceeding or action, which could, in the
reasonable judgment of the Underwriter, materially adversely affect the Company;
(x) except as contemplated by the Prospectus, the Company is merged or
consolidated into or acquired by another company or group or there exists a
binding legal commitment for the foregoing or any other material change of
ownership or control occurs; or (xi) the Company shall not have complied in all
material respects with any term, condition or provisions on its part to be
performed, complied with or fulfilled (including but not limited to those set
forth in this Agreement) within the respective times therein provided.

         (b) If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective or
to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Company shall be
promptly notified by you, by telephone, telegram or facsimile, confirmed by
letter.

         11. UNDERWRITER'S WARRANT AGREEMENT. At the Closing Date, the Company
will issue to the Underwriter and/or persons related to the Underwriter, for an
aggregate purchase price of $10, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in
the form of Underwriter's Warrant Agreement annexed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, Underwriter Warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of
175,000 Shares and 175,000 Warrants, in such denominations as the Underwriter
shall designate. In the event of conflict in the terms of this Agreement and the
Underwriter's Warrant Agreement, the language of the form of Underwriter's
Warrant Agreement shall control.

         12. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY. The
respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other
statements of the Company and its principal officers, where appropriate, and the
Underwriter set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full
force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the
Underwriter, the Company or any of its officers or directors or any controlling

                                       37
<PAGE>

person and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities and the
termination of this Agreement.

         13. NOTICE. All communications hereunder will be in writing and, except
as otherwise expressly provided herein, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed,
and confirmed:


If to the Underwriter:                      Robert T. Kirk, President
                                            Barron Chase Securities, Inc.
                                            7700 West Camino Real
                                            Boca Raton, Florida 33433


Copy to:                                    David A. Carter, P.A.
                                            2300 Glades Road, Suite 210W
                                            Boca Raton, Florida 33431

If to the Company:                          Raymond W. Lindstrom, President
                                            Oregon Baking Company
                                            2287 N.W. Pettygrove
                                            Portland, Oregon 97210

Copy to:                                    Brendan R. McDonnell, Esq.
                                            Tonkon Torp LLP
                                            1600 Pioneer Tower
                                            888 S.W. Fifth Avenue
                                            Portland, Oregon 97204

         14. PARTIES IN INTEREST. This Agreement herein set forth is made solely
for the benefit of the Underwriter, the Company and, to the extent expressed,
the holders of the Underwriter Warrants, any person controlling the Company or
the Underwriter, and directors of the Company, nominees for director (if any)
named in the Prospectus, each person who has signed the Registration Statement,
and their respective executors, administrators, successors, assigns and no other
person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. The
term "successors and assigns" shall not include any purchaser of the Securities,
as such purchaser, from the Underwriter.

         15. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida applicable to contracts made
and to be performed entirely within the State of Florida. The parties agree that
any action brought by any party against another party in connection with any
rights or obligations arising out of this Agreement shall be instituted properly
in a federal or state court of competent jurisdiction with venue only in the
Fifteenth Judicial Circuit Court in and for Palm Beach County, Florida or the
United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida, West Palm
Beach Division. A party to this Agreement named as a Defendant in any action
brought in connection with this Agreement in any court outside of the above

                                       38
<PAGE>

named designated county or district shall have the right to have the venue of
said action changed to the above designated county or district or, if necessary,
have the case dismissed, requiring the other party to refile such action in an
appropriate court in the above designated county or federal district.

         16. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

         17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the agreements referred to
within this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties, and
supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions,
whether written or oral, of the parties hereto.

         If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, kindly sign and return this Agreement, whereupon it will become a
binding Agreement between the Company and the Underwriter in accordance with its
terms.

                                                 Very truly yours,

                                                 OREGON BAKING COMPANY



                                              BY:                               
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Raymond W. Lindstrom, President


The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

                                                 BARRON CHASE SECURITIES, INC.




                                              BY:                              
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Robert T. Kirk, President





                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY

                      1,750,000 Shares of Common Stock and
                    1,750,000 Common Stock Purchase Warrants

                            SELECTED DEALER AGREEMENT
                            -------------------------

                                                             Boca Raton, Florida
                                                            ______________, 1999


Gentlemen:

         1. Barron Chase Securities, Inc. (the "Underwriter") is offering for
sale an aggregate of 1,750,000 Shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") and
1,750,000 Warrants (the "Warrants") (collectively the "Firm Securities") of
Oregon Baking Company (the "Company"), which the Underwriter has agreed to
purchase from the Company, and which are more particularly described in the
Registration Statement, Underwriting Agreement and Prospectus. In addition, the
Underwriter has been granted an option to purchase from the Company up to an
additional 262,500 Shares and an additional 262,500 Warrants (the "Option
Securities") to cover overallotments in connection with the sale of the Firm
Securities. The Firm Securities and any Option Securities purchased are herein
called the "Securities". The Securities and the terms under which they are to be
offered for sale by the Underwriter is more particularly described in the
Prospectus.

         2. The Securities are to be offered to the public by the Underwriter at
the price per Share and price per Warrant set forth on the cover page of the
Prospectus (the "Public Offering Price"), in accordance with the terms of
offering set forth in the Prospectus.

         3. The Underwriter, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, is
offering a portion of the Securities for sale to certain dealers who are
actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and who are
either (a) members in good standing of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), or (b) dealers with their principal places of
business located outside the United States, its territories and its possessions
and not registered as brokers or dealers under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), who have agreed not to make any sales within
the United States, its territories or its possessions or to persons who are
nationals thereof or residents therein (such dealers who shall agree to sell
Securities hereunder being herein called "Selected Dealers") at the public
offering price, less a selling concession (which may be changed) of not in
excess of $_____ per Share and/or $_____ per Warrant payable as hereinafter
provided, out of which concession an amount not exceeding $_____ per Share

                                       1
<PAGE>

and/or $_____ per Warrant may be reallowed by Selected Dealers to members of the
NASD or foreign dealers qualified as aforesaid. The Selected Dealers who are
members of the NASD agree to comply with all of the provisions of the NASD
Conduct Rules. Foreign Selected Dealers agree to comply with the provisions of
Rule 2740 of the NASD Conduct Rules, and, if any such dealer is a foreign dealer
and not a member of the NASD, such Selected Dealer also agrees to comply with
the NASD's Interpretation with Respect to Free-Riding and Withholding, and to
comply, as though it were a member of the NASD, with the provisions of Rules
2730 and 2750 of the NASD Conduct Rules, and to comply with Rule 2420 thereof as
that Rule applies to non-member foreign dealers. The Underwriter has agreed
that, during the term of this Agreement, it will be governed by the terms and
conditions hereof.

         4. The Underwriter shall act as Underwriter and shall have full
authority to take such action as it may deem advisable in respect to all matters
pertaining to the public offering of the Securities.

         5. If you desire to act as a Selected Dealer and purchase any of the
Securities, your application should reach us promptly by facsimile or letter at
the offices of Barron Chase Securities, Inc., 7700 West Camino Real, Boca Raton,
Florida 33433, Attention: Robert T. Kirk. We reserve the right to reject
subscriptions in whole or in part, to make allotments, and to close the
subscription books at any time without notice. The Securities allotted to you
will be confirmed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Selected Dealers
Agreement (the "Agreement").

         6. The privilege of subscribing for the Securities is extended to you
only on the condition that the Underwriter may lawfully sell the Securities to
Selected Dealers in your state or other applicable jurisdiction.

         7. Any Securities to be purchased by you under the terms of this
Agreement may be immediately reoffered to the public in accordance with the
terms of offering as set forth herein and in the Prospectus, subject to the
securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states or other jurisdictions.

         You agree to pay us on demand for the account of the Underwriter an
amount equal to the Selected Dealer concession as to any Securities purchased by
you hereunder which, prior to the completion of the public offering as defined
in paragraph 8 below, we may purchase or contract to purchase for our account
and, in addition, we may charge you with any broker's commission and transfer
tax paid in connection with such purchase or contract to purchase. Certificates
for Securities delivered on such repurchases need not be the identical
certificates originally purchased.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         You agree to advise us from time to time, upon request, of the number
of Securities purchased by you hereunder and remaining unsold at the time of
such request, and, if in our opinion any such Securities shall be needed to make
delivery of the Securities sold or overallotted for the account of the
Underwriter, you will, forthwith upon our request, grant to us for the account
of the Underwriter the right, exercisable promptly after receipt of notice from
you that such right has been granted, to purchase, at the Public Offering Price
less the selling concession or such part thereof as we shall determine, such
number of Securities owned by you as shall have been specified in our request.

         No expenses shall be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer
tax, if payable, upon the sale of the Securities by the Underwriter to you will
be paid when such Securities are delivered to you. However, you shall pay any
transfer tax on sales of Securities by you and you shall pay your proportionate
share of any transfer tax (other than the single transfer tax described above)
in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against you
and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.

         Neither you nor any other person is or has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representation in connection with the sale of the
Securities other than as contained in the Prospectus.

         8. The first three paragraphs of Section 7 hereof will terminate when
we shall have determined that the public offering of the Securities has been
completed and upon telefax notice to you of such termination, but, if not
theretofore terminated, they will terminate at the close of business on the 30th
full business day after the date hereof; provided, however, that we shall have
the right to extend such provisions for a further period or periods, not
exceeding an additional 30 days in the aggregate upon telefax notice to you.

         9. For the purpose of stabilizing the market in the Securities, we have
been authorized to make purchases and sales of the Securities of the Company, in
the open market or otherwise, for long or short account, and, in arranging for
sales, to overallot.

         10. On becoming a Selected Dealer, and in offering and selling the
Securities, you agree to comply with all the applicable requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), and the 1934 Act. You
confirm that you are familiar with Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act relating to
the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses for securities of an
issuer (whether or not the issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act) and confirm that you have complied and will
comply therewith.

                                       3
<PAGE>

         We hereby confirm that we will make available to you such number of
copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as you may reasonably
request for the purposes contemplated by the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, or the
rules and regulations thereunder.

         11. Upon request, you will be informed as to the states and other
jurisdictions in which we have been advised that the Securities are qualified
for sale under the respective securities or Blue Sky laws of such states and
other jurisdictions, but we shall not assume any obligation or responsibility as
to the right of any Selected Dealer to sell the Securities in any state or other
jurisdiction or as to the eligibility of the Securities for sale therein. We
will, if requested, file a Further State Notice in respect of the Securities
pursuant to Article 23-A of the General Business Law of the State of New York.

         12. No Selected Dealer is authorized to act as agent for the
Underwriter, or otherwise to act on our behalf, in offering or selling the
Securities to the public or otherwise or to furnish any information or make any
representation except as contained in the Prospectus.

         13. Nothing will constitute the Selected Dealers an association or
other separate entity or partners with the Underwriter, or with each other, but
you will be responsible for your share of any liability or expense based on any
claim to the contrary. We shall not be under any liability for or in respect of
value, validity or form of the Securities, or the delivery of the certificates
for the Securities, or the performance by anyone of any agreement on its part,
or the qualification of the Securities for sale under the laws of any
jurisdiction, or for or in respect of any other matter relating to this
Agreement, except for lack of good faith and for obligations expressly assumed
by us or by the Underwriter in this Agreement and no obligation on our part
shall be implied herefrom. The foregoing provisions shall not be deemed a waiver
of any liability imposed under the 1933 Act.

         14. Payment for the Securities sold to you hereunder is to be made at
the Public Offering Price less the above-mentioned selling concession on such
time and date as we may advise, at the office of Barron Chase Securities, Inc.,
7700 West Camino Real, Boca Raton, Florida 33433, Attention: Robert T. Kirk, by
wire transfer to the account of the Underwriter or by a certified or official
bank check in current New York Clearing House funds, payable to the order of
Barron Chase Securities, Inc., as Underwriter, against delivery of certificates
for the Securities so purchased. If such payment is not made at such time, you
agree to pay us interest on such funds at the prevailing broker's loan rate.

         15. Notices to us should be addressed to us at the offices of Barron
Chase Securities, Inc., 7700 West Camino Real, Boca Raton, Florida 33433,
Attention: Robert T. Kirk. Notices to you shall be deemed to have been duly

                                       4
<PAGE>

given if telephoned, telefaxed or mailed to you at the address to which this
Agreement or accompanying Selected Dealer Letter is addressed.

         16. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Florida without giving effect to the choice of law
or conflicts of law principles thereof.

         17. If you desire to purchase any Securities and act as a Selected
Dealer, please confirm your application by signing and returning to us your
confirmation on the duplicate copy of the Selected Dealer Letter enclosed
herewith, even though you may have previously advised us thereof by telephone or
letter. Our signature hereon may be by facsimile.

                                           Very truly yours,

                                           BARRON CHASE SECURITIES, INC.



                                           BY:                               
                                              -------------------------------
                                              Authorized Officer















                                       5

<PAGE>


                             SELECTED DEALER LETTER
                             ----------------------



Robert T. Kirk, President
Barron Chase Securities, Inc.
7700 West Camino Real
Boca Raton, Florida 33433

         We hereby subscribe for Shares and/or Warrants of Oregon Baking Company
in accordance with the terms and conditions stated in the foregoing Selected
Dealers Agreement and this Selected Dealer letter. We hereby acknowledge receipt
of the Prospectus referred to in the Selected Dealers Agreement and Selected
Dealer letter. We further state that in purchasing said Shares and/or Warrants
we have relied upon said Prospectus and upon no other statement whatsoever,
whether written or oral. We confirm that we are a dealer actually engaged in the
investment banking or securities business and that we are either (i) a member in
good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD");
or (ii) a dealer with its principal place of business located outside the United
States, its territories and its possessions and not registered as a broker or
dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, who hereby agrees
not to make any sales within the United States, its territories or its
possessions or to persons who are nationals thereof or residents therein. As a
member of the NASD, we hereby agree to comply with all of the provisions of NASD
Conduct Rules. If we are a foreign Selected Dealer, we agree to comply with the
provisions of Rule 2740 of the NASD Conduct Rules, and if we are a foreign
dealer and not a member of the NASD, we agree to comply with the NASD's
interpretation with respect to free-riding and withholding, and agree to comply,
as though we were a member of the NASD, with provisions of Rules 2730 and 2750
of the NASD Conduct Rules, and to comply with Rule 2420 of the NASD Conduct
Rules as that Rule applies to non-member foreign dealers.


                                         Firm:
                                              ---------------------------------


                                           By:                            
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              (Name and Position)


                                      Address:
                                              ---------------------------------

                                              ---------------------------------


                                Telephone No.:
                                              ---------------------------------

Dated:                   , 1999
      -------------------

                                       6






                                   [PROPOSED]
                      RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                dba MARSEE BAKING

                                    ARTICLE I

                               Name of Corporation
                               -------------------

         The name of the corporation is Oregon Baking Company.


                                   ARTICLE II.

                                  Capital Stock
                                  -------------

         The total  number of shares of all  classes of capital  stock which the
Corporation  shall have authority to issue is 19,000,000  shares,  consisting of
15,000,000  shares of Common  Stock with no par value (the  "Common  Stock") and
4,000,000  shares  of  blank  check  preferred  stock  with  no par  value  (the
"Preferred Stock").

         A description of the respective classes of stock are as follows:

         A.  COMMON STOCK

             1. VOTING RIGHTS.  Except as otherwise required by law or expressly
provided in these Articles of  Incorporation,  each holder of Common Stock shall
have one vote in respect of each share of stock held by such holder of record on
the books of the Corporation on all matters  submitted to a vote of shareholders
of the Corporation.

             2. DIVIDENDS. Subject to any preferential rights of Preferred Stock
then  outstanding,  holders  of shares  of Common  Stock  shall be  entitled  to
receive,  when and if declared by the Board of  Directors,  out of the assets of
the Corporation which are by law available therefor, dividends payable either in
cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.

             3.  LIQUIDATION,  DISSOLUTION  OR  WINDING  UP.  In the  event of a
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after
distribution in full of the preferential  amounts,  if any, to be distributed to


                                          Restated Articles of Incorporation - 1
<PAGE>

the  holders of shares of  Preferred  Stock,  holders of Common  Stock  shall be
entitled,  unless  otherwise  required  by law or  expressly  provided  in these
Articles  of  Incorporation,  to  receive  all of the  remaining  assets  of the
Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to shareholders  ratably
in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.

         B.  PREFERRED STOCK

             1.  AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors of
the Corporation is authorized,  subject to limitations prescribed by law and the
provisions of these Articles, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred
Stock in one or more series, at such time or times and for such consideration or
considerations as the Board may determine. Each series shall be so designated to
distinguish  its shares  from the shares of all other  series and  classes.  All
shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall have preferences,  limitations,  and
relative  rights  identical  with those of other  shares of the same series and,
except to the extent otherwise  provided in the articles of amendment adopted by
the Board of Directors  creating the series and filed with the Oregon  Secretary
of State in accordance  with the Oregon  Business  Corporation  Act, of those of
other  series of the same class.  Except as may  otherwise  be provided in these
Articles of  Incorporation,  different  series of  Preferred  Stock shall not be
construed to constitute different classes of shares for the purpose of voting by
classes. To the extent not inconsistent with the Oregon Business Corporation Act
and the  provisions  of these  Articles of  Incorporation,  the authority of the
Board of  Directors  with  respect to each such series  shall  include,  without
limitation of the foregoing, determination of the following:

                    (i)  The   number  of  shares  in  and  the   distinguishing
                         designation of that series;

                    (ii) Whether  the  shares of that  series  shall  have full,
                         special,  conditional,  or limited voting rights, or no
                         voting rights,  except to the extent otherwise provided
                         by law;

                   (iii) Whether the shares of that series are  convertible  and
                         the terms and conditions of the  conversion,  including
                         provision  for  adjustment  of the  conversion  rate in
                         circumstances  determined  by the Board of Directors of
                         the Corporation;

                    (iv) Whether  shares of that series shall be redeemable  and
                         the terms and conditions of  redemption,  including the
                         date or  dates  upon  or  after  which  they  shall  be
                         redeemable  and the amount per share payable in case of
                         redemption,  which  amount  may  vary  under  different
                         conditions or at different redemption dates;

                    (v)  Entitlement to distributions, calculated in any manner,
                         including    dividends    that   may   be   cumulative,
                         non-cumulative,  or partially  cumulative and dividends
                         which,  for classes of stock  other than Common  Stock,
                         may be participatory or non-participatory;


                                          Restated Articles of Incorporation - 2
<PAGE>

                    (vi) The  rights of  shares  of that  series in the event of
                         voluntary or involuntary dissolution of the Corporation
                         and the rights of priority  of that series  relative to
                         the  Common  Stock  and any other  series of  Preferred
                         Stock on the distribution of assets on dissolution; and

                   (vii) Any other rights,  preferences  and limitations of that
                         series permitted by law.

             2. Reservation of Common Stock. The Corporation  shall at all times
reserve and keep available out of its  authorized but unissued  shares of Common
Stock,  solely for the purpose of effecting the  conversion of the shares of the
Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to
time be sufficient to effect the  conversion  of all  outstanding  shares of the
Preferred  Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of
Common  Stock  shall not be  sufficient  to effect  the  conversion  of all then
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate
action as may be  necessary to increase its  authorized  but unissued  shares of
Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.


                                   ARTICLE III

                             Liability of Directors
                             ----------------------

         No  director  of the  Corporation  shall be  personally  liable  to the
Corporation or its  shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a director;
provided  that this Article III shall not  eliminate the liability of a director
for any act or omission for which such elimination of liability is not permitted
under the Oregon Business  Corporation  Act. No amendment to the Oregon Business
Corporation Act that further limits the acts or omissions for which  elimination
of liability is permitted  shall affect the  liability of a director for any act
or omission that occurs prior to the effective date of such amendment.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                          Classified Board of Directors
                          -----------------------------

             1. Establishment of Classified Board. At any time when the Board of
Directors  shall consist of six or more members,  in lieu of electing the entire
number of directors annually, the Board of Directors of the corporation shall be
divided into three  classes.  The classes shall be Class 1, Class 2 and Class 3.
The initial  designation of directors to each of the three classes shall be made
by the Chairman of the Board of the Corporation. The term of office of directors
of Class 1 shall expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders  after their
election,  that of Class 2 shall expire at the second annual meeting after their
election,  and that of Class 3 shall  expire at the third annual  meeting  after
their election.  When  classification  of directors is in effect, at each annual
meeting of shareholders the number of directors equal to the number of the class


                                          Restated Articles of Incorporation - 3
<PAGE>

whose term expires at the time of such  meeting  shall be elected to hold office
until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders.  No classification of
directors  shall be effective in the event the number of members of the Board is
fewer than six.

             2.  Change in Number of  Directors.  If the Board of  Directors  is
divided  into  classes  and in the  event of any  increase  or  decrease  in the
authorized  number of  directors,  then:  (i) each director then serving as such
shall nevertheless  continue as a director of the class of which the director is
a member  until the  expiration  of the  director's  current  term,  or upon the
director's  earlier  resignation,  removal from office or death;  (ii) the newly
created or  eliminated  directorships  resulting  from such increase or decrease
shall be  allocated by the  Chairman of the Board of the  Corporation  among the
three  classes  of  directors  so as to  maintain  equal  classes  to the extent
possible;  and (iii) in the event  such  decrease  in the  authorized  number of
directors  makes the total number of directors  less than six, then the Board of
Directors shall become  declassified and the directors remaining in office shall
continue  their terms until the next annual  meeting of  shareholders,  at which
time  directors  shall be elected  to serve for  one-year  terms or until  their
successors are duly elected and qualified.

             3. Directors Elected by Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock
issued by the Corporation  shall have the right,  voting  separately by class or
series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders,  the
election,  term of  office,  filling of  vacancies  and other  features  of such
directorships  shall be governed by the terms of these Articles of Incorporation
applicable  thereto,  as the same may be  amended  from  time to time,  and such
directors so elected shall not be divided into classes  pursuant to this Article
IV unless expressly  provided by such terms.  Further,  any such directors shall
not be counted in determining  whether the Board of Directors consists of six or
more members for purposes of dividing the Board into classes.


                                    ARTICLE V

                          Registered Officer and Agent
                          ----------------------------

         The address of the  registered  office of the  Corporation is 2287 N.W.
Pettygrove,  Portland,  Oregon 97210 and the name of the registered agent of the
Corporation is Howard Wasserteil.




                                          Restated Articles of Incorporation - 4
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                               Address for Notices
                               -------------------

         The mailing address of the Corporation  where the Corporation  Division
may mail notices is 2287 N.W. Pettygrove, Portland, Oregon 97210.


         DATED:  the ___ day of ______________________ , 1999.



                                  ___________________________________
                                  Ray Lindstrom
                                  Chief Executive Officer

Person to contact about this filing:

Brendan R. McDonnell, Esq.
(503) 802-2054







                                          Restated Articles of Incorporation - 5

                                                                 FILED
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION     In the Office of the
                                                          Secretary of State 
                                       OF                 of the State of Oregon
                                                               JUN 26 1992
                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY        Corporation Division

     Pursuant to the Oregon Business Corporation Act, the undersigned
incorporator adopts the following articles of incorporation:

                                    ARTICLE I

                               Name of Corporation
                               -------------------

                  The name of the corporation is Oregon Baking Company.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                Authorized Shares
                                -----------------

     2.01 NUMBER OF SHARES. The aggregate number of shares which the corporation
shall have authority to issue is Two Million (2,000,000) shares of common stock
with no par value.

     2.02 RIGHTS OF COMMON STOCK. The holders of the common stock shall have
unlimited voting rights and the right to receive the net assets of the
corporation upon dissolution.

     2.03 WAIVER OF PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. The corporation elects to waive
preemptive rights.

     2.04 VOTING OF COMMON STOCK. Except as otherwise required by law, each
outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on each matter voted
on at a shareholders' meeting.

                                   ARTICLE III

                             Liability of Directors
                             ----------------------

     No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the
corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a director;
provided that this Article III shall not eliminate the liability of a director
for any act or omission for which such elimination of liability is not permitted
under the Oregon Business Corporation Act. No amendment to the Oregon Business

<PAGE>

Corporation Act that further limits the acts or omissions for which elimination
of liability is permitted shall affect the liability of a director for any act
or omission that occurs prior to the effective date of such amendment.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                           Registered Office and Agent
                           ---------------------------

     The address of the initial registered office of the corporation is 2075
N.W. 131st Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97229, and the name of the initial 
registered agent of the corporation at such address is Robert E. Schneider.

                                    ARTICLE V

                               Address for Notices
                               -------------------

     The mailing address of the corporation where the Corporation Division may
mail notices is 2075 N.W. 131st Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97229.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  Incorporator
                                  ------------

     The name and address of the incorporator are:

            Name                              Address
            ----                              -------

     Samuel R. DeSimone, Jr.            520 S.W. Yamhill Street
                                        Suite 800
                                        Portland, Oregon 97204

     DATED the 26th day of June, 1992.


                                  /s/ Samuel R. DeSimone, Jr.
                                  ---------------------------
                                  Samuel R. DeSimone, Jr.
                                  Sole Incorporator

Person to contact about this filing:

Samuel R. DeSimone, Jr., Esq.
(503)    226-6151





                                       2



                             ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION                 FILED
                                       OF                          DEC 13 1996
                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY          SECRETARY OF STATE


         Pursuant to ORS 60.434, OREGON BAKING COMPANY hereby submits for filing
the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

         1.       The name of the Corporation is Oregon Baking Company.

         2. The Articles of Incorporation are amended by amending Article II to
read in its entirety as attached hereto as Attachment 1.

         3. Shareholder action is not required to adopt the amendment. The
amendment was adopted by the Board of Directors without shareholder action.

         4. The amendment was adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors on
December 11, 1996.









                                  OREGON BAKING COMPANY




                                  By: /s/ Howard J. Wasserteil
                                      ------------------------------
                                     Howard J. Wasserteil, President

Person to contact about this filing:
Kaylene Lewis Kirchem, Corporate Securities Paralegal at (503) 778-2191

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                                       OF
                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                dba MARSEE BAKING


                                   ARTICLE II.

                                  Capital Stock
                                  -------------

         The total  number of shares of all  classes of capital  stock which the
Corporation  shall have  authority to issue is 6,000,000  shares,  consisting of
5,000,000  shares of Common  Stock with no par value (the  "Common  Stock")  and
1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock with no par value (the "Preferred Stock").

         A description of the respective classes of stock and a statement of the
designations,  preferences,  voting  power  (if any),  relative,  participating,
optional  or  other  special  rights  and  privileges  and  the  qualifications,
limitations  and  restrictions  of the  Preferred  Stock and Common Stock are as
follows:

         A.   PREFERRED STOCK

              1. AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors of
the Corporation is authorized,  subject to limitations prescribed by law and the
provisions of this  Article,  to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred
Stock in one or more series, at such time or times and for such consideration or
considerations as the Board may determine. Each series shall be so designated to
distinguish  its shares  from the shares of all other  series and  classes.  All
shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall have preferences,  limitations,  and
relative  rights  identical  with those of other  shares of the same series and,
except to the extent otherwise  provided in the articles of amendment adopted by
the Board of Directors  creating the series and filed with the Oregon  Secretary
of State in accordance  with the Oregon  Business  Corporation  Act, of those of
other  series of the same class.  Except as may  otherwise  be provided in these
Articles of  Incorporation,  different  series of  Preferred  Stock shall not be
construed to constitute different classes of shares for the purpose of voting by
classes. To the extent not inconsistent with the Oregon Business Corporation Act
and the  provisions  of these  Articles of  Incorporation,  the authority of the
Board of  Directors  with  respect to each such series  shall  include,  without
limitation of the foregoing, determination of the following:

                    (i)  The   number  of  shares  in  and  the   distinguishing
                         designation of that series;

                    (ii) Whether  the  shares of that  series  shall  have full,
                         special,  conditional,  or limited voting rights, or no
                         voting rights,  except to the extent otherwise provided
                         by law;
<PAGE>

                    (iii)Whether the shares of that series are  convertible  and
                         the terms and conditions of the  conversion,  including
                         provision  for  adjustment  of the  conversion  rate in
                         circumstances  determined  by the Board of Directors of
                         the Corporation;

                    (iv) Whether  shares of that series shall be redeemable  and
                         the terms and conditions of  redemption,  including the
                         date or  dates  upon  or  after  which  they  shall  be
                         redeemable  and the amount per share payable in case of
                         redemption,  which  amount  may  vary  under  different
                         conditions or at different redemption dates;

                    (v)  Entitlement to distributions, calculated in any manner,
                         including    dividends    that   may   be   cumulative,
                         non-cumulative,  or partially  cumulative and dividends
                         which,  for classes of stock  other than Common  Stock,
                         may be participatory or non-participatory;

                    (vi) The  rights of  shares  of that  series in the event of
                         voluntary or involuntary dissolution of the Corporation
                         and the rights of priority  of that series  relative to
                         the  Common  Stock  and any other  series of  Preferred
                         Stock on the distribution of assets on dissolution; and

                    (vii)Any other rights,  preferences  and limitations of that
                         series permitted by law.

              2. SERIES A AND SERIES B PREFERRED  STOCK  DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.
100,000  shares of the  Corporation's  authorized  Preferred  Stock  are  hereby
designated as the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred
Stock") and 510,575 shares of the Corporation's  authorized  Preferred Stock are
hereby  designated  as the  Series B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  ("Series  B
Preferred Stock"). No authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock
may be issued or sold by the Corporation after February 15, 1997.

              3.  DIVIDENDS.  The  holders of shares of the  Series A  Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive,  out of funds  legally  available  therefor,
dividends at the rate per annum of $0.60 per share (the  "Accruing  Dividends").
Accruing  Dividends  shall  accrue  from  day-to-day,  whether  or not earned or
declared,  and shall be cumulative.  The holders of shares of Series B Preferred
Stock shall not be entitled to Accruing Dividends.

              4. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

                 a. PREFERENCE. In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution or
winding up of the  Corporation,  whether  voluntary or  involuntary,  holders of
shares of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  and  Series B  Preferred  Stock  shall be
entitled  to be paid first out of the assets of the  Corporation  available  for
distribution  to  holders  of the  Corporation's  capital  stock of all  classes
(whether such assets are capital,  surplus or earnings) before any sums shall be
paid or any assets  distributed  among the  holders of Common  Stock,  an amount
equal to the greater of:

                                       2
<PAGE>

                    (1)  $6.00 per share of  Series A  Preferred  Stock  plus an
amount equal to all Accruing  Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared)
and  $2.50  per  share of Series B  Preferred  Stock,  plus any other  dividends
declared but unpaid thereon,  computed up to and including the date full payment
shall be tendered  to the  holders of the Series A  Preferred  Stock or Series B
Preferred  Stock,  as the  case  may  be,  with  respect  to  such  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, or

                    (2) the  amount  per  share of Series A  Preferred  Stock or
Series B Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be, that would have been payable had
each such share been converted to Common Stock  immediately  prior to such event
of liquidation,  dissolution or winding up pursuant to the provisions of Section
6 hereof plus, in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock only, an amount equal
to all Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared),  and, in the
case of both the Series A  Preferred  Stock and Series B  Preferred  Stock,  any
other dividends  declared but unpaid  thereon,  computed up to and including the
date full  payment  shall be  tendered  to the holders of the Series A Preferred
Stock or Series B  Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be,  with  respect to such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

If the assets of the Corporation  shall be insufficient to permit the payment in
full to holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of
the  amount  thus  distributable,  then the  entire  assets  of the  Corporation
available for such  distribution  shall be distributed  among the holders of the
Series A  Preferred  Stock and Series B  Preferred  Stock in  proportion  to the
liquidation  preference for such Preferred  Stock as set forth above;  provided,
however,  no series of  Preferred  Stock  shall be entitled to receive an amount
greater than the  liquidation  preference for such series provided in clause (1)
or clause (2) above, as the case may be. After such payment shall have been made
in full to the  holders of the Series A  Preferred  Stock and Series B Preferred
Stock or funds  necessary  for such  payment  shall  have  been set aside by the
Corporation in trust for the account of holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock
and Series B Preferred Stock so as to be available for such payment,  holders of
the Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to
no further  participation  in the  distribution of the assets of the Corporation
and  shall  have no  further  rights of  conversion,  and the  remaining  assets
available for distribution  shall be distributed among the holders of the Common
Stock.

                 b. TREATMENT OF REORGANIZATIONS,  CONSOLIDATIONS,  MERGERS, AND
SALES OF ASSETS. A  reorganization  as provided in Section 6h or a consolidation
or merger of the Corporation or sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets
of the Corporation shall be regarded as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the  affairs  of the  Corporation  within  the  meaning  of this  Section  4;
provided,  however,  that, in any such event,  each holder of Series A Preferred
Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be, shall have the right to
elect the benefits of the  provisions  of Section 6h hereof in lieu of receiving
payment in liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to
this Section 4.

                 c.  DISTRIBUTIONS  OTHER THAN CASH.  Whenever the  distribution
provided  for in this Section 4 shall be paid in property  other than cash,  the
value of such  distribution  shall be the fair market value of such  property as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                                       3
<PAGE>

              5. VOTING POWER.  Except as otherwise required by law, each holder
of Series A  Preferred  Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be,
shall be entitled to vote on all matters and shall be entitled to that number of
votes equal to the number of votes that would be accorded to the largest  number
of whole  shares of Common  Stock into which  such  holder's  shares of Series A
Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock could be converted,  pursuant to the
provisions  of Section 6 hereof,  at the record  date for the  determination  of
shareholders  entitled  to vote on such  matter  or, if no such  record  date is
established,  at the  date  such  vote  is  taken  or  any  written  consent  of
shareholders is solicited.  Except as otherwise  required by law, the holders of
shares of Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred  Stock and Common Stock
shall vote together as a single class on all matters.

              6. CONVERSION  RIGHTS. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
and Series B Preferred Stock shall have the following conversion rights:

                 a. GENERAL. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of
this Section 6, any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred
Stock may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time or from time to
time into fully paid and non-assessable shares (calculated as to each conversion
to the largest whole share) of Common Stock; provided, however, shares of Series
A Preferred Stock may not be converted prior to December 31, 2000. The number of
shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B
Preferred  Stock, as the case may be, shall be entitled upon conversion shall be
the product obtained by multiplying the appropriate  Applicable  Conversion Rate
(determined  as  provided  in  Sections  6c, d and e) by the number of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock being converted.

                 b. CONVERSION UPON PUBLIC OFFERING.

                    (1) All the  outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred Stock
and Series B Preferred  Stock shall,  at the option of the  Corporation and upon
written notice to the holders  thereof given within 10 days prior to the closing
of  an  underwritten  public  offering  pursuant  to an  effective  registration
statement  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  covering the offer and
sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public at a price
per share of not less than $10.00 (subject to equitable  adjustment in the event
of any stock split, combination or similar event affecting the Common Stock) and
in which the aggregate net proceeds to the  Corporation  exceed  $7,500,000,  be
converted,  effective  upon such  closing,  into the  number of shares of Common
Stock to which a holder of Series A Preferred  Stock or Series B Preferred Stock
shall be entitled upon conversion pursuant to Section 6a hereof. Such conversion
shall occur automatically without any further action by such holders and whether
or  not  the  certificates  representing  such  shares  are  surrendered  to the
Corporation or its transfer agent for the Common Stock.  Nothing in this Section
6b,  however,  shall limit or in any way  restrict  the rights of the holders of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock, as the case may
be, to convert such shares into shares of Common  Stock at any time  pursuant to
Section 6a immediately above.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                    (2) Upon  the  occurrence  of the  conversion  specified  in
Section  6b(1),  the  holders  of such  Series A  Preferred  Stock and  Series B
Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the
office  of the  Corporation  or of its  transfer  agent  for the  Common  Stock.
Thereupon,  the  Corporation  shall  issue  and  deliver  to such  holder  (i) a
certificate or certificates  for the number of shares of Common Stock into which
the shares of the Series A Preferred  Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock, as the
case may be,  surrendered  were convertible on the date on which such conversion
occurred;  (ii) in the case of the Series A Preferred  Stock  only,  cash in the
amount of all unpaid  Accruing  Dividends  on such  shares of Series A Preferred
Stock  (whether  or not  declared),  (iii) in the case of both the  Series A and
Series B Preferred  Stock,  any other  dividends  declared  but unpaid  thereon,
computed up to and including the Conversion  Date, and (iv) cash, as provided in
Section 6k, in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock  issuable upon
such conversion.  The Corporation  shall not be obligated to issue  certificates
evidencing the shares of Common Stock  issuable upon such  conversion or pay any
of the  amounts  required  to be paid  by the  Corporation  unless  certificates
evidencing  such  shares of the Series A  Preferred  Stock or Series B Preferred
Stock,  as the  case  may  be,  being  converted  are  either  delivered  to the
Corporation or any such transfer agent or the holder notifies the Corporation or
any such  transfer  agent  that  such  certificates  have been  lost,  stolen or
destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify
the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith.

                    (3) Effective upon the conversion of all outstanding  shares
of the  Corporation's  Series B Preferred Stock into Common Stock as provided in
Section 6b(1), the shares so converted shall be retired and,  thereafter,  shall
not be issuable by the Corporation.

                 c. APPLICABLE CONVERSION RATE. The conversion rate in effect at
any time (the "Applicable  Conversion Rate") shall be, in the case of the Series
A Preferred  Stock,  the quotient  obtained by dividing  $6.00 by the Applicable
Conversion Value for the Series A Preferred Stock, or, in the case of the Series
B Preferred  Stock,  the quotient  obtained by dividing  $2.50 by the Applicable
Conversion  Value for the Series B Preferred  Stock,  calculated  as provided in
Section 6d.

                 d. APPLICABLE CONVERSION VALUE. The Applicable Conversion Value
for the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be $6.00 and
$2.50,  respectively,  except that such amounts  shall be adjusted  from time to
time in accordance with this Section 6.

                 e. ADJUSTMENTS TO APPLICABLE CONVERSION VALUE.

                    (1) UPON ISSUANCES OF ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK. If,
while  there  are any  shares  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock  outstanding,  the
Corporation  issues or sells any  Additional  Shares of Common Stock (as defined
below)  for a  consideration  or price  per share  less than the then  effective
Series B Applicable Conversion Value, then in such case, the Series B Applicable
Conversion  Value  shall,  upon  such  issuance  or sale,  except  as  hereafter
provided,  be adjusted by  multiplying  the then  effective  Series B Applicable
Conversion Value by a fraction:

                                       5
<PAGE>

                    (i)  the  numerator  of  which  shall be (a) the  number  of
                         shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
                         such issuance or sale, plus (b) the number of shares of
                         Common  Stock  which  the net  aggregate  consideration
                         received  by the  Corporation  for the total  number of
                         shares of  Additional  Shares of Common Stock so issued
                         would  purchase at the Series B  Applicable  Conversion
                         Value, and

                    (ii) the  denominator  of which  shall be (a) the  number of
                         shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
                         such   issuance  or  sale,   plus  (b)  the  number  of
                         Additional  Shares of Common  Stock so issued;  and the
                         product so obtained  shall  thereafter  be the Series B
                         Applicable  Conversion  Value.  The Series B Applicable
                         Conversion  Value, as so adjusted,  shall be readjusted
                         in  the  same  manner  upon  the   happening   of  each
                         successive  sale or issuance.  No  adjustment  shall be
                         made  under  this   Section   6e(1)  to  the  Series  A
                         Conversion   Value  upon  the   issuance   or  sale  of
                         Additional Shares of Common Stock.


For purpose of  calculating  adjustments  to the Series B Applicable  Conversion
Value under this Section  6e(1),  "Common  Stock" shall be deemed to include any
class or series of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the  Corporation  assuming
full conversion of such Preferred Stock. For purposes of this Section 6e(1), the
term  "Additional  Shares of Common Stock" shall mean all shares of Common Stock
or Preferred Stock other than (a) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock, or
options  therefor,  that is  approved in writing by the holders of a majority of
the  shares  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock  outstanding  as of the date of such
issuance,  (b) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of
any Preferred  Stock,  or (c) the issuance of any Common Stock upon the exercise
of any options  granted  under (a) above or upon the  exercise of any options or
warrants   outstanding  as  of  the  date  the  Articles  of  Amendment  to  the
Corporation's  Articles of  Incorporation  creating the Series B Preferred Stock
are filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Oregon.

                    (2) UPON ISSUANCES OF WARRANTS,  OPTIONS OR RIGHTS TO COMMON
STOCK. For the purposes of Section 6e(1), the issuance of any warrants, options,
subscriptions  or purchase rights with respect to shares of Common Stock and the
issuance of any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common
Stock (or the  issuance  of any  warrants,  options,  subscriptions  or purchase
rights with respect to such  convertible or  exchangeable  securities)  shall be
deemed an issuance at such time of Additional  Shares of Common Stock if the Net
Consideration  Per Share (as  hereinafter  defined)  that may be received by the
Corporation  for such  Additional  Shares of Common Stock shall be less than the
Series  B  Applicable  Conversion  Value  at the  time  of  such  issuance.  Any

                                       6
<PAGE>

obligation,  agreement or undertaking to issue warrants, options,  subscriptions
or purchase  rights at any time in the future  shall be deemed to be an issuance
at the time of such obligation,  agreement or undertaking is made or arises.  No
adjustment  of the  Series B  Applicable  Conversion  Value  shall be made under
Section  6e(1) upon the  issuance of any shares of Common Stock which are issued
pursuant to the exercise of any  warrants,  options,  subscriptions  or purchase
rights or pursuant to the exercise of any  conversion or exchange  rights in any
convertible  securities if any adjustment  shall  previously have been made upon
the issuance of any such warrants,  options, or subscriptions or purchase rights
or upon the issuance of any convertible  securities (or upon the issuance of any
warrants, options or any rights therefor) as above provided.

If the Net Consideration Per Share of any such warrants, options,  subscriptions
or purchase  rights or  convertible  securities is decreased  from time to time,
then,  upon the  effectiveness  of each such  change,  the  Series B  Applicable
Conversion  Value shall be adjusted to the Series B Conversion  Value that would
have  been  obtained  (a) had the  adjustments  made upon the  issuance  of such
warrants,  options,  rights or convertible  securities been made upon the actual
basis of the actual Net Consideration Per Share of such securities,  and (b) had
adjustments  made to the Series B Applicable  Conversion Value since the date of
issuance  of such  securities  been  made to the  Series B  Conversion  Value as
adjusted  pursuant  to  Section  6e(1)  above.  Any  adjustment  of the Series B
Applicable  Conversion  Value with  respect to Section  6e(1)  which  relates to
warrants,  options,  subscriptions  or purchase rights with respect to shares of
Common Stock shall be disregarded  if, as, and when all such warrants,  options,
subscriptions or purchase rights expire or are canceled without being exercised,
so that such Series B Applicable  Conversion  Value effective  immediately  upon
such  cancellation or expiration shall be equal to the Series B Conversion Value
in effect at the time of issuance of the expired or canceled warrants,  options,
subscriptions or purchase rights, with such additional adjustments as would have
been  made to that  Series B  Applicable  Conversion  Value had the  expired  or
canceled warrants, options, subscriptions or purchase rights not been issued.

For purposes of this Section 6e(2), the "Net  Consideration  Per Share" that may
be received by the Corporation shall be determined as follows;

                    (i)  The "Net Consideration Per Share" shall mean the amount
                         equal to the  total  amount of  consideration,  if any,
                         received by the  Corporation  for the  issuance of such
                         warrants, options,  subscriptions or purchase rights or
                         convertible  or  exchangeable   securities,   plus  the
                         minimum amount of consideration, if any, payable to the
                         Corporation   upon  exercise  or  conversion   thereof,
                         divided  by the  aggregate  number  of shares of Common
                         Stock  that  would  be  issued  if all  such  warrants,
                         options,  subscriptions  or other  purchase  rights  or
                         convertible or exchangeable  securities were exercised,
                         exchanged or converted.

                                       7
<PAGE>

                    (ii) The "Net  Consideration Per Share" that may be received
                         by the Corporation shall be determined in each instance
                         as of  the  date  of  issuance  of  warrants,  options,
                         subscriptions,  or other purchase rights or convertible
                         or exchangeable securities without giving effect to any
                         possible  future  adjustments  which may be  applicable
                         with respect to such warrants, options,  subscriptions,
                         or other purchase rights or convertible or exchangeable
                         securities.

                    (3)  CONSIDERATION  OTHER THAN CASH. For purposes of Section
6e(1),  if a part or all of the  consideration  received by the  Corporation  in
connection  with the issuance of Additional  Shares of Common Stock  consists of
property  other than  cash,  such  consideration  shall be deemed to have a fair
market value as is reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation.

                    (4)  EXCEPTIONS.  Section 6e(1) shall not apply under any of
the circumstances that would constitute an Extraordinary  Common Stock Event (as
defined in Section 6e(5)).

                    (5) EXTRAORDINARY  COMMON STOCK EVENT. Upon the happening of
an  Extraordinary  Common Stock Event (as hereinafter  defined),  the Applicable
Conversion  Value  for  the  Series  A  and  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  shall,
simultaneously  with the happening of such Extraordinary  Common Stock Event, be
adjusted by multiplying the then effective  Applicable  Conversion Value for the
Series A Preferred  Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock, as the case may be, by a
fraction,  the  numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior  to  such  Extraordinary  Common  Stock  and the
denominator  of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding
immediately  after such  Extraordinary  Common Stock  Event,  and the product so
obtained shall  thereafter be the Applicable  Conversion  Value.  The Applicable
Conversion  Value,  as so adjusted,  shall be readjusted in the same manner upon
the  happening  of any  successive  Extraordinary  Common Stock Event or Events.
"Extraordinary Common Stock Event" shall mean the (i) issue of additional shares
of the Common Stock as a dividend or other  distribution  on outstanding  Common
Stock,  (ii)  subdivision of  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a greater
number of shares of the Common Stock, or (iii) combination of outstanding shares
of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock.

                 f. DIVIDENDS. In the event the Corporation shall make or issue,
or fix a record date for the  determination  of holders of Common Stock entitled
to  receive,  a dividend  or other  distribution  payable in  securities  of the
Corporation  other  than  shares of Common  Stock or in assets  (excluding  cash
dividends or distributions), then and in each such event provision shall be made
so that the  holders of Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B  Preferred  Stock
shall  receive  upon  conversion  thereof in addition to the number of shares of
Common Stock receivable thereupon, the number of securities or such other assets
of the  Corporation  that they would have  received had their Series A Preferred

                                       8
<PAGE>

Stock or Series B  Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be,  been  converted  into
Common  Stock on the date of such  event  and had they  thereafter,  during  the
period from the date of such event to and including the Conversion Date (as that
term is hereafter defined in Section 6j), retained such securities or such other
assets  receivable  by  them  during  such  period,  giving  application  to all
adjustments  called for during such period  under this Section 6 with respect to
the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock or Series B Preferred
Stock, as the case may be.

                 g.  RECAPITALIZATION OR  RECLASSIFICATION.  If the Common Stock
issuable  upon the  conversion  of the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock or  Series B
Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall be changed into the same or different
number of shares of any class or classes of stock of the Corporation, whether by
recapitalization,  reclassification  or otherwise (other than that a subdivision
or combination of shares, stock dividend, reorganization,  merger, consolidation
or sale of assets  provided  for  elsewhere in this Section 6), then and in each
such  event the  holder of each  share of Series A  Preferred  Stock or Series B
Preferred  Stock, as the case may be, shall have the right thereafter to convert
such share into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other  securities and
property receivable upon such  reorganization,  reclassification or other change
by  holders  of the  number of shares of Common  Stock  into which such share of
Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock, as the case may be, might
have been converted  immediately prior to such reorganization,  reclassification
or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

                 h. CAPITAL REORGANIZATION,  MERGER OR SALE OF ASSETS. If at any
time or from time to time there shall be a capital  reorganization of the Common
Stock (other than a subdivision,  combination,  reclassification  or exchange of
shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 6) or a merger or consolidation of
the  Corporation  with  or  into  another  corporation  or  the  sale  of all or
substantially  all of the  Corporation's  properties  and  assets  to any  other
person, then, as a part of such reorganization,  merger,  consolidation or sale,
provision  shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and
Series B Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion
of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be,
the  number  of  shares  of  stock  or  other  securities  or  property  of  the
Corporation, or of the successor corporation resulting from such reorganization,
merger, consolidation or sale, to which a holder of the same number of shares of
Common Stock issuable to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B
Preferred Stock, as the case may be, upon conversion would have been entitled on
such capital  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation or sale. In any such case,
appropriate  adjustment  shall be made in the  application  of the provisions of
this  Section 6 with  respect  to the  rights  of the  holders  of the  Series A
Preferred  Stock or  Series B  Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be,  after the
reorganization,  merger, consolidation or sale to the end that the provisions of
this Section 6 (including  adjustment of the Applicable Conversion Value then in
effect  and the number of shares  purchasable  upon  conversion  of the Series A
Preferred  Stock  or  Series B  Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be)  shall be
applicable after that event in as nearly equivalent a manner as may be possible.

                 Each holder of Series A Preferred  Stock and Series B Preferred
Stock, upon the occurrence of a capital reorganization,  merger or consolidation
of the Corporation,  or the sale of all or substantially  all the  Corporation's
assets  and  properties  as such  events  are more  fully set forth in the first

                                       9
<PAGE>

paragraph  of this  Section 6h,  shall have the option of electing  treatment of
such holder's shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as
the case may be,  under either this Section 6h and Section 6a or Sections 4a and
4b  hereof,  notice of which  election  shall be  submitted  in  writing  to the
Corporation  at its  principal  offices no later  than five (5) days  before the
effective date of such transaction.

                 i. CERTIFICATE AS TO ADJUSTMENTS. In each case of an adjustment
or  readjustment  of the Applicable  Conversion  Rate for the Series A Preferred
Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock,  the Corporation will furnish each holder of
Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, with a
certificate  showing such adjustment or readjustment,  and stating in reasonable
detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

                 j. EXERCISE OF CONVERSION  PRIVILEGE.  To exercise a conversion
privilege,  a holder of Series A  Preferred  Stock or Series B  Preferred  Stock
shall surrender the certificate or  certificates  representing  the shares being
converted to the  Corporation  at its principal  office,  and shall give written
notice to the  Corporation at the office that such holder elects to convert such
shares.  The certificate or certificates  for shares of Series A Preferred Stock
or Series B Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be,  surrendered  for  conversion
shall be  accompanied  by proper  assignment  thereof to the  Corporation  or in
blank.  The date  when  such  written  notice is  received  by the  Corporation,
together with the certificate or certificates  representing the shares of Series
A  Preferred  Stock  or  Series B  Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be,  being
converted,  is the  "Conversion  Date." As  promptly  as  practicable  after the
Conversion  Date, the  Corporation  shall issue and deliver to the holder of the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock, as the case may
be, being converted,  (i) such certificate or certificates as it may request for
the number of whole shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the conversion of such
shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock, as the case may
be, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6, (ii) in the case of the
Series A  Preferred  Stock  only,  cash in the  amount  of all  unpaid  Accruing
Dividends on such shares of Series A Preferred  Stock (whether or not declared),
(iii) in the case of both the Series A and Series B Preferred  Stock,  any other
dividends  declared  but  unpaid  thereon,  computed  up to  and  including  the
Conversion  Date,  and (iv) cash,  as  provided in Section 6k, in respect of any
fraction  of a share  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  such  conversion.  Such
conversion shall be deemed to have been effected  immediately prior to the close
of business on the Conversion Date, and at such time the rights of the holder as
holder of the converted shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred
Stock, as the case may be, shall cease and the person or person in whose name or
names any  certificate  or  certificates  for  shares of Common  Stock  shall be
issuable  upon such  conversion  shall be deemed to have  become  the  holder or
holders of record of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.

                 k. CASH IN LIEU OF FRACTIONAL  SHARES.  No fractional shares of
Common Stock shall be issued upon the conversion of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be. Instead of any fractional
shares of Common Stock which would  otherwise  be issuable  upon  conversion  of
Series A Preferred  Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be, the
Corporation shall pay to the holder of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock or

                                       10
<PAGE>

Series B  Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be,  which  were  converted  a cash
adjustment in respect of such  fractional  shares in an amount equal to the same
fraction of the market price per share of the Common Stock (as  determined  in a
reasonable manner prescribed by the Board of Directors) at the close of business
on the Conversion  Date. The  determination  as to whether or not any fractional
shares are  issuable  shall be based upon the total number of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, being converted
at any one time by any holder thereof, not upon each share of Series A Preferred
Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, being converted.

                 l.  PARTIAL  CONVERSION.  In the event  some but not all of the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred  Stock, as the case may
be,  represented  by a certificate or  certificates  surrendered by a holder are
converted,  the  Corporation  shall  execute  and  deliver  to the  holder a new
certificate  representing  the number of shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock or
Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, that were not converted.

                 m.  RESERVATION OF COMMON STOCK.  The Corporation  shall at all
times reserve and keep available out of its  authorized  but unissued  shares of
Common Stock,  solely for the purpose of effecting the  conversion of the shares
of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, such number of its
shares of Common  Stock as shall from time to time be  sufficient  to effect the
conversion of all outstanding  shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series
B Preferred  Stock.  If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares
of Common Stock shall not be  sufficient  to effect the  conversion  of all then
outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock,
the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase
its authorized  but unissued  shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as
shall be sufficient for such purposes.

         B. COMMON STOCK

              1. VOTING RIGHTS. Except as otherwise required by law or expressly
provided in these Articles of  Incorporation,  each holder of Common Stock shall
have one vote in respect of each share of stock held by such holder of record on
the books of the Corporation on all matters  submitted to a vote of shareholders
of the Corporation.

              2.  DIVIDENDS.  Subject to any  preferential  rights of  Preferred
Stock then  outstanding,  holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to
receive,  when and if declared by the Board of  Directors,  out of the assets of
the Corporation which are by law available therefor, dividends payable either in
cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.

              3.  LIQUIDATION,  DISSOLUTION  OR  WINDING  UP.  In the event of a
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after
distribution in full of the preferential  amounts,  if any, to be distributed to
the  holders of shares of  Preferred  Stock,  holders of Common  Stock  shall be
entitled,  unless  otherwise  required  by law or  expressly  provided  in these
Articles  of  Incorporation,  to  receive  all of the  remaining  assets  of the
Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to shareholders  ratably
in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.


                                       11


[SEAL       Phone: (503) 986-2200                ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT-BUSINESS/
OF THE        Fax: (503) 378-4387                         PROFESSIONAL/NONPROFIT
STATE       ====================================================================
 OF                                                          For office use only
OREGON]     Secretary of State             CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX BELOW
            Corporation Division           /X/ BUSINESS/PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
            255 Capital St. NE, Suite 151       (Complete only 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7)
            Salem, OR  97310-1327
                                               NONPROFIT CORPORATION
                                           / /  (Complete only 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7)

                                                           FILED
                                                       JAN - 7 1998
Registry Number: 302163-86                                OREGON
                 ------------                       SECRETARY OF STATE

Attach Additional Sheet if Necessary
Please Type or Print Legibly in Black Ink
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1) NAME OF CORPORATION PRIOR TO AMENDMENT Oregon Baking Company
                                          --------------------------------------

2) STATE THE ARTICLE NUMBER(S) AND SET FOR THE ARTICLE AS IT IS AMENDED TO READ.
  (Attach a separate sheet if necessary)
                                         ---------------------------------------
          See Attached
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3) THE AMENDMENT WAS ADOPTED ON: December 18, 1997
                                -----------------------
(If more than one amendment was adopted, identify the date of adoption of each
amendment)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
         BUSINESS/PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION ONLY                                          NONPROFIT CORPORATION ONLY



4) CHECK THE APPROPRIATE STATEMENT                                 5) CHECK THE APPROPRIATE STATEMENT
<S>  <C>                                                           <C>   <C>

                                                                    
/ /  Shareholder action was required to adopt the                   / /  Membership approval was not required. The amendment(s)
     amendment(s). The vote was as follows                               was approved by a sufficient vote of the board of directors
                                                                         or incorporators
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
 Class or     Number of    Number of    Number of    Number of      / /  Membership approval was required. The membership vote
 series of     Shares        votes      votes        votes cast          was as follows:
   share     Outstanding  entitled to    cast FOR     AGAINST            -----------------------------------------------------------
                            be cast                                      Class(es)    Number of      Number of    Number     Number
- ---------------------------------------------------------------          entitled      members         votes     of votes   of votes
                                                                           to vote    entitled to    entitled to  cast FOR    cast
                                                                                          vote         be cast               AGAINST
- ----------------------------------------------------------------         -----------------------------------------------------------



                                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------

====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

/X/ Shareholder action was not required to adopt the amendment(s).
    The amendment(s) was adopted by the board of directors without
    shareholder action.

/ / The corporation has not issued any shares of stock. Shareholder
    action was not required to adopt the amendment(s). The
    amendment(s) was adopted by the incorporators or by the board of
    directors
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6)  EXECUTION
    Printed Name           Signature                  Title
    Brad Barnett           /s/ Brad Barnett           President
    -----------------      -------------------        --------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7)  CONTACT NAME                    DAYTIME PHONE NUMBER
    Brendan R. McDonnell            503/802-2054
    ----------------------          ----------------------------


                                                   -----------------------------
                                                              FEES
                                                   -----------------------------

                                                   Make check for $10 payable to
                                                       "Corporation Division"

                                                   NOTE: Filing fees may be paid
                                                   with VISA or MasterCard. The
                                                   card number and expiration
                                                   date should be submitted on a
                                                   separate sheet for your
                                                   protections
                                                   -----------------------------

CR113 (Rev. 6/96)


<PAGE>

                                                                     FILED
                                                                 JAN - 7 1998
                          CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF             OREGON
                                                              SECRETARY OF STATE
                      SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

                                       AND

               SERIES D CONVERTIBLE AND REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

                                  BY DIRECTORS
                      PURSUANT TO ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO
                      THE AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                dba MARSEE BAKING




         Brad Barnett, President of Oregon Baking Company, an Oregon corporation
for profit with its principal location at 2287 NW Pettygrove, Portland, Oregon
97210, does hereby certify that the following resolution was adopted by written
consent of the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 60.134 of the Oregon
Business Corporation Act:

         RESOLVED, that, pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of
Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 60 of
the Oregon Business Corporation Act, as amended, and by Article II of the
Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, as amended, such Article II is amended
to add sections providing for Series C Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series C
Preferred Stock") and Series D Convertible and Redeemable Preferred Stock
("Series D Preferred Stock"), and that the designations and amounts thereof and
the voting powers, preferences, limitations and relative and special rights of
the shares of each such series, and the qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof are as follows:

              1. SERIES C AND SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.
105,000 shares of the Corporation's authorized Preferred Stock are hereby
designated as the Series C Preferred Stock (the "Series C Preferred Stock") and
22,507 shares of the Corporation's authorized Preferred Stock are hereby
designated as the Series D Preferred Stock ("Series D Preferred Stock").

              2. DIVIDENDS. The holders of shares of the Series D Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor,
dividends at the rate per annum of $4.20 per share (the "Accruing Series D
Dividends"). Accruing Series D Dividends shall accrue from day-to-day, whether
or not earned or declared, and shall be cumulative. Accruing Series D Dividends
shall accrue but not be paid during 1998 or 1999. On a quarterly basis, Accruing
Series D Dividends from 1998 and 1999 shall be paid during 2000 out of funds
legally available therefor. At the option of the holder of Series D Preferred
Stock or the Company, the Series D Accruing Dividends may be paid in the form of
shares of Series D Preferred Stock valued at $60.00 per share (regardless of the
fair market value of such shares at the time the dividend is declared by the
Company's Board of Directors); provided, however, no more than an aggregate of
5,840 shares of the Company's Series D Preferred Stock may be issued in lieu of

<PAGE>

cash to satisfy the Series D Accruing Dividends. The holders of shares of Series
C Preferred Stock shall NOT be entitled to accruing dividends.

              3. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.

                 a. SERIES D PREFERENCE. In the event of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary,
holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid first
out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to holders of
the Corporation's capital stock of all classes (whether such assets are capital,
surplus or earnings) before any sums shall be paid or any assets distributed
among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series
C Preferred Stock, or Common Stock, an amount equal to the greater of:

                    (1) $60.00 per share of Series D Preferred Stock plus an
amount equal to all Accruing Series D Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not
declared); or

                    (2) the amount per share of Series D Preferred Stock that
would have been payable had each such share been converted to Common Stock
immediately prior to such event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up
pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 hereof plus an amount equal to all
Accruing Series D Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared) (the
preference described in this Section 3a hereafter referred to as the "Series D
Preference").

                 b. SERIES A, B AND C PREFERENCES. After payment of the Series D
Preferences described in Section 3a above, holders of shares of Series C
Preferred, along with the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of
Series B Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the
Corporation available for distribution to holders of the Corporation's capital
stock (whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings) before any sums
shall be paid or any assets distributed among the holders of Common Stock, an
amount equal to the greater of:

                    (1) $6.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock plus an
amount equal to all Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared),
$2.50 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, plus any other dividends declared
but unpaid thereon, and $4.00 per one tenth of a share of Series C Preferred
Stock, plus any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, computed up to and
including the date full payment shall be tendered to the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, as the
case may be, with respect to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or

                    (2) the amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series
B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, that would
have been payable had each such share been converted to Common Stock immediately
prior to such event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to the
provisions of Section 5 hereof plus, in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock
only, an amount equal to all Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not
declared), and, in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, any other dividends declared but unpaid
thereon, computed up to and including the date full payment shall be tendered to
the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series
C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, with respect to such liquidation,
dissolution or winding up.

                 c. INSUFFICIENT ASSETS. If the assets of the Corporation shall
be insufficient to permit the payment in full to holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D
Preferred Stock of the amount thus distributable, then the entire assets of the
Corporation available for such distribution shall be distributed (i) first to

                                       2
<PAGE>

holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, and (ii) following full payment of the
Series D Preference, among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the liquidation
preference for a single share of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock and
one-tenth of a share of Series C Preferred Stock as set forth in this Section
3b; provided, however, no series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive
an amount greater than the liquidation preference for such series provided in
Section 3a or 3b above, as the case may be. After such payment shall have been
made in full to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred
Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock or funds necessary
for such payment shall have been set aside by the Corporation in trust for the
account of holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock so as to be available for
such payment, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to no
further participation in the distribution of the assets of the Corporation and
shall have no further rights of conversion, and the remaining assets available
for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of the Common Stock.

                 d. TREATMENT OF REORGANIZATIONS, CONSOLIDATIONS, MERGERS, AND
SALES OF ASSETS. A reorganization as provided in Section 5h or a consolidation
or merger of the Corporation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Corporation shall be regarded as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the affairs of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 3;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, in any such event, each holder of Series C Preferred
Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall have the right to
elect the benefits of the provisions of Section 5h hereof in lieu of receiving
payment in liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to
this Section 3.

                 e. Distributions Other than Cash. Whenever the distribution
provided for in this Section 3 shall be paid in property other than cash, the
value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

              4. Voting Power.

                 a. SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK. Except as otherwise required by
law, each holder of Series C Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to vote on all
matters and shall be entitled to that number of votes equal to the number of
votes that would be accorded to the largest number of whole shares of Common
Stock into which such holder's shares of Series C Preferred Stock could be
converted, pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, at the record date
for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on such matter or, if no
such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written
consent of shareholders is solicited. Except as otherwise required by law, the
holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series
C Preferred Stock, and Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all
matters.

                 b. SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK. To the extent permitted by the
Oregon Business Corporation Act ("Act"), the Series D Preferred Stock shall have
no voting rights. The Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock,
the Series C Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote as a
class upon any matter that is required under the Act to be submitted to vote of
the Series D Preferred Stock even though such stock is "non-voting."

              5. CONVERSION RIGHTS. The holders of the Series C Preferred Stock
and Series D Preferred Stock shall have the following conversion rights:

                                       3
<PAGE>

                 a. GENERAL. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of
this Section 5, any shares of the Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred
Stock may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time or from time to
time into fully paid and non-assessable shares (calculated as to each conversion
to the largest whole share) of Common Stock, provided, however, shares of Series
D Preferred Stock may not be converted prior to July 3, 1998.

                 b. Conversion Upon Public Offering.

                    (1) All the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock
and Series D Preferred Stock shall, at the option of the Corporation and upon
written notice to the holders thereof given within 10 days prior to the closing
of an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and
sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public at a price
per share of not less than $10.00 (subject to equitable adjustment in the event
of any stock split, combination or similar event affecting the Common Stock) and
in which the aggregate net proceeds to the Corporation exceed $7,500,000, be
converted, effective upon such closing, into the number of shares of Common
Stock to which a holder of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock
shall be entitled upon conversion pursuant to Section 5a hereof. Such conversion
shall occur automatically without any further action by such holders and whether
or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the
Corporation or its transfer agent for the Common Stock. Nothing in this Section
5b, however, shall limit or in any way restrict the rights of the holders of
shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may
be, to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock at any time (but only
after July 7, 1998 in the case of the same) pursuant to Section 5a above.

                    (2) Upon the occurrence of the conversion specified in
Section 5b(1), the holders of such Series C Preferred Stock and Series D
Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the
office of the Corporation or of its transfer agent for the Common Stock.
Thereupon, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder (i) a
certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which
the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the
case may be, surrendered were convertible on the date on which such conversion
occurred; (ii) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock only, cash in the
amount of all unpaid Accruing Series D Dividends on such shares of Series A
Preferred Stock (whether or not declared), (iii) in the case of both the Series
C and Series D Preferred Stock, any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon,
computed up to and including the Conversion Date, and (iv) cash, as provided in
Section 5k, in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock issuable upon
such conversion. The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates
evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion or pay any
of the amounts required to be paid by the Corporation unless certificates
evidencing such shares of the Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred
Stock, as the case may be, being converted are either delivered to the
Corporation or any such transfer agent or the holder notifies the Corporation or
any such transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or
destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify
the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith.


                 c. APPLICABLE CONVERSION RATE. The conversion rate in effect
at any time (the "Conversion Rate") shall be, in the case of both the Series C
and Series D Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing $40.00 by the
Conversion Value, calculated as provided in Section 5d.


                 d. APPLICABLE CONVERSION VALUE. The Conversion Value shall be
$4.00, except that such amount shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance
with this Section 5.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                 e. ADJUSTMENTS TO APPLICABLE CONVERSION VALUE.


                    (1) UPON ISSUANCES OF ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK. If,
while there are any shares of Series C and/or Series D Preferred Stock
outstanding, the Corporation issues or sells any Additional Shares of Common
Stock (as defined below) for a consideration or price per share less than the
then effective Conversion Value, then in such case, the Conversion Value shall,
upon such issuance or sale, except as hereafter provided, be adjusted by
multiplying the then effective Conversion Value by a fraction:

                    (i)  the numerator of which shall be (a) the number of
                         shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
                         such issuance or sale, plus (b) the number of shares of
                         Common Stock which the net aggregate consideration
                         received by the Corporation for the total number of
                         shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued
                         would purchase at the Conversion Value, and

                    (ii) the denominator of which shall be (a) the number of
                         shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
                         such issuance or sale, plus (b) the number of
                         Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued; and the
                         product so obtained shall thereafter be the Conversion
                         Value. The Conversion Value, as so adjusted, shall be
                         readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of
                         each successive sale or issuance.

For  purpose of  calculating  adjustments  to the  Conversion  Value  under this
Section 5e(1),  "Common Stock" shall be deemed to include any class or series of
Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the  Corporation  assuming full conversion of
such Preferred  Stock.  For purposes of this Section 5e(1), the term "Additional
Shares of Common Stock" shall mean all shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock
other than (a) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock, or options  therefor,
to any  directors,  officers,  employees or consultants of the Company under any
stock option or issuance plan adopted by the Company's  Board of Directors,  (b)
any issuance of Common Stock, or options  therefor,  that is approved in writing
by the  holders  of a  majority  of the  shares  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock
outstanding as of the date of such  issuance,  (c) the issuance of any shares of
Common Stock upon the conversion of any Preferred  Stock, or (d) the issuance of
any Common Stock (x) upon the exercise of any options  granted  under (a) or (b)
above, or (y) upon the exercise of any options or warrants outstanding as of the
date the Articles of Amendment to the  Corporation's  Articles of  Incorporation
creating the Series C and Series D Preferred  Stock are filed with the Secretary
of State of the State of Oregon.

                    (2) UPON ISSUANCES OF WARRANTS, OPTIONS OR RIGHTS TO COMMON
STOCK. For the purposes of Section 5e(1), the issuance of any warrants, options,
subscriptions or purchase rights with respect to shares of Common Stock and the
issuance of any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common
Stock (or the issuance of any warrants, options, subscriptions or purchase
rights with respect to such convertible or exchangeable securities) shall be
deemed an issuance at such time of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Net
Consideration Per Share (as hereinafter defined) that may be received by the
Corporation for such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be less than the
Conversion Value at the time of such issuance. Any obligation, agreement or
undertaking to issue warrants, options, subscriptions or purchase rights at any
time in the future shall be deemed to be an issuance at the time of such
obligation, agreement or undertaking is made or arises. No adjustment of the
Conversion Value shall be made under Section 5e(1) upon the issuance of any

                                       5
<PAGE>

shares of Common Stock which are issued pursuant to the exercise of any
warrants, options, subscriptions or purchase rights or pursuant to the exercise
of any conversion or exchange rights in any convertible securities if any
adjustment shall previously have been made upon the issuance of any such
warrants, options, or subscriptions or purchase rights or upon the issuance of
any convertible securities (or upon the issuance of any warrants, options or any
rights therefor) as above provided.

If the Net Consideration Per Share of any such warrants, options, subscriptions
or purchase rights or convertible securities is decreased from time to time,
then, upon the effectiveness of each such change, the Conversion Value shall be
adjusted to the Conversion Value that would have been obtained (a) had the
adjustments made upon the issuance of such warrants, options, rights or
convertible securities been made upon the actual basis of the actual Net
Consideration Per Share of such securities, and (b) had adjustments made to the
Conversion Value since the date of issuance of such securities been made to the
Value as adjusted pursuant to Section 5e(1) above. Any adjustment of the
Conversion Value with respect to Section 5e(1) which relates to warrants,
options, subscriptions or purchase rights with respect to shares of Common Stock
shall be disregarded if, as, and when all such warrants, options, subscriptions
or purchase rights expire or are canceled without being exercised, so that such
Conversion Value effective immediately upon such cancellation or expiration
shall be equal to the Conversion Value in effect at the time of issuance of the
expired or canceled warrants, options, subscriptions or purchase rights, with
such additional adjustments as would have been made to that Conversion Value had
the expired or canceled warrants, options, subscriptions or purchase rights not
been issued.

For purposes of this Section 5e(2), the "Net Consideration Per Share" that may
be received by the Corporation shall be determined as follows;

                    (i)  The "Net Consideration Per Share" shall mean the amount
                         equal to the total amount of consideration, if any,
                         received by the Corporation for the issuance of such
                         warrants, options, subscriptions or purchase rights or
                         convertible or exchangeable securities, plus the
                         minimum amount of consideration, if any, payable to the
                         Corporation upon exercise or conversion thereof,
                         divided by the aggregate number of shares of Common
                         Stock that would be issued if all such warrants,
                         options, subscriptions or other purchase rights or
                         convertible or exchangeable securities were exercised,
                         exchanged or converted.

                    (ii) The "Net Consideration Per Share" that may be received
                         by the Corporation shall be determined in each instance
                         as of the date of issuance of warrants, options,
                         subscriptions, or other purchase rights or convertible
                         or exchangeable securities without giving effect to any
                         possible future adjustments which may be applicable
                         with respect to such warrants, options, subscriptions,
                         or other purchase rights or convertible or exchangeable
                         securities.

                    (3) CONSIDERATION OTHER THAN CASH. For purposes of Section
5e(1), if a part or all of the consideration received by the Corporation in
connection with the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock consists of
property other than cash, such consideration shall be deemed to have a fair
market value as is reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
of the Corporation.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                    (4) EXCEPTIONS. Section 5e(1) shall not apply under any of
the circumstances that would constitute an Extraordinary Common Stock Event (as
defined in Section 5e(5)).

                    (5) EXTRAORDINARY COMMON STOCK EVENT. Upon the happening of
an Extraordinary Common Stock Event (as hereinafter defined), the Conversion
Value shall, simultaneously with the happening of such Extraordinary Common
Stock Event, be adjusted by multiplying the then effective Conversion Value by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately prior to such Extraordinary Common Stock and the
denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after such Extraordinary Common Stock Event, and the product so
obtained shall thereafter be the Conversion Value. The Conversion Value, as so
adjusted, shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of any
successive Extraordinary Common Stock Event or Events. "Extraordinary Common
Stock Event" shall mean the (i) issue of additional shares of the Common Stock
as a dividend or other distribution on outstanding Common Stock, (ii)
subdivision of outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of
shares of the Common Stock, or (iii) combination of outstanding shares of Common
Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock.

                  f. DIVIDENDS. In the event the Corporation shall make or
issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock
entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of
the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock or in assets (excluding cash
dividends or distributions), then and in each such event provision shall be made
so that the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock
shall receive upon conversion thereof in addition to the number of shares of
Common Stock receivable thereupon, the number of securities or such other assets
of the Corporation that they would have received had their Series C Preferred
Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, been converted into
Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the
period from the date of such event to and including the Conversion Date (as that
term is hereafter defined in Section 5j), retained such securities or such other
assets receivable by them during such period, giving application to all
adjustments called for during such period under this Section 5 with respect to
the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred
Stock, as the case may be.

                  g. RECAPITALIZATION OR RECLASSIFICATION. If the Common Stock
issuable upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock or Series D
Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall be changed into the same or different
number of shares of any class or classes of stock of the Corporation, whether by
recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or
combination of shares, stock dividend, reorganization, merger, consolidation or
sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), then and in each such
event the holder of each share of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred
Stock, as the case may be, shall have the right thereafter to convert such share
into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property
receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification or other change by holders
of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series C
Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, might have been
converted immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification or change,
all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

                  h. CAPITAL REORGANIZATION, MERGER OR SALE OF ASSETS. If at any
time or from time to time there shall be a capital reorganization of the Common
Stock (other than a subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of
shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 5) or a merger or consolidation of
the Corporation with or into another corporation or the sale of all or
substantially all of the Corporation's properties and assets to any other
person, then, as a part of such reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale,

                                       7
<PAGE>

provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and
Series D Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion
of the Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be,
the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the
Corporation, or of the successor corporation resulting from such reorganization,
merger, consolidation or sale, to which a holder of the same number of shares of
Common Stock issuable to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock or Series D
Preferred Stock, as the case may be, upon conversion would have been entitled on
such capital reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale. In any such case,
appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of
this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series C
Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, after the
reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale to the end that the provisions of
this Section 5 (including adjustment of the Conversion Value then in effect and
the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock
or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be) shall be applicable after that
event in as nearly equivalent a manner as may be possible.

         Each holder of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock,
upon the occurrence of a capital reorganization, merger or consolidation of the
Corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all the Corporation's assets
and properties as such events are more fully set forth in the first paragraph of
this Section 5h, shall have the option of electing treatment of such holder's
shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may
be, under either this Section 5h and Section 5a or Sections 3a and 3b hereof,
notice of which election shall be submitted in writing to the Corporation at its
principal offices no later than five (5) days before the effective date of such
transaction.

                 i. CERTIFICATE AS TO ADJUSTMENTS. In each case of an adjustment
or readjustment of the Conversion Rate, the Corporation will furnish each holder
of Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, with a certificate
showing such adjustment or readjustment, and stating in reasonable detail the
facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

                 j. EXERCISE OF CONVERSION PRIVILEGE. To exercise a conversion
privilege, a holder of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock
shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the shares being
converted to the Corporation at its principal office, and shall give written
notice to the Corporation at the office that such holder elects to convert such
shares. The certificate or certificates for shares of Series C Preferred Stock
or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, surrendered for conversion
shall be accompanied by proper assignment thereof to the Corporation or in
blank. The date when such written notice is received by the Corporation,
together with the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series
C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, being
converted, is the "Conversion Date." As promptly as practicable after the
Conversion Date, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to the holder of the
shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may
be, being converted, (i) such certificate or certificates as it may request for
the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such
shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may
be, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5, (ii) in the case of the
Series D Preferred Stock only, cash in the amount of all unpaid Accruing Series
D Dividends on such shares of Series D Preferred Stock (whether or not
declared), (iii) in the case of both the Series C and Series D Preferred Stock,
any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, computed up to and including
the Conversion Date, and (iv) cash, as provided in Section 5k, in respect of any
fraction of a share of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion. Such
conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close
of business on the Conversion Date, and at such time the rights of the holder as
holder of the converted shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred
Stock, as the case may be, shall cease and the person or person in whose name or
names any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be

                                       8
<PAGE>

issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or
holders of record of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.

                 k. CASH IN LIEU OF FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares of
Common Stock shall be issued upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred
Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be. Instead of any fractional
shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of
Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, the
Corporation shall pay to the holder of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock or
Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, which were converted a cash
adjustment in respect of such fractional shares in an amount equal to the same
fraction of the market price per share of the Common Stock (as determined in a
reasonable manner prescribed by the Board of Directors) at the close of business
on the Conversion Date. The determination as to whether or not any fractional
shares are issuable shall be based upon the total number of shares of Series C
Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, being converted
at any one time by any holder thereof, not upon each share of Series C Preferred
Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, being converted.

                 l. PARTIAL CONVERSION. In the event some but not all of the
shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may
be, represented by a certificate or certificates surrendered by a holder are
converted, the Corporation shall execute and deliver to the holder a new
certificate representing the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock or
Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, that were not converted.

                 m. RESERVATION OF COMMON STOCK. The Corporation shall at all
times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of
Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares
of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, such number of its
shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the
conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series
D Preferred Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares
of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then
outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock,
the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase
its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as
shall be sufficient for such purposes.

              6. REDEMPTION OF SERIES D SHARES AT OPTION OF THE CORPORATION.

                 a. Subject to the conversion right of the holders of the Series
D Preferred Stock as provided in Section 5a, this Corporation may redeem, from
any source of funds legally available therefor, the Series D Preferred Stock.
The Corporation shall effect such redemptions by paying in cash in exchange for
the shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed a sum equal to $60.00 per
share of the Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends,
combinations or splits with respect to such shares) plus all declared or
accumulated but unpaid dividends on such shares (the "Series D Preferred
Redemption Price").

                 b. As used in this Section 6, the term "Redemption Date" shall
refer to each date determined by the Board of Directors for redemption of shares
of Series D Preferred Stock. At least 15 but no more than 30 days prior to each
Redemption Date written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to
each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next
preceding the day on which notice is given) of the Series D Preferred to be
redeemed, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such
holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected, specifying the
number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, the Redemption Date, the
applicable Series D Preferred Redemption Price, the place at which payment may
be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the
manner and at the place designated, his certificate or certificates representing
the shares to be redeemed (the "Redemption Notice"). Except as provided in

                                       9
<PAGE>

Section 6c, on or after the Redemption Date, each holder of Series D Preferred
Stock to be redeemed shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or
certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated
in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares
shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such
certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered
certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares represented
by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued
representing the unredeemed shares.

                 c. From and after the Redemption Date, unless there shall have
been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of
shares of Series D Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption
Notice as holders of Series D Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the
Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or
certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not
thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be
outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. If the funds of the Corporation legally
available for redemption of shares of Series D Preferred Stock on any Redemption
Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Series D Preferred
Stock to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available may
be used to redeem any portion of such shares ratably among the holders of such
shares to be redeemed based upon their holdings of Series D Preferred Stock, or
the Corporation may elect not to redeem any such shares. The shares of Series D
Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the
rights and preferences provided herein.

                 d. On or prior to each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall
deposit the Redemption Price of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock
designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice and not yet redeemed with a
bank or trust corporation as a trust fund for the benefit of the respective
holders of the shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed, with
instructions and authority to the bank or trust corporation to pay the
Redemption Price for such shares to their respective holders on or after the
Redemption Date upon receipt of notification from the Corporation that such
holder has surrendered his share certificate to the Corporation pursuant to
Section 6b above. As of the Redemption Date, the deposit shall constitute full
payment of the shares to their holders, and from and after the Redemption Date
the shares so called for redemption shall be redeemed and shall be deemed to be
no longer outstanding, and the holders thereof shall cease to be stockholders
with respect to such shares and shall have no rights with respect thereto except
the rights to receive from the bank or trust corporation payment of the
Redemption Price of the shares, without interest, upon surrender of their
certificates therefor. Such instructions shall also provide that any moneys
deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 6d for the redemption of
shares thereafter converted into shares of the Corporation's Common Stock
pursuant to Section 5 hereof prior to the Redemption Date shall be returned to
the Corporation forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any moneys
deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 6d remaining unclaimed at
the expiration of six months following the Redemption Date shall thereafter be
returned to the Corporation upon its request expressed in a resolution of its
Board of Directors.


                                       10




                                                  THIS SPACE FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
Submit the original      CORPORATION DIVISION - BUSINESS REGISTRY
and one true copy $10.00     255 Capitol Street NE, Suite 151            
                                 Salem, OR 97310-1327
REGISTRY NUMBER:          (503) 986-2200 Facsimile (503) 378-4381

302163-80                                                        FILED
- ---------------                                               MAR 06 1998
                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT             OREGON
                              Business Corporation         SECRETARY OF STATE
                  (by Incorporators, Directors or Shareholders)
                    PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT LEGIBLY IN BLACK INK

1.   Name of the corporation prior to amendment:

     OREGON BAKING COMPANY .
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.   State the article number(s) and set forth the article(s) as it is amended
     to read or attach a separate sheet.

     ARTICLE II, SECTION A, SUBSECTION 6E IS DELETED AND REPLACED
     WITH ARTICLE II, SECTION A, SUBSECTION 6E ATTACHED HERETO AS ATTACHMENT A

3.   The amendment(s) was adopted on JANUARY 22, 1998. (If more than one
     amendment was adopted, identify the date of adoption of each amendment.)

4. Check the appropriate statement:

/X/  Shareholder action was required to adopt the amendment(s). The vote was as
     follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Class or series of      Number of shares        Number of votes        Number of votes       Number of votes
        shares               outstanding        entitled to be cast         cast for             cast against
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                          <C>                    <C>                    <C>                      <C>
 Common, Series A and         1,432,203              1,233,621              1,226,621                -0-
  Series B Preferred
    Stock Combined

  Series B Preferred            510,575                395,543                395,543                -0-
        Stock

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

| |  Shareholder action was not required to adopt the amendment(s). The
     amendment(s) was adopted by the board of directors without shareholder
     action.

| |  The corporation has not issued any shares of stock. Shareholder action was
     not required to adopt the amendment(s). The amendment(s) was adopted by the
     incorporators or by the board of directors.

Execution:  /s/ BRAD K. BARNETT     BRAD K. BARNETT           PRESIDENT AND CEO
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
             Signature              Printed Name                          Title

Person to contact about this filing:   BRENDAN R. MCDONNELL         503/802-2054
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                        Name                Daytime phone number

MAKE CHECKS PAYABLE TO THE CORPORATION DIVISION OR INCLUDE YOUR VISA OR
MASTERCARD NUMBER AND EXPIRATION DATE   -   -   -       / . SUBMIT THE COMPLETED
                                      -------------- -----
FORM AND FEE TO THE ABOVE ADDRESS OR FAX TO (503) 378-4381


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II
                                       OF
                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                dba MARSEE BAKING
                                  (as Amended)


                                   ARTICLE II.

                                  Capital Stock

         A. PREFERRED STOCK

                                    * * * * *

            6. Conversion Rights.
               -----------------

                                    * * * * *

               e. Adjustments to Applicable Conversion Value.
                  ------------------------------------------

                  (1) UPON ISSUANCES OF ADDITIONAL  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.  If,
while  there  are any  shares  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock  outstanding,  the
Corporation  issues or sells any  Additional  Shares of Common Stock (as defined
below)  for a  consideration  or price  per share  less than the then  effective
Series B Applicable Conversion Value, then in such case, the Series B Applicable
Conversion  Value  shall,  upon  such  issuance  or sale,  except  as  hereafter
provided,  be adjusted by  multiplying  the then  effective  Series B Applicable
Conversion Value by a fraction:

                    (i)  the  numerator  of  which  shall be (a) the  number  of
                         shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
                         such issuance or sale, plus (b) the number of shares of
                         Common  Stock  which  the net  aggregate  consideration
                         received  by the  Corporation  for the total  number of
                         shares of  Additional  Shares of Common Stock so issued
                         would  purchase at the Series B  Applicable  Conversion
                         Value, and

                    (ii) the  denominator  of which  shall be (a) the  number of
                         shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
                         such   issuance  or  sale,   plus  (b)  the  number  of
                         Additional  Shares of Common  Stock so issued;  and the
                         product so obtained  shall  thereafter  be the Series B
                         Applicable  Conversion  Value.  The Series B Applicable
                         Conversion  Value, as so adjusted,  shall be readjusted
                         in  the  same  manner  upon  the   happening   of  each
                         successive  sale or issuance.  No  adjustment  shall be
                         made  under  this   Section   6e(1)  to  the  Series  A
                         Conversion   Value  upon  the   issuance   or  sale  of
                         Additional Shares of Common Stock.

                                            Articles of Amendment - Attachment A
                                                                               1
<PAGE>

For purpose of  calculating  adjustments  to the Series B Applicable  Conversion
Value under this Section  6e(1),  "Common  Stock" shall be deemed to include any
class or series of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the  Corporation  assuming
full conversion of such Preferred Stock. For purposes of this Section 6e(1), the
term  "Additional  Shares of Common Stock" shall mean all shares of Common Stock
or Preferred Stock other than (a) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock, or
options therefor,  to any directors,  officers,  employees or consultants of the
Company under any stock option or issuance  plan adopted by the Company's  Board
of  Directors,  (b) the  issuance  of any  shares of Common  Stock,  or  options
therefor, that is approved in writing by the holders of a majority of the shares
of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding as of the date of such issuance, (c) the
issuance  of any shares of Common  Stock upon the  conversion  of any  Preferred
Stock,  or (d) the issuance of any Common Stock upon the exercise of any options
granted  under (a) or (b) above or upon the  exercise of any options or warrants
outstanding  as of the date  the  Articles  of  Amendment  to the  Corporation's
Articles of  Incorporation  creating the Series B Preferred Stock are filed with
the Secretary of State of the State of Oregon.

                                    * * * * *




                                            Articles of Amendment - Attachment A
                                                                               2


[SEAL    Phone: (503) 986-2200
OF THE    Fax: (503) 378-4381    ARTICLES/CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION-ALL ENTITIES
         =======================================================================
STATE    Secretary of State                                  For office use only
 OF      Corporation Division
OREGON]  255 Capital St. NE, Suite 151                          FILED
         Salem, OR  97310-1327                               JUN 03 1998
                                                               OREGON
Registry Number: 302163-86                               SECRETARY OF STATE
                 -----------

Attach Additional Sheet if Necessary 
Please Type or Print Legibly in Black Ink
================================================================================

1)  NAME OF ENTITY  Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
    NOTE: The Change of Registered Agent or Office form must be used to change
    the registered agent
================================================================================

2)  DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION (Describe the document to be corrected, including the
    date on which it was filed, or attach a copy of the document to be
    corrected)
    Articles of Amendment-Certificate of Designation of Series C Convertible 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Preferred Stock and Series D Convertible and Redeemable Preferred Stock - 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    file date 1/7/98
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

3)  INCORRECT STATEMENT (Describe the incorrect statement and indicate the
    reason it is incorrect)

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
       SEE ATTACHMENT
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

4)  CORRECTION (The incorrect statement is corrected to read as follows. Attach
    additional sheets if necessary)

    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    SEE ATTACHMENT
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
================================================================================

5)  EXECUTION

    Signature: /s/ Brad Barnett
              ----------------------------------------
    Printed Name: Brad Barnett
                 -------------------------------------
    Title: President and CEO
          --------------------------------------------
    Date:
         ---------------------------------------------

================================================================================

6)  CONTACT NAME                    DAYTIME PHONE NUMBER

    Brendan R. McDonnell            503/802-2054
    --------------------------      -----------------------

                                                --------------------------------
                                                             FEES
                                                --------------------------------

                                                Make check for $10 payable to
                                                    "Corporation Division"

                                                NOTE: Filing fees may be paid
                                                with VISA or MasterCard. The
                                                card number and expiration date
                                                should be submitted on a
                                                separate sheet for
                                                your protections
                                                --------------------------------

CR133 (Rev. 5/96)

<PAGE>

Articles of Correction-All Entities (Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking)
continuted

Item 3.

                 2. DIVIDENDS. The holders of shares of the Series D Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor,
dividends at the rate per annum of $4.20 per share (the "Accruing Series D
Dividends"). Accruing Series D Dividends shall accrue from day-to-day, whether
or not earned or declared, and shall be cumulative. Accruing Series D Dividends
shall accrue but not be paid during 1998 or 1999. On a quarterly basis, Accruing
Series D Dividends from 1998 and 1999 shall be paid during 2000 out of funds
legally available therefor. AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER OF SERIES D PREFERRED
STOCK OR THE COMPANY, THE SERIES D ACCRUING DIVIDENDS MAY BE PAID IN THE FORM OF
SHARES OF SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK VALUED AT $6.00 PER SHARE (REGARDLESS OF THE
FAIR MARKET VALUE OF SUCH SHARES AT THE TIME THE DIVIDEND IS DECLARED BY THE
COMPANY'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NO MORE THAN AN AGGREGATE OF
5,840 SHARES OF THE COMPANY'S SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK MAY BE ISSUED IN LIEU OF
CASH TO SATISFY THE SERIES D ACCRUING DIVIDENDS. The holders of shares of Series
C Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to accruing dividends.

REASON FOR MISTAKE: The dollar figure in the sentence which has been placed in
bold was mistakenly typed as $6.00, not $60.00 as it should have been.


Item 4.

                 2. DIVIDENDS. The holders of shares of the Series D Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor,
dividends at the rate per annum of $4.20 per share (the "Accruing Series D
Dividends"). Accruing Series D Dividends shall accrue from day-to-day, whether
or not earned or declared, and shall be cumulative. Accruing Series D Dividends
shall accrue but not be paid during 1998 or 1999. On a quarterly basis, Accruing
Series D Dividends from 1998 and 1999 shall be paid during 2000 out of funds
legally available therefor. AT THE OPTION OF THE HOLDER OF SERIES D PREFERRED
STOCK OR THE COMPANY, THE SERIES D ACCRUING DIVIDENDS MAY BE PAID IN THE FORM OF
SHARES OF SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK VALUED AT $60.00 PER SHARE (REGARDLESS OF THE
FAIR MARKET VALUE OF SUCH SHARES AT THE TIME THE DIVIDEND IS DECLARED BY THE
COMPANY'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NO MORE THAN AN AGGREGATE OF
5,840 SHARES OF THE COMPANY'S SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK MAY BE ISSUED IN LIEU OF
CASH TO SATISFY THE SERIES D ACCRUING DIVIDENDS. The holders of shares of Series
C Preferred Stock shall NOT be entitled to accruing dividends.


                                                                   FILED
302163-86                      ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT            OCT 07 1998
                                       TO                          OREGON
                        AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION     SECRETARY OF STATE
                            OF OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                            DBA MARSEE BAKING COMPANY


         Pursuant to ORS 60.437, the undersigned corporation hereby submits for
filing the following articles of amendment to its articles of incorporation.

         1. The name of the corporation is Oregon Baking Company.

         2. Shareholder action is required to adopt the amendment. The
Shareholder vote was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Voting Group              Common Stock           Series A, Series        Series C               Series D
Entitled to Vote          & Series A,            B, & Series C           Preferred Stock        Preferred Stock
on Amendment              Series B, Series       Preferred Stock
                          C, & Series D
                          Preferred Stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                    <C>                     <C>                    <C>   
Number of                 1,534,945                649,317                86,075                 16,667
combined shares
outstanding
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of                 2,497,859              1,457,859               883,318                171,039
combined votes 
entitled to be cast
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of votes           2,069,187              1,047,403               761,454                171,039
cast FOR
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of votes             147,187                147,187                     0                      0
cast AGAINST
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


         3. Section 1, Section 3.b(1) and Sections 5.c and 5.d of the
         Certificate of Designation of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and
         Series D Convertible and Redeemable Preferred Stock as amended are
         attached hereto as Attachment A.

         4. The amendment was adopted on September 10, 1998.

                                      OREGON BAKING COMPANY


                                      By: /s/ Brad Barnett
                                          ---------------------------------
                                          Brad Barnett, President

         The person to contact about this filing is Darcy Norville at 802-2036.
<PAGE>

                                                                    ATTACHMENT A


1. SERIES C AND SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. 168,000 shares
of the Corporation's authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated as the
Series C Preferred Stock (the "Series C Preferred Stock") and 22,507 shares of
the Corporation's authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated as the Series
D Preferred Stock ("Series D Preferred Stock").

3.b. SERIES A, B AND C PREFERENCES.


     (1)  $6.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock plus an amount equal to
          all Accruing Dividends unpaid thereon (whether or not declared), $2.50
          per share of Series B Preferred Stock, plus any other dividends
          declared but unpaid thereon, and $3.25 per one tenth of a share of
          Series C Preferred Stock, plus any other dividends declared but unpaid
          thereon, computed up to and including the date full payment shall be
          tendered to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
          Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, with
          respect to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or

5.   CONVERSION RIGHTS.

     c.   APPLICABLE CONVERSION RATE. The conversion rate in effect at any time
          (the "Conversion Rate") shall be, in the case of both the Series C and
          Series D Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing $32.50 by
          the Conversion Value, calculated as provided in Section 5d. 

     d.   APPLICABLE CONVERSION VALUE. The Conversion Value shall be $3.25,
          except that such amount shall be adjusted from time to time in
          accordance with this Section 5.




















                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT               FILED
                                       TO                      MAR 16 1999
                        AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION        OREGON
                            OF OREGON BAKING COMPANY       SECRETARY OF STATE
                            DBA MARSEE BAKING COMPANY


         Pursuant to ORS 60.437, the undersigned corporation hereby submits for
filing the following articles of amendment to its articles of incorporation.

         1. The name of the corporation is Oregon Baking Company.

         2. Shareholder action is required to adopt the amendment. The
         Shareholder vote was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Voting Group              Common Stock         Series A,      Series B       Series C       Series D
Entitled to Vote on        & Series A,          Preferred      Preferred      Preferred      Preferred
Amendment                 Series B and         Stock          Stock          Stock          Stock
                          Series C
                          Preferred Stock
- ------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>   
Number of combined        1,792,324            52,667         510,575          129,121       16,667
shares outstanding
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of combined        3,005,675            52,667         522,808        1,330,239      171,707
votes entitled to be
cast
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of votes           2,192,818            34,417         267,842        1,052,912      171,707
cast FOR
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of votes cast              0                 0               0               0             0
AGAINST
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         3. The first paragraph of the Amended Article of Incorporation, Section
         s6.b and 6.c of Article II of the Amended Articles of Incorporation
         creating the Series B Preferred Stock and Sections, 5.6 and 5.c of the
         Certificate of Designation of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and
         Series D Convertible and Redeemable Preferred Stock, as amended, are
         attached hereto as Attachment A.

         4. The amendment was adopted on February 24, 1999.

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY


                              By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                  ----------------------------
                                  Howard Wasserteil, Secretary



         The person to contact about this filing is Darcy Norville at 802-2036.


                                        1
<PAGE>


                                  ATTACHMENT A


THE FIRST PARAGRAPH OF THE AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION:

                  The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock
         which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 16,000,000
         shares, consisting of 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock with no par
         value (the "Common Stock") and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock with
         no par value (the "Preferred Stock").

SECTIONS 6.B AND 6.C OF ARTICLE II OF THE AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION,
CREATING SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK:

         6.b.     Conversion Upon Public Offering.
                  (1) The provisions of Section 6a notwithstanding ,all the
         outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred
         Stock shall, automatically upon the closing of a firmly underwritten
         public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under
         the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of
         Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public be
         converted, effective upon such closing, into the number of shares of
         Common Stock to which a holder of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B
         Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon conversion pursuant to Section
         6a hereof. Such conversion shall occur automatically without any
         further action by such holders and whether or not the certificates
         representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its
         transfer agent for the Common Stock. Nothing in this Section 6b
         however, shall limit or in any way restrict the rights of the holders
         of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, as
         the case may be, to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock at
         any time prior to such underwritten public offering pursuant to Section
         6a immediately above.

                  (3) Effective upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of
         the Corporation's Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock
         into Common Stock as provided in Section 6b(1), the shares so converted
         shall be retired and, thereafter, shall not be issuable by the
         Corporation.

SECTIONS 5.B AND 5.C OF THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF SERIES C AND SERIES D
PREFERRED STOCK:

                  5.b.     Conversion Upon Public Offering.

                  (1) All the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock and
         Series D Preferred Stock shall, automatically upon the closing of a
         firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective
         registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
         covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the
         Corporation to the public be converted, effective upon such closing,
         into the number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series C
         Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled upon
         conversion pursuant to Section 5a hereof. Such conversion shall occur
         automatically without any further action by such holders and whether or
         not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the
         Corporation or its transfer agent for the Common Stock. Nothing in this
         Section 5b, however, shall limit or in any way restrict the rights of
         the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred
         Stock, as the case may be, to convert such shares into shares of Common
         Stock at any time prior to such underwritten public offering pursuant
         to Section 5a above.


                  (2) Upon the occurrence of the conversion specified in Section
         5a, the holders of such Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred
         Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the
         office of the Corporation or of its transfer agent for the Common
         Stock. Thereupon, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such
         holder (i) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of
         Common Stock into which the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock or
         Series D Preferred Stock, as the case may be, surrendered were
         convertible on the date on which such conversion occurred; (ii) in the
         case of the Series D Preferred Stock only, a certificate or
         certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the
         number of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock payable as accrued
         dividends valued at $60.00 per share are convertible on the date on
         which such conversion occurred, (iii) in the case of both the Series C
         and Series D Preferred Stock, any other dividends declared but unpaid
         thereon, computed up to and including the Conversion Date, and (iv)


                                       2
<PAGE>

         cash, as provided in Section 5, in respect of any fraction of a share
         of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion. The Corporation shall
         not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common
         Stock issuable upon such conversion or pay any of the amounts required
         to be paid by the Corporation unless certificates evidencing such
         shares of the Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, as
         the case may be, being converted are either delivered to the
         Corporation or any such transfer agent or the holder notifies the
         Corporation or any such transfer agent that such certificates have been
         lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the
         Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it
         in connection therewith.

                  (3) Effective upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of
         the Corporation's Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock
         into Common Stock as provided in Section 5b(1), the shares so converted
         shall be retired and, thereafter, shall not be issuable by the
         Corporation.


                                       3



                              [PROPOSED]
                      AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

                                  OF

                         OREGON BAKING COMPANY

                                * * * *
                               ARTICLE I

                             SHAREHOLDERS
                             ------------


             1.1 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the shareholders of
Oregon Baking Company (the "Corporation") shall be held on the last Friday in
the month of April in each year, unless a different date and time are fixed by
the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. If the day fixed
for the annual meeting is a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next
succeeding business day. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the time
stated herein shall not affect the validity of any corporate action.

                 (a) The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of that
officer, such other officer of the corporation as shall be designated by the
Board of Directors, shall call the annual meeting to order and shall act as
presiding officer thereof. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors
prior to the meeting, the presiding officer shall also have the authority in his
or her sole discretion to regulate the conduct of the annual meeting, including,
without limitation, by imposing restrictions on the persons (other than
shareholders of the corporation or their proxies) who may attend the meeting.

                 (b) At the annual meeting of the shareholders, only such
matters as shall have been properly brought before the meeting shall be
considered and acted upon. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, a
matter must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement
thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise
properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a
shareholder (A) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of
notice for such meeting and on the record date for the determination of
shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (B) who complies with the
notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.1.

                 (c) In addition to any other applicable requirements,
including, without limitation, requirements relating to solicitations of proxies
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), for
any matter to be properly brought before the annual meeting by a shareholder,
the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in the proper written form
to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a shareholder notice must be
received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 60
days prior to the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting of
shareholders. To be in proper written form a shareholder's notice must set forth
as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting


BYLAWS - Page 1
<PAGE>

(i) a brief description of the matter proposed to be brought before the annual
meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such shareholder, (iii) the class
or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are
owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder, and (iv) any material
interest of the shareholder in the matter. Information that is required to be
provided in connection with shareholder nominations for election of directors is
specified in Section 2.15 of these Bylaws. Nothing in this Section 1.1 shall
limit or otherwise restrict the Chairman, or such other officer designated by
the Board of Directors, from refusing to allow a shareholder matter to be
brought before the annual meeting of the shareholders that may properly be
excluded under Exchange Act Rule 14a-8 and that (u) is not a proper subject for
action by shareholders; (v) would, if implemented require the corporation to
violate state or federal law; (w) relates to a personal claim or grievance of a
shareholder; (x) deals with matters relating to the conduct of the ordinary
business operations of the corporation; (y) is not significantly related to the
corporation's business; (z) relates to a proposal that the corporation lacks the
power or authority to implement; or (aa) that may otherwise be excluded under
state law.

                 (d) No other matter shall be considered or acted upon at an
annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 1.1. The presiding officer at any annual meeting shall determine whether
any matter was properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the
provisions of this section. If the presiding officer should determine that any
matter has not been properly brought before the meeting, he or she shall so
declare at the meeting and any such matter shall not be considered or acted
upon.

                 (e) Nothing in this Section 1.1 shall require the corporation
to include any shareholder proposal in the notice of meeting or proxy materials
for the annual meeting, except as otherwise required by the Exchange Act and
rules thereunder.

             1.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders may be
called by the President or by the Board of Directors and shall be called by the
President (or in the event of absence, incapacity or refusal of the President,
by the Secretary or any other officer) at the request of the holders of not less
than one-tenth of all the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote
at the meeting. The requesting shareholders shall sign, date and deliver to the
Secretary a written demand describing the purpose or purposes for holding the
special meeting.

             1.3 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held
at the principal business office of the corporation or at such other place,
within or without the State of Oregon, as may be determined by the Board of
Directors.

             1.4 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice stating the date, time and
place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called shall be mailed to each shareholder
entitled to vote at the meeting to the shareholder's address shown in the
corporation's current record of shareholders, with postage thereon prepaid, not
less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

             1.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE. A shareholder may at any time waive any
notice required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The
waiver must be in writing, be signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice


BYLAWS - Page 2
<PAGE>

and be delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the minutes for filing with
the corporate records. A shareholder's attendance at a meeting waives objection
to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at
the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting
business at the meeting. The shareholder's attendance also waives object to
consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the
purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder
objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

             1.6 RECORD DATE.

                 (a) For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to
notice of a shareholders' meeting, to demand a special meeting or to vote or to
take any other action, the Board of Directors of the corporation may fix a
future date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such
date in any case to be not more than 70 days before the meeting or action
requiring a determination of shareholders. The record date shall be the same for
all voting groups.

                 (b) A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at a shareholders' meeting is effective for any adjournment of the meeting
unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the
meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the
original meeting.

                 (c) If a court orders a meeting adjourned to a date more than
120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting, it may provide that the
original record date continue in effect or it may fix a new record date.

             1.7 SHAREHOLDERS' LIST FOR MEETING. After fixing a record date for
a meeting, the Secretary of the corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list
of the names of all its shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders'
meeting. The list must be arranged by voting group and within each voting group
by class or series of shares and show the address of and number of shares held
by each shareholder. The shareholders' list must be available for inspection by
any shareholder, beginning two business days after notice of the meeting is
given for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting, at the
corporation's principal office or at a place identified in the meting [sic]
notice in the city where the meeting will be held. The corporation shall make
the shareholders' list available at the meeting, and any shareholder or the
shareholder's agent or attorney is entitled to inspect the list at any time
during the meeting or any adjournment. Refusal or failure to prepare or make
available the shareholder's list does not affect the validity of action taken at
the meeting.

             1.8 QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT. Shares entitled to vote as a separate
voting group may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum of those
shares exists with respect to that matter. A majority of the votes entitled to
be cast on the matter by the voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting
group for action on that matter. A majority of shares represented at the
meeting, although less than a quorum, may adjourn the meeting from time to time
to a different time and place without further notice to any shareholder of any

BYLAWS - Page 3
<PAGE>

adjournment; provided, however, that if the meeting is adjourned more than 120
days after the originally scheduled meeting date, then a new notice of the
meeting shall be required. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is
present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the
meeting originally held. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a
meeting, it shall be deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the
meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is set
for the adjourned meeting.

             1.9 VOTING REQUIREMENTS; ACTION WITHOUT MEETING; MEETING BY
                 TELEPHONE CONFERENCE.

                 (a) If a quorum exists, action on a matter, other than the
election of directors, is approved if the votes cast by the shares entitled to
vote favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless a
greater number of affirmative votes is required by law or the Articles of
Incorporation.

                 (b) Action required or permitted by law to be taken at a
shareholders' meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by
all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be
evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by
all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action and delivered to the
corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.
Action taken under this section is effective when the last shareholder signs the
consent, unless the consent specified an earlier or later effective date. If the
law requires that notice of proposed action be given to nonvoting shareholders
and the action is to be taken by unanimous consent of the voting shareholders,
the corporation must give its nonvoting shareholders written notice of the
proposed action at least 10 days before the action is taken, the notice must
contain or be accompanied by the same material that, under the Oregon Business
Corporation Act, would have been required to be sent to nonvoting shareholders
in a notice of meeting at which the proposed action would have been submitted to
the shareholders for action.

                 (c) Shareholder meetings by conference telephone or similar
communications equipment may be held in the manner and with the effect provided
for in the Oregon Business Corporation Act.

             1.10 Proxies.

                 (a) A shareholder may vote shares in person or by proxy by
signing an appointment, either personally or by the shareholder's
attorney-in-fact. An appointment of a proxy shall be effective when received by
the Secretary or other officer of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes.
An appointment is valid for 11 months unless a longer period is provided in the
appointment form. An appointment is revocable by the shareholder unless the
appointment form conspicuously states that it is irrevocable and the appointment
is coupled with an interest that has not been extinguished.

                 (b) The death or incapacity of the shareholders appointing a
proxy shall not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's
authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the Secretary


BYLAWS - Page 4
<PAGE>

or other officer authorized to tabulated votes before the proxy exercises the
proxy's authority under the appointment.


             1.11 CORPORATION'S ACCEPTANCE OF VOTES.

                 (a) If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy
appointment corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting
in good faith, is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver or proxy
appointment and give it effect as the act of the shareholder. (b) If the name
signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment does not correspond to
the name of its shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is
nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment
and give it effect as the act of the shareholder if:

                     (i) The shareholder is an entity and the name signed
purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity;

                     (ii) The name signed purports to be that of an
administrator, executor, guardian or conservator representing the shareholder
and, if the corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the
corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver or
proxy appointment;

                     (iii) The name signed purports to be that of a receiver or
trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests,
evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with
respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment;

                     (iv) The name signed purports to be that of a pledgee,
beneficial owner or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the corporation
requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the signatory's authority to
sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent,
waiver or proxy appointment; or

                     (v) Two or more persons are the shareholder as covenants or
fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of the
co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all
co-owners.

                 (c) The corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent,
waiver or proxy appointment if the Secretary or other officer or agent
authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for
doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatory's
authority to sign for the shareholder.

                 (d) The shares of a corporation are not entitled to vote if
they are owned, directly or indirectly, by a second corporation, and the first


BYLAWS - Page 5
<PAGE>

corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares entitled to
vote for directors of the second corporation, but a corporation may vote any
shares, including its own shares, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

                 (e) The corporation and its officer or agent who accepts or
rejects a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment in good faith and in
accordance with the standards of this provision are not liable in damages to the
shareholder for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection. Corporate
action based on the acceptance or rejection of a vote, consent, waiver or proxy
appointment under this provision is valid unless a court of competent
jurisdiction determines otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                               ------------------

             2.1 DUTIES OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS. All corporate powers shall be
exercised by or under the authority of and the business and affairs of the
corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.


             2.2 NUMBER, ELECTION AND QUALIFICATION. The number of directors of
the corporation shall be at least one (1). The number of directors shall
initially be fixed by the incorporator of the corporation, and thereafter, the
number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the shareholders or the
Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted at a meeting of shareholders
or the Board of Directors. The directors shall hold office until the next annual
meeting of shareholders, unless the terms are staggered in accordance with the
Articles of Incorporation, and until their successors shall have been elected
and qualified, until earlier death, resignation or removal or until there is a
decrease in the number of directors. If the Board of Directors is classified,
except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, directors so
elected shall hold office until the third annual meeting following their
election and until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified or until
their earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be residents of
the State of Oregon or shareholders of the corporation. A decrease in the number
of directors shall not shorten the term of any incumbent director.

             2.3 REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the
same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders. The Board of Directors may
provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State
of Oregon, for the holding of additional regular meetings without notice other
than the resolution.


             2.4 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by or at the request of the President or by a majority of the
directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the
Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of
Oregon, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors
called by them.


BYLAWS - Page 6
<PAGE>

             2.5 NOTICE. Notice of the date, time and place of any special
meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given at lest two days prior to the
meeting by any means provided by law. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to be
given upon deposit in the United States mail addressed to the director at the
director's business address, with postage thereon prepaid. If by telegram,
notice shall be deemed to be given when the telegram is delivered to the
telegraph company. Notice by all other means shall be deemed to be given when
received by the director or a person at the director's business or residential
address whom the person giving notice reasonably believes will deliver or report
the notice to the director within 24 hours. The attendance of a director at a
meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a
director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, or the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the
notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

             2.6 WAIVER OF NOTICE. A director may at any time waive any notice
required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Unless a
director attends or participates in a meeting, a waiver must be in writing, must
be signed by the director entitled to notice, must specify the meeting or which
notice is waived and must be filed with the minutes or corporate records.

             2.7 QUORUM; MAJORITY VOTE. A majority of the number of directors
fixed by or in accordance with Section 2.2 of this Article II shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum
is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless a different number
is provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

             2.8 MEETING BY TELEPHONE CONFERENCE; ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                 (a) Members of the Board of directors may hold a board meeting
by conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in
such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

                 (b) Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the
directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing
setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by all of the directors
entitled to vote on the matter. The action shall be effective on the date when
the last signature is placed on the consent or at such earlier or later time as
is set forth therein. Such consent, which shall have the same effect as a
unanimous vote of the directors, shall be filed with the minutes of the
corporation.

                 2.9 VACANCIES. Any vacancy, including a vacancy resulting from
an increase in the number of directors, occurring on the Board of Directors may
be filled by the shareholders, the Board of Directors or the affirmative vote of
a majority of the remaining directors if less than a quorum of the Board of
Directors or by a sole remaining director. If the vacant office is filled by the
shareholders and was held by a director elected by a voting group of


BYLAWS - Page 7
<PAGE>

shareholders, then only the holders of shares of that voting group are entitled
to vote to fill the vacancy. Any directorship not so filled by the directors
shall be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of
shareholders called for that purpose. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall
be elected to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until a
successor shall be elected and qualified. A vacancy that will occur at a
specific late date, by reason of a resignation or otherwise, may be filled
before the vacancy occurs, and the new director shall take office when the
vacancy occurs.

             2.10 COMPENSATION. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the
directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of
the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each
meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such
payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

             2.11 PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director of the corporation who is
present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of
Directors shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken (a) unless the
director's dissent to the action is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b)
unless a written dissent to the action is filed with the person acting as the
secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or forwarded by
certified or registered mail to the Secretary of the corporation immediately
after the adjournment of the meeting or (c) unless the director objects at the
meeting to the holding of the meeting or transacting business at the meeting.
The right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of the
action.

             2.12 DIRECTOR CONFLICT OF INTEREST.

                 (a) A transaction in which a director of the corporation has a
direct or indirect interest shall be valid notwithstanding the director's
interest in the transaction if the material facts of the transaction and the
director's interest are disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or a
committee thereof and it authorizes, approves or ratifies the transaction by a
vote or consent sufficient for the purpose without counting the votes or
consents of directors with direct or indirect interest in the transaction; or
the material facts of the transaction and the director's interest are disclosed
or known to shareholders entitled to vote and they, voting as a single group,
authorize, approve or ratify the transaction by a majority vote; or the
transaction is fair to the corporation.

                 (b) A conflict of interest transaction may be authorized,
approved, or ratified if it receives the affirmative vote of a majority of
directors who have no direct or indirect interest in the transaction. If such a
majority of directors vote to authorize, approve or ratify the transaction, a
quorum is present for the purpose of taking action.

                 (c) A conflict of interest transaction may be authorized,
approved or ratified by a majority vote of shareholders entitled to vote
thereon. Shares owned by or voted under the control of a director or an entity
controlled by a director who has a director or indirect interest in the
transaction are entitled to vote with respect to a conflict of interest


BYLAWS - Page 8
<PAGE>

transaction. A majority of the shares, whether or not present, that are entitled
to be counted in a vote on the transaction constitutes a quorum for the purpose
of authorizing, approving or ratifying the transaction.

                 (d) A director has an indirect interest in a transaction if
another entity in which the director has a material financial interest or in
which the director is a general partner is a party to the transaction or another
entity of which the director is a director, officer or trustee is a party to the
transaction and the transaction is or should be considered by the Board of
Directors of the corporation.

             2.13 REMOVAL. The shareholders may remove one or more directors
with our without cause at a meeting called expressly for that purpose, unless
the Articles of Incorporation provide for removal for cause only. If a director
is elected by a voting group of shareholders, only those shareholders may
participate in the vote to remove the director.


             2.14 RESIGNATION. Any director may resign by delivering written
notice to the Board of Directors, its chairperson or the corporation. Such
resignation shall be effective (a) on receipt, (b) five days after its deposit
in the United States mails, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed, or (c)
on the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by addressee, unless
the notice specified a later effective date. Once delivered, a notice of
resignation is irrevocable unless revocation is permitted by the Board of
Directors.

             2.15 NOMINATION OF DIRECTORS. (a) Only persons who are nominated in
accordance with the procedures in this Section 2.15 shall be eligible for
election as directors. If the presiding officer at an annual meeting of the
shareholders determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this Section 2.15, the presiding officer shall declare
to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination
shall be disregarded. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of
Directors may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders: (i) by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors; or (ii) by any shareholder of the
corporation (A) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of
notice provided for in this Section 2.15 and on the record date for the
determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (B) who
complies with the notice procedures in this Section 2.15. In addition to any
other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder,
such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to
the Secretary. 

                 (b) To be timely, a shareholder's notice must be received by
the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less
than 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting of
shareholders.

                 (c) To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the
Secretary must: (i) set forth as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to
nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and
residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of
the nominee, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of
the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the nominee, and


BYLAWS - Page 9
<PAGE>

(D) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be
disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in
connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to
Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder; and (ii) set forth as to the shareholder giving the notice (A) the
name and record address of such shareholder, (B) the class or series and number
of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of
record by such shareholder, (C) a description of all arrangements or
understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other
person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination or
nominations are to be made by such shareholder, (D) a representation that such
shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to
nominate the persons named in the notice and (E) any other information relating
to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement
or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies
for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by
a signed written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee
and to serve as a director if elected.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS
                                    --------

             3.1 ENUMERATION. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a
President and a Secretary and such other officers with such other titles as the
Board of Directors shall determine, including without limitation a Chairman of
the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, a Treasurer, and one or more Vice
Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of
Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate, and, if
authorized by the Board, a duly appointed officer may appoint one or more
officers or assistant officers.

             3.2 ELECTION. The President and Secretary shall be elected annually
by the board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of
stockholders. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such
meeting or at any other meeting.

             3.3 QUALIFICATION. No officer need be a director, stockholder or
Oregon resident. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

             3.4 TENURE. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his
successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the
vote choosing or appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or
removal.

             3.5 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. An officer may resign at any time by
delivering notice to the corporation. A resignation is effective on receipt
unless the notice specified a later effective date. If the corporation accepts a
specified later effective date the Board of Directors may fill the pending


BYLAWS - Page 10
<PAGE>

vacancy before the effective date but the successor may not take office until
the effective date. Once delivered, a notice of resignation is irrevocable
unless revocation is permitted by the Board of Directors. Any officer appointed
by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time with or without cause.
Appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Removal or
resignation of an officer shall not affect the contract rights, if any, of the
corporation or the officer.

             3.6 VACANCIES. The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy
occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave
unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of
President and Secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired
term of his predecessor and until his successor is elected and qualified, or
until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

             3.7 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. If the
Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall, when present,
president at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall perform such
duties and possess such powers as are usually vested in the office of the
Chairman of the Board or as may be vested in him by the Board of Directors. If
the Board of Directors appoints a Vice-Chairman of the Board, he shall, in the
absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and
exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and shall perform such other
duties and possess such other powers as may from time to time be vested in him
by the Board of Directors.

             3.8 PRESIDENT. The President shall be the chief executive officer
of the corporation. The President shall, subject to the direction of the board
of Directors, have general supervision and control of the business of the
corporation. Unless otherwise provided by the directors, he shall preside at all
meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors (except as provided
in Section 3.7 above). The President shall perform such other duties and shall
have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time
prescribe.

             3.9 VICE PRESIDENTS. Any Vice President shall perform such duties
and posses such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time
to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of
the President, the Vice president (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice
Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the
duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and
be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors
may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior
Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

             3.10 SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIes. The Secretary shall
perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the
president may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall
perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the
secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of
all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to
attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record
of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders


BYLAWS - Page 11
<PAGE>

and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate record and the
corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

         Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such
powers as the board of Directors, the President or the Secretary may from time
to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of
the secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the
Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall
perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

         In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any
meeting of stockholders or directors,  the person presiding at the meeting shall
designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

             3.11 TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. If the Board of Directors
appoints a Treasurer, he shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as
may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of Directors or the
President. In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such
powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation
the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of
the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in
accordance with these Bylaws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of
Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by
the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial
condition of the corporation.

         Any Assistant Treasurer shall perform such duties and possess such
powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer may from time
to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of
the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the
assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall
perform the duties ad exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

             3.12 SALARIES. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from
time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from
receiving such salary because the officer is also a director of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                      COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                      ------------------------------------

             4.1 GENERAL. The Board of Directors may, by resolution or
resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, from time to
time appoint such committees as may be permitted by law. Each committee shall
consist of two or more members of the Board of Directors who shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors. Article II these Bylaws governing meetings,
actions without meeting, notice and waiver of notice, and quorum and voting
requirements of the Board of Directors apply to committees and their members as
well. Each committee shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be
prescribed by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors and these
Bylaws. Each committee shall keep a written record of all actions taken by it.


BYLAWS - Page 12
<PAGE>

In no event shall a committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee
pursuant to Section 4.2 (a)-(h) below.

             4.2 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors may, by
resolution  passed by a majority  of the whole  Board of  Directors,  appoint an
Executive Committee consisting of two or more members of the Board of Directors.
The  Executive  Committee,  to the extent  permitted by law,  shall have and may
exercise all powers of the Board of Directors in the  management of the business
and affairs of the corporation;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, except as specifically
permitted by the Oregon  Business  Corporation  Act (the "Act"),  the  Executive
Committee shall not have the power or authority to:

                 (a) authorize distributions in respect of the capital stock of
the corporation;

                 (b) approve or propose to shareholders actions that the Act
requires to be approved by shareholders;

                 (c) fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any of its
committees;

                 (d) amend the Articles (except that the Executive Committee
may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the
issuance of shares of Preferred Stock adopted by the Board of Directors, fix the
designations and any of the relative rights, preferences and limitations of such
shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of
assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares
for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any
other class or classes of stock of the corporation);

                 (e) adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws;

                 (f) approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder
approval;

                 (g) authorize or approve reacquisition of shares, except within
limits prescribed by the Board of Directors; or

                 (h) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for
sale of shares or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and
limitations of a class or series of shares except as provided in Section 4.2(d)
above.

             4.3 AUDIT COMMITTEE. An Audit Committee of the corporation,
composed of at least two members of the Board of Directors, none of whom shall
be an officer or employee of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries, may be
appointed by the Board of Directors. Directors who are appointed to the Audit
Committee shall be free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the Board of
Directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment as a
committee member. The duties of the Audit Committee shall include, in addition
to such other duties as may be specified by resolution of the Board of Directors
from time to time, the following:


BYLAWS - Page 13
<PAGE>

                 (a) review and make recommendations to the Board of Directors
with respect to the engagement or discharge of the corporation's independent
auditors and the terms of the engagement;

                 (b) review the policies and procedures of the corporation and
management with respect to maintaining the corporation's books and records; and

                 (c) review with the independent auditors, upon completion of
their audit, the results of the auditing engagement and any recommendations the
auditors may have with respect to the corporation's financial, accounting or
auditing systems.

The  Audit  Committee  is  authorized  to employ  such  experts  and  personnel,
including those who are already employed or engaged by the  corporation,  as the
Audit Committee may deem to be reasonably necessary to enable it to ably perform
its duties and satisfy its responsibilities.

             4.4 COMPENSATION COMMITTEE. A Compensation Committee of the
corporation, composed of at least two members of the Board of Directors, none of
whom shall be an officer or employee of the corporation or any of its
subsidiaries, may be appointed by the Board of Directors. The duties of the
Compensation Committee shall include, in addition to such other duties as may be
specified by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time, the
following:

                 (a) determine salaries and bonuses for elected officers of the
corporation, and prepare such reports with respect thereto as may be required by
law;

                 (b) consider, review and grant stock options and other
securities under the corporation's stock incentive plans, if any, and administer
such plans; and

                 (c) consider matters of director compensation, benefits and
other forms of remuneration.

The  Compensation  Committee is authorized to employ such experts and personnel,
including those who are already employed or engaged by the  corporation,  as the
Compensation  Committee may deem to be reasonably necessary to enable it to ably
perform its duties and satisfy its responsibilities.

             4.5 TERM. The members of all committees of the Board of Directors
shall serve as such members at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board
of Directors may at any time and for any reason remove any individual committee
member, and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by
death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the
committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as
alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified
member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or
disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof


BYLAWS - Page 14
<PAGE>

present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she
or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board
of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or
disqualified member.

                                    ARTICLE V

                               ISSUANCE OF SHARES
                               ------------------

             5.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.

                 (a) Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall
be in form determined by the Board of Directors. Such certificates shall be
signed, either manually or in facsimile, by two officers of the corporation, at
least one of whom shall be the President or a Vice President, and may be sealed
with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof. All certificates for
shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

                 (b) Every certificate for shares of stock that are subject to
any restriction on transfer pursuant tot he [sic] Articles of Incorporation, the
Bylaws, applicable securities laws, agreements among or between shareholders or
any agreement to which the corporation is a party shall have conspicuously noted
on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction
or a statement of the existence of such restriction and that the corporation
retains a copy of the restriction. Every certificate issued when the corporation
is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on
its face or back either the full text of the designations, relative rights,
preferences and limitations of the shares of each class and series authorized to
be issued an the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for
future series or a statement of the existence of such designations, relative
rights, preferences and limitations and a statement that the corporation will
furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate upon written request
and without charge.

                 (c) The name and mailing address of the person to whom the
share represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of
issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. Each
shareholder shall have the duty to notify the corporation of his or her mailing
address. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be
canceled, and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate
for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except
that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate a new one may be
issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board of
Directors prescribes.

             5.2 TRANSFER OF SHARES. Transfer of shares of the corporation shall
be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of
record thereof or by the holder's legal representative, who shall furnish proper
evidence of authority to transfer, or by the holder's attorney thereunto
authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of
the corporation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the
corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all
purposes.



BYLAWS - Page 15
<PAGE>

             5.3 TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. The Board of Directors may from
time to time appoint one or more Transfer Agents and one or more Registrars for
the shares of the corporation, with such powers and duties as the Board of
Directors determines by resolution. The signatures of officers upon a
certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of
a Transfer Agent or by a Registrar other than the corporation itself or an
employee of the corporation.

             5.4 OFFICER CEASING TO ACT. If the person who signed a share
certificate,  either  manually or in facsimile,  no longer holds office when the
certificate is issued, the certificate is nevertheless valid.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 INDEMNIFICATION
                                 ---------------

             6.1 DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

                 (a) INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, the Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1(a) if the director or officer
was or is a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any proceeding
(other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a
judgment in its favor), against all expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in
connection with such proceeding, if the director or officer acted in good faith
and in a manner the director or officer reasonably believed was in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, the director or officer, in addition, had no
reasonable cause to believe that the director's or officer's conduct was
unlawful; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the director or officer shall not be entitled
to indemnification under this Section 6.1(a): (i) in connection with any
proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the director or officer in
which the director or officer is adjudged liable on the basis that personal
benefit was improperly received by the director or officer, unless and only to
the extent that the court conducting such proceeding or any other court of
competent jurisdiction determines upon application that, despite such
adjudication of liability, the director or officer is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances of the
case, or (ii) in connection with any proceeding (or part of any proceeding)
initiated by such person or any proceeding by such person against the
Corporation or its directors, officers, employees or other agents unless (A) the
Corporation is expressly required by law to make the indemnification, (B) the
proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors, (C) the director or officer
initiated the proceeding to enforce his or her right to indemnification or
advances and the director or officer is successful in whole or in part in such
proceeding, or (D) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its
sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the Act.

                 (b) INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE
CORPORATION. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall
indemnify its directors and officers in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 6.1(b) if the director or officer was or is a party to, or is threatened
to be made a party to, any proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to
procure a judgment in its favor, against all expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by the director or officer in connection with the defense or settlement
of such proceeding if the director or officer acted in good faith and in a
manner the director or officer reasonably believed was in or not opposed to the
best interests of the Corporation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the director or


BYLAWS - Page 16
<PAGE>

officer shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 6.1(b): (i)
in connection with any proceeding in which the director or officer has been
adjudged liable to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court
conducting such proceeding or any other court of competent jurisdiction
determines upon application that, despite such adjudication of liability, the
director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for
such expenses in view of all the relevant circumstances of the case, or (ii) in
connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person or any
proceeding by such person against the Corporation or its directors, officers,
employees or other agents unless (A) the Corporation is expressly required by
law to make the indemnification, (B) the proceeding was authorized by the Board
of Directors, (C) the director or officer initiated the proceeding to enforce
his or her right to indemnification or advances and the director or officer is
successful in whole or in part in such proceeding, or (D) such indemnification
is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers
vested in the Corporation under the Act.

             6.2 EMPLOYEES AND OTHER AGENTS. The Corporation may, to the extent
authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to
indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of
the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VI to directors and
officers of the Corporation.

             6.3 GOOD FAITH.

                 (a) For purposes of any determination under this Article VI, a
director or officer shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner
he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have
had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, if his
or her action was based on information, opinions, reports and statements,
including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared
or presented by:

                     (i) one or more officers or employees of the Corporation
       whom the director or officer believed to be reliable and competent in the
       matters presented;

                     (ii) counsel, independent accountants or other persons as
       to matters which the director or officer believed to be within such
       person's professional or expert competence; or

                     (iii) with respect to a director, a committee of the Board
       upon which such director does not serve, as to matters within such
       committee's designated authority, which committee the director believes
       to merit confidence;


BYLAWS - Page 17
<PAGE>

so long as, in each  case,  the  director  or  executive  officer  acts  without
knowledge that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted.

                 (b) The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction or upon a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or its equivalent shall
not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith
and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal
proceeding, that he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her
conduct was unlawful.

                 (c) The provisions of this Section 6.3 shall not be deemed to
be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be
deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth by the Act.

             6.4 ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.

             The Corporation may, at the sole discretion of the Corporation's
Board of Directors, pay the expenses incurred by its directors or officers in
any proceeding (other than a proceeding brought for an accounting of profits
made from the purchase and sale by the director or officer of securities of the
Corporation within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar
provision of any state statutory law or common law) in advance of the final
disposition of the proceeding at the written request of the director or officer,
if the director or officer: (a) furnishes the Corporation a written affirmation
of the director's or officer's good faith belief that the director or officer is
entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI, and (b) furnishes the
Corporation a written undertaking to repay the advance to the extent that it is
ultimately determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be
indemnified by the Corporation. Such undertaking shall be an unlimited general
obligation of the director or officer but need not be secured. Advances may be
made without regard to the director's or officer's ability to repay the amount
advanced and without regard to the director's or officer's ultimate entitlement
to indemnification under this Article VI. The Corporation may establish a trust,
escrow account or other secured funding source for the payment of advances made
and to be made pursuant to this Section 6.4 or of other liability incurred by
the director or officer in connection with any proceeding.

             6.5 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

             The rights conferred on any person by this Article VI shall not be
exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire
under any statute, provision of the Articles, Bylaws, agreement, vote of
shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his
or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding
office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual
contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents
respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by
the Act.


BYLAWS - Page 18
<PAGE>

             6.6 SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS.

             The rights conferred on any person by this Article VI shall
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or
other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person.

             6.7 INSURANCE.

             To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation, upon
approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any
person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Article VI.

             6.8 AMENDMENTS.

             Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be
prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at
the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the
cause of any proceeding against any director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation.

             6.9 SAVINGS CLAUSE.

             If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on
any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall
nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the fullest extent not
prohibited by any applicable portion of this Article VI that shall not have been
invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

             6.10 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

             For the purposes of this Article VI, the following definitions
shall apply:

                 (a) The term "proceeding" shall include any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether formal or informal, whether
brought in the right of the Corporation or otherwise, and whether of a civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which the director or
officer may be or may have been involved as a party, witness or otherwise, by
reason of the fact that the director or officer is or was a director or officer
of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether or not serving in
such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which
indemnification or reimbursement can be provided under this Article VI.

                 (b) The term "expenses" includes, without limitation thereto,
expenses of investigations, judicial or administrative proceedings or appeals,
attorney, accountant and other professional fees and disbursements and any
expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Article VI, but
shall not include amounts paid in settlement by the director or officer or the
amount of judgments or fines against the director or officer.


BYLAWS - Page 19
<PAGE>

                 (c) References to "other enterprise" include, without
limitation, employee benefit plans; references to "fines" include, without
limitation, any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee
benefit plan; references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" include,
without limitation, any service as a director, officer, employee or agent which
imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or
agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or its
beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person
reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries
of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article
VI.

                 (d) References to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition
to the resulting Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any
constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if
its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to
indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person
who is or was a director, officer or employee of such constituent corporation,
or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this
Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person
would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate
existence had continued.

                 (e) The meaning of the phrase "to the fullest extent permitted
by law" shall include, but not be limited to: (i) to the fullest extent
authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the Act adopted
after the date of this Article VI that increase the extent to which a
corporation may indemnify its directors and officers, and (ii) to the fullest
extent permitted by the provision of the Act that authorizes or contemplates
additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any
amendment to or replacement of the Act.

             6.11 NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.

             As a condition precedent to indemnification under this Article VI,
not later than 30 days after receipt by the director or officer of notice of the
commencement of any proceeding, the director or officer shall, if a claim in
respect of the proceeding is to be made against the Corporation under this
Article VI notify the Corporation in writing of the commencement of the
proceeding. The failure to properly notify the Corporation shall not relieve the
Corporation from any liability which it may have to the director or officer
unless the Corporation shall be shown to have suffered actual damages as a
result of such failure, or otherwise than under this Article VI. With respect to
any proceeding as to which the director or officer so notifies the Corporation
of the commencement:

                 (a) The Corporation shall be entitled to participate in the
proceeding at its own expense.

                 (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.11, the
Corporation may, at its option and jointly with any other indemnifying party


BYLAWS - Page 20
<PAGE>

similarly notified and electing to assume such defense, assume the defense of
the proceeding, with legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the director or
officer. The director or officer shall have the right to use separate legal
counsel in the proceeding, but the Corporation shall not be liable to the
director or officer under this Article VI for the fees and expenses of separate
legal counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of
the defense, unless (i) the director or officer reasonably concludes that there
may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and the director or
officer in the conduct of the defense of the proceeding, or (ii) the Corporation
does not use legal counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding. The
Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any proceeding
brought by or on behalf of the Corporation or as to which the director or
officer has made the conclusion provided for in (i) above.

                 (c) If two or more persons who may be entitled to
indemnification from the Corporation, including the director or officer seeking
indemnification, are parties to any proceeding, the Corporation may require the
director or officer to use the same legal counsel as the other parties. The
director or officer shall have the right to use separate legal counsel in the
proceeding, but the Corporation shall not be liable to the director or officer
under this Article VI for the fees and expenses of separate legal counsel
incurred after notice from the Corporation of the requirement to use the same
legal counsel as the other parties, unless the director or officer reasonably
concludes that there may be a conflict of interest between the director or
officer and any of the other parties required by the Corporation to be
represented by the same legal counsel.

                 (d) The Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify the
director or officer under this Article VI for any amounts paid in settlement of
any proceeding effected without its written consent, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. The director or officer shall permit the Corporation to
settle any proceeding that the corporation assumes the defense of, except that
the Corporation shall not settle any action or claim in any manner that would
impose any penalty or limitation on the director or officer without such
person's written consent.

             6.12 EXCLUSIONS.

             Notwithstanding any provision in this Article VI, the
Corporation   shall  not  be  obligated  under  this  Article  VI  to  make  any
indemnification  in  connection  with any claim made  against  any  director  or
officer:  (a) for which  payment is  required  to be made to or on behalf of the
director or officer  under any  insurance  policy,  except  with  respect to any
deductible  amount,  self-insured  retention  or any excess  amount to which the
director  or officer  is  entitled  under  this  Article VI beyond the amount of
payment under such insurance policy;  (b) if a court having  jurisdiction in the
matter  finally  determines  that such  indemnification  is not lawful under any
applicable  statute or public policy;  (c) in connection with any proceeding (or
part of any proceeding)  initiated by the director or officer, or any proceeding
by the director or officer against the  Corporation or its directors,  officers,
employees  or other  persons  entitled  to be  indemnified  by the  Corporation,
unless:   (i)  the  Corporation  is  expressly  required  by  law  to  make  the
indemnification; (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of
the Corporation;  or (d) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and
sale by the  director or officer of  securities  of the  Corporation  within the
meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar  provision of any state
statutory law or common law.


BYLAWS - Page 21
<PAGE>

             6.13 SUBROGATION.

             In the event of payment under this Article VI the Corporation shall
be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of
the director or officer. The director or officer shall execute all documents
required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and
to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                 CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------

             7.1 CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or
officers and agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instance.

             7.2 LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
corporation and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by a resolution of the board of Directors. Such authority may be
general or confined to specific instances.

             7.3 CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for the
payment of money and notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name
of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers and agent or
agents of the corporation and in such manner a shall from time to time be
determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                            ------------------------

             8.1 SEAL. The seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and
shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the state of
incorporation and the words "Corporate Seal."

             8.2 SEVERABILITY. Any determination that any provision of these
Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, invalid, illegal or otherwise ineffective
shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.



BYLAWS - Page 22
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   AMENDMENTS
                                   ----------

             These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed ad new Bylaws may
be adopted by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, subject
to repeal or change by action of the shareholders of the corporation.








BYLAWS - Page 23


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY

                                   * * * * *


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  SHAREHOLDERS
                                  ------------


             1.1 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be
held on the last Friday in the month of April in each year, unless a different
date and time are fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of
the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting is a legal holiday, the
meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. The failure to hold
an annual meeting at the time stated herein shall not affect the validity of any
corporate action.

             1.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders may be
called by the President or by the Board of Directors and shall be called by the
President (or in the event of absence, incapacity or refusal of the President,
by the Secretary or any other officer) at the request of the holders of not less
than one-tenth of all the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote
at the meeting. The requesting shareholders shall sign, date and deliver to the
Secretary a written demand describing the purpose or purposes for holding the
special meeting.

             1.3 PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held
at the principal business office of the corporation or at such other place,
within or without the State of Oregon, as may be determined by the Board of
Directors.

             1.4 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice stating the date, time and
place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called shall be mailed to each shareholder
entitled to vote at the meeting to the shareholder's address shown in the
corporation's current record of shareholders, with postage thereon prepaid, not
less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

             1.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE. A shareholder may at any time waive any
notice required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The
waiver must be in writing, be signed by the shareholder entitled to the notice
and be delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the minutes for filing with
the corporate records. A shareholder's attendance at a meeting waives objection
to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at

<PAGE>

the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting
business at the meeting. The shareholder's attendance also waives object to
consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the
purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder
objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

             1.6 RECORD DATE.

                 (a) For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to
notice of a shareholders' meeting, to demand a special meeting or to vote or to
take any other action, the Board of Directors of the corporation may fix a
future date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such
date in any case to be not more than 70 days before the meeting or action
requiring a determination of shareholders. The record date shall be the same for
all voting groups.

                 (b) A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at a shareholders' meeting is effective for any adjournment of the meeting
unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the
meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the
original meeting.

                 (c) If a court orders a meeting adjourned to a date more than
120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting, it may provide that the
original record date continue in effect or it may fix a new record date.

             1.7 SHAREHOLDERS' LIST FOR MEETING. After fixing a record date for
a meeting, the Secretary of the corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list
of the names of all its shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders'
meeting. The list must be arranged by voting group and within each voting group
by class or series of shares and show the address of and number of shares held
by each shareholder. The shareholders' list must be available for inspection by
any shareholder, beginning two business days after notice of the meeting is
given for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting, at the
corporation's principal office or at a place identified in the meting notice in
the city where the meeting will be held. The corporation shall make the
shareholders' list available at the meeting, and any shareholder or the
shareholder's agent or attorney is entitled to inspect the list at any time
during the meeting or any adjournment. Refusal or failure to prepare or make
available the shareholder's list does not affect the validity of action taken at
the meeting.

             1.8 QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT. Shares entitled to vote as a separate
voting group may take action on a matter at a meeting only if a quorum of those
shares exists with respect to that matter. A majority of the votes entitled to
be cast on the matter by the voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting
group for action on that matter. A majority of shares represented at the
meeting, although less than a quorum, may adjourn the meeting from time to time
to a different time and place without further notice to any shareholder of any
adjournment; provided, however, that if the meeting is adjourned more than 120
days after the originally scheduled meeting date, then a new notice of the
meeting shall be required. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is

                                       2
<PAGE>

present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the
meeting originally held. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a
meeting, it shall be deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the
meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is set
for the adjourned meeting.

             1.9 VOTING REQUIREMENTS; ACTION WITHOUT MEETING; MEETING BY
                 TELEPHONE CONFERENCE.

                 (a) If a quorum exists, action on a matter, other than the
election of directors, is approved if the votes cast by the shares entitled to
vote favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless a
greater number of affirmative votes is required by law or the Articles of
Incorporation.

                 (b) Action required or permitted by law to be taken at a
shareholders' meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by
all the shareholders entitled to vote on the actin. The action must be evidenced
by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the
shareholders entitled to vote on the action and delivered to the corporation for
inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records. Action taken
under this section is effective when the last shareholder signs the consent,
unless the consent specified an earlier or later effective date. If the law
requires that notice of proposed action be given to nonvoting shareholders and
the action is to be taken by unanimous consent of the voting shareholders, the
corporation must give its nonvoting shareholders written notice of the proposed
action at least 10 days before the action is taken, the notice must contain or
be accompanied by the same material that, under the Oregon Business Corporation
Act, would have been required to be sent to nonvoting shareholders in a notice
of meeting at which the proposed action would have been submitted to the
shareholders for action.

                 (c) Shareholder meetings by conference telephone or similar
communications equipment may be held in the manner and with the effect provided
for in the Oregon Business Corporation Act.

             1.10 PROXIES.

                 (a) A shareholder may vote shares in person or by proxy by
signing an appointment, either personally or by the shareholder's
attorney-in-fact. An appointment of a proxy shall be effective when received by
the Secretary or other officer of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes.
An appointment is valid for 11 months unless a longer period is provided in the
appointment form. An appointment is revocable by the shareholder unless the
appointment form conspicuously states that it is irrevocable and the appointment
is coupled with an interest that has not been extinguished.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                 (b) The death or incapacity of the shareholders appointing a
proxy shall not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's
authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the Secretary
or other officer authorized to tabulated votes before the proxy exercises the
proxy's authority under the appointment.


             1.11 CORPORATION'S ACCEPTANCE OF VOTES.

                 (a) If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy
appointment corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting
in good faith, is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver or proxy
appointment and give it effect as the act of the shareholder.

                 (b) If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver or proxy
appointment does not correspond to the name of its shareholder, the corporation,
if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent,
waiver or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act of the shareholder if:

                     (i) The shareholder is an entity and the name signed
purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity;

                     (ii) The name signed purports to be that of an
administrator, executor, guardian or conservator representing the shareholder
and, if the corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the
corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver or
proxy appointment;

                     (iii) The name signed purports to be that of a receiver or
trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests,
evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with
respect to the vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment;

                     (iv) The name signed purports to be that of a pledgee,
beneficial owner or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the corporation
requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the signatory's authority to
sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent,
waiver or proxy appointment; or

                     (v) Two or more persons are the shareholder as covenants or
fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of the
co-owners and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all
co-owners.

                 (c) The corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent,
waiver or proxy appointment if the Secretary or other officer or agent
authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for
doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatory's
authority to sign for the shareholder.

                                    4
<PAGE>

                 (d) The shares of a corporation are not entitled to vote if
they are owned, directly or indirectly, by a second corporation, and the first
corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares entitled to
vote for directors of the second corporation, but a corporation may vote any
shares, including its own shares, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

                 (e) The corporation and its officer or agent who accepts or
rejects a vote, consent, waiver or proxy appointment in good faith and in
accordance with the standards of this provision are not liable in damages to the
shareholder for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection. Corporate
action based on the acceptance or rejection of a vote, consent, waiver or proxy
appointment under this provision is valid unless a court of competent
jurisdiction determines otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                               ------------------

             2.1 DUTIES OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS. All corporate powers shall be
exercised by or under the authority of and the business and affairs of the
corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

             2.2 NUMBER, ELECTION AND QUALIFICATION. The number of directors of
the corporation shall be at least one (1). The number of directors shall
initially be fixed by the incorporator of the corporation, ad thereafter, the
number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the shareholders or the
Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted at a meeting of shareholders
or the Board of Directors. The directors shall hold office until the next annual
meeting of shareholders, unless the terms are staggered in accordance with the
Articles of Incorporation, and until their successors shall have been elected
and qualified, until earlier death, resignation or removal or until there is a
decrease in the number of directors. Directors need not be residents of the
State of Oregon or shareholders of the corporation. A decrease in the number of
directors shall not shorten the term of any incumbent director.

             2.3 REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the
same place as, the annual meeting of shareholders. The board of Directors may
provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State
of Oregon, for the holding of additional regular meetings without notice other
than the resolution.

                                       5
<PAGE>

             2.4 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by or at the request of the President or by a majority of the
directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the
Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of
Oregon, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors
called by them.

             2.5 NOTICE. Notice of the date, time and place of any special
meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given at lest two days prior to the
meeting by any means provided by law. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to be
given upon deposit in the United States mail addressed to the director at the
director's business address, with postage thereon prepaid. If by telegram,
notice shall be deemed to be given when the telegram is delivered to the
telegraph company. Notice by all other means shall be deemed to be given when
received by the director or a person at the director's business or residential
address whom the person giving notice reasonably believes will deliver or report
the notice to the director within 24 hours. The attendance of a director at a
meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a
director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, or the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the
notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

             2.6 WAIVER OF NOTICE. A director may at any time waive any notice
required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Unless a
director attends or participates in a meeting, a waiver must be in writing, must
be signed by the director entitled to notice, must specify the meeting or which
notice is waived and must be filed with the minutes or corporate records.

             2.7 QUORUM; MAJORITY VOTE. A majority of the number of directors
fixed by or in accordance with Section 2.2 of this Article II shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum
is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless a different number
is provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

             2.8 MEETING BY TELEPHONE CONFERENCE; ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                 (a) Members of the Board of directors may hold a board meeting
by conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in
such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

                 (b) Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the
directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing
setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by all of the directors
entitled to vote on the matter. The action shall be effective on the date when
the last signature is placed on the consent or at such earlier or later time as

                                       6
<PAGE>

is set forth therein. Such consent, which shall have the same effect as a
unanimous vote of the directors, shall be filed with the minutes of the
corporation.

             2.9 VACANCIES. Any vacancy, including a vacancy resulting from an
increase in the number of directors, occurring on the Board of Directors may be
filled by the shareholders, the Board of Directors or the affirmative vote of a
majority of the remaining directors if less than a quorum of the Board of
Directors or by a sole remaining director. If the vacant office is filled by the
shareholders and was held by a director elected by a voting group of
shareholders, then only the holders of shares of that voting group are entitled
to vote to fill the vacancy. Any directorship not so filled by the directors
shall be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of
shareholders called for that purpose. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall
be elected to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until a
successor shall be elected and qualified. A vacancy that will occur at a
specific late date, by reason of a resignation or otherwise, may be filled
before the vacancy occurs, and the new director shall take office when the
vacancy occurs.

             2.10 COMPENSATION. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the
directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of
the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each
meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such
payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

             2.11 PRESUMPTION OF ASSET. A director of the corporation who is
present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of
Directors shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken (a) unless the
director's dissent to the action is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b)
unless a written dissent to the action is filed with the person acting as the
secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or forwarded by
certified or registered mail to the Secretary of the corporation immediately
after the adjournment of the meeting or (c) unless the director objects at the
meeting to the holding of the meeting or transacting business at the meeting.
The right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of the
action.

             2.12 DIRECTOR CONFLICT OF INTEREST.

                 (a) A transaction in which a director of the corporation has a
direct or indirect interest shall be valid notwithstanding the director's
interest in the transaction if the material facts of the transaction and the
director's interest are disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or a
committee thereof and it authorizes, approves or ratifies the transaction by a
vote or consent sufficient for the purpose without counting the votes or
consents of directors with direct or indirect interest in the transaction; or
the material facts of the transaction and the director's interest are disclosed
or known to shareholders entitled to vote and they, voting as a single group,
authorize, approve or ratify the transaction by a majority vote; or the
transaction is fair to the corporation.

                                       7
<PAGE>

                 (b) A conflict of interest transaction may be authorized,
approved, or ratified if it receives the affirmative vote of a majority of
directors who have no direct or indirect interest in the transaction. If such a
majority of directors vote to authorize, approve or ratify the transaction, a
quorum is present for the purpose of taking action.

                 (c) A conflict of interest transaction may be authorized,
approved or ratified by a majority vote of shareholders entitled to vote
thereon. Shares owned by or voted under the control of a director or an entity
controlled by a director who has a director or indirect interest in the
transaction are entitled to vote with respect to a conflict of interest
transaction. A majority of the shares, whether or not present, that are entitled
to be counted in a vote on the transaction constitutes a quorum for the purpose
of authorizing, approving or ratifying the transaction.

                 (d) A director has an indirect interest in a transaction if
another entity in which the director has a material financial interest or in
which the director is a general partner is a party to the transaction or another
entity of which the director is a director, officer or trustee is a party to the
transaction and the transaction is or should be considered by the Board of
Directors of the corporation.

             2.13 REMOVAL. The shareholders may remove one or more directors
with our without cause at a meeting called expressly for that purpose, unless
the Articles of Incorporation provide for removal for cause only. If a director
is elected by a voting group of shareholders, only those shareholders may
participate in the vote to remove the director.

             2.14 RESIGNATION. Any director may resign by delivering written
notice to the Board of Directors, its chairperson or the corporation. Such
resignation shall be effective (a) on receipt, (b) five days after its deposit
in the United States mails, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed, or () on
the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, and the receipt is signed by addressee, unless the
notice specified a later effective date. Once delivered, a notice of resignation
is irrevocable unless revocation is permitted by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS
                                    --------

             3.1 ENUMERATION. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a
President and a Secretary and such other officers with such other titles as the
Board of Directors shall determine, including without limitation a Chairman of
the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, a Treasurer, and one or more Vice
Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of
Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate, and, if
authorized by the Board, a duly appointed officer may appoint one or more
officers or assistant officers.

                                       8
<PAGE>

             3.2 ELECTION. The President and Secretary shall be elected annually
by the board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of
stockholders. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such
meeting or at any other meeting.

             3.3 QUALIFICATION. No officer need be a director, stockholder or
Oregon resident. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

             3.4 TENURE. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his
successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the
vote choosing or appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or
removal.

             3.5 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. An officer may resign at any time by
delivering notice to the corporation. A resignation is effective on receipt
unless the notice specified a later effective date. If the corporation accepts a
specified later effective date the Board of Directors may fill the pending
vacancy before the effective date but the successor may not take office until
the effective date. Once delivered, a notice of resignation is irrevocable
unless revocation is permitted by the Board of Directors. Any officer appointed
by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time with or without cause.
Appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Removal or
resignation of an officer shall not affect the contract rights, if any, of the
corporation or the officer.

             3.6 VACANCIES. The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy
occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave
unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of
President and Secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired
term of his predecessor and until his successor is elected and qualified, or
until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

             3.7 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND VICE-CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. If the
Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall, when present,
president at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall perform such
duties and possess such powers as are usually vested in the office of the
Chairman of the Board or as may be vested in him by the Board of Directors. If
the Board of Directors appoints a Vice-Chairman of the Board, he shall, in the
absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and
exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and shall perform such other
duties and possess such other powers as may from time to time be vested in him
by the Board of Directors.

             3.8 PRESIDENT. The President shall be the chief executive officer
of the corporation. The President shall, subject to the direction of the board
of Directors, have general supervision and control of the business of the
corporation. Unless otherwise provided by the directors, he shall preside at all
meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors (except as provided
in Section 3.7 above). The President shall perform such other duties and shall
have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time
prescribe.

                                       9
<PAGE>

             3.9 VICE PRESIDENTS. Any Vice President shall perform such duties
and posses such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time
to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of
the President, the Vice president (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice
Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the
duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and
be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors
may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior
Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

             3.10 SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. The Secretary shall
perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the
president may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall
perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the
secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of
all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to
attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record
of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders
and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate record and the
corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

         Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such
powers as the board of Directors, the President or the Secretary may from time
to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of
the secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the
Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall
perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

         In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any
meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall
designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

             3.11 TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. If the Board of Directors
appoints a Treasurer, he shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as
may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of Directors or the
President. In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such
powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation
the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of
the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in
accordance with these Bylaws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of
Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by
the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial
condition of the corporation.

         Any Assistant Treasurer shall perform such duties and possess such
powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer may from time
to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of
the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the
assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall
perform the duties ad exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

                                       10
<PAGE>

             3.12 SALARIES. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from
time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from
receiving such salary because the officer is also a director of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                               ISSUANCE OF SHARES
                               ------------------

             4.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.

                 (a) Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall
be in form determined by the Board of Directors. Such certificates shall be
signed, either manually or in facsimile, by two officers of the corporation, at
least one of whom shall be the President or a Vice President, and may be sealed
with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof. All certificates for
shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.

                 (b) Every certificate for shares of stock that are subject to
any restriction on transfer pursuant tot he Articles of Incorporation, the
Bylaws, applicable securities laws, agreements among or between shareholders or
any agreement to which the corporation is a party shall have conspicuously noted
on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction
or a statement of the existence of such restriction and that the corporation
retains a copy of the restriction. Every certificate issued when the corporation
is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on
its face or back either the full text of the designations, relative rights,
preferences and limitations of the shares of each class and series authorized to
be issued an the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for
future series or a statement of the existence of such designations, relative
rights, preferences and limitations and a statement that the corporation will
furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate upon written request
and without charge.

                 (c) The name and mailing address of the person to whom the
share represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of
issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. Each
shareholder shall have the duty to notify the corporation of his or her mailing
address. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be
canceled, and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate
for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except
that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate a new one may be
issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board of
Directors prescribes.

             4.2 TRANSFER OF SHARES. Transfer of shares of the corporation shall
be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of
record thereof or by the holder's legal representative, who shall furnish proper
evidence of authority to transfer, or by the holder's attorney thereunto

                                       11
<PAGE>

authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of
the corporation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the
corporation shall e deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all
purposes.

             4.3 TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. The Board of Directors may from
time to time appoint one or more Transfer Agents and one or more Registrars for
the shares of the corporation, with such powers and duties as the Board of
Directors determines by resolution. The signatures of officers upon a
certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of
a Transfer Agent or by a Registrar other than the corporation itself or an
employee of the corporation.

             4.4 OFFICER CEASING TO ACT. If the person who signed a share
certificate, either manually or in facsimile, no longer holds office when the
certificate is issued, the certificate is nevertheless valid.

                                    ARTICLE V

                 CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS
                 ----------------------------------------------

             5.1 CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or
officers and agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instance.

             5.2 LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
corporation and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by a resolution of the board of Directors. Such authority may be
general or confined to specific instances.

             5.3 CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for the
payment of money and notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name
of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers and agent or
agents of the corporation and in such manner a shall from time to time be
determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                            ------------------------

             6.1 SEAL. The seal of the corporation shall be circular in form and
shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the state of
incorporation and the words "Corporate Seal."

             6.2 SEVERABILITY. Any determination that any provision of these
Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, invalid, illegal or otherwise ineffective
shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

                                       12
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   AMENDMENTS
                                   ----------

         These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed ad new Bylaws may be
adopted by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, subject to
repeal or change by action of the shareholders of the corporation.

                                       13




                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                dba MARSEE BAKING

                      1993 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN
                      ------------------------------------


          1. PURPOSE. This 1993 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is
intended to provide incentives to directors, officer,s [sic] employees and
consultants of Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking (the "Company"), its
parent (if any) and any present or future subsidiaries of the Company
(collectively, "Related Corporations") by providing them with opportunities to
purchase stock in the Company pursuant to non-qualified stock options granted
hereunder. These stock options are referred to hereafter individually as an
"Option" and collectively as "Options." As used herein, the terms "parent" and
"subsidiary" mean "parent corporation" and "subsidiary corporation") as those
terms are defined in Section 424 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code").

          2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

            (a) BOARD OR COMMITTEE ADMINISTRATION. The Plan shall be
administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). The Board
may appoint a stock Plan or Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of three or
more of its members to administer this Plan. All references in this Plan to the
"Committee" shall mean the Board if no Committee has been appointed. Subject to
ratification of the grant of each Option by the Board (if so required by
applicable state law), and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall
have the authority to (i) determine (from among the class of individuals and
entities eligible under paragraph 3 to receive Options) to whom Options may be
granted; (ii) determine the time or times at which Options may be granted; (iii)
determine the option price of shares subject to each Option, which price shall
not be less than the minimum price specified in paragraph 6; (iv) determine
(subject to paragraph 7) the time or times when each Option shall become
exercisable and the duration of the exercise period; (v) determine whether
restrictions such as repurchase options are to be imposed on shares subject to
Options, and the nature of such restrictions, if any, and (vi) interpret the
Plan and prescribe and rescind rules and regulations relating to it. The
Committee shall take whatever actions it deems necessary, under Section 422 of
the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, to ensure that each Option
is not treated as an "incentive stock option" under Section 422 of the Code. The
interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provisions of the Plan
or of any Option granted under it shall be final unless otherwise determined by
the Board. The Committee may from time to time adopt such rules and regulations
for carrying out the Plan as it may deem best. No member of the Board or the
Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith
with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under it.


<PAGE>

            (b) COMMITTEE ACTIONS. The Committee may select one of its members
as its chairman, and shall hold meetings at such time and places as it may
determine. Acts by a majority of the Committee, or acts reduced to or approved
in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid
acts of the Committee. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the
Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or
without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies
however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly
administer the Plan.

            (c) GRANT OF OPTIONS TO BOARD MEMBERS. Options may be granted to
members of the Board, but any such grant shall be made and approved in
accordance with subparagraph 2(d), if applicable. All grants of Options to
members of the Board shall in all other respects be made in accordance with the
provisions of this Plan applicable to other eligible persons. Members of the
Board who are either (i) eligible for Options pursuant to the Plan or (ii) have
been granted Options may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the
Plan or the grant of any Options pursuant to the Plan, except that no such
member shall act upon the granting to himself of Options but any such member may
be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board
during which action is taken with respect to the granting to him of Options.

            (d) COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS. In the event the
Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to Section 12 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), any grants to
a member of the Board of Options (made at any time from the effective date of
such registration until six months after the termination of such registration)
shall be made only with the approval of a majority of the other members of the
Board; provided, however, that if a majority of the board is eligible to
participate in the Plan or in any other stock option or other stock plan of the
Company or any of its affiliates, or has been so eligible at any time within the
preceding year, any grant to a member of the Board of Options must be made by,
or only in accordance with the recommendation of, a committee consisting of
three or more persons, who may but need not be directors or employees of the
Company, appointed by the Board but having full authority to act in the matter,
none of whom is eligible to participate in this Plan or any other stock option
or other stock plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, or has been
eligible at any time within the preceding year. The requirements imposed by the
preceding sentence shall also apply with respect to grants to officers who are
not also directors. Once appointed, the committee shall continue to serve until
otherwise directed by the Board.

          3. ELIGIBLE PERSONS. Options may be granted to any director (whether
or not an employee), officer or consultant of the Company or any Related
Corporation. Granting of any Option to any individual or entity shall neither
entitle that individual or entity to, nor disqualify him from, participation in
any other grant of Options.

                                       2
                                                Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
<PAGE>

          4. STOCK. The stock subject to Options shall be authorized but
unissued shares of Common Stock of the Company, no par value (the "Common
Stock"), or shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company in any manner. The
aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan is 50,000(1)
subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph 13. If any Option granted under
the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised
in full or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, the
unpurchased shares subject to such Options shall again be available for grants
of Options under the Plan.

          5. GRANTING OF OPTIONS. Options may be granted under the Plan at any
time on or after September 1, 1993 and prior to September 1, 2003. The date of
grant of an Option under the Plan will be the date specified by the Committee at
the time it grants the Option; provided, however, that such date shall not be
prior to the date on which the Committee acts to approve the grant.

          6. MINIMUM OPTION PRICE. The exercise price per share specified in the
agreement relating to each Option granted under the Plan shall in no event be
less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair market value (as determined
under paragraph 16) per share of Common Stock on the date of such grant.

          7. OPTION DURATION. Subject to earlier termination as provided in
paragraphs 9 and 10, each Option shall expire on the date specified by the
Committee. However, no Option granted under the Plan to an optionee shall have a
term in excess of ten (10) years from the date of grant.

          8. EXERCISE OF OPTION. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9
through 12, each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:

            (a) VESTING. The Option shall either be fully exercisable on the
date of grant or shall become exercisable thereafter in such installments as the
Committee may specify in the instruments evidencing the Option.

            (b) FULL VESTING OF INSTALLMENTS. Once an installment becomes
exercisable it shall remain exercisable until expiration or termination of the
Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee.

            (c) PARTIAL EXERCISE. Each Option or installment may be exercised at
any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, for up to the total number
of shares with respect to which it is then exercisable.



- ----------------------------
(1)     On January 2, 1994, the Board approved a 2-for-1 stock split resulting
in an increase in the number of shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan
from 50,000 to 100,000 shares.

                                       3
                                                Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
<PAGE>

          9. TERMINATION OF BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP. If an optionee ceases to
serve the Company and all Related Corporations in the capacity of a director,
officer, employee or consultant (such service is referred to herein as
maintaining or being involved in a "Business Relationship") other than by reason
of death or disability as defined in paragraph 10, no further installments of
his Options shall become exercisable, and his Options shall terminate after the
passage of sixty (60) days from the date the Business Relationship ceases, but
in no event later than on their specified expiration dates. Nothing in the Plan
shall be deemed to give any optionee the right to be retained in a Business
Relationship by the Company or any Related Corporation for any period of time.

          10. DEATH; DISABILITY.

            (a) DEATH. If an optionee ceases to maintain a Business Relationship
with the Company and all Related Corporations by reason of his death, any Option
of his may be exercised, to the extent of the number of shares with respect to
which he could have exercised it on the date of his death, by his estate,
personal representative or beneficiary who has acquired the Option by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution, at any time prior to the earlier of the
Option's specified expiration date or 180 days from the date of the optionee's
death.

            (b) DISABILITY. If an optionee ceases to maintain a Business
Relationship with the Company and all Related Corporations by reason of his
disability, he shall have the right to exercise any Option held by him on the
date the Business Relationship terminated, to the extent of the number of shares
with respect to which he could have exercised it on that date, at any time prior
to the earlier of the Option's specified expiration date or 180 days from the
date the Business Relationship terminated. For the purposes of the Plan, the
term "disability" shall mean "permanent and total disability" as defined in
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or successor statute.

          11. ASSIGNABILITY. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by
the optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and
during the lifetime of the optionee each Option shall be exercisable only by
him. The Committee may impose conditions or limitations with respect to any
transfer of the Option or the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option,
including conditions or limitations intended to assure the retention of the
election of the Company to be treated as an "S corporation" within the meaning
of Section 1361 of the Code.

          12. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS. Options shall be evidenced by
instruments (which need not be identical) in such forms as the Committee may
from time to time approve. Such instruments shall conform to the terms and
conditions set forth in paragraphs 6 through 11 hereof and may contain such
other provisions as the Committee deems advisable which are not inconsistent
with the Plan, including restrictions applicable to shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of Options. The Committee may from time to time confer
authority and responsibility on one or more of its own members and/or one or
more officers of the Company to execute and deliver such instruments. The proper
officers of the Company are unauthorized and directed to take any and all action
necessary or advisable from time to time to carry out the terms of such
instruments.

                                       4
                                                Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
<PAGE>

          13. ADJUSTMENTS. Upon the happening of any of the following described
events, an optionee's rights with respect to Options granted to him hereunder
shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided, unless otherwise specifically
provided in the written agreement between the optionee and the Company relating
to such Option:

            (a) STOCK DIVIDENDS AND STOCK SPLITS. If the shares of Common Stock
shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or small number of shares or if
the Company shall issue any shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend on its
outstanding Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon
the exercise of Options shall be appropriately increased or decreased
proportionately, and appropriate adjustments shall be made in the purchase price
per share to reflect such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

            (b) CONSOLIDATIONS OR MERGERS. If the Company is to be consolidated
with or acquired by another entity in a merger, sale of all or substantially all
of the Company's assets or otherwise (an "Acquisition"), the Committee or the
board of directors of any entity assuming the obligations of the Company
hereunder (the "Successor Board") shall, with respect to outstanding Options,
take one or more of the following actions: (i) make appropriate provision for
the continuation of such Options by substituting on an equitable basis for the
shares then subject to such Options the consideration payable with respect to
the outstanding shares of Common Stock in connection with the Acquisition; (ii)
accelerate the date of exercise of such Options or of any installment of any
such Options; (iii) upon written notice to the optionees, provide that all
Options must be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, within a specified
number of days of the date of such notice, at the end of which period the
Options shall terminate; or (iv) terminate all Options in exchange for a cash
payment equal to the excess of the fair market value (as determined under
paragraph 16) of the shares subject to such Options (to the extent then
exercisable) over the exercise price thereof.

            (c) RECAPITALIZATION OR REORGANIZATION. In the event of a
recapitalization or reorganization of the Company (other than a transaction
described in subparagraph (b) above) pursuant to which securities of the Company
or of another corporation are issued with respect to the outstanding shares of
Common Stock, an optionee upon exercising an Option shall be entitled to receive
for the purchase price paid upon such exercise the securities he would have
received if he had exercised his Option prior to such recapitalization or
reorganization.

            (d) DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. In the event of the proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option will terminate
immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action or at such other
time and subject to such other conditions as shall be determined by the
Committee.

            (e) ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES. Except as expressly provided herein, no
issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities
convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment
by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares
subject to Options. No adjustment shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in
property other than securities of the Company.


                                       5
                                                Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
<PAGE>

            (f) FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares shall actually be issued
under the Plan, and the optionee shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of
such fractional shares.

            (g) ADJUSTMENTS. Upon the happening of any of the foregoing events
described in subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, the class and aggregate number
of shares set forth in paragraph 4 hereof that are subject to Options which
previously have been or subsequently may be granted under the Plan shall also be
appropriately adjusted to reflect the events described in such paragraphs. The
Committee shall determine the specific adjustments to be made under this
paragraph 13 and, subject to paragraph 2, its determination shall be conclusive.

            (h) RESTRICTED COMMON STOCK. If any person or entity owning
restricted Common Stock obtained by exercise of an Option made hereunder
receives new or additional or different shares or securities ("New Securities")
in connection with a corporate transaction described in subparagraph (a), (b) or
(c) above as a result of owning such restricted Common Stock, such New
Securities shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions applicable
to the restricted Common Stock with respect to which such New Securities were
issued, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Successor Board.

          14. MEANS OF EXERCISING OPTIONS. An Option (or any part or installment
thereof) shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Company at its
principal office address. Such notice shall identify the Option being exercised
and specify the number of shares as to which such Option is being exercised,
accompanied by full payment of the purchase price therefor either (i) in United
States dollars in cash or by check, or (b) at the discretion of the Committee,
through delivery of shares of Common Stock having a fair market value (as
determined under paragraph 16) equal as of the date of the exercise to the cash
exercise price of the Option, or (c) at the discretion of the Committee, by
delivery of the optionee's personal recourse note bearing interest payable not
less than annually at no less than 100% of the lowest applicable Federal rate,
as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, or (d) at the discretion of the
Committee, by any combination of (a), (b) or (c) above. The holder of an Option
shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares covered by
his option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to him for such
shares. Except as expressly provided above in paragraph 13 with respect to
changes in capitalization and stock dividends, no adjustment shall be made for
dividends or similar rights for which the record date is before the date such
stock certificate is issued.

          15. TERM AND AMENDMENT OF PLAN. This Plan was adopted by the Board on
September 1, 1993 and was approved by the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of voting capital stock of the Company on September 1, 1993.
The Plan shall expire on September 1, 2003 (except as to Options outstanding on
that date). The Board may terminate or amend the Plan in any respect at any
time, except that, in no event may action of the Board alter or impair the
rights of an optionee without his consent, under any Option previously granted
to him.

                                       6
                                                Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
<PAGE>

          16. DETERMINATION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE. If, at the time "fair market
value" is determined under paragraph 6, subparagraph 13(b) or paragraph 14, the
Company's Common Stock is publicly traded, "fair market value" shall be
determined as of the last business day for which the prices or quotes discussed
in this sentence are available prior to the date such determination is made and
shall mean (i) the average (on that date) of the high and low prices of the
Common Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common
Stock is traded, if such Stock is then traded on a national securities exchange;
or (ii) the last reported sale price (on that date) of the Common Stock on the
NASDAQ National Market List, if the Common Stock is not then traded on a
national securities exchange and is then reported on such list; or (iii) the
closing bid price (or average of bid prices) last quoted (on that date) by an
established quotation service for over-the-counter securities, if the Common
Stock is not then traded on a national securities exchange and is reported on
the NASDAQ National Market List. However, if the Common Stock is not publicly
traded at the time such determination is made, "fair market value" shall be
deemed to be the fair value of the Common Stock as determined by the Committee
after taking into consideration all factors which it deems appropriate,
including, without limitation, recent sale and offer prices of the Common Stock
in private transactions negotiated at arm's length.

          17. APPLICATION OF FUNDS. The proceeds received by the Company from
the sale of shares pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall be used for
general corporate purposes.

          18. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION. The Company's obligation to sell and
deliver shares of the Common Stock under this Plan is subject to the approval of
any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization,
issuance or sale of such shares.

          19. WITHHOLDING OF ADDITIONAL INCOME TAXES. Upon the exercise of an
Option, the Company, in accordance with Section 3402(a) of the Code, may require
the optionee, to pay additional withholding taxes in respect of the amount that
is considered compensation includible in such person's gross income. The
Committee in its discretion may condition the exercise of an Option on the
purchaser's or optionee's payment of such additional withholding taxes.

          20. GOVERNING LAW; CONSTRUCTION. The validity and construction of the
Plan and the instruments evidencing Options shall be governed by the laws of the
State of Oregon. In construing this Plan, the singular shall include the plural
and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, unless the
context otherwise requires.

                                       7
                                                Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan
<PAGE>


                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                            1993 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK
                                   OPTION PLAN

                                December 15, 1993


         The 1993 Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan ("Plan") of the Oregon Baking
Company ("Corporation") is hereby amended as follows:

         1.    The first sentence of paragraph 7 of the Plan is hereby amended
               to read in its entirety as follows:

                    "Each Option shall expire on the date specified by
                    the Committee."

         2.    The introductory sentence of paragraph 8 of the Plan is hereby
               amended to read as follows:

                    "Subject to the  provisions  of  paragraphs 11 and
                    12,  each Option  granted  under the Plan shall be
                    exercisable as follows:"

         3.    Paragraphs 9 and 10 are hereby deleted in their entirety and
               replaced with the following:

                  "9.      [Deleted]."

                  "10.     [Deleted]."

         4.    The second sentence of paragraph 12 of the Plan shall is hereby
               amended to read as follows:

                    "Such  instrument  shall  conform to the terms and
                    conditions  set forth in  paragraph 6, 7, 8 and 11
                    hereof and may contain  such other  provisions  as
                    the Committee advisable which are not inconsistent
                    with the Plan, including  restrictions  applicable
                    to shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise
                    of Options."

         5.    Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Plan
               shall remain in full force and effect as written.

<PAGE>


                               AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
                            1993 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK
                                   OPTION PLAN

                                  July 12, 1996


         2.    The second sentence of paragraph 4 of the 1993 Non-Qualified
               Stock Option Plan ("Plan") of the Oregon Baking Company
               ("Corporation") is hereby amended to read in its entirety as
               follows:

                    "The aggregate number of shares that may be issued
                    pursuant  to  the  Plan  is  150,000   subject  to
                    adjustment as provided in paragraph 13."

         3.    The number of shares referenced above has already been adjusted
               for the stock split effected by the Corporation on January 2,
               1994.

         4.    Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Plan
               shall remain in full force and effect as written.




                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                DBA MARSEE BAKING

                      Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
                      ------------------------------------



          Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking, an Oregon corporation (the
"Company"), hereby grants this ___ day of _______, 199_ to ________________ (the
"Optionee"), an option to purchase a maximum of ______ shares of its Common
Stock, no par value, at the price of $1.00 per share, on the following terms and
conditions:

          1. GRANT UNDER 1993 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN. This option is
granted pursuant to and is governed by the Company's 1993 Non-Qualified Stock
Option Plan, as amended (the "Plan") and, unless the context otherwise requires,
terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan. Determinations
made in connection with this option pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by
the Plan as it exists on this date.

          2. GRANT AS NON-QUALIFIED OPTION. This option is intended to be a
Non-Qualified Option (rather than an incentive stock option), and the Board of
Directors intends to take appropriate action, if necessary, to achieve this
result.

          3. EXERCISE OF OPTION. The Option may, subject to Section 2, exercise
this option at any time within 10 years of the date of the option grant.

          4. PARTIAL EXERCISE. Exercise of this option up to the extent above
stated may be made in part at any time and from time to time within the above
limits, except that this option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share
unless such exercise is with respect to the final installment of stock subject
to this option and a fractional share (or cash in lieu thereof) must be issued
to permit the Optionee to exercise completely such final installment. Any
fractional share with respect to which an installment of this option cannot be
exercised because of the limitation contained in the preceding sentence shall
remain subject to this option and shall be available for later purchase by the
Optionee in accordance with the terms hereof.

          5. PAYMENT OF PRICE. The option price is payable in United States
dollars and may be paid in cash or by check.

          6. AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT. By acceptance of this option,
the Optionee agrees that a purchase of shares under this option will not be made
with a view to their distribution, as that term is used in the Securities Act of
1933, as amended) the "Securities Act"), unless in the opinion of counsel to the
Company such distribution is in compliance with or exempt from the registration
and prospectus requirements of the Securities Act. The Optionee or other person
rightfully exercising this option shall sign a certificate, letter or other

                                        1

<PAGE>

agreement, in form satisfactory to the Company, to such effect at the time of
exercising this option and the certificate for the shares so purchased may be
inscribed with a legend to ensure compliance with the Securities Act.

          7. METHOD OF EXERCISING OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, this option may be exercised by written notice to the Company,
at the principal executive office of the Company, or to such transfer agent as
the Company shall designate. Such notice shall state the election to exercise
this option and the number of shares in respect of which it is being exercised
and shall be signed by the person or persons so exercising this option. Such
notice shall be accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such
shares, and the Company shall deliver a certificate or certificates representing
such shares as soon as practicable after the notice shall be received. The
certificate or certificates for the shares as to which this option shall have
been so exercised shall be registered in the name of the person or persons so
exercising this option and shall be delivered as provided above to or upon the
written order of the person or persons exercising this option. In the event this
option shall be exercised, pursuant to Section 5 hereof, by any person or
persons other than the Optionee, such notice shall be accompanied by appropriate
proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise this option. All shares
that shall be purchased upon the exercise of this option as provided herein
shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

          8. OPTION NOT TRANSFERABLE. This option is not transferable or
assignable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the
Optionee's lifetime only the Optionee can exercise this option.

          9. NO OBLIGATION TO EXERCISE OPTION. The grant and acceptance of this
option imposes no obligation on the Optionee to exercise it.

          10. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER UNTIL EXERCISE. The Optionee shall have
no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this Agreement
until a stock certificate therefor has been issued to the Optionee and is fully
paid for. Except as is expressly provided in the Plan with respect to certain
changes in the capitalization of the Company, no adjustment shall be made for
dividends or similar rights for which the record date is prior to the date such
stock certificate is issued.

          11. CAPITAL CHANGES AND BUSINESS SUCCESSIONS. It is the purpose of
this option to encourage the Optionee to work for the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders. Since for example, those interests might require
the issuance of a stock dividend or a merger with another corporation, the
purpose of this option would not be served if such a stock dividend, merger or
similar occurrence would cause the Optionee's rights hereunder to be diluted or
terminated and thus be contrary to the Optionee's interest. The Plan contains
extensive provisions designed to preserve options at full value in a number of
contingencies. Therefore, provisions in the Plan for adjustment with respect to
stock subject to options and the related provisions with respect to successors

                                        2

<PAGE>

to the business or the Company are hereby made applicable hereunder and are
incorporated herein by reference. In particular, without affecting the
generality of the foregoing, it is understood that for the purposes of Section 3
through 5 hereof, both inclusive, maintaining or being involved in a Business
Relationship with the Company includes maintaining or being involved in a
Business Relationship with a Related Corporation as defined in the Plan. This
Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Company or any Related
Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise make changes in its
capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or
sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

          12. WITHHOLDING TAXES. The Optionee agrees that the Company may
withhold from the Optionee's wages or other remuneration of the appropriate
amount of federal, state and local taxes attributable to the Optionee's exercise
of any installment of this option. At the Company's discretion, the amount
required to be withheld may be withheld in such from such wages or other
remuneration, or in kind from the Common Stock otherwise deliverable to the
Optionee on exercise of this option. The Optionee further agrees that, if the
Company does not withhold an amount from the Optionee's wages or other
remuneration sufficient to satisfy the Company's withholding obligation, the
Optionee will reimburse the Company on demand, in cash, for the amount
underwithheld.

          13. MARKET STAND-OFF PROVISIONS. In connection with any underwritten
public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective
registration statement filed under the Securities Act, as amended, including the
Company's initial public offering, the Optionee shall not sell, make any short
sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or
otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of
the foregoing transactions with respect to, any shares acquired under this
option (the "Purchased Shares") without the prior written consent of the Company
or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such period of time
from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be
requested by the Company or its underwriters; provided, however, that in no
event shall such period exceed one hundred-eighty (180) days. The limitations of
this Section 17 shall remain in effect for the two-year period immediately
following the effective date of the Company's initial public offering and shall
thereafter terminate and ceased to have any force or effect. In the event of any
stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other change affecting the
Company's outstanding Common Stock as a class without receipt of consideration,
then any new, substituted or additional securities distributed with respect to
the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this
Section 17, to the same extent the Purchased Shares are at such time covered by
such provisions. In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 17, the
Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased
Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

          14. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted
in accordance with the internal laws of State of Oregon.

          15. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and
assigns and the Optionee and the Optionee's heirs, legal representatives,
successors, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such

                                        3

<PAGE>

person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to
join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Optionee have caused this
instrument to be executed, and the Optionee whose signature appears below
acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and acceptance of an original copy of
this Agreement.

                                             OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                               dba MARSEE BAKING



                                             By_________________________________
                                             Title______________________________


                                             ___________________________________


                                       4




                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING

                      1997 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN


                                    ARTICLE I

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         1.       PURPOSE

                  This  Oregon  Baking  Company,  dba Marsee  Baking  1997 Stock
Option/Stock  Issuance  Plan  is  intended  to  promote  the  interests  of  the
Corporation  by  providing  eligible  individuals  who are  responsible  for the
management,  growth and financial  success of the  Corporation  or who otherwise
render valuable  services to the  Corporation  with the opportunity to acquire a
proprietary interest, or increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation
and thereby encourage them to remain in the service of the Corporation.

                  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed
to such terms in Paragraph 6 of this Article I.

         2.       STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

                  The Plan shall be divided  into two separate  components:  the
Option  Grant  Program  specified in Article II and the Stock  Issuance  Program
specified in Article III. The  provisions of Articles I and IV of the Plan shall
apply to both the Option Grant Program and the Stock Issuance  Program and shall
accordingly govern the interests of all individuals in the Plan.

         3.       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

                  (a) The Plan shall be  administered  by the Board.  The Board,
however,  may at any time appoint a committee  ("Committee")  of two (2) or more
Board members and delegate to such  Committee one or more of the  administrative
powers allocated to the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Members of
the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and
shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time.  The Board may also at any
time  terminate  the  functions  of the  Committee  and  reassume all powers and
authority previously delegated to the Committee.

                  (b) The Plan Administrator (either the Board or the Committee,
to the extent the Committee is at the time responsible for the administration of
the Plan) shall have full power and authority  (subject to the provisions of the
Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for the
proper plan administration and to make such determinations under, and issue such
interpretations  of,  the  Plan  and any  outstanding  option  grants  or  share
issuances  as it  may  deem  necessary  or  advisable.  Decisions  of  the  Plan
Administrator  shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in
the Plan or any outstanding option or share issuance.

         4.       OPTION GRANTS AND SHARE ISSUANCES

                  (a) The persons  eligible to receive option grants pursuant to
the Option Grant Program (each an "Optionee")  and/or share  issuances under the
Stock Issuance Program (each a "Participant") are limited to the following:

                           (1) key employees  (including officers and directors)
         of the Corporation (or its parent or subsidiary  corporations,  if any)
         who render  services which  contribute to the success and growth of the
         Corporation  (or any parent or  subsidiary  corporations)  or which may
         reasonably  be  anticipated  to  contribute  to the future  success and
         growth of the Corporation (or any parent or subsidiary corporations);


                                       STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 1
<PAGE>

                           (2) the  non-employee  members  of the  Board  or the
         non-employee  members  of the  board  of  directors  of any  parent  or
         subsidiary corporations; and

                           (3) those consultants or independent  contractors who
         provide  valuable  services  to  the  Corporation  (or  any  parent  or
         subsidiary corporations).

                  (b) The  Plan  Administrator  shall  have  full  authority  to
determine,  (I) with  respect to the option  grants  made under the Plan,  which
eligible  individuals  are to receive option grants,  the number of shares to be
covered  by each  such  grant,  the  status of the  granted  option as either an
Incentive  Option or a  Non-Statutory  Option,  the time or times at which  each
granted  option  is to become  exercisable  and the  maximum  term for which the
option may remain  outstanding,  and (II) with respect to share  issuances under
the  Stock  Issuance  Program,  the  number  of  shares  to be  issued  to  each
Participant,  the  vesting  schedule  (if any) to be  applicable  to the  issued
shares, and the consideration to be paid by the individual for such shares.

                  (c) The Plan Administrator  shall have the absolute discretion
either to grant options in  accordance  with Article II of the Plan or to effect
share issuances in accordance with Article III of the Plan.

         5.       STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

                  (a) The stock  issuable  under the Plan shall be shares of the
Corporation's  authorized but unissued or reacquired  Common Stock, no par value
(the "Common Stock").  The maximum number of shares which may be issued over the
term of the Plan shall not exceed Seven  Hundred  Thousand  (700,000)  shares of
Common  Stock.  The  total  number of shares  issuable  under the Plan  shall be
subject to  adjustment  from time to time in accordance  with the  provisions of
Section 5(c).

                  (b)  Shares  subject  to  (I)  the  portion  of  one  or  more
outstanding  options which are not exercised or surrendered  prior to expiration
or termination  and (II)  outstanding  options  canceled in accordance  with the
cancellation-regrant provisions of Section 4 of Article II will be available for
subsequent  option grants or stock  issuances  under the Plan.  The shares which
shall NOT be available for subsequent option grants or stock issuances under the
Plan include  shares  issued under either the Option Grant  Program or the Stock
Issuance Program (whether as vested or unvested shares) which are repurchased by
the Corporation.

                  (c) In the  event  any  change  is  made to the  Common  Stock
issuable  under  the  Plan  by  reason  of  any  stock  dividend,  stock  split,
combination  of  shares,  exchange  of  shares  or other  change  affecting  the
outstanding  Common  Stock as a class  without  receipt of  consideration,  then
appropriate  adjustments  shall be made to (I) the aggregate number and/or class
of shares issuable under the Plan and (II) the aggregate  number and/or class of
shares and the option price per share in effect under each outstanding option in
order to prevent  the  dilution  or  enlargement  of  benefits  thereunder.  The
adjustments  determined by the Plan  Administrator  shall be final,  binding and
conclusive.

                  (d) Common Stock  issuable  under the Plan,  whether under the
Option  Grant  Program  or the Stock  Issuance  Program,  may be subject to such
restrictions  on transfer,  repurchase  rights or other  restrictions  as may be
determined by the Plan Administrator.

        6.        DEFINITIONS

                  The  following  definitions  shall  apply  to  the  respective
capitalized terms used herein:

                  BOARD means the Board of Directors of Oregon Baking Company,
dba Marsee Baking.

                  CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                  CORPORATION means Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking, an
Oregon corporation, and its successors.

                  CORPORATE  TRANSACTION  means  one or  more  of the  following
transactions:

                                       STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 2
<PAGE>

                  (a) a merger or  consolidation in which the Corporation is not
the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is
to change the state of the Corporation's incorporation,

                  (b) the  sale,  transfer or  other disposition of all or 
substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or

                  (c)  any  reverse  merger  in  which  the  Corporation  is the
surviving  entity but in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the  Corporation's
outstanding voting stock is transferred to holders different from those who held
the stock immediately prior to such merger.

                  EMPLOYEE  means  an  individual  who is in the  employ  of the
Corporation  or one or more  Parent or  Subsidiary  corporations  (if  any).  An
optionee  shall be considered  to be an Employee for so long as such  individual
remains in the employ of the  Corporation  or one or more  Parent or  Subsidiary
corporations,  subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to
both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

                  EXERCISE DATE shall be the date on which written notice of the
exercise  of  an  outstanding   option  under  the  Plan  is  delivered  to  the
Corporation.  Such  notice  shall be in the form of a stock  purchase  agreement
incorporating  any  repurchase  rights or first refusal  rights  retained by the
Corporation with respect to the Common Stock purchased under the option.

                  FAIR MARKET  VALUE of a share of Common  Stock on any relevant
date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

                  (a) If the Common  Stock is at the time  listed or admitted to
trading on any stock  exchange,  then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing
selling  price per share of Common  Stock on the date in  question  on the stock
exchange  determined by the Plan  Administrator to be the primary market for the
Common  Stock,  as such  price is  officially  quoted in the  composite  tape of
transactions  on such exchange.  If there is no reported sale of Common Stock on
such  exchange on the date in question,  then the Fair Market Value shall be the
closing  selling price on the exchange on the last preceding date for which such
quotation exists.

                  (b) If the Common  Stock is not at the time listed or admitted
to trading on any stock exchange but is traded in the  over-the-counter  market,
the Fair Market  Value shall be the mean  between the highest bid and the lowest
asked prices (or if such information is available the closing selling price) per
share of Common Stock on the date in question in the over-the-counter market, as
such prices are  reported by the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers
through its NASDAQ National Market System or any successor  system. If there are
no reported bid and asked prices (or closing selling price) for the Common Stock
on the date in question,  then the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked
prices (or  closing  selling  price) on the last  preceding  date for which such
quotations exist shall be determinative of Fair Market Value.

                  (c) If the  Common  Stock is at the time  neither  listed  nor
admitted  to trading on any stock  exchange  nor traded in the  over-the-counter
market, or if the Plan Administrator determines that the valuation provisions of
subparagraphs (a) and (b) above will not result in a true and accurate valuation
of the Common Stock,  then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan
Administrator  after taking into account such factors as the Plan  Administrator
shall deem appropriate under the circumstances.

                  INCENTIVE   OPTION  means  an  incentive  stock  option  which
satisfies the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

                  NON-STATUTORY  OPTION means an option not intended to meet the
statutory requirements prescribed under the Code for an Incentive Option.

                  PARENT  corporation  means  any  corporation  (other  than the
Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations  ending with the  Corporation,
provided  each  such   corporation   in  the  unbroken  chain  (other  than  the
Corporation)  owns, at the time of the  determination,  stock  possessing  fifty
percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
in one of the other corporations in such chain.


                                       STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 3
<PAGE>

                  PERMANENT  DISABILITY  means the inability of an individual to
engage  in  any  substantial   gainful  activity  by  reason  of  any  medically
determinable  physical or mental  impairment  which can be expected to result in
death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous  period of
not less than 12 months.

                  PLAN means this Oregon Baking Company,  dba Marsee Baking 1997
Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

                  PLAN  ADMINISTRATOR  means the Board or the Committee,  to the
extent the Committee is responsible for plan  administration  in accordance with
Article I, Section 3.

                  SERVICE means the  performance of services for the Corporation
or one or  more  Parent  or  Subsidiary  corporations  by an  individual  in the
capacity of an Employee,  a non-employee  member of the board of directors or an
independent  consultant or advisor,  unless a different  meaning is specified in
the  option  agreement  evidencing  the option  grant,  the  purchase  agreement
evidencing the purchased option shares or the issuance agreement  evidencing any
direct stock  issuance.  An optionee shall be deemed to remain in Service for so
long as such  individual  renders  services to the  Corporation or any Parent or
Subsidiary  corporation  on a periodic  basis in the capacity of an Employee,  a
non-employee  member of the board of directors or an  independent  consultant or
advisor.

                  SUBSIDIARY  corporation means each corporation (other than the
Corporation)   in  an  unbroken  chain  of   corporations   beginning  with  the
Corporation, provided each such corporation (other than the last corporation) in
the unbroken  chain owns,  at the time of the  determination,  stock  possessing
fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

                  10% SHAREHOLDER  means the owner of stock (as determined under
Section 424(d) of the Code) possessing ten percent or more of the total combined
voting  power of all  classes  of  stock of the  Corporation  or any  Parent  or
Subsidiary corporation.

                                   ARTICLE II

                              OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

         1.       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

                  Options  granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be  authorized by
action  of the  Plan  Administrator  and  may,  at the  discretion  of the  Plan
Administrator,  be either  Incentive  Options  or  Non-Statutory  Options.  Each
granted  option  shall  be  evidenced  by one or more  instruments  in the  form
approved by the Plan Administrator; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each such instrument
shall comply with and incorporate the terms and conditions  specified  below. In
addition, each instrument evidencing an Incentive Option shall be subject to the
applicable provisions of Section 2 of this Article II.

                  (a)      OPTION PRICE.

                           (1) The option  price per share shall be fixed by the
         Plan Administrator.

                           (2) The option  price shall  become  immediately  due
         upon exercise of the option,  and subject to the  provisions of Article
         IV,  Section  1,  shall  be  payable  in cash  or  check  drawn  to the
         Corporation's order. Should the Corporation's  outstanding Common Stock
         be registered  under Section  12(g) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934,  as amended (the "1934 Act") at the time the option is exercised,
         then the option price may also be paid as follows:

                                    (A) in shares of  Common  Stock  held by the
                  optionee for the requisite  period necessary to avoid a charge
                  to the Corporation's earnings for financial reporting purposes
                  and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

                                    (B)  through a special  sale and  remittance
                  procedure  pursuant  to which the  Optionee  (I) is to provide
                  irrevocable  written  instructions  to a designated  brokerage
                  firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased  shares and
                  remit to the Corporation,  out of the sale proceeds, an amount


                                       STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 4
<PAGE>

                  sufficient to cover the aggregate option price payable for the
                  purchased shares plus all applicable  Federal and State income
                  and   employment   taxes   required  to  be  withheld  by  the
                  Corporation  by reason of such purchase and (II)  concurrently
                  provides written  directives to the Corporation to deliver the
                  certificates   for  the  purchased  shares  directly  to  such
                  brokerage firm in order to effect the sale transaction.

                  (b) TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  Each option  granted  under
the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period, and for
such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan  Administrator  and set
forth in the stock option agreement  evidencing such option.  However, no option
granted  under the Plan  shall  have a term in excess of ten (10) years from the
grant date. During the lifetime of the Optionee, the option shall be exercisable
only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable by the Optionee
otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution  following the
Optionee's death.

                  (c)      TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

                           (1)  The  Plan  Administrator   shall  have  complete
         discretion to limit the period of time that an option granted under the
         Plan may be exercised  should the  Optionee  cease to remain in Service
         for any reason (including death or Permanent Disability).  In no event,
         however,  shall any such  option  be  exercisable  after the  specified
         expiration  date of the option  term.  During  such  limited  period of
         exercisability,  the  option  may not be  exercised  for more than that
         number of shares (if any) for which such option is  exercisable  on the
         date of the  Optionee's  cessation of Service.  Upon the  expiration of
         such period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the
         option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

                           (2) Any option  granted to an Optionee under the Plan
         and exercisable in whole or in part on the date of the Optionee's death
         may be  subsequently  exercised by the personal  representative  of the
         Optionee's  estate or by the  person or  persons  to whom the option is
         transferred  pursuant to the Optionee's  will or in accordance with the
         laws of descent and distribution.

                           (3)  Notwithstanding  subsections  (1) and (2) above,
         the Plan  Administrator  shall have  complete  discretion,  exercisable
         either at the time the option is  granted  or at the time the  Optionee
         ceases Service,  to allow one or more  outstanding  options held by the
         Optionee to be exercised, during the period of exercisability following
         the  Optionee's  cessation  of  Service,  not only with  respect to the
         number of shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of the
         Optionee's  cessation  of Service but also with  respect to one or more
         subsequent  installments  of  purchasable  shares  for which the option
         otherwise  would have become  exercisable had such cessation of Service
         not occurred.

                           (4)  Notwithstanding any provision of this Article II
         or any  other  provision  of this  Plan to the  contrary,  any  options
         granted  under this Plan shall  terminate  as of the date the  Optionee
         ceases to be in the  Service of the  Corporation  if the  Optionee  was
         terminated  for "cause" or could have been  terminated  for "cause." If
         the  Optionee has an  employment  or a  consulting  agreement  with the
         Corporation, the term "cause" shall have the meaning given that term in
         the employment or consulting  agreement.  If the Optionee does not have
         an employment or consulting agreement with the Corporation,  or if such
         employment  or consulting  agreement  does not define the term "cause,"
         the  term  "cause"  shall  mean:  (A)  misconduct  or  dishonesty  that
         materially   adversely  affects  the  Corporation,   including  without
         limitation  (I)  an act  materially  in  conflict  with  the  financial
         interests  of the  Corporation,  (II)  an act  that  could  damage  the
         reputation or customer relations of the Corporation,  (III) an act that
         could subject the  Corporation to liability,  (IV) an act  constituting
         sexual  harassment or other violation of the civil rights of coworkers,
         (V) failure to obey any lawful  instruction of the Board or any officer
         of the Corporation and (VI) failure to comply with, or perform any duty
         required  under,  the  terms  of  any  confidentiality,  inventions  or
         non-competition  agreement the Optionee may have with the  Corporation,
         or (B) acts  constituting  the  unauthorized  disclosure  of any of the
         trade secrets or confidential  information of the  Corporation,  unfair
         competition  with the  Corporation or the inducement of any customer of
         the Corporation to breach any contract with the Corporation.  The right
         to exercise  any option  shall be  suspended  automatically  during the
         pendency of any investigation by the Board, or its designee, and/or any
         negotiations by the Board, or its designee, and the Optionee, regarding
         any actual or  alleged  act or  omission  by the  Optionee  of the type
         described in this paragraph.


                                       STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 5
<PAGE>


                  (d)  SHAREHOLDER  RIGHTS.  An Optionee  shall have none of the
rights of a shareholder  with respect to any shares  covered by the option until
such Optionee shall have exercised the option and paid the option price.

                  (e)  REPURCHASE  RIGHTS.  The Plan  Administrator  shall  have
complete  discretion  to impose  certain  repurchase  rights on shares of Common
Stock issued under the Plan including the following:

                           (1)  (A)  The  Plan  Administrator   shall  have  the
                  discretion  to authorize  the  issuance of unvested  shares of
                  Common Stock under the Plan. Should the optionee cease Service
                  or should the Corporation  consummate a Corporate  Transaction
                  while the  optionee  is  holding  such  unvested  shares,  the
                  Corporation may reserve the right to repurchase, at the option
                  price paid per share or such other  repurchase price specified
                  in the instrument evidencing such repurchase right, all or (at
                  the discretion of the  Corporation and with the consent of the
                  Optionee)  any  of  those  unvested  shares.   The  terms  and
                  conditions   upon  which  such   repurchase   right  shall  be
                  exercisable  (including  the period and procedure for exercise
                  and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares)
                  shall be established by the Plan  Administrator  and set forth
                  in the instrument evidencing such right.

                                    (B) The  repurchase  right may be assignable
                  to any person or entity selected by the Corporation, including
                  one or more of the Corporation's shareholders. However, if the
                  selected  assignee  is  other  than  a  Parent  or  Subsidiary
                  corporation, then the assignee must make a cash payment to the
                  Corporation,  upon the assignment of the repurchase  right, in
                  an amount  equal to the amount by which the Fair Market  Value
                  of the  unvested  shares at the time  subject to the  assigned
                  right exceeds the aggregate  repurchase price payable for such
                  unvested shares.

                                    (C)  Upon  the  occurrence  of  a  Corporate
                  Transaction,   the  Plan   Administrator   may,  at  its  sole
                  discretion,  (I) terminate all or any  outstanding  repurchase
                  rights under the Plan and thereby cause the shares  subject to
                  such rights to vest  immediately in full, (II) arrange for all
                  or  any  of  the  repurchase  rights  to be  assigned  to  the
                  successor  corporation  (or parent thereof) in connection with
                  the Corporate  Transaction or (III) exercise the Corporation's
                  right to repurchase any unvested shares contemporaneously with
                  the consummation of the Corporate Transaction if such right is
                  provided  in the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  pursuant to which
                  such unvested shares were issued.

                           (2) Until such time as the Corporation's  outstanding
         shares of Common Stock are first  registered under Section 12(g) of the
         1934 Act, the  Corporation  shall have the right of first  refusal with
         respect to any proposed sale or other  disposition  by the Optionee (or
         any successor in interest by reason of purchase,  gift or other mode of
         transfer) of any shares of Common  Stock  issued  under the Plan.  Such
         right of first refusal shall be exercisable by the  Corporation (or its
         assignees) in accordance  with the terms and conditions  established by
         the Plan Administrator and set forth in the instrument  evidencing such
         right.

         2.       INCENTIVE OPTIONS

                  The terms and conditions  specified  below shall be applicable
to all Incentive  Options granted under the Plan.  Incentive Options may only be
granted  to  individuals  who are  Employees.  Options  which  are  specifically
designated  as  Non-Statutory  Options  when issued  under the Plan shall NOT be
subject to such terms and conditions.

                  (a) OPTION  PRICE.  The  option  price per share of the Common
Stock subject to an Incentive  Option shall in no event be less than one hundred
percent  (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the grant
date; provided, if the individual to whom the option is granted is at the time a
10%  Shareholder,  then the  option  price per share  shall not be less than one
hundred ten percent  (110%) of the Fair Market  Value of the Common Stock on the
grant date.

                  (b)  DOLLAR  LIMITATION.   The  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value
(determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock for
which one or more options  granted to any Employee under this Plan (or any other
option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary  corporation) may for
the first time become  exercisable as incentive  stock options under the Federal
tax laws  during any one  calendar  year shall not exceed the sum of one hundred
thousand dollars  ($100,000).  To the extent the Employee holds two or more such


                                       STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 6
<PAGE>

options which become  exercisable  for the first time in the same calendar year,
the foregoing  limitation  on the  exercisability  thereof as Incentive  Options
under the  Federal  tax laws shall be applied on the basis of the order in which
such options are granted.

                  (c)  OPTION  TERM FOR 10%  SHAREHOLDER.  No option  granted to
a 10%  Shareholder  shall have a term in excess of five (5) years from the grant
date.

                  (d)  ACCELERATED  TERMINATION  OF OPTION TERM. The option term
shall  terminate   prior  to  the  expiration  date   established  by  the  Plan
Administrator should any of the following provisions become applicable:

                           (1) Except as otherwise  provided in subparagraph (2)
or (3) below, should an Optionee cease to remain in Service while his/her option
is outstanding,  then the period for exercising  his/her option shall be reduced
to a three  (3)  month  period  commencing  with the date of such  cessation  of
Service,  but in no event shall such option be exercisable at any time after the
expiration  date.  Upon the  expiration  of such  three (3) month  period or (if
earlier) upon the expiration  date,  the option shall  terminate and cease to be
outstanding.

                           (2) Should the Optionee die while  his/her  option is
outstanding,  his/her option shall cease to be exercisable,  upon the EARLIER of
(a) the  expiration  of the twelve (12) month period  measured  from the date of
Optionee's  death or (b) the expiration date of the option.  Upon the expiration
of such twelve (12) month period or (if earlier) upon the  expiration  date, the
option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

                           (3) Should the Optionee become  Permanently  Disabled
and  cease by  reason  thereof  to remain in  Service  while  his/her  option is
outstanding,  then the  Optionee  shall  have a period  of  twelve  (12)  months
(commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise
his/her  option,  but in no event shall this option be  exercisable  at any time
after the  expiration  date of the option.  Upon the  expiration of such limited
period of  exercisability  or (if earlier)  upon the  expiration  date,  his/her
option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

                           (4)  During  the  limited  period  of  exercisability
applicable under subparagraphs (1), (2), or (3) above, the Optionee's option may
be exercised for any or all of the option  shares in which the Optionee,  at the
time of cessation of Services, is vested in accordance with the exercise/vesting
provisions specified in his/her stock option documents.

                  (e)   RESTRICTION   OF  TRANSFER.   An  option  shall  not  be
transferable  otherwise then by will or the laws of descent and distribution and
may be exercisable  during the lifetime of the Optionee only by such Optionee or
the Optionee's guardian or legal representative.

                  Except as modified by the preceding provisions of this Section
2, all the  provisions of the Plan shall be applicable to the Incentive  Options
granted hereunder.

         3.       CORPORATE TRANSACTION

                  (a) In the event of any  Corporate  Transaction,  each  option
outstanding  under  the  Plan  shall  terminate  upon the  consummation  of such
Corporate  Transaction  and  cease  to be  exercisable,  unless  assumed  by the
successor corporation or parent thereof.

                  (b) In connection  with any such  Corporate  Transaction,  the
Plan  Administrator  may, at its sole  discretion,  (I)  accelerate  each or any
outstanding  option  under  the  Plan so that  each or any  such  option  shall,
immediately   prior  to  the  specified   effective   date  for  such  Corporate
Transaction, become fully exercisable with respect to the total number of shares
of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised  for all
or any portion of such shares,  (II) arrange for each or any outstanding  option
to either to be assumed by the successor  corporation or parent thereof or to be
replaced with a comparable option to purchase shares of the capital stock of the
successor  corporation  or parent  thereof,  (III)  arrange for the option to be
replaced by a comparable  cash  incentive  program of the successor  corporation
based on the option  spread (the  amount by which the Fair  Market  Value of the
shares of Common  Stock at the time  subject  to the option  exceeds  the option
price  payable for such  shares) or (IV) take none of the actions  described  in
clauses  (I),  (II) or (III) above and allow the option to terminate as provided


                                       STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 7
<PAGE>

in Section 3(a) above. The determination of comparability under clauses (II) and
(III)  above  shall be made by the Plan  Administrator,  and such  determination
shall be final and conclusive.

                  (c) The  exercisability  as incentive  stock options under the
Federal tax laws of any options  accelerated  in  connection  with the Corporate
Transaction  shall  remain  subject  to  the  applicable  dollar  limitation  of
subsection 2(b) of this Article II.

                  (d) If the  outstanding  options under the Plan are assumed by
the successor  corporation (or parent  thereof) in the Corporate  Transaction or
are otherwise to continue in effect following such Corporate  Transaction,  then
each such assumed or continuing  option shall,  immediately after such Corporate
Transaction,  be  appropriately  adjusted to apply and pertain to the number and
class of  securities  or other  property  that would have been  issuable  to the
option holder, in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, had the option been
exercised   immediately  prior  to  such  Corporate   Transaction.   Appropriate
adjustments  shall also be made to the option price payable per share,  PROVIDED
the aggregate  option price payable for such  securities or other property shall
remain  the same.  In  addition,  the number  and class of  securities  or other
property  available for issuance  under the Plan following the  consummation  of
such Corporate Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted.

                  (e) The  grant of  options  under  this  Plan  shall in no way
affect  the  right of the  Corporation  to  adjust,  reclassify,  reorganize  or
otherwise  change its capital or business  structure  or to merge,  consolidate,
dissolve,  liquidate  or sell or  transfer  all or any part of its  business  or
assets.

         4.       CANCELLATION AND NEW GRANT OF OPTIONS

                  The Plan Administrator  shall have the authority to effect, at
any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected Optionees,  the
cancellation  of any or all  outstanding  options under the Plan and to grant in
substitution  therefor new options under the Plan covering the same or different
numbers  of shares  of Common  Stock  but  having,  in the case of an  Incentive
Option,  an option price per share not less than one hundred  percent  (100%) of
such Fair Market Value per share of Common  Stock on the new grant date,  or, in
the case of a 10% Shareholder,  not less than one hundred and ten percent (110%)
of such Fair Market Value.

         5.       EXTENSION OF EXERCISE PERIOD

                  The Plan Administrator  shall have full power and authority to
extend  (either at the time while the option is granted or at any time while the
option remains outstanding) the period of time for which the option is to remain
exercisable  following  the  Optionee's  cessation of Service,  from the limited
period set forth in the option agreement,  to such greater period of time as the
Plan  Administrator may deem appropriate under the  circumstances.  In no event,
however, shall such option be exercisable after the specified expiration date of
the option term.


                                   ARTICLE III

                             STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

         1.       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK ISSUANCES

                  Shares  of  Common  Stock  shall be  issuable  under the Stock
Issuance Program through direct and immediate  issuances without any intervening
stock  option  grants.  Each such stock  issuance  shall be evidenced by a Stock
Issuance Agreement ("Issuance  Agreement") which complies with each of the terms
and conditions of this Article III.

                  (a)      ISSUE PRICE.

                           (1)  In  the   absolute   discretion   of  the   Plan
         Administrator, shares may be issued for consideration with a value less
         than one-hundred  percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the issued
         shares.


                                       STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 8
<PAGE>

                           (2)  Shares  shall be issued  under the Plan for such
         consideration  as the  Plan  Administrator  shall  from  time  to  time
         determine,  provided  that in no  event  shall  shares  be  issued  for
         consideration other than:

                                    (A)   cash  or  check  payable  to  the 
                  Corporation,

                                    (B)   promissory   note   payable   to   the
                  Corporation's  order,  which may be subject to cancellation by
                  the  Corporation  in  whole or in part  upon  such  terms  and
                  conditions as the Plan Administrator shall specify, or

                                    (C)   services   rendered,   including   any
                  technology  or  other  intellectual  property  contributed  or
                  assigned by Participant to the Corporation.

                  (b)      VESTING SCHEDULE.

                           (1)  In  the   absolute   discretion   of  the   Plan
         Administrator,  the interest of a  Participant  in the shares of Common
         Stock  issued  to such  Participant  under  the Plan  may be fully  and
         immediately   vested  upon   issuance  or  may  vest  in  one  or  more
         installments  in accordance  with the vesting  provisions of subsection
         (b)(4).   Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  subsection  (b)(2),  the
         Participant may not transfer any purchased  shares in which he/she does
         not have a vested  interest.  Accordingly,  all unvested  shares issued
         under  the  Plan  shall  bear  the  restrictive   legend  specified  in
         subsection  (c)(1),  until such  legend is removed in  accordance  with
         subsection (c)(2). The Participant,  however, shall have all the rights
         of a  shareholder  with respect to the shares of Common Stock issued to
         Participant  hereunder,  whether or not Participant's  interest in such
         shares is vested. Accordingly,  the Participant shall have the right to
         vote  such  shares  and  to  receive  any  cash   dividends   or  other
         distributions  paid or made  with  respect  to such  shares.  Any  new,
         additional or different  shares of stock or other  property  (including
         money paid other than as a regular cash  dividend)  which the holder of
         unvested  Common  Stock  may have the right to  receive  by reason of a
         stock  dividend,   stock  split,   reclassification  or  other  similar
         recapitalization  event  affecting  the  outstanding  Common Stock as a
         class  without  the  Corporation's  receipt of  consideration  shall be
         issued subject to (I) the same vesting  requirements  under  subsection
         (b)(4)  applicable  to the  unvested  Common Stock and (II) such escrow
         arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

                           (2) As used in this Article III, the term  "transfer"
         shall include (without limitation) any sale, pledge, encumbrance,  gift
         or other  disposition of such shares.  However,  the Participant  shall
         have the right to make a gift of  unvested  shares  acquired  under the
         Stock Issuance Program to Participant's spouse,  parents or issue or to
         a trust  established  for such spouse,  parents or issue,  provided the
         donee of such shares  delivers to the  Corporation  at the time of such
         donee's  acquisition  of the gifted  shares a written  agreement  to be
         bound by all the  provisions  of the Plan  and the  Purchase  Agreement
         executed by the Participant.

                           (3)  Should the  Participant  cease  Service  for any
         reason  while  Participant's  interest  in  the  Common  Stock  remains
         unvested,  then the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase,  at
         the original  purchase  price paid by the  Participant or at such other
         repurchase price specified in the instrument evidencing such repurchase
         right,  all or (at the  discretion  of the  Corporation  and  with  the
         consent of the  Participant) any shares in which the Participant is not
         at the time vested,  and the Participant shall thereafter cease to have
         any further shareholder rights with respect to the repurchased shares.

                           (4) Any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock
         Issuance  Program  which are not  vested  at the time of such  issuance
         shall vest in one or more installments thereafter.  The elements of the
         vesting  schedule,  namely the performance or service  objectives to be
         completed or achieved,  the number of  installments in which the shares
         are to vest,  the  interval  or  intervals  (if any) which are to lapse
         between  installments and the effect which death,  Permanent Disability
         or other event designated by the Plan Administrator is to have upon the
         vesting  schedule,  shall be determined by the Plan  Administrator  and
         specified in the Issuance Agreement.

                           (5)  The  Plan  Administrator  may in its  discretion
         elect not to exercise,  in whole or in part, its repurchase rights with
         respect  to any  unvested  Common  Stock or other  assets  which  would


                                       STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 9
<PAGE>

         otherwise  at  the  time  be  subject  to  repurchase  pursuant  to the
         provisions of subsection  (b)(3).  Such an election shall result in the
         immediate vesting of the Participant's interest in the shares of Common
         Stock as to which the election applies.

                           (6) No shares of Common  Stock or other  assets shall
         be issued or delivered under this Plan unless and until, in the opinion
         of counsel for the  Corporation  (or its  successor in the event of any
         Corporate  Transaction),  there  shall  have been  compliance  with all
         applicable requirements of the Federal and state securities exchange on
         which  stock  of  the  same  class  is  then  listed,   and  all  other
         requirements  of law or of any  regulatory  bodies having  jurisdiction
         over such issuance and delivery.

                  (c)      STOCK LEGENDS.

                           (1) Each certificate  representing unvested shares of
         Common  Stock (or other  securities)  issued  under the Stock  Issuance
         Program shall bear a restrictive legend substantially as follows:

                  "The securities represented by this certificate are subject to
                  repurchase by the  Corporation  pursuant to the  provisions of
                  the Stock Issuance  Agreement  between the Corporation and the
                  registered   holder  of  the   securities  (or  such  holder's
                  predecessor  in  interest),  a copy of which is on file at the
                  principal office of the Corporation."

                           (2) As the  interest  of the  Participant  vests with
         respect to any stock certificate representing shares acquired under the
         Stock  Issuance  Program,  the  Corporation,   upon  the  Participant's
         delivery of such  certificate  during the period or periods  designated
         each year by the Plan  Administrator  for such certificate  reissuance,
         shall  issue  a new  certificate  for the  vested  shares  without  the
         restrictive  legend of subsection  (c)(1) and a second  certificate for
         the  balance  of the  shares  with  such  legend.  If  the  Corporation
         repurchases  any  unvested  shares of the  Participant  pursuant to the
         provisions of subsection  (b)(3), the Corporation shall at the time the
         repurchase  is  effected  deliver  a  new   certificate,   without  the
         restrictive  legend of subsection  (c)(1),  representing  the number of
         shares  (if any) in which  the  Participant  is  vested  and  which are
         accordingly no longer subject to repurchase by the Corporation.

                  (d) RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.  The Plan Administrator may in its
discretion  establish  as a term and  condition  of the  issuance of one or more
shares of Common Stock under the Stock  Issuance  Program  that the  Corporation
shall have a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed  disposition by
the  Participant  (or any  successor in interest by reason of purchase,  gift or
other mode of transfer) of one or more shares of such Common  Stock.  Such right
of first refusal shall be exercisable by the  Corporation  (or its assignees) in
accordance with the terms and conditions specified in the instrument  evidencing
such right.

         2.       CORPORATE TRANSACTION

                  Upon  the  occurrence  of a  Corporate  Transaction,  the Plan
Administrator may, at its sole discretion,  (I) terminate all or any outstanding
repurchase  rights  under this  Article  III of the Plan and  thereby  cause the
shares subject to such rights to vest  immediately in full, (II) arrange for all
or any of the repurchase rights to be assigned to the successor  corporation (or
parent thereof) in connection  with the Corporate  Transaction or (III) exercise
the Corporation's right to repurchase any unvested shares contemporaneously with
the consummation of the Corporate Transaction,  if such right is provided in the
Stock Issuance Agreement pursuant to which such unvested shares were issued.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         1.       LOANS

                  (a)  The  Plan   Administrator  may  assist  any  Optionee  or
Participant  (including an Optionee or Participant who is an officer or director


                                      STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 10
<PAGE>

of the  Corporation)  in the  exercise  of one or more  options  granted to such
Optionee  under the Article II Option  Grant  Program or the  purchase of one or
more shares  issued to such  Participant  under the  Article III Stock  Issuance
Program,  including  the  satisfaction  of any  Federal  and  State  income  and
employment tax obligations arising therefrom, by:

                           (1) authorizing  the  extension  of a  loan from the 
         Corporation to such Optionee or Participant, or

                           (2) permitting the Optionee or Participant to pay the
         option  price or  purchase  price  for the  purchased  Common  Stock in
         installments over a period of years.

                  (b) The terms of any loan or  installment  method  of  payment
(including the interest rate and terms of repayment) shall be established by the
Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.  Loans or installment payments may be
granted  with or without  security or  collateral;  however,  any loan made to a
consultant or other non-employee  advisor must be secured by property other than
the  purchased  shares  of Common  Stock.  In all  events,  the  maximum  credit
available  to each  Optionee  or  Participant  may not exceed the SUM of (I) the
aggregate  option price or purchase price payable for the purchased  shares less
the  aggregate  par value for such shares plus (II) any Federal and State income
and  employment  tax  liability  incurred  by the  Optionee  or  Participant  in
connection with such exercise or purchase.

                  (c) The Plan  Administrator  may, in its absolute  discretion,
determine that one or more loans extended under the financial assistance program
shall be subject to forgiveness by the Corporation in whole or in part upon such
terms and conditions as the Board in its discretion deems appropriate.

         2.       AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND AWARDS

                  (a) The Board  shall have  complete  and  exclusive  power and
authority  to  amend  or  modify  the  Plan in any or all  respects  whatsoever.
However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and
obligations of an Optionee with respect to options at the time outstanding under
the Plan,  nor adversely  affect the rights of any  Participant  with respect to
Common Stock issued under the Plan prior to such action,  unless the Optionee or
Participant  consents  to such  amendment.  In  addition,  the Board  shall not,
without the approval of the  Corporation's  shareholders,  amend the Plan to (I)
materially increase the maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan (except
for  permissible  adjustments  under Article I, Section 5(c)),  (II)  materially
increase the benefits  accruing to individuals  who  participate in the Plan, or
(III) materially  modify the eligibility  requirements for  participation in the
Plan.

                  (b) Options to purchase  shares of Common Stock may be granted
under the Option  Grant  Program and shares of Common  Stock may be issued under
the Stock Issuance Program,  which are in both instances in excess of the number
of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares
actually issued under the Option Grant Program or the Stock Issuance Program are
held in escrow  until there is  obtained  shareholder  approval of an  amendment
sufficiently  increasing  the  number of shares of Common  Stock  available  for
issuance  under the Plan. If such  shareholder  approval is not obtained  within
twelve (12) months after the date the initial excess issuances are made, whether
as stock  option  grants or direct  stock  issuances,  then (I) any  unexercised
options representing such excess shall terminate and cease to be exercisable and
(II) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and Participants the
option or purchase  price paid for any excess  shares  issued under the Plan and
held in escrow,  together  with interest (at the  applicable  Short Term Federal
Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow.

         3.       EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

                  (a) The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board,
but no option  granted  under the Plan shall become  exercisable,  and no shares
shall be issuable  under the Stock Issuance  Program,  unless and until the Plan
shall have been approved by the Corporation's shareholders.  If such shareholder
approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board's
adoption of the Plan, then all options  previously  granted under the Plan shall
terminate, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued
under  the  Stock  Issuance  Program.  Subject  to  such  limitation,  the  Plan
Administrator  may grant  options under the Plan at any time after the effective
date and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.


                                      STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 11
<PAGE>

                  (b) The Plan shall terminate upon the EARLIER of (I) ten years
after the  adoption  of the Plan or (II) the date on which all shares  available
for  issuance  under the Plan  have been  issued  or  canceled  pursuant  to the
exercise or surrender  of options  granted  under  Article II or the issuance of
shares under Article III. If the date of termination is determined  under clause
(I) above,  then no  options  outstanding  on such date under  Article II and no
shares issued and  outstanding  on such date under Article III shall be affected
by the termination of the Plan, and such securities shall thereafter continue to
have force and effect in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the stock  option
agreements  evidencing such Article II options and the stock purchase agreements
evidencing the issuance of such Article III shares.

         4.       USE OF PROCEEDS

                  Any  cash  proceeds  received  by  the  Corporation  from  the
issuance  of shares of Common  Stock  under the Plan  shall be used for  general
corporate purposes.

         5.       WITHHOLDING

                  The  Corporation's  obligation  to  deliver  shares  upon  the
exercise  or  surrender  of any  options  granted  under  Article II or upon the
purchase  of any  shares  issued  under  Article  III  shall be  subject  to the
satisfaction  of all applicable  Federal,  State and local income and employment
tax withholding requirements.

         6.       REGULATORY APPROVALS

                  The  implementation  of the Plan,  the granting of any options
under the Option  Grant  Program,  the  issuance  of any shares  under the Stock
Issuance  Program,  and the  issuance  of  Common  Stock  upon the  exercise  or
surrender  of  the  option  grants  made  hereunder  shall  be  subject  to  the
Corporation's  procurement  of all approvals and permits  required by regulatory
authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it, and
the Common Stock issued pursuant to it.





                                      STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN - PAGE 12


                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING

                         NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION


                  Notice is hereby  given of the  following  option  grant  (the
"Option") made to purchase  shares of Oregon Baking  Company,  dba Marsee Baking
(the "Company") common stock (the "Common Stock"):

                  OPTIONEE:  ___________________________________________
                  GRANT DATE: __________________________________________
                  VESTING COMMENCEMENT DATE:  __________________________
                  TYPE OF STOCK:  Common Stock
                  OPTION PRICE:  $______ per share
                  NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES:  ____________________________
                  EXPIRATION DATE:  10 years from Grant Date
                  TYPE OF OPTION:  Incentive/Non-Qualified
                  EXERCISE SCHEDULE: ___________________________________________
                  ______________________________________________________________
                  ______________________________________________________________
                  ______________________________________________________________
                  ______________________________________________________________

                  REPURCHASE  RIGHT:  The  Option  Shares  shall be  subject  to
                  repurchase  by the Company at the Option Price paid per share.
                  Provided  Optionee remains in Service (as defined in the Stock
                  Purchase   Agreement   attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B),  the
                  Company's Repurchase Right will lapse with respect to, and the
                  Optionee  shall acquire a vested  interest in, _______________
                  ______________________________________________________________
                  ______________________________________________________________
                  ______________________________________________________________
                  ______________________________________________________________
                  ______________________________________________________________
                  __________________________________.  In  no  event  shall  any
                  additional  Option Shares vest after  Optionee's  cessation of
                  Service.

                  Optionee  understands  and  agrees  that the Option is granted
subject  to and in  accordance  with the  express  terms and  conditions  of the
Company's 1997 Stock Option/Stock  Issuance Plan (the "Plan").  Optionee further
agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in the
Stock Option Agreement  attached hereto as Exhibit A. Optionee  understands that
the terms and conditions  applicable to any Option Shares  purchased  thereunder
are as set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.

                  Optionee hereby acknowledges  receipt of a copy of the Plan in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

                  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  REFUSAL.   IN  ADDITION  TO  THE  COMPANY'S
REPURCHASE  RIGHT SET FORTH ABOVE,  THE OPTIONEE  HEREBY  AGREES THAT ALL OPTION
SHARES  ACQUIRED  UPON THE  EXERCISE  OF THE OPTION  SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  REFUSAL  UPON  ANY  PROPOSED  SALE,   ASSIGNMENT,   TRANSFER,


                                                                 Notice of Grant
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

ENCUMBRANCE  OR  OTHER  DISPOSITION  OF THE  COMPANY'S  SHARES.  THE  TERMS  AND
CONDITIONS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT ATTACHED
HERETO AS EXHIBIT B.

                  NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE  CONTRACT.  Nothing in this Agreement
or in the Plan shall  confer  upon the  Optionee  any right to  continue  in the
Service of the Company for any period of specific  duration or interfere with or
otherwise  restrict in any way the rights of the Company or the Optionee,  which
rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at
any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.


___________________________
         Date


                                        OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING




                                        By:_____________________________________

                                        Its:____________________________________




                                        ________________________________________
                                        Optionee

                                Address:_____________________________
                                        
                                        ________________________________________





                                                                 Notice of Grant
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

<PAGE>


                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


                                   WITNESSETH:
                                   ----------

                                    RECITALS


     A.  The Board has adopted the Plan for the purpose of attracting and 
retaining the services of selected key employees (including officers and 
directors), non-employee members of the Board and consultants and other 
independent contractors who contribute to the financial success of the 
Corporation.

     B.  Optionee is an individual who is to render valuable services to the
Corporation, and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to
carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection with the Corporation's grant
of a stock option to Optionee.

     C.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall, unless the context 
clearly indicates otherwise, have the meaning assigned to such terms in 
Paragraph 21 of this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

     1.  GRANT OF OPTION. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth
in this Agreement, the Corporation hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant
Date, a stock option to purchase up to that number of Option Shares as is
specified in the Grant Notice. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time
to time during the Option term at the Option Price per share specified in the
Grant Notice.

     2.  OPTION TERM. This Option shall expire at the close of business on the
Expiration Date specified in the Grant Notice, unless sooner terminated in
accordance with Paragraphs 5, 6, or 18 hereof; provided, in no event shall this
Option have a maximum term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the Grant
Date.

     3.  OPTION NONTRANSFERABLE; EXCEPTION. This Option shall be neither 
transferable nor assignable by Optionee other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution following the Optionee's death and may be exercised,
during Optionee's lifetime, only by Optionee.

     4.  DATES OF EXERCISE. This Option may not be exercised in whole or in part
at any time prior to the time the Plan is approved by the Corporation's


                                                          Stock Option Agreement
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

shareholders in accordance with Paragraph 18. Provided such shareholder approval
is obtained, this Option shall thereupon become exercisable for the Option
Shares in one or more installments as is specified in the Grant Notice. As the
Option becomes exercisable in one or more installments, the installments shall
accumulate and the Option shall remain exercisable for such installments until
the Expiration Date or the sooner termination of the Option term under Paragraph
5 or Paragraph 6 of this Agreement.

     5.  ACCELERATED TERMINATION OF OPTION TERM. The option term specified in
Paragraph 2 shall terminate (and this Option shall cease to be exercisable)
prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become
applicable:

     (a) Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (b) or (c) below, should
Optionee cease to remain in Service while this Option is outstanding, then the
period for exercising this Option shall be reduced to a three (3) month period
commencing with the date of such cessation of Service, but in no event shall
this Option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date. Upon the
expiration of such three (3) month period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration
Date, this Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

     (b) Should Optionee die while this Option is outstanding, then the personal
representative of the Optionee's estate or the person or persons to whom the
Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or in accordance with the
law of descent and distribution shall have the right to exercise this Option.
Such right shall lapse, and this Option shall cease to be exercisable, upon the
EARLIER of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12) month period measured from the
date of Optionee's death or (ii) the Expiration Date. Upon the expiration of
such twelve (12) month period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this
Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

     (c) Should Optionee become Permanently Disabled and cease by reason thereof
to remain in Service while this Option is outstanding, then the Optionee shall
have a period of twelve (12) months (commencing with the date of such cessation
of Service) during which to exercise this Option, but in no event shall this
Option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date. Upon the expiration
of such limited period of exercisability or (if earlier) upon the Expiration
Date, this Option shall terminate and case to be outstanding.

     (d) During the limited period of exercisability  applicable under  
subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, this Option may be exercised for any or all
of the Option Shares in which the Optionee, at the time of cessation of Service,
is vested in accordance with the exercise/vesting provisions specified in the
Grant Notice or the special acceleration provisions of Paragraph 6 of this
Agreement.

     (e) Notwithstanding any provisions of this paragraph 5 or any other 
provision of this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, any options granted
under the Plan shall terminate as of the date Optionee ceases to be in the


                                                          Stock Option Agreement
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

Service of the Corporation if Optionee was terminated for "cause" or could have
been terminated for "cause." If Optionee has an employment or consulting
agreement the Corporation, the term "cause" shall have the meaning given that
term in the employment or consulting agreement. If Optionee does not have and
employment or consulting agreement with the Corporation, or if such employment
or consulting agreement does not define the term "cause," the term "cause" shall
mean: (1) misconduct or dishonesty that materially adversely affects the
Corporation, including without limitation (I) an act materially in conflict with
the financial interests of the Corporation, (ii) an act that could damage the
reputation or customer relations of the Corporation, (iii) an act that could
subject the Corporation to liability, (iv) an act constituting sexual harassment
or other violation of the civil rights of coworkers, (v) failure to obey any
lawful instruction of the Board or any officer of the Corporation and (vi)
failure to comply with, or perform any duty required under, the terms of any
confidentiality, inventions, or noncompetition agreement Optionee may have with
the Corporation, or (2) acts constituting the unauthorized disclosure of any of
trade secrets or confidential information of the Corporation, unfair competition
with the corporation or the inducement of any customer of the Corporation to
breach any contract during the pendency of any investigation by the Board, or
its designee, and/or any negotiations by the Board, or its designee, and
Optionee, regarding any actual or alleged act or omission by Optionee of the
type described in this paragraph.

     6.  CORPORATE TRANSACTION.

     (a) This Option shall terminate upon the consummation of any Corporate
Transaction, unless expressly assumed by the successor corporation or parent
thereof.

     (b) In connection with any such Corporate Transaction, the Plan 
Administrator may, at its sole discretion, (i) accelerate this Option so that
this Option shall, immediately prior to the specified effective date for such
Corporate Transaction, become fully exercisable with respect to all of the
Option Shares and may be exercised for all or any portion of such shares, (ii)
arrange for this Option either to be assumed by the successor corporation or
parent thereof or to be replaced with a comparable option to purchase shares of
the capital stock of the successor corporation or parent thereof, (iii) arrange
for this Option to be replaced by a comparable cash incentive program of the
successor corporation based on the option spread (the amount by which the Fair
Market Value of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to the Option
exceeds the Option Price payable for such shares) or (iv) take none of the
actions described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above and allow this Option to
terminate as provided in Paragraph 6(a) above. The determination of
comparability under clauses (ii) and (iii) above shall be made by the Plan
Administrator, and its determination shall be final and conclusive.


                                                          Stock Option Agreement
                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>

     (c) The exercisability of this Option as an incentive stock option under 
the Federal tax laws (if designated as such in the Grant Notice) shall, in
connection with any such Corporate Transaction, be subject to the applicable
dollar limitation of Paragraph 19.

     (d) This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Corporation
to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise make changes in its capital or
business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or
transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

     7.  ADJUSTMENT IN OPTION SHARES

     (a) In the event any change is made to the Corporation's outstanding Common
Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares,
exchange or conversion of shares, or other change affecting the outstanding
Common Stock as a class without receipt of consideration, then appropriate
adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number of Option Shares subject to
this Option and (ii) the Option Price payable per share in order to reflect such
change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

     (b) If this Option is to be assumed or is otherwise to remain outstanding 
after the Corporate Transaction, then this Option shall be appropriately
adjusted to apply and pertain to the number and class of securities that would
have been issuable to the Optionee in the consummation of such Corporation
Transaction had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate
Transaction, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Option Price
payable per share, provided the aggregate Option Price payable hereunder shall
remain the same.

     8.  PRIVILEGE OF STOCK OWNERSHIP. The holder of this Option shall not have
any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Option Shares until such
individual shall have exercised the option and paid the Option Price.

     9.  MANNER OF EXERCISING OPTION.

     (a) In order to exercise this Option with respect to all or any part of the
Option Shares for which this Option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or in
the case of exercise after Optionee's death, the Optionee's executor,
administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must take the following
actions:

     (1) Execute and deliver to the Secretary of the Corporation the Purchase 
         Agreement;


                                                         Stock Option Agreement
                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>

     (2) Pay the aggregate Option Price for the purchased shares either by full
         payment in cash or check, or any other form approved by the Plan
         Administrator at the time of exercise in accordance with the provisions
         of Paragraph 15.1

     (3) Furnish to the Corporation appropriate documentation that the person or
         persons exercising the Option (if other than Optionee) have the right
         to exercise this Option.

     (b) Should the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock be registered under
Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934
Act"), at the time the Option is exercised, then the Option Price may also be
paid as follows:

     (1) in shares of the Common Stock held by the Optionee for the requisite
         period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation's earnings for
         financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the
         Exercise Date; or

     (2) through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the
         Optionee (i) is to provide irrevocable written instructions to a
         designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased
         shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds, an
         amount sufficient to cover the aggregate Option Price payable for the
         purchased shares plus all applicable Federal and state income and
         employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason
         of such purchase and (ii) concurrently provides written directives to
         the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares
         directly to such broker-dealer in order to effect the sale transaction.

     (c) Except to the extent the special sale and remittance procedure is 
utilized to exercise this Option, payment of the Option Price must accompany the
delivery of the Purchase Agreement. As soon after such payment is practical, the
Corporation shall mail or deliver to Optionee (or to the other person or persons
exercising this Option) a certificate or certificates representing the shares so
purchased and paid for, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

     (d) In no event may this Option be exercised for any fractional shares.

     10. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL/REPURCHASE RIGHTS. THE OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES 
THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION SHALL BE 
SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF 

- --------
1 Authorization of a loan or installment payment method under such provisions
may, under currently proposed Treasury Regulations, result in the loss of
incentive stock option treatment under the Federal tax laws.

                                                         Stock Option Agreement
                                                                          Page 5
<PAGE>

FIRST REFUSAL OF THE CORPORATION AND ITS ASSIGNS IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OF ANY SUCH SHARES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE 1998 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN AND THE STOCK
PURCHASE AGREEMENT. ADDITIONALLY, THE GRANT NOTICE MAY GRANT THE CORPORATION THE
RIGHT TO REPURCHASE ANY SHARES ACQUIRED UNDER THIS OPTION, WHICH RIGHT SHALL
LAPSE OVER TIME BASED UPON THE OPTIONEE'S LENGTH OF SERVICE TO THE CORPORATION.

     11. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.

     (a) The exercise of this Option and the issuance of Option Shares upon such
exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Corporation and the Optionee with
all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable
regulations of any stock exchange on which shares of the Corporation's Common
Stock may be listed at the time of such exercise and issuance.

     (b) In connection with the exercise of this Option, Optionee shall execute
and deliver to the Corporation such representations in writing as may be
requested by the Corporation in order for it to comply with the applicable
requirements of Federal and state securities laws.

     12. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Except to the extent otherwise provided in
Paragraphs 3 and 6, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of, and be binding upon, the successors, administrators, heirs, legal
representatives and assigns of Optionee and the successors and assigns of the
Corporation.

     13. LIABILITY OF CORPORATION.

     (a) If the Option Shares covered by this Agreement exceed, as of the Grant 
Date, the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan
without shareholder approval, then this Option shall be void with respect to
such excess shares, unless shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently
increasing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan is
obtained in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article IV of the Plan.

     (b) The inability of the Corporation to obtain approval from any regulatory
body having authority the Corporation deems necessary to the lawful issuance and
sale of any Common stock pursuant to this Option shall relieve the Corporation
of any liability with respect to the non-issuance of sale of the Common stock as
to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Corporation, however,
shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.


                                                          Stock Option Agreement
                                                                          Page 6

<PAGE>

     14. NOTICES. Any notice required to be given or delivered to the 
Corporation under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed
to the Corporation in care of the Corporate Secretary at its principal corporate
offices. Any notices required to be given or delivered to the Optionee shall be
in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee's
signature line on the Grant Notice. All notices shall be deemed to have been
given or delivered upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the US Mail,
postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

     15. LOANS. The Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and 
without any obligation to do so, assist the Optionee in the exercise of this
Option by (i) authorizing the extension of a loan to the Optionee from the
Corporation or (ii) permitting the Optionee to pay the option price for the
purchased Common Stock in installments over a period of years. The terms of any
such loan or installment method of payment (including the interest rate, the
requirement for collateral and the terms of repayment) shall be established by
the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

     16. CONSTRUCTION. This Agreement and the Option evidenced hereby are made
and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject
to the express terms and provisions of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan
Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or
this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest
in this Option.

     17. GOVERNING LAW. The interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Oregon.

     18. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The grant of this Option is subject to approval
of the Plan by the Corporation's shareholders within twelve (12) months after
the adoption of the Plan by the Board. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF THIS
AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, THIS OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED IN WHOLE OR IN PART
UNTIL SUCH SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL IS OBTAINED. In the event that such shareholder
approval is not obtained, then this Option shall terminate in its entirety and
the Optionee shall have no further rights to acquire any Option Shares
hereunder.

     19. ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION. In the event
this Option is designated an incentive stock option in the Grant Notice, the
following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:


                                                         Stock Option Agreement
                                                                          Page 7
 
<PAGE>

     (a) This Option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an
incentive stock option under the Federal tax laws if (and to the extent) this
Option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (i) more than three (3)
months after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other
than death or Permanent Disability or (ii) more than one (1) year after the date
the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

     (b) In the event this Option is designated as immediately exercisable in
the Grant Notice, then except in the event of a Corporate Transaction, this
Option shall not become exercisable in the calendar year in which granted if
(and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant
Date) of the Common Stock for which this Option would otherwise first become
exercisable in such calendar year would, when added to the aggregate Fair Market
Value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common
Stock for which one or more other post-1986 incentive stock options granted to
the Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option
plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary corporations) first become
exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed one hundred thousand dollars
($100,000) in the aggregate. To the extent the exercisability of this Option is
deferred by reason of the foregoing limitation, the deferred portion will first
become exercisable in the first calendar year or years thereafter in which the
one hundred thousand dollar ($100,000) limitation of this Paragraph 19(b) would
not be contravened.

     (c) In the event this Option is designated as an installment option in the
Grant Notice, no installment under this Option (whether annual or monthly) shall
qualify for favorable tax treatment as an incentive stock option under the
Federal tax laws if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value
(determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which such installment
first becomes exercisable hereunder will, when added to the aggregate Fair
Market Value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the
Common Stock for which this Option or one or more other post-1986 incentive
stock options granted to the Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the
Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary
corporations) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate.

     (d) Should the exercisability of this Option be accelerated upon a
Corporate Transaction, then this Option shall qualify for favorable tax
treatment as an incentive stock option under the Federal tax laws only to the
extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the
Common Stock for which this Option first becomes exercisable in the calendar
year in which the Corporate Transaction occurs does not, when added to the
aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the respective date or dates of
grant) of the Common Stock for which this Option or one or more other post-1986
incentive stock options granted to the Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether
under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or
Subsidiary corporations) first become exercisable during the same calendar year,
exceed one hundred thousand (100,000) in the aggregate.

                                                         Stock Option Agreement
                                                                          Page 8
<PAGE>

     (e) To the extent this Option should fail to qualify as an incentive stock
option under the Federal tax laws, the Optionee will recognize compensation
income in connection with the acquisition of one or more Option Shares
hereunder, and the Optionee must make appropriate arrangements for the
satisfaction of all Federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements
and Federal Social Security employee tax requirements applicable to such
compensation income.

     20. ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO A NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION. In the
event this Option is designated a non-statutory stock option in the Grant
Notice, Optionee hereby agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the
Corporation for the satisfaction of all Federal, state or local tax withholding
requirements and Federal Social Security employee tax requirements applicable to
the exercise of this Option.

     21. DEFINITIONS. The following definitions shall apply to the respective
capitalized terms used herein:

     (a) BOARD means the Board of Directors of Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee
Baking

     (b) CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     (c) COMMON STOCK means the Common Stock of Oregon Baking Company, dba
Marsee Baking

     (d) CORPORATION means Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking, a Delaware
corporation, and any of its successors.

     (e) CORPORATE TRANSACTION means one or more of the following transactions:

     (1) a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is not the surviving
         entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to
         change the state of the Corporation's incorporation;

     (2) the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of
         the assets of the Corporation; or

                                                         Stock Option Agreement
                                                                          Page 9

<PAGE>

     (3) any reverse merger in which the Corporation is the surviving entity but
         in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Corporation's outstanding
         voting stock is transferred to holders different from those who held
         stock immediately prior to such merger.

     (f) EMPLOYEE means an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation or
any Parent or Subsidiary corporation. An Optionee shall be considered to be an
Employee for so long as such individual remains in the employ of the Corporation
or any Parent or Subsidiary corporation, subject to the control and direction of
the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and
method of performance.

     (g) EXERCISE DATE shall be the date on which the executed Purchase
Agreement for one or more Option Shares is delivered to the Corporation in
accordance with Paragraph 9 of this Agreement.

     (h) FAIR MARKET VALUE of a share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall
be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

     (1) If the Common Stock is not at the time listed or admitted to trading on
         any stock exchange but is traded in the over-the-counter market, the
         Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the highest bid and the
         lowest asked prices (or if such information is available the closing
         selling price) per share of Common Stock on the date in question in the
         over-the-counter market, as such prices are reported by the National
         Association of Securities Dealers through its NASDAQ National Market
         System or any successor system. If there are no reported bid and asking
         prices (or closing selling price) for the Common Stock on the date in
         question, then the mean between the highest bid and the lowest asked
         prices (or closing selling price) on the last preceding date for which
         such quotations exist shall be determinative of Fair Market Value.

     (2) If the Common Stock is at the time listed or admitted to trading on any
         stock exchange then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling
         price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the stock
         exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market
         for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the
         composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no
         reported sale of Common Stock on such exchange on the date in question,
         then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the
         exchange on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

                                                         Stock Option Agreement
                                                                        Page 10

<PAGE>

     (3) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed nor admitted to
         trading on any stock exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter
         market, or if the Plan Administrator otherwise determines that the
         valuation provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) above will not result
         in a true and accurate valuation of the Common Stock, then the Fair
         Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking
         into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem
         appropriate under the circumstances.

     (i) GRANT DATE means the date specified in the Grant Notice as the date on
which the Option was granted to the Optionee under the Plan.

     (j) INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION means an option not intended to meet the
statutory requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

     (k) NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION means an option not intended to meet the
statutory requirements prescribed for in an Incentive Stock Option.

     (l) OPTION SHARES means the total number of shares of Common Stock
indicated in the Grant Notice as purchasable under this Option.

     (m) OPTIONEE means the individual identified in the Grant Notice as the
person to whom this Option has been granted under the Plan.

     (n) OPTION PRICE means the exercise price per share to be paid by the
Optionee for the exercise of this Option. The Option Price is indicated in the
Grant Notice.

     (o) PARENT corporation means any corporation (other than the Corporation)
in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each
such corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the
time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other
corporations in such claim.

     (p) PERMANENTLY DISABLED or Permanent Disability means the inability of an
individual to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any
medically-determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to
result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous
period of not less than 12 months.

     (q) PLAN means the 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan of the
Corporation, in the form of Exhibit C to the Grant Notice.

                                                         Stock Option Agreement
                                                                        Page 11

<PAGE>

     (r) PLAN ADMINISTRATOR means either the Board or a committee of two or more
Board members, to the extent such committee may at the time be responsible for
plan administration.

     (s) PURCHASE AGREEMENT means the stock purchase agreement, in substantially
the form of Exhibit B to the Grant Notice, which is to be executed in connection
with the exercise of this Option for one or more Option Shares.

     (t) SERVICE means the performance of services for the Corporation or any
Parent or Subsidiary corporation by an individual in the capacity of an
Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or an independent
consultant or advisor. Accordingly, the Optionee shall be deemed to remain in
Service for so long as such individual renders services to the Corporation or
any Parent or Subsidiary corporation on a periodic basis in the capacity of an
Employee, a non-employee of the board of directors or an independent consultant
or advisor.

     (u) SUBSIDIARY corporation means each corporation (other than the
Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the
Corporation, provided each such corporation (other than the last corporation) in
the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing
fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

                                                         Stock Option Agreement
                                                                        Page 12

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>


                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


          Agreement made as of this ____ day of __________________, 19__, and
between Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking, an Oregon corporation (the
"Corporation"), and _________________________________________, the holder of a
stock option ("Optionee") under the Corporation's 1997 Stock Option/Stock
Issuance Plan (the "Plan").

          All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning
assigned to them in this Agreement or in the attached Appendix, unless otherwise
indicated.

          A. EXERCISE OF OPTION
             ------------------

          1. EXERCISE. Optionee hereby purchases shares of Common Stock (the
"Purchased Shares") pursuant to that certain option (the "Option") granted
Optionee on ____________, 19__ (the "Grant Date") to purchase up to
______________ shares of Common Stock under the Plan at the exercise price of
$_____________ per share (the "Exercise Price").

          2. PAYMENT. Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the
Corporate Secretary, Optionee shall pay the Exercise Price for the Purchased
Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement and shall
deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as
a condition for exercise, together with a duly-executed blank Assignment
Separate from Certificate (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I) with
respect to the Purchased Shares.

          3. DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES. The certificates representing the
Purchased Shares hereunder which are subject to the Repurchase Right shall be
held in escrow by the Corporate Secretary in accordance with the provisions of
Article G.

          4. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. Until such time as the Corporation actually
exercises its Repurchase Right or First Refusal Right under this Agreement,
Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a
shareholder (including voting, dividend, and liquidation rights) with respect to
the Purchased Shares, including the Purchased Shares held in escrow under
Article G, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions of Article D.

          B. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE
             -------------------------

          1. EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. The Purchased Shares have not been
registered under the 1933 Act and are accordingly being issued to Optionee in
reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by Rule 701 of the


                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

SEC for stock issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan.
Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan in the form of
Exhibit C to the Grant Notice.

          2. RESTRICTED SECURITIES.
          -------------------------

          (a) Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the
Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be
resold or transferred unless the Purchase Shares are first registered under the
Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is
available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is prepared
to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware
that Rule 144 of the SEC issued under the 1933 Act is not presently available to
exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of
the 1933 Act.

          (b) Upon the expiration of the ninety (90) day period immediately
following the date on which the Corporation first becomes subject to the
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Purchased Shares, to the extent
vested under Article E, may be sold (without registration) pursuant to the
applicable requirements of Rule 144. If Optionee is at the time of such sale an
affiliate of the Corporation for purposes of Rule 144 or was such an affiliate
during the preceding three (3) months, then the sale must comply with all the
requirements of Rule 144 (including the volume limitation on the number of
shares sold, the broker/market-maker sale requirement and the requisite notice
to the SEC); however, the one (1) year holding period requirement of Rule 144
will not be applicable. If Optionee is not at the time of the sale an affiliate
of the Corporation nor was such an affiliate during the preceding three (3)
months, then none of the requirements of Rule 144 (other than the
broker/market-maker sale requirement for Purchased Shares held for less than two
(2) years following payment in cash of the Exercise Price therefor) will be
applicable to the sale.

          (c) Should the Corporation not become subject to the reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act, then Optionee may, provided he/she is not at
the time an affiliate of the Corporation (nor was such an affiliate during the
preceding three (3) months), sell the Purchased Shares (without registration)
pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144 after the Purchased shares have been held
for a period of two (2) years following the payment of the Exercise Price for
such shares.

          3. DISPOSITION OF SHARES. Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall
make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a permitted transfer
under paragraph D.1) unless and until there is compliance with all of the
following requirements:

          (a) Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with a written
summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

          (b) Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this
Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

          (c) Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with written
assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, that (i) the
proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under
the 1933 Act or (ii) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the
registration requirements of the 1933 Act or of any exemption from registration
available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

          (d) Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with written
assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, that the
proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer
restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares.

The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased
Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of
this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or
otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to
whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this
Agreement.

          4. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS. In order to reflect the restrictions imposed
by this Agreement upon the disposition of the Purchased Shares, the stock
certificates for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with restrictive
legends, including one or more of the following legends:

          (a) "The shares represented by this certificate have not been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares may not be sold or
offered for sale in the absence of (i) an effective registration statement for
the shares under such Act, (ii) a 'no action' letter of the Securities and
Exchange Commission with respect to such sale or offer or (iii) satisfactory
assurances to the Corporation that registration under such Act is not required
with respect to such sale or offer."

          (b) "The shares represented by this certificate are unvested and
accordingly may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, or in any manner
disposed of except in conformity with the terms of a written Stock Purchase
Agreement between the Corporation and the registered holder of the shares (or
the predecessor in interest to the shares). Such agreement grants certain
repurchase rights and rights of first refusal to the Corporation (or its
assignees) upon the sale, assignment, transfer, encumbrances or other
disposition of the Corporation's shares or upon termination of service with the
Corporation. A copy of such agreement is maintained at the Corporation's
principal corporate offices."

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>

     C. SPECIAL TAX ELECTION
        --------------------

          1. SECTION 83(B) ELECTION FOR EXERCISE OF NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION.
If the Purchased Shares are acquired hereunder pursuant to the exercise of a
Non-Statutory Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then Optionee
understands that under Code Section 83, the excess of the Fair Market Value of
the Purchased Shares on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such
shares lapse over the Exercise Price paid for such shares will be reportable as
ordinary income on the lapse date. For this purpose, the term "forfeiture
restrictions" includes the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased
Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right provided under Article E. Optionee
understands that he/she may elect under Code Section 83(b) to be taxed at the
time the Purchased Shares are acquired hereunder, rather than when and as such
Purchased Shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions. Such
election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days
after the date of this Agreement. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Purchased
Shares on the date of this Agreement equals the Exercise Price paid (and thus no
tax is payable), the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in
the future. THE FROM FOR MAKING THIS ELECTION IS ATTACHED AS EXHIBIT II HERETO.
OPTIONEE UNDERSTANDS THAT FAILURE TO MAKE THIS FILING WITHIN THE APPLICABLE
THIRTY (30) DAY PERIOD WILL RESULT IN THE RECOGNITION OF ORDINARY INCOME BY
OPTIONEE AS THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS LAPSE.

          2. CONDITIONAL SECTION 83(B) ELECTION FOR EXERCISE OF INCENTIVE
OPTION. If the Purchased Shares are acquired hereunder pursuant to the exercise
of an Incentive Option under the Federal tax laws, as specified in the Grant
Notice, then the following tax principles shall be applicable to the Purchased
Shares:

          (a) For regular tax purposes, no taxable income will be recognized at
the time the Option is exercised.

          (b) The excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on
the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture
restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (ii) the Exercise
Price pad for the Purchased Shares will be includable in Optionee's taxable
income for alternative minimum tax purposes.

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>

          (c) If Optionee makes a disqualifying disposition of the Purchased
Shares, then Optionee will recognize ordinary income in the year of such
disposition equal in amount to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the
Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date
any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (ii)
the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Any additional gain recognized
upon the disqualifying disposition will be either short-term or long-term
capital gain depending upon the period for which the Purchased Shares are held
prior to the disposition.

          (d) For purposes of the foregoing, the term "forfeiture restrictions"
will include the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased Shares
pursuant to the Repurchase Right under Article E. The term "disqualifying
disposition" means any sale or other disposition(1) of the Purchased Shares
within two (2) years after the Grant Date or within one (1) year after the
exercise date of the Option.

          (e) In the absence of final Treasury Regulations relating to Incentive
Options, it is not certain whether Optionee may, in connection with the exercise
of the Option for any Purchased Shares at the time subject to forfeiture
restrictions, file a protective election under Code Section 83(b) which would
limit (a) Optionee's alternative minimum taxable income upon exercise and (b)
Optionee's ordinary income upon a disqualifying disposition to the excess of the
Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised
over the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. THE APPROPRIATE FORM FOR
MAKING SUCH A PROTECTIVE ELECTION IS ATTACHED AS EXHIBIT III TO THIS AGREEMENT
AND MUST BE FILED WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS
AFTER THE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT. HOWEVER, SUCH ELECTION IF PROPERLY FILED WILL
ONLY BE ALLOWED TO THE EXTENT THE FINAL TREASURY REGULATIONS PERMIT SUCH A
PROTECTIVE ELECTION.

          3. FILING RESPONSIBILITY. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS OPTIONEE'S
SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE CORPORATION'S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER
SECTION 83(B), EVEN IF OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE CORPORATION OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES
TO MAKE THIS FILING ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

     D. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.
        ---------------------

          1. RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER. Optionee shall not transfer, assign,
encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Shares which are subject


- --------
(1) Generally, a disposition of shares purchased under an Incentive Option
includes any transfer of legal title, including a transfer by sale, exchange or
gift, but does not include a transfer to the Optionee's spouse, a transfer into
joint ownership with right of survivorship if Optionee remains one of the joint
owners, a pledge, a transfer by bequest or inheritance or certain tax free
exchanges permitted under the Code.

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 5

<PAGE>

to the Repurchase Right under Article E. In addition, Purchased Shares which are
released from the Repurchase Right shall not be transferred, assigned,
encumbered or otherwise made the subject of disposition in contravention of the
First Refusal Right under Article F or the market stand-off provisions of
paragraph D.3. Such restrictions on transfer, however, shall not be applicable
to (a) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares, provided and only if
Optionee's obtains the Corporation's prior written consent to such transfer, (b)
a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee's will
or the laws of intestate succession or (c) a transfer tot he [sic] Corporation
in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee
in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

          2. TRANSFEREE OBLIGATIONS. Each person (other than the Corporation) to
whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted
transfers specified in paragraph D.1 must, as a condition precedent to the
validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Corporation that such
person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred
shares are subject to (a) both the Repurchase Right and the First Refusal Right
granted hereunder and (b) the market stand-off provisions of paragraph D.3, to
the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

          3. MARKET STAND-OFF.
          --------------------

          (a) In connection with any underwritten public offering by the
Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration
statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Corporation's initial public
offering, Owner shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate,
pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer
for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with
respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the
Corporation or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for such
period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the
offering as may be requested by the Corporation or such underwriters. The
limitations of this paragraph D.3 shall in all events terminate two (2) years
after the effective date of the Corporation's initial public offering.

          (b) In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization,
combination of shares, exchange or conversion of shares or other change
affecting the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock effected as a class without
the Corporation's receipt of consideration, then any new, substituted or
additional securities distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be
immediately subject to the provisions of this paragraph D.3, to the same extent
the Purchased Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

          (c) In order to enforce the limitations of this paragraph D.3, the
Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased
Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 6

<PAGE>

     E. REPURCHASE RIGHT.
        ----------------

          1. GRANT. The Corporation is hereby granted the right (the "Repurchase
Right"), exercisable at any time during the sixty (60) day period following the
date Optionee ceases for any reason to remain in Service, (if later) during the
sixty (60) day period following the execution date of this Agreement, or
contemporaneously with the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, to
repurchase at the exercise Price all or (at the discretion of the Corporation
and with the consent of Optionee) any portion of the Purchased Shares in which
Optionee is not, at the time of his or her cessation of Service, vested in
accordance with the vesting provisions of paragraph E.3 (such shares to be
hereinafter called the "Unvested Shares").

          2. EXERCISE OF THE REPURCHASE RIGHT. The Repurchase right shall be
exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares
prior to the expiration of the applicable sixty (60) day period specified in
paragraph E.1, or, in the case of a Corporate Transaction, prior to its
consummation. The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be
repurchased and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to
be not more than thirty (30) days after the date of notice. To the extent one or
more certificates representing Unvested Shares may have been previously
delivered out of escrow to Owner, Owner shall, prior to the close of business on
the date specified for the repurchase, deliver to the Corporate Secretary the
certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased, each
certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer. The Corporation shall,
concurrently with the receipt of such stock certificates (either from escrow in
accordance with paragraph G.3 or from Owner as herein provided), pay to Owner in
cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money
indebtedness), an amount equal to the Exercise Price previously paid for the
Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.

          3. TERMINATION OF THE REPURCHASE RIGHT. The Repurchase Right shall
terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely
exercised under paragraph E.2. In addition, the Repurchase Right shall
terminate, and cease to be exercisable, with respect to any and all Purchased
Shares in which Optionee vests in accordance with the vesting schedule specified
in the Grant Notice. All Purchased Shares as to which the Repurchase right
lapses shall, however, continue to be subject to (a) the First Refusal Right of
the Corporation and its assignees under Article F, and (b) the market stand-off
provisions of paragraph D.3.

          4. AGGREGATE VESTING LIMITATION. If the Option is exercised in more
than one increment so that Optionee is a party to one or more other Stock
Purchase Agreements ("Prior Purchase Agreements") which are executed prior to
the date of this Agreement, then the total number of Purchased Shares as to
which Optionee shall be deemed to have a fully-vested interest under this
Agreement and all Prior Purchase Agreements shall not exceed in the aggregate
the number of Purchased Shares in which Optionee would otherwise at the time be
vested, in accordance with the vesting provisions of paragraph E.3, had all the
Purchased Shares been acquired exclusively under this Agreement.

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 7

<PAGE>

          5. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares shall be repurchased by the
Corporation. Accordingly, should the Repurchase Right extend to a fractional
share (in accordance with the vesting provisions of paragraph E.3) at the time
Optionee ceases Service, then such fractional share shall be added to any
fractional share in which Optionee is at such time vested in order to make one
whole vested share no longer subject to the Repurchase Right.

          6. ADDITIONAL SHARES OR SUBSTITUTED SECURITIES. In the event of any
stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange
or conversion of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock
as a class effected without the Corporation's receipt of consideration, any new,
substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid
other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any such
transaction distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be
immediately subject to the Repurchase Right, but only to the extent the
Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments
to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the
number and/or class of Purchase Shares subject to this Agreement and to the
price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right in order to
reflect the effect of any such transaction upon the Corporation's capital
structure; provided, however, that the aggregate price shall remain the same.

          7. CORPORATE TRANSACTION.

          (a) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Plan Administrator
may, at its sole discretion, (i) terminate the Corporation's Repurchase Right
under this Agreement and thereby cause the Shares subject to such right to vest
immediately in full, (ii) arrange for the Repurchase Right to be assigned to the
successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with the Corporate
Transaction or (iii) exercise the Corporation's Repurchase Right
contemporaneously with the consummation of the Corporate Transaction as provided
in paragraph E.1 above.

          (b) To the extent the Repurchase Right remains in effect following
such Corporate Transaction, such right shall apply to the new capital stock or
other property (including cash) received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in
consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Purchased
Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be
made to the price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Right to
reflect the effect of the Corporate Transaction upon the Corporation's capital
structure; provided, however, that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the
same.

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 8

<PAGE>

          F. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
             ----------------------

          1. GRANT. The Corporation is hereby granted the right of first refusal
(the "First Refusal Right"), exercisable in connection with any proposed
transfer of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested in accordance with
the vesting provisions of Article E. For purposes of this Article F, the term
"transfer" shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other
disposition of the Purchased Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not
include any of the permitted transfers under paragraph D.1.

          2. NOTICE OF INTENDED DISPOSITION. In the event any Owner of the
Purchased Shares desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the
transfer of any or all of such shares (the Purchased Shares subject to such
offer to be hereinafter called the "Target Shares"), Owner shall promptly (a)
deliver to the Corporate Secretary written notice (the "Disposition Notice") of
the terms and conditions of the offer, including the purchase price and the
identity of the third-party offeror, and (b) satisfactory proof that the
disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in
contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles B and D.

          3. EXERCISE OF RIGHT.
          ---------------------

          (a) The Corporation (or its assignees) shall, for a period of thirty
(30) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to
repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the disposition Notice
upon the same terms and conditions as those specified therein or upon such other
terms and conditions (not materially different from those specified in the
Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents. Such right shall be exercisable by
delivery of written notice (the "Exercise Notice") to Owner prior to the
expiration of the thirty (30) day exercise period. If such right is exercised
with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Corporation (or its assignees)
shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase
price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the Exercise
Notice; at such time Owner shall deliver to the Corporation the certificates
representing the Target Shares to be repurchased, each certificate to be
properly endorsed for transfer. To the extent any of the Target Shares are at
the time held in escrow under Article G, the certificates for such shares shall
automatically be released from escrow and delivered to the Corporation for
purchase.

          (b) Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be
payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the
Corporation (or its assignees) shall have the right to pay the purchase price in
the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the
Corporation (or its assignees) cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10)
days after the Corporation's receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation
shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the
Corporation (or its assignees) or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within
twenty (20) days after the Corporation's receipt of the Disposition Notice, each
shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 9
<PAGE>

shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall
be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared
equally by Owner and the Corporation. The closing shall then be held on the
later of (i) the fifth business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or
(ii) the fifth business day after such cash valuation shall have been made.

          4. NON-EXERCISE OF RIGHT. In the event the Exercise Notice is not
given to Owner within thirty (30) days following the date of the Corporation's
receipt of the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days
thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the
third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms and
conditions (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party
offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided, however, that
any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the
provisions of Article B. To the extent any of the Target Shares are at the time
held in escrow under Article G, the certificates for such shares shall
automatically be released from escrow and surrendered to Owner. The third-party
offeror shall acquire the Target Shares free and clear of the Repurchase Right
under Article E and the First Refusal Right hereunder, but the acquired shares
shall remain subject to (a) the securities law restrictions of paragraph B.2(a)
and (b) the market stand-off provisions of paragraph D.3. In the event Owner
does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the
specified thirty (30) day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be
applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until
such right lapses in accordance with paragraph F.6.

          5. PARTIAL EXERCISE OF RIGHT. In the event the Corporation (or its
assignees) makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a
portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice,
Owner shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Corporation
delivered within five (5) days after Owner's receipt of the Exercise Notice, to
effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following
alternatives:

          (a) sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the
third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance
with the requirements of paragraph F.4, as if the Corporation did not exercise
the First Refusal Right hereunder; or

          (b) sale to the Corporation (or its assignees) of the portion of the
Target Shares which the Corporation (or its assignees) has elected to purchase,
such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of
paragraph F.3.

Failure of Owner to deliver timely notification to the Corporation under this
paragraph F.5 shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the Target
Shares pursuant to alternative (a) above.

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                         Page 10

<PAGE>

          6. LAPSE. The First Refusal Right under this Article F shall lapse and
cease to have effect upon the earliest to occur of (a) the first date on which
shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than five hundred (500)
persons, (b) a determination is made by the Board that a public market exists
for the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (c) a firm commitment
underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the
aggregate amount of a least seven and a half million dollars ($7,500,000).
However, the market stand-off provisions of paragraph D.3 shall continue to
remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right
hereunder.

          G. ESCROW.
             ------

          1. DEPOSIT. Upon issuance, the certificates for any Unvested Shares
purchased hereunder shall be deposited in escrow with the Corporation to be held
in accordance with the provisions of this Article G. Each deposited certificate
shall be accompanied by a duly executed Assignment Separate from Certificate in
the form of Exhibit I. The deposited certificates, together with any other
assets or securities from time to time deposited with the Corporation pursuant
to the requirements of this Agreement, shall remain in escrow until such time or
times as the certificates (or other assets and securities) are to be released or
otherwise surrendered for cancellation in accordance with paragraph G.3. Upon
delivery of the certificates (or other assets and securities) to the
Corporation, the Owner shall be issued an instrument of deposit acknowledging
the number of Unvested Shares (or other assets and securities) delivered in
escrow to the Corporation.

          2. RECAPITALIZATION. All regular cash dividends on the Unvested Shares
(or other securities at the time held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the
Owner and shall not be held in escrow. However, in the event of any stock
dividend, stock split, recapitalization, conversion or other change affecting
the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock as a class effected without receipt
of consideration or in the event of a Corporate Transaction, any new,
substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of
such transaction distributed with respect to the Unvested Shares shall be
immediately delivered to the Corporation to be held in escrow under this Article
G, but only to the extent the Unvested Shares are at the time subject to the
escrow requirements of paragraph G.1.

          3. RELEASE/SURRENDER. The Unvested Shares, together with any other
assets or securities held in escrow hereunder, shall be subject to the following
terms and conditions relating to their release from escrow or their surrender to
the Corporation for repurchase and cancellation:

          (a) Should the Corporation (or its assignees) elect to exercise the
Repurchase Right with respect to any Unvested Shares, then the escrowed
certificates for such Unvested Shares (together with any other assets or
securities issued with respect thereto) shall be delivered to the Corporation,
concurrently with the payment to the Owner, in cash or cash equivalent


                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                         Page 11
<PAGE>

(including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), of an amount
equal to the aggregate Purchase Price for such Unvested Shares, and the Owner
shall cease to have any further rights or claims with respect to such Unvested
Shares (or other assets or securities attributable to such Unvested Shares).

          (b) Should the Corporation (or its assignees) elect to exercise its
First Refusal Right under this Agreement with respect to any vested Target
Shares held at the time in escrow hereunder, then the escrowed certificates for
such Target Shares (together with any other assets or securities attributable
thereto) shall, concurrently with the payment of the purchase price for such
Target Shares to the Owner, be surrendered to the Corporation and the Owner
shall cease to have any further rights or claims with respect to such Target
Shares (or other assets or securities).

          (c) Should the Corporation (or its assignees) elect NOT to exercise
their First Refusal Right under this Agreement with respect to any vested Target
Shares held at the time in escrow hereunder, then the escrowed certificates for
such Target Shares (together with any other assets or securities attributable
thereto) shall be surrendered to the Owner for disposition in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement.

          (d) As the interest of the Participant in Unvested Shares (or any
other assets or securities attributable thereto) vests in accordance with the
provisions of Article E, the certificates for such vested shares (as well as all
other vested assets and securities) may be released from escrow and delivered to
the Owner in accordance with the following schedule:

               (i) Upon the written request of the Participant, the initial
release of vested shares (or other vested assets and securities) from escrow
shall be effected within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the
initial twelve (12) month period measured from the initial vesting date under
the Repurchase Right; provided, however, that in no event will vested shares be
released from escrow until shareholder approval authorizing the issuance of such
shares under the Plan has been obtained.

               (ii) Upon the written request of the Participant, subsequent
releases of vested shares (or other vested assets and securities) from escrow
shall be effected at annual intervals thereafter.

               (iii) Upon the Participant's cessation of Service, any escrowed
Shares (or other assets or securities) in which the Participant is at the time
vested shall be promptly released from escrow.

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                         Page 12

<PAGE>

               (iv) Upon any earlier termination of the Corporation's Repurchase
Right in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article E, the Shares (or
other assets or securities) at the time held in escrow hereunder shall promptly
be released to the Owner as fully-vested shares or other property.

          (e) All Shares (or other assets or securities) released from escrow in
accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (d) above shall nevertheless
remain subject to this Agreement.

          H. GENERAL PROVISIONS
             ------------------

          1. ASSIGNMENT. The Corporation may assign its Repurchase Right and/or
its First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board, including
(without limitation) one or more shareholders of the Corporation. If the
assignee of the Repurchase Right is other than (a) a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Corporation or (b) the parent corporation owning one hundred percent (100%)
of the Corporation's outstanding capital stock, then such assignee must make a
cash payment to the Corporation, upon the assignment of the Repurchase Right, in
an amount equal to the excess (if any) of (a) the Fair Market Value of the
Purchased Shares at the time subject to the assigned Repurchased Right over (b)
the aggregate repurchase price payable for the Purchased Shares thereunder.

          2. NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE CONTRACT. Nothing in this Agreement or in
the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any
period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way
the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) or Optionee, which
rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at
any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

          3. NOTICES. Any notice required in connection with (a) the Repurchase
Right or the First Refusal Right, or (b) the disposition of any Purchased Shares
covered thereby shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon
personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail, registered or
certified, postage prepaid and addressed to the party entitled to such notice at
the address indicated below such party's signature line on this Agreement or at
such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written
notice under this paragraph 1.3 to all other parties to this Agreement.

          4. NO WAIVER. The failure of the Corporation (or its assignees) in any
instance to exercise the Repurchase Right, or the failure of the Corporation (or
its assignees) in any instance to exercise the First Refusal Right, shall not
constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first
refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or
any other agreement between the Corporation and Optionee or Optionee's spouse.
No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a
waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or
different nature.

          5. CANCELLATION OF SHARES. If the Corporation (or its assignees) shall
make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in
this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time,


                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                         Page 13
<PAGE>

the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any
rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of
such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be
deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the
Corporation (or its assignees) shall be deemed the owner and holder of such
shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required
by this Agreement.

          I. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
             ------------------------

          1. OPTIONEE UNDERTAKING. Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever
additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Corporation may
deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the
obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares
pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

          2. AGREEMENT IS ENTIRE CONTRACT. This Agreement constitutes the entire
contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.
This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all
respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the
Plan.

          3. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of Oregon without resort to that
State's conflict-of-laws rules. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to
the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Multnomah County,
Oregon, in any action or proceeding brought to enforce or otherwise arising out
of or relating to this Agreement, and hereby waive any objection to venue in any
such court and any claim that such forum is an inconvenient forum.

          4. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

          5. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the Corporation and its successors
and assignees and Optionee and Optionee's legal representatives, heirs,
legatees, distributees, assignees, and transferees by operation of law, whether
or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have
agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions
hereof.

          6. POWER OF ATTORNEY. Optionee's spouse hereby appoints Optionee his
or her true and lawful attorney in fact, for him or her and in his or her name,
place and stead, and for his or her use and benefit, to agree to any amendment
or modification of this Agreement and to execute such further instruments and
take such further actions as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent
of this Agreement. Optionee's spouse further gives and grants unto Optionee as
his or her attorney in fact full power and authority to do and perform every act
necessary and proper to be done in the exercise of any of the foregoing powers
as fully as he or she might or could do if personally present, with full power

                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                         Page 14

<PAGE>

of substitution and revocation, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
Optionee shall lawfully do and cause to be done by virtue of this power of
attorney.


              [The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]



                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                         Page 15

<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the
day and year first indicated above.

                                        OREGON BAKING COMPANY,
                                        dba Marsee Baking


                                        By:_____________________________________

                                        Title:__________________________________

                                        Address:________________________________


                                        OPTIONEE:


                                        ________________________________________

                                        Address:________________________________
                                        ________________________________________


          The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the
foregoing Stock Purchase Agreement. In consideration of the Corporation's
granting Optionee the right to acquire the Purchased Shares in accordance with
the terms of such Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably
bound by all the terms and provisions of such Agreement, including
(specifically) the right of the Corporation (or its assignees) to purchase any
and all interest or right the undersigned may otherwise have in such shares.


                                        OPTIONEE'S SPOUSE:


                                        ________________________________________



                                        Address:________________________________
                                                ________________________________




                                               Employee Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                         Page 16

<PAGE>

                                    APPENDIX
                                    --------

DEFINITIONS
- -----------

         BOARD shall mean the Corporation's Board of Directors.

         CODE shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         COMMON STOCK shall mean the Corporation's Common Stock.

         CORPORATE TRANSACTION shall mean one or more of the following
shareholder-approved transactions:

              (i)     a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is not
                      the surviving entity, except for a transaction the
                      principal purpose of which is to change the state of the
                      Corporation's incorporation;

              (ii)    the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or 
                      substantially all of the assets of the Corporation;

              (iii)   any reverse merger in which the Corporation is the
                      surviving entity but in which fifty percent (50%) or more
                      of the Corporation's outstanding voting stock is
                      transferred to holders different from those who held the
                      stock immediately prior to such merger.

         CORPORATION shall mean Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking, an
Oregon corporation, and any of its successors.

         EXCHANGE ACT shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

         FAIR MARKET VALUE of a share of Common Stock on any relevant date,
prior to the initial public offering of Common Stock, shall be determined by the
Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as it shall deem
appropriate.

         GRANT NOTICE shall mean the notice of grant of stock option pursuant to
which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.

         INCENTIVE OPTION shall mean a stock option granted under the Plan which
satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

         1933 ACT shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                                                                        Appendix
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

         NON-STATUTORY OPTION shall mean an option not intended to meet the
requirements of Code Section 422.

         OPTION AGREEMENT shall mean the agreement between the Corporation and
Optionee evidencing the Option.

         OWNER shall mean Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased
Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a permitted transfer from
Optionee in accordance with paragraph D.1.

         PARENT shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an
unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each
corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time
of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations
in such chain.

         SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         SERVICE shall mean the provision of services to the Corporation or any
Parent or Subsidiary by an individual in the capacity of an employee, subject to
the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be
performed and the manner and method of performance, a non-employee member of the
board of directors or a consulting or independent contractor.

         SUBSIDIARY shall mean each corporation (other than the Corporation) in
an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each
such corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns,
at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more
of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other
corporations in such chain.


                                                                        Appendix
                                                                          Page 2

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT I
                                    ---------

                      ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

                  FOR VALUE RECEIVED _________________________ hereby sell(s),
assign(s) and transfer(s) unto ______________________________ ("Assignee"),
(_______) shares of the Common Stock of Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking
(the "Corporation") standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation
represented by Certificate No. _________ herewith and do hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint _______________________ Attorney to transfer the said
stock on the books of the Corporation with full power of substitution in the
premises.


Dated: _____________________


                                              __________________________________
                                              (signature)



INSTRUCTION: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.
Please sign exactly as you would like your name to appear on the issued stock
certificate. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Corporation to
exercise its Repurchase Right set forth in the Agreement without requiring
additional signatures on the part of Optionee.


                                                                       Exhibit I
                                                                          Page 1

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT II
                                   ----------

                           SECTION 83(B) TAX ELECTION

     This statement is being made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue
Code, pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.83-2.

(1)  The taxpayer who performed the services is:

     Name: ________________________________________
     Address: _____________________________________
     Taxpayer ID No: ______________________________

(2)  The property with respect to which the election is being made is __________
     shares of the Common Stock of Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking.

(3)  The property was issued on ________________, _____.

(4)  The taxable year in which the election is being made is the calendar year
     _____.

(5)  The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer
     has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for
     any reason taxpayer's employment with the issuer is terminated. The
     issuer's repurchase right lapses in a series of semi-annual and monthly
     installments over a forty-eight (48) month period ending on __________,
     ______.

(6)  The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to
     any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never
     lapse) is $_________ per share.

(7)  The amount paid for such property is $__________ per share.

(8)  A copy of this statement was furnished to Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee
     Baking for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of
     property.

(9)  This statement is executed as of: ___________________________, __________.


______________________________________       ___________________________________
Spouse (if any)                              Taxpayer

This form must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which
taxpayer files his/her Federal income tax returns. The filing must be made
within 30 days after the execution date of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

                                                                      Exhibit II
                                                                          Page 1

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT III
                                   -----------

                           SECTION 83(B) TAX ELECTION

     This statement is being made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue
Code, pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.83-2.

(1)  The taxpayer who performed the services is:

     Name: ________________________________________
     Address: _____________________________________
     Taxpayer ID No: ______________________________

(2)  The property with respect to which the election is being made is __________
     shares of the Common Stock of Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking.

(3)  The property was issued on ________________, _____.

(4)  The taxable year in which the election is being made is the calendar year
     _____.

(5)  The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer
     has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for
     any reason taxpayer's employment with the issuer is terminated. The
     issuer's repurchase right lapses in a series of semi-annual and monthly
     installments over a forty-eight (48) month period ending on __________,
     ______.

(6)  The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to
     any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never
     lapse) is $_________ per share.

(7)  The amount paid for such property is $__________ per share.

(8)  A copy of this statement was furnished to Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee
     Baking for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of
     property.

(9)  This statement is executed as of: ___________________________, __________.


______________________________________       ___________________________________
Spouse (if any)                              Taxpayer

This election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which
taxpayer files his or her Federal income tax returns and must be made within
thirty (30) days after the execution date of the Stock Purchase Agreement. This
filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.
Optionee must retain two (2) copies of the completed form for filing with his or


                                                                    Exhibit III
                                                                         Page 1

<PAGE>

her Federal and state tax returns for the current tax year and an additional
copy for his or her records.

The property described in the above Section 83(b) election is comprised of
shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock
option under Section 422 of the Code. Accordingly, it is the intent of the
Taxpayer to utilize this election to achieve the following tax results:

1.            The purpose of this election is to have the alternative minimum
              taxable income attributable to the purchased shares measured by
              the amount by which the fair market value of such shares at the
              time of their transfer to the Taxpayer exceeds the purchase price
              paid for the shares. In the absence of this election, such
              alternative minimum taxable income would be measured by the spread
              between the fair market value of the purchased shares and the
              purchase price which exists on the various lapse dates in effect
              for the forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares. The
              election is to be effective to the full extent permitted under the
              Internal Revenue Code.

2.            Section 421(a)(1) of the Code expressly excludes from income any 
              excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares over the
              amount paid for such shares. Accordingly, this election is also
              intended to be effective in the event there is a "disqualifying
              disposition" of the shares, within the meaning of Section 421(b)
              of the Code, which would otherwise render the provisions of
              Section 83(a) of the Code applicable at that time. Consequently,
              the Taxpayer hereby elects to have the amount of disqualifying
              disposition income measured by the excess of the fair market value
              of the purchased shares on the date of transfer to the Taxpayer
              over the amount paid for such shares. Since 421(a) presently
              applies to the shares which are the subject of this Section 83(b)
              election, no taxable income is actually recognized for regular tax
              purposes at this time, and no income taxes are payable, by the
              Taxpayer as a result of this election.

THIS PAGE IS TO BE ATTACHED TO ANY SECTION 83(B) ELECTION FILED IN CONNECTION
WITH THE EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION UNDER THE FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

                                                                    Exhibit III
                                                                         Page 2

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                     1997 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

                               [See Exhibit 10.3]





                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING

                       1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN


                                    ARTICLE I

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         1.       PURPOSE

                  This   Oregon   Baking   Company,   dba  Marsee   Baking  1998
Nonqualified  Stock  Option Plan is intended  to promote  the  interests  of the
Corporation  by  providing  eligible  individuals  who are  responsible  for the
management,  growth and financial  success of the  Corporation  or who otherwise
render valuable  services to the  Corporation  with the opportunity to acquire a
proprietary interest, or increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation
and thereby encourage them to remain in the service of the Corporation.

                  Capitalized  terms  used  herein  shall  have  the  meanings 
ascribed to such terms in Paragraph 5 of this Article I.


         2.       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

                  (a) The Plan shall be  administered  by the Board.  The Board,
however,  may at any time appoint a committee  ("Committee")  of two (2) or more
Board members and delegate to such  Committee one or more of the  administrative
powers allocated to the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Members of
the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and
shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time.  The Board may also at any
time  terminate  the  functions  of the  Committee  and  reassume all powers and
authority previously delegated to the Committee.

                  (b) The Plan Administrator (either the Board or the Committee,
to the extent the Committee is at the time responsible for the administration of
the Plan) shall have full power and authority  (subject to the provisions of the
Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for the
proper plan administration and to make such determinations under, and issue such
interpretations  of,  the  Plan  and any  outstanding  option  grants  or  share
issuances  as it  may  deem  necessary  or  advisable.  Decisions  of  the  Plan
Administrator  shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in
the Plan or any outstanding option or share issuance.

         3.       OPTION GRANTS

                  (a) The persons  eligible to receive  option  grants under the
Plan (each an "Optionee") are limited to the following:

                           (1) key employees  (including officers and directors)
         of the Corporation (or its parent or subsidiary  corporations,  if any)
         who render  services which  contribute to the success and growth of the
         Corporation  (or any parent or  subsidiary  corporations)  or which may
         reasonably  be  anticipated  to  contribute  to the future  success and
         growth of the Corporation (or any parent or subsidiary corporations);

                           (2) the  non-employee  members  of the  Board  or the
         non-employee  members  of the  board  of  directors  of any  parent  or
         subsidiary corporations; and

                           (3) those consultants or independent  contractors who
         provide  valuable  services  to  the  Corporation  (or  any  parent  or
         subsidiary corporations).


                                    1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN - PAGE 1
<PAGE>

                  (b) The  Plan  Administrator  shall  have  full  authority  to
determine which eligible individuals are to receive option grants, the number of
shares to be covered by each such grant, the time or times at which each granted
option is to become  exercisable  and the maximum  term for which the option may
remain outstanding.


         4.       STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

                  (a) The stock  issuable  under the Plan shall be shares of the
Corporation's  authorized but unissued or reacquired  Common Stock, no par value
(the "Common Stock").  The maximum number of shares which may be issued over the
term of the Plan  shall not  exceed  One  Million  (1,000,000)  shares of Common
Stock.  The total number of shares  issuable  under the Plan shall be subject to
adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(c).

                  (b)  Shares  subject  to  (I)  the  portion  of  one  or  more
outstanding  options which are not exercised or surrendered  prior to expiration
or termination  and (II)  outstanding  options  canceled in accordance  with the
cancellation-regrant provisions of Section 3 of Article II will be available for
subsequent option grants under the Plan. The shares which shall NOT be available
for subsequent option grants under the Plan include shares issued under the Plan
(whether as vested or unvested shares) which are repurchased by the Corporation.

                  (c) In the  event  any  change  is  made to the  Common  Stock
issuable  under  the  Plan  by  reason  of  any  stock  dividend,  stock  split,
combination  of  shares,  exchange  of  shares  or other  change  affecting  the
outstanding  Common  Stock as a class  without  receipt of  consideration,  then
appropriate  adjustments  shall be made to (I) the aggregate number and/or class
of shares issuable under the Plan and (II) the aggregate  number and/or class of
shares and the option price per share in effect under each outstanding option in
order to prevent  the  dilution  or  enlargement  of  benefits  thereunder.  The
adjustments  determined by the Plan  Administrator  shall be final,  binding and
conclusive.

                  (d) Common Stock issuable  pursuant to the exercise of options
granted  under  the  Plan  may be  subject  to such  restrictions  on  transfer,
repurchase  rights  or  other  restrictions  as may be  determined  by the  Plan
Administrator.

        5.        DEFINITIONS

                  The  following  definitions  shall  apply  to  the  respective
capitalized terms used herein:

                   BOARD means the Board of Directors of Oregon Baking  Company,
dba Marsee Baking.

                  CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                  CORPORATION means Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking, an
Oregon corporation, and its successors.

                  CORPORATE  TRANSACTION  means  one or  more  of the  following
transactions:

                  (a) a merger or  consolidation in which the Corporation is not
the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is
to change the state of the Corporation's incorporation,

                  (b)  the  sale,  transfer  or  other  disposition  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or

                  (c)  any  reverse  merger  in  which  the  Corporation  is the
surviving  entity but in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the  Corporation's
outstanding voting stock is transferred to holders different from those who held
the stock immediately prior to such merger.

                  EMPLOYEE  means  an  individual  who is in the  employ  of the
Corporation  or one or more  Parent or  Subsidiary  corporations  (if  any).  An
optionee  shall be considered  to be an Employee for so long as such  individual
remains in the employ of the  Corporation  or one or more  Parent or  Subsidiary
corporations,  subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to
both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.


                                   1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN - PAGE 2
<PAGE>

                  EXERCISE DATE shall be the date on which written notice of the
exercise  of  an  outstanding   option  under  the  Plan  is  delivered  to  the
Corporation.  Such  notice  shall be in the form of a stock  purchase  agreement
incorporating  any  repurchase  rights or first refusal  rights  retained by the
Corporation with respect to the Common Stock purchased under the option.

                  FAIR MARKET  VALUE of a share of Common  Stock on any relevant
date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

                  (a) If the Common  Stock is at the time  listed or admitted to
trading on any stock  exchange,  then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing
selling  price per share of Common  Stock on the date in  question  on the stock
exchange  determined by the Plan  Administrator to be the primary market for the
Common  Stock,  as such  price is  officially  quoted in the  composite  tape of
transactions  on such exchange.  If there is no reported sale of Common Stock on
such  exchange on the date in question,  then the Fair Market Value shall be the
closing  selling price on the exchange on the last preceding date for which such
quotation exists.

                  (b) If the Common  Stock is not at the time listed or admitted
to trading on any stock exchange but is traded in the  over-the-counter  market,
the Fair Market  Value shall be the mean  between the highest bid and the lowest
asked prices (or if such information is available the closing selling price) per
share of Common Stock on the date in question in the over-the-counter market, as
such prices are  reported by the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers
through its NASDAQ National Market System or any successor  system. If there are
no reported bid and asked prices (or closing selling price) for the Common Stock
on the date in question,  then the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked
prices (or  closing  selling  price) on the last  preceding  date for which such
quotations exist shall be determinative of Fair Market Value.

                  (c) If the  Common  Stock is at the time  neither  listed  nor
admitted  to trading on any stock  exchange  nor traded in the  over-the-counter
market, or if the Plan Administrator determines that the valuation provisions of
subparagraphs (a) and (b) above will not result in a true and accurate valuation
of the Common Stock,  then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan
Administrator  after taking into account such factors as the Plan  Administrator
shall deem appropriate under the circumstances.

                  NON-STATUTORY  OPTION means an option not intended to meet the
statutory requirements prescribed under Section 422 of the Code for an incentive
option.

                  PARENT  corporation  means  any  corporation  (other  than the
Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations  ending with the  Corporation,
provided  each  such   corporation   in  the  unbroken  chain  (other  than  the
Corporation)  owns, at the time of the  determination,  stock  possessing  fifty
percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
in one of the other corporations in such chain.

                  PERMANENT  DISABILITY  means the inability of an individual to
engage  in  any  substantial   gainful  activity  by  reason  of  any  medically
determinable  physical or mental  impairment  which can be expected to result in
death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous  period of
not less than 12 months.

                  PLAN means this Oregon Baking Company,  dba Marsee Baking 1998
Nonqualified Stock Option Plan.

                  PLAN  ADMINISTRATOR  means the Board or the Committee,  to the
extent the Committee is responsible for plan  administration  in accordance with
Article I, Section 2.

                  SERVICE means the  performance of services for the Corporation
or one or  more  Parent  or  Subsidiary  corporations  by an  individual  in the
capacity of an Employee,  a non-employee  member of the board of directors or an
independent  consultant or advisor,  unless a different  meaning is specified in
the option  agreement  evidencing  the option  grant or the  purchase  agreement
evidencing the purchased option shares. An optionee shall be deemed to remain in
Service for so long as such  individual  renders  services to the Corporation or
any Parent or Subsidiary  corporation  on a periodic basis in the capacity of an
Employee,  a  non-employee  member of the board of directors  or an  independent
consultant or advisor.


                                    1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN - PAGE 3
<PAGE>

                  SUBSIDIARY  corporation means each corporation (other than the
Corporation)   in  an  unbroken  chain  of   corporations   beginning  with  the
Corporation, provided each such corporation (other than the last corporation) in
the unbroken  chain owns,  at the time of the  determination,  stock  possessing
fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  OPTION GRANTS

         1.       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

                  Options  granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be  authorized by
action  of the Plan  Administrator  and  shall be  Non-Statutory  Options.  Each
granted  option  shall  be  evidenced  by one or more  instruments  in the  form
approved by the Plan Administrator; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each such instrument
shall comply with and incorporate the terms and conditions specified below.

                  (a)      OPTION PRICE.

                           (1) The option  price per share shall be fixed by the
         Plan Administrator.

                           (2) The option  price shall  become  immediately  due
         upon exercise of the option,  and subject to the  provisions of Article
         III,  Section  1,  shall  be  payable  in cash or  check  drawn  to the
         Corporation's order. Should the Corporation's  outstanding Common Stock
         be registered  under Section  12(g) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
         1934,  as amended (the "1934 Act") at the time the option is exercised,
         then the option price may also be paid as follows:

                                    (A) in shares of  Common  Stock  held by the
                  optionee for the requisite  period necessary to avoid a charge
                  to the Corporation's earnings for financial reporting purposes
                  and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

                                    (B)  through a special  sale and  remittance
                  procedure  pursuant  to which the  Optionee  (I) is to provide
                  irrevocable  written  instructions  to a designated  brokerage
                  firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased  shares and
                  remit to the Corporation,  out of the sale proceeds, an amount
                  sufficient to cover the aggregate option price payable for the
                  purchased shares plus all applicable  Federal and State income
                  and   employment   taxes   required  to  be  withheld  by  the
                  Corporation  by reason of such purchase and (II)  concurrently
                  provides written  directives to the Corporation to deliver the
                  certificates   for  the  purchased  shares  directly  to  such
                  brokerage firm in order to effect the sale transaction.

                  (b) TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  Each option  granted  under
the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period, and for
such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan  Administrator  and set
forth in the stock option agreement  evidencing such option.  However, no option
granted  under the Plan  shall  have a term in excess of ten (10) years from the
grant date. During the lifetime of the Optionee, the option shall be exercisable
only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable by the Optionee
otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution  following the
Optionee's death.

                  (c)      TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

                           (1)  The  Plan  Administrator   shall  have  complete
         discretion to limit the period of time that an option granted under the
         Plan may be exercised  should the  Optionee  cease to remain in Service
         for any reason (including death or Permanent Disability).  In no event,
         however,  shall any such  option  be  exercisable  after the  specified
         expiration  date of the option  term.  During  such  limited  period of
         exercisability,  the  option  may not be  exercised  for more than that
         number of shares (if any) for which such option is  exercisable  on the
         date of the  Optionee's  cessation of Service.  Upon the  expiration of
         such period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the
         option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.


                                    1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN - PAGE 4
<PAGE>

                           (2) Any option  granted to an Optionee under the Plan
         and exercisable in whole or in part on the date of the Optionee's death
         may be  subsequently  exercised by the personal  representative  of the
         Optionee's  estate or by the  person or  persons  to whom the option is
         transferred  pursuant to the Optionee's  will or in accordance with the
         laws of descent and distribution.

                           (3)  Notwithstanding  subsections  (1) and (2) above,
         the Plan  Administrator  shall have  complete  discretion,  exercisable
         either at the time the option is  granted  or at the time the  Optionee
         ceases Service,  to allow one or more  outstanding  options held by the
         Optionee to be exercised, during the period of exercisability following
         the  Optionee's  cessation  of  Service,  not only with  respect to the
         number of shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of the
         Optionee's  cessation  of Service but also with  respect to one or more
         subsequent  installments  of  purchasable  shares  for which the option
         otherwise  would have become  exercisable had such cessation of Service
         not occurred.

                           (4)  Notwithstanding any provision of this Article II
         or any  other  provision  of this  Plan to the  contrary,  any  options
         granted  under this Plan shall  terminate  as of the date the  Optionee
         ceases to be in the  Service of the  Corporation  if the  Optionee  was
         terminated  for "cause" or could have been  terminated  for "cause." If
         the  Optionee has an  employment  or a  consulting  agreement  with the
         Corporation, the term "cause" shall have the meaning given that term in
         the employment or consulting  agreement.  If the Optionee does not have
         an employment or consulting agreement with the Corporation,  or if such
         employment  or consulting  agreement  does not define the term "cause,"
         the  term  "cause"  shall  mean:  (A)  misconduct  or  dishonesty  that
         materially   adversely  affects  the  Corporation,   including  without
         limitation  (I)  an act  materially  in  conflict  with  the  financial
         interests  of the  Corporation,  (II)  an act  that  could  damage  the
         reputation or customer relations of the Corporation,  (iii) an act that
         could subject the  Corporation to liability,  (IV) an act  constituting
         sexual  harassment or other violation of the civil rights of coworkers,
         (V) failure to obey any lawful  instruction of the Board or any officer
         of the Corporation and (VI) failure to comply with, or perform any duty
         required  under,  the  terms  of  any  confidentiality,  inventions  or
         non-competition  agreement the Optionee may have with the  Corporation,
         or (B) acts  constituting  the  unauthorized  disclosure  of any of the
         trade secrets or confidential  information of the  Corporation,  unfair
         competition  with the  Corporation or the inducement of any customer of
         the Corporation to breach any contract with the Corporation.  The right
         to exercise  any option  shall be  suspended  automatically  during the
         pendency of any investigation by the Board, or its designee, and/or any
         negotiations by the Board, or its designee, and the Optionee, regarding
         any actual or  alleged  act or  omission  by the  Optionee  of the type
         described in this paragraph.

                  (d)  SHAREHOLDER  RIGHTS.  An Optionee  shall have none of the
rights of a shareholder  with respect to any shares  covered by the option until
such Optionee shall have exercised the option and paid the option price.

                  (e)  REPURCHASE  RIGHTS.  The Plan  Administrator  shall  have
complete  discretion  to impose  certain  repurchase  rights on shares of Common
Stock  issued  pursuant  to the  exercise  of  options  granted  under  the Plan
including the following:

                           (1)  (A)  The  Plan  Administrator   shall  have  the
                  discretion  to authorize  the  issuance of unvested  shares of
                  Common Stock under the Plan. Should the optionee cease Service
                  or should the Corporation  consummate a Corporate  Transaction
                  while the  optionee  is  holding  such  unvested  shares,  the
                  Corporation may reserve the right to repurchase, at the option
                  price paid per share or such other  repurchase price specified
                  in the instrument evidencing such repurchase right, all or (at
                  the discretion of the  Corporation and with the consent of the
                  Optionee)  any  of  those  unvested  shares.   The  terms  and
                  conditions   upon  which  such   repurchase   right  shall  be
                  exercisable  (including  the period and procedure for exercise
                  and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares)
                  shall be established by the Plan  Administrator  and set forth
                  in the instrument evidencing such right.

                                    (B) The  repurchase  right may be assignable
                  to any person or entity selected by the Corporation, including
                  one or more of the Corporation's shareholders. However, if the
                  selected  assignee  is  other  than  a  Parent  or  Subsidiary
                  corporation, then the assignee must make a cash payment to the
                  Corporation,  upon the assignment of the repurchase  right, in


                                    1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN - PAGE 5
<PAGE>

                  an amount  equal to the amount by which the Fair Market  Value
                  of the  unvested  shares at the time  subject to the  assigned
                  right exceeds the aggregate  repurchase price payable for such
                  unvested shares.

                                    (C)  Upon  the  occurrence  of  a  Corporate
                  Transaction,   the  Plan   Administrator   may,  at  its  sole
                  discretion,  (I) terminate all or any  outstanding  repurchase
                  rights under the Plan and thereby cause the shares  subject to
                  such rights to vest  immediately in full, (II) arrange for all
                  or  any  of  the  repurchase  rights  to be  assigned  to  the
                  successor  corporation  (or parent thereof) in connection with
                  the Corporate  Transaction or (III) exercise the Corporation's
                  right to repurchase any unvested shares contemporaneously with
                  the consummation of the Corporate Transaction if such right is
                  provided  in the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  pursuant to which
                  such unvested shares were issued.

                           (2) Until such time as the Corporation's  outstanding
         shares of Common Stock are first  registered under Section 12(g) of the
         1934 Act, the  Corporation  shall have the right of first  refusal with
         respect to any proposed sale or other  disposition  by the Optionee (or
         any successor in interest by reason of purchase,  gift or other mode of
         transfer) of any shares of Common  Stock  issued  under the Plan.  Such
         right of first refusal shall be exercisable by the  Corporation (or its
         assignees) in accordance  with the terms and conditions  established by
         the Plan Administrator and set forth in the instrument  evidencing such
         right.


         2.       CORPORATE TRANSACTION

                  (a) In the event of any  Corporate  Transaction,  each  option
outstanding  under  the  Plan  shall  terminate  upon the  consummation  of such
Corporate  Transaction  and  cease  to be  exercisable,  unless  assumed  by the
successor corporation or parent thereof.

                  (b) In connection  with any such  Corporate  Transaction,  the
Plan  Administrator  may, at its sole  discretion,  (I)  accelerate  each or any
outstanding  option  under  the  Plan so that  each or any  such  option  shall,
immediately   prior  to  the  specified   effective   date  for  such  Corporate
Transaction, become fully exercisable with respect to the total number of shares
of Common Stock at the time subject to such option and may be exercised  for all
or any portion of such shares,  (II) arrange for each or any outstanding  option
to either to be assumed by the successor  corporation or parent thereof or to be
replaced with a comparable option to purchase shares of the capital stock of the
successor  corporation  or parent  thereof,  (III)  arrange for the option to be
replaced by a comparable  cash  incentive  program of the successor  corporation
based on the option  spread (the  amount by which the Fair  Market  Value of the
shares of Common  Stock at the time  subject  to the option  exceeds  the option
price  payable for such  shares) or (IV) take none of the actions  described  in
clauses  (I),  (II) or (III) above and allow the option to terminate as provided
in Section 2(a) above. The determination of comparability under clauses (II) and
(III)  above  shall be made by the Plan  Administrator,  and such  determination
shall be final and conclusive.


                  (c) If the  outstanding  options under the Plan are assumed by
the successor  corporation (or parent  thereof) in the Corporate  Transaction or
are otherwise to continue in effect following such Corporate  Transaction,  then
each such assumed or continuing  option shall,  immediately after such Corporate
Transaction,  be  appropriately  adjusted to apply and pertain to the number and
class of  securities  or other  property  that would have been  issuable  to the
option holder, in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, had the option been
exercised   immediately  prior  to  such  Corporate   Transaction.   Appropriate
adjustments  shall also be made to the option price payable per share,  PROVIDED
the aggregate  option price payable for such  securities or other property shall
remain  the same.  In  addition,  the number  and class of  securities  or other
property  available for issuance  under the Plan following the  consummation  of
such Corporate Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted.

                  (d) The  grant of  options  under  this  Plan  shall in no way
affect  the  right of the  Corporation  to  adjust,  reclassify,  reorganize  or
otherwise  change its capital or business  structure  or to merge,  consolidate,
dissolve,  liquidate  or sell or  transfer  all or any part of its  business  or
assets.


                                    1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN - PAGE 6
<PAGE>

         3.       CANCELLATION AND NEW GRANT OF OPTIONS

                  The Plan Administrator  shall have the authority to effect, at
any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected Optionees,  the
cancellation  of any or all  outstanding  options under the Plan and to grant in
substitution  therefor new options under the Plan covering the same or different
numbers of shares of Common Stock.

         4.       EXTENSION OF EXERCISE PERIOD

                  The Plan Administrator  shall have full power and authority to
extend (either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option
remains  outstanding)  the  period  of time for  which  the  option is to remain
exercisable  following  the  Optionee's  cessation of Service,  from the limited
period set forth in the option agreement,  to such greater period of time as the
Plan  Administrator may deem appropriate under the  circumstances.  In no event,
however, shall such option be exercisable after the specified expiration date of
the option term.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         1.       LOANS

                  (a) The Plan Administrator may assist any Optionee  (including
an Optionee who is an officer or director of the Corporation) in the exercise of
one or more options  granted to such Optionee  under  Article II,  including the
satisfaction  of any Federal and State  income and  employment  tax  obligations
arising therefrom, by:

                           (1)  authorizing  the  extension  of a loan  from the
Corporation to such Optionee or Participant, or

                           (2)  permitting  the Optionee to pay the option price
in installments over a period of years.

                  (b) The terms of any loan or  installment  method  of  payment
(including the interest rate and terms of repayment) shall be established by the
Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.  Loans or installment payments may be
granted  with or without  security or  collateral;  however,  any loan made to a
consultant or other non-employee  advisor must be secured by property other than
the  purchased  shares  of Common  Stock.  In all  events,  the  maximum  credit
available to each  Optionee may not exceed the SUM of (I) the  aggregate  option
price  payable for the  purchased  shares less the  aggregate par value for such
shares plus (II) any  Federal  and State  income and  employment  tax  liability
incurred by the Optionee in connection with such exercise.

                  (c) The Plan  Administrator  may, in its absolute  discretion,
determine that one or more loans extended under the financial assistance program
shall be subject to forgiveness by the Corporation in whole or in part upon such
terms and conditions as the Board in its discretion deems appropriate.

         2.       AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND AWARDS

                  (a) The Board  shall have  complete  and  exclusive  power and
authority  to  amend  or  modify  the  Plan in any or all  respects  whatsoever.
However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and
obligations of an Optionee with respect to options at the time outstanding under
the Plan, unless the Optionee consents to such amendment.

                  (b) A grant of options by the Board to purchase  shares  which
are in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan
shall be deemed to constitute a Board-approved  amendment of the Plan increasing
the  number of shares  available  for  issuance  under the Plan by the number of
excess shares granted.


                                    1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN - PAGE 7
<PAGE>


         3.       EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

                  (a) The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board.

                  (b) The Plan shall  terminate (I) ten years after the adoption
of the Plan or (II) by action of the Board of Directors.  No options outstanding
on the  termination  date shall be affected by the  termination of the Plan, and
such securities shall thereafter continue to have force and effect in accordance
with the provisions of the stock option agreements evidencing such options.


         4.       WITHHOLDING

                  The  Corporation's  obligation  to  deliver  shares  upon  the
exercise or surrender of any options  granted under the Plan shall be subject to
the  satisfaction  of  all  applicable  Federal,  State  and  local  income  and
employment tax withholding requirements.

         5.       REGULATORY APPROVALS

                  The  implementation  of the Plan,  the granting of any options
under the Plan,  and the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise or surrender
of the option  grants  made  hereunder  shall be  subject  to the  Corporation's
procurement  of all  approvals and permits  required by  regulatory  authorities
having  jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it, and the Common
Stock issued pursuant to it.






                                    1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN - PAGE 8


                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING
                    ----------------------------------------

                         NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION
                      (1998 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan)

                  Notice is hereby  given of the  following  option  grant  (the
"Option") made to purchase  shares of Oregon Baking  Company,  dba Marsee Baking
(the "Company") common stock (the "Common Stock"):

                  OPTIONEE:  ___________________________________________

                  GRANT DATE: __________________________________________

                  VESTING COMMENCEMENT DATE:  __________________________

                  TYPE OF STOCK:  Common Stock

                  OPTION PRICE: ______ per share

                  NUMBER OF OPTION SHARES:  ____________________________

                  EXPIRATION DATE: 10 years from Grant Date  (subject to earlier
                                   termination  pursuant  to  the  terms  of the
                                   Stock  Option  Agreement  attached  hereto as
                                   Exhibit A.)

                  TYPE OF OPTION:  Nonstatutory

                  EXERCISE SCHEDULE:  The Option is immediately  exercisable for
                                      all of the Option Shares.

                  REPURCHASE RIGHT:

(a)                   The Company shall have a repurchase right (the "Repurchase
                      Right"),  on the  terms  and  conditions  set forth in the
                      Stock Purchase  Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B, to
                      repurchase  at the price  paid per  share by such  Service
                      Provider all or any portion of the Unvested Shares.

(b)                   Provided Optionee continues in service to the Company as a
                      full-time employee,  the Company's  Repurchase Right shall
                      lapse with respect to, and Optionee shall acquire a vested
                      interest in, the Option Shares with respect to (i) none of
                      the  Option   Shares  during  the  six  (6)  month  period
                      following the Vesting  Commencement  Date; (ii) twelve and
                      one-half  percent  (12.5%) of the Option Shares on the six
                      month  anniversary of the Vesting  Commencement  Date; and
                      (iii) the remainder in equal monthly  installments  for 42
                      months thereafter, until fully vested in four (4) years.

                  Optionee  understands  and  agrees  that the Option is granted
subject  to and in  accordance  with the  express  terms and  conditions  of the
Company's 1998  Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan (the "Plan").  Optionee  further
agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in the
Stock Option Agreement  attached hereto as Exhibit A. Optionee  understands that
the terms and conditions  applicable to any Option Shares  purchased  thereunder
are as set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.

                  Optionee hereby acknowledges  receipt of a copy of the Plan in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

                                                                 Notice of Grant
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

                  RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  REFUSAL.   IN  ADDITION  TO  THE  COMPANY'S
REPURCHASE  RIGHT SET FORTH ABOVE,  THE OPTIONEE  HEREBY  AGREES THAT ALL OPTION
SHARES  ACQUIRED  UPON THE  EXERCISE  OF THE OPTION  SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
RIGHTS  OF  FIRST  REFUSAL  UPON  ANY  PROPOSED  SALE,   ASSIGNMENT,   TRANSFER,
ENCUMBRANCE  OR  OTHER  DISPOSITION  OF THE  COMPANY'S  SHARES.  THE  TERMS  AND
CONDITIONS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT ATTACHED
HERETO AS EXHIBIT B.

                  No Employment or Service  Contract.  Nothing in this Agreement
or in the Plan shall  confer  upon the  Optionee  any right to  continue  in the
Service of the Company for any period of specific  duration or interfere with or
otherwise  restrict in any way the rights of the Company or the Optionee,  which
rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at
any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.



___________________________
         Date


                                        OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING




                                        By:_____________________________________

                                        Its:____________________________________




                                        ________________________________________
                                        Optionee

                                Address:________________________________________
                                        ________________________________________


                                                                 Notice of Grant
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
<PAGE>


                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING
                    ----------------------------------------

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                      (1998 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan)

                                   WITNESSETH:
                                   -----------

                                    RECITALS

         A.       The Board has  adopted the Plan for the  purpose of attracting
and  retaining the services of selected key  employees  (including  officers and
directors),  non-employee  members  of  the  Board  and  consultants  and  other
independent contractors who contribute to the financial success of the Company.

         B.       Optionee is an individual who is to render  valuable  services
to the Company,  and this Agreement is executed  pursuant to, and is intended to
carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection  with the Company's grant of a
stock option to Optionee.

         C.       Capitalized  terms used in this Agreement  shall,  unless  the
context clearly indicates otherwise,  have the meaning assigned to such terms in
Paragraph 19 of this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

         1.       GRANT OF OPTION.  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions
set forth in this  Agreement,  the Company hereby grants to Optionee,  as of the
Grant Date, a stock option to purchase up to that number of Option  Shares as is
specified in the Grant Notice.  The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time
to time during the option term at the Option  Price per share  specified  in the
Grant Notice.

         2.       OPTION TERM.

                  (a) This Option  shall  expire at the close of business on the
Expiration  Date  specified in the Grant  Notice,  unless  sooner  terminated in
accordance with Paragraphs  2(b) or 5 hereof;  provided,  in no event shall this
option have a maximum term in excess of ten (10) years  measured  from the Grant
Date.

                  (b)  Should  Optionee  cease to remain in  Service  while this
Option is  outstanding,  then the period for  exercising  this  Option  shall be
reduced to a three- (3) month period  commencing with the date of such cessation
of Service,  but in no event shall this Option be  exercisable at any time after
the Expiration Date.

                  (c) Should Optionee die while this Option is outstanding, then
the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or the person or persons to
whom the Option is transferred  pursuant to the Optionee's will or in accordance
with the law of descent and  distribution  shall have the right to exercise this
Option.  Such right shall lapse,  and this Option shall cease to be exercisable,
upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12) month period  measured
from  the  date of  Optionee's  death  or (ii)  the  Expiration  Date.  Upon the
expiration of such twelve (12) month period or (if earlier) upon the  Expiration
Date, this Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

                  (d) During the  limited  period of  exercisability  applicable
under  subparagraphs  (b) or (c) above,  this Option may be exercised for any or
all of the Option  shares in which the  Optionee,  at the time of  cessation  of
Service, is vested in accordance with the exercise/vesting  provisions specified
in the Grant Notice or the special acceleration  provisions of Paragraph 5(b) of
this Agreement.

         3.       OPTION  NONTRANSFERABLE;  EXCEPTION.   This  option  shall  be
neither  transferable  nor  assignable by Optionee  other than by will or by the
laws of descent  and  distribution  following  the  Optionee's  death and may be
exercised, during Optionee's lifetime, only by Optionee.

         4.       DATES OF  EXERCISE.  This option may not be exercised in whole
or in part at any time  prior to the time  the Plan is  approved  by the  Board.

                                                          STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>
Provided  such  approval  is  obtained,   this  option  shall  thereupon  become
exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments as is specified in
the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable in one or more installments,
the installments  shall  accumulate and the option shall remain  exercisable for
such  installments  until the Expiration  Date or the sooner  termination of the
option term under Paragraph 5 of this Agreement.

         5.       CORPORATE TRANSACTION.

                  (a) This option shall  terminate upon the  consummation of any
Corporate  Transaction,  unless  expressly  assumed by the successor  Company or
parent thereof.

                  (b) In connection  with any such  Corporate  Transaction,  the
Plan  Administrator  may, at its sole discretion,  (i) accelerate this option so
that this option shall,  immediately  prior to the specified  effective date for
such Corporate Transaction,  become fully exercisable with respect to all of the
Option Shares and may be exercised  for all or any portion of such shares,  (ii)
arrange  for this  option to either to be  assumed by the  successor  Company or
parent thereof or to be replaced with a comparable  option to purchase shares of
the capital stock of the successor Company or parent thereof,  (iii) arrange for
this  option to be  replaced  by a  comparable  cash  incentive  program  of the
successor  Company  based on the  option  spread  (the  amount by which the Fair
Market  Value of the  shares of Common  Stock at the time  subject to the option
exceeds  the  Option  Price  payable  for such  shares) or (iv) take none of the
actions  described in clauses (i),  (ii) or (iii) above and allow this option to
terminate  as  provided  in  Paragraph   5(a)  above.   The   determination   of
comparability  under  clauses  (ii) and  (iii)  above  shall be made by the Plan
Administrator, and its determination shall be final and conclusive.

                  (c) This  Agreement  shall not in any way  affect the right of
the Company to adjust,  reclassify,  reorganize or otherwise make changes in its
capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate,  dissolve,  liquidate or
sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

         6.       ADJUSTMENT IN OPTION SHARES.

                  (a)  In  the  event  any  change  is  made  to  the  Company's
outstanding  Common  Stock  by  reason  of  any  stock  split,  stock  dividend,
combination  of  shares,  exchange  or  conversion  of shares,  or other  change
affecting  the   outstanding   Common  Stock  as  a  class  without  receipt  of
consideration,  then  appropriate  adjustments  shall  be made to (i) the  total
number of Option Shares subject to this option and (ii) the Option Price payable
per share in order to reflect  such  change and  thereby  preclude a dilution or
enlargement of benefits hereunder.

                  (b) If this option is to be assumed or is  otherwise to remain
outstanding  after  the  Corporate  Transaction,   then  this  option  shall  be
appropriately  adjusted  to  apply  and  pertain  to the  number  and  class  of
securities that would have been issuable to the Optionee in the  consummation of
such Corporate  Transaction had the option been exercised  immediately  prior to
such Corporate  Transaction,  and appropriate  adjustments shall also be made to
the Option Price payable per share,  provided the aggregate Option Price payable
hereunder shall remain the same.

         7.       PRIVILEGE OF STOCK OWNERSHIP.  The holder of this option shall
not have any of the rights of a  shareholder  with respect to the Option  Shares
until such individual shall have exercised the option and paid the Option Price.

         8.       MANNER OF EXERCISING OPTION.

                  (a) In order to exercise  this  option with  respect to all or
any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time  exercisable,
Optionee (or in the case of exercise  after  Optionee's  death,  the  Optionee's
executor,  administrator,  heir or  legatee,  as the case may be) must  take the
following actions:

                           (1) Execute  and  deliver  to  the  Secretary  of the
         Company the Purchase Agreement;

                           (2) Pay the aggregate  Option Price for the purchased
         shares  either  by full  payment  in cash or check,  or any other  form

                                                          STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>
         approved  by  the  Plan  Administrator  at  the  time  of  exercise  in
         accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 14.

                           (3) Furnish to the Company appropriate  documentation
         that the  person or  persons  exercising  the  option  (if  other  than
         Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

                  (b)  Should  the   Company's   outstanding   Common  Stock  be
registered  under  Section  12(g) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended (the "1934 Act"),  at the time the option is exercised,  then the Option
Price may also be paid as follows:

                           (1)  in  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  held  by the
         Optionee for the  requisite  period  necessary to avoid a charge to the
         Company's earnings for financial  reporting purposes and valued at Fair
         Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

                           (2) through a special sale and  remittance  procedure
         pursuant to which the  Optionee (i) is to provide  irrevocable  written
         instructions  to a designated  brokerage  firm to effect the  immediate
         sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company,  out of the sale
         proceeds,  an amount  sufficient  to cover the  aggregate  Option Price
         payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable  Federal and State
         income and  employment  taxes required to be withheld by the Company by
         reason  of  such  purchase  and  (ii)  concurrently   provides  written
         directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased
         shares  directly  to such  broker-dealer  in order to  effect  the sale
         transaction.

                  (c)  Except to the  extent  the  special  sale and  remittance
procedure is utilized to exercise this option,  payment of the Option Price must
accompany the delivery of the Purchase Agreement.  As soon after such payment as
practical, the Company shall mail or deliver to Optionee (or to the other person
or persons  exercising this option) a certificate or  certificates  representing
the shares so  purchased  and paid for,  with the  appropriate  legends  affixed
thereto.

                  (d)  In  no  event  may  this  option  be  exercised  for  any
fractional shares.

         9.       RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.  THE OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT  ALL
OPTION  SHARES  ACQUIRED  UPON THE  EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION  SHALL BE SUBJECT TO
CERTAIN  RIGHTS OF FIRST  REFUSAL OF THE COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS,  IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY PROPOSED  TRANSFER OF ANY SUCH SHARES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE 1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN AND THE PURCHASE
AGREEMENT.

         10.      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.

                  (a) The  exercise  of this  option and the  issuance of Option
Shares upon such exercise  shall be subject to compliance by the Company and the
Optionee with all applicable  requirements of law relating  thereto and with all
applicable  regulations  of any stock  exchange on which shares of the Company's
Common Stock may be listed at the time of such exercise and issuance.

                  (b) In connection  with the exercise of this option,  Optionee
shall execute and deliver to the Company such  representations in writing as may
be  requested  by the  Company  in order  for it to comply  with the  applicable
requirements of Federal and State securities laws.

         11. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  Except to the extent otherwise provided in
Paragraphs 3 and 5, the provisions of this Agreement  shall inure to the benefit
of,  and  be  binding  upon,  the  successors,   administrators,   heirs,  legal
representatives  and assigns of Optionee and the  successors  and assigns of the
Company.

                                                          STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>

         12.      LIABILITY OF COMPANY.

                  (a) If the Option Shares covered by this Agreement  exceed, as
of the Grant Date, the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under
the Plan,  such grant of options by the Board to  purchase  shares  which are in
excess of the number of shares then  available for issuance under the Plan shall
be deemed to constitute a  Board-approved  amendment of the Plan  increasing the
number of shares  available for issuance  under the Plan by the number of excess
shares granted.

                  (b) The  inability of the Company to obtain  approval from any
regulatory  body having  authority  the Company  deems  necessary  to the lawful
issuance and sale of any Common Stock  pursuant to this option shall relieve the
Company of any liability with respect to the  non-issuance or sale of the Common
Stock as to which  such  approval  shall not have been  obtained.  The  Company,
however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

         13.      NOTICES.  Any  notice  required  to be given or  delivered  to
the Company under the terms of this Agreement  shall be in writing and addressed
to the Company in care of the  Corporate  Secretary at its  principal  corporate
offices.  Any notice  required to be given or delivered to Optionee  shall be in
writing and  addressed  to Optionee at the address  indicated  below  Optionee's
signature  line on the Grant  Notice.  All notices  shall be deemed to have been
given or delivered  upon  personal  delivery or upon  deposit in the U.S.  mail,
postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

         14.      LOANS. The Plan Administrator  may, in its absolute discretion
and without any obligation to do so, assist the Optionee in the exercise of this
option by (i)  authorizing  the  extension  of a loan to the  Optionee  from the
Company  or (ii)  permitting  the  Optionee  to pay  the  option  price  for the
purchased Common Stock in installments  over a period of years. The terms of any
such loan or  installment  method of payment  (including  the interest rate, the
requirements  for collateral and the terms of repayment) shall be established by
the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

         15.      CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement and the option  evidenced hereby
are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and
subject to the express terms and  provisions  of the Plan.  All decisions of the
Plan  Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan
or this  Agreement  shall be  conclusive  and binding on all  persons  having an
interest in this option.

         16.      GOVERNING  LAW.   The    interpretation,    performance,   and
enforcement  of this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by the laws of the State of
Oregon.

         17.      BOARD APPROVAL.   The  grant  of  this  option  is  subject to
approval of the Plan by the Board.

         18.      WITHHOLDING.   Optionee  hereby  agrees  to  make  appropriate
arrangements  with the Company for the  satisfaction  of all  Federal,  State or
local income tax withholding  requirements and Federal social security  employee
tax requirements applicable to the exercise of this option.

         19.      DEFINITIONS.   The following definitions  shall apply  to  the
respective capitalized terms used herein:

                  BOARD means the Board of Directors of Oregon Baking Company,
                  dba Marsee Baking.

                  CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                  COMMON STOCK means the Common Stock of Oregon Baking Company,
                  dba Marsee Baking.

                  COMPANY means Oregon Baking  Company,  dba Marsee  Baking,  an
Oregon Company, and any of its successors.

                                                          STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>

                  CORPORATE  TRANSACTION  means  one or  more  of the  following
transactions:

                  (a) a merger or  consolidation in which the Company is not the
surviving entity,  except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to
change the state of the Company's incorporation,

                  (b)  the  sale,  transfer  or  other  disposition  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, or

                  (c) any reverse  merger in which the Company is the  surviving
entity but in which fifty  percent  (50%) or more of the  Company's  outstanding
voting stock is transferred  to holders  different from those who held the stock
immediately prior to such merger.

                  EXERCISE  DATE  shall be date on which the  executed  Purchase
Agreement  for  one or  more  Option  Shares  is  delivered  to the  Company  in
accordance with Paragraph 8 of this Agreement.

                  FAIR MARKET  Value of a share of Common  Stock on any relevant
date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

                  (a) If the Common  Stock is not at the time listed or admitted
to trading on any stock exchange but is traded in the  over-the-counter  market,
the Fair Market  Value shall be the mean  between the highest bid and the lowest
asked prices (or if such information is available the closing selling price) per
share of Common Stock on the date in question in the over-the-counter market, as
such prices are  reported by the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers
through its NASDAQ National Market System or any successor  system. If there are
no reported bid and asked prices (or closing selling price) for the Common Stock
on the date in question,  then the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked
prices (or  closing  selling  price) on the last  preceding  date for which such
quotations exist shall be determinative of Fair Market Value.

                  (b) If the Common  Stock is at the time  listed or admitted to
trading on any stock  exchange,  then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing
selling  price per share of Common  Stock on the date in  question  on the stock
exchange  determined by the Plan  Administrator to be the primary market for the
Common  Stock,  as such  price is  officially  quoted in the  composite  tape of
transactions  on such exchange.  If there is no reported sale of Common Stock on
such  exchange on the date in question,  then the Fair Market Value shall be the
closing  selling price on the exchange on the last preceding date for which such
quotation exists.

                  (c) If the  Common  Stock is at the time  neither  listed  nor
admitted  to trading on any stock  exchange  nor traded in the  over-the-counter
market,  or if the Plan  Administrator  otherwise  determines that the valuation
provisions  of  subparagraphs  (a) and (b) above  will not  result in a true and
accurate  valuation  of the Common  Stock,  then the Fair Market  Value shall be
determined by the Plan  Administrator  after taking into account such factors as
the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate under the circumstances.

                  GRANT DATE means the date specified in the Grant Notice as the
date on which the option was granted to the Optionee under the Plan.

                  GRANT  NOTICE  means the Notice of Grant of Stock Option which
accompanies this Agreement.

                  NON-STATUTORY  STOCK  OPTION  means an option not  intended to
meet the statutory requirements  prescribed under Section 422 of the Code for an
incentive stock option.

                  OPTION SHARES means the total number of shares of Common Stock
indicated in the Grant Notice as purchasable under this option.

                  OPTIONEE means the  individual  identified in the Grant Notice
as the person to whom this option has been granted under the Plan.

                                                          STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 5
<PAGE>

                  OPTION PRICE means the exercise  price per share to be paid by
the Optionee  for the exercise of this option.  The Option Price is indicated in
the Grant Notice.

                  PARENT  Company means any Company  (other than the Company) in
an unbroken  chain of  Companies  ending with the  Company,  provided  each such
Company in the unbroken  chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the
determination,  stock  possessing  fifty  percent  (50%)  or more  of the  total
combined  voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other  Companies in
such chain.

                  PLAN  means  the  1998  Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan of the
Company,  in the form of Exhibit C to the Grant Notice.

                  PLAN  ADMINISTRATOR  means  either the Board or a committee of
two or more Board  members,  to the  extent  such  committee  may at the time be
responsible for plan administration.

                  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  means the stock  purchase  agreement,  in
substantially the form of Exhibit B to the Grant Notice, which is to be executed
in connection with the exercise of this option for one or more Option Shares.

                  SERVICE means the  performance  of services for the Company or
any  Parent  or  Subsidiary  Company  by an  individual  in the  capacity  of an
Employee,  a  non-employee  member of the board of directors  or an  independent
consultant or advisor.  Accordingly,  the Optionee  shall be deemed to remain in
Service for so long as such  individual  renders  services to the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary Company on a periodic basis in the capacity of an Employee,
a non-employee member of the board of directors or an independent  consultant or
advisor.

                  SUBSIDIARY Company means each Company (other than the Company)
in an unbroken chain of Companies beginning with the Company, provided each such
Company (other than the last Company) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of
the  determination,  stock  possessing  fifty percent (50%) or more of the total
combined  voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other  Companies in
such chain.

                                                          STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 6
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING.

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------


                  AGREEMENT made as of this _____ day of _______________, 19___,
between Oregon Baking Company,  dba Marsee Baking,  an Oregon  corporation  (the
"Company"),   and   ______________________,   the  holder  of  a  stock   option
("Optionee")  under the  Company's  1998  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Plan (the
"Plan").

                  All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning
assigned to them in this Agreement or in the attached Appendix, unless otherwise
indicated.

         A.       EXERCISE OF OPTION
                  ------------------

                  1. EXERCISE.  Optionee hereby purchases shares of Common Stock
(the "Purchased  Shares") pursuant to that certain option (the "Option") granted
Optionee  on  _________________,  199__ (the  "Grant  Date") to  purchase  up to
_______________  shares of Common Stock under the Plan at the exercise  price of
$_______________ per share (the "Exercise Price").

                  2. PAYMENT.  Concurrently  with the delivery of this Agreement
to the  Corporate  Secretary,  Optionee  shall  pay the  Exercise  Price for the
Purchased  Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Option  Agreement and
shall  deliver  whatever  additional  documents  may be  required  by the Option
Agreement as a condition for exercise.

         B.       SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE
                  -------------------------

                  1. EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION.  The Purchased Shares have not
been registered under the 1933 Act and are accordingly  being issued to Optionee
in reliance upon the exemption  from such  registration  provided by Rule 701 of
the SEC for stock issuances under  compensatory  benefit plans such as the Plan.
Optionee  hereby  acknowledges  receipt  of a copy of the  Plan  in the  form of
Exhibit C to the Grant Notice.

                  2. RESTRICTED SECURITIES.

                           (a)      Optionee  hereby confirms that  Optionee has
been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933
Act and may not be resold or transferred  unless the Purchased  Shares are first
registered  under the Federal  securities  laws or unless an exemption from such
registration  is  available.  Accordingly,  Optionee  hereby  acknowledges  that
Optionee is prepared to hold the Purchased  Shares for an indefinite  period and
that Optionee is aware that Rule 144 of the SEC issued under the 1933 Act is not
presently  available  to exempt  the  resale of the  Purchased  Shares  from the
registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

                           (b)      Upon the  expiration  of the ninety (90) day
period immediately following the date on which the Company first becomes subject
to the reporting  requirements of the Exchange Act, the Purchased  Shares may be
sold (without registration) pursuant to the applicable requirements of Rule 144.
If Optionee is at the time of such sale an affiliate of the Company for purposes
of Rule 144 or was such an affiliate during the preceding three (3) months, then
the sale must comply with all the requirements of Rule 144 (including the volume
limitation  on  the  number  of  shares  sold,  the   broker/market-maker   sale
requirement  and the  requisite  notice to the SEC);  however,  the one (1) year
holding period  requirement  of Rule 144 will not be applicable.  If Optionee is
not at the  time of the  sale  an  affiliate  of the  Company  nor  was  such an
affiliate  during the preceding three (3) months,  then none of the requirements
of Rule 144 (other than the  broker/market-maker  sale requirement for Purchased
Shares  held  for less  than  two (2)  years  following  payment  in cash of the
Exercise Price therefor) will be applicable to the sale.

                           (c)      Should the Company not become subject to the
reporting  requirements of the Exchange Act, then Optionee may,  provided he/she
is not at the time an affiliate of the Company (nor was such an affiliate during
the  preceding   three  (3)  months),   sell  the  Purchased   Shares   (without

                                                        Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

registration)  pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144 after the Purchased  Shares
have  been  held for a period  of two (2) years  following  the  payment  of the
Exercise Price for such shares.

                  3. DISPOSITION OF SHARES. Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee
shall make no  disposition  of the  Purchased  Shares  (other  than a  permitted
transfer under  paragraph C.1) unless and until there is compliance  with all of
the following requirements:

                           (i) Optionee  shall have  provided the Company with a
         written   summary  of  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  proposed
         disposition.

                           (ii)   Optionee   shall   have   complied   with  all
         requirements  of this  Agreement  applicable to the  disposition of the
         Purchased Shares.

                           (iii)  Optionee  shall have provided the Company with
         written assurances,  in form and substance satisfactory to the Company,
         that (a) the proposed  disposition does not require registration of the
         Purchased  Shares  under  the  1933 Act or (b) all  appropriate  action
         necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933
         Act or of any exemption from registration  available under the 1933 Act
         (including Rule 144) has been taken.

                           (iv)  Optionee  shall have  provided the Company with
         written assurances,  in form and substance satisfactory to the Company,
         that the proposed  disposition will not result in the  contravention of
         any transfer restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares.

                  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books
any  Purchased  Shares which have been sold or  transferred  in violation of the
provisions  of this  Agreement  or (ii) to treat as the  owner of the  Purchased
Shares,  or otherwise to accord voting,  dividend or liquidation  rights to, any
transferee to whom the Purchased  Shares have been  transferred in contravention
of this Agreement.

                  4. RESTRICTIVE  LEGENDS.  In order to reflect the restrictions
imposed by this Agreement  upon the  disposition  of the Purchased  Shares,  the
stock  certificates  for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with restrictive
legends, including one or more of the following legends:

                           (i) "The shares  represented by this certificate have
         not been  registered  under the  Securities Act of 1933. The shares may
         not be sold or  offered  for sale in the  absence  of (a) an  effective
         registration statement for the shares under such Act, (b) a 'no action'
         letter of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  with respect to such
         sale or  offer  or (c)  satisfactory  assurances  to the  Company  that
         registration  under such Act is not required  with respect to such sale
         or offer."

                           (ii) "The shares  represented by this certificate are
         subject to the terms of the certain Stock  Purchase  Agreement  between
         the Company and the registered holder of the shares (or the predecessor
         in interest to the shares).  Such  agreement  grants  certain rights of
         first  refusal  to the  Company  (or  its  assignees)  upon  the  sale,
         assignment, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition of the Company's
         shares.  A copy  of  such  agreement  is  maintained  at the  Company's
         principal corporate offices."

         C.       TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS
                  ---------------------

                  1.  RESTRICTION  ON  TRANSFER.  Optionee  shall not  transfer,
assign,  encumber  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any of the  Purchased  Shares  in
contravention of the First Refusal Right under Article D or the market stand-off
provisions of paragraph C.3. Such restrictions on transfer,  however,  shall not
be applicable to (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares, provided and
only if Optionee  obtains the Company's  prior written consent to such transfer,
(ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee's
will or the laws of intestate  succession  or (iii) a transfer to the Company in
pledge as security for any purchase money  indebtedness  incurred by Optionee in
connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

                                                        Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

                  2.  TRANSFEREE  OBLIGATIONS.   Each  person  (other  than  the
Company) to whom the  Purchased  Shares are  transferred  by means of one of the
permitted transfers specified in paragraph C.1 must, as a condition precedent to
the validity of such  transfer,  acknowledge in writing to the Company that such
person is bound by the  provisions of this  Agreement  and that the  transferred
shares are subject to (i) the First Refusal Right granted hereunder and (ii) the
market  stand-off  provisions  of paragraph  C.3, to the same extent such shares
would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

                  3.  MARKET STAND-OFF.

                           (a) In   connection  with  any  underwritten   public
offering  by the  Company  of its equity  securities  pursuant  to an  effective
registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Company's initial
public  offering,   Owner  shall  not  sell,  make  any  short  sale  of,  loan,
hypothecate,  pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose
or  transfer  for value or  otherwise  agree to  engage in any of the  foregoing
transactions  with respect to any  Purchased  Shares  without the prior  written
consent of the Company or its underwriters.  Such limitations shall be in effect
for  such  period  of time  from  and  after  the  effective  date of the  final
prospectus  for  the  offering  as  may be  requested  by the  Company  or  such
underwriters;  provided,  however,  that in no event  shall such  period  exceed
twenty-four (24) months.

                           (b) In the event of any stock split,  stock dividend,
recapitalization,  combination  of shares,  exchange or  conversion of shares or
other change  affecting the  Company's  outstanding  Common Stock  effected as a
class without the Company's receipt of consideration,  then any new, substituted
or additional securities  distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall
be  immediately  subject to the  provisions of this  paragraph  C.3, to the same
extent the Purchased Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

                           (c) In  order  to  enforce  the  limitations  of this
paragraph C.3, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to
the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

         D.       RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
                  ----------------------

                  1.  GRANT.  The  Company is hereby  granted the right of first
refusal (the "First Refusal Right"), exercisable in connection with any proposed
transfer of the  Purchased  Shares.  For  purposes  of this  Article D, the term
"transfer"  shall include any sale,  assignment,  pledge,  encumbrance  or other
disposition of the Purchased  Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not
include any of the permitted transfers under paragraph C.l.

                  2. NOTICE OF INTENDED  DISPOSITION.  In the event any Owner of
the Purchased  Shares  desires to accept a bona fide  third-party  offer for the
transfer  of any or all of such  shares (the  Purchased  Shares  subject to such
offer to be hereinafter  called the "Target  Shares"),  Owner shall promptly (i)
deliver to the Corporate Secretary written notice (the "Disposition  Notice") of
the terms and  conditions  of the offer,  including  the purchase  price and the
identity of the third-party  offeror,  and (ii) provide  satisfactory proof that
the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in
contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles B and C.

                  3. EXERCISE OF RIGHT.  The Company (or its  assignees)  shall,
for a period of thirty (30) days following  receipt of the  Disposition  Notice,
have the right to  repurchase  any or all of the  Target  Shares  subject to the
Disposition Notice upon the same terms and conditions as those specified therein
or upon such other terms and  conditions  (not  materially  different from those
specified in the Disposition  Notice) to which Owner consents.  Such right shall
be exercisable  by delivery of written  notice (the "Exercise  Notice") to Owner
prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day exercise period. If such right is
exercised  with  respect  to all the Target  Shares,  then the  Company  (or its
assignees) shall effect the repurchase of such shares,  including payment of the
purchase  price,  not more than five (5)  business  days after  delivery  of the
Exercise  Notice;   at  such  time  Owner  shall  deliver  to  the  Company  the
certificates representing the Target Shares to be repurchased,  each certificate
to be properly endorsed for transfer.

                  Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition  Notice
be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company

                                                        Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>

(or its assignees) shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of
cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the Company (or
its  assignees)  cannot  agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the
Company's receipt of the Disposition  Notice,  the valuation shall be made by an
appraiser  of  recognized  standing  selected  by Owner and the  Company (or its
assignees)  or, if they cannot  agree on an  appraiser  within  twenty (20) days
after the  Company's  receipt of the  Disposition  Notice,  each shall select an
appraiser of recognized  standing and the two (2) appraisers  shall  designate a
third appraiser of recognized  standing,  whose appraisal shall be determinative
of such value.  The cost of such appraisal  shall be shared equally by Owner and
the  Company.  The  closing  shall  then be held on the  later of (i) the  fifth
business  day  following  delivery  of the  Exercise  Notice  or (ii) the  fifth
business day after such cash valuation shall have been made.

                  4.  NON-EXERCISE OF RIGHT. In the event the Exercise Notice is
not given to Owner within  thirty (30) days  following the date of the Company's
receipt of the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days
thereafter  in which to sell or  otherwise  dispose of the Target  Shares to the
third-party  offeror  identified  in  the  Disposition  Notice  upon  terms  and
conditions  (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party
offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided,  however, that
any such  sale or  disposition  must not be  effected  in  contravention  of the
provisions of Article B. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares
free and clear of the First Refusal  Right  hereunder,  but the acquired  shares
shall remain subject to (i) the securities  law  restrictions  of paragraph B.2,
and (ii) the market  stand-off  provisions of paragraph  C.3. In the event Owner
does not  effect  such sale or  disposition  of the  Target  Shares  within  the
specified  thirty (30) day period,  the First Refusal Right shall continue to be
applicable  to any  subsequent  disposition  of the Target Shares by Owner until
such right lapses in accordance with paragraph D.6.

                  5. PARTIAL EXERCISE OF RIGHT. In the event the Company (or its
assignees)  makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a
portion,  but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice,
Owner  shall  have the  option,  exercisable  by written  notice to the  Company
delivered within five (5) days after Owner's receipt of the Exercise Notice,  to
effect  the sale of the  Target  Shares  pursuant  to  either  of the  following
alternatives:

                           (i)  sale or  other  disposition  of all  the  Target
         Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice,
         but in full  compliance  with the  requirements of paragraph D.4, as if
         the Company did not exercise the First Refusal Right hereunder; or

                           (ii) sale to the  Company (or its  assignees)  of the
         portion of the Target Shares which the Company (or its  assignees)  has
         elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity
         with the provisions of paragraph D.3.

                  Failure of Owner to deliver timely notification to the Company
under this  paragraph D.5 shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the
Target Shares pursuant to alternative (i) above.

                  6. LAPSE.  The First  Refusal Right under this Article D shall
lapse and cease to have effect upon the  earliest to occur of (i) the first date
on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than five hundred
(500) persons,  (ii) a  determination  is made by the Board that a public market
exists for the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock or (iii) a firm  commitment
underwritten public offering,  pursuant to an effective  registration  statement
under the 1933 Act.  However,  the market stand-off  provisions of paragraph C.3
shall  continue  to remain in full force and effect  following  the lapse of the
First Refusal Right hereunder.

         E.       GENERAL PROVISIONS
                  ------------------

                  1.       ASSIGNMENT.   The  Company   may   assign  its  First
Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board,  including (without
limitation) one or more shareholders of the Company.

                  2.  NO  EMPLOYMENT  OR  SERVICE  CONTRACT.   Nothing  in  this
Agreement  or in the Plan shall  confer upon  Optionee  any right to continue in
Service  for any period of  specific  duration or  interfere  with or  otherwise
restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or  Subsidiary)  or

                                                        Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>

Optionee,  which  rights are hereby  expressly  reserved by each,  to  terminate
Optionee's Service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

                  3. NOTICES.  Any notice  required in  connection  with (i) the
First Refusal Right,  or (ii) the  disposition  of any Purchased  Shares covered
thereby  shall be given in writing and shall be deemed  effective  upon personal
delivery or upon deposit in the United  States mail,  registered  or  certified,
postage  prepaid  and  addressed  to the party  entitled  to such  notice at the
address indicated below such party's signature line on this Agreement or at such
other  address  as such party may  designate  by ten (10) days  advance  written
notice under this paragraph E.3 to all other parties to this Agreement.

                  4. NO WAIVER. The failure of the Company (or its assignees) in
any instance to exercise the First Refusal  Right shall not  constitute a waiver
of any other  rights of first  refusal  that may  subsequently  arise  under the
provisions  of this  Agreement  or any other  agreement  between the Company and
Optionee or  Optionee's  spouse.  No waiver of any breach or  condition  of this
Agreement  shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or  subsequent  breach or
condition, whether of like or different nature.

                  5.  CANCELLATION OF SHARES.  If the Company (or its assignees)
shall make available,  at the time and place and in the amount and form provided
in this Agreement,  the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased
in accordance  with the provisions of this  Agreement,  then from and after such
time,  the person  from whom such shares are to be  repurchased  shall no longer
have any  rights as a holder of such  shares  (other  than the right to  receive
payment of such  consideration in accordance with this  Agreement).  Such shares
shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable  provisions  hereof,
and the Company (or its assignees)  shall be deemed the owner and holder of such
shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required
by this Agreement.

         F.       MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                  ------------------------

                  1.  OPTIONEE  UNDERTAKING.  Optionee  hereby  agrees  to  take
whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company
may deem  necessary  or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of
the  obligations  or  restrictions  imposed on either  Optionee or the Purchased
Shares pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

                  2. AGREEMENT IS ENTIRE  CONTRACT.  This Agreement  constitutes
the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter
hereof.  This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall
in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions
of the Plan.

                  3.  GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance  with, the laws of the State of Oregon without resort to
that State's  conflict-of-laws  rules.  The parties  hereto  hereby  irrevocably
submit to the  jurisdiction  of any state or federal  court sitting in Multnomah
County,  Oregon,  in any action or  proceeding  brought to enforce or  otherwise
arising out of or relating to this Agreement,  and hereby waive any objection to
venue in any such court and any claim that such forum is an inconvenient forum.

                  4.   COUNTERPARTS.   This   Agreement   may  be   executed  in
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  5.  SUCCESSORS  AND ASSIGNS.  The provisions of this Agreement
shall  inure to the  benefit  of,  and be  binding  upon,  the  Company  and its
successors and assigns and Optionee and Optionee's legal representatives, heirs,
legatees, distributees,  assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or
not any such person shall have become a party to this  Agreement and have agreed
in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

                  6.  POWER  OF  ATTORNEY.  Optionee's  spouse  hereby  appoints
Optionee his or her true and lawful  attorney in fact, for him or her and in his
or her name,  place and stead,  and for his or her use and benefit,  to agree to
any  amendment or  modification  of this  Agreement  and to execute such further
instruments  and take such  further  actions as may  reasonably  be necessary to

                                                        Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 5
<PAGE>

carry out the intent of this  Agreement.  Optionee's  spouse  further  gives and
grants unto  Optionee as his or her attorney in fact full power and authority to
do and perform  every act necessary and proper to be done in the exercise of any
of the  foregoing  powers as fully as he or she might or could do if  personally
present,  with full power of substitution  and revocation,  hereby ratifying and
confirming all that Optionee shall lawfully do and cause to be done by virtue of
this power of attorney.



              [The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

                                                        Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 6
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement
on the day and year first indicated above.

                                        OREGON BAKING COMPANY,
                                        DBA MARSEE BAKING


                                        By:_____________________________________

                                        Title:__________________________________

                                        Address:________________________________


                                        OPTIONEE


                                        ________________________________________

                                        Address:________________________________


         The  undersigned  spouse of Optionee  has read and hereby  approves the
foregoing Stock Purchase  Agreement.  In consideration of the Company's granting
Optionee the right to acquire the Purchased  Shares in accordance with the terms
of such Agreement,  the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by all
the terms and provisions of such Agreement,  including  (specifically) the right
of the Company (or its  assignees) to purchase any and all interest or right the
undersigned may otherwise have in such shares.





                                        ________________________________________
                                        OPTIONEE'S SPOUSE


                                        Address:________________________________


                                                        Stock Purchase Agreement
                                                                          Page 7
<PAGE>

                                    APPENDIX
                                    --------

DEFINITIONS
- -----------

         BOARD shall mean the Company's Board of Directors.

         CODE shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         COMMON STOCk shall mean the Company's Common Stock.

         CORPORATE   TRANSACTION  shall  mean  one  or  more  of  the  following
shareholder-approved transactions:

                 (i)   a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the
         surviving  entity,  except for a transaction  the principal  purpose of
         which is to change the state of the Company's incorporation;

                 (ii)  the  sale,  transfer  or  other  disposition  of  all  or
         substantially  all of the assets of the Company;

                 (iii) any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving
         entity  but in  which  fifty  percent  (50%)  or more of the  Company's
         outstanding voting stock is transferred to holders different from those
         who held the stock immediately prior to such merger.

         COMPANY shall mean Oregon Baking Company,  dba Marsee Baking, an Oregon
corporation, and any of its successors.

         EXCHANGE  ACT  shall  mean the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as
amended.

         FAIR  MARKET  VALUE of a share of Common  Stock on any  relevant  date,
prior to the initial public offering of Common Stock, shall be determined by the
Plan  Administrator  after  taking into  account  such  factors as it shall deem
appropriate.

         GRANT NOTICE shall mean the notice of grant of stock option pursuant to
which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.

         1933 ACT shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         NON-STATUTORY  OPTION  shall  mean an option not  intended  to meet the
requirements of Code Section 422.

         OPTION  AGREEMENT  shall mean the  agreement  between  the  Company and
Optionee evidencing the Option.

         OWNER shall mean Optionee and all  subsequent  holders of the Purchased
Shares who derive their chain of  ownership  through a permitted  transfer  from
Optionee in accordance with paragraph C.l.

         PARENT  shall mean any Company  (other than the Company) in an unbroken
chain of  Companies  ending  with the  Company,  provided  each  Company  in the
unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the  determination,
stock  possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power
of all classes of stock in one of the other Companies in such chain.

         SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         SERVICE  shall mean the  provision  of  services  to the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary by an individual in the capacity of an employee, subject to
the  control  and  direction  of the  employer  entity as to both the work to be

<PAGE>

performed and the manner and method of performance, a non-employee member of the
board of directors or a consultant or independent contractor.

         SUBSIDIARY  shall mean each  Company  (other  than the  Company)  in an
unbroken  chain of  Companies  beginning  with the Company,  provided  each such
Company (other than the last Company) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of
the  determination,  stock  possessing  fifty percent (50%) or more of the total
combined  voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other  Companies in
such chain.


<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                       1998 NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN

                               [See Exhibit 10.5]



                          MASTER DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

     Master  Distribution  Agreement (this  "Agreement"),  dated April 13, 1998,
between  SYSCO  FOOD  SERVICES,  INC.  ("SYSCO")  AND  MARSEE  BAKING  ("name of
customer").

                                   BACKGROUND
                                   ----------

A.   Sysco Corporation and its affiliates,  including SYSCO, perform purchasing,
marketing,  warehousing,  quality  control,  product  research and  development,
transportation and distribution services for foodservice customers.

B.   Marsee Baking operates the  establishments  listed in Exhibit A (the Marsee
Baking Locations).

C.   Marsee Baking desires to contract with SYSCO as its primary distributor for
foodservice  products  (i.e.,  supplying 80% or more of such products) to all of
its Marsee Baking Locations and SYSCO desires to perform these services.

     In  consideration  of the mutual  obligations set forth below,  the parties
agree as follows:

1.   APPOINTMENT OF DISTRIBUTOR
     --------------------------

     Marsee Baking  appoints  SYSCO to serve as its primary  distributor  to the
Marsee Baking  Locations of foodservice  products within the product  categories
described in Article 2  ("Products").  As "primary  distributor",  SYSCO will be
entitled  to not less  than 80% of Marsee  Baking's  purchase  requirements  for
Products.  Marsee  Baking's  purchase  requirements  will  be  determined  on an
aggregate dollar volume basis.  This aggregate  dollar value excludes  purchases
from  Marsee  Baking's  current  direct  suppliers.  This list can be amended by
mutual agreement between Marsee Baking and SYSCO Food Services of Portland.

2.   PRODUCTS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT
     ----------------------------------

     Products covered by this Agreement will be in the following categories:


     1.  Canned & Dry                       7.   Seafood - Fresh & Frozen
     2.  Frozen Fruits, Vegetables,         8.   Paper, Plastics and Disposables
           Bakery Items, Etc.               9.   Janitorial Supplies & Cleaning
     3.  Dairy                                     Chemicals
     4.  Meat- Fresh & Frozen               10.  Beverage, Coffee and Equipment
     5.  Fresh Fruit and Vegetables         11.  Smallwares and Equipment
     6.  Poultry - CVP & Frozen

                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
                                       -1-
<PAGE>

     Products will include SYSCO -registered  trademark-  brand,  national brand
and other  products as specified by Marsee  Baking and stocked by SYSCO.  Unless
otherwise  specified,  SYSCO  -registered  trademark-  brand  products  will  be
utilized to insure  consistency of quality and to minimize  costs. A description
of SYSCO  -registered  trademark- brand quality levels is attached as Exhibit B.
All Products in any of the Product  categories  specified in this Section 2 will
be priced  using the  margin on sell set forth in Section  6.2 for that  product
category,  whether  or not  such  Products  are set  forth in the  order  guides
described  in  Section  5. All  Products  not in any of the  Product  categories
specified in this Section 2 will be sold to Marsee Baking at competitive  prices
established from time to time by SYSCO.

3.   SERVICE OBLIGATIONS OF SYSCO
     ----------------------------

     3.1 ACCOUNT  EXECUTIVE - SYSCO will  assign an Account  Executive  and/or a
Customer Service  Representative to service Marsee Baking's account. The Account
Executive  and/or Customer  Service  Representative  will maintain  contact with
Marsee  Baking  Locations,  on  a  mutually  agreed  basis,  to  review  service
requirements.

     3.2 PURCHASING GUIDES;  ORDERS - SYSCO, with assistance from Marsee Baking,
will  prepare  purchase  order  guides to be used by Marsee  Baking when placing
orders.  Orders will be placed directly by Marsee Baking  Locations  ordering by
line number as specified in the purchase order guide.

     3.3 POLICIES  AND  PROCEDURES  - A policies  and  procedures  guide will be
provided  by SYSCO to all Marsee  Baking  Locations.  Reasonable  notice will be
given to Marsee Baking  Locations  when policies and  procedures  are changed by
SYSCO.  Credits,  pickups and other  requests  for service  will be initiated by
local Marsee Baking Location personnel according to the guide.

     3.4  RESTOCKING - SYSCO  reserves the right to collect a restocking  fee of
20% for returns due to Marsee  Baking  error or the refusal to take  delivery of
Products ordered by Marsee Baking and/or such Marsee Baking Locations.

4.   DELIVERY OBLIGATIONS OF SYSCO
     -----------------------------

     SYSCO will  establish a delivery  schedule for each Marsee Baking  Location
within  its market  area and will use  reasonable,  good  faith  efforts to make
on-time deliveries.

5.   DATA PROCESSING OBLIGATIONS OF SYSCO
     ------------------------------------

     SYSCO will  provide  order  guides on a monthly  basis and, if requested in
writing by Marsee  Baking,  product usage  reports.  If Marsee  Baking  requests
customized reports in addition to order guides and usage reports, SYSCO will use
reasonable  efforts to provide such  reports.  In order to cover the  additional
expenses of providing such reports, SYSCO will establish a reasonable charge for
doing so and, if such charge is  acceptable to Marsee  Baking,  will prepare and
furnish such reports to Marsee Baking.

                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     SYSCO will also  provide,  at its  expense,  a personal  computer  software
system for Marsee Baking  Locations to place orders directly with the delivering
operating  company through the SYSCO Customer  Companion  system.  Marsee Baking
must supply  whatever  personal  computer  hardware is necessary to enable it to
utilize such order entry software systems.

6.   PRICE
     -----

6.1 CALCULATION OF SELL PRICE - [The  information  appearing in this Section 6.1
has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  The full text of Section 6.1 has been filed
separately with the Commission.]

                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
                                       -3-
<PAGE>

         The Sell Price for each Product on an order guide  described in Section
5 will be  calculated  at the time the order guide is prepared.  Sell Prices for
all Products on the order guide will be maintained until the next order guide is
prepared  and sent to the Marsee  Baking  except  that (i) all  produce  will be
priced at the time of invoicing  and (ii) the Sell Prices of all other  Products
which are market commodity  products (as determined by Sysco) will change weekly
to reflect declines and advances in the cost of those market commodities.

     6.2  SUBSTITUTIONS - Should a substitution be necessary,  SYSCO will ship a
comparable  product  at a Sell Price  calculated  using the same  percentage  of
margin as on the original Product.

     6.3  MERCHANDISING   SERVICES  -  SYSCO  and  Sysco   Corporation   perform
value-added  services for suppliers of SYSCO  -registered  trademark-  brand and
other products over and above procurement  activities typically provided.  These
value-added   services   include  regional  and  national   marketing,   freight
management,  consolidated  warehousing,  quality assurance and performance based
product  marketing.  SYSCO  and  Sysco  Corporation  may  recover  the  costs of
providing these services and SYSCO and Sysco Corporation may also be compensated
for these services and consider this  compensation to be earned income.  Receipt
of such  cost  recovery  or  earned  income  does not  affect  Cost and does not
diminish SYSCO's commitment to provide competitive prices to its customers.

     6.4  PROPRIETARY  OR SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS - To offset the  additional  costs
associated with handling  Products  bearing Marsee Bakings' [sic]  trademarks or
logos as well as other Products  purchased  exclusively  for Marsee  Baking,  an
additional 5% will be added to the margin on sell for all such proprietary items
that exceed 30 items per  operating  company.  SYSCO will have no  obligation to
carry a  proprietary  item if Marsee Baking  purchases  less than five cases per
week of that item.

     If SYSCO and Marsee  Baking  cease doing  business  for any reason,  Marsee
Baking  will  purchase,  or  cause a third  party  to  purchase,  all  remaining
proprietary/special  order  items in SYSCO's  inventory  at SYSCO's  Cost plus a
reasonable transfer and ware house handling charge not to exceed 50% of the Cost
of such  proprietary/special  order items. In such an event,  Marsee Baking will
purchase or cause to be purchased all  perishables  within seven (7) days of the
termination of this Agreement and all frozen and dry  proprietary/special  order
items within fifteen (15) days of the termination of this Agreement.

     SYSCO's  policy is that all  suppliers  provide  indemnity  agreements  and
insurance  coverage for products  purchased by SYSCO.  In order to protect SYSCO
when it stocks  proprietary/special  order items at Marsee Baking's  request and
the vendor of such  items will not  provide an  indemnity,  Marsee  Baking  will
defend,  indemnify  and hold  harmless  SYSCO and its  employees,  officers  and
directors from all actions, claims and proceedings,  and any judgments,  damages
and expenses  resulting  therefrom,  brought by any person or entity for injury,
illness and/or death or for damage to property in either case arising out of the

                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
                                       -4-
<PAGE>

delivery, sale, resale, use or consumption of any proprietary/special order item
except to the extent  such  claims are caused by the  negligence  of SYSCO,  its
agents or employees.

     6.5  INCREASE  IN SELL  PRICE  FOR  SPLIT  CASES - Due to the  added  costs
associated with handling less than full cases, a special  handling charge of 10%
will be added to the Sell Price of all Product sold in split cases.

     6.6  NATIONAL  AGREEMENTS - Marsee  Baking has provided  SYSCO with written
evidence of the existence of agreements with Product  manufacturers in which the
manufactures  and Marsee  Baking  have  agreed on prices the  manufacturer  will
charge distributors for Products to be resold to Marsee Baking, which agreements
are  identified  in Exhibit D. Marsee Baking must notify SYSCO in writing of the
existence  of  any  additional  agreements  of  this  sort.  SYSCO  will  not be
responsible for the failure to purchase under such additional  agreements in the
absence  of written  notice  from  Marsee  Baking  and the  manufacturer  of the
existence of such agreements.

     6.7 PROGRAM  REVIEW - The pricing  specified in this  Agreement is based on
Marsee Baking's representations  concerning its service needs, including but not
limited to its anticipated  purchase volumes,  drop sizes, Product mix, location
of Marsee Baking Locations and number of deliveries,  as well as Marsee Baking's
compliance with its payment and other  obligations  specified in this Agreement.
If SYSCO  determines after ninety (90) days from the date of this Agreement that
Marsee  Baking  requires  service  which  varies   materially  from  the  levels
contemplated  in Marsee  Baking's  representations  made to SYSCO in negotiating
this Agreement, SYSCO reserves the right to request an increase in the margin on
sell  specified  in Section  6.2.  If the parties are unable to agree on such an
increase and Marsee Baking's  service  requirements  and/or contract  compliance
continue to vary from that contemplated or required by this Agreement, SYSCO may
terminate this Agreement on thirty (30) days written notice to Marsee Baking.

7.   CREDIT TERMS
     ------------

     7.1 PAYMENT  OBLIGATION - Payment for all Product is due on the 25th day of
the month for all Product delivered during the previous month (delinquent on the
26th day of the month following the month in which Product was delivered).

SYSCO may also  modify  its  payment  terms  specified  in this  Section  7.1 if
payments  are not made when due and/or  the  financial  condition  of the Marsee
Baking materially deteriorates.

     7.2 SERVICE  CHARGE - If invoices  are not paid when due, a Service  Charge
will be assessed to Marsee Baking,  up to the maximum  amount  permitted by law.
Unpaid invoice  balances and finance  charges due to SYSCO will be deducted from
any credits due to Marsee Baking.

                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
                                       -5-
<PAGE>

     7.3 GUARANTEES AND APPLICATIONS - Marsee Baking will complete,  execute and
deliver a new account form to SYSCO before this Agreement  becomes  binding upon
SYSCO.  If required by SYSCO,  Marsee  Baking will submit a guarantee  of Marsee
Baking's obligations under this Agreement executed by a third party specified by
SYSCO.

     7.4  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  - The  continuing  creditworthiness  of Marsee
Baking is of central  importance  to SYSCO.  In order to enable SYSCO to monitor
Marsee Baking's financial condition,  Marsee Baking will supply annual financial
statements  to SYSCO  consisting  of an  income  statement,  balance  sheet  and
statement of cash flow.  SYSCO may request such  further  financial  information
from Marsee Baking from time to time as will enable SYSCO to  accurately  assess
Marsee Baking's financial condition.

8.   PRICE VERIFICATION
     ------------------

     Marsee Baking will be allowed one annual price  verification  for purchases
made under this Agreement. SYSCO will furnish computer verification of Costs for
the Products to be price verified, subject to the following limitations:

     1. Date, time and place of price verification must be mutually agreed;

     2. Fifteen (15) working days notice to SYSCO;

     3. Items to be price  verified  should not exceed  fifteen (15) line items,
        and will be taken from the price list or purchasing order guide;

     4. The period for which  pricing is to be  verified  not to begin more than
        twelve (12) months prior to the date of the price verification.

     It is understood  that Marsee Baking's price  verification  will consist of
reviewing SYSCO's computer verification of Costs.

9.   TERM
     ----

     The term of this Agreement will begin on April 15, 1998, and will remain in
effect until terminated. This Agreement may be terminated:

     (a) By SYSCO  upon  written  notice  to Marsee  Baking  if Marsee  Baking's
financial  position  deteriorates  materially,  determined  by SYSCO in its sole
judgment; and

     (b) By either party upon sixty (60) days prior written  notice to the other
party.

     Upon such  termination,  Marsee  Baking agrees (i) to fully comply with its
obligations  under Section 6.5 of this Agreement and (ii) to pay all invoices at
the  earlier of the time they are due under  Section  7.1 above or two (2) weeks
from the date of the last shipment to Marsee Baking or a Marsee Baking Location.

                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
                                       -6-
<PAGE>

10.  MISCELLANEOUS
     -------------

     10.1 ASSIGNMENT - Neither party may assign this Agreement without the prior
written  consent of the other  provided  that SYSCO may  utilize  its  operating
companies to perform as indicated in this Agreement. Subject to this limitation,
this Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors
and assigns of each of the parties.

     10.2  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT  - The  parties  expressly  acknowledges  that this
Agreement  contains  the entire  agreement  of the parties  with  respect to the
relationship  specified in this Agreement and supersedes any prior  arrangements
or understandings between the parties with respect to such relationship.

     10.3 AMENDMENTS - This Agreement may only be amended by a written  document
signed by each of the parties.

     10.4 NOTICES - Any written notice called for in this Agreement may be given
by personal delivery,  first class mail, overnight delivery service or facsimile
transmission.  Notices given by personal delivery will be effective on delivery;
by overnight service on the next business day; by first class mail five business
days after  mailing;  and by  facsimiles  when an answer back is  received.  The
address of each party is set forth below.

                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
                                       -7-
<PAGE>


         Executed as of the date set forth at the beginning of this Agreement.

                                          SYSCO FOOD SERVICES OF PORTLAND, INC.

Greg Wolfe                                By: /S/Greg Wolfe
Vice President Finance                       ----------------------------
Telephone: (503) 682-8700                 Its: VP Finance
Facsimile: (503) 682-4854                     ---------------------------



                                          MARSEE BAKING

______________________________            By: /s/ Tim Gray
______________________________               ----------------------------
______________________________            Its: Chief Financial Officer
Attention:____________________                ---------------------------
Telephone:____________________
Facsimile:____________________


                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
                                      -8-
<PAGE>


                          MASTER DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit A                  Participating Marsee Baking Locations

Exhibit B                  Description of SYSCO -registered trademark- Brand 
                           Quality LevelS

Exhibit C                  Direct Pricing Agreements



                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A
                                       TO
                          MASTER DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


                      PARTICIPATING MARSEE BAKING LOCATIONS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WASHINGTON LOCATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMISSARY                                BURIEN
15413 NE 95th                             15842 1st Avenue, S. A-107
Redmond, WA  98052                        Burine, WA  98148
Phone:  (425) 556-0700                    Phone:  (206) 439-0400
Fax:    (425) 556-0762                    Fax:    (206) 439-0945
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIN STREET                               BALLARD
100 108th Avenue, NE                      2021 NW Market
Bellevue, WA  98004                       Ballard, OR  98107
Phone:  (425) 635-0400                    Phone:  (206) 784-1400
Fax:    (425) 635-0470                    Fax:    (206) 706-3165
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10TH                                      FACTORIA
10301 10th Avenue, NE                     3900 128th Avenue, SE A-1
Bellevue, WA  98004                       Bellevue, WA  98006
Phone:  (425) 688-0400                    Phone:  (425) 643-0400
Fax:    (425) 688-0490                    Fax:    (425) 643-0189
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ISSAQUAH
755 NW Gilman Blvd., #G
Issaquah, WA  98027
Phone:  (425) 313-0400
Fax:    (425) 313-0447
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CROSSROADS
15600 8th Street NE
Bellevue, WA  98007
Phone:  (425) 641-5300
Fax:    (425) 641-6300
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A
                                       TO
                    MASTER DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT - CONTINUED


                PARTICIPATING MARSEE BAKING LOCATIONS (CONTINUED)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OREGON LOCATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NW 23RD                                   4TH AND TAYLOR
1323 NW 23rd Street                       845 SW Fourth
Portland, OR 97210                        Portland, OR 97024
Phone:  (503) 295-5900                    Phone:  (503) 226-9000
        (503) 295-2061                    Fax:    (503) 226-8188
Fax:    (503) 295-0450
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BYBEE                                     PORTLAND AIRPORT
1625 SE Bybee Blvd.                       7000 NE Airport Way
Portland, OR 97202                        Portland, OR  97218
Phone:  (503) 232-0000                    Phone:  (503) 281-7000
        (503) 232-3148                    Fax:    (503) 281-3373
Fax:    (503) 232-5585
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAKE OSWEGO                               6TH AND TAYLOR
406 "A" Avenue                            519 SW 6th Avenue
Lake Oswego, OR  97034                    Portland, OR  97205
Phone:  (503) 697-5600                    Phone:  (503) 973-5000
        (503) 697-7958                    Fax:    (503) 973-5100
Fax:    (503) 697-7889
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NE 10TH AND BROADWAY                      4TH AND PINE
935 NE Broadway                           210 SW 4th Avenue
Portland, OR  97232                       Portland, OR 97204
Phone:  (503) 280-8800                    Phone:  (503) 952-5000
        (503) 493-1178                    Fax:    (503) 220-1167
Fax:    (503) 493-1175
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SALEM                                     TANASBORNE
285 Liberty NE, Suite 100                 2711 NW Town Center Dr.
Salem, OR  97301                          Beaverton, OR  97005
Phone:  (503) 589-0400                    Phone:  (503) 533-9400
Fax:    (503) 589-4485                    Fax:    (503) 533-9607
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A
                                       TO
                    MASTER DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT - CONTINUED


                PARTICIPATING MARSEE BAKING LOCATIONS (CONTINUED)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHERWOOD
16064 SW Tualatin-Sherwood Rd.
Sherwood, OR  97140-8378
Phone:  (503) 625-64-00
Fax:    (503) 625-6194
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CITY HALL
1220 SW Fifth
Portland, OR  97204
Phone:  (503) 294-6000
Fax:    (503) N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RALEIGH HILLS
6850 SW Beaverton-Hillsdale Hwy.
Portland, OR  97225
Phone:  (503) 296-6700
Fax:    (503) N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SALEM
285 Liberty NE - Suite #100
Salem, OR  97301
Phone:  (503)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B
                                       TO
                          MASTER DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


                              SYSCO QUALITY LEVELS

IMPERIAL       SYSCO's   highest   quality   level,   produced   and  packed  to
               specifications  which exceed the industry's top grading standards
               and typically come from prime growing regions.

SUPREME        Similar   in   quality   to   SYSCO's   IMPERIAL   products   but
               differentiated   in  that  they  are   products   unique  to  the
               foodservice industry.

CLASSIC        SYSCO's lead quality level under which fine quality  products are
               marketed.  CLASSIC products  generally meet or exceed competitive
               "first" labels.

RELIANCE       RELIANCE products offer consistency and value with specifications
               that meet or exceed  competitive  labels for like economy  grades
               and quality. RELIANCE products offer consistency and value.


                       * Confidential Treatment Requested
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C
                                       TO
                          MASTER DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


                            DIRECT PRICING AGREEMENTS


         Marsee Baking has  agreements  in place with the following  vendors for
the  following  products,  SYSCO  will  apply in  pricing  Products  under  this
Agreement.

VENDOR                                                        COVERED PRODUCTS
- ------                                                        ----------------


                       * Confidential Treatment Requested


                            AGREEMENT NOT TO EXECUTE
                            ------------------------


     This  Agreement  Not to  Execute  ("Agreement")  is made  this  19th day of
February, 1999, by and between SYSCO FOOD SERVICES OF PORTLAND, INC., a Delaware
corporation  ("Sysco")  and OREGON  BAKING  COMPANY dba MARSEE  BAKING an Oregon
corporation ("Marsee").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

     A) Sysco and Marsee entered into an initial application for credit ("Credit
Agreement") under which Covalt [sic], as Purchaser, and Sysco, as Seller, agreed
to the purchase  and sale of certain  goods and  services.  A copy of the Credit
Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit "A".

     B) Pursuant to the Credit  Agreement,  Marsee was to make regular  payments
for the goods and services  purchased from Sysco.  Marsee has failed to make all
timely payments when due and is now indebted to Sysco.

     C) Sysco has asserted a claim for the amount due under the Credit Agreement
and the parties to this Agreement wish to resolve Sysco's claim by entering this
Agreement.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  herein,  the
parties agree as follows:

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

     1.   Marsee shall pay to Sysco the principal amount of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY
          THOUSAND FORTY FOUR AND 64/100 DOLLARS ($250,044.64), plus interest
          from November 1, 1998, on the principal amount at the rate of ten
          percent (10%) per annum. Payments shall be received by Sysco not later
          than the first day of each calendar month. Monthly payments shall be
          interest only from November through June, 1999. On June 30, 1999,
          Marsee shall pay the entire remaining unpaid balance including all
          principal and interest. If Marsee does not timely make any payment
          described herein, the entire then current unpaid balance, including
          all principal and interest, shall be immediately due and owing and
          interest on the unpaid balance shall bear interest at fifteen percent
          (15%) per annum until paid in full.

     2.   Marsee agrees to meet all of the terms and conditions of the attached
          Exhibit A Credit Agreement on all future purchases.

     3.   Contemporaneously with execution of this Agreement, Marsee shall
          execute the ORCP 73B Statement by Defendant in the form attached to
          this Agreement as Exhibit "B".

     4.   In the event that Marsee fails to make any payment required herein
          when due, Sysco may, after three days prior written notice of payment
          default, immediately pursue any and all of its legal and equitable
          remedies including but not limited to filing the Confession of

<PAGE>

          Judgment attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and ORCP 73B Statement by
          Defendant with the appropriate court without further notice if Marsee
          has not completely cured the payment default within three days of
          delivery of the default notice from Sysco. Upon the filing of the
          Confession of Judgment, Sysco shall provide Marsee a partial
          satisfaction of judgment in an amount equal to payments made by
          Marsee, if any, pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement. Payment is
          effective upon receipt by Sysco at: Sysco Food Services of Portland,
          Inc., P.O. Box 527, Wilsonville, Oregon 97070.

     5.   In the event of any or suit or action is brought to enforce or
          interpret this Agreement or otherwise with respect to the subject
          matter of this Agreement, including without limitation any proceeding
          brought under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the prevailing party
          shall be entitled to recover from the other party reasonable attorney
          fees and other costs incurred by the prevailing party in such suit or
          action as determined by the trial court or on any appeal therefrom as
          affixed by the appellate court.

     6.   The undersigned declares and represents that Marsee fully understands
          the terms of this Agreement and voluntarily accepts the consideration
          recited above.

     7.   This document contains the entire agreement and understanding between
          the parties. The terms of this Agreement are contractual and not a
          mere recital.

     8.   If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or
          unenforceable under any present or future law, (1) such provision
          shall be fully severable, (2) this Agreement shall be construed and
          enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had
          never comprised a part hereof, (3) the remaining provisions of this
          Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be
          affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its
          severance herefrom and (4) in lieu of such illegal, invalid or
          unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as a part
          of this Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar
          in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be
          legally possible.

     9.   The undersigned states and warrants that he/she has carefully read
          this Agreement, knows the contents thereof, and has signed the same as
          his/her own free act.
<PAGE>

     10.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
          the laws of the State of Oregon and venue for any dispute shall be
          Multnomah County, Oregon.


                                   OREGON BAKING COMPANY dba
                                   MARSEE BAKING, an Oregon corporation

                                   By:/S/Howard Wasserteil
                                      ----------------------------
                                   Its: Executive VP
                                      ----------------------------


                                   SYSCO FOOD SERVICES OF PORTLAND,
                                   INC., a Delaware corporation

                                   By: /s/Greg Wolfe
                                      ----------------------------
                                   Its: VP/CFO
                                      ----------------------------


<PAGE>
                                NEW ACCOUNT FORM
                                    EXHIBIT A

S    OREGON BAKING CO.                              B  SAME
     ----------------------------                    ---------------------------
H    BUSINESS NAME                                  I  ADDRESS

I    MARSEE BAKING                                  L
     ----------------------------                    ---------------------------
P    (DBA) TRADE NAME                               L  CITY, STATE, ZIP

     1323 NW 23RD
     ----------------------------                    ---------------------------
T    ADDRESS                                        T  PHONE NO. (AREA CODE)

O    PORTLAND, OR 97210                             O
     ----------------------------                    ---------------------------
     CITY, STATE, ZIP                                  ATTENTION OF

*BUSINESS FACTS

*/ /Proprietorship  / /Partnership  /X/Corporation OR  / /Franchise of
                                                  ----                 ---------
                                            Under State of
New Owner? / /Yes  Purchase Date         / /No Length of time in Business
                                -------                                   ------
                                                                            Yrs
Bldg/Facilities:  / /Owned    /X/Leased   / /Rented
Mortgage/Holder (Name)
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
Lessor/Rentor (Name)
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
Equipment   / /Owned   / /Leased   / /Lessor Name

*Complete the following information for all Corporate Officers,  Partners, or an
Individual Proprietor/Spouse.

Robert Schneider, President                          Howard Wasserteil, V.P.
- ---------------------------                          ---------------------------
Name and Title                                       Name and Title

2075 NW 131st                                        3125 SW 66th
- ---------------------------                          ---------------------------
HOME ADDRESS                                         HOME ADDRESS

Portland  97229                                      Portland  97225
- ---------------------------                          ---------------------------
CITY, STATE, ZIP                                     CITY, STATE, ZIP

503 645 4408                                         292 7980
- ---------------------------                          ---------------------------
HOME PHONE NO.                                       HOME PHONE NO.

560 66 8627                                          563 70 4453
- ---------------------------                          ---------------------------
SOCIAL SECURITY NO.                                  SOCIAL SECURITY NO.
<PAGE>

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Type of Business:

/ /Restaurant/Fine Dining   / /Fast Foods   / /Family   / /Institutional
/ /Hotel/Motel    Seating Capacity 13   / /Hospital   / /Nursing Home
                                   --
Number of Beds            / /Other                           
               --                  --------------------------
Number of Employees        5        
                    ----------------
Estimated Monthly Sales Volume 30,000 - 50,000
                               ---------------

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE INFORMATION:

Accounts Payable Contact Vivian     Title Retail Mgr
                        -----------      -----------------
Accounts Payable Phone Number 295 4000
                             -----------------------------
Is a statement required to be mailed to the customer each month?  /X/Yes   / /No
Purchase order number required?     / /Yes  /X/No

BANKING

1st Interstate                               Daidre Bilyev
- ---------------------------                  ---------------------------
Bank Name                                    Officer

NW 22nd & Lovejoy                            123 557 005990 0           15,000
- ---------------------------                  --------------------      ---------
ADDRESS                                     (CHECKING) ACCOUNT NO.      BALANCE

Portland  97210
- ---------------------------                  --------------------      ---------
CITY, STATE, ZIP                            (LOAN) ACCOUNT NO.           BALANCE

TRADE REFERENCES:  (Preferably other food distributors)

NAME                                        ADDRESS                    PHONE NO.
                                         118 Nevin
1. Bakery Equipment Service              Richmond, CA               800-842-4005
   ---------------------------------     ------------------------   ------------
2. Mountanos Bros                        So S.F., CA
   ---------------------------------     ------------------------   ------------
3. Bob Breckenridge, gen. contractor                                    789-4551
   ---------------------------------     ------------------------   ------------
4. Lisa Fisher, Designer                                                294-7090
   ---------------------------------     ------------------------   ------------
<PAGE>

                                 TERMS AGREEMENT

The undersigned  ("Purchaser")  agrees that all purchases made by Purchaser from
Sysco Corporation or any of its subsidiaries and affiliated  entities ("Seller")
are subject to the following terms and conditions.

1.   Payment  Terms - All  amounts  due for goods and  services  purchased  from
     Seller are payable at the  Seller's  distribution  facility  from which the
     goods and services are delivered.  Purchaser acknowledges that such amounts
     are not payable in installments, but are payable in full as stated herein.

2.   Service Charges - All amounts due Seller are payable in accordance with the
     payment terms granted by Seller's  credit  department  from which the goods
     and  services  are  delivered.  If any  amount  due  Seller  is not paid in
     accordance with such payment terms, a delinquency  charge shall be added to
     the sum due,  which charge shall equal the amount  obtained by  multiplying
     the delinquent balance by the lesser of (a) one and one-half percent (1 1/2
     %) per month or (b) the maximum  lawful rate  permitted to be charged under
     the applicable state's law.

3.   NSF  Charges -  Purchaser  shall pay  Seller a service  charge in an amount
     equal to the  greater of $10.00 or %5 of the check  balance  for all checks
     returned by Purchaser's bank; provided,  however,  that such service charge
     shall not be due and payable in the event such payment  would result in the
     violation of the usuary laws of the applicable jurisdiction.

4.   Attorney  Fees - In the event the  account is turned over to an attorney or
     other  agency for  collection,  or suit is brought on same,  or the same is
     collected through any judicial proceeding  whatsoever,  Purchaser shall pay
     all reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs incurred by Seller.

5.   Credit  Investigation  - Release -  Purchaser  warrants  to Seller that all
     financial  information  furnished  for the purpose of  obtaining  credit is
     true, correct and complete in all material respects.  Purchaser  authorizes
     the release of information  furnished for the purpose of obtaining  credit;
     Purchaser   authorizes  Seller  to  investigate  all  references  furnished
     pertaining to the credit and  financial  responsibility  of Purchaser;  and
     Purchaser releases Seller and all credit references from any and all claims
     of  damage   resulting   or  alleged  to  result   from   Seller's   credit
     investigation.

6.   Control Change - Purchaser shall notify Seller by first class and certified
     mail or any change of ownership of Purchaser, if Purchaser is incorporated,
     the surviving  corporation of a merger, share exchange,  asset sale, or any
     other control change shall have all of the liabilities of Purchaser.

                                               Purchaser

   12/25/92                                    /s/ Howard Wasserteil
- ------------------------------                 ---------------------------------
Date                                           (Type or Print Name of Purchaser)

/s/ Illegible                                  By:
- ------------------------------                    ------------------------------
Sales Representative of Seller                 Printed name:
                                                            --------------------
                                               Title:
                                                     ---------------------------
                                               Date:
                                                    ----------------------------
<PAGE>

                          INDIVIDUAL PERSONAL GUARANTY

     I, VIVIAN  WASSERTEIL,  for an in consideration of your extending credit at
my request to MARSEE BAKING (the "Company"), personally guarantee prompt payment
of  any  obligation  of  the  Company  to  Sysco  Corporation  and  each  of its
subsidiaries  and  affiliated  entities  ("Seller"),  whether  now  existing  or
hereinafter  incurred,  and I further  agree to bind myself to pay on demand any
sum which is due by the  Company to Seller  whenever  the  Company  fails to pay
same. It is understood  that this guaranty shall be an absolute,  continuing and
irrevocable guaranty for such indebtedness of the Company.

     I  expressly  waive  presentment,   demand,  protest,  notice  of  protest,
dishonor,  diligence,  notice of default or nonpayment,  notice of acceptance of
this guaranty, notice of the extending of any guarantied indebtedness already or
hereafter  contracted for by the Company,  notice of any modification or renewal
of any credit agreement evidencing the indebtedness hereby guarantied, notice of
any renewal or extension of such  indebtedness,  and I expressly  consent to any
modification  or renewal of any credit  agreement  evidencing  the  indebtedness
hereby  guarantied  and to all  renewals or extension  of such  indebtedness.  I
further waive any right to require Seller to proceed against, or make any effort
at  collection of the  guarantied  indebtedness  from,  the Company or any other
party liable for such indebtedness.

     If the  guarantied  indebtedness  is not  paid by me  when  due,  and  this
guaranty  is placed  in the  hands of an  attorney  for  collection,  or suit is
brought hereon, or it is enforced through any judicial proceeding whatsoever,  I
shall pay all reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs incurred by Seller.

     In the event more than one party  executes  this  Guaranty as a  guarantor,
then each guarantor agrees to be jointly and severally liable for the guarantied
indebtedness,  and, in all instances herein,  the singular shall be construed to
include the plural.


                     X /s/ Vivian Wasserteil        X
                       ------------------------      ---------------------------
                                      Guarantor                        Guarantor

                       Print: Vivian Wasserteil      Print:
                             ------------------            ---------------------

- --------------------   Address: 3125 SW 66th         Address:
             Witness           -------------------           -------------------
                                Portland, OR 97225
                               -------------------

                       Dated:  12/16/97              Dated:
                               -------------------         ---------------------
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

                         ORCP 73B STATEMENT BY DEFENDANT
                         -------------------------------


     Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking ("Marsee" or "defendant"), hereby
gives the following written statement pursuant to ORCP 73B:

     1.   Defendant hereby authorizes the entry of judgment in favor of
          plaintiff Sysco Food Services of Portland, Inc. ("Sysco"), and against
          defendant for the principal amount of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND FORTY
          FOUR AND 64/100 DOLLARS ($250,044.64), plus interest on the principal
          amount at the rate of 10% per annum, from November 1, 1998, until
          paid, plus attorneys' fees in the amount of $2,500 and costs in the
          amount of $167.00.

     2.   This judgment arises out of the obligation of Marsee pursuant to a
          Credit Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated
          herein as Exhibit 1 ("Credit Agreement"). The obligation of defendant
          to Sysco under the Credit Agreement has not been paid in full and the
          amount set forth herein is justly and presently due for the amounts
          owed by defendant.

     3.   Defendant Marsee, signing below by and through its authorized
          representative, understands that the Confession of Judgment to which
          this Statement is attached authorizes entry of judgment without
          further proceeding which would authorize execution to enforce payment
          of the judgment.
<PAGE>

     4.   This Statement has been executed after the date when the sums set
          forth herein were due.

     DATED this 9th day of April, 1999.;
               -----      ------


                                OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                dba MARSEE BAKING an Oregon corporation

                                By:/s/Howard Wasserteil
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                Its: Exec. VP
                                   ---------------------------------------------



STATE OF OREGON          )
                         )  ss.
County of Multnomah      )

         This instrument was acknowledged before me this 9th day of
                                                        -----
April, 1999, by Howard Wasserteil, as the Exec VP of OREGON
- ------          -----------------         -------
BAKING COMPANY dba MARSEE BAKING, an Oregon corporation, on behalf of the
corporation.

                                  /s/Connie K. Weeks
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR OREGON
                                  My Commission Expires:8/22/2000
                                                        ------------------------
                                  [Official Seal]
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C



                   IN THE CIRCUIT COURT OF THE STATE OF OREGON

                           FOR THE COUNTY OF MULTNOMAH

SYSCO FOOD SERVICES OF              )
PORTLAND, INC., a Delaware          )
corporation,                        )
                                    )     No.
                                    )        ------------
              Plaintiff,            )     CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT
                                    )
         vs.                        )
                                    )
OREGON BAKING COMPANY dba           )
MARSEE BAKING an Oregon corporation )
                                    )
              Defendant.            )

      Pursuant to ORCP 73, and based upon the ORCP 73B Statement of defendant
Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking, attached hereto as Exhibit A,

      IT IS HEREBY ORDERED, ADJUDGED AND DECREED that plaintiff Sysco Food
Services of Portland, Inc., have judgment against defendant, in the principal
amount of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND FORTY FOUR AND 64/100 DOLLARS
($250,044.64), plus interest thereon at the rate of 10% per annum from November
1, 1998, until paid, plus attorneys' fees in the amount of $2,500, plus costs in
the amount of $167.00, less any payments made and that execution shall issue on
this judgment.

                                 MONEY JUDGMENT
                                 --------------

      1. Judgment Creditor: Sysco Food Services of Portland, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, plaintiff.

      2. Judgment Creditor's Attorney: Mitchell E. Hornecker, Schwabe,
Williamson & Wyatt, P.C.












Page 1 - CONFESSION OF JUDGEMENT               SCHWABE, WILLIAMSON & WYATT, P.C.
                                                       Attorneys at Law
                                              Pacwest Center, Suites 1600-1800
                                                    1211 S.W. Fifth Avenue
                                                   Portland, OR  97204-3795
                                                   Telephone (503) 222-9581
<PAGE>

      3. Judgment Debtor: Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking, an Oregon
corporation, defendant.

      4. Principal Amount of Judgment: $250,044.64.

      5. Pre-judgment simple interest at the rate of 10% per annum on the
principal amount of the judgment, from November 1, 1998, until the date of entry
of judgment.

      6. Attorneys' Fees: $2,500.

      7. Costs: $167.00

      8. Post-judgment simple interest at the rate of 15% per annum on the
judgment which consists of item 4. Post-judgment simple interest at the rate of
9% per annum on the judgment which consists of items 5, 6 and 7.


                  DATED this ____ day of __________________________, _____.


                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        CIRCUIT COURT JUDGE


SUBMITTED BY:

SCHWABE, WILLIAMSON & WYATT, P.C.



By:
   -----------------------------------
Mitchell E. Hornecker, OSB #86370
     Of Attorneys for Plaintiff









Page 2 - CONFESSION OF JUDGEMENT             SCHWABE, WILLIAMSON & WYATT, P.C.
                                                       Attorneys at Law
                                              Pacwest Center, Suites 1600-1800
                                                    1211 S.W. Fifth Avenue
                                                   Portland, OR  97204-3795
                                                   Telephone (503) 222-9581





                               SILICON VALLEY BANK

                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Borrower:                  Oregon Baking Company

Address:                   2287 N.W. Pettygrove
                           Portland, OR  97210

Date:                      October 28, 1997

         THIS LOAN AND  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  is  entered  into on the above date
between  SILICON  VALLEY BANK  ("Silicon"),  whose address is 3003 Tasman Drive,
Santa Clara,  California  95054 and the borrower  named above (the  "Borrower"),
whose  chief  executive  office is  located  at the above  address  ("Borrower's
Address").

1.       LOANS.

         1.1.  LOANS.  Silicon will make one or more loans to the Borrower  (the
"Loans") up to the amounts (the "Credit  Limits")  shown on the Schedule to this
Agreement (the  "Schedule") as the Credit Limit for such loans. The terms of the
Loans  are  stated  in this  Agreement  and in the  Schedule.  The  terms of the
Schedule are incorporated  into this Agreement.  The Borrower is responsible for
monitoring the total amount of Loans and other Obligations outstanding from time
to time,  and the Borrower  shall not permit the amount of any Loan to exceed at
any time the  applicable  Credit  Limit for such Loan.  The  Borrower  shall not
permit the total amount of Loans and all other obligations to exceed at any time
the  aggregate  Credit  Limit  for the  Loans.  If at any time the  total of all
outstanding Loans and all other Obligations  exceeds the aggregate Credit Limit,
the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of the excess to Silicon,  without
notice or demand.

         1.2.  INTEREST;  DEBIT TO  DEPOSIT  ACCOUNTS.  All  Loans and all other
monetary  Obligations  shall bear interest at the applicable  rates shown on the
Schedule.  Interest  shall be  payable  monthly,  on the due  date  shown on the
monthly  billing from Silicon to the  Borrower.  The  Borrower  shall  regularly
deposit all funds received from its business  activities in accounts  maintained
by the Borrower at Silicon.  The Borrower hereby requests and authorizes Silicon
to  debit  any  of the  Borrower's  accounts  with  Silicon,  including  without
limitation account no. _________,  for payments of interest and principal due on
the Loans and all other  obligations  owing by the Borrower to Silicon.  Silicon
shall promptly notify the Borrower of all debits which Silicon makes against the
Borrower's accounts.  Any such debit against the Borrower's accounts shall in no
way be deemed a setoff by Silicon.

         1.3.  FEES.  The Borrower  shall pay to Silicon at closing a commitment
fee and other  fees in the  amounts  shown on the  Schedule.  These  fees are in
addition  to all  interest  and  other  sums  payable  to  Silicon  and  are not
refundable.

Page 1 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

         1.4  ADDITIONAL  COSTS.  In  case of any  law,  regulation,  treaty  or
official directive or the interpretation or application  thereof by any court or
any  governmental  authority  charged  with the  administration  thereof  or the
compliance  with  any  guideline  or  request  of  any  central  bank  or  other
governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) which:

              (a)  subjects  Silicon  to any tax with  respect  to  payments  of
principal or interest or any other amounts payable  hereunder by the Borrower or
otherwise with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (except for taxes
on the overall net income of Silicon  imposed by the United States of America or
any political subdivision thereof);

              (b) imposes,  modifies or deems applicable any deposit  insurance,
reserve,  special  deposit or similar  requirement  against  assets  held by, or
deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, Silicon; or

              (c) imposes upon Silicon any other  condition  with respect to its
performance under this Agreement,

and the  result of any of the  foregoing  is to  increase  the cost to  Silicon,
reduce the income  receivable by Silicon or impose any expense upon Silicon with
respect to any loans, Silicon shall notify the Borrower thereof. Borrower agrees
to pay to Silicon the amount of such  increase in cost,  reduction  in income or
additional  expense as and when such cost,  reduction  or expense is incurred or
determined,  upon  presentation  by  Silicon  of a  statement  of the amount and
setting forth Silicon's  calculation  thereof,  all in reasonable detail,  which
statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error.

2.       GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST.

         2.1.  OBLIGATIONS.  The term  "Obligations"  as used in this  Agreement
means the  following:  the  obligation  to pay all Loans and all interest on the
Loans when due,  and to pay and  perform  when due all other  present and future
indebtedness,   liabilities,  obligations,  guarantees,  covenants,  agreements,
warranties  and  representations  of the Borrower to Silicon,  whether  joint or
several,  monetary  or  non-monetary,  and  whether  created  pursuant  to  this
Agreement or any other present or future  agreement  (such as future  agreements
relating to letters of credit issued by Silicon) or  otherwise.  Silicon may, in
its  discretion,  require that the Borrower pay monetary  Obligations in cash to
Silicon,  or charge them to the  Borrower's  Loan  account,  in which event they
shall bear  interest at the rates  applicable  to the Loan to which such amounts
are charged.

         2.2. COLLATERAL.  As security for all Obligations,  the Borrower hereby
grants Silicon a continuing  security interest in all of the Borrower's  assets,
including  but not  limited to all of the  Borrower's  interest  in the types of
property described below, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,  and wherever
located  (collectively,  the "Collateral"):  (a) all accounts,  contract rights,
chattel paper, letters of credit, documents, securities, money, and instruments,
and all other  obligations  now or in the future owing to the Borrower;  (b) all
inventory,  goods,  merchandise,  materials,  raw  materials,  work in  process,
finished goods, farm products,  advertising,  packaging and shipping  materials,
supplies,  and all other  tangible  personal  property which is held for sale or
lease or  furnished  under  contracts  of service or consumed in the  Borrower's
business,  and all warehouse  receipts and other  documents;  (c) all equipment,
including without limitation all machinery,  fixtures, trade fixtures, vehicles,
furnishings,  furniture,  materials,  tools,  machine tools,  office  equipment,
computers and peripheral devices, appliances,  apparatus, parts, dies, and jigs;

Page 2 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

(d) all general  intangibles  including,  but not limited to, deposit  accounts,
goodwill,  names,  trade  names,  trademarks  and the  goodwill of the  business
symbolized thereby, trademark applications, trade secrets, drawings, blueprints,
customer lists, patents, patent applications, copyrights copyright applications,
security deposits,  loan commitment fees,  federal,  state and local tax refunds
and claims, all rights in all litigation  presently or hereafter pending for any
cause or claim (whether in contract,  tort or otherwise),  and all judgments now
or hereafter arising therefrom,  all rights to purchase or sell real or personal
property,  all rights as a licensor  or  licensee  of any kind,  all  royalties,
licenses,  processes,  telephone  numbers,  proprietary  information,   purchase
orders,  and all insurance  policies and claims  (including  without  limitation
credit,  liability,  property  and  other  insurance),  and  all  other  rights,
privileges  and  franchises  of every kind;  (e) all books and records,  whether
stored on computers or otherwise  maintained;  (f) all of the  Borrower's  cash;
books and records, whether stored on computers or otherwise maintained;  (g) all
substitutions,  additions  and  accessions  to  any of the  foregoing,  and  all
products,  proceeds and insurance proceeds of the foregoing,  and all guaranties
of and security for the foregoing;  and all books and records relating to any of
the foregoing.  Silicon's  security interest in any present or future technology
(including patents, trade secrets, and other technology) shall be subject to any
licenses  or rights now or in the future  granted by the  Borrower  to any third
parties in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business;  provided that if the
Borrower proposes to sell, license or grant any other rights with respect to any
technology  in a transaction  that,  in  substance,  conveys a major part of the
economic value of that  technology,  Silicon shall first be requested to release
its security interest,  and Silicon may withhold such release in its discretion.
The Borrower shall not, either directly or through any agent, employee, licensee
or  designee,  (a)  file an  application  for the  registration  of any  patent,
trademark,  or copyright  with the U.S.  Patent and Trademark  Office,  the U.S.
Copyright Office,  or any similar office or agency in any other country,  state,
or any political subdivision (the "Offices"),  or (b) file any assignment of any
patent,  trademark,  or  copyright  which the  Borrower may acquire from a third
party with any one of the Offices unless the Borrower  shall, on or prior to the
date of such  filing,  notify  Silicon  of such  filing,  and,  upon  request of
Silicon, execute and deliver any and all assignments,  agreements,  instruments,
documents  and papers as Silicon may request to evidence  Silicon's  interest in
such  patents,  trademarks,  or  copyrights,  as the case may be,  including the
goodwill and general intangibles of the Borrower relating thereto or represented
thereby.  The  Borrower  authorizes  Silicon to amend any  applicable  notice of
security  interest  or  assignment  executed  pursuant  to  SECTION  4.9 of this
Agreement  without first  obtaining the  Borrower's  approval of or signature to
such amendment and to record such assignment with one or more of the Offices.

         2.3. COLLATERAL DEFINITIONS.  Notwithstanding SECTION 2.2, for purposes
of this Agreement,  the intellectual  property  comprising the Collateral may be
further defined to include the following:

              (a)  Any  and  all  copyright  rights,   copyright   applications,
copyright  registrations  and like  protections  in each work or authorship  and
derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the
same also  constitutes  a trade  secret,  now or  hereafter  existing,  created,
acquired  or held,  including  without  limitation  those set forth in EXHIBIT A
attached to the Intellectual  Property  Security  Agreement  (collectively,  the
"Copyrights");

              (b) All patents, patent applications and like protections
including without limitation improvements,  divisions, continuations,  renewals,
reissues,  extensions and  continuations-in-part  of the same, including without
limitation the patents and patent  applications  set forth on EXHIBIT B attached
to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement (collectively, the "Patents");

Page 3 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

              (c) Any trademark and servicemark  rights,  whether  registered or
not,   applications  to  register  and   registrations  of  the  same  and  like
protections,  and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with
and symbolized by such trademarks,  including without limitation those set forth
on  EXHIBIT  C  attached  to  the  Intellectual   Property  Security   Agreement
(collectively, the "Trademarks"); and

              (d) Any series of related images, however fixed or encoded (i)
having or representing the predetermined, three-dimensional pattern of metallic,
insulating  or  semiconductor  material  present or removed from the layers of a
semiconductor chip product;  and (ii) in which series the relation of the images
to one  another is that each image has the pattern of the surface of one form of
the semiconductor chip product,  including without limitation those set forth on
EXHIBIT  D   attached   to  the   Intellectual   Property   Security   Agreement
(collectively, the "Mask Works").

3.       REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

         The Borrower  represents  and  warrants to Silicon as follows,  and the
Borrower covenants that the following representations shall continue to be true,
and that the Borrower shall comply with all of the following covenants:

         3.1.  CORPORATE  EXISTENCE  AND  AUTHORITY.  The  Borrower is and shall
continue to be duly authorized,  validly existing and in good standing under the
laws  of the  state  of its  incorporation,  as  identified  on the  copy of the
Borrower's Articles of Incorporation  delivered to Silicon.  The Borrower is and
shall continue to be qualified and licensed to do business in all  jurisdictions
in which  any  failure  to do so would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Borrower.  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by the  Borrower of this
Agreement,  and all other documents  executed by the Borrower in connection with
the Loans have been duly and validly  authorized,  are  enforceable  against the
Borrower  in  accordance  with their  terms,  and do not  violate any law or any
provision  of, and are not grounds for  acceleration  under,  any  agreement  or
instrument that is binding upon the Borrower.

         3.2. NAME, TRADE NAMES AND STYLES..  The name of the Borrower set forth
in the heading to this  Agreement is its correct  name.  Listed on an Exhibit to
the  Schedule  are all prior  names of the  Borrower  and all of the  Borrower's
present and prior trade names.  The  Borrower  shall give Silicon 15 days' prior
written notice before  changing its name or doing business under any other name.
The  Borrower  has  complied,  and  shall in the  future  comply,  with all laws
relating to the conduct of business under a fictitious business name.

         3.3. PLACE OF BUSINESS;  LOCATION OF COLLATERAL.  The address set forth
in the heading to this Agreement is the chief executive office for the Borrower.
In addition,  the Borrower has places of Business only at, and Collateral of the
Borrower  is  located  only at, the  locations  set forth on the  Schedule.  The
Borrower  shall  give  Silicon at least 15 days'  prior  written  notice  before
changing its chief executive office or moving  Collateral  (other than inventory
sold in the ordinary  course of business) to any location  other than a location
listed on the Schedule.

         3.4. TITLE TO  COLLATERAL;  PERMITTED  LIENS.  The Borrower is now, and
shall at all  times in the  future  be,  the sole  owner of all the  Collateral,
except  for items of  equipment  that are  leased by the  Borrower  and  general
intangibles  subject  to  nonexclusive  licenses  granted  by  Borrower  to  its
customers in the ordinary  course of business.  The  Collateral now is and shall

Page 4 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

remain  free  and  clear  of any and all  liens,  charges,  security  interests,
encumbrances and adverse claims,  except for the following  ("Permitted Liens"):
(a) purchase money security interests in specific items of equipment, other than
equipment financed by the Loans; (b) leases of specific items of equipment;  (c)
liens for taxes not yet payable;  (d)  additional  security  interests and liens
consented  to in writing by Silicon  in its sole  discretion;  and (e)  security
interests  being  terminated  substantially  concurrently  with this  Agreement.
Silicon  shall have the right to require,  as a condition  to its consent  under
subparagraph (d) above,  that the holder of the additional  security interest or
lien sign an  intercreditor  agreement on terms  satisfactory  to Silicon in its
sole discretion,  acknowledge that the holder's security interest is subordinate
to Silicon's security  interest.  Silicon now has, and shall continue to have, a
second  priority,  perfected  and  enforceable  security  interest in all of the
Collateral.  The Collateral  shall not be subject to any other liens or security
interests of any type except for the Permitted  Liens. The Borrower shall at all
times defend  Silicon and the Collateral  against all claims of others.  None of
the Collateral now is or shall be affixed to any real property in such a manner,
or with such intent, as to become a fixture.

         3.5.  MAINTENANCE  OF  COLLATERAL.  The  Borrower  shall  maintain  the
Collateral in good working condition.  The Borrower shall not use the Collateral
for any unlawful purpose.

         3.6. BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The Borrower has maintained and shall maintain
at the Borrower's Address complete and accurate books and records, comprising an
accounting system in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

         3.7. FINANCIAL CONDITION AND STATEMENTS.  All financial  statements now
or in the future  delivered  to Silicon  have been,  and shall be,  prepared  in
conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles and now and in the
future shall  completely and accurately  reflect the financial  condition of the
Borrower,  at the times and for the periods therein stated.  Since the last date
covered by any such statement,  there has been no material adverse change in the
financial  condition or business of the Borrower.  The Borrower is now and shall
continue to be solvent.

         3.8. TAX RETURNS AND PAYMENTS; PENSION CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Borrower has
timely  filed,  and shall timely file,  all tax returns and reports  required by
foreign,  federal,  state and local law. The Borrower has timely paid, and shall
timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes,  assessments,  deposits
and contributions  now or in the future owed by the Borrower.  The Borrower may,
however, defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that the Borrower (a) in
good faith  contests the  Borrower's  obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate
proceedings  promptly and  diligently  instituted  and  conducted,  (b) notifies
Silicon in writing of the commencement of, and any material  development in, the
proceedings,  and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps  required to keep the
contested taxes from becoming a lien upon any of the Collateral. The Borrower is
unaware of any claims or adjustments  proposed for any of the  Borrower's  prior
tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by the
Borrower. The Borrower has paid, and shall continue to pay all amounts necessary
to fund all present and future pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation
plans in  accordance  with  their  terms.  The  Borrower  has not and  shall not
withdraw from  participation  in, permit partial or complete  termination of, or
permit the  occurrence  of any other event with  respect to, any such plan which
could result in any liability of the Borrower,  including,  without  limitation,
any liability to the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation or its successors or
any other governmental agency.

Page 5 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

         3.9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. The Borrower has complied,  and shall comply,
in all material respects, with all provisions of all foreign, federal, state and
local laws and regulations relating to the Borrower,  including, but not limited
to,  those  relating  to  ownership  of real or personal  property,  conduct and
licensing of the Borrower's business, and environmental matters.

         3.10.  LITIGATION.  Except as  disclosed in the  Schedule,  there is no
claim, suit, litigation,  proceeding or investigation pending or (to best of the
Borrower's  knowledge) threatened by or against or affecting the Borrower in any
court or before  any  governmental  agency (or any basis  therefor  known to the
Borrower)  which may  result,  either  separately  or in the  aggregate,  in any
material adverse change in the financial  condition or business of the Borrower,
or in any  material  impairment  in the ability of the  Borrower to carry on its
business  in  substantially  the same manner as it is now being  conducted.  The
Borrower  shall  promptly  inform  Silicon in writing of any claim,  proceeding,
litigation or investigation in the future threatened or instituted by or against
the Borrower involving amounts in excess of $100,000.

         3.11.  USE OF PROCEEDS.  All proceeds of all Loans shall be used solely
for lawful business purposes.

         3.13.  HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCES.  The terms "hazardous wastes," "hazardous
substance,"  "disposal,"  "release," and  "threatened  release," as used in this
Agreement,  shall  have  the same  meanings  as set  forth in the  Comprehensive
Environmental Response,  Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42
U.S.C.  Section 9601,  et  seq.   ("CERCLA"),   the  Superfund   Amendments  and
Reauthorization  Act of  1986,  Pub.  L.  No.  99-499  ("SARA"),  the  Hazardous
Materials  Transportation  Act, 49 U.S.C.  Section 1801,  et seq.,  the Resource
Conservation  and  Recovery  Act,  49  U.S.C. Section  6901,  et seq.,  or other
applicable state of Federal laws, rules, or regulations  adopted pursuant to any
of the  foregoing.  The Borrower  represents and warrants that: (a) the Borrower
has no knowledge of (i) any use, generation,  manufacture,  storage,  treatment,
disposal,  release, or threatened release of any hazardous waste or substance by
any prior owners or occupants of any of the real properties owned or operated by
the Borrower,  of (ii) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind
by any person  relating  to such  matters;  (b)  neither  the  Borrower  nor any
subtenant, contractor, agent, or other user authorized by Borrower of any of the
real properties shall use, generate,  manufacture,  store, treat, dispose of, or
release any hazardous  waste or substance  on,  under,  or about any of the real
properties  owned or  operated by the  Borrower  except in  compliance  with all
applicable  federal,  state,  and  local  laws,  regulations,   and  ordinances,
including without  limitation those laws,  regulations and ordinances  described
above.  The  Borrower  authorizes  Silicon and its agents,  upon 24 hours' prior
notice (which need not be in writing), to enter upon the real properties to make
such  inspections  and  tests as  Silicon  may  deem  appropriate  to  determine
compliance  of the real  properties  owned or operated by the Borrower with this
Section of the Agreement.  Any inspections or tests made by Silicon shall be for
Silicon's  purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility
or liability on the part of Silicon to the Borrower or to any other person.  The
Borrower  hereby (a) releases and waives any future claims  against  Silicon for
indemnity or contribution  in the event the Borrower  becomes liable for cleanup
or other  costs  under  any such  laws,  and (b)  agrees to  indemnify  and hold
harmless  Silicon  against any and all  claims,  losses,  liabilities,  damages,

Page 6 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

penalties,  and expenses  which  Silicon may directly or  indirectly  sustain or
suffer  resulting  from a  breach  of  this  Section  of the  Agreement  or as a
consequence of any use, generation,  manufacture,  storage, disposal, release or
threatened  release  occurring prior to the Borrower's  ownership or interest in
the real  properties,  whether or not the same was or should  have been known to
the Borrower.  The  provisions of this Section of the  Agreement,  including the
obligation to indemnify,  shall survive the payment of the  obligations  and the
termination  or  expiration  of this  Agreement  and  shall not be  affected  by
Silicon's acquisition of any interest in any of the real properties,  whether by
foreclosure or otherwise.

         3.14 NO CONFLICTS. Performance of this Agreement does not conflict with
or result in a breach of any agreement to which  Borrower is a party or by which
Borrower  is bound,  except to the extent  that  certain  intellectual  property
agreements  prohibit the  assignment  of the rights  thereunder to a third party
without the licensor's or other party's  consent and this Agreement  constitutes
an assignment.

         3.15. NO TRANSFERS OF ENCUMBRANCES.  During the term of this Agreement,
Borrower will not transfer or otherwise encumber any interest in the Collateral,
except for non-exclusive  licenses granted by Borrower in the ordinary course of
business or as set forth in this Agreement and the Permitted Liens.

         3.16.    [Intentionally Omitted.]

         3.17.    [Intentionally Omitted.]

         3.18.    [Intentionally Omitted.]

         3.19.    [Intentionally Omitted.]

         3.20.    [Intentionally Omitted.]

         3.21.  ACCURATE  INFORMATION.  All  information  heretofore,  herein or
hereafter  supplied to Silicon by or on behalf of Borrower  with  respect to the
Collateral is accurate and complete in all material respects.

         3.22.  NO  CONFLICTING  AGREEMENT.  Borrower  shall not enter  into any
agreement that would materially  impair or conflict with Borrower's  obligations
hereunder  without  Silicon's prior written consent,  which consent shall not be
unreasonably  withheld.  Borrower shall not permit the inclusion in any material
contract  to which it becomes a party of any  provisions  that could or might in
any way prevent the  creation of a security  interest in  Borrower's  rights and
interests in any  property  included  within the  definition  of the  Collateral
acquired  under such  contracts,  except  that  certain  contracts  may  contain
anti-assignment  provisions  that could in effect  prohibit  the  creation  of a
security interest in such contracts.

         3.23.  NOTICE OF  IMPAIRMENT OF VALUE.  Upon any  executive  officer of
Borrower  obtaining  actual  knowledge  thereof,  Borrower will promptly  notify
Silicon in writing of any event that materially  adversely  affects the value of
any  Collateral,  the ability of Borrower  to dispose of any  Collateral  or the
rights and remedies of Silicon in relation  thereto,  including  the levy of any
legal process against any of the Collateral.

4.       ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF THE BORROWER.

         4.1.  FINANCIAL AND OTHER  COVENANTS.  The Borrower  shall at all times
comply with the covenants set forth in the Schedule.

Page 7 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

         4.2. OVERADVANCE;  PROCEEDS OF ACCOUNTS. If for any reason the total of
all outstanding Loads and all other Obligations  exceeds the total Credit Limit,
as stated in the  Schedule,  without  limiting  Silicon's  other  remedies,  and
whether or not Silicon declares an Event of Default, the Borrower shall remit to
Silicon all checks and other  proceeds of the  Borrower's  accounts  and general
intangibles,  in the same form as received by the Borrower, within one day after
the  Borrower's  receipt of the same, to be applied to the  Obligations  in such
order as Silicon shall determine in its discretion.

         4.3.  INSURANCE.  The  Borrower  shall at all times  insure  all of the
tangible personal property  Collateral and carry such other business  insurance,
with  insurers  reasonably  acceptable  to Silicon,  in such form and amounts as
Silicon may reasonably  require.  All such insurance policies shall name Silicon
as an additional loss payee, and shall contain a lenders loss payee  endorsement
in form  reasonably  acceptable to Silicon.  Upon receipt of the proceeds of any
such insurance,  subject to the claims of any holders of prior Permitted  Liens,
Silicon  shall apply such  proceeds in reduction of the  Obligations  as Silicon
shall determine in its sole and absolute  discretion,  except that,  provided no
Event of Default has occurred,  Silicon shall release to the Borrower  insurance
proceeds with respect to equipment  totaling less than $100,000,  which shall be
utilized by the Borrower for the  replacement  of the equipment  with respect to
which the insurance proceeds were paid. Silicon may require reasonable assurance
that the insurance  proceeds so released shall be so used. If the Borrower fails
to provide or pay for any  insurance,  Silicon  may,  but is not  obligated  to,
obtain the same at the Borrower's  expense.  The Borrower shall promptly deliver
to Silicon copies of all reports made to insurance companies.
Statutory notice regarding insurance:

                                     WARNING

         Unless you  provide  us with  evidence  of the  insurance  coverage  as
required by our contract or loan  agreement,  we may purchase  insurance at your
expense to protect our interest.  This insurance may, but need not, also protect
your interest.  If the collateral becomes damaged,  the coverage we purchase may
not pay any claim you make or any claim made  against  you. You may later cancel
this coverage by providing  evidence that you have  obtained  property  coverage
elsewhere.

         You are responsible for the cost of any insurance  purchased by us. The
cost of this  insurance may be added to your  contract or loan  balance.  If the
cost is  added  to your  contract  or loan  balance,  the  interest  rate on the
underlying  contract or loan will apply to this added amount. The effective date
of coverage may be the date your prior coverage lapsed or the date you failed to
provide proof of coverage.

         This  coverage we purchase  may be  considerably  more  expensive  than
insurance  you can obtain on your own and may not satisfy any need for  property
damage coverage or any mandatory  liability  insurance  requirements  imposed by
applicable law.

         4.4.  REPORT.  The  Borrower  shall  provide  Silicon with such written
reports  with  respect  to the  Borrower  as  Silicon  shall  from  time to time
reasonably specify,  including but not limited to the financial reports required
as stated in the Schedule.

         4.5. ACCESS TO COLLATERAL,  BOOKS AND RECORDS. At all reasonable times,
and upon one business day notice,  Silicon, or its agents,  shall have the right
to  inspect  the  Collateral,  and the  right to audit  and copy the  Borrower's
accounting books,  records,  ledgers,  journals, or registers and the Borrower's
books and records  relating to the Collateral,  provided that no prior notice is
required upon the occurrence and  continuation  of an Event of Default.  Silicon
shall take reasonable  steps to keep  confidential  all information  obtained in

Page 8 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

such inspection or audit,  but Silicon shall have the right to disclose any such
information to its auditors,  regulatory agencies and attorneys, and pursuant to
any subpoena or other legal process.  The Borrower shall  reimburse  Silicon for
Silicon's  actual  costs for  conducting  two such audits per year.  Silicon may
debit the Borrower's  deposit accounts with Silicon for the cost of such audits,
in which event Silicon shall send notification thereof to the Borrower.

         4.6. NEGATIVE  COVENANTS.  Except as may be expressly  permitted in the
Schedule,  the Borrower shall not, without  Silicon's prior written consent,  do
any of the following: (a) merge or consolidate with another corporation,  except
that the  Borrower may merge or  consolidate  with  another  corporation  if the
Borrower is the surviving  corporation in the merger and the aggregate  value of
the assets acquired in the merger does not exceed 25% of the Borrower's tangible
net  worth  (determined  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles)  as of the  end of the  month  prior  to the  effective  date of the
merger, and the assets of the corporation  acquired in the merger as not subject
to any liens or  encumbrances,  except  Permitted Liens; (b) acquire any assets,
including stock of any other entity, outside the ordinary course of the business
for an aggregate  purchase price (whether paid in cash, in stock of the Borrower
or other  consideration)  exceeding  25% of the  Borrower's  tangible  net worth
(determined in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles) as of
the end of the month prior to the effective date of the  acquisition;  (c) enter
into any other  transaction  outside the ordinary course of business  (except as
permitted by the other  provisions  of this  Section);  (d) sell or transfer any
Collateral,  except for the sale of finished inventory in the ordinary course of
the Borrower's business;  (e) make any loans of any money or any other assets to
shareholders,  employees  or any other person  except in the ordinary  course of
business;  (f) incur any debts that are outside the ordinary  course of business
or that would have a material, adverse effect on the Borrower or on the prospect
of repayment of the  Obligations;  (g) guarantee or otherwise become liable with
respect to the  obligations  of another party or entity;  (h) pay or declare any
dividends on the stock of the Borrower  (except for dividends  payable solely in
stock of the  Borrower);  (i) redeem,  retire,  purchase or  otherwise  acquire,
directly or indirectly, any of the stock of the Borrower, except when exercising
any  standard  repurchase  right  Borrower may have in any existing or hereafter
adopted Company Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan or related documents;  (j) make
any change in the  Borrower's  capital  structure  which has a material  adverse
effect on that Borrower or on the prospect of repayment of the  Obligations;  or
(k)  dissolve or elect to  dissolve.  Transactions  permitted  by the  foregoing
provisions  of this  Section  are only  permitted  if no Event of Default and no
event which (with notice or passage of time or both) would  constitute  an Event
of Default would occur as a result of such transaction.

         4.7. LITIGATION COOPERATION.  Should any third-party suit or proceeding
be  instituted  by or against  Silicon with respect to any  Collateral or in any
manner relating to the Borrower, the Borrower shall, without expense to Silicon,
make  available  the Borrower  and its  officers,  employees  and agents and the
Borrower's books and records to the extent that Silicon may deem them reasonably
necessary in order to prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding.

         4.8      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         4.9 EXECUTE  ADDITIONAL  DOCUMENTATION.  The  Borrower  agrees,  at its
expense,  on request by Silicon,  to execute from time to time all  documents in
form satisfactory to Silicon, as Silicon may deem reasonably necessary or useful
in order to perfect and maintain  Silicon's  perfected  security interest in the
Collateral,   and  in  order  to  fully   consummate  all  of  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

Page 9 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

         4.10     [Intentionally Omitted.]

5.       TERM.

         5.1 MATURITY DATE.  This  Agreement  shall continue in effect until the
payment in full of the Obligations,  provided,  however, that the Borrower shall
repay in full each Loan  described on the Schedule,  with all accrued but unpaid
interest on that Loan, on or before the Maturity Date stated on the Schedule for
such Loan.

         5.2 EARLY  TERMINATION.  Subject to SECTION 5.3, this  Agreement may be
terminated,  without penalty,  prior to the Maturity Date as follows: (a) by the
Borrower,  effective  three business days after written notice of termination is
given to Silicon; or (b) by Silicon at any time after the occurrence of an Event
of Default, without notice, effective immediately.

         5.3 PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS. On the due dates stated in the Schedule, or
on any earlier effective date of termination, the Borrower shall pay and perform
in full all Obligations,  whether  evidenced by installment  notes or otherwise,
and whether or not all or any part of such  Obligations  are otherwise  then due
and payable. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, all of Silicon's
security  interests in all of the Collateral and all of the terms and provisions
of this Agreement  shall continue in full force and effect until all Obligations
have been paid and performed in full;  provided that,  without limiting the fact
that Loans are  discretionary  on the part of Silicon,  Silicon may, in its sole
discretion,  refuse to make any further Loans after termination.  No termination
shall in any way affect or impair any right or remedy of Silicon,  nor shall any
such termination relieve the Borrower of any Obligation to Silicon, until all of
the  Obligations  have  been  paid and  performed  in  full.  Upon  payment  and
performance in full of all the  Obligations,  Silicon shall promptly  deliver to
the Borrower termination  statements,  requests for reconveyances and such other
documents  as may be  required  to fully  terminate  any of  Silicon's  security
interests.

6.       EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

         6.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The  occurrence of any of the following  events
shall  constitute an "Event of Default" under this  Agreement,  and the Borrower
shall  give  Silicon  immediate  written  notice  thereof:   (a)  any  warranty,
representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered to Silicon by
the  Borrower  or any of the  Borrower's  officers or  employees,  now or in the
future,  shall be untrue or misleading in any material respect; (b) the Borrower
shall  fail to pay  when  due any  Loan or any  interest  thereon  or any  other
monetary  Obligation;  or (c) the total outstanding  balance of any Loan exceeds
the  applicable   Credit  Limit,  or  the  total  Loans  and  other  Obligations
outstanding at any time exceed the aggregate  Credit Limit for all Loans, or the
total Loans and other  Obligations  outstanding at any time exceed the aggregate
Credit Limit for all Loans; or (d) the Borrower shall fail to comply with any of
the  covenants  set forth in the  Schedule  or shall fail to  perform  any other
non-monetary Obligation which by its nature cannot be cured; or (e) the Borrower
shall  fail to pay or  perform  any other  non-monetary  Obligation,  under this
Agreement or any other  agreement or document  relating to the Loans; or (f) any
levy,  assessment,  attachment,  seizure, lien or encumbrances is made on all or
any  part of the  Collateral;  or (g)  dissolution,  termination  of  existence,
insolvency or business  failure of the Borrower,  or  appointment of a receiver,
trustee or custodian for all or any part of the property of,  assignment for the
benefit of creditors by, or the  commencement  of any proceeding by the Borrower
under any reorganization,  bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement,  readjustment of
debt,  dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction,  now or in

Page 10 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

the future in effect;  or (h) the  commencement  of any  proceeding  against the
Borrower or any guarantor of any of the  Obligations  under any  reorganization,
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  arrangement,  readjustment  of  debt,  dissolution  or
liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction,  now or in the future in effect,
which is not  cured by the  dismissal  thereof  within  45 days  after  the date
commenced; or (i) revocation or termination of, or limitation of liability upon,
any guaranty of the  Obligations;  or (j)  commencement  of  proceedings  by any
guarantor of any of the  Obligations  under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; or
(k) the Borrower makes any payment on account of any  indebtedness or obligation
which has been subordinated to the Obligations, unless such payment is permitted
in the applicable subordination agreement, or if any person who has subordinated
such indebtedness  terminates or in any way limits his subordinate agreement; or
(l) the Borrower  shall  generally  not pay its debts as they become due; or the
Borrower shall conceal, remove or transfer any part of its property, with intent
to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, or make or suffer any transfer of any
of its  property  which  may be  fraudulent  under  any  bankruptcy,  fraudulent
conveyance or similar law; or (m) either the Borrower or any other party thereto
shall breach any subordination  agreement executed in connection with the Loans;
or (n) the current shareholders of he Borrower shall crease to own more than 50%
of the  outstanding  common  stock  of  the  Borrower.  If any of the  foregoing
defaults, other than a failure to pay money and breach of an financial covenants
set forth in the Schedule,  is curable, it may be cured (and no Event of Default
shall have occurred) if the Borrower cures the default within 15 days (or within
45 days in the case of clause (h) of this SECTION 6.1). Silicon may cease making
any Loans hereunder during the above cure periods, and thereafter if an Event of
Default has occurred.

         6.2  REMEDIES.  Upon the  occurrence  of any Event of  Default  and the
expiration  of any  applicable  cure period  under  SECTION 6.1, and at any time
thereafter,  Silicon,  at its option,  and without  notice or demand of any kind
(all of which are hereby  expressly  waived by the Borrower),  may do any one or
more of the following,  to the extent that such actions are consistent  with the
priority of  Silicon's  interest in the  Collateral:  (a) cease  making Loans or
otherwise  extending  credit to the Borrower  under this  Agreement or any other
document  or  agreement;  (b)  accelerate  and  declare  all or any  part of the
Obligations to be immediately due, payable, and performable, notwithstanding any
deferred  or  installment  payments  allowed  by any  instrument  evidencing  or
relating to any Obligation;  (c) take possession of any or all of the Collateral
wherever it may be found,  and for that purpose the Borrower  hereby  authorizes
Silicon without  judicial  process to enter onto any of the Borrower's  premises
without  interference to search for, take possession of, keep,  store, or remove
any of the Collateral, and remain on the premises or cause a custodian to remain
on the  premises in  exclusive  control  thereof  without  charge for so long as
Silicon deems it reasonably  necessary in order to complete the  enforcement  of
its rights under this Agreement or any other agreement;  provided, however, that
should Silicon seek to take  possession of any or all of the Collateral by Court
process,  the Borrower hereby irrevocably waives: (i) any bond and any surety or
security relating thereto required by any statute, court rule or otherwise as an
incident  to such  possession;  (ii)  any  demand  for  possession  prior to the
commencement of any suit or action to recover possession thereof;  and (iii) any
requirement  that  Silicon  retain  possession  of and not  dispose  of any such
Collateral  until after  trial or final  judgment;  (d) require the  Borrower to
assemble any or all of the Collateral and make it available to Silicon at places
designated  by  Silicon  which are  reasonably  convenient  to  Silicon  and the
Borrower,  and to remove the  Collateral  to such  locations as Silicon may deem
advisable;  (e) require the Borrower to deliver to Silicon,  in kind, all checks
and  other   payments   received  with  respect  to  all  accounts  and  general
intangibles,  together with any necessary endorsements, within one day after the
date received by the Borrower;  (f) complete the  proceeding,  manufacturing  or
repair of any  Collateral  prior to a disposition  thereof and, for such purpose

Page 11 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

and for the  purpose  of  removal,  Silicon  shall  have  the  right  to use the
Borrower's premises,  vehicles,  hoists, lifts, cranes,  equipment and all other
property  without  charge;  (g) sell,  lease or otherwise  dispose of any of the
Collateral  in its  condition at the time Silicon  obtains  possession  of it or
after further  manufacturing,  processing  or repair,  at any one or more public
and/or private sales, in lots or in bulk, for cash,  exchange or other property,
or on credit,  and to  adjourn  any such sale from time to time  without  notice
other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for sale;  Silicon shall have
the right to conduct such disposition on the Borrower's premises without charge,
for such time or times as Silicon deems reasonable, or on Silicon's premises, or
elsewhere and the  Collateral  need not be located at the place of  disposition;
Silicon may  directly or through any  affiliated  company  purchase or lease any
Collateral at any such public  disposition,  and if permissible under applicable
law, at any private  disposition;  any sale or other  disposition  of Collateral
shall not relieve the  Borrower of any  liability  the  Borrower may have if any
Collateral  is defective  as to title or physical  condition or otherwise at the
time of sale;  (h) demand  payment  of, and  collect  nay  accounts  and general
intangibles  comprising  Collateral  an, in connection  therewith,  the Borrower
irrevocably  authorizes  Silicon to endorse or sign the  Borrower's  name on all
collections,  receipts,  instruments and other documents,  to take possession of
and open mail addressed to the Borrower and remove therefrom  payments made with
respect to any item of the  Collateral  or proceeds  thereof,  and, in Silicon's
sole  discretion,  to grant  extensions  of time to pay,  compromise  claims and
settle  accounts and the like for less than face value;  (i) offset  against any
sums in any  general,  special  or  other  deposit  accounts  maintained  by the
Borrower  with  Silicon;  and (j) demand and  receive  possession  of any of the
Borrower's  federal  and state  income  tax  returns  and the books and  records
utilized in the preparation thereof or referring thereto. All reasonable fees of
professionals  (including  attorneys' fees),  expenses,  costs,  liabilities and
obligations  incurred by Silicon with respect to the foregoing shall be added to
and  become  part of the  Obligations,  shall be due on  demand,  and shall bear
interest at a rate equal to the highest  interest rate  applicable to any of the
Obligations.  Without  limiting any of Silicon's  rights and remedies,  from and
after the occurrence of any Event of Default, the interest rat applicable to the
Obligations  shall be increased by an additional two percent per annum above the
rate otherwise applicable.

         6.3. STANDARDS FOR DETERMINING COMMERCIAL REASONABLENESS.  The Borrower
and Silicon agree that a sale or other disposition (collectively, "Sale") of any
Collateral  which complies with the following  standards  shall  conclusively be
deemed to be  commercially  reasonable:  (a)  notice of the Sale is given to the
Borrower  at least  seven days prior to the Sale,  and,  in the case of a public
Sale,  notice of the Sale is  published at least seven days before the Sale in a
newspaper  of  general  circulation  in  the  county  where  the  Sale  is to be
conducted;  (b)  notice  of  the  Sale  describes  the  Collateral  in  general,
non-specific  terms;  (c) the Sale is conducted at a place  designed by Silicon,
with or without the Collateral being present; (d) the Sale commences at any time
between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.; (e) payment of the purchase price in cash or by
cashier's  check or wire  transfer is required;  (f) with respect to any Sale of
any of the  Collateral,  Silicon  may  (but  is not  obligated  to)  direct  any
prospective  purchaser  to  ascertain  directly  from the  Borrower  any and all
information  concerning  the same.  Silicon may employ other methods of noticing
and  selling  the  Collateral,  in its  discretion,  if  they  are  commercially
reasonable.

         6.4.  POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Effective only upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, the Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints
Silicon  (and  any  of  Silicon's  designated  officers,  or  employees)  as the
Borrower's  true and lawful  attorney to: (a) send requests for  verification of
accounts  or notify  account  debtors  of  Silicon's  security  interest  in the
accounts;  (b)  endorse  the  Borrower's  name on any  checks or other  forms of
payment  or  security  that may come  into  Silicon's  possession;  (c) sign the
Borrower's name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any account, drafts
against account debtors, schedules and assignments of accounts, verifications of
accounts,  and  notices to account  debtors;  (d) make,  settle,  and adjust all

Page 12 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

claims under and decisions with respect to the Borrower's policies of insurance;
and (e) settle and adjust disputes and claims  respecting the accounts  directly
with account debtors,  for amounts and upon terms which Silicon determines to be
reasonable;  provided  Silicon may  exercise  such power of attorney to sign the
name of the Borrower on any of the documents described in SECTION 4.9 regardless
of whether an Event of Default has occurred.  The  appointment of Silicon as the
Borrower's  attorney  in fact,  and each and every one of  Silicon's  rights and
powers,  being  coupled  with  an  interest,  is  irrevocable  until  all of the
Obligations  have been fully repaid and performed  and  Silicon's  obligation to
provide advances hereunder is terminated.

         6.5.  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.  All proceeds  realized as the result of
any Sale of the  Collateral  shall be  applied  by  Silicon  first to the costs,
expenses,  liabilities,  obligations  and attorneys' fees incurred by Silicon in
the exercise of its rights under this Agreement, second to the interest due upon
any of the Obligations,  and third to the principal of the Obligations,  in such
order as Silicon shall  determine in its sole  discretion.  Any surplus shall be
paid to the Borrower or other persons  legally  entitled  thereto;  the Borrower
shall  remain  liable to Silicon for any  deficiency.  If  Silicon,  in its sole
discretion,  directly  or  indirectly  enters  into a deferred  payment or other
credit  transaction  with any  purchaser  at any Sale or  other  disposition  of
Collateral,  Silicon shall have the option, exercisable at any time, in its sole
discretion,  of either  reducing  the  Obligations  by the  principal  amount of
purchase  price or deferring the reduction of the  Obligations  until the actual
receipt by Silicon of the cash therefor.

         6.6.  REMEDIES  CUMULATIVE.  In addition to the rights and remedies set
forth in this  Agreement,  Silicon  shall have all the other rights and remedies
accorded a secured  party under the Uniform  Commercial  Code of Oregon and each
state in which any Collateral is located,  and under all other  applicable laws,
and under any other  instrument or agreement  now or in the future  entered into
between  Silicon  and the  Borrower,  and all of such  rights and  remedies  are
cumulative and none is exclusive. Exercise or partial exercise by Silicon of one
or more of its  rights or  remedies  shall not be  deemed an  election,  nor bar
Silicon  from  subsequent  exercise or partial  exercise of any other  rights or
remedies.  The  failure or delay of Silicon to  exercise  any rights or remedies
shall not  operate  as a waiver  thereof,  but all  rights  and  remedies  shall
continue in full force and effect until all of the  Obligations  have been fully
paid and performed.

7.       GENERAL PROVISIONS.

         7.1. NOTICES.  All notices to be given under this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall be given either personally or by certified mail return receipt
requested,  addressed to Silicon or the Borrower at the  addresses  shown in the
heading to this  Agreement,  or at any other address  designed in writing by one
party to the other party. In addition,  Borrower shall send a copy of any notice
to Silicon to the following address:  11000 S.W. Stratus,  Suite 170, Beaverton,
OR  97008-7113,  Attn:  Art  Hiemstra.  All notices shall be deemed to have been
given upon delivery in the case of notices personally  delivered to the Borrower
or to Silicon,  or at the  expiration of two business days following the deposit
thereof in the United States mail, with postage prepaid.

         7.2.  SEVERABILITY.  Should any provision of this  Agreement be held by
any court of competent  jurisdiction  to be void or  unenforceable,  such defect
shall not affect the remainder of this  Agreement,  which shall continue in full
force and effect.

Page 13 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

         7.3.  INTEGRATION.  This  Agreement and such other written  agreements,
documents  and  instruments  as may be executed in  connection  herewith are the
final,  entire and  complete  agreement  between  the  Borrower  and Silicon and
supersede all prior and  contemporaneous  negotiations and oral  representations
and agreements,  all of which are merged and integrated in this Agreement.  ORAL
AGREEMENTS OR ORAL  COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY,  EXTEND  CREDIT,  OR FORBEAR FROM
ENFORCING  REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE  UNDER  WASHINGTON LAW. UNDER
OREGON LAW,  MOST  AGREEMENTS,  PROMISES AND  COMMITMENTS  MADE BY SILICON AFTER
OCTOBER 3, 1989,  CONCERNING LOANS AND OTHER CREDIT EXTENSIONS WHICH ARE NOT FOR
PERSONAL,  FAMILY OR  HOUSEHOLD  PURPOSES  OR SECURED  SOLELY BY THE  BORROWER'S
RESIDENCE MUST BE IN WRITING,  EXPRESS CONSIDERATION AND BE SIGNED BY SILICON TO
BE ENFORCEABLE.

         7.4.  WAIVERS.  The  failure of Silicon at any time or times to require
the Borrower to strictly  comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or
any other present or future agreement between the Borrower and Silicon shall not
waive or  diminish  any right of  Silicon  later to demand  And  receive  strict
compliance  therewith.  Any waiver of any default  shall not waive or affect any
other default,  whether prior or subsequent  thereto.  None of the provisions of
this  Agreement  or any other  agreement  now or in the future  executed  by the
Borrower and delivered to Silicon shall be deemed to have been waived by any act
or  knowledge  of  Silicon or its  agents or  employees,  but only by a specific
written  waiver  signed by an officer of Silicon and  delivered to the Borrower.
The Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, and notice of default or
dishonor,  notice of payment and nonpayment,  release,  compromise,  settlement,
extension  or renewal of any  commercial  paper,  instrument,  account,  general
intangible,  document  or  guaranty  at any time  held by  Silicon  on which the
Borrower  is or may in any way be  liable,  and  notice of any  action  taken by
Silicon, unless expressly required by this Agreement.

         7.5. [Intentionally Omitted.]

         7.6.  AMENDMENT.  The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be
waived or  amended,  except in a writing  executed  by the  Borrower  and a duly
authorized officer of Silicon.

         7.7. TIME OF ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence in the performance by the
Borrower of each and every obligation under this Agreement.

         7.8 ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS. The Borrower shall reimburse Silicon for
all reasonable attorneys' fees and fees of other professionals,  and all filing,
recording, search, title insurance, appraisal, audit, and other reasonable costs
incurred by Silicon,  pursuant to, or in  connection  with,  or relating to this
Agreement  (whether or not a lawsuit is filed),  including,  but not limited to,
any  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  costs  Silicon  incurs in order to do the
following:  prepare and negotiate this  Agreement and the documents  relating to
this Agreement; obtain legal advice in connection with this Agreement;  enforce,
or seek to enforce,  any of its rights;  prosecute  actions  against,  or defend
actions by,  account  debtors;  commence,  intervene in, or defend any action or
proceeding  (including  any appeal or  review);  initiate  any  complaint  to be
relieved of the  automatic  stay in  bankruptcy;  file or prosecute  any probate
claim,  bankruptcy claim,  third-party  claim, or other claim;  examine,  audit,
copy,  and  inspect any of the  Collateral  or any of the  borrower's  books and
records;  or protect,  obtain  possession  of,  lease,  dispose of, or otherwise
enforce Silicon's  security interest in, the Collateral and otherwise  represent
silicon in any  litigation  relating to the Borrower.  If either  Silicon or the

Page 14 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

Borrower  files any  lawsuit  against the other  predicated  on a breach of this
Agreement,  the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover its
reasonable  costs  and  professionals'  fees,  including  (but not  limited  to)
reasonable  attorneys' fees and costs incurred in the enforcement of,  execution
upon or defense of any order,  decree,  award or judgment,  and in any appeal or
review  by an  appellate  court.  All fees and  costs  to which  Silicon  may be
entitled  pursuant  to  this  Section  shall  immediately  become  part  of  the
Borrower's  Obligations,  shall be due on demand,  and shall bear  interest at a
rate equal to the highest interest rate applicable to any of the Obligations.

         7.9.  BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  The provisions of this Agreement  shall be
binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the  respective  successors,  assigns,
heirs,  beneficiaries  and  representatives  of the  parties  hereto;  provided,
however,  that the  Borrower  may not assign or transfer any of its rights under
this Agreement without the prior written consent of Silicon,  and any prohibited
assignment  shall be void. No consent by Silicon to any assignment shall release
the Borrower  from its liability for the  Obligations.  The borrower  agrees and
consents to  Silicon's  sale or transfer,  whether now or later,  of one or more
participation interests in the Loans to one or more purchasers,  whether related
or unrelated to Silicon. Silicon may provide, without any limitation whatsoever,
to any one or more  purchasers,  or potential  purchasers,  any  information  or
knowledge Silicon may have about the Borrower or about any other matter relating
to the Loans and the  Borrower  hereby  waives any rights to privacy it may have
with  respect to such  matters.  The  Borrower  additionally  waives any and all
notices  of sale of  participation  interests,  as  well as all  notices  of any
repurchase of such  participation  interests.  The Borrower also agrees that the
purchasers  of any  such  participation  interests  shall be  considered  as the
absolute  owners of such  interests  in the Loans and shall  have all the rights
granted under the  participation  agreement or agreements  governing the sale of
such participation interests.

         7.10. SECTION HEADINGS; CONSTRUCTION. Section headings are only used in
this Agreement for convenience.  The Borrower acknowledges that the headings may
not describe  completely the subject matter of the applicable  section,  and the
headings shall not be used in any manner to construe, limit, define or interpret
any term or provision of this Agreement.  This Agreement has been fully reviewed
and  negotiated  between the parties and no uncertainty or ambiguity in any term
or provision of this Agreement  shall be construed  strictly  against Silicon or
the Borrower under any rule of construction or otherwise.

         7.11. MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. The Borrower and Silicon each hereby
waive the right to trial by jury in any action or proceeding based upon, arising
out of, or in any way relating to, this Agreement or any other present or future
instrument or agreement between Silicon and the Borrower,  or any conduct,  acts
or missions  of Silicon or the  Borrower  or any of their  directors,  officers,
employees, agents, attorneys or any other persons affiliated with Silicon or the
borrower, in all of the foregoing cases, whether sounding in contract or tort or
otherwise.

         7.12. GOVERNING LAW;  JURISDICTION;  VENUE. This Agreement and all acts
and  transactions  hereunder and all rights and  obligations  of Silicon and the
Borrower shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the
State of Oregon.  Any undefined  term used in this  Agreement that is defined in
the Oregon Uniform  Commercial Code shall have the meaning assigned to that term
in the Oregon Uniform  Commercial Code. As a material part of the  consideration
to  Silicon to enter  into this  Agreement,  the  Borrower  (i) agrees  that all
actions  and  proceedings  relating  directly  or  indirectly  hereto  shall  at
Silicon's  option,  be litigated in courts located  within Oregon,  and that the
exclusive  venue therefor shall be, at Silicon's  option,  Washington  County or
Multnomah  County,  Oregon;  (ii) consents to the  jurisdiction and venue of any
such court and  consents to service of process in any such action or  proceeding

Page 15 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

by personal  delivery or any other method permitted by law; and (iii) waives any
and all rights the Borrower may have to object to the  jurisdiction  of any such
court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding.

                                      BORROWER:

                                            OREGON BAKING COMPANY

                                            By: /s/ Peter Mair
                                                --------------------------------
                                            Title: CFO
                                                   -----------------------------


                                      SILICON:

                                            SILICON VALLEY BANK

                                            By: /s/ Illegible
                                                --------------------------------
                                            Title: V.P.
                                                   -----------------------------


Page 16 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>



                     SCHEDULE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


BORROWER:         Oregon Baking Company


SECURED OPERATING LINE OF CREDIT

CREDIT LIMIT:      An amount not to exceed $250,000 at any one time outstanding.
                   The  amount  of  this  Loan  may   be  borrowed,  repaid  and
                   reborrowed  from  time  to time, subject to the terms of this
                   Agreement and Schedule.

INTEREST RATE:     The  interest  rate applicable  to this  Loan shall be a rate
                   equal to the "Prime Rate" in  effect from  time to time, plus
                   1.00% per annum.  Interest calculations  shall be made on the
                   basis  of  a  360-day year  and  the actual  number  of days
                   elapsed.  "Prime Rate" means  the rate announced from time to
                   time by Silicon as  its "prime rate";  it is a base rate upon
                   which other rates charged by Silicon are based, and it is not
                   necessarily the best rate available at Silicon.  The interest
                   rate applicable to  the Obligations shall change on each date
                   there is a change in the Prime Rate.

COMMITMENT FEE:    $2,000, which is  fully  earned  and payable at closing. (Any
                   Commitment Fee previously paid  by the Borrower in connection
                   with this loan shall be credited against this Fee.)

MATURITY DATE:      October 23, 1998,  at  which  time all unpaid principal and
                    accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable.

PRIOR NAMES OF
BORROWER:          See attached Exhibit A.

TRADE NAMES OF
BORROWER:          See attached Exhibit A.

TRADEMARKS OF
BORROWER:          See attached Exhibit A.

OTHER LOCATIONS
AND ADDRESSES:     See attached Exhibit A.

MATERIAL ADVERSE
LITIGATION:        See attached Exhibit A.

Page 17 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

OTHER COVENANTS:   Borrower shall at  all times comply with all of the following
                   additional covenants:

                   BANKING   RELATIONSHIP.    Borrower   and   its  subsidiaries
                   shall   at  all   times  maintain   their   primary   banking
                   relationship   with   Silicon.  Neither   Borrower   nor  its
                   subsidiaries shall establish any deposit accounts of any type
                   with  any  bank  or  other  financial  institution other than
                   Silicon  without  Silicon's  prior written consent.

                   FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND REPORTS. The Borrower shall provide
                   Silicon: (a) within 30 days after the  end of each  month,  a
                   monthly financial statement (consisting of a income statement
                   and a balance sheet)  prepared by the  Borrower in accordance
                   with generally accepted accounting principals; and (b) within
                   90  days  following  the  end  of the Borrower's fiscal year,
                   complete annual CPA-audited financial  statements, such audit
                   being conducted by independent certificate public accountants
                   reasonably    acceptable   to  Silicon,   together   with  an
                   unqualified opinion of such accountants.

CONDITIONS
TO  CLOSING:       Without  in  any way  limiting  the  discretionary  nature of
                   advances  under  this Agreement,  before  requesting any such
                   advance, the  Borrower  shall  satisfy  each of the following
                   conditions:

1. LOAN  DOCUMENTS:
                   Silicon  shall have  received this Agreement and the Schedule
                   executed by the Borrower,  a  Continuing guaranty in form and
                   substance satisfactory to Silicon, executed by Joe Tanous and
                   John  Durbetaki,  and  such  other  loan documents as Silicon
                   shall  require,  each duly  executed  and  delivered  by  the
                   parties thereto.

2.  DOCUMENTS RELATING TO
    AUTHORITY, ETC.: 

                   Silicon shall have received each of the following in form and
                   substance satisfactory to it:

                   (a)   Certificate Copies of the Articles of Incorporation and
                   Bylaws of the Borrower:

                   (b)   A Certificate of Good Standing  issued by the Secretary
                   of State of the borrower's  state of incorporation  and  such
                   other  states  as Silicon may reasonably request with respect
                   to the Borrower;

                   (c)   A  certified  copy of a Resolution adopted by the Board
                   of  Directors  of  the Borrower   authorizing  the execution,
                   delivery  and performance  of this  Agreement,  and any other
                   documents or  certificates  to be executed by the Borrower in
                   connection  with this  transaction; and

Page 18 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>

                   (d)   Incumbency    Certificates  describing   the office and
                   identifying  the   specimen  signatures  of   the individuals
                   signing  all  such  loan documents behalf of the Borrower.

3. PERFECTION AND
PRIORITY OF SECURITY:

                   Silicon shall have received evidence  satisfactory to it that
                   its  security  interest  in  the  Collateral  has  been  duly
                   perfected  and  that  such  security interest is prior to all
                   other   liens,   charges,   security interests,  encumbrances
                   and  adverse  claims  in or  to  the  Collateral  other  than
                   Permitted Liens,  which  evidence  shall  include,   without
                   limitation, a certificate from the appropriate state agencies
                   showing  the   due  filing  and  second  priority  of the UCC
                   Financing Statements to be  signed  by  the Borrower covering
                   the Collateral.

4. INSURANCE:      Silicon  shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that
                   all insurance required by this Agreement is in full force and
                   effect, with loss  payee designations and  additional insured
                   designations as  required  by  this Agreement.

5. OTHER INFORMATION: 

                   Silicon shall have received such other statements,  opinions,
                   certificates, documents  and  information   with  respect  to
                   matter contemplated by this Agreement as  it  may  reasonably
                   request, all  of  which  must  be acceptable to Silicon.

                   Silicon shall have conducted an examination of the Borrower's
                   books, records  ledgers, journals, and  registers, as Silicon
                   may deem  necessary, and  shall be satisfied with the results
                   of  such   examination   in  its  sole discretion.

         Silicon  and the  Borrower  agree  that  the  terms  of  this  Schedule
supplement the Loan and Security  Agreement between Silicon and the Borrower and
agree to be bound by the terms of this Schedule.

                                            BORROWER:

                                            OREGON BAKING COMPANY

                                            By: /s/ Peter Mair
                                                --------------------------------
                                            Title: CFO
                                                   -----------------------------


                                            SILICON:

                                            SILICON VALLEY BANK

                                            By: /s/ Illegible
                                                --------------------------------
                                            Title: V.P.
                                                   -----------------------------



Page 19 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A




                                   TRADENAMES
                                   ----------

                                   PRIOR NAMES
                                   -----------

                                   TRADEMARKS
                                   ----------

                          OTHER LOCATIONS AND ADDRESSES
                          -----------------------------

                           MATERIAL ADVERSE LITIGATION
                           ---------------------------



                               [OTHER DISCLOSURES]















Page 20 - LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

<PAGE>



                           LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT


         This Loan Modification  Agreement is entered into as of May 4, 1998, by
and  between  Oregon  Baking  Company  ("Borrower")  whose  address  is  2287 NW
Pettygrove, Portland, OR 97210 and Silicon Valley Bank ("Silicon") whose address
is 3003 Tasma Drive,  Santa Clara,  CA 95064 and with a loan  production  office
located at 11000 SW Stratus, Suite 170, Beaverton, OR 97008.

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING  INDEBTEDNESS.  Among other indebtedness which may be
owing by Borrower to Silicon, Borrower is indebted to Silicon pursuant to, among
other documents, a Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 28,1 997, together
with any and all Schedules attached thereto, as may be amended from time to time
(the "Loan  Agreement").  The Loan Agreement provided for, among other things, a
Credit  Limit in the original  principal  amount of Two Hundred  Fifty  Thousand
Dollars ($250,000) (the "Secured Operating Line of Credit").  Defined terms used
by not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall have the same  meanings as in the Loan
Agreement.

Hereinafter,  all indebtedness owing by Borrower to Silicon shall be referred to
as the "Indebtedness."

2.  DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL AND GUARANTIES.  Repayment of the  Indebtedness is
secured by the  Collateral  as  described in the Loan  Agreement.  Additionally,
repayment of the  Indebtedness  is guaranteed  by Joe Tanous and John  Durbetaki
(each,  the  "Guarantor"),  pursuant to two (2) Continuing  Guaranty  agreements
(each,  the  "Guaranty").  Furthermore,  repayment  of the  Letter of Credit (as
defined below) under the  Indebtedness is guaranteed by each Guarantor  pursuant
to two (2) Commercial  Guaranty  agreement  (each,  the "Commercial  Guaranty"),
executed concurrently herewith.

Hereinafter,  the  above-described  security documents and guaranties,  together
with  all  other  documents  securing  repayment  of the  Indebtedness  shall be
referred to as the "Security  Documents".  Hereinafter,  the Security Documents,
together with all other documents  evidencing or securing the Indebtedness shall
be referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents".

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

   A. MODIFICATION(S) TO LOAN AGREEMENT

      1. The following Section is hereby incorporated into the Loan Agreement.

         LETTER OF  CREDIT.  Subject  to the terms and  conditions  of this Loan
         Agreement,  Silicon  agrees  to issue or cause to be issued a Letter of
         Credit  ("Letter  of  Credit")  for the  account of  Borrower to assist
         Borrower in the acquisition of Bernie's Bagels, in a face amount not to
         exceed Three Hundred  Twenty Five  Thousand  Dollars  ($325,000).  Such
         letter of Credit shall have an expire date no later than one year after
         its issuance, and an annual option to renew at each renewal. Borrower's
         Letter  of  Credit  reimbursement  obligation  shall  be  secured  by a
         Certificate  of  Deposit  number  8800023826,  including  any  and  all
         renewals and proceeds,  held at Silicon, in an amount not less than one
         third (0.33) of the face amount of the Letter of Credit.  The Letter of
         Credit shall be, in form and  substance,  acceptable  to Silicon in its
         sole  discretion  and shall be subject to the terms and  conditions  of
         Silicon's form of application and Letter of Credit agreement.

         Borrower  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold Silicon  harmless from any
         loss,  cost,  expense  or  liability,  including,  without  limitation,
         reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  arising out of or in connection with the
         Letter of Credit.

                                       1
<PAGE>

   B. MODIFICATION(S) TO GUARANTY.

      1. The following paragraphs are hereby incorporated into the Guaranty:

         FINANCIAL  INFORMATION.  Guarantor  shall  promptly  deliver to Silicon
         complete and current financial statements and tax returns within thirty
         (30) days of filing,  and such other  information  about  Guarantor  as
         Silicon may reasonably request.

         COMMERCIAL GUARANTY.  Guarantor's obligation to Borrower's indebtedness
         under the Letter of Credit is limited  to the terms and  conditions  as
         stated in that certain Commercial  Guaranty,  dated May 4, 1998, by and
         between Guarantor and Silicon.

4. CONSISTENT  CHANGES.  The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever
necessary to reflect the changes described above.

5. PAYMENT OF LOAN FEE. Borrower shall pay to Silicon a fee in the amount of One
Thousand  Six Hundred  Twenty Five  Dollars  ($1,626)  (the "Loan Fee") plus all
out-of-pocket expenses.

6. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER.  Borrower (and each  guarantor  and pledgor  signing
below)  agrees  that,  as of the date hereof,  it has not  defenses  against the
obligations to pay any amounts under the Indebtedness.

7. CONTINUING VALIDITY.  Borrower (and each guarantor and pledgor signing below)
understands and agrees that in modifying the existing  Indebtedness,  Silicon is
relying upon Borrower's  representations,  warranties,  and  agreements,  as set
froth in the Existing Loan Documents.  Except as expressly  modified pursuant to
this Loan  Modification  Agreement,  the terms of the  Existing  Loan  Documents
remain  unchanged  and  in  full  force  and  effect.   Silicon's  agreement  to
modifications to the existing  Indebtedness  pursuant to this Loan  Modification
Agreement in no way shall obligate  Silicon to make any future  modifications to
the Indebtedness. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a
satisfaction of the Indebtedness. It is the intention of Silicon and Borrower to
retain as liable  parties all makers and  endorsers of Existing  Loan Documents,
unless  the  party is  expressly  released  by  Silicon  in  writing.  No maker,
endorser,  or  guarantor  will be released  by virtue of this Loan  Modification
Agreement.  The terms of this paragraph apply not only to this Loan Modification
Agreement, but also to all subsequent loan modification agreements.

8.  CONDITIONS.  The  effectiveness  of  this  Loan  Modification  Agreement  is
conditioned  upon  Borrower's  payment of the Loan Fee and Silicon's  receipt of
Commercial Guaranty.

         This Loan  Modification  Agreement  is  executed  as of the date  first
written above.

BORROWER:                                          SILICON:

OREGON BAKING COMPANY                              SILICON VALLEY BANK


By: /s/ Brad Barnett                               By: /s/ Derek Ridgley
    ------------------------                           -------------------------
Name: Brad Barnett                                 Name: Derek Ridgley
      ----------------------                             -----------------------
Title: President/CEO                               Title: V.P.
       ---------------------                              ----------------------

                                       2
<PAGE>

The undersigned hereby consent to the modifications to the Indebtedness pursuant
to this Loan  Modification  Agreement  hereby  ratify all the  provisions of the
Guaranty and confirm that all  provisions of that document are in full force and
effect.

GUARANTOR:

/s/ Joe Tanous
- ------------------------
Joe Tanous


/s/ John Durbetaki
- ------------------------
John Durbetaki




















                                       3
<PAGE>



                           LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT


        This Loan Modification Agreement is entered into as of October 23, 1998,
by and between  Oregon  Baking  Company  ("Borrower")  and  Silicon  Valley Bank
("Silicon") a California chartered bank with a loan production office located in
Beaverton, OR.

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING  INDEBTEDNESS:  Among other indebtedness which may be
owing by Borrower to Silicon, Borrower is indebted to Silicon pursuant to, among
other documents, a Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 28, 1997, together
with any and all Schedules attached thereto, as may be amended form time to time
(the "Loan  Agreement").  The Loan Agreement provided for, among other things, a
Credit  Limit in the original  principal  amount of Two Hundred  Fifty  Thousand
Dollars ($250,000) (the "Secured Operating Line of Credit").  Defined terms used
but not  otherwise  defined  herein shall have the same  meanings as in the Loan
Agreement.

Hereinafter,  all indebtedness owing by Borrower to Silicon shall be referred to
as the "Indebtedness."

2.  DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL AND GUARANTIES.  Repayment of the  Indebtedness is
secured by the  Collateral  as  described in the Loan  Agreement.  Additionally,
repayment of the  Indebtedness  is guaranteed  by Joe Tanous and John  Durbetaki
(each,  the  "Guarantor"),  pursuant to two (2) Continuing  Guaranty  agreements
(each,  the  "Guaranty").  Furthermore,  repayment  of the  Letter of Credit (as
defined below) under the  Indebtedness is guaranteed by each Guarantor  pursuant
to two (2) Commercial Guaranty agreements (each, the "Commercial Guaranty").

Hereinafter,  the  above-described  security documents and guaranties,  together
with  all  other  documents  securing  repayment  of the  indebtedness  shall be
referred to as the "Security  Documents".  Hereinafter,  the Security Documents,
together with all other documents  evidencing or securing the Indebtedness shall
be referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents".

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

   A. MODIFICATION(S) TO SCHEDULE LOAN AGREEMENT.

      1. The term  "Maturity  Date" is hereby amended to mean February 23, 1999,
at which time all unpaid  principal and all accrued but unpaid interest shall be
due and payable.

4. CONSISTENT  CHANGES.  The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever
necessary to reflect the changes described above.

5.  PAYMENT  OF LOAN FEE.  Borrower  shall pay to Silicon a fee in the amount of
Five Hundred Dollars ($500) (the "Loan Fee") plus all out-of-pocket expenses.

6. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER.  Borrower (and each  guarantor  and pledgor  signing
below)  agrees  that,  as of the date  hereof,  it has no  defenses  against the
obligations to pay any amounts under the Indebtedness.

7. CONTINUING VALIDITY.  Borrower (and each guarantor and pledgor signing below)
understands and agrees that in modifying the existing  Indebtedness,  Silicon is
relying upon Borrower's  representations,  warranties,  and  agreements,  as set
forth in the Existing Loan Documents.  Except as expressly  modified pursuant to
this Loan  Modification  Agreement,  the terms of the  Existing  Loan  Documents
remain  unchanged  and  in  full  force  and  effect.   Silicon's  agreement  to

                                       1
<PAGE>

modifications to the existing  Indebtedness  pursuant to this Loan  Modification
Agreement in no way shall obligate  Silicon to make any future  modifications to
the Indebtedness. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a
satisfaction of the Indebtedness. It is the intention of Silicon and Borrower to
retain as liable  parties all makers and endorsers of Existing  Loan  Documents,
unless  the  party is  expressly  released  by  Silicon  in  writing.  No maker,
endorser,  or  guarantor  will be released  by virtue of this Loan  Modification
Agreement.  The terms of this paragraph apply not only to this Loan Modification
Agreement, but also to all subsequent loan modification agreements.

8.  CONDITIONS.  The  effectiveness  of  this  Loan  Modification  Agreement  is
conditioned upon Borrower's payment of the Loan Fee.

         This Loan  Modification  Agreement  is  executed  as of the date  first
written above.

BORROWER:                                          SILICON:

OREGON BAKING COMPANY                              SILICON VALLEY BANK


By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil                          By: /s/ Derek Ridgley
    ------------------------                           -------------------------
Name:  Howard Wasserteil                           Name: Derek Ridgley
      ----------------------                             -----------------------
Title: Exec. V.P.                                  Title: Vice President
       ---------------------                              ----------------------








                                       2
<PAGE>

The undersigned hereby consent to the modifications to the Indebtedness pursuant
to this Loan  Modification  Agreement  hereby  ratify all the  provisions of the
Guaranty and confirm that all  provisions of that document are in full force and
effect.

GUARANTOR:

/s/ Joe Tanous
- ------------------------
Joe Tanous


/s/ John Durbetaki
- ------------------------
John Durbetaki








                                       3

<PAGE>

                           LOAN MODIFICATION AGREEMENT




     This Loan Modification Agreement is entered into as of February 23, 1999 by
and  between  Oregon  Baking  Company   ("Borrower")  and  Silicon  Valley  Bank
("Silicon") a California chartered bank with a loan production office located in
Beaverton, OR.

1. DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING  INDEBTEDNESS:  Among other indebtedness which may be
owing by Borrower to Silicon, Borrower is indebted to Silicon pursuant to, among
other documents, a Loan and Security Agreement, dated October 26, 1997, together
with any and all  schedules  attached  thereto,  as may be amended  from time to
time,  (the "Loan  Agreement").  the Loan  Agreement  provided for,  among other
things,  a Credit Limit in the original  principal  amount of Two Hundred  Fifty
Thousand Dollars  ($250,000)(the  "Secured  Operating Line of Credit").  Defined
terms used but not otherwise  defined  herein shall have the same meanings as in
the Loan Agreement.

Hereinafter,  all Indebtedness owing by Borrower to Silicon shall be referred to
as the "Indebtedness."

2.  DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL AND GUARANTIES.  Repayment of the  Indebtedness is
secured by the  Collateral  as  described in the Loan  Agreement.  Additionally,
repayment of the  Indebtedness  is guaranteed  by Joe Tanous and John  Durbetaki
(each,  the  "Guarantor"),  pursuant to two (2) Continuing  Guaranty  agreements
(each,  the  "Guaranty").  Furthermore,  repayment  of the  Letter of Credit (as
referenced below) is guaranteed by each Guarantor pursuant to two (2) Commercial
Guaranty Agreements (each, the "Commercial Guaranty").

Hereinafter,  the  above-described  security documents and guaranties,  together
with  all  other  documents  securing  repayment  of the  indebtedness  shall be
referred to as the "Security  Documents."  Hereinafter,  the Security Documents,
together with all other documents  evidencing or securing the Indebtedness shall
be referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents".

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS.

   A. MODIFICATION(S) TO SCHEDULE LOAN AGREEMENT

      1. The term  "Maturity  Date" is hereby amended to mean February 23, 2000,
         at which time all unpaid  principal and all accrued but unpaid interest
         shall be due and payable.

      2. The paragraph  entitled "Letter of Credit" is hereby amended to provide
         that the  Letter of Credit  may have an  expiry  date of no later  than
         March 1, 2000, subject to the annual renewal option as provided herein.

4. CONSISTENT  CHANGES.  The Existing Loan Documents are hereby amended wherever
necessary to reflect the changes described above.

5. NO DEFENSES OF BORROWER.  Borrower (and each  guarantor  and pledgor  signing
below)  agrees  that,  as of the date  hereof,  it has no  defenses  against the
obligations to pay any amounts under the Indebtedness.

6. PAYMENT OF LOAN FEE. Borrower shall pay to Silicon a fee in the amount of Two
Thousand Five Hundred Dollars  ($2,500)(the  "Loan Fee"), plus all out of pocket
expenses.

7. CONTINUING VALIDITY.  Borrower (and each guarantor and pledgor signing below)
understands and agrees that in modifying the existing  Indebtedness,  Silicon is

                                       1
<PAGE>

relying upon Borrower's  representations,  warranties,  and  agreements,  as set
forth in the Existing Loan Documents.  Except as expressly  modified pursuant to
this Loan  Modification  Agreement,  the terms of the  Existing  Loan  Documents
remain  unchanged  and  in  full  force  and  effect.   Silicon's  agreement  to
modifications to the existing  indebtedness  pursuant to this Loan  Modification
Agreement in no way shall obligate  silicon to make any future  modifications to
the indebtedness. Nothing in this Loan Modification Agreement shall constitute a
satisfaction of the Indebtedness. It is the intention of Silicon and Borrower to
retain as liable  parties all makers and endorsers of Existing  Loan  Documents,
unless  the  party is  expressly  released  by  Silicon  in  writing.  No maker,
endorser,  or  guarantor  will be released  by virtue of this Loan  Modification
Agreement.  the terms of this paragraph apply not only to this loan modification
agreement, but also to all subsequent loan modification agreements.

8.  CONDITIONS.  The  effectiveness  of  this  Loan  Modification  Agreement  is
conditioned upon Borrower's payment of the Loan Fee.

         This Loan  Modification  Agreement  is  executed  as of the date  first
written above.

BORROWER:                                          SILICON:

OREGON BAKING COMPANY                              SILICON VALLEY BANK


By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil                          By: /s/ Derek Ridgley
    ------------------------                           -------------------------
Name:  Howard Wasserteil                           Name: Derek Ridgley
      ----------------------                             -----------------------
Title: Exec VP                                     Title: Vice President
       ---------------------                              ----------------------


The undersigned hereby consent to the modifications to the indebtedness pursuant
to this Loan  Modification  Agreement,  hereby ratify all the  provisions of the
Guaranty and confirm that all  provisions of that document are in full force and
effect.

GUARANTOR:

/s/ Joe Tanous
- --------------------------
Joe Tanous


/s/ John Durbetaki
- --------------------------
John Durbetaki

















                                       2





                      CONTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT


         This Agreement is entered into among Oregon Baking Company,  dba Marsee
Baking, an Oregon  corporation  ("Marsee"),  and Joseph F. Tanous ("Tanous") and
John Durbetaki  ("Durbetaki")  (sometimes collectively referred to herein as the
"Guarantors").

         Marsee has applied for credit  facilities from Silicon Valley Bank (the
"Bank").  The  Bank is  unwilling  to lend  money  to  Marsee  without  personal
guarantees  from  the  Guarantors.  With  guarantees,  the  Bank is  willing  to
establish a line of credit for Marsee, represented by a $250,000 promissory note
(the "Bank Notes").

         Guarantors are current  shareholders of Marsee and members of the Board
of  Directors.  Guarantors  are willing to guarantee  Marsee's line of credit in
consideration  of a warrant to purchase  additional  shares of  Marsee's  Common
Stock.

         In order to assist Marsee in obtaining the credit facilities from Bank,
the  Guarantors  have on or about  October 30, 1997,  signed  guarantees  on the
Bank's standard forms jointly guaranteeing the aggregate of indebtedness owed to
the Bank by Marsee (each a "Guaranty" and  collectively the  "Guarantees").  The
purpose of this  Agreement is to set forth the agreement  between the Guarantors
regarding their  individual  liability with respect to contribution  and payment
liabilities under any of the Guarantees.

         Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

         1. SHARING OF GUARANTY  LIABILITY.  It is the express  agreement of the
parties that each Guarantor shall be responsible,  on a several basis, for fifty
percent (50%) of any Guaranty  Liability,  as defined below.  This percentage is
referred to in this Agreement as the Applicable Percentage. For purposes of this
Agreement,  the term "Guaranty Liability" includes any amount, whether principal
or interest, and any and all collection costs, including attorney fees, that may
be paid or become  payable to the Bank under the  Guarantees,  including any and
all advances,  debts, obligations and liabilities of Marsee heretofore,  now, or
hereafter  made,  incurred or created,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary  and
however  arising,  whether  direct  or  acquired  by the Bank by  assignment  or
succession,  whether  due or not due,  absolute  or  contingent,  liquidated  or
unliquidated, determined or undetermined, and all attorneys' fees, the allocated
costs of the Bank's in-house counsel, and all other costs and expenses which may
be incurred by the Bank in the enforcement of the Bank Notes in any legal action
(at trial, on appeal or on review). Upon any demand for payment under any of the
Guarantees,  each of the Guarantors  agrees to pay his Applicable  Percentage of
any amount paid.

         2. DEFINITION OF PRO RATA SHARE. The term "Pro Rata Share" means,  with
respect to the Guarantors, the total amount, as the same may change from time to
time, that all of the Guarantors  have paid under the Guarantees,  multiplied by
the Applicable Percentage. In determining the total amount that all parties have
paid under the Guarantees,  only amounts actually paid shall be counted. Amounts
reduced to a monetary  judgment,  but not yet paid,  shall not be counted.  If a
party delivers property to the Bank in partial or complete satisfaction of their
Guarantees,  or if the Bank  forecloses  or  otherwise  seizes any property of a
party, the amount of Marsee indebtedness discharged as a result of such property
transferred shall be counted.  Any amounts received by a Guarantor under Section
3 below shall be deducted in computing  the amount the  Guarantor has paid under
their Guarantees.

         3. RIGHT OF CONTRIBUTION.  If at any time and from time to time, either
of the Guarantors  have paid the Bank following any demand for payment under the
Guarantees more than their Pro Rata Share (the "Paying  Guarantor"),  the Paying
Guarantor shall have the right to collect from the other Guarantor  ("Non-Paying
Guarantor")  the  amount by which  the  amount  paid is in excess of the  Paying
Guarantor's Pro Rata Share.  Any deficiency owed by the Non-Paying  Guarantor to
the Paying  Guarantor  is payable  upon demand.  Any unpaid  demand  following a
disproportionate payment under the Guarantees shall bear interest commencing ten
(10) days  following  receipt of the demand at the Bank's prime rate of interest
plus two (2) percentage points.

                                            Contribution and Indemnity Agreement
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

         4. REMOVAL OF GUARANTEES. The Company agrees to use its best efforts to
remove the Guarantees by November 1, 2000.

         5. INDEMNITY.

         5.1.  If at any time and from time to time,  either  of the  Guarantors
have paid the Bank following any demand for payment under the  Guarantees,  upon
written  notice from the Paying  Guarantor,  Marsee shall  indemnify  the Paying
Guarantor  against  any  and  all  losses,   liability  and  expense  (including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees)  arising  out of or caused by such  payment to the
Bank.

         5.2.  Each party will defend,  hold  harmless,  and indemnify the other
party from and against all loss, damage, injury or expense (including reasonable
attorney  fees) arising out of or caused by any breach of any of the  provisions
of this Agreement by such party.

         6. MISCELLANEOUS.

         6.1 NO OTHER  GUARANTEES.  This Agreement among the parties  concerning
the sharing of  guarantee  liability  is limited to the  specifically-referenced
Guarantees. It does not apply to any other guarantees given previously or in the
future.  No Guarantor  shall enter into an  agreement  to  guarantee  any future
indebtedness  of Marsee's  without first  notifying  the other  Guarantor of his
intention to do so.

         6.2 WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may be amended, modified or
supplemented only by a written  instrument  executed by all parties hereto.  The
waiver by any party of a breach of any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall not
operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

         6.3 NOTICES.  All notices,  requests,  demands and other communications
which are required or  permitted  under this  Agreement  shall be in writing and
shall be  deemed  to have been duly  given if  delivered  personally  or sent by
first-class mail, postage prepaid:

         If to Marsee:             Brad K. Barnett, President and CEO
                                   Oregon Baking Company
                                   dba Marsee Baking
                                   PO Box 25776
                                   Portland, OR    97298

         With a copy to:           Brendan R. McDonnell
                                   Tonkon Torp LLP
                                   SW Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600
                                   Portland, OR   97204

         If to Tanous:             Joseph F. Tanous
                                   SW 72nd Avenue
                                   Portland, OR   97224

         If to Durbetaki:          John Durbetaki
                                   SW Laurelwood Road
                                   Gaston, OR   97119

or such other address as any party shall have specified by notice in writing to
the other.

                                            Contribution and Indemnity Agreement
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>


         6.1 NOTICES REGARDING DEMANDS. No party will make any payment under any
of the  guarantees  unless  and  until a written  demand  for  payment  has been
received from the Bank. If any party  receives a demand for payment under any of
the Guarantees, notice of such demand will be promptly sent to the other parties
to this  Agreement.  Marsee shall  promptly send to the Guarantors any notice of
default received from the Bank.

         6.2 BINDING EFFECT; BENEFITS. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective  heirs,  legatees
or  successors;  nothing in this  Agreement  is  intended to confer on any third
person any rights,  remedies,  obligations or a liability  under or by reason of
this Agreement.

         6.3  ATTORNEY  FEES.  If any  action is  brought  with  respect to this
agreement, or in any appeal therefrom, the prevailing party shall be entitled to
reasonable  attorney  fees as  determined  by the  court or  courts in which the
action or appeal is tried or heard.

         6.4 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall be governed by and interpreted
in accordance with Oregon law without regard to its choice of law provisions.

         6.5  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original  and all of which
together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

         EXECUTED as of the 23rd day of October, 1997.


                                 OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                 dba Marsee Baking


                                 By: /s/ Brad Barnett
                                     ----------------------------------
                                 Its: President/CEO
                                      ---------------------------------


GUARANTORS:
                                 /s/ Joseph F. Tanous
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Joseph F. Tanous

                                 /s/ John Durbetaki
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 John Durbetaki

                                            Contribution and Indemnity Agreement
                                                                          Page 3



LINC CAPITAL, INC.                            LINC CAPITAL, INC.
MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT                        303 East Wacker Drive, #1000
                                              Chicago, Illinois 60601
                                              (312) 946-1000

                                              MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT NO.7217
                                              Date: April 17, 1998

LESSEE: OREGON BAKING CORPORATION, DBA MARSEE BAKING 
ADDRESS:  2287 NW PETTYGROVE,  PORTLAND, OR 97210 

LINC  CAPITAL,  INC.  ("Lessor")  hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from
Lessor,  in accordance with the terms and conditions  hereinafter set forth, the
equipment  and property  purchased  by Lessor for lease to the Lessee  hereunder
together with all replacement  parts,  additions,  accessories,  alterations and
repairs  incorporated  therein or now or hereafter  affixed thereto Add-on Items
(as  defined  herein)  (herein  collectively  referred  to as  the  "Equipment")
described in each Schedule  which may be executed by Lessor and Lessee from time
to time (individually a "Schedule" and collectively,  the "Schedules"),  each of
which is made a part hereof.  For all  purposes of this Master  Lease  Agreement
("Lease"),  each  Schedule  relating to one or more items of Equipment  shall be
deemed a separate  lease  incorporating  all of the terms and provisions of this
Lease. In the event of a conflict  between the terms of this Lease and the terms
and  conditions of an Schedule,  the terms and  conditions of the Schedule shall
govern and control that Schedule.

          1. TERM AND  RENTAL.  The term of this Lease  (the  "Initial
          Lease Term") for any item of Equipment shall be set forth in
          the Schedule  relating to such item of  Equipment  and shall
          commence (the  "Commencement  Date") on the Acceptance Date.
          The "Acceptance Date" with respect to each Schedule shall be
          the applicable of either: (1) the date of delivery to Lessee
          of all of the Equipment to be leased thereunder;  (2) in the
          case  of  Equipment  which  is the  subject  of a  sale  and
          leaseback  between  Lessor and  Lessee,  the date upon which
          Lessor  purchases such Equipment from Lessee;  or (3) in the
          case  of  Equipment  requiring  installation,  the  date  of
          installation  of the Equipment.  If the  Acceptance  Date is
          other  than the first day of a  calendar  quarter,  then the
          Commencement Date of the Initial Lease Term set forth in any
          Schedule  shall be the  first  day of the  calendar  quarter
          following the month which includes the  Acceptance  Date and
          Lessee  shall pay to Lessor,  in  addition to all other sums
          due  hereunder,  an  amount  equal to  one-thirtieth  of the
          amount  of the  average  monthly  rental  payment  due or to
          become due  hereunder  multiplied by the number of days from
          and including the Acceptance Date to the  Commencement  Date
          of the Initial Lease Term set forth in the Schedule.  During
          the entire  Initial  Lease Term and any extension or renewal
          of the term of this  Lease,  Lessee  agrees to pay the total
          rental due hereunder  which shall be the total amount of all
          rental   payments  set  forth  in  the  Schedule  plus  such
          additional  amounts as may become due  hereunder or pursuant
          to any written  modification  hereof or  additional  written
          agreement  hereto.  Except  as  otherwise  specified  in the
          Schedule,  rental  payments  payable  hereunder shall be due
          monthly  and shall be payable in advance on the first day of
          each month during the term of this Lease  beginning with the
          Commencement  Date of the  Initial  Lease  Term.  All rental
          payments due  hereunder  shall be sent to the address of the
          Lessor  specified  in this  Lease or in the  Schedule  or as
          otherwise directed by the Lessor in writing. Rental payments
          or any  other  payments  due  hereunder  not  made by  their
          scheduled  due date shall be overdue and shall be subject to
          a service  charge in an amount equal to two percent (2%) per
          month or the maximum rate permitted by law whichever is less
          (the "Service Charge Rate") applied to amount of the overdue
          payments  from the date due until paid.  If Lessor  shall at
          any time accept a rental  payment after it shall become due,
          such  acceptance  shall not  constitute or be construed as a
          waiver of any or all of Lessor's rights hereunder, including
          without  limitation  those  rights  of  Lessor  set forth in
          Sections 12 and 13 hereof.

          2. TITLE.  This is an  agreement  of lease  only.  Except as
          otherwise provided in any applicable Schedule.  Lessee shall
          have no  right,  title or  interest  in or to the  Equipment
          lease hereunder, except as to the lawful use thereof subject
          to the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Lease.  All of the
          Equipment shall remain personal property (whether or not the
          Equipment may at any time become attached or affixed to real
          property).  The  Equipment  is and shall remain the sole and
          exclusive   property  of  Lessor  or  its   assignees.   All
          replacement  parts,  modifications,   repairs,  alterations,
          additions and accessories  now or hereafter  incorporated in
          or  affixed  to the  Equipment  whether  before or after the
          Commencement  Date  (herein   collectively   called  "Add-on
<PAGE>

          Items")   are  hereby   included   in  the   definition   of
          "Equipment".  All Add-on  Items shall become the property of
          Lessor  upon  being  so   incorporated  or  affixed  to  the
          Equipment  and shall be  returned  to Lessor as  provided in
          Section 3 (other than alterations,  additions and accessions
          that are attached or affixed by Lessee with notice to Lessor
          after the  Commencement  Date for which the  Lessor  has not
          given value or purchased and which are readily  removable by
          Lessee from the Equipment without any diminution of value or
          functionality to the Equipment). Upon the request of Lessor,
          Lessee will affix to the Equipment  labels or other markings
          supplied by Lessor indicating its ownership of the Equipment
          and shall keep the same  affixed for the entire term of this
          Lease.  Lessee  agrees to  promptly  execute  and deliver or
          cause to be executed  and  delivered to Lessor and Lessor is
          hereby  authorized to record or file,  any statement  and/or
          instrument reasonably requested by Lessor for the purpose of
          showing  Lessor's  interest  in  the  Equipment,   including
          without   limitation,    financing   statements,    security
          agreements,  and  waivers  with  respect  to  rights  in the
          Equipment  from any owners or  mortgagees of any real estate
          where the Equipment may be located. In the event that Lessee
          fails or refuses to execute  and/or file Uniform  Commercial
          Code financing statements or other instruments or recordings
          which Lessor or its assignee  reasonably  deems necessary to
          perfect or maintain perfection of Lessor's or its assignee's
          interests  hereunder,   Lessee  hereby  appoints  Lessor  as
          Lessee's limited  attorney-in-fact to execute and record all
          documents necessary to perfect or maintain the perfection of
          Lessor's  interests  hereunder.  Lessee shall pay Lessor for
          any  costs  or  fees  relating  to  any  filings   hereunder
          including,  but not  limited to actual out of pocket  costs,
          fees,  searches,   documentation  preparation,   documentary
          stamps,  privilege taxes and reasonably  attorneys' fees. If
          any item of Equipment  includes computer software  purchased
          by Lessor or for which Lessor has given Lessee value, Lessee
          shall upon request  made by Lessor,  execute and deliver and
          shall cause Seller (as  hereinafter  defined) to deliver all
          such documents as are necessary to effectuate  assignment of
          all software licenses to Lessor.

          3. ACCEPTANCE AND RETURN OF EQUIPMENT.  Lessor shall, at any
          time prior to  unconditional  acceptance of all Equipment by
          Lessee,  have the right to cancel this Lease with respect to
          such Equipment (and if the Equipment or any portion  thereof
          has not previously been delivered,  Lessor may refuse to pay
          for the Equipment or any portion  thereof or refuse to cause
          the same to be delivered) if: (a) the  Acceptance  Date with
          respect to any item of  Equipment  to be leased  pursuant to
          any Schedule has not occurred within ninety (90) days of the
          estimated  Acceptance Date set forth in such Schedule or (b)
          there  shall be, in the  reasonable  judgment  of Lessor,  a
          material adverse change in the financial condition or credit
          standing  of  Lessee  or  of  any   guarantor   of  Lessee's
          performance  under  this  Lease  since  the date of the most
          recent  financial  statements of Lessee or of such guarantor
          submitted  to  Lessor.   Upon  any  cancellation  by  Lessor
          pursuant to this Section or the  provisions of any Schedule,
          Lessee shall forthwith  reimburse to Lessor all sums paid by
          Lessor  with  respect to such  Equipment  plus all costs and
          expenses  of  Lessor   incurred  in  connection   with  such
          Equipment  and any  interest  or rentals  due  hereunder  in
          connection  with such  Equipment and shall pay to Lessor all
          other sums then due  hereunder,  whereupon  if Lessee is not
          then  in  default  and  has  fully   performed  all  of  its
          obligations hereunder,  Lessor will, upon request of Lessee,
          transfer to Lessee  without  warranty or recourse any rights
          that Lessor may then have with respect to such Equipment.

          Lessee agrees to promptly  execute and deliver to Lessor (in
          no event  later  than 15 days after the  Acceptance  Date) a
          confirmation  by Lessee of  unconditional  acceptance of the
          Equipment  in the form  supplied by Lessor  (the  "Equipment
          Acceptance").   Lessee  agrees,   before  execution  of  the
          aforesaid Equipment

                                       1
<PAGE>

          Acceptance,  to inform  Lessor in writing of any  defects in
          the Equipment,  or in the installation  thereof,  which have
          come to the  attention  of  Lessee or its  agents  and which
          might give rise to a claim by Lessee  against  the Seller or
          any other  person.  If Lessee fails to give notice to Lessor
          of any such  defects  or  fails to  deliver  to  Lessor  the
          Equipment  Acceptance as provided herein, it shall be deemed
          an  acknowledgment  by Lessee  (for  purposes  of this Lease
          only)  that  no  such  defects  in  the   Equipment  or  its
          installation  exist and it shall be  conclusively  presumed,
          solely as between Lessor and its assignees and Lessee,  that
          such Equipment has been  unconditionally  accepted by Lessee
          for lease hereunder.

          Except  as  otherwise   provided  in  any   Schedule,   upon
          expiration or the  cancellation  or termination of the Lease
          with  respect  to any  Equipment,  Lessee  shall  return the
          Equipment to Lessor as provided herein. Lessee shall provide
          Lessor  with not less than  ninety  (90) days prior  written
          notice  of  its  intention  to  return  the  Equipment  upon
          expiration of the Initial Lease Term. Upon expiration or the
          cancellation or termination of the Lease with respect to any
          equipment,  Lessee  shall,  at its  own  expense,  assemble,
          crate,  insure and deliver all of the  Equipment  and all of
          the  service   records  and  all   software   and   software
          documentation subject to this Lease and any Schedules hereto
          to  Lessor  in the same good  condition  and  repair as when
          received,  reasonable  wear and  tear  resulting  only  from
          proper use thereof excepted, to such reasonable  destination
          within  the  continental   United  States  as  Lessor  shall
          designate with all packing,  drayage and freight  charges to
          the return  destination  designated  by Lessor  pre-paid  by
          Lessee with  evidence of transit  insurance  on all items of
          Equipment at their original Cost. Lessee shall,  immediately
          prior to such return of each item of Equipment or commercial
          unit of  Equipment,  provide  to  Lessor a  letter  from the
          manufacturer   of   the   equipment   or   another   service
          organization reasonably acceptable to Lessor certifying that
          said item is in good working order, with reasonable wear and
          tear  resulting  only  from  proper  use  thereof  excepted,
          whether such item is eligible for a maintenance agreement by
          such manufacturer,  and all software and related attachments
          are  included  thereon.  If any computer  software  requires
          relicensing  when removed  from  Lessee's  premises,  Lessee
          shall  bear  all  costs  of  such  relicensing.   Except  as
          otherwise  expressly  provided  in the  Schedule,  if Lessee
          fails for any reason to provide  the notice set forth  above
          or Lessee fails to redeliver the Equipment back to Lessor in
          accordance with the terms set forth above,  Lessee shall pay
          to Lessor,  at  Lessor's  election,  an amount  equal to the
          highest  monthly  payment  set forth in the  Schedule  for a
          period of not less than  three (3)  months and at the end of
          such period of time ("Holdover Period"). Except as otherwise
          expressly  provided  in the  Schedule,  if  Lessee  fails or
          refuses to return the  Equipment  as provided  herein at the
          end of any Holdover Period,  Lessee shall pay to Lessor,  at
          Lessor's  option,  an amount  equal to the  highest  monthly
          rental  payment set forth in the  Schedule for each month or
          portion  thereof,  until Lessee so returns the  Equipment to
          Lessor.  Should Lessor permit use by Lessee of any Equipment
          beyond  the  Initial  Lease  Term,  or, if  applicable,  any
          exercised  extension or renewal term, the lease  obligations
          of Lessee shall  continue and such  permissive use shall not
          be  construed  as a  renewal  of the term  thereof,  or as a
          waiver of any right or  continuation  of any  obligation  of
          Lessor hereunder, and Lessor may take possession of any such
          Equipment at any time upon demand.

          4. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. LESSEE HAS EXCLUSIVELY SELECTED
          AND CHOSEN THE TYPE,  DESIGN,  CONFIGURATION,  SPECIFICATION
          AND QUALITY OF THE  EQUIPMENT  HEREIN LEASED AND THE VENDOR,
          DEALER,  SELLER,  MANUFACTURER  OR SUPPLIER  THEREOF (HEREIN
          COLLECTIVELY   CALLED   "SELLER"),   AS  SET  FORTH  IN  THE
          SCHEDULES.  LESSOR  MAKES  NO  REPRESENTATION  OR  WARRANTY,
          EITHER  EXPRESS OR  IMPLIED,  AS TO ANY  MATTER  WHATSOEVER,
          INCLUDING   WITHOUT   LIMITATION,   THE   CONDITION  OF  THE
          EQUIPMENT, ITS MERCHANTABILITY OR ITS FITNESS, ADAPTABILITY,
          ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF QUIET ENJOYMENT OR  NON-INTERFERENCE
          OR  SUITABILITY  FOR ANY  PARTICULAR  PURPOSE,  AND,  LESSEE
          LEASES,  HIRES AND RENTS THE  EQUIPMENT  AS IS,  WHERE  IS."
          Lessee  understands and agrees that neither Seller,  nor any
          agent of  Seller,  is an agent of Lessor or is in any manner
          authorized  to waive or alter any term or  condition of this
          Lease.  Lessor  shall not be  liable  for any loss or damage
          suffered by Lessee or by any other person or entity,  direct
          or indirect or consequential, including, but not limited to,
          business  interruption  and injury to  persons or  property,
          resulting from non-delivery or late delivery,  installation,
          failure or faulty operation,  condition,  suitability or use
          of the  Equipment  leased  by Lessee  hereunder,  or for any
<PAGE>

          failure of any representations, warranties or covenants made
          by the Seller. Any claims of Lessee,  with respect to claims
          discussed  in the  preceding  sentences,  shall  not be made
          against  Lessor  but shall be made,  if at all,  solely  and
          exclusively  against  Seller,  or any persons other than the
          Lessor.  Lessor hereby  authorizes  Lessee to enforce during
          the term of this Lease,  in its name,  but at Lessee's  sole
          effort  and   expense,   all   warranties,   agreements   or
          representations,  if any, which may have been made by Seller
          to Lessor or to Lessee,  and Lessor hereby assigns to Lessee
          solely for the limited purpose of making and prosecuting any
          such claim,  all rights which Lessor may have against Seller
          for breach of  warranty or other  representation  respecting
          the Equipment.

          5. CARE,  TRANSFER AND USE OF EQUIPMENT.  Lessee, at its own
          expense,  shall  maintain the  Equipment  in good  operating
          condition, repair and appearance in accordance with Seller's
          specifications   and  in   compliance   with  all  laws  and
          regulations  applicable  to the  Equipment,  Lessee  and its
          business and shall protect the Equipment from  deterioration
          except  for  reasonable  wear and tear  resulting  only from
          proper use thereof.  When generally  offered with respect to
          the  Equipment   Lessee  shall,  at  its  expense,   keep  a
          maintenance  contract in full force and  effect,  throughout
          the term of this Lease and any Schedule  hereto unless other
          wise agreed on the Schedule.  The disrepair or inoperability
          of the  Equipment  regardless of the cause thereof shall not
          relieve  Lessee of the  obligation to pay rental  hereunder.
          Lessee  shall  not  make  any  modification,  alteration  or
          addition  to the  Equipment  (other  than  normal  operating
          accessories  or  controls).  Lessee  will not,  and will not
          permit anyone other than the  authorized  field  engineering
          representatives of Seller or other maintenance  organization
          reasonably  acceptable  to Lessor to effect any  inspection,
          adjustment,  preventative or remedial  maintenance or repair
          to the Equipment. LESSEE MAY NOT (A) RELOCATE OR OPERATE THE
          EQUIPMENT  AT  LOCATIONS  OTHER THAN THE  PREMISES OF LESSEE
          SPECIFIED  IN  THE  APPLICABLE  SCHEDULE  (THE  "PREMISES"),
          EXCEPT WITH LESSOR'S PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT,  WHICH SHALL NOT
          BE  UNREASONABLY  WITHHELD IF SUCH OTHER LOCATION WITHIN THE
          CONTINENTAL  UNITED STATES, OR (B) SELL,  CONVEY,  TRANSFER,
          ENCUMBER,  PART WITH  POSSESSION  OF, OR ASSIGN  ANY ITEM OF
          EQUIPMENT  OR ANY OF ITS  RIGHTS  HEREUNDER,  AND  ANY  SUCH
          PURPORTED TRANSACTION SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND OF NO FORCE
          OR EFFECT.  In the event of a relocation of the Equipment or
          any  item  thereof  to  which  Lessor  consents,  all  costs
          (including any additional  property taxes or other taxes and
          any additional expense of insurance coverage) resulting from
          any such  relocation,  shall be promptly paid by Lessee upon
          presentation  to Lessee of  evidence  supporting  such cost.
          Lessor  shall  have  the  right  during  normal  hours  upon
          reasonable notice to Lessee,  subject to applicable laws and
          regulations, to enter Lessee's Premises in order to inspect,
          observe,  affix labels or other markings,  or to exhibit the
          Equipment  to  prospective   purchasers  or  future  Lessees
          thereof, or otherwise protect Lessor's interest therein.

          6. NET LEASE.  THIS LEASE AND ANY  SCHEDULE  HERETO IS A NET
          LEASE,  AND ALL PAYMENTS  HEREUNDER  ARE NET TO LESSOR.  All
          taxes, assessments,  licenses, and other charges (including,
          without  limitation  personal  property taxes and sales, use
          and leasing  taxes and penalties and interest on such taxes)
          imposed,  levied or assessed on the  ownership,  possession,
          rental or use of the Equipment during the term of this Lease
          and any  Schedule  hereto  (except for  Lessor's  federal or
          state net income taxes) shall be paid by Lessee when due and
          before the same shall become delinquent,  whether such taxes
          are assessed or would  ordinarily be assessed against Lessor
          or Lessee.  To the extent possible under applicable law, for
          personal  property or ad valorem tax return  purposes  only,
          Lessee  shall  include  the  Equipment  on such  reports and
          returns as may be required by local law, which returns shall
          be timely  filed by it.  Lessee  shall  provide  Lessor with
          evidence   that  Lessee  has  complied  with  the  foregoing
          provisions.  In any event, Lessee shall file all tax returns
          required for itself or Lessor with respect to the  Equipment
          and this  Lease and  Lessor  hereby  appoints  Lessee as its
          attorney-in-fact  for such  purpose.  In case of  failure by

                                       2
<PAGE>

          Lessee to so pay said taxes, assessments,  licenses or other
          charges,  Lessor may pay all or any part of such  items,  in
          which  event  the  amount so paid by  Lessor  including  any
          interest or penalties thereon and reasonable attorneys' fees
          incurred by Lessor in pursuing its rights  against Lessee or
          defending  against  any  claims or  defense  asserted  by or
          through Lessee shall be immediately paid by Lessee to Lessor
          as additional  rental  hereunder.  Lessee shall promptly pay
          all costs, expenses and obligations of every kind and nature
          incurred  in  connection  with the use or  operation  of the
          Equipment  which may arise or become  due during the term of
          this  Lease  and  any  Schedule   hereto,   whether  or  not
          specifically  mentioned herein. In case of failure by Lessee
          to comply with any  provision of this Lease and any Schedule
          hereto,  Lessor shall have the right but not the obligation,
          to effect  such  compliance  on behalf  of  Lessee.  In such
          event,  all  costs  and  expenses   incurred  by  Lessor  in
          effecting such  compliance  shall be immediately  payable by
          Lessee to Lessor as additional rental hereunder.

          7.  INDEMNITY.  Lessee shall at its expense:  (i) indemnify,
          protect and defend  Lessor's title to the Equipment from and
          against all persons claiming against or through Lessee; (ii)
          at all times keep the  Equipment  then  subject to his Lease
          free  from  any and all  liens,  encumbrances,  attachments,
          levies, executions, burdens, charges or legal process of any
          and every  type  whatsoever;  (iii)  give  Lessor  immediate
          written  notice of any  breach of this  Lease  described  in
          clause  (ii);  and (iv)  indemnify,  protect and save Lessor
          harmless   from  any  loss,   cost  or  expense   (including
          reasonable attorneys' fees) caused by the Lessee's breach of
          any of the  provisions  of this Lease,  whether  incurred by
          Lessor in pursuing  its rights  against  Lessee or defending
          against  any  claims  or  defenses  asserted  by or  through
          Lessee.  Lessee  shall and does hereby  agree to  indemnify,
          defend and hold  Lessor and its  assigns  harmless  from and
          against any and all liability,  loss, costs, injury, damage,
          penalties,  suits, judgments,  demands, claims, expenses and
          disbursements  (including  without  limitation,   reasonable
          attorney's  fees  incurred by Lessor by pursuing  its rights
          against  Lessee or defending  against any claims or defenses
          asserted  by or  through  Lessee)  of  any  kind  whatsoever
          arising  out of, on account of, or in  connection  with this
          Lease and the Equipment leased hereunder, including, without
          limitation, its manufacture,  selection, purchase, delivery,
          rejection,  installation,  ownership,  possession,  leasing,
          renting, operation, control, use, maintenance and the return
          thereof  except for any such claims or damages from Lessor's
          gross negligence or willful misconduct. This indemnity shall
          survive the Initial  Lease Term or earlier  cancellation  or
          termination of this Lease and any Schedule hereto.

          8.  INSURANCE.  Commencing  on the date that risk of loss or
          damage  passes to Lessor  from the  Seller of any  Equipment
          covered  under this Lease and  continuing  until  Lessee has
          re-delivered  possession of the Equipment to Lessor,  Lessee
          shall, at its own expense, keep the Equipment (including all
          Add-on Items thereto)  insured  against all risks of loss or
          damage from every and any cause  whatsoever  in such amounts
          (but in no event less than the  greater  of the  replacement
          value  thereof  or the  amount  set forth in any  applicable
          Casualty   Schedule,   whichever   is   higher)   with  such
          deductibles and exclusions as approved by Lessor and in such
          form as is  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Lessor.  All  such
          insurance   policies   shall  protect  Lessor  and  Lessor's
          assignee(s)  as loss  payees as their  interest  may appear.
          Lessee  shall  also,  at  its  own  expense,   carry  public
          liability insurance, with Lessor and Lessor's assignee(s) as
          an additional  insured,  in such amounts with such companies
          and in such form as is  reasonably  satisfactory  to Lessor,
          with respect to injury to person or property  resulting form
          or  based in any way  upon or in any way  connected  with or
          relating  to  the  installation,  use  or  alleged  use,  or
          operation of any or all of the Equipment, or its location or
          condition.

          Not less than ten days prior to the Acceptance Date,  Lessee
          shall  deliver  to  Lessor  satisfactory  evidence  of  such
          insurance and shall further  deliver  evidence of renewal of
          each such  policy  not less than  thirty  (30) days prior to
          expiration  thereof.  Each  such  policy  shall  contain  an
          endorsemet  providing  that the issuer  will give Lessor not
          less than  thirty  (30)  days  prior  written  notice of the
          effective date of any alteration,  change, cancellation,  or
          modification  of such  policy  or the  failure  by Lessee to
          timely pay all  required  premiums,  costs or  charges  with
          respect thereto.  Upon Lessor's request,  Lessee shall cause
          its insurance agent(s) to execute and deliver to Lessor Loss
          Payable   Clause    Endorsement   and   Additional   Insured
          Endorsement  (bodily  injury and property  damage  liability
<PAGE>

          insurance)  forms  provided to Lessee by Lessor.  In case of
          the failure to procure or maintain  such  insurance,  Lessor
          shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain such
          insurance   and  any  Premium   paid  by  Lessor   shall  be
          immediately   due  and   payable  by  Lessee  to  Lessor  as
          additional rent hereunder.  The maintenance of any policy or
          policies of  insurance  pursuant to this  Section  shall not
          limit any  obligation  or  liability  of Lessee  pursuant to
          Sections 7 or 9 or any other provision of this Lease and any
          Schedule hereto.

          9.  RISK  OF  LOSS.  Until  such  time as the  Equipment  is
          returned  and  delivered  to and  accepted  by Lessor at the
          expiration  of this  Lease,  pursuant  to the  terms of this
          Lease and any Schedule  hereto,  Lessee  hereby  assumes and
          shall  bear the  entire  risk of  loss,  damage,  theft  and
          destruction of the Equipment,  or any portion thereof,  from
          any cause whatsoever  ("Equipment Loss"). Without limitation
          of the foregoing,  no Equipment Loss shall relieve Lessee in
          any  way  from  its  obligations  hereunder.   Lessee  shall
          promptly  notify Lessor in writing of any Equipment Loss. In
          the event of any such Equipment Loss,  Lessee shall:  (a) in
          the event Lessor determines such Equipment to be repairable,
          promptly place, at Lessee's  expense,  the Equipment in good
          repair,  condition  and  working  order in  accordance  with
          Seller's  specifications  and to the satisfaction of Lessor;
          or (b) in the event of an actual or constructive  total loss
          of any item of  Equipment at Lessor's  option:  (i) promptly
          replace,  at  Lessee's  expense,  the  Equipment  with  like
          equipment  of the same or a later model with the same Add-on
          Items as the  Equipment,  and in good repair,  condition and
          working order in accordance with the Seller's specifications
          and to the  satisfaction of Lessor;  or (ii) immediately pay
          to Lessor  the amount  obtained  by  multiplying  the actual
          Equipment  Cost as specified in the  applicable  Schedule by
          the percentage contained in any applicable Casualty Schedule
          for the date of such Equipment Loss plus, any unpaid rentals
          or any amounts due hereunder.

          If no  Casualty  Schedule  has  been  made  a  part  of  any
          applicable Schedule, an amount equal to the present value of
          the total amount of unpaid rentals and all other amounts due
          and to become due under any applicable  Schedule  during the
          term thereof as of the date of any payment,  discounted at a
          rate equal to discount  rate of the Federal  Reserve Bank of
          Chicago  as of  the  Commencement  Date  of the  Lease  with
          respect  to each  applicable  Schedule,  plus an  additional
          amount  equal  to the  estimated  fair  market  value of the
          Equipment at the end of the Initial Lease Term applicable to
          such Equipment (the "End of Term Value").  In no event shall
          the  amount of such End of Term Value for the  Equipment  be
          less than  twenty  percent  (20%) of the actual  cost of the
          Equipment  unless a purchase option is granted (or other end
          of term payment is required) under this Lease for other than
          the fair  market  value  of the  Equipment  then the  actual
          amount of such  Purchase  Option Price (or other end of term
          payment)  specified  in the  applicable  Equipment  Schedule
          shall be due and  payable to Lessor as the End of Term Value
          under  this  section  or  such  lesser  or  greater   amount
          specified in the applicable Schedule.

          In the event  Lessee is  required  to repair or replace  any
          such item of Equipment pursuant to Subsections (a) or (b)(i)
          of the preceding  sentence,  the insurance proceeds received
          by Lessor,  if any,  pursuant to Section 8, after the use of
          such funds to pay any  unpaid  amounts  then due  hereunder,
          shall be paid to Lessee or, if applicable,  to a third party
          repairing  or  replacing   the   Equipment   upon   Lessee's
          furnishing proof reasonably satisfactory to Lessor that such
          repair or  replacement  has been  completed  in a reasonably
          satisfactory  manner.  In the  event  Lessor  elects  option
          (b)(ii),  Lessee  shall be entitled to a credit  against the
          payment  required by said  subsection  in an amount equal to
          such insurance proceeds actually received by Lessor pursuant
          to Section 8 on account of such Equipment, and, upon payment
          by Lessee to Lessor of all of the sums required  pursuant to
          Subsection (b)(ii),  the applicable Schedule shall terminate
          with respect to such item of  Equipment  and Lessee shall be
          entitled to whatever  interest  Lessor may have in such item
          AS IS,  WHERE IS and WITH ALL  FAULTS in its then  condition
          and  location  without  warranties  of any type  whatsoever,
          express or implied.

          10. COVENANTS OF LESSEE.  LESSEE AGREES THAT ITS OBLIGATIONS
          UNDER THIS LEASE AND ANY SCHEDULE HERETO,  INCLUDING WITHOUT
          LIMITATION, THE OBLIGATION TO PAY RENTAL,

                                       3
<PAGE>
          ARE IRREVOCABLE AND ABSOLUTE, SHALL NOT ABATE FOR ANY REASON
          WHATSOEVER  (INCLUDING ANY CLAIMS AGAINST LESSOR), AND SHALL
          CONTINUE  IN  FULL  FORCE  AND  EFFECT   REGARDLESS  OF  ANY
          INABILITY OF LESSEE TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ANY PART THEREOF
          FOR ANY REASON  WHATSOEVER  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,
          WAR, ACT OF GOD, STORMS, GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS, STRIKE OR
          OTHER LABOR TROUBLES, LOSS, DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION,  DISREPAIR,
          OBSOLESCENCE,  FAILURE  OF  OR  DELAY  IN  DELIVERY  OF  THE
          EQUIPMENT,  OR FAILURE OF THE EQUIPMENT TO PROPERLY  OPERATE
          FOR ANY CAUSE. In the event of any alleged claim  (including
          a claim which would otherwise be in the nature of a set-off)
          against  Lessor,  Lessee  shall  fully  perform  and pay its
          obligations  hereunder  (including the payment of all rents,
          without  set-off  or  defense  of any  kind)  and  its  only
          exclusive  recourse  against  Lessor  shall be by a separate
          action.  Lessee  agrees to  furnish  promptly  to Lessor the
          annual financial statements of Lessee (and of any guarantors
          of Lessee's  performance  under this Lease and any  Schedule
          hereto),  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
          accounting  principles and such interim financial statements
          of Lessee as Lessor may reasonably require during the entire
          term  of  this  Lease  and  any  Schedule   hereto.   Either
          independent  certified  public  accountants  or the Lessee's
          chief financial officer as requested by Lessor shall certify
          all such annual financial statements. Lessee, if required by
          Lessor prior to the initial  purchase by Lessor of Equipment
          for lease  hereunder,  shall provide at Lessee's  expense an
          opinion of its counsel  acceptable  to Lessor  affirming the
          covenants,  representations  and  warranties of Lessee under
          this  Lease and any  Schedule  hereto.  So long as there are
          amounts due Lessor  under this Lease,  Lessee  shall  supply
          Lessor with such other  financial and operating  performance
          data as is provided to its outside  investors or  commercial
          lenders  and,  if  applicable,  required  to be  provided to
          shareholders  by the Security and Exchange  Commission,  and
          Lessee  shall  immediately  notify  Lessor  of any  material
          adverse  change  in  its  financial  condition  or  business
          prospects.

          11.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  In order  to  induce
          Lessor to enter into this Lease and any Schedule  hereto and
          to  lease  the   Equipment  to  Lessee   hereunder,   Lessee
          represents and warrants that: (a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  (i)
          applications,  financial statements,  and reports which have
          been  submitted by Lessee and any  Obligors (as  hereinafter
          defined)  to  Lessor  are,  and  all  information  hereafter
          furnished by Lessee and Obligors to Lessor will be, true and
          correct in all material  respects as of the date  submitted;
          (ii) as of the date hereof, the date of any Schedule and any
          Acceptance  Date,  there has been no material adverse change
          in  any  matter  stated  in  such  applications,   financial
          statements  and reports;  and,  (iii) none of the  foregoing
          omit or omitted to state any material  fact which would make
          any of the foregoing  false or misleading.  (b)  OBLIGATION.
          Lessee  is  an   organizational   entity  described  on  the
          signature  page  hereof  and  is  duly  organized,   validly
          existing and is duly qualified to do business and is in good
          standing or subsisting or in other similar  active status in
          each  State in which  the  Equipment  will be  located.  (c)
          AUTHORITY.  Lessee has full  power,  authority  and right to
          execute,  deliver  and perform  this Lease and any  Schedule
          hereto,  and the execution  delivery and performance  hereof
          has been authorized by all necessary  action of Lessee.  (d)
          ENFORCEABILITY.   This  Lease  and  any  Schedule  or  other
          document  executed  in  connection  therewith  has been duly
          executed  and  delivered  by  Lessee  and  any  Obligor  and
          constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Lessee,
          and any Obligor  enforceable  in accordance  with its terms.
          (e) CONSENTS.  The  execution,  delivery and  performance of
          this Lease and any  Schedule  hereto  does not  require  any
          approval  or  consent  of  any  stockholders,   partners  or
          proprietors or of any trustee or holders of any indebtedness
          or  obligations  of Lessee and will not  contravene any law,
          regulation,  judgment or decree applicable to Lessee, or the
          certificate  or  articles  of   incorporation,   partnership
          agreement,  by-laws or other governing  documents of Lessee,
          or  contravene  the  provisions  of, or constitute a default
          under,  or  result  in the  creation  of any  lien  upon any
          property of Lessee under any  mortgage,  instrument or other
          agreement  to which  Lessee is a party or by which Lessee or
          its assets may be bound or affected. Except as disclosed, no
          authorization,  approval,  license,  filing or  registration
          with any court or governmental  agency or instrumentality is
          necessary  in  connection  with  the  execution,   delivery,
          performance,  validity and  enforceability of this Lease and
          any Schedule hereto.  (f) TITLE. On each Commencement  Date,
          Lessor shall have good and marketable  title to the items of
          Equipment  which is subject  to this Lease and any  Schedule
          hereto on such date, free and clear of all liens, except the
          lien of  Seller  which  will be  released  upon  receipt  of
          payment.  Lessee  warrants  that  no  party  has a  security
<PAGE>
          interest in the  Equipment  which will not be released on or
          before payment by Lessor to Seller of the Equipment and that
          the  Equipment  is and  shall at all times  remain  personal
          property  regardless  of how it may be  affixed  to any real
          property.   (g)  LITIGATION.   There  is  no  action,  suit,
          investigation   or   proceeding  by  or  before  any  court,
          arbitrator,  agency or  governmental  authority  pending  or
          threatened  against or affecting Lessee:  (i) which involves
          the Equipment or the transactions contemplated by this Lease
          and  any  Schedule  hereto;  or  (ii)  which,  if  adversely
          determined,  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
          financial condition, business or operation of Lessee.

          12.  EVENTS  OF  DEFAULT.  An event of  default  ("Event  of
          Default")  shall  occur  hereunder  if Lessee or any Obligor
          ("Obligor"  shall  include  any  guarantor  or surety of any
          obligation  so  Lessee to Lessor  under  this  Lease and any
          Schedule  hereto):  (i) fails to pay any installment of rent
          or other  payment  required  hereunder  within five (5) days
          after its due date;  or (ii) attempts to or does remove from
          the Premises  (except a relocation with Lessor's  consent as
          provided in Section 5), sell, transfer,  encumber, part with
          possession of, or sublet any item of the Equipment; or (iii)
          shall suffer or have suffered, in the reasonable judgment of
          Lessor, a material adverse change in its financial condition
          since the date of the last financial statements submitted to
          Lessor,  and as a result  thereof Lessor in good faith deems
          itself  to be  insecure;  or (iv)  breaches  or  shall  have
          breached  any  representation  or warranty  made or given by
          Lessee or  Obligor  in this  Lease or in any other  document
          furnished  to Lessor  in  connection  herewith,  or any such
          representation  or warranty shall be untrue or, by reason of
          failure  to state a  material  fact or  otherwise,  shall be
          misleading or any of the  statements  or other  documents or
          information submitted at any time heretofore or hereafter by
          Lessee or Obligor to Lessor shall be untrue or, by reason of
          failure  to state a  material  fact or  otherwise,  shall be
          misleading  or (v) fails to  perform  or  observe  any other
          covenant, condition or agreement to be performed or observed
          by it hereunder,  and such failure or breach shall  continue
          unremedied  for a period of ten days after the date on which
          notice  thereof  shall be given by Lessor to Lessee  (unless
          such remedial action cannot be completed within such ten day
          period but Lessee has in good faith commenced to remedy such
          breach or failure and such remedy is in fact achieved within
          a time  period  agreed to by Lessor);  or (vi) shall  become
          insolvent or bankrupt or make an assignment  for the benefit
          of creditors or consent to the  appointment  of a trustee or
          receiver,  or a trustee or receiver shall be appointed for a
          substantial  part of its property  without its  consent,  or
          bankruptcy or reorganization or insolvency  proceeding shall
          be  instituted  by or against  Lessee or Obligor  and Lessee
          fails to continue to pay all rentals  becoming due hereunder
          during the pendency of such  proceedings and fails to assume
          this Lease within sixty (60) days after the  commencement of
          such  proceedings;  or (vii)  conveys,  sells,  transfer  or
          assigns substantially all of Lessee's or Obligor's assets or
          ceases  doing  business  as  a  going  concern,   or,  if  a
          corporation,  ceases  to be in  good  standing  or  files  a
          statement of intent to  dissolve,  or abandons any or all of
          the  Equipment;  or (viii)  shall be in breach of or default
          under any lease or other agreement at any time executed with
          Lessor or any other  Lessor or with any  lender to Lessee or
          Obligor such that Lessee's obligations  thereunder have been
          or are being accelerated.

          13. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence and during any continuance
          of an Event of  Default  (the  "Default  Date") set forth in
          Section 12, Lessor may, in its sole and absolute discretion,
          do any one or more of the  following:  (a)  upon  notice  to
          Lessee  cancel  all or any  portion  of  this  Lease  or any
          Schedules  executed  pursuant  thereto;  (b) enter  Lessee's
          Premises and without  removal of the  Equipment,  render the
          Equipment  unusable  or,  require  Lessee  to  assemble  the
          Equipment  and  make  it  available  to  Lessor  at a  place
          designated by Lessor and/or dispose of the Equipment by sale
          or  otherwise  (all of which  determinations  may be made by
          Lessor in its sole and  absolute  discretion);  (c)  declare
          immediately  due and  payable all sums due and to become due
          hereunder  for the full  term of the  Lease  (including  any
          renewal or purchase  obligations which Lessee has contracted
          to pay); (d) with or without  canceling this Lease,  recover
          from Lessee  damages,  in an amount equal to the sum of: (i)
          all  unpaid  rent and  other  amounts  that  became  due and
          payable on, or prior to, the Default Date,  (ii) the present
          value of all future  rentals and other amounts  described in
          the Lease and not  included in (i) above  discounted  to the
          Default  Date at a rate  equal to the  discount  rate of the
          Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago as of the Commencement  Date

                                       4
<PAGE>

          of the Lease with respect to each Schedule  (which  discount
          rate, Lessee agrees is a commercially  reasonable rate which
          takes into account the facts and  circumstances  at the time
          such Schedule commenced),  (iii) all commercially reasonable
          costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in enforcing  Lessor's
          rights under this Lease, or defending  against any claims or
          defenses  asserted by or through  Lessee,  including but not
          limited  to,  costs  of  repossession,   recovery,  storage,
          repair, sale, re-lease and reasonable  attorneys' fees, (iv)
          the  estimated  residual  value of the  Equipment  as of the
          expiration of the Lease, (v) any indemnity amount payable to
          Lessor hereunder;  and (vi) interest on all of the foregoing
          from the Default  Date until the date payment is received by
          Lessor at 2% per month or the highest rate permitted by law,
          whichever  is less;  (e)  exercise any other right or remedy
          which may be  available  to it under the Uniform  Commercial
          Code or any other applicable law.

          If Lessor elects to dispose of any Equipment  recovered from
          the  possession of Lessee after an Event of Default,  Lessor
          shall dispose of such Equipment in a commercially reasonable
          manner.  Lessor reserves the right, in its sole and absolute
          discretion, to control the timing and negotiate the terms of
          any  re-leasing or re-sale of any or all of the Equipment at
          a public auction or in a private sale, at such time, on such
          terms and with such  notice as Lessor  shall in its sole and
          absolute  discretion deem commercially  reasonable.  In such
          event,  without any duty on Lessor's part to effect any such
          re-lease  or sale of the  Equipment,  Lessor will credit the
          present  value of any  proceeds  from such sale or  re-lease
          actually  received and  retainable by it (net of any and all
          costs or  expenses)  discounted  from  the date of  Lessor's
          receipt  thereof to the Default  Date at 2 1/2% in excess of
          the Prime  Rate (or its  equivalent)  per annum in effect at
          the  First  National  Bank of  Chicago  on the  date of such
          payment to the amounts  due to Lessor from Lessee  under the
          provisions of (c), (d) and/or (e) above. A  cancellation  of
          this Lease  shall  occur only upon notice by Lessor and only
          as to such items of Equipment as Lessor  specifically elects
          to cancel and this Lease  shall  continue  in full force and
          effect as to the remaining  items of  Equipment,  if any. If
          this Lease  and/or any  Schedule is deemed at any time to be
          one intended as security,  Lessee  agrees that the Equipment
          shall  secure,  in  addition to the  indebtedness  set forth
          herein,  any other  indebtedness at any time owing by Lessee
          to Lessor. No remedy referred to in this Section is intended
          to be exclusive,  but shall be cumulative and in addition to
          any other remedy referred to above or otherwise available to
          Lessor at law or in equity.  No express or implied waiver by
          Lessor of any default shall constitute a waiver of any other
          default by Lessee or a waiver of any of Lessor's rights.

          14. ASSIGNMENT BY LESSOR. LESSOR MAY (WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE
          TO  LESSEE)  SELL,  TRANSFER,  ASSIGN  OR  GRANT A  SECURITY
          INTEREST  IN ALL OR ANY PART OF ITS  INTEREST IN THIS LEASE,
          ANY SCHEDULE,  ANY ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT OR ANY AMOUNT  PAYABLE
          HEREUNDER.  In such an event,  Lessee shall, upon receipt of
          written  notice,   acknowledge  any  such  sale,   transfer,
          assignment or grant of a security interest and shall pay its
          obligations  hereunder  or  amounts  equal  thereto  to  the
          respective  transferee,  assignee  or  secured  party in the
          manner specified in any  instructions  received from Lessor.
          Notwithstanding any such sale, transfer, assignment or grant
          of a security  interest by Lessor and so long as no Event of
          Default shall have occurred  hereunder,  neither  Lessor nor
          any  transferee,  assignee or secured party shall  interfere
          with  Lessee's  right  of  use  or  quiet  enjoyment  of the
          Equipment.  In the event of such sale, transfer,  assignment
          or grant of a security  interest  in all or any part of this
          Lease and any  Schedule  hereto,  or in the  Equipment or in
          sums  payable  hereunder,  as  aforesaid,  Lessee  agrees to
          execute  such  documents as may be  reasonably  necessary to
          evidence,   secure  and   complete   such  sale,   transfer,
          assignment  or grant of a security  interest  and to perfect
          the  transferee's,  assignee's or secured  party's  interest
          therein  (with any  filing  fees at  Lessor's  expense)  and
          Lessee  further  agrees  that the rights of any  transferee,
          assignee  or  secured  party  shall  not be  subject  to any
          defense,  set-off  or  counterclaim  that  Lessee  may  have
          against  Lessor or any other  party,  including  the Seller,
          which defenses, set-offs and counterclaims shall be asserted
          only  against  such  party,  and that  any such  transferee,
          assignee or secured party shall have all of Lessor's  rights
          hereunder,  but shall  assume none of  Lessor's  obligations
          hereunder.   Lessee  acknowledges  that  any  assignment  or
          transfer  by Lessor  shall not  materially  change  Lessee's
          duties  or  obligations  under  this  Lease  and  shall  not
          materially increase the burdens and risks imposed on Lessee.

<PAGE>

          15.  MISCELLANEOUS.  All notices and demands relating hereto
          shall  be in  writing  and  sent by  either  any  nationally
          recognized  overnight  air  courier  or by  certified  mail,
          return  receipt  requested,  to  Lessor  or  Lessee at their
          respective  addresses above or shown in the Schedule,  or at
          any other  address  designed by notice  served in accordance
          herewith. Notice by overnight air courier shall be effective
          one (1)  business  day after  delivery.  Notice by certified
          mail shall become  effective  five (5)  business  days after
          deposit in the  United  States  mail,  with  proper  postage
          prepaid, addressed to the party intended to be served at the
          address  designated  herein. All obligations of Lessee shall
          survive the  termination or expiration of this Lease and any
          Schedule  hereto.  If more than one  Lessee is named in this
          Lease,  the  liability of each  hereunder to Lessor shall be
          joint and several.  Any general partner executing this Lease
          on behalf of the Lessee  agrees that its liability to Lessor
          hereunder  shall be absolute,  primary and direct,  and that
          Lessor  shall not be  required to pursue any right or remedy
          it may have  against  the Lessee  under the Lease (and shall
          not be required to first  commence  any action or obtain any
          judgment  against  Lessee)  before  enforcing this liability
          against such general partner,  and that such general partner
          will,  upon  demand,  pay Lessor the amount of all sums then
          due under the Lease, the payment of which, by Lessee,  is in
          default under the Lease, and will, upon demand,  perform all
          other  obligations of Lessee,  the  performance of which, by
          Lessee,  is in default under the Lease.  Lessee shall,  upon
          request of Lessor  from time to time,  perform  all acts and
          execute and  deliver to Lessor all  documents  which  Lessor
          deems  reasonably  necessary to implement this Lease and any
          Schedule hereto, including, without limitation, certificates
          addressed to such persons as Lessor may direct  stating that
          this  Lease and the  Schedule  hereto  is in full  force and
          effect,  that  there  are  no  amendments  or  modifications
          thereto,  that  Lessor  is not in  default  hereof or breach
          hereunder,  setting  forth  the  date to which  rentals  due
          hereunder  have been paid,  ad stating such other matters as
          Lessor may reasonably  request.  This Lease and any Schedule
          hereto   shall  be  binding   upon  the  parties  and  their
          successors,  legal  representatives  and  assigns.  Lessee's
          successors and assigns shall include,  without limitation, a
          receiver, debtor-in-possession, or trustee of or for Lessee.
          If any  person,  firm,  corporation  or other  entity  shall
          guarantee  this Lease and the  performance  by Lessee of its
          obligations  hereunder,  all of  the  terms  and  provisions
          hereof shall be duly applicable to such Obligor.

          16. CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT TO LEASING.  (i) Lessor shall have
          not obligation to purchase any Equipment for lease to Lessee
          under any  Schedule  hereunder  unless  or until  acceptable
          documentation,  the form of which will be provided by Lessor
          has been  executed by Lessee and  delivered to Lessor;  (ii)
          Lessor has  confirmed  with Lessee that no material  adverse
          change  in  Lessee's   financial   condition   and  business
          prospects has occurred prior to each purchase of Equipment.

          17.  INVALIDITY.  In the event  that any  provision  of this
          Lease and any  Schedule  hereto  shall be  unenforceable  in
          whole or in part,  such  provision  shall be  limited to the
          extent  necessary  to  render  the same  valid,  or shall be
          excised  from  this  Lease  or  any  Schedule   hereto,   as
          circumstances may require, and this Lease and the applicable
          Schedule  shall be construed as if said  provision  had been
          incorporated  herein as so limited,  or as if said provision
          had not been  included  herein,  as the case may be  without
          invalidating any of the remaining provisions hereof.

          18.  END OF TERM  OPTIONS.  Provided  that the Lease has not
          been terminated and that no Event of Default or event which,
          with notice or lapse of time or both,  would become an Event
          of Default  shall  have  occurred  and shall be  continuing.
          Lessee  shall at the end of the  Initial  Lease  Term of the
          first  Schedule be entitled to elect and to exercise  one of
          the options,  if any,  indicated in the applicable  Schedule
          which  election  shall be binding on Lessee with  respect to
          all Schedules  entered into between  Lessor and Lessee under
          this Lease. The foregoing options granted hereunder shall be
          exercised  by written  notice  delivered to Lessor by Lessee
          not more  than 180 days and not less than  ninety  (90) days
          prior to the  expiration  of the  Initial  Lease Term of the
          Equipment, subject to Schedule No. 001.

                                        5
<PAGE>

          19.  PROGRESS  PAYMENTS.  If requested  by Lessee,  progress
          payments  will  be made  for any  amount  over  the  Minimum
          Invoice   Amount   specified   on  each   Progress   Payment
          Authorization  per  invoice to vendors  in  accordance  with
          Lessor's  standard  procedures.  Unless  otherwise agreed by
          Lessor the minimum progress payment amount shall not be less
          than the Minimum  Progress  Payment Amount  specified on the
          Progress  Payment  Authorization.  Interim rent, on progress
          payments,  shall be payable from the date progress  payments
          are  made  by  Lessor  to  the  Commencement   Date  of  the
          corresponding Schedule.  Interim rent shall be calculated at
          the daily  equivalent  of the  Monthly  Lease  Rate  Factor.
          Lessee   shall   deliver  to  Lessor  a   Progress   Payment
          Authorization,  not less than 30 days  prior to the due date
          thereof  and in a  form  acceptable  to  Lessor,  to  make a
          progress payment and, provided on such due date no Events of
          Default have occurred and be  continuing  hereunder or under
          the Lease.  Lessor shall make the progress payment set forth
          to the  manufacturer(s)  or supplier(s) as set forth in such
          authorization.

          20. LAW. This Lease and any Schedule hereto shall be binding
          only when accepted by Lessor at its  corporate  headquarters
          in  Illinois  and  shall in all  respects  be  governed  and
          construed, and the rights and the liabilities of the parties
          hereto determined,  except for local filing requirements, in
          accordance  with the laws of the State of  Illinois.  LESSEE
          WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY AND SUBMITS TO THE  JURISDICTION OF THE
          FEDERAL  DISTRICT  COURT OR ANY STATE COURT  LOCATED  WITHIN
          COOK COUNTY IN THE STATE OF ILLINOIS AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO
          ASSERT  THAT ANY  ACTION  INSTITUTED  BY  LESSOR IN ANY SUCH
          COURT IS IN THE IMPROPER VENUE OR SHOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO A
          MORE CONVENIENT FORUM 

                                              LESSEE'S INITIALS /s/ HW
                                                                ------

          21.  AMENDMENTS.  This Lease and any Schedule hereto contain
          the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the
          Equipment,  this Lease and any Schedule  hereto and there is
          no agreement or understanding oral or written,  which is not
          set forth herein. This Lease and any Schedule hereto may not
          be altered,  modified,  terminated or discharged except by a
          writing  signed by the party against whom such  alternation,
          modification, termination or discharge is sought.

                                              LESSEE'S INITIALS /s/ HW
                                                                ------

          22. LESSEE'S WAIVERS.  To the extent permitted by applicable
          law,  Lessee  hereby  waives any and all rights and remedies
          conferred  upon  a  Lessee  by  Article  2A of  the  Uniform
          Commercial  Code as adopted in any  jurisdiction,  including
          but not  limited to  Lessee's  rights  to:  (i) cancel  this
          Lease;   (ii)  repudiate   this  Lease;   (iii)  reject  the
          Equipment;  (iv) revoke  acceptance  of the  Equipment;  (v)
          recover  damages from Lessor for any breaches of warranty or
          for any other reason related to the Equipment;  (vi) claim a
          security interest in the Equipment in Lessee's possession or
          control for any reason;  (vii) deduct all or any part of any
          claimed  damages  resulting from Lessor's  default,  if any,
          under this  Lease;  (viii)  accept  partial  delivery of the
          Equipment;  (iv)  "cover" by making any purchase or lease of
          or contract to purchase or lease  Equipment in  substitution
          for those due from Lessor; (x) recover any general, special,
          incidental,   or   consequential   damages  for  any  reason
          whatsoever;   and  (xi)  specific   performance,   replevin,
          detinue, sequestration,  claim, and delivery of the like for
          any  Equipment  identified  to  this  Lease.  To the  extent
          permitted  by  applicable  law (unless  expressly  otherwise
          agreed hereunder),  Lessee also hereby waives any rights now
          or hereafter  conferred  by statute or  otherwise  which may
          require  Lessor  to  sell,   lease,  or  otherwise  use  any
          Equipment in mitigation of Lessor's  damages as set forth in
          Paragraph 13 or which may  otherwise  limit or modify any of
          Lessor's  rights or remedies under  Paragraph 13. Any action
          by Lessee  against  Lessor for any  default by Lessor  under
          this Lease, including breach of warranty or indemnity, shall
          be  commenced  within  one (1) year  after any such cause of
          action accrues.

                                              LESSEE'S INITIALS /s/ HW
                                                                ------


<PAGE>

          23.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Lease may be executed in any number
          of  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original
          Each  Schedule  shall  be  executed  in three  (3)  serially
          numbered  counterparts  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an
          original  but only  counterpart  number  1 shall  constitute
          "chattel  paper" or  "collateral"  within the meaning of the
          Uniform Commercial Code in any jurisdiction.

          24.  ADDENDUM.  ("X"  if  applicable)  [_]  see  Addendum(s)
          attached hereto and made a part hereof.

The  person  executing  this  Lease for and on behalf  of  Lessee  warrants  and
represents,  which warranty and  representation  shall survive the expiration or
termination  of this Lease,  that this Lease and the  execution  hereof has been
duly  and  validly  authorized  by  Lessee,  constitutes  a  valid  and  binding
obligation of Lessee and that he has authority to make such execution for and on
behalf of Lessee.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Lease has been  executed  by Lessee this _____ day of
__________ 19__.


                                              ACCEPTED AT CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
OREGON BAKING CORPORATION, 
DAB MARSEE BAKING LINC CAPITAL, INC.
Lessee                                        Lessor


By: /s/ HOWARD WASSERTEIL                     By: /s/ WILLIAM F. DEMANS
    ---------------------                         ---------------------
Title: EXEC. V.P.                             Title: SENIOR V.P.
       ------------------                            ------------------
Date: 4-29-98                                 Date: 5/7/98
      -------------------                           -------------------


                                     6


<PAGE>


LINC CAPITAL, INC.                              LINC Capital, Inc.
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE                              303 East Wacker Drive
SCHEDULE NO. 001                                Chicago, Illinois 60601
                                                (312) 946-1000

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equipment Location:  See Attached               Master Lease Agreement No.: 7217
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Acceptance Date:  May 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LINC CAPITAL,  INC.  (Lessor)  hereby agrees to lease to the Lessee named below,
and Lessee hereby agrees to lease and rent from Lessor the Equipment  identified
below, for the term and at the rental payments  specified herein, all subject to
the terms and  conditions set forth herein and on the reverse side hereof and in
the referenced  Master Lease  Agreement  except as the same may be varied by the
terms of this Schedule.

================================================================================
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION:  The Equipment will consist of        Cost of Equipment: 
FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT as                         $415,732.93
more fully described on Schedule "A" attached hereto
and made a part hereof.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
================================================================================
TERM AND RENTAL:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commencement Date:       Initial Payment: $27,398.46      Initial Lease Term:  
JUNE 1, 1998             (COVERING FIRST AND              36 months
                         LAST RENTAL PAYMENTS)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Rental Payments* (plus, if applicable all sales, use or other taxes imposed upon
rental  payments)  shall be made monthly in advance as follows:  $ 13,699.23 per
rental payment  beginning on the Commencement  Date until THIRTY-SIX (36) rental
payments have been paid in full followed by either (i) a 37TH rental  payment of
$  41,573.29  or (ii)  provided  that no Event of Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing  under the Lease in lieu of making the foregoing 37TH rental payment,
Lessee may elect,  by written  notice issued to Lessor on or before the due date
of the 34TH rental payment , to pay a sum equal to $ 4,157.33 on the due date of
the 37TH rental payment and a like rental payment sum on the next 11 consecutive
rental payment dates  respectively and upon such election the Initial Lease Term
shall be deemed to have been extended by 12 months.

*Rental  Payments  are  based  on the  Lease  Rate  Factor  and are  subject  to
adjustment  as  described  in  Paragraph  A  on  the  REVERSE  SIDE  HEREOF.  If
applicable,  all freight, sales and use taxes, insurance and maintenance expense
paid by Lessor shall be paid by Lessee in accordance with the terms of the Lease
and this Schedule.
================================================================================

PROPERTY  TAXES:  Lessor shall  report all  Equipment  for personal  property or
advalorem tax return  purposes as may be required under  applicable law, and all
resulting taxes shall be paid by Lessee.

================================================================================
<PAGE>

================================================================================

END OF TERM OPTIONS:  At the end of the initial lease term the following options
are granted to Lessee in accordance with the terms described on the reverse side
hereof:
OPTION TO RENEW the  Initial  Lease  Term at a Rental  equal to the FAIR  RENTAL
VALUE (not less than 1%) renewal each month for a Renewal  Period of TWELVE (12)
months.
OPTION TO PURCHASE not less than all of the  Equipment at the end of the Initial
Lease Term (as described  above  including any extension  thereof) at a Purchase
Option  Price  equal to the then FAIR  MARKET  VALUE  (not less than 10%) of the
Equipment.

================================================================================
ADDITIONAL  TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO THIS  EQUIPMENT  SCHEDULE ARE ON THE REVERSE
SIDE HEREOF.
The  person  executing  this  Lease for and on behalf  of  Lessee  warrants  and
represents,  which warranty and  representation  shall survive the expiration or
termination  of this Lease,  that this Lease and the  execution  hereof has been
duly  and  validly  authorized  by  Lessee,  constitutes  a  valid  and  binding
obligation of Lessee and that he has authority to make such execution for and on
behalf of Lessee.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lessee:                                 ACCEPTED AT CHICAGO, ILLINOIS BY LESSOR:
Oregon Baking Corporation,              LINC CAPITAL, INC
dba Marsee Baking

By:  /s/ Howard Wasserteil              By:  /s/ William F. DeMans
   -----------------------                 -----------------------
Title:  Exec VP                         Title:  Senior V.P.
      --------------------                    --------------------
Date:  6/16/98                          Date:  6/23/98
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     This Lease (and Equipment Schedule and Master Lease the terms of which
     it  incorporates)  has  been  assigned,  is  subject  to the  security
     interests  of, and is held in trust for the  benefit of Fleet Bank NA,
     as Agent, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a security agreement
     dated  September  28, 1994 and related  documents  (as the same may be
     amended).
<PAGE>


              ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

A.  ADJUSTMENTS TO RENTAL  PAYMENTS.  Rental  Payments are based on a Lease Rate
Factor of 3.2952 % subject to adjustment as described  below.  The Monthly Lease
Rate  Factor  will be  indexed  to the yield for U.S.  Treasury  Notes  maturing
closest  to the  date  Thirthy-six  months  from the  Commencement  Date of this
Equipment Schedule (the "Index  Instrument").  The yield of the Index Instrument
is  currently  5.63 % for the 6 3/8 %  Treasury  Notes  maturing  March  2001 as
reported in the Wall Street  Journal dated March 3, 1998. The Monthly Lease Rate
Factor  shall be adjusted by Lessor to provide for any  increase in the yield of
the Index Instrument on the Commencement Date of this Equipment Schedule. At the
Commencement Date of this Equipment Schedule,  the Monthly Lease Rate Factor (as
adjusted) shall be fixed for the Initial Lease Term of this Equipment Schedule.

B.  ESTIMATED  COST  OF  EQUIPMENT,   ESTIMATED   ACCEPTANCE   DATE,   ESTIMATED
COMMENCEMENT DATE AND ADJUSTMENTS IN RENTAL. As used herein, "actual cost" means
the total cost to Lessor of purchasing  and  delivering  the Equipment to Lessee
including,  subject to Lessor's consent, taxes, transportation charges and other
charges,  which may be  applicable.  The amount of each payment set forth in the
Schedule are based on an estimate of actual cost,  which  estimate may, but need
not,  be set  forth  in  the  Schedule,  and  such  amounts  shall  be  adjusted
proportionately  (increased  or  decreased)  if the actual cost of the Equipment
differs  from said  estimate.  Lessee  hereby  authorizes  Lessor to adjust,  if
necessary, the amounts set forth in the Schedule to reflect actual cost when the
actual cost is known and to add to the amount of each rental  payment any sales,
use or leasing tax that may be imposed on or  measured  by the rental  payments.
Lessor will inform Lessee of the adjustments in rent necessary to reflect actual
cost. If the Commencement Date and Acceptance Date are "estimated" Lessee agrees
to  execute  a  replacement   Equipment   Schedule   setting  forth  the  actual
Commencement Date and Acceptance Date as soon as those dates become final.

C. INITIAL PAYMENT AND/OR SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee shall make a security deposit
and/or  initial  payment as indicated in this  Schedule  upon  execution of this
Schedule  and  Lessor  shall be  authorized  to apply  funds  held by Lessor and
otherwise  payable to Lessee for such  purposes.  Any initial  payments  made by
Lessee  shall be deemed to have been earned by Lessor  immediately  upon receipt
thereof and shall be deemed to have been applied immediately to satisfy Lessee's
obligations to make such payments hereunder. Initial Payments made by the Lessee
shall not be refundable  under any  circumstances.  Any security deposit paid by
Lessee  shall not be  refundable  to  Lessee in the event  that the term of this
Lease does not commence unless on account of Lessee's rightful refusal to accept
delivery  of the  Equipment  and in that event such sums shall be deemed to have
been earned by Lessor  immediately  upon the receipt hereof.  At Lessor's option
any security deposit made hereunder may be applied by Lessor to cure any default
of Lessee  under the lease,  in which event Lessee  shall  promptly  restore the
security deposit to their full amounts as set forth in this Schedule. If all the
terms and  conditions  herein to be performed by Lessee are fully  performed and
all of Lessee's  obligations  hereunder are fully complied with, that portion of
any  security  deposit  not so  applied  shall  be  refunded  to  Lessee  at the
termination or expiration of this Lease.

D.  PURCHASE  OPTION  AND/OR  OPTION FOR  RENEWAL OF LEASE TERM.  [This  section
applies only if this schedule indicates that an option to purchase the Equipment
or an option to renew the Lease Term is  applicable.]  Provided  that the Lease,
this Schedule, or any option granted hereunder has not been terminated by Lessor
and that no Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing, Lessor
agrees to grant  Lessee an option to purchase  the  Equipment  and/or  renew the
Lease Term. See Section 18 of the Master Lease  Agreement for  additional  terms
and conditions applicable to End of Term Options.

<PAGE>

If an Event of  Default  has not  occurred  under the Lease,  Lessee,  by giving
Lessor not less than ninety (90) days written  notice by registered or certified
mail  prior  to the  expiration  date of this  Schedule,  may,  elect  to (1) if
applicable,  purchase not less than all of the Equipment then leased  hereunder,
at the times and in the manner hereinafter specified, for an amount equal to the
Purchase  Option Price stated on the face of this  Schedule plus any accrued and
unpaid rental or other amounts due under the Lease and plus any applicable sales
tax with respect thereto or (2) if applicable,  renew the lease term of not less
than all of the  Equipment  then leased  hereunder for the period(s) and for the
renewal rental(s)  (payable in advance) stated on the face of this Schedule.  If
Lessee elects to exercise said purchase  option,  same shall be exercised on the
day immediately  following the date of expiration of the minimum lease term, and
by the  delivery  at such time by Lessee  to  Lessor of  payment,  in cash or by
certified  check,  of the  amount of the  Purchase  Price for the  Equipment  as
hereinbefore set forth.

Upon  payment of said  purchase  price for the  Equipment,  Lessor  shall,  upon
request  of  Lessee,  execute  and  deliver  to  Lessee  a Bill of Sale  for the
Equipment,  on an  "AS  IS,"  "WHERE  IS,"  "WITH  ALL  FAULTS"  basis,  without
representations  or warranties of any kind  whatsoever.  If Lessee exercises its
purchase  option and fails to make such payment,  Lessee shall pay as additional
rent for each month or fraction thereof after the end of the Initial Lease Term,
an amount equal to the highest monthly payment set forth herein.  If Lessee does
not elect to exercise  either of said options;  Lessee shall return each item of
equipment to Lessor, pursuant to and under the terms and conditions of Section 3
of the Lease.  If Lessee fails to notify Lessor as provided  herein or if Lessor
and Lessee cannot agree on the purchase or renewal terms,  then the term of this
Lease shall be  automatically  extended at the highest  rental  provided in this
Schedule,  for  successive  three month periods  unless and until  terminated by
either party giving to the other not less than three months prior written notice
by registered or certified  mail of its intention to terminate at the end of the
next succeeding extension period, and upon termination of this Schedule,  Lessee
shall return all of the Equipment as provided in the Lease.

                                       -2-

     This Lease (and Equipment Schedule and Master Lease the terms of which
     it  incorporates)  has  been  assigned,  is  subject  to the  security
     interests  of, and is held in trust for the  benefit of Fleet Bank NA,
     as Agent, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a security agreement
     dated  September  28, 1994 and related  documents  (as the same may be
     amended).
<PAGE>
                                BILL OF SALE Lease                   No 7217-001
                            (See Attached Schedule A)

KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS,  that OREGON BAKING  CORPORATION,  DBA MARSEE
BAKING, AN OREGON CORPORATION; having its principal office and place of business
at 2287 NW  PETTYGROVE,  PORTLAND,  OR 97210 (herein,  the "Seller"),  for an in
consideration  of the sum of Ten Dollars  ($10.00)  and other good and  valuable
consideration  received from LINC CAPITAL,  INC. having its principal office and
place of business at 303 East Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601 (herein, the
"Buyer"),  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  has
bargained,  sold,  transferred,  assigned,  set over and conveyed,  and by these
presents  does bargain,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  set over and convey unto the
Buyer, its successors and assigns, the personal property described in Schedule A
attached  hereto (the  "Equipment"),  TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Equipment unto the
Buyer, its successors and assigns, to its and their own use and behalf forever.

Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that Seller is the absolute owner
of the Equipment, that the Equipment is free and clear of all liens, charges and
encumbrances  and that Seller has full right,  power and  authority  to sell the
Equipment and to make this Bill of Sale. Seller hereby represents,  warrants and
covenants to and with Buyer on the date hereof that:  
(1) Seller has full  power,  authority  and legal  right to make and perform its
obligations under this Bill of Sale; and the execution, delivery and performance
thereof  have been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary  actions  on the part of
Seller,  and do not  require  any  approval  or consent  of any equity  interest
holders of Seller or any trustee or holder or any  indebtedness or obligation of
Seller or such required approval and consents have heretofore been duly obtained
by Seller; (2) the execution, delivery and making of this Bill of Sale by Seller
does not contravene any law, governmental rule,  regulation,  order or ordinance
of any  governmental  entity  having  jurisdiction  over  this  matter;  (3) the
execution and delivery of this Bill of Sale does not contravene any provision of
any internal  organizational  instruments  of Seller  including  any  applicable
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, Certificate of Limited Partnership,  and
does not and will not result in any breach of or  constitute a default under any
indenture,  mortgage,  contract,  agreement or  instrument  to which Seller is a
party or by which it or its property is bound;  (4) the obligations set forth in
this Bill of Sale are valid and binding  obligations,  enforceable in accordance
with their terms against Seller, except as such enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditor's rights or
general  principles  of equity;  (5) ALL SALES,  TRANSFER,  FRANCHISE OR SIMILAR
TAXES IMPOSED UPON SELLER IN CONNECTION WITH THE ACQUISITION OF THE EQUIPMENT BY
SELLER  FROM ITS  SUPPLIERS  WILL HAVE BEEN PAID ON THE DATE HEREOF AND ALL SUCH
TAXES DUE WITH RESPECT TO THE  EXECUTION  AND DELIVERY OF THIS BILL OF SALE WILL
BE PAID BY SELLER AND SELLER AGREES TO PROVIDE BUYER WITH EVIDENCE THAT ALL SUCH
SALES  TAXES HAVE BEEN PAID (6) there are no  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of
Seller,  threatened  actions or proceedings  before any court or  administrative
agency  which will  materially  adversely  affect  the  condition,  business  or
operation  of Seller or the ability of Seller to perform its  obligations  under
this Bill of Sale; and (7) Seller will make  appropriate  notations on its books
and records  indicating  the sale of Equipment to Buyer pursuant to this Bill of
Sale.

Seller hereby further covenants with Buyer that: (1) Seller shall pay or obtain,
as the case may be, when due,  all sales,  use,  property or other taxes  (other
than taxes based on the net income of Buyer),  licenses,  tolls,  inspection  or
other  fees,  bonds,  permits or  certificates  now or  hereafter  imposed by or
required to be paid or obtained to or from any  jurisdiction  in connection with
the sale of the Equipment by Seller to Buyer; (2) Seller hereby assigns to Buyer
all warranties and  representations  of the  manufacturer(s) of the Equipment or
suppliers of the Equipment to Seller, to the extent assignable and to the extent
such warranties and representations are not assignable, Seller agrees to enforce
such  representations and warranties for the benefit of Buyer; (3) Seller hereby
covenants  that with  respect  to any item of  Equipment  at the time of sale to
Buyer that is subject to the lien of any third party  claiming  through  Seller,
Seller shall obtain the written  agreement of such third  parties to release all
such said liens;  and (4) Seller hereby  agrees to indemnify  Buyer and protect,
defend and hold it harmless  from and against  any and all loss,  cost,  damage,
injury or expense,  including  without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees
wheresoever  and  howsoever  arising  which  Buyer  may  incur by  reason of any
material  breach by Seller of any of the  representations  by, or obligations of
Seller set forth herein.

<PAGE>

EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN A SEPARATE AGREEMENT OR IN THIS BILL OF SALE
THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES  OR  REPRESENTATIONS  OF ANY KIND OR NATURE,  EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,  CONCERNING THE EQUIPMENT,  ITS CONDITION, ITS FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE,  OR ITS  MERCHANTABILITY.  
Seller,  for itself and its successors and assigns further  covenants and agrees
to do, execute and deliver, or to cause to be done, executed and delivered,  all
such further acts, transfers and assurances, for the better assuring,  conveying
and confirming unto Buyer and its successors and assigns, all and singular,  the
Equipment hereby bargained, sold, assigned,  transferred, set over and conveyed,
as Buyer and its successors and assigns shall request.

This Bill of Sale and the  representations,  warranties,  and  covenants  herein
contained  shall inure to the benefit of Buyer and its  successors  and assigns,
shall be binding upon Seller and its successors,  assigns and  transferees,  and
shall survive the execution and delivery hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller has caused this Bill of Sale to be executed as of May
31, 1998 by its duly authorized officers or representatives.

                                            Accepted in Chicago, IL by:
SELLER:  Oregon Baking Corporation,         BUYER:  LINC CAPITAL, INC.
         dba Marsee Baking                  ------------------------------------

By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil                   By:
   ----------------------                  
Name: Howard Wasserteil                     Name: /s/ William F. DeMans
     --------------------                         ---------------------
Title: Exec VP                              Title: Senior V.P.
      -------------------                         ---------------------

<PAGE>

                                                              Lease No. 7217-001

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       to
                                  BILL OF SALE
                                     between
             Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking, as Seller
                                       and
                           LINC CAPITAL, INC as Buyer


Attached hereto is the Schedule of personal property  constituting the Equipment
which is the subject matter of the Bill of Sale between Seller and Buyer.






SELLER:  Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking


BY:  /s/ Howard Wasserteil

NAME:  Howard Wasserteil

TITLE:  Exec VP


<PAGE>


EQUIPMENT ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE                    LINC CAPITAL, INC.
                                                    303 East Wacker Drive
                                                    Chicago, Illinois 60601
                                                    (312) 946-1000

Master Lease Agreement No 7217 between LINC Capital,  Inc. ("Lessor") and 
OREGON BAKING CORPORATION, DBA MARSEE BAKING ("Lessee") 
Equipment Schedule No. 001

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equipment Description:

The  "Equipment"  consisting of FURNITURE,  FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT as more fully
described on Schedule "A" attached hereto and made a part hereof.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

To Whom it May Concern:

The undersigned,  being a duly authorized officer or agent of the Lessee, hereby
(i) certifies that all of the  above-referenced  equipment (the "Equipment") has
been delivered and inspected,  is of an acceptable  size,  design,  capacity and
manufacture,  is in good  working  order,  repair  and  condition,  and has been
installed to the satisfaction of Lessee;  and (ii)  unconditionally  accepts the
Equipment "AS IS," "WHERE IS," for all purposes of the Lease.

It is understood and agreed by Lessee that LINC Capital, Inc. and its successors
and  assigns  in no way or manner  assumes  any  responsibility,  either  now or
hereafter, for the use, performance,  functioning, maintenance or service of the
Equipment, or for its suitability or adaptability for any particular purpose.

Your  identification  decals will be attached  indicating  your ownership of the
above equipment upon written request made to us.

Acceptance Date as defined in Section 1 of the Lease shall be May 31, 1998.
                                                              -------------

                            Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking
                            Lessee

                            By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                               ----------------------
                            Title:  Exec VP
                                  -------------------

                            Date:  6-16-98
                                  -------------------



<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE A

                              LIST OF RETAIL STORES

OREGON RETAIL STORES                                WASHINGTON RETAIL STORES
- --------------------                                ------------------------

Tanasbourne                                         Crossroads
2711 NW Town Center Dr                              15600 NE 8th Street suite D2
Beaverton, OR 97005                                 Bellevue, WA 98003
Washington County                                   King County

Sherwood                                            10th avenue
16064 SW Tualatin-Sherwood                          10301 NE 10th Avenue
Sherwood, OR 97140-8378                             Bellevue, WA 98004
Washington County                                   King County

Salem                                               Main Street
285 Liberty NE suite 100                            100 108th Avenue NE
Salem, OR 97301                                     Bellevue, WA 98004
Marion County                                       King County

                                                    Issaquah
                                                    755 NW Gilman Blvd bldg G
                                                    Issaquah, WA 98027
                                                    King County

                                                    Factoria
                                                    3900 128th Avenue SE #A-1
                                                    Bellevue, WA 98006
                                                    King County

                                                    Ballard
                                                    2021 NW Market
                                                    Seattle, WA 98107
                                                    King County

                                                    Burien
                                                    15842 First Avenue S #A-107
                                                    Burien, WA 98148
                                                    King County




<PAGE>


OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING
SCHEDULE A (SCHEDULE 001)
                                            TO BE PAID
                                            ----------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Date of       Description of
               Vendor           Inv.#    Invoice       Items purchased     Location-City, County
               ------           -----    -------       ---------------     ---------------------
<S>    <C>                     <C>      <C>          <C>                   <C>    
1      Baumgart Construction   contract 03/12/98         various FFE         Main St, Bellevue, WA
2          Espresso Roma        16318   03/25/98      Espresso machine       Main St, Bellevue, WA
3a        Shelby Williams       21145   03/27/98           chairs            Main St, Bellevue, WA
4a            Tube Art                  03/27/98     remove/dispose sign     Main St, Bellevue, WA
4b            Tube Art         contract 03/27/98           signage           Main St, Bellevue, WA
5            Kalberer's         62029   04/03/98         various FFE        Main St., Bellevue, WA
6a          Charis, Inc.       112707   04/14/98       chairs, tables,      Main St., Bellevue, WA
                                                          umbrellas
15        Merchants Info.      337597   04/14/98           micros           Main St., Bellevue, WA
             Solutions

3b        Shelby Williams       21145   03/27/98        chairs/stools        10th St. Bellevue, WA
7             Baumgart         contract 04/16/98         various FFE         10th St. Bellevue, WA
6b          Chairs, Inc.       112707   04/14/98       chairs, tables,       10th St. Bellevue, WA
                                                          umbrellas

3c        Shelby Williams       21145   03/27/98        chairs/stools           Issaquah, WA
6c          Chairs, Inc.       112707   04/14/98       chairs, tables,          Issaquah, WA
                                                          umbrellas
8a        Baumgart Const.      contract 02/28/98         various FFE           Beaverton, OR
9            Kalberer's         61180   03/17/98         various FFE           Beaverton, OR
10        Bakery Equipment      18798   03/17/98      abor for move of         Beaverton, OR
               Servic                                    Baxter Ove
11        Shelby Williams       21144   03/27/98           chairs              Beaverton, OR
6d          Chairs, Inc.       112707   04/14/98       chairs, tables,         Beaverton, OR
                                                          umbrellas

12            Baumgart         contract 04/15/98         various FFE            Sherwood, OR
12            Baumgart         contract 04/15/98         various FFE            Sherwood, OR

<CAPTION>
                                                           PAID
                                                           ----

                                        Date of       Description of
            Vendor           Inv.#      Invoice       Items purchased            Location
            ------           -----      -------       ---------------            --------
<S>     <C>                <C>         <C>           <C>                    <C>
13       Espresso Roma       16160     02/24/98      Espresso machine          Beaverton, OR
14      Shelby Williams      20187     03/10/98        chairs/stools           Beaverton, OR
8b         Baumgart        contract    03/16/98         various FFE            Beaverton, OR

4b         Tube Art        contract    03/25/98           signage           Main, Bellevue, WA


LESEE  /s/ HJW                                            LESSOR 
       -------                                                   ------

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

                                 Amount        Date Inv.      Bal. Still
               Vendor            of Inv.          Due             Due                     Model             Serial #
               ------            -------       ---------      ----------                  -----             --------
<S>    <C>                      <C>           <C>               <C>               <C>                       <C>

1      Baumgart Construction     42,658.13                      39,282.00
2          Espresso Roma          4,600.00                       4,600.00         3GRP Automatic Mode       116555
3a        Shelby Williams        3,134..25      04/06/98         3,134.25         CE-90
4a            Tube Art              594.04                         547.00
4b            Tube Art           14,632.74                       7,316.36
5            Kalberer's          35,262.20      04/13/98        32,469.80         see attached invoice
6a          Chairs, Inc.          3,171.45    upon receipt       3,171.45
15        Merchants Info.        16,373.20    upon receipt      15,362.00
             Solutions

3b        Shelby Williams         6,362.44      04/06/98         6,362.44         CE-90 & CE-93
7             Baumgart           46,787.00                      46,787.00
6b          Chairs, Inc.            953.04    upon receipt         953.04

3c        Shelby Williams         3,910.06      04/06/98         3,910.06         CE-90 & CE-93
6c          Chairs, Inc.            250.91    upon receipt         250.91

8a        Baumgart Const.         1,764.94      03/19/98         1,764.94
9            Kalberer's          32,896.78                      32,896.78         see attached invoice
10        Bakery Equipment          500.00      04/17/98           500.00
               Servic
11        Shelby Williams           588.49      04/06/98           588.49         CE-90
6d          Chairs, Inc.          1,910.31    upon receipt       1,910.31

12            Baumgart           51,870.00                      51,870.00
12            Baumgart            2,851.00                       2,851.00
                               ------------                   ------------
                                271,070.98


                                            Total to be Paid: 256,527.83

<CAPTION>

                            Amount        OBC        Date of       Amount     Bal. Still
            Vendor          of Inv.       ch#         Check       of check       Due             Model              Serial #
            ------          -------       ---         -----       --------       ---             -----              --------
<S>     <C>                 <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>                      <C>
13       Espresso Roma       5,150.00    22472       04/01/98     5,150.00        0.00     P Automatic Model 85-    116556
14      Shelby Williams       3695.53    22493       04/02/98      3695.53        0.00     CE-90 & CE-93
8b         Baumgart         35,393.00    22348       03/24/98    33,628.06    1,764.94

4b         Tube Art         14,632.74    22468       03/27/98     7,316.38    7,316.36
                                                               ------------

                                                  Paid Total:    49,789.97

                                                  Grand Total   306,317.80


</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-001
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                         COMMENCEMENT DATE June 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 INVOICE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             LOCATION               VENDOR              NO.      PO NO.
  <S>         <C>                                    <C>              <C>                       <C>         <C>

                                                                      Grand Total from Page 1

              Removed & junked both sets of          Bellevue, WA             Tube Art          6-48611
              channel letters

              Installation Man/Eq 22.5 Hrs.          Bellevue, WA             Tube Art          6-48683
              Shop labor 1.5 Hrs


              Re-face sign Man/Eq 1.5 Hrs.           Bellevue, WA             Tube Art          6-48676


              Single rack oven, digital, gas fired   Sherwood, OR         Bakery Equipment      000109247
              Supervisor Services
              Freight

     21       4 Top Metal Slot Frame Tables          Portland, OR           Chairs, Inc.        112722
     90       EMU Chairs Black
     27       Umbrellas
     27       Umbrella Stands
     27       Umbrella Silk Screens
     1        Freight for Umbrellas and Chairs

     3        000184-012                             Sherwood, OR      Merchants Information    338891
              Kit, 2400 FFS, S                                            Solutions, Inc.

     3        400344-001
              Kit, Roll Printer, 2000

     3        400350-001
              Attached Display 1000/2000
     1        400329-001
              Kit, Com Interface Board 2700
     1        400305-002
              Kit, 2400 Crt Controller, FF


Lessee's Initials /s/ HJW                            Lessor's Initials
                  -------                                              -----                            Page 1 of 5
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>

  QUANTITY                 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION                SERIAL NO.           INVOICE      INVOICE       DATE
                                                                                      AMOUNT     BREAKDOWN      PAID     AMOUNT PAID
  <S>          <C>                                              <C>                <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>

                                                                                   $306,317.80

              Removed & junked both sets of channel letters                                          369.00
                                                                                     $369.00                  06/04/98
              Installation Man/Eq 22.5 Hrs.                                                          167.50
              Shop labor 1.5 Hrs                                                                      82.50
                                                                                     $250.00                  06/04/98
              Re-face sign Man/Eq 1.5 Hrs.                                                           100.50
                                                                                     $100.50                  06/04/98

              Single rack oven, digital, gas fired                                                15,370.00
              Supervisor Services                               9801-00981                           500.00
              Freight                                                                                234.00
                                                                                    $16,104.00                06/04/98
     21       4 Top Metal Slot Frame Tables                                                        3,990.00
     90       EMU Chairs Black                                                                     6,750.00
     27       Umbrellas                                                                            2,025.00
     27       Umbrella Stands                                                                        540.00
     27       Umbrella Silk Screens                                                                  945.00
     1        Freight for Umbrellas and Chairs                                                       995.09
                                                                                    $15,245.09
     3        000184-012                                          27680                            5,686.00
              Kit, 2400 FFS, S                                    27688
                                                                  27691
     3        400344-001                                          63678                            1,500.00
              Kit, Roll Printer, 2000                             63685
                                                                  63681
     3        400350-001                                                                             750.00
              Attached Display 1000/2000
     1        400329-001                                          52118                              450.00
              Kit, Com Interface Board 2700
     1        400305-002                                           3837                              750.00
              Kit, 2400 Crt Controller, FF


</TABLE>

<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-001
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                         COMMENCEMENT DATE June 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                 INVOICE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             LOCATION               VENDOR              NO.      PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                    <C>               <C>                      <C>         <C>

     1        400316-001
              Kit, 4000 VDU Keypad
     1        400332-002
              Assy, Monitor, Amber, 14, TTL
     3        40018-013
              Cash Dwr, 12V, Din, Small Profile
     7        PRPR04
              Connector Sets
     1        Freight (P2)
              Freight 2000 Series
     15       PPROGO5
              Programming/Setup/Database
     1        000193-121
              MWS +/PCISN Communicating SFTWR
     1        Pentcomputer
              Pentium 200, 32 MG, 2GIG HD
              Win 95, Keyboard, Mouse
              33.6 Modem
     1        Tape Bkup T300
              3.2 GIG Tape Drive
     1        Monitor
              14" SVGA Monitor
     1        Trippliteups
              Trippliteups UPS Power Backup
              HP 6 Series
              HP 6 Series Laser Printer
     1        Procomm Sftware
              Procomm Sftware
     1        PPROGO5
              Computer Configuration/Set-up
              Discount (P2)
              Micros 2000 Series

     3        000184-012                             Bellevue, WA      Merchants Information    338573
              Kit, 2400 FFS, S                                            Solutions, Inc.


     3        400344-001
              Kit, Roll Printer, 2000


Lessee's Initials /s/ HJW                            Lessor's Initials
                  -------                                              -----                            Page 2 of 5
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 INVOICE       INVOICE        DATE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.               AMOUNT       BREAKDOWN       PAID     AMOUNT PAID
     <S>      <C>                                       <C>                    <C>             <C>            <C>      <C>

     1        400316-001                                                                           250.00
              Kit, 4000 VDU Keypad
     1        400332-002                                                                           165.00
              Assy, Monitor, Amber, 14, TTL
     3        40018-013                                                                            630.00
              Cash Dwr, 12V, Din, Small Profile
     7        PRPR04                                                                               595.00
              Connector Sets
     1        Freight (P2)                                                                         254.50
              Freight 2000 Series
     15       PPROGO5                                                                              975.00
              Programming/Setup/Database
     1        000193-121                                   15872                                 1,800.00
              MWS +/PCISN Communicating SFTWR
     1        Pentcomputer                                OR13550                                2,165.00
              Pentium 200, 32 MG, 2GIG HD
              Win 95, Keyboard, Mouse
              33.6 Modem
     1        Tape Bkup T300
              3.2 GIG Tape Drive
     1        Monitor                                   PA881TC00630
              14" SVGA Monitor
     1        Trippliteups                              SJPHJ035332
              Trippliteups UPS Power Backup
              HP 6 Series
              HP 6 Series Laser Printer
     1        Procomm Sftware
              Procomm Sftware
     1        PPROGO5                                                                              500.00
              Computer Configuration/Set-up
              Discount (P2)                                                                     (1,527.00)
              Micros 2000 Series
                                                                               $14,942.50
     3        000184-012                                   24356                                 5,685.00
              Kit, 2400 FFS, S                             24877
                                                           24618
                                                           61794                                 1,500.00
     3        400344-001                                   61850
              Kit, Roll Printer, 2000                      61801

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-001
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                         COMMENCEMENT DATE June 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              INVOICE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION          LOCATION     VENDOR        NO.        PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                    <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>

     3        400350-001
              Attached Display 1000/2000
     1        400329-001
              kit, Com Interface Board 2700
     1        400305-002
              Kit, 2400 Crt Controller, FF
     1        400316-001
              Kit, 4000 VDU Key Pad
     1        400332-003
              Assy, Monitor, Amber, 14TTL
     3        400018-013
              cash Dwr, 12V, Din, Small Profile
     7        PRPR04
              Site Survey And Preparation
     1        Freight (P2)
              Freight 2000 Series
     45       PPR0G05
              Programming/Setup/Training and Live
              Support
     1        000193-121
              MWS +/ PCISN Communications Sftware
     1        Pentcomputer
              Pentium 200MMX, 32 MG, 2 GIG HD
              Win 95, Keyboard, Mouse
              33.6 Modem
     1        Tape Bkup T3000
              HP Colorado T3000 Tape Drive
     1        Monitor
              14" SVGA Monitor
     1        Trippliteups
              Tripplite UPS Power Backup
     1        HP 6 Series
              HP 6 Series Laser Printer
     1        Procomm Software
              Procomm Software
     1        PPR0G05
              Computer configuration/Setup
     1        Discount (P2)


Lessee's Initials /s/ HJW                            Lessor's Initials
                  -------                                              -----                            Page 3 of 5
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.                INVOICE        INVOICE       DATE
                                                                                  AMOUNT        BREAKDOWN      PAID     AMOUNT PAID
     <S>      <C>                                      <C>                      <C>             <C>            <C>      <C>

     3        400350-001                                                                            750.00
              Attached Display 1000/2000
     1        400329-001                                  23406                                     450.00
              kit, Com Interface Board 2700
     1        400305-002                                   3429                                     750.00
              Kit, 2400 Crt Controller, FF
     1        400316-001                                                                            250.00
              Kit, 4000 VDU Key Pad
     1        400332-003                                                                            165.00
              Assy, Monitor, Amber, 14TTL
     3        400018-013                                                                            630.00
              cash Dwr, 12V, Din, Small Profile
     7        PRPR04                                                                                595.00
              Site Survey And Preparation
     1        Freight (P2)                                                                          254.50
              Freight 2000 Series
     45       PPR0G05                                                                             2,925.00
              Programming/Setup/Training and Live
              Support
     1        000193-121                                  72805                                   1,800.00
              MWS +/ PCISN Communications Sftware
     1        Pentcomputer                               OR13852                                  2,165.00
              Pentium 200MMX, 32 MG, 2 GIG HD
              Win 95, Keyboard, Mouse
              33.6 Modem
     1        Tape Bkup T3000
              HP Colorado T3000 Tape Drive
     1        Monitor                                  CA87CIC00785
              14" SVGA Monitor
     1        Trippliteups
              Tripplite UPS Power Backup
     1        HP 6 Series                              SJPHJ036022
              HP 6 Series Laser Printer
     1        Procomm Software
              Procomm Software
     1        PPR0G05                                                                               500.00
              Computer configuration/Setup
     1        Discount (P2)                                                                      (1,527.00)
                                                                                $16,892.50

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-001
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                         COMMENCEMENT DATE June 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   INVOICE
  QUANTITY             EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION               LOCATION              VENDOR              NO.      PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                       <C>               <C>                     <C>         <C>

     1        Material and Labor                        Bellevue, WA      Baumgart Construction     841
     1        Overhead/Profit

     13       Black Crakle Table Base                   Bellevue, WA            Kalberer           64192
     1        Labor
     1        Labor
     1        5'0" Non Refrigerated Pastry case
     2        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ, 4" DP S/S
     1        Slide Door Merchandiser Black
     1        One Year Labor Warranty
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher W/Booster
     1        Plain White Sign
     4        2Qt. Bain Marie
     1        Freight Contract
     1        Freezer One Door
     1        Compressor Warranty
     1        Labor Warranty, 1Year Service
     3        Tray Rack Flange
     1        Display case (cake deli etc.)
     1        Display case Glass Curve Refrigerator
     1        Breugers case, Refrigerated
     1        Tomatoe King 3/16 Cut
     1        Tomatoe King Blades
     1        Focacia Toaster, Countertop
     1        Scale
     1        Bread slicer 1/2 Slice Chrome
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator
     1        Labor Warranty, 1Year Service
     5        Bain marie 2QT
     2        Cut Pan to 2in" QA
     1        Knock Box for Espresso

     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic Laminate        Sherwood, OR      Northwest Sign Center   11706
              Panel Provided By Client
              Logo in Dimensional PVC With Antique
              White Detail On Plastic Laminate Panel
              Provided by Client
     6        7X15 D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging
              Sign For Area ID


Lessee's Initials /s/ HJW                            Lessor's Initials
                  -------                                              -----                            Page 4 of 5

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
  QUANTITY              EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.              INVOICE       INVOICE       DATE
                                                                                   AMOUNT      BREAKDOWN      PAID       AMOUNT PAID
     <S>      <C>                                         <C>                    <C>             <C>          <C>        <C>

     1        Material and Labor                                                                 3,535.00
     1        Overhead/Profit                                                                      354.00
                                                                                 $3,889.00
     13       Black Crakle Table Base                                                              898.56
     1        Labor                                                                                400.00
     1        Labor                                                                                500.00
     1        5'0" Non Refrigerated Pastry case                                                  3,771.00
     2        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ, 4" DP S/S                                                        13.60
     1        Slide Door Merchandiser Black                                                      1,810.40
     1        One Year Labor Warranty                                                               87.48
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher W/Booster                                                  3,216.78
     1        Plain White Sign
     4        2Qt. Bain Marie                                                                       42.76
     1        Freight Contract
     1        Freezer One Door                                                                   1,659.00
     1        Compressor Warranty                                                                   79.30
     1        Labor Warranty, 1Year Service                                                        128.75
     3        Tray Rack Flange                                                                     183.99
     1        Display case (cake deli etc.)                                                      6,199.25
     1        Display case Glass Curve Refrigerator                                              5,975.00
     1        Breugers case, Refrigerated                                                        4,201.00
     1        Tomatoe King 3/16 Cut                                                                152.50
     1        Tomatoe King Blades                                                                   16.20
     1        Focacia Toaster, Countertop                                                          369.90
     1        Scale                                                                                403.00
     1        Bread slicer1/2slice Chrome                                                        3,731.40
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator                                                          1,106.62
     1        Labor Warranty, 1Year Service                                                        102.60
     5        Bain marie 2QT                                                                        53.45
     2        Cut Pan to 2in" QA                                                                    28.80
     1        Knock Box for Espresso                                                                16.20
                                                                                 $35,147.54
     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic Laminate                                                   900.00
              Panel Provided By Client
     1        Logo in Dimensional PVC With Antique                                                 250.00
              White Detail On Plastic Laminate Panel
              Provided by Client
     6        7X15 D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging
              Sign For Area ID                                                                     200.00


</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-001
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                         COMMENCEMENT DATE June 1, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   INVOICE
  QUANTITY             EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION               LOCATION              VENDOR              NO.      PO NO.
    <S>       <C>                                       <C>               <C>                      <C>        <C>

     2        Door Hours
     2        Door Logos
     2        Installation Of Door Graphics (per hr.)
     2        Design/Layouts/Consultations (per hr.)

     38       Bagel Arcylic Tag D/F                     Bellevue, WA      Northwest Sign Center    11693
     3        12 X 18 Acrylic Order Item Here Sign
     4        8.5 X 11 Chalkboard with Log
     1        Shipping by UPS

     3        Menu Panels with revised coy and          Bellevue, WA      Northwest Sign Center    11692
              Layout
     3        Design/Layout/Consultation
     1        Logo on Dimensional PVC with
              Gold Detail On Plastic
     7        7X15 D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging
              Sign for Area ID

     2        Menu Lettering on Plastic Laminate        Bellevue, WA      Northwest Sign Center    11663
              Panel Provided by Client
     3        Design/Consultation/Layouts
     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic Laminate
     18       Bagel Acrylic Tag
     1        12x12 Acrylic Order Item Here Sign
     1        Price Changes For 1st Month
     1        Shipping by UPS
     1        Shipping by UPS


Lessee's Initials /s/ HJW                            Lessor's Initials
                  -------                                              -----                            Page 5 of 5

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                INVOICE       INVOICE      DATE
  QUANTITY             EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.              AMOUNT      BREAKDOWN     PAID    AMOUNT PAID
  <S>         <C>                                        <C>                   <C>           <C>           <C>     <C>

     2        Door Hours                                                                          90.00
     2        Door Logos                                                                          50.00
     2        Installation Of Door Graphics (per hr.)                                             90.00
     2        Design/Layouts/Consultations (per hr.)                                             150.00
                                                                               $1,730.00
     38       Bagel Arcylic Tag D/F                                                              570.00
     3        12 X 18 Acrylic Order Item Here Sign                                               135.00
     4        8.5 X 11 Chalkboard with Log                                                       180.00
     1        Shipping by UPS                                                                     25.00
                                                                                $910.00
     3        Menu Panels with revised coy and                                                   900.00
              Layout
     3        Design/Layout/Consultation                                                         225.00
     1        Logo on Dimensional PVC with                                                       350.00
              Gold Detail On Plastic
     7        7X15 D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging                                                     210.00
              Sign for Area ID
                                                                               $1,685.00
     2        Menu Lettering on Plastic Laminate                                                 600.00
              Panel Provided by Client
     3        Design/Consultation/Layouts                                                        225.00
     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic Laminate                                                 900.00
     18       Bagel Acrylic Tag                                                                  270.00
     1        12x12 Acrylic Order Item Here Sign                                                  45.00
     1        Price Changes For 1st Month                                                         10.00
     1        Shipping by UPS                                                                     70.00
     1        Shipping by UPS                                                                     30.00
                                                                               $2,150.00



                                                                             -----------
                                                               Grand Total   $415,732.93

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


LINC CAPITAL, INC.                              LINC Capital, Inc.
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE                              303 East Wacker Drive
SCHEDULE NO. 002                                Chicago, Illinois 60601
                                                (312) 946-1000

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equipment Location: 2287 N.W. PETTYGROVE        Master Lease Agreement No.: 7217
                    PORTLAND, OR  97210         --------------------------------
                    (See Attached)              Acceptance Date:  July 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LINC CAPITAL,  INC.  (Lessor)  hereby agrees to lease to the Lessee named below,
and Lessee hereby agrees to lease and rent from Lessor the Equipment  identified
below, for the term and at the rental payments  specified herein, all subject to
the terms and  conditions set forth herein and on the reverse side hereof and in
the referenced  Master Lease  Agreement  except as the same may be varied by the
terms of this Schedule.

================================================================================

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equipment Description:  The Equipment will          Estimated Cost of Equipment:
consist of FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT        $434,577.06
as more fully described on Schedule "A"
attached hereto and made a part hereof.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

================================================================================

TERM AND RENTAL:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commencement Date:         Initial Payment:  $28,640.37      Initial Lease Term:
August 1, 1998             (COVERING FIRST AND               36 months 
                           LAST RENTAL PAYMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Rental Payments*(plus,  if applicable all sales, use or other taxes imposed upon
rental  payments)  shall be made monthly in advance as follows:  $14,320.18  per
rental payment  beginning on the Commencement  Date until THIRTY-SIX (36) rental
payments have been paid in full followed by either (i) a 37th rental  payment of
$43,457.71  or (ii)  provided  that no  Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing  under the Lease in lieu of making the foregoing 37th rental payment,
Lessee may elect,  by written  notice issued to Lessor on or before the due date
of the 34th rental  payment,  to pay a sum equal to $4,345.77 on the due date of
the 37th rental payment and a like rental payment sum on the next 11 consecutive
rental payment dates  respectively and upon such election the Initial Lease Term
shall be deemed to have been extended by 12 months.

*Rental  Payments  are  based  on the  Lease  Rate  Factor  and are  subject  to
adjustment  as  described  in  Paragraph  A  on  the  REVERSE  SIDE  HEREOF.  If
applicable,  all freight, sale sand use taxes, insurance and maintenance expense
paid by Lessor shall be paid by Lessee in accordance with the terms of the Lease
and this Schedule.

================================================================================

PROPERTY  TAXES:  Lessor shall  report all  Equipment  for personal  property or
advalorem tax return  purposes as may be required under  applicable law, and all
resulting taxes shall be paid by Lessee.

================================================================================
<PAGE>

================================================================================

END OF TERM OPTIONS:  At the end of the initial lease term the following options
are granted to Lessee in accordance with the terms described on the reverse side
hereof:  
OPTION TO RENEW the  Initial  Lease  Term at a Rental  equal to the FAIR  RENTAL
VALUE (not less than 1%) renewal each month for a Renewal  Period of Twelve (12)
months.  
OPTION TO PURCHASE not less than all of the  Equipment at the end of the Initial
Lease Term (as described  above  including any extension  thereof) at a Purchase
Option  Price  equal to the then FAIR  MARKET  VALUE  (not less than 10%) of the
Equipment.

================================================================================

ADDITIONAL  TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO THIS  EQUIPMENT  SCHEDULE ARE ON THE REVERSE
SIDE HEREOF.
The  person  executing  this  Lease for and on behalf  of  Lessee  warrants  and
represents,  which warrant and  representation  shall survive the  expiration or
termination  of this Lease,  that this Lease and the  execution  hereof has been
duly  and  validly  authorized  by  Lessee,  constitutes  a  valid  and  binding
obligation of Lessee and that he has authority to make such execution for and on
behalf of Lessee.


Lessee:                                 ACCEPTED AT CHICAGO, ILLINOIS BY LESSOR:
Oregon Baking Corporation,              LINC CAPITAL, INC
dba Marsee Baking
By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil               By: /s/ William F. DeMans
   ----------------------                  ----------------------
Title: Exec VP                          Title: Senior V.P.
      -------------------                     -------------------
Date: 8/10/98                           Date:
     --------------------                     -------------------


     This Lease (and Equipment Schedule and Master Lease the terms of which
     it  incorporates)  has  been  assigned,  is  subject  to the  security
     interests  of, and is held in trust for the  benefit of Fleet Bank NA,
     as Agent, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a security agreement
     dated  September  28, 1994 and related  documents  (as the same may be
     amended).
<PAGE>


                                  BILL OF SALE                 Lease No 7217-001
                            (See Attached Schedule A)

KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS,  that OREGON BAKING  CORPORATION,  DBA MARSEE
BAKING, AN OREGON corporation; having its principal office and place of business
at 2287 NW  PETTYGROVE,  PORTLAND,  OR 97210 (herein,  the "Seller"),  for an in
consideration  of the sum of Ten Dollars  ($10.00)  and other good and  valuable
consideration  received from LINC CAPITAL,  INC. having its principal office and
place of business at 303 East Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601 (herein, the
"Buyer"),  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  has
bargained,  sold,  transferred,  assigned,  set over and conveyed,  and by these
presents  does bargain,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  set over and convey unto the
Buyer, its successors and assigns, the personal property described in Schedule A
attached  hereto (the  "Equipment"),  TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Equipment unto the
Buyer, its successors and assigns, to its and their own use and behalf forever.

Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that Seller is the absolute owner
of the Equipment, that the Equipment is free and clear of all liens, charges and
encumbrances  and that Seller has full right,  power and  authority  to sell the
Equipment and to make this Bill of Sale. Seller hereby represents,  warrants and
covenants to and with Buyer on the date hereof that:  
(1) Seller has full  power,  authority  and legal  right to make and perform its
obligations under this Bill of Sale; and the execution, delivery and performance
thereof  have been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary  actions  on the part of
Seller,  and do not  require  any  approval  or consent  of any equity  interest
holders of Seller or any trustee or holder or any  indebtedness or obligation of
Seller or such required approval and consents have heretofore been duly obtained
by Seller; (2) the execution, delivery and making of this Bill of Sale by Seller
does not contravene any law, governmental rule,  regulation,  order or ordinance
of any  governmental  entity  having  jurisdiction  over  this  matter;  (3) the
execution and delivery of this Bill of Sale does not contravene any provision of
any internal  organizational  instruments  of Seller  including  any  applicable
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, Certificate of Limited Partnership,  and
does not and will not result in any breach of or  constitute a default under any
indenture,  mortgage,  contract,  agreement or  instrument  to which Seller is a
party or by which it or its property is bound;  (4) the obligations set forth in
this Bill of Sale are valid and binding  obligations,  enforceable in accordance
with their terms against Seller, except as such enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditor's rights or
general  principles  of equity;  (5) ALL SALES,  TRANSFER,  FRANCHISE OR SIMILAR
TAXES IMPOSED UPON SELLER IN CONNECTION WITH THE ACQUISITION OF THE EQUIPMENT BY
SELLER  FROM ITS  SUPPLIERS  WILL HAVE BEEN PAID ON THE DATE HEREOF AND ALL SUCH
TAXES DUE WITH RESPECT TO THE  EXECUTION  AND DELIVERY OF THIS BILL OF SALE WILL
BE PAID BY SELLER AND SELLER AGREES TO PROVIDE BUYER WITH EVIDENCE THAT ALL SUCH
SALES  TAXES HAVE BEEN PAID (6) there are no  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of
Seller,  threatened  actions or proceedings  before any court or  administrative
agency  which will  materially  adversely  affect  the  condition,  business  or
operation  of Seller or the ability of Seller to perform its  obligations  under
this Bill of Sale; and (7) Seller will make  appropriate  notations on its books
and records  indicating  the sale of Equipment to Buyer pursuant to this Bill of
Sale.

Seller hereby further covenants with Buyer that: (1) Seller shall pay or obtain,
as the case may be, when due,  all sales,  use,  property or other taxes  (other
than taxes based on the net income of Buyer),  licenses,  tolls,  inspection  or
other  fees,  bonds,  permits or  certificates  now or  hereafter  imposed by or
required to be paid or obtained to or from any  jurisdiction  in connection with
the sale of the Equipment by Seller to Buyer; (2) Seller hereby assigns to Buyer
all warranties and  representations  of the  manufacturer(s) of the Equipment or
suppliers of the Equipment to Seller, to the extent assignable and to the extent
such warranties and representations are not assignable, Seller agrees to enforce
such  representations and warranties for the benefit of Buyer; (3) Seller hereby
covenants  that with  respect  to any item of  Equipment  at the time of sale to
Buyer that is subject to the lien of any third party  claiming  through  Seller,
Seller shall obtain the written  agreement of such third  parties to release all
such said liens;  and (4) Seller hereby  agrees to indemnify  Buyer and protect,
defend and hold it harmless  from and against  any and all loss,  cost,  damage,
injury or expense,  including  without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees
wheresoever  and  howsoever  arising  which  Buyer  may  incur by  reason of any
material  breach by Seller of any of the  representations  by, or obligations of
Seller set forth herein.


<PAGE>

EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN A SEPARATE AGREEMENT OR IN THIS BILL OF SALE
THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES  OR  REPRESENTATIONS  OF ANY KIND OR NATURE,  EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,  CONCERNING THE EQUIPMENT,  ITS CONDITION, ITS FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE,  OR ITS  MERCHANTABILITY.  
Seller,  for itself and its successors and assigns further  covenants and agrees
to do, execute and deliver, or to cause to be done, executed and delivered,  all
such further acts, transfers and assurances, for the better assuring,  conveying
and confirming unto Buyer and its successors and assigns, all and singular,  the
Equipment hereby bargained, sold, assigned,  transferred, set over and conveyed,
as Buyer and its successors and assigns shall request.

This Bill of Sale and the  representations,  warranties,  and  covenants  herein
contained  shall inure to the benefit of Buyer and its  successors  and assigns,
shall be binding upon Seller and its successors,  assigns and  transferees,  and
shall survive the execution and delivery hereof.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Seller has caused  this Bill of Sale to be  executed as of
4/29/98 by its duly authorized officers or representatives.
- -------

                                                Accepted in Chicago, IL by:
SELLER:  Oregon Baking Corporation,             BUYER:  LINC CAPITAL, INC.
         dba Marsee Baking                           William F. DeMans
                                                 --------------------------
By:  /s/ Howard Wasserteil                      By:
   -----------------------
Name:  Howard Wasserteil                        Name: /s/ William F. DeMans
     ---------------------                            ---------------------
Title:  Exec. V.P.                              Title: Senior V.P.
      --------------------                            ---------------------

<PAGE>


                                                               Lease No 7217-002

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       to
                                  BILL OF SALE
                                     between
             Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking, as Seller
                                       and
                           LINC CAPITAL, INC. as Buyer

Attached hereto is the Schedule of personal property  constituting the Equipment
which is the subject matter of the Bill of Sale between Seller and Buyer.














SELLER:  Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking


BY:

NAME:

TITLE:




<PAGE>


EQUIPMENT ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE                LINC Capital, Inc.
                                                303 East Wacker Drive
                                                Chicago, Illinois 60601
                                                (312) 946-1000

Master Lease Agreement No 7217 between LINC Capital,  Inc. ("Lessor") and Oregon
Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking ("Lessee") 
Equipment Schedule No. 002

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equipment Description:

The  "Equipment"  consisting of FURNITURE,  FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT as more fully
described on Schedule "A" attached hereto and made a part hereof.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

To Whom it May Concern:

The undersigned,  being a duly authorized officer or agent of the Lessee, hereby
(i) certifies that all of the  above-referenced  equipment (the "Equipment") has
been delivered and inspected,  is of an acceptable  size,  design,  capacity and
manufacture,  is in good  working  order,  repair  and  condition,  and has been
installed to the satisfaction of Lessee;  and (ii)  unconditionally  accepts the
Equipment "AS IS," "WHERE IS," for all purposes of the Lease.

It is understood and agreed by Lessee that LINC Capital, Inc. and its successors
and  assigns  in no way or manner  assumes  any  responsibility,  either  now or
hereafter, for the use, performance,  functioning, maintenance or service of the
Equipment, or for its suitability or adaptability for any particular purpose.

Your  identification  decals will be attached  indicating  your ownership of the
above equipment upon written request made to us.

Acceptance Date as defined in Section 1 of the Lease shall be July 31, 1998.

                                 Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking
                                 Lessee

                                 By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                     ----------------------

                                 Title:  Exec VP
                                        -------------------

                                 Date:  8/10/98
                                        -------------------


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-002
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE August 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             LOCATION               VENDOR            INVOICE NO.     PO NO.
    <S>       <C>                                    <C>                <C>                     <C>              <C>
     1        Mfg./Install signs, vinyly & logo      Beaverton, OR      Blaze Signs of Amer.    305.1616
     1        Permits & Acquisition
     1        Design Time

     1        Permits & Acquisition                  Sherwood, OR       Blaze Signs of Amer.    305.1655
     1        Removals
     1        Shop Time for letter pattern

     80       Donegal 001 Sand Dunne Grade 8         Portland, Or         Shelby Williams       23101
                                                                             Industries
     5        Donegal 001 Sand Dunne Grade 8
              Transportation

    172       Donegal 001 Sand Dunne Grade 8         Redmond, Wa          Shelby Wsilliams      23096
                                                                             Industries
     18       Donegal 001 Sand Dunne Grade 8
              Transportation

     1        Freezer, One Door                      Bellevue, Wa             Kalberer          64449
     1        Compressor Warranty 5 Yr
     1        One Year Labor Warranty
     3        Tray Rack Flange Support
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher w/Booster
     1        Tomato King 3/16" Cut
     1        Tomato King Blades
     1        Focacia Toaster, Countertop
     1        Scale
     1        Bread Slicer 1/2" Slice Chrome
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator
     1        Warranty Labor, One Year
     9        Bain marle 2Qt.
     2        Cut pan to 2" QA
     1        Knock Box For Espresso
     1        Slide Door for Merchandizer Black
     1        One Year Labor Warranty
     1        Plain White Sign for GDM47
     2        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ, 4 DP S/S
     1        Freight for Bread Slicer Shipped
     1        Freight for true GDM47


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                 Page 1 of 8
                  --------                                            -----
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                               INVOICE          INVOICE       DATE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION          SERIAL NO.                AMOUNT          BREAKDOWN      PAID
    <S>       <C>                                    <C>                     <C>                 <C>          <C>
     1        Mfg./Install signs, vinyly & logo                                                   6,141.00
     1        Permits & Acquisition                                                                 152.00
     1        Design Time                                                     ---------             130.00
                                                                              $6,423.00
     1        Permits & Acquisition                                                                 198.00
     1        Removals                                                                              450.00
     1        Shop Time for letter pattern                                    ---------             250.00
                                                                                $898.00
     80       Donegal 001 Sand Dunne Grade 8                                                      6,240.00
     5        Donegal 001 Sand Dunne Grade 8                                                        650.00
              Transportation                                                  ---------           1,450.68
                                                                              $8,340.68
    172       Donegal 001 Sand Dunne Grade 8                                                     13,416.00
     18       Donegal 001 Sand Dunne Grade 8                                                      2,340.00
              Transportation                                                  ---------           2,866.06
                                                                             $18,622.06
     1        Freezer, One Door                                                                   1,659.00
     1        Compressor Warranty 5 Yr                                                               87.48
     1        One Year Labor Warranty                                                               194.40
     3        Tray Rack Flange Support                                                              203.61
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher w/Booster                                                   3,281.00
     1        Tomato King 3/16" Cut                                                                 153.90
     1        Tomato King Blades                                                                     16.20
     1        Focacia Toaster, Countertop                                                           369.90
     1        Scale                                                                                 403.00
     1        Bread Slicer1/2" Slice Chrome                                                       3,731.40
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator                                                           1,106.62
     1        Warranty Labor, One Year                                                              102.60
     9        Bain marle 2Qt.                                                                        96.21
     2        Cut pan to 2" QA                                                                       28.80
     1        Knock Box For Espresso                                                                 16.20
     1        Slide Door for Merchandizer Black                                                   1,810.40
     1        One Year Labor Warranty                                                                87.48
     1        Plain White Sign for GDM47                                                              0.00
     2        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ, 4 DP S/S                                                          13.60
     1        Freight for Bread Slicer Shipped                                                       65.00
     1        Freight for true GDM47                                         ----------             178.12
                                                                             $13,604.92


</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-002
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE August 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             LOCATION           VENDOR      INVOICE NO.     PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                    <C>                  <C>            <C>           <C>

     1        Slide Door Merchandizer Black Serial   Sherwood, Or         Kalberer       64445
     1        Plain White Sign for GDM47
     1        One Year Labor Warranty
     1        Freight - Contract
     1        Labor

     1        Pastry Case                            Sherwood, Or         Kalberer       64444
     1        Deli Display Case
     1        Breugers Case, Refrigerated
     1        Display case Curved Glass
              refrigerated
     1        Focacia Toaster, Countertop
     1        Bread Slicer,1/2" Slice Chrome
     1        Scale
     1        Knock Box For Espresso
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator
     1        Warranty Labor One Year
     1        Labor
     1        Labor
     1        Tomato King 3/16" Cut
     1        Toamto King Blades
     4        Cut pan to 2" QA
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher w/Booster
     4        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ 4" DP S/S
     9        2Qt Bain Marie
     1        Bain Marie 2Qt.
     1        Freight-Contract

     1        Undercounter Dishwasher w/Booster      Salem, Or            Kalberer       64448
     1        Breugers Case, Refrigerated
     1        5'0" Non refrigerated Pastry Case
     2        Display case (Cake, Deli,Focacia)
     1        Tomato King 3/16" Cut
     1        Tomato King Blades
     1        Focacia Toaster, Countertop
     1        Scale
     1        Bread Slicer 1/2" Bread Chrome
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator
     1        Warranty Labor, 1Year
     9        bain marie 2Qt.


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                 Page 2 of 8
                  --------                                            -----
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION          SERIAL          INVOICE      INVOICE       DATE
                                                       NO.           AMOUNT      BREAKDOWN      PAID
     <S>      <C>                                    <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>

     1        Slide Door Merchandizer Black Serial                                 1,810.40
     1        Plain White Sign for GDM47                                               0.00
     1        One Year Labor Warranty                                                 87.48
     1        Freight - Contract                                                     201.43
     1        Labor                                                 ---------         85.00
                                                                    $2,184.31
     1        Pastry Case                                                          4,204.00
     1        Deli Display Case                                                    6,572.00
     1        Breugers Case, Refrigerated                                          4,201.00
     1        Display case Curved Glass                                            5,975.00
              refrigerated
     1        Focacia Toaster, Countertop                                            369.90
     1        Bread Slicer,1/2" Slice Chrome                                       3,731.40
     1        Scale                                                                  375.52
     1        Knock Box For Espresso                                                  16.20
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator                                            1,106.62
     1        Warranty Labor One Year                                                102.60
     1        Labor                                                                  500.00
     1        Labor                                                                  400.00
     1        Tomato King 3/16" Cut                                                  152.50
     1        Toamto King Blades                                                      16.20
     4        Cut pan to 2" QA                                                        57.60
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher w/Booster                                    3,281.00
     4        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ 4" DP S/S                                           27.20
     9        2Qt Bain Marie                                                         108.90
     1        Bain Marie 2Qt.                                                         12.10
     1        Freight-Contract                                      ---------          0.00
                                                                    31,209.74
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher w/Booster                                    3,281.00
     1        Breugers Case, Refrigerated                                          4,201.00
     1        5'0" Non refrigerated Pastry Case                                    3,771.00
     2        Display case (Cake, Deli,Focacia)                                   12,398.50
     1        Tomato King 3/16" Cut                                                  153.90
     1        Tomato King Blades                                                      16.20
     1        Focacia Toaster, Countertop                                            369.90
     1        Scale                                                                  403.00
     1        Bread Slicer1/2" Bread Chrome                                        3,731.40
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator                                            1,106.62
     1        Warranty Labor, 1Year                                                  102.60
     9        bain marie 2Qt.                                                         96.21

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-002
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE August 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          INVOICE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             LOCATION            VENDOR          NO.          PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                    <C>                 <C>               <C>          <C>

     2        Cut Pan to 2" QA
     1        Knock Box For Espresso
     1        Labor
     1        Labor
     2        Hotel Pan Sixth SZ 4" DP S/S
     1        Slide Door Merchandiser, Black
     1        One Year Warranty
     1        Plain white Sign for GDM47
     1        Freight-Contract

     1        Slide Door merchandiser Black          Portland, Or          Kalberer        64443
     1        One Year Warranty
     1        Freight-Contract
     1        Labor

     1        48" Sandwich Top Unit                  Bellevue, Wa          Kalberer        64439
     1        Freight-Contract
     1        Warranty Compressor
     1        Labor Warranty, 1 Year Service

     13       bain marie 2Qt.                        Bellevue, Wa          Kalberer        64441
     2        Knock Box For Espresso
     4        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ, 4 DP S/S
     4        Cut Pan To 2" QA

     1        3GRP Auto Model 85-16M                 Sherwood, OR        Coffee House      16518-IN
              Freight

     1        SM90 Grinder                           Bellevue, WA        Coffee House      16548-IN
     1        SM90 Grinder
              Freight

     1        SM90 Grinder                           Sherwood, OR        Coffee House      16596-IN
     1        SM90 Grinder
              Freight

     1        SM90 Grinder                           Bellevue, WA        Coffee House      16636-IN
     1        SM90 Grinder
              Freight


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                 Page 3 of 8
                  --------                                            -----

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                              INVOICE        INVOICE        DATE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION          SERIAL NO.                AMOUNT       BREAKDOWN       PAID
    <S>       <C>                                    <C>                     <C>              <C>           <C>

     2        Cut Pan to 2" QA                                                                   28.80
     1        Knock Box For Espresso                                                             16.20
     1        Labor                                                                             500.00
     1        Labor                                                                             400.00
     2        Hotel Pan Sixth SZ 4" DP S/S                                                       13.60
     1        Slide Door Merchandiser, Black                                                  1,810.40
     1        One Year Warranty                                                                  87.48
     1        Plain white Sign for GDM47                                                          0.00
     1        Freight-Contract                                               ----------         178.12
                                                                             $32,665.93
     1        Slide Door merchandiser Black                                                   1,810.40
     1        One Year Warranty                                                                  87.48
     1        Freight-Contract                                                                  201.43
     1        Labor                                                          ----------          80.00
                                                                              $2,179.31
     1        48" Sandwich Top Unit                                                           1,463.83
     1        Freight-Contract                                                                   48.79
     1        Warranty Compressor                                                                69.00
     1        Labor Warranty, 1 Year Service                                 ----------         135.00
                                                                              $1,716.62
     13       bain marie 2Qt.                                                                   138.97
     2        Knock Box For Espresso                                                             32.40
     4        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ, 4 DP S/S                                                      27.20
     4        Cut Pan To 2" QA                                               ----------          57.60
                                                                                $256.17
     1        3GRP Auto Model 85-16M                                                          4,500.00
              Freight                                                        ----------          90.00
                                                                              $4,590.00
     1        SM90 Grinder                                                                      350.00
     1        SM90 Grinder                                                                      350.00
              Freight                                                        ----------          76.00
                                                                                $776.00
     1        SM90 Grinder                                                                      350.00
     1        SM90 Grinder                                                                      350.00
              Freight                                                        ----------          76.00
                                                                                $776.00
     1        SM90 Grinder                                                                      350.00
     1        SM90 Grinder                                                                      350.00
              Freight                                                                            74.00

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-002
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE August 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 INVOICE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION              LOCATION               VENDOR              NO.      PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                     <C>               <C>                      <C>         <C>


     1        3GRP Auto Model 85-16M                  Bellevue, WA           Coffee House        116510-IN
              Freight

     1        3GRP AUTOMATIC MODEL 85-16M             Bellevue, WA           Coffee House        16970-IN
     1        SM 90 Grinder

              Freight

     1        3GRP Automatic Model 85-16M             Bellevue, WA           Coffee House        16975-IN
     1        SM 90 Grinder

              Freight

     1        3GRP Automatic Model 85-16M             Bellevue, WA           Coffee House        16974-IN
     1        SM 90 Grinder

              Freight

     3        Menu Lettering On Plastic Laminate      Sherwood, OR      Northwest Sign Center    11749
              Panel Provided by Client
     1        Logo in Dimensional PVC with Vinyl
              Detail on Plastic Laminate
              Panel Provided by Client
     7        7.75" x 15 D/F Black 6MM PVC Hanging
              Sign For Area ID

     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic               Bellevue, WA      Northwest Sign Center    11762
     1        Logo
     8        7.75 x 15 D/F Black MM


     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic               Bellevue, WA      Northwest Sign Center    11763
     1        Logo
     8        7.75 x 15 D/F Black MM


     1        One Single Face Sign, Routed Alumium    Bellevue, WA             Tube Art          15772


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                 Page 4 of 8
                  --------                                            -----

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                             INVOICE            INVOICE        DATE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.            AMOUNT           BREAKDOWN       PAID
    <S>       <C>                                         <C>               <C>               <C>             
                                                                            ---------
                                                                              $774.00
     1        3GRP Auto Model 85-16M                                                           4,500.00
              Freight                                                       ---------            100.00
                                                                            $4,600.00
     1        3GRP AUTOMATIC MODEL 85-16M                 118256                               4,500.00
     1        SM 90 Grinder                                9728                                  700.00
                                                           9725
              Freight                                                       ---------            190.00
                                                                            $5,390.00
     1        3GRP Automatic Model 85-16M                 118259                               4,500.00
     1        SM 90 Grinder                                9738                                  700.00
                                                           9729
              Freight                                                       ---------            190.00
                                                                            $5,390.00
     1        3GRP Automatic Model 85-16M                 118258                               4,500.00
     1        SM 90 Grinder                                9743                                  700.00
                                                           9742
              Freight                                                       ---------            161.82
                                                                            $5,361.82
     3        Menu Lettering On Plastic Laminate                                                 900.00
              Panel Provided by Client
     1        Logo in Dimensional PVC with Vinyl
              Detail on Plastic Laminate                                                         350.00
              Panel Provided by Client
     7        7.75" x 15 D/F Black 6MM PVC Hanging                                               245.00
              Sign For Area ID                                              ---------
                                                                            $1,495.00
     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic                                                          900.00
     1        Logo                                                                               350.00
     8        7.75 x 15 D/F Black MM                                        ---------            280.00
                                                                            $1,530.00

     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic                                                          900.00
     1        Logo                                                                               350.00
     8        7.75 x 15 D/F Black MM                                        ---------            280.00
                                                                            $1,530.00

     1        One Single Face Sign, Routed Alumium                                            10,450.00

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-002
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE August 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   INVOICE
  QUANTITY             EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION               LOCATION              VENDOR              NO.      PO NO.
    <S>       <C>                                       <C>                 <C>                   <C>         <C>

              Face With Push Thru Copy For North
              Elevation.
              One Single Face Sign, Routed Alumium
              Face With Push Thru Copy For East
              Elevation.

     1        Permit To Install Signage                 Bellevue, WA            Tube Art          9-15772

     1        Manufactured Two Sets of Logos,           Bellevue, WA            Tube Art          6-48581
              1st Surface Vinyl 12" H Logo

     1        Manufactured And Installed One Set        Sherwood, OR            Tube Art          15799
              14 to 41 Channel Letters With Clear
              Faces and Yellow Vinyl Overlay.
              One Double Face Hanging Window
              Display.

     1        Permits To Install Signage                Bellevue, WA            Tube Art          9-15754

     2        13-3/8" x 5' Single Face Tenant Panel     Bellevue, WA            Tube Art          157721
              For Existing Monument Sign.

     1        Casework                                  Bellevue, WA        RBI Construction      90673
              Light fixtures
              Granite Counter Top

     1        Casework                                  Bellevue, WA        RBI Construction      90674
              Light Fixtures
              Granite Counter Top
     1        Deductive Change Order

     1        Change Order #1 F F & E                   Bellevue, WA        RBI Construction      90675
              Casework Revision
     1        Change Order #3 F F & E
              Repair Existing Baking Oven

     1        Single Sided Bread Rack                   Portland, OR          Westwood Mfg.       353-R

     1        Marsee Tables                             Sherwood, OR          Westwood Mfg.       347-R


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                 Page 5 of 8
                  --------                                            -----

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                INVOICE        INVOICE          DATE
  QUANTITY              EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.             AMOUNT       BREAKDOWN         PAID
    <S>       <C>                                         <C>                  <C>              <C>             <C>

              Face With Push Thru Copy For North
              Elevation.
              One Single Face Sign, Routed Alumium
              Face With Push Thru Copy For East
              Elevation.                                                       ----------
                                                                               $10,450.00
     1        Permit To Install Signage                                        ----------          140.00
                                                                                  $140.00
     1        Manufactured Two Sets of Logos,                                                      600.00
              1st Surface Vinyl 12" H Logo                                     ----------
                                                                                  $600.00
     1        Manufactured And Installed One Set                                                 8,091.00
              14 to 41 Channel Letters With Clear
              Faces and Yellow Vinyl Overlay.
              One Double Face Hanging Window
              Display.                                                         ----------
                                                                                $8,091.00
     1        Permits To Install Signage                                       ----------          140.00
                                                                                  $140.00
     2        13-3/8" x 5' Single Face Tenant Panel                                              1,198.00
              For Existing Monument Sign.                                      ----------
                                                                                $1,198.00
     1        Casework                                                                          48,440.00
              Light fixtures                                                                     3,875.00
              Granite Counter Top                                              ----------        3,977.00
                                                                               $56,252.00
     1        Casework                                                                          50,010.00
              Light Fixtures                                                                     5,390.00
              Granite Counter Top                                                                4,643.00
     1        Deductive Change Order                                           ----------       (9,442.00)
                                                                               $50,601.00
     1        Change Order #1 F F & E                                                            4,662.90
              Casework Revision
     1        Change Order #3 F F & E                                                            1,369.36
              Repair Existing Baking Oven                                      ----------
                                                                                $6,032.26
     1        Single Sided Bread Rack                                          ----------        2,275.00
                                                                                $2,275.00
     1        Marsee Tables                                                                      9,592.00

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-002
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE August 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  INVOICE
  QUANTITY             EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION               LOCATION              VENDOR              NO.     PO NO.
    <S>       <C>                                       <C>                     <C>               <C>        <C>

     1        Deposit

     10       Blac Crackle Table Base                   Sherwood, OR            Kalberer          64641
     16       Blac Crackle Table Base
     1        Freight Contract
     10       Black Crackle Table Base
     1        Freight Contract
     6        Black Crackle Table Base
     1        Freight Contract

     1        Freezer, One Door                         Issaquah, OR            Kalberer          63870
     1        Compressor Warranty
     1        Labor Warranty
     3        Tray Rack, Flange
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher w Booster
     1        48" Non refrigerated Pastry Case
     1        Display Case
     1        Display Case Cake refrigerated
     1        Breugers Case Refrigerated
     1        Tomatoe [sic] King 3/16" Cut
     1        Tomatoe [sic] King Blades
     1        Focacia Toaster Countertop
     1        Scale
     1        Bread Slicer 1/2" Slice Chrome
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator
     1        Warranty Labor 1 Year
     5        Bain Marie 2 QT.
     2        Cut pan to 2" OA
     1        Knock Box For Espresso
     9        Black Crackle Table base
     2        Hotel Pan Sixth SZ
     1        Slide Door Merchandiser Black
     1        One Year labor Warranty
     4        Plain White Sign For GDM47
     1        2 QT Bain marie
     1        Labor; Delivery, Install Federal cases
     1        Labor: Delivery, Install, Equipment
     1        Freight For True GDM47
              Freight For Bread Slicer


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                 Page 6 of 8
                  --------                                            -----

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                INVOICE       INVOICE           DATE
  QUANTITY              EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.             AMOUNT      BREAKDOWN          PAID
    <S>       <C>                                         <C>                  <C>            <C>                <C>

     1        Deposit                                                          ---------      (2,398.00)
                                                                               $7,194.00
     10       Blac Crackle Table Base                                                            830.70
     16       Blac Crackle Table Base                                                          1,820.00
     1        Freight Contract                                                                   211.97
     10       Black Crackle Table Base                                                           691.20
     1        Freight Contract                                                                   129.20
     6        Black Crackle Table Base                                                           598.74
     1        Freight Contract                                                 ---------          75.20
                                                                               $4,357.01
     1        Freezer, One Door                                                                1,659.00
     1        Compressor Warranty                                                                 79.31
     1        Labor Warranty                                                                     128.75
     3        Tray Rack, Flange                                                                  183.99
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher w Booster                                                3,281.00
     1        48" Non refrigerated Pastry Case                                                 3,604.49
     1        Display Case                                                                     6,199.25
     1        Display Case Cake refrigerated                                                   5,975.00
     1        Breugers Case Refrigerated                                                       4,201.00
     1        Tomatoe [sic] King 3/16" Cut                                                       152.50
     1        Tomatoe [sic] King Blades                                                           16.20
     1        Focacia Toaster Countertop                                                         369.90
     1        Scale                                                                              403.00
     1        Bread Slicer1/2" Slice Chrome                                                    3,731.40
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator                                                        1,106.62
     1        Warranty Labor 1 Year                                                              102.60
     5        Bain Marie 2 QT.                                                                    53.45
     2        Cut pan to 2" OA                                                                    28.80
     1        Knock Box For Espresso                                                              16.20
     9        Black Crackle Table base                                                           622.08
     2        Hotel Pan Sixth SZ                                                                  13.60
     1        Slide Door Merchandiser Black                                                    1,810.40
     1        One Year labor Warranty                                                             87.48
     4        Plain White Sign For GDM47                                                           0.00
     1        2 QT Bain marie                                                                     42.76
     1        Labor; Delivery, Install Federal cases                                             500.00
     1        Labor: Delivery, Install, Equipment                                                400.00
     1        Freight For True GDM47                                                             178.12
              Freight For Bread Slicer                                                            65.00

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-002
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE August 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              INVOICE
  QUANTITY             EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION               LOCATION            VENDOR           NO.      PO NO.
    <S>       <C>                                       <C>               <C>                <C>         <C>

     1        Freezer, One Door                         Bellevue, OR          Kalberer       63873-A
     1        Compressor warranty 5Year
     1        One year labor Warranty
     3        Tray rack, Flange Support
     1        Under Counter Dishwasher w Booster
     1        Breugers Case refrigerated
     1        5'0" non Refrigerated pastry Case
     2        Display Case (Cake, Deli, Focacia)
     1        Tomatoe [sic] King 3/16" Cut
     1        Tomato King Blades
     1        Focacia Toaster Countertop
     1        Scale
     1        Bread Slicer,1/2" Slice Chrome
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator
     1        warranty Labor 1 Year
     9        Bain Marie 2 QT.
     2        Cut pan to 2" OA
     1        knock box for Esspresso
     1        Labor-Install Federal Cases
     1        Labor-Install Equipment
     2        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ, 4 DP S/S
     1        Freight-For Berkel Slicer Shipped


     1        Baxter Single Oven Rack                   Sherwood, OR      Bakery Equipment
              Freight

              Furniture & Elec. Fixtures                Salem, OR             Baumgart                    864
              Furniture                                 Belleve, WA                                       842
              Furniture                                 Belleve, WA                                       863
              Furniture                                 Belleve, WA                                       841
              Furniture                                 Belleve, WA                                       865


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                 Page 7 of 8
                  --------                                            -----
<PAGE>



                                                                                INVOICE       INVOICE         DATE
  QUANTITY              EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.             AMOUNT      BREAKDOWN        PAID
    <S>       <C>                                         <C>                  <C>           <C>              <C>

                                                                               $35,011.90
     1        Freezer, One Door                                                                1,659.00
     1        Compressor warranty 5Year                                                           87.48
     1        One year labor Warranty                                                            194.40
     3        Tray rack, Flange Support                                                          203.61
     1        Under Counter Dishwasher w Booster                                               3,281.00
     1        Breugers Case refrigerated                                                       4,201.00
     1        5'0" non Refrigerated pastry Case                                                3,771.00
     2        Display Case (Cake, Deli, Focacia)                                              12,398.50
     1        Tomatoe [sic] King 3/16" Cut                                                       153.90
     1        Tomato King Blades                                                                  16.20
     1        Focacia Toaster Countertop                                                         369.90
     1        Scale                                                                              403.00
     1        Bread Slicer,1/2" Slice Chrome                                                   3,731.40
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator                                                        1,106.62
     1        warranty Labor 1 Year                                                              102.60
     9        Bain Marie 2 QT.                                                                    96.21
     2        Cut pan to 2" OA                                                                    28.80
     1        knock box for Esspresso                                                             16.20
     1        Labor-Install Federal Cases                                                        500.00
     1        Labor-Install Equipment                                                            400.00
     2        Hotel Pan, Sixth SZ, 4 DP S/S                                                       13.60
     1        Freight-For Berkel Slicer Shipped                                                   65.00
                                                                               $32,799.42

     1        Baxter Single Oven Rack                                                            350.00
              Freight                                                                             98.85
                                                                                  $448.85
              Furniture & Elec. Fixtures                                                      45,919.00
              Furniture                                                                       16,907.00
              Furniture                                                                        2,674.06
              Furniture                                                                        2,730.00
              Furniture                                                                          443.00
                                                                               $68,673.06



</TABLE>
<PAGE>


 SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-002
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE August 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                         INVOICE
QUANTITY              EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             LOCATION            VENDOR         NO.        PO NO.
<S>                   <C>                               <C>                 <C>            <C>        <C>







QUANTITY              EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.           INVOICE      INVOICE     DATE
                                                                             AMOUNT      BREAKDOWN    PAID
<S>                   <C>                               <C>                 <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                            -----------
                                                              GRAND TOTAL   $434,577.06








Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                 Page 8 of 8
                  --------                                            -----

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

LINC CAPITAL, INC.                          LINC Capital, Inc.
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE                          303 East Wacker Drive
SCHEDULE NO. 003                            Chicago, Illinois 60601
                                            (312) 946-1000

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equipment Location: 2287 N.W. PETTYGROVE    Master Lease Agreement No.: 7217
                    PORTLAND, OR  97210     ------------------------------------
                    (See Attached)          Acceptance Date:  September 30, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LINC CAPITAL,  INC.  (Lessor)  hereby agrees to lease to the Lessee named below,
and Lessee hereby agrees to lease and rent from Lessor the Equipment  identified
below, for the term and at the rental payments  specified herein, all subject to
the terms and  conditions set forth herein and on the reverse side hereof and in
the referenced  Master Lease  Agreement  except as the same may be varied by the
terms of this Schedule.

================================================================================

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equipment Description:  The Equipment will                    Cost of Equipment:
consist of FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT                  $366,493.58
as more fully described on Schedule "A"
attached hereto and made a part hereof.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

================================================================================

TERM AND RENTAL:
- ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
Commencement Date:        Initial Payment:  $24,153.40       Initial Lease Term:
October 1, 199            (COVERING FIRST AND LAST           36 months
                          RENTAL PAYMENTS
- ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------

Rental Payments*(plus,  if applicable all sales, use or other taxes imposed upon
rental  payments)  shall be made monthly in advance as follows:  $12,076.70  per
rental payment  beginning on the Commencement  Date until THIRTY-SIX (36) rental
payments have been paid in full followed by either (i) a 37th rental  payment of
$36,649.36  or (ii)  provided  that no  Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing  under the Lease in lieu of making the foregoing 37th rental payment,
Lessee may elect,  by written  notice issued to Lessor on or before the due date
of the 34th rental  payment,  to pay a sum equal to $3,664.94 on the due date of
the 37th rental payment and a like rental payment sum on the next 11 consecutive
rental payment dates  respectively and upon such election the Initial Lease Term
shall be deemed to have been extended by 12 months.

*Rental  Payments  are  based  on the  Lease  Rate  Factor  and are  subject  to
adjustment  as  described  in  Paragraph  A  on  the  REVERSE  SIDE  HEREOF.  If
applicable,  all freight, sale sand use taxes, insurance and maintenance expense
paid by Lessor shall be paid by Lessee in accordance with the terms of the Lease
and this Schedule.

================================================================================

PROPERTY  TAXES:  Lessor shall  report all  Equipment  for personal  property or
advalorem tax return  purposes as may be required under  applicable law, and all
resulting taxes shall be paid by Lessee.

================================================================================
<PAGE>

================================================================================

END OF TERM OPTIONS:  At the end of the initial lease term the following options
are granted to Lessee in accordance with the terms described on the reverse side
hereof:  
OPTION TO RENEW the  Initial  Lease  Term at a Rental  equal to the FAIR  RENTAL
VALUE (not less than 1%) renewal each month for a Renewal  Period of Twelve (12)
months.  
OPTION TO PURCHASE not less than all of the  Equipment at the end of the Initial
Lease Term (as described  above  including any extension  thereof) at a Purchase
Option  Price  equal to the then FAIR  MARKET  VALUE  (not less than 10%) of the
Equipment.

================================================================================

ADDITIONAL  TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO THIS  EQUIPMENT  SCHEDULE ARE ON THE REVERSE
SIDE HEREOF.
The  person  executing  this  Lease for and on behalf  of  Lessee  warrants  and
represents,  which warrant and  representation  shall survive the  expiration or
termination  of this Lease,  that this Lease and the  execution  hereof has been
duly  and  validly  authorized  by  Lessee,  constitutes  a  valid  and  binding
obligation of Lessee and that he has authority to make such execution for and on
behalf of Lessee.

Lessee:                                 ACCEPTED AT CHICAGO, ILLINOIS BY LESSOR:
Oregon Baking Corporation,              LINC CAPITAL, INC
dba Marsee Baking

By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil               By: /s/ William F. DeMans
   ----------------------                  ----------------------
Title: Exec VP                          Title: Senior V.P.
      -------------------                     -------------------
Date: 9/30/98                           Date:
     --------------------                    --------------------

     This lease (and Equipment Schedule and Master Lease the terms of which
     it  incorporates)  has  been  assigned,  is  subject  to the  security
     interests  of, and is held in trust for the  benefit of Fleet Bank NA,
     as Agent, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a security agreement
     dated  September  28, 1994 and related  documents  (as the same may be
     amended).
<PAGE>

                                                               Lease No 7217-003
                                  BILL OF SALE
                           (See Attached Schedule A)

KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS,  that Oregon Baking  Corporation,  dba Marsee
Baking, an Oregon corporation; having its principal office and place of business
at 2287 NW Pettygrove,  Portland,  OR 97210 (herein,  the "Seller"),  for and in
consideration  of the sum of Ten Dollars  ($10.00)  and other good and  valuable
consideration  received from LINC CAPITAL, INC., having its principal office and
place of business at 303 East Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60601 (herein, the
"Buyer"),  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  has
bargained,  sold,  transferred,  assigned,  set over and conveyed,  and by these
presents  does bargain,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  set over and convey unto the
Buyer, its successors and assigns, the personal property described in Schedule A
attached  hereto (the  "Equipment"),  TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Equipment unto the
Buyer, its successors and assigns, to its and their own use and behalf forever.

Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer that Seller is the absolute owner
of the Equipment, that the Equipment is free and clear of all liens, charges and
encumbrances  and that Seller has full right,  power and  authority  to sell the
Equipment and to make this Bill of Sale. Seller hereby represents,  warrants and
covenants to and with Buyer on the date hereof that:  
(1) Seller has full  power,  authority  and legal  right to make and perform its
obligations under this Bill of Sale; and the execution, delivery and performance
thereof  have been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary  actions  on the part of
Seller,  and do not  require  any  approval  or consent  of any equity  interest
holders of Seller or any trustee or holder of any  indebtedness or obligation of
Seller or such required approval and consents have heretofore been duly obtained
by Seller; (2) the execution, delivery and making of this Bill of Sale by Seller
does not contravene any law, governmental rule,  regulation,  order or ordinance
of any internal  governmental  entity having  jurisdiction over this matter; (3)
the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Bill of Sales  does not  contravene  any
provision of any internal  organizational  instruments  of Seller  including any
applicable  Certificate  of  Incorporation  by  Bylaws,  Certificate  of Limited
Partnership,  and does not and will not result in any breach of or  constitute a
default  under any  indenture,  mortgage,  contract,  agreement or instrument to
which  Seller  is a party or by  which  it or its  property  is  bound;  (4) the
obligations  set forth in this Bill of Sale are valid and  binding  obligations,
enforceable  in  accordance  with their  terms  against  Seller,  except as such
enforceability  may be limited by applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar
laws affecting creditor's rights or general principles of equity; (5) ALL SALES,
TRANSFER,  FRANCHISE OR SIMILAR TAXES IMPOSED UPON SELLER IN CONECTION  WITH THE
ACQUISITION OF THE EQUIPMENT BY SELLER FROM ITS SUPPLEIRS WILL HAVE BEEN PAID ON
THE DATE  HEREOF  AND ALL SUCH  TAXES  DUE WITH  RESPECT  TO THE  EXECUTION  AND
DELIVERY  OF THIS  BILL OF SALE  WILL BE PAID BY  SELLER  AND  SELLER  AGREES TO
PROVIDE BUYER WITH EVIDENCE THAT ALL SUCH SALES TAXES HAVE BEEN PAID;  (6) there
are no pending, or to the knowledge of Seller, threatened actions or proceedings
before any court or administrative agency which will materially adversely affect
the  condition,  business  or  operation  of Seller or the  ability of Seller to
perform  its  obligations  under  this Bill of Sale;  and (7)  Seller  will make
appropriate  notations  on its books  and  records  indicating  that the sale of
Equipment to Buyer pursuant to this Bill of Sale. 

Seller hereby further covenants with Buyer that: (1) Seller shall pay or obtain,
as the case may be, when due,  all sales,  use,  property or other taxes  (other
than taxes based on the net income of Buyer),  licenses,  tolls,  inspection  or
other  fees,  bonds,  permits or  certificates  now or  hereafter  imposed by or
required to be paid or obtained to or from any  jurisdiction  in connection with
the sale of the Equipment by Seller to Buyer; (2) Seller hereby assigns to Buyer
all warranties and  representations  of the  manufacturer(s) of the Equipment or
suppliers of the Equipment to Seller, to the extent assignable and to the extent
such warranties and representations are not assignable, Seller agrees to enforce
such  representations and warranties for the benefit of Buyer; (3) Seller hereby
covenants  that with  respect  to any item of  Equipment  at the time of sale to
Buyer that is subject to the lien of any third party  claiming  through  Seller,
Seller shall obtain the written  agreement of such third  parties to release all
such said liens;  and (4) Seller hereby  agrees to indemnify  Buyer and protect,
defend and hold it harmless  from and against  any and all loss,  cost,  damage,
injury or expense,  including  without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys' fees
wheresoever  and  howsoever  arising  which  Buyer  may  incur by  reason of any
material  breach by Seller or any of the  representations  by, or obligations of
Seller set forth herein.


<PAGE>

EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN A SEPARATE AGREEMENT OR IN THIS BILL OF SALE
THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES  OR  REPRESENTATIONS  OF ANY KIND OR NATURE,  EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,  CONCERNING THE EQUIPMENT,  ITS CONDITION, ITS FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, OR ITS MERCHANTABILITY.
Seller,  for itself and its successors and assigns further  covenants and agrees
to do, execute and deliver, or to cause to be done, executed and delivered,  all
such further acts, transfers and assurances, for the better assuring,  conveying
and confirming unto Buyer and its successors and assigns, all and singular,  the
Equipment hereby bargained, sold, assigned,  transferred, set over and conveyed,
as Buyer and its successors and assigns shall request.

This Bill of Sale and the  representations,  warranties,  and  covenants  herein
contained  shall inure to the benefit of Buyer and its  successors  and assigns,
shall be binding upon Seller and its successors,  assigns and  transferees,  and
shall survive the execution and delivery hereof.

IN WITNESS  HEREOF,  Seller has caused  this Bill of Sale to be  executed  as of
September 30, 1998 by its duly authorized officers or representatives.

                                                Accepted in Chicago, IL by:
SELLER:  Oregon Baking Corporation,             BUYER:  LINC CAPITAL, INC.
         dba Marsee Baking                          /s/ William F. DeMans
                                                 --------------------------
By:  /s/ Howard Wasserteil                      By:
   -----------------------
Name:  Howard Wasserteil                        Name: William F. DeMans
     ---------------------                            ---------------------
Title:  Exec VP                                 Title: Senior VP.
      --------------------                            ---------------------


<PAGE>


                                                               Lease No 7217-003

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       to
                                  BILL OF SALE
                                     between
             Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking, as Seller
                                       and
                           LINC CAPITAL, INC. as Buyer

Attached hereto is the Schedule of personal property  constituting the Equipment
which is the subject matter of the Bill of Sale between Seller and Buyer.














SELLER:  Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking


BY: /s/ Howard Wasserteil

NAME: Howard Wasserteil

TITLE: Exec VP

<PAGE>


EQUIPMENT ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE             LINC CAPITAL, INC.
                                             303 East Wacker Drive
                                             Chicago, Illinois 60601
                                             (312) 946-1000


Master Lease Agreement No 7217 between LINC Capital,  Inc. ("Lessor") and Oregon
Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking ("Lessee") 
Equipment Schedule No. 003

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Equipment Description:

The  "Equipment"  consisting of FURNITURE,  FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT as more fully
described on Schedule "A" attached hereto and made part hereof.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

To Whom it May Concern:

The undersigned,  being a duly authorized officer or agent of the Lessee, hereby
(i) certifies that all of the  above-referenced  equipment (the "Equipment") has
been delivered and inspected,  is of an acceptable  size,  design,  capacity and
manufacture,  is in good  working  order,  repair  and  condition,  and has been
installed to the satisfaction of Lessee;  and (ii)  unconditionally  accepts the
Equipment "AS IS," "WHERE IS," for all purposes of the Lease.

It is understood and agreed by Lessee that LINC Capital, Inc. and its successors
and  assigns  in no way or manner  assumes  any  responsibility,  either  now or
hereafter, for the use, performance,  functioning, maintenance or service of the
Equipment, or for its suitability or adaptability for any particular purpose.

Your  identification  decals will be attached  indicating  your ownership of the
above equipment upon written request made to us.

Acceptance  Date as  defined in Section 1 of the Lease  shall be  September  30,
1998.



                                 Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking
                                 Lessee

                                 By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                     ----------------------

                                 Title: Exec VP
                                        -------------------
                                 Date: 10/1/98
                                       --------------------


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-003
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE October 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               INVOICE
  QUANTITY         EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION          LOCATION         VENDOR         NO.       PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                               <C>               <C>           <C>         <C>

     1        *BG Marsee Install 1              Ballard, WA       Kalberer      3132589
              Installation Marsee Bakery
     1        *BG Marsee Install 1
              Installation Marsee Bakery


     1        Labor-Install Federal Cases       Bellevue, WA      Kalberer      17000510
     1        Labor-Install Equipment




     1        Freezer                            Burien, WA       Kalberer       64450
     1        Compressor Warranty 5 YR
     1        1 YR Labor Warranty
     3        Tray Rack, Flange Support
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher
     1        Tomato King
     1        Tomato King Blades
     1        Focacia Toaster
     1        Scales
     1        Bread Slicer
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator
     1        Warranty
     9        Bain Marie
     2        Cut Pan
     1        Knock Box for Espresso
     2        Hotel Pan
     1        Slide kDoor Merchandiser
     1        Plain White Sign
     1        1YR Warranty
     1        Freight True
     1        Freight for Berkel Slicer



     1        Freezer                           Ballard, WA       Kalberer       64451
     1        Compressor Warranty 5 YR
     1        1 YR Labor Warranty
     3        Tray Rack, Flange Support


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                           1
                  --------                                            -----

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                      INVOICE       INVOICE       DAT
  QUANTITY        EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION        SERIAL NO.              AMOUNT      BREAKDOWN      PAID     AMOUNT PAID
     <S>      <C>                              <C>                    <C>            <C>          <C>      <C>

     1        *BG Marsee Install 1                                                     500.00
              Installation Marsee Bakery
     1        *BG Marsee Install 1                                                     400.00
                                                                    -------------
              Installation Marsee Bakery                                 $900.00


     1        Labor-Install Federal Cases                                              500.00
     1        Labor-Install Equipment                                                  400.00
                                                                    -------------
                                                                         $900.00



     1        Freezer                                                                1,659.00
     1        Compressor Warranty 5 YR                                                  87.48
     1        1 YR Labor Warranty                                                      194.40
     3        Tray Rack, Flange Support                                                203.61
     1        Undercounter Dishwasher                                                3,281.00
     1        Tomato King                                                              153.90
     1        Tomato King Blades                                                        16.20
     1        Focacia Toaster                                                          369.90
     1        Scales                                                                   403.00
     1        Bread Slicer                                                           3,731.40
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator                                              1,106.62
     1        Warranty                                                                 102.60
     9        Bain Marie                                                                96.21
     2        Cut Pan                                                                   28.80
     1        Knock Box for Espresso                                                    16.20
     2        Hotel Pan                                                                 13.60
     1        Slide kDoor Merchandiser                                               1,810.40
     1        Plain White Sign                                                           0.00
     1        1YR Warranty                                                              87.48
     1        Freight True                                                             178.12
     1        Freight for Berkel Slicer                                                 65.00
                                                                    -------------
                                                                      $13,604.92


     1        Freezer                                                                1,659.00
     1        Compressor Warranty 5 YR                                                  87.48
     1        1 YR Labor Warranty                                                      194.40
     3        Tray Rack, Flange Support                                                203.61

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-003
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE October 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    INVOICE
  QUANTITY           EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION            LOCATION         VENDOR         NO.     PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                    <C>              <C>            <C>      <C>

     1        Undercounter Dishwasher
     1        Tomato King
     1        Tomato King Blades
     1        Focacia Toaster
     1        Scales
     1        Bread Slicer
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator
     1        Warranty
     9        Bain Marie
     2        Cut Pan
     1        Knock Box for Espresso
     2        Hotel Pan
     1        Slide kDoor Merchandiser
     1        Plain White Sign
     1        1YR Warranty
     1        Freight True
     1        Freight for Berkel Slicer


     1        Breugers Case Refrigerated             Burien, WA       Kalberer       65383
     1        5'0" Non Refrigerated Pastry Case
     2        Display Cases



     1        Breugers Case Refrigerated             Ballard, WA      Kalberer       65384
     1        5'0" Non Refrigerated Pastry Case
     2        Display Cases



     1        Breugers Case Refrigerated            Bellevue, WA      Kalberer       65385
     1        5'0" Non Refrigerated Pastry Case
     2        Display Cases


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                             2
                  --------                                            -----
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                              INVOICE     INVOICE       DATE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION          SERIAL NO.               AMOUNT     BREAKDOWN      PAID      AMOUNT PAID
     <S>      <C>                                    <C>                     <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>

     1        Undercounter Dishwasher                                                      3,281.00
     1        Tomato King                                                                    153.90
     1        Tomato King Blades                                                              16.20
     1        Focacia Toaster                                                                369.90
     1        Scales                                                                         403.00
     1        Bread Slicer                                                                 3,731.40
     1        Undercounter Refrigerator                                                    1,106.62
     1        Warranty                                                                       102.60
     9        Bain Marie                                                                      96.21
     2        Cut Pan                                                                         28.80
     1        Knock Box for Espresso                                                          16.20
     2        Hotel Pan                                                                       13.60
     1        Slide kDoor Merchandiser                                                     1,810.40
     1        Plain White Sign                                                                 0.00
     1        1YR Warranty                                                                    87.48
     1        Freight True                                                                   178.12
     1        Freight for Berkel Slicer                                                       65.00
                                                                            ------------
                                                                             $13,604.92

     1        Breugers Case Refrigerated                                                   4,201.00
     1        5'0" Non Refrigerated Pastry Case                                            3,771.00
     2        Display Cases                                                                6,199.25
                                                                                           6,199.25
                                                                            ------------
                                                                             $20,370.50

     1        Breugers Case Refrigerated                                                   4,201.00
     1        5'0" Non Refrigerated Pastry Case                                            3,771.00
     2        Display Cases                                                                6.199.25
                                                                                           6.199.25
                                                                            ------------
                                                                             $20,370.50

     1        Breugers Case Refrigerated                                                   4,201.00
     1        5'0" Non Refrigerated Pastry Case                                            3,771.00
     2        Display Cases                                                                6.199.25
                                                                            ------------
                                                                             $20,370.50


</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-003
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE October 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           INVOICE
  QUANTITY          EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION           LOCATION             VENDOR              NO.      PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                 <C>             <C>                    <C>          <C>

     5        4 Top Frunc Tables                                      Chairs, Inc.         112751
     20       Euro Chairs Black
     6        Euro Lower Poles
     4        burgandy/Forest green Sun US
              Umbrella
     4        Umbrella Stands
     4        Silk Screen Umbrellas
     20       Paint Chairs from Natural Black
     1        Shipping of Umbrellas



     1        Automatic Model 85-16M              Issaquah, WA    Coffee House Supply    0017232-IN
              Freight



     1        3GRP Automatic Model 85-16M          Burien, WA     Coffee House Supply    00017265-IN
              Freight



              Casework                             Burien, WA       RBI Construction        90693
              Light Fixtures
              Granite Counter Tops



              Manufactured and Installed:         Bellevue, WA          Tube Art           0-15816
     1        One Single Face Oval Logo Wall
              Sign
     1        One Double Face Window Sign
              Two Single Face Product Signs
     1        One Standard Set Of Door Vinyl
              Quote
              Credit Of Overpayment Of Tax From
              Invoice #0-15754 Revised-108th

     1        One Single Face Logo                  Salem, OR           Tube Art           0-15824
     2        Single Face Product
     2        Double Face Window

Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                     3
                  --------                                            -----
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                         INVOICE      INVOICE        DATE
  QUANTITY          EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION         SERIAL NO.              AMOUNT     BREAKDOWN       PAID      AMOUNT PAID
     <S>      <C>                                 <C>                    <C>          <C>            <C>       <C>

     5        4 Top Frunc Tables                                                         950.00
     20       Euro Chairs Black                                                        1,500.00
     6        Euro Lower Poles                                                            58.80
     4        burgandy/Forest green Sun US                                               431.20
              Umbrella
     4        Umbrella Stands                                                            100.00
     4        Silk Screen Umbrellas                                                      140.00
     20       Paint Chairs from Natural Black                                            300.00
     1        Shipping of Umbrellas                                                       14.00
                                                                       -------------
                                                                          $3,494.00


     1        Automatic Model 85-16M                                                   4,500.00
              Freight                                                                    150.00
                                                                       -------------
                                                                          $4,650.00


     1        3GRP Automatic Model 85-16M                                              4,500.00
              Freight                                                                    150.00
                                                                       -------------
                                                                          $4,650.00


              Casework                                                                45,752.00
              Light Fixtures                                                           5,127.00
              Granite Counter Tops                                                     3,572.00
                                                                       -------------
                                                                         $54,451.00


              Manufactured and Installed:
     1        One Single Face Oval Logo Wall
              Sign
     1        One Double Face Window Sign
              Two Single Face Product Signs
     1        One Standard Set Of Door Vinyl
              Quote                                                                    8,903.00
              Credit Of Overpayment Of Tax From                                       (1,158.76)
                                                                       -------------
              Invoice #0-15754 Revised-108th                              $7,744.24

     1        One Single Face Logo                                                     2,193.00
     2        Single Face Product                                                      2,868.00
     2        Double Face Window                                                       3,618.00

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-003
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE October 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      INVOICE
  QUANTITY             EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION              LOCATION        VENDOR         NO.      PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                       <C>               <C>          <C>        <C>

     2        Vinyl Window Logos
     2        Vinyl Door Logos and one set of
              Store Hours


     1        Set of 10-14"/2'6' Sintra                 Bellevue, WA     Tube Art      0-15825
              non-Illuminated Letters
     1        Double Face
              Window Sign, Flat Faces, Vinyl Copy
     3        Vinyl Logos and 2 sets of Store Hours



     1        Set Channelume Letter                     Issaquah, WA     Tube Art      0-15852
     1        Product signs
     1        Double Face Window Sign
     2        Door Vinyl logos and One Set of Store
              Hours

     1        Set of Reverse Pan Channel Letters        Bellevue, WA     Tube Art      0-15816


     1        Set of reverse pan Channel Letters         Burien, WA      Tube Art      0-15854
     1        Set of product Signs
     1        Door Vinyl Logo and One set of
              Store Hours
     1        Set of Sintra Letters



     1        Set of Reverse Pan Channel Letters         Burien, WA      Tube Art      0-15853
     3        Window Logos and 2 Sets of
              Store Hours
              Added Vinyl "Marsee Baking"
              Clock Face
              Refaced Existing Circular Clock sign
     2        Single Face wall Logo Oval signs
     2        Sets Product Copy EA Panel


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                 4
                  -- -----                                            -----
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                INVOICE      INVOICE       DATE
  QUANTITY             EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION            SERIAL NO.              AMOUNT      BREAKDOWN      PAID     AMOUNT PAID
     <S>      <C>                                       <C>                    <C>             <C>         <C>      <C>

     2        Vinyl Window Logos                                                                 250.00
     2        Vinyl Door Logos and one set of                                                    300.00
              Store Hours
                                                                              ------------
                                                                                $9,229.00

     1        Set of 10-14"/2'6' Sintra                                                        1,698.00
              non-Illuminated Letters
     1        Double Face                                                                      1,269.00
              Window Sign, Flat Faces, Vinyl Copy
     3        Vinyl Logos and 2 sets of Store Hours                                              500.00
                                                                              ------------
                                                                                $3,467.00


     1        Set Channelume Letter                                                            7,669.00
     1        Product signs                                                                    3,050.00
     1        Double Face Window Sign                                                          1,859.00
     2        Door Vinyl logos and One Set of Store                                              300.00
                                                                              ------------
              Hours                                                            $12,878.00

     1        Set of Reverse Pan Channel Letters                                               8,338.00
                                                                              ------------
                                                                                 8,338.00

     1        Set of reverse pan Channel Letters                                               7,936.00
     1        Set of product Signs                                                             3,050.00
     1        Door Vinyl Logo and One set of                                                     200.00
              Store Hours
     1        Set of Sintra Letters                                                            1,857.00
                                                                              ------------
                                                                               $13,043.00


     1        Set of Reverse Pan Channel Letters                                               8,552.00
     3        Window Logos and 2 Sets of                                                         575.00
              Store Hours
              Added Vinyl "Marsee Baking"                                                        125.00
              Clock Face
              Refaced Existing Circular Clock sign                                               973.00
     2        Single Face wall Logo Oval signs                                                 4,622.00
     2        Sets Product Copy EA Panel                                                       5,814.00

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-003
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE October 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 INVOICE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION              LOCATION              VENDOR              NO.     PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                      <C>              <C>                      <C>       <C>

     1        Set Reverse Pan Letters @ 10024.00       Bellevue, WA           Tube Art           158251
              Removed and Painted Non-Illuminated
              Letters @ 382.00
     2        Single Face Product Signs @ 3050.00


              Front Servery, Uppers w/Display          Issaquah, WA     Baumgart Construction      843
              Shelves w/Working Cabinets
              Espresso Screen, Federal case
              Baskets
              Back Servery, Menu Cabinet, Board
              and Frame, Condiment and Trash
              Tables and Steel Bread Rack
              Tile Counter Tops
              Light Fixtures
              Order Charge


              Front Servery, Uppers w/ Display          Burien, WA      Baumgart Construction      847
              Shelves w/ Working Cabinets,
              Espresso Screen, Federal case
              Baskets
              Back Servery, Menu Cabinet, Board
              and Frame, Condiment and Trash
              Tables and Steel Bread Rack
              Title Counter Tops
              Light Fixtures
              Order Charge


     3        Menu lettering on Plasic [sic] Laminate   Issaquah, WA     Northwest Sign Center     11793
              Panel provided by Client
     1        Logo In Dimensional PVC with Gold
              Detail on Plastic Laminate Panel
              Provided by Client


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                          5
                  --------                                            -----

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                     INVOICE        INVOICE        DATE
  QUANTITY             EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION             SERIAL NO.                  AMOUNT        BREAKDOWN       PAID  AMOUNT PAID
     <S>      <C>                                        <C>                         <C>             <C>           <C>   <C>

     1        Set Reverse Pan Letters @ 10024.00                                                     13,456.00
              Removed and Painted Non-Illuminated
              Letters @ 382.00
     2        Single Face Product Signs @ 3050.00
                                                                                  --------------
                                                                                     $13,456.00

              Front Servery, Uppers w/Display                                                        28,470.00
              Shelves w/Working Cabinets
              Espresso Screen, Federal case
              Baskets
              Back Servery, Menu Cabinet, Board                                                      17,696.00
              and Frame, Condiment and Trash
              Tables and Steel Bread Rack                                                             5,184.00
              Tile Counter Tops                                                                       3,919.00
              Light Fixtures                                                                          4,192.00
              Order Charge                                                                           (1,799.00)
                                                                                  --------------
                                                                                     $57,662.00

              Front Servery, Uppers w/ Display                                                       25,092.00
              Shelves w/ Working Cabinets,
              Espresso Screen, Federal case
              Baskets
              Back Servery, Menu Cabinet, Board                                                      12,271.00
              and Frame, Condiment and Trash
              Tables and Steel Bread Rack                                                             6,633.00
              Title Counter Tops                                                                      4,469.00
              Light Fixtures                                                                          4,192.00
              Order Charge                                                                            4,727.00
                                                                                  --------------
                                                                                     $57,384.00

     3        Menu lettering on Plasic [sic] Laminate                                                   900.00
              Panel provided by Client
     1        Logo In Dimensional PVC with Gold                                                         350.00
              Detail on Plastic Laminate Panel
              Provided by Client

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                            MASTER LEASE NO. 7217-003
                      Oregon Baking Corp. dba Marsee Baking
                        COMMENCEMENT DATE October 1, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 INVOICE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION              LOCATION              VENDOR              NO.     PO NO.
     <S>      <C>                                      <C>              <C>                       <C>      <C>

     8        D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging Sign
              for Area ID
     1        Acrylic Panel for Drink Case



     3        Menu lettering on Plasic [sic] Laminate  Issaquah, WA     Northwest Sign Center     11795
              Panel provided by Client
     1        Logo in Dimensional PVC with Gold
              Detail on Plastic Laminate Panel
              Provided by Client
     8        D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging Sign
              for Area ID
     1        Acrylic Panel for Drink Case



     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic Laminate       Ballard, WA      Northwest Sign Center     11794
              Panel Provided by Client
              Logo in Dimensional PVC with Gold
              Detail on Plastic Laminate
     8        D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging Sign
              for Area ID
     1        Acrylic Panel For Drink Case
     1        Black Sandwich Board


Lessee's Initials /s/ HW                             Lessor's Initials                                          6
                  --------                                            -----
<PAGE>



                                                                              INVOICE         INVOICE         DATE
  QUANTITY            EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION           SERIAL NO.               AMOUNT        BREAKDOWN        PAID     AMOUNT PAID
     <S>      <C>                                     <C>                     <C>                  <C>        <C>      <C>

     8        D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging Sign                                                       280.00
              for Area ID
     1        Acrylic Panel for Drink Case                                                          75.00
                                                                           ---------------
                                                                                $1,605.00


     3        Menu lettering on Plasic [sic] Laminate                                              900.00
              Panel provided by Client
     1        Logo in Dimensional PVC with Gold                                                    350.00
              Detail on Plastic Laminate Panel
              Provided by Client
     8        D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging Sign                                                       280.00
              for Area ID
     1        Acrylic Panel for Drink Case                                                          75.00
                                                                           ---------------
                                                                                $1,605.00


     3        Menu Lettering on Plastic Laminate                                                   900.00
              Panel Provided by Client
              Logo in Dimensional PVC with Gold                                                    350.00
              Detail on Plastic Laminate
     8        D/F Black 6mm PVC Hanging Sign                                                       280.00
              for Area ID
     1        Acrylic Panel For Drink Case                                                          75.00
     1        Black Sandwich Board                                                                 450.00
                                                                           ---------------
                                                                                $2,055.00











                                                                           ---------------
                                                         Grand Total          $366,493.58


</TABLE>



NEITHER THIS WARRANT NOR THE SHARES OF STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE  HEREOF HAVE
BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT").  NO
SALE,  TRANSFER  OR OTHER  DISPOSITION  OF THIS  WARRANT  OR SAID  SHARES MAY BE
EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR (ii)
AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER,  REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO THE COMPANY,
THAT SUCH  REGISTRATION  IS NOT  REQUIRED,  EXCEPT THAT NO SUCH OPINION SHALL BE
REQUIRED IF SUCH SALE IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT.

                               WARRANT TO PURCHASE
                 SHARES OF SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
                 ----------------------------------------------

         THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received LINC CAPITAL, INC., is entitled
to subscribe for and purchase  1,500 shares (as adjusted  pursuant to provisions
hereof,  the "SHARES") of the fully paid and nonassessable  SERIES C CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED  STOCK of OREGON  BAKING  CORPORATION,  DBA MARSEE  BAKING,  an Oregon
corporation (the "Company"),  at a price per share of 40.00 (such price and such
other price as shall result from time to time, from adjustments specified herein
is herein referred to as the "WARRANT PRICE") subject to the provisions and upon
the terms and conditions  hereinafter set forth. As used herein,  the "PREFERRED
STOCK"  shall  mean the  Company's  presently  authorized  SERIES C  CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED  STOCK,  and any stock  into or for which  such  SERIES C  CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED  STOCK  may  hereafter  be  converted  or  exchanged  pursuant  to the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company as from time to time  amended as
provided by law and in such  Certificate,  and the term "GRANT  DATE" shall mean
APRIL 17, 1998. THE COMPANY  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT THE CASH  CONSIDERATION  PAID BY
HOLDER FOR THIS WARRANT IS $50.00 FOR INCOME TAX PURPOSES.

         In the event that all of the Preferred  Stock is converted  into Common
Stock,  this Warrant shall be exercisable  solely for such Common Stock, and any
reference  throughout  this Warrant to shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed
to refer to the shares of Common  Stock into  which the  Preferred  Stock may be
converted.

    1. TERM. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable, in
whole or in part, at any time and from time to time and after the Grant Date and
on or prior to the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

    2. METHOD OF EXERCISE; NET ISSUE EXERCISE

       2.1 METHOD OF EXERCISE;  PAYMENT;  ISSUANCE OF NEW WARRANT.  The purchase
rights  represented  by this  Warrant  may be  exercised  by the  holder of this
Warrant,  in whole or in part and from time to time,  by the  surrender  of this
Warrant  (with  the  notice of  exercise  from  attached  hereto as ANNEX A duly
executed)  at the  principal  office of the  Company  and by the  payment to the
Company,  by check, of an amount equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price per
share  multiplied  by the number of Shares then being  purchased.  The holder of
this  Warrant  may  make  any  exercise  of this  Warrant  contingent  upon  the
consummation  of a public  offering  of the  Company's  Common  Stock  under the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").  The person or persons in whose
name(s)  any  certificate(s)  representing  shares of  Preferred  Stock shall be
issuable  upon  exercise  of this  Warrant,  shall be deemed to have  become the
holder(s)  of record  of, and shall be treated  for all  purposes  as the record
holder(s) of, the Shares represented thereby (and such Shares shall be deemed to
have been  issued)  immediately  prior to the close of  business  on the date or
dates upon which this Warrant is exercised.  In the event of any exercise of the
rights  represented  by this  Warrant,  certificate  for the Shares so purchased
shall be  delivered to the holder  hereof as soon as possible  (and in any event
within five days of receipt of such notice) and,

                                       1
<PAGE>

unless  this  Warrant  has  been  fully  exercised  or  expired,  a new  Warrant
representing  the  portion of the  Shares,  if any,  with  respect to which this
Warrant  shall not then have been  exercised  shall also be issued to the holder
hereof as soon as possible (and in any event within such five-day period).

       2.2 NON-CASH EXERCISE.

           (a) In lieu of  payment  in  cash,  the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  may also be  exercised  by a written  notice of exercise in the form of
ANNEX A attached  hereto  specifying  that the holder of this Warrant  wishes to
convert all or any  portion of this  Warrant  (the  "CONVERSION  RIGHT")  into a
number of Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the value of the
Shares  subject to the portion of this Warrant being  exercised  (determined  by
subtracting  the aggregate  Warrant Price for such Shares in effect  immediately
prior to the exercise of the  Conversion  Right from the  aggregate  Fair Market
Value of the Shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of such  portion of this  Warrant
immediately  prior to the  exercise  of the  Conversion  Right)  by (y) the Fair
Market Value of one share of Preferred Stock  immediately  prior to the exercise
of the Conversion Right.

           (b) For purposes of this Section 2.2, the "FAIR MARKET  VALUE" of the
Company's Preferred Stock shall be equal to the number of shares of Common Stock
into which each such share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such
determination  multiplied  by the average of the closing bid and asked prices of
the Company's Common Stock quoted in the Over-The-Counter  Market Summary on the
Nasdaq  National Market or the closing price quoted on any exchange on which the
Common Stock is listed whichever is applicable,  as published in THE WALL STREET
JOURNAL  for the ten  trading  days prior to the date of  determination  of Fair
Market  Value.  If the  Common  Stock is not  traded  Over-The-Counter  or on an
exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be determined jointly and in good faith by
the Company and the holder  hereof upon a review of all factors  relevant to the
value of the  Company  as a going  concern  without  applying  any  minority  or
illiquidity discounts.  If the Company and the holder hereof are unable to agree
upon Fair  Market  Value as  provided  above,  the Fair  Market  Value  shall be
determined  based on the  factors  described  above by an  investment  banker of
national  reputation  selected by the Company and  reasonably  acceptable to the
holder of this Warrant. The fees and expenses of such investment banker shall be
paid by the Company unless the Fair Market Value  determined by such  investment
banker is less than 100% of the Fair Market Value determined by the Company then
the fees and expenses of such investment  banker shall be shared equally between
the Company and the holder hereof.

       2.3 EXERCISE INTO COMMON STOCK. Upon any exercise of this warrant, at the
election of the holder,  this Warrant may be exercised into the number of shares
of Common  Stock into  which the Shares  issuable  upon such  exercise  are then
convertible.

       2.4  AUTOMATIC  EXERCISE.  To the extent this  Warrant is not  previously
exercised, and if the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock subject to
this  warrant is greater  than the Warrant  price then in effect,  this  Warrant
shall be deemed  automatically  exercised pursuant to Section 2.2 above (even if
not  surrendered)  immediately  before  its  expiration.  For  purposes  of such
automatic  exercise,  the fair market value of the  Company's  Common Stock upon
such  expiration  shall be determined  pursuant to Section 2.2(b) above.  To the
extent this  Warrant or any portion  thereof is deemed  automatically  exercised
pursuant  to this  Section,  the Company  agrees to  promptly  notify the holder
hereof of the  number of  Shares,  if any,  the  holder  hereof is to receive by
reason of such automatic exercise.

                                       2
<PAGE>

       3. STOCK FULLY PAID; RESERVATION OF SHARES. All Shares that may be issued
upon the  exercise of the rights  represented  by this  Warrant and Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock will, upon issuance,  be validly
issued,  fully paid and nonassessable,  issued in compliance with all applicable
federal and state  securities  laws, and free from all taxes,  liens and charges
with  respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within which the rights
represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have
authorized  and  reserved  for the  purpose of  issuance  upon  exercise  of the
purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant,  a sufficient number of shares of its
Preferred Stock (and Common Stock issuable upon  conversion  thereof) to provide
for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant.

       4. ADJUSTMENT OF WARRANT PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES. The number of Shares
purchasable  upon the  exercise of this  Warrant and the Warrant  Price shall be
subject to adjustment  from time to time upon the occurrence of certain  events,
as follows:

           (a) RECLASSIFICATION OR MERGER, ETC. In case of any reclassification,
change or conversion  of securities of the class  issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or
from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination),
or in case of any  consolidation  or merger of the Company  with or into another
corporation or entity (other than a merger with another corporation or entity in
which the Company is the surviving  corporation and which does not result in any
reclassification  or change of outstanding  securities issuable upon exercise of
this Warrant),  or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company, the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the
case may be, shall execute a new Warrant (in form and substance  satisfactory to
the holder of this Warrant) providing that the holder of this Warrant shall have
the right to exercise  such new Warrant  and upon such  exercise to receive,  in
lieu of each share of Preferred Stock theretofore issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other  securities,  money and
property receivable upon such reclassification,  change, consolidation,  sale of
all or  substantially  all of the Company's  assets or merger by a holder of one
share of Preferred  Stock.  Such new Warrant shall provide for adjustments  that
shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments  provided
for in this Section 4. The provisions of this section (a) shall  similarly apply
to successive  reclassifications,  changes,  consolidations,  mergers,  sales of
assets and transfers.

           (b) SUBDIVISIONS OR COMBINATION OF SHARES;  STOCK  DIVIDENDS.  In the
event that the Company  shall at any time  subdivide the  outstanding  shares of
Preferred  Stock, or shall issue a stock dividend on its  outstanding  shares of
Preferred  Stock,  the number of Shares  issuable  upon exercise of this Warrant
immediately   prior  to  the   issuance   of  such  stock   dividend   shall  be
proportionately  increased,  and the  Warrant  Price  shall  be  proportionately
decreased,  and in the event  that the  Company  shall at any time  combine  the
outstanding  shares of  Preferred  stock,  the  number of Shares  issuable  upon
exercise  of this  Warrant  immediately  prior  to  such  combination  shall  be
proportionately  decreased,  and the  Warrant  Price  shall  be  proportionately
increased,  effective at the close of business on the date of such  subdivision,
stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

           (c)  NO  IMPAIRMENT.  The  Company  will  not,  by  amendment  of its
Certificate of  Incorporation or through any  reorganization,  recapitalization,
transfer  of  assets,  consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue  or  sale of
securities or any other voluntary action,  avoid or seek to avoid the observance
or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed  hereunder by the
Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the  provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be

                                       3
<PAGE>

necessary  or  appropriate  in order to protect  the right of the holder of this
Warrant against impairment.


           (d) NOTICE OF RECORD DATE. In case at any time:

               (i) the Company  shall  declare any dividend  upon its  Preferred
Stock or Common Stock payable in cash or stock or make any other distribution to
the holders of its Preferred Stock or its Common Stock;

               (ii) the  Company  shall offer for  subscription  PRO RATA to the
holders of its Preferred Stock or Common Stock any additional shares of stock of
any class, or other rights;

               (iii)   there   shall   be   any   capital    reorganization   or
reclassification  of the capital  stock of the Company,  or a  consolidation  or
merger of the Company with or into,  or a sale of all or  substantially  all its
assets to another  entity or  entities;  or

               (iv)  there  shall be a  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,
liquidation  or  winding  up of the  Company;  then,  in any one or more of said
cases, the Company shall give, by first class mail, postage prepaid, or by telex
or  telecopier,  addressed  to the holder of this Warrant at the address of such
holder  as shown on the  books of the  Corporation  (A) at least 30 days'  prior
written  notice of the date on which the books of the  Company  shall close or a
record shall be taken for such dividend,  distribution or subscription rights or
for  determining  rights  to  vote  in  respect  of  any  such   reorganization,
reclassification,  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  dissolution,  liquidation  or
winding  up, and (B) in the case of any such  reorganization,  reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case
may be.

    5.  NOTICE OF  ADJUSTMENTS.  Whenever  the  Warrant  Price shall be adjusted
pursuant to the  provisions  hereof,  the Company  shall within ten (10) days of
such adjustment  deliver a certificate  signed by its chief financial  office to
the holder of this  Warrant  setting  forth,  in  reasonable  detail,  the event
requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such
adjustment was calculated, and the Warrant Price then in effect.

    6. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares of Preferred Stock will be issued
in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares
the Company  shall make a cash  payment  therefor  upon the basis of the Warrant
Price then in effect.

    7.  COMPLIANCE  WITH  SECURITIES  ACT;  DISPOSITION  OF WARRANT OR SHARES OF
PREFERRED STOCK.

           (a) COMPLIANCE WITH  SECURITIES  ACT. The holder of this Warrant,  by
acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant, the shares of Preferred Stock to be
issued upon exercise hereof and the Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of
such Preferred Stock are being acquired for investment and that such holder will

                                       4
<PAGE>

not offer,  sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any shares of Preferred
Stock to be issued upon exercise  hereof (or Common Stock issued upon conversion
of the Preferred  Stock) except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. This Warrant and all shares of Preferred Stock issued upon
exercise of this Warrant (unless  registered  under the Act) shall be stamped or
imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

         THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
         AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"). NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITH OUT
         (I) AN  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATED  THERETO OR (II) AN
         OPINION OF  COUNSEL  FOR THE  HOLDER,  REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO THE
         COMPANY,  THAT SUCH  REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED,  EXCEPT THAT NO SUCH
         OPINION  SHALL  BE  REQUIRED  IF SUCH  SALE  IS  PURSUANT  TO RULE  144
         PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT.

           (b)  DISPOSITION  OF WARRANT AND SHARES.  With  respect to any offer,
sale or other  disposition  of this  warrant  or any shares of  Preferred  Stock
acquired  pursuant to the  exercise of this Warrant (or Common Stock issued upon
conversion of such Preferred  Stock) prior to registration  of such shares,  the
holder hereof and each subsequent  holder of this Warrant agrees to give written
notice to the Company  prior  thereto,  describing  briefly the manner  thereof,
together  with a  written  opinion  of  such  holder's  counsel,  if  reasonably
requested  by the  Company,  to the  effect  that  such  offer,  sale  or  other
disposition may be effected without registration or qualification (under the Act
as then in effect) of this Warrant or such shares of  Preferred  stock or Common
Stock and indicating  whether or not under the Act certificates for this Warrant
or such  shares  of  Preferred  Stock or  Common  Stock to be sold or  otherwise
disposed of require any  restrictive  legend as to  applicable  restrictions  on
transferability  in order to insure  compliance  with the Act. Each  certificate
representing  this Warrant or the shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock thus
transferred  (except a transfer  pursuant to Rule 144) shall bear a legend as to
the applicable  restrictions on  transferability  in order to insure  compliance
with the Act,  unless in the aforesaid  opinion of counsel for the holder,  such
legend is not  required  in order to  insure  compliance  with the Act.  Nothing
herein shall  restrict the transfer of this Warrant or any portion hereof by the
initial  holder  hereof or any partner of any  affiliate of such holder,  to any
partnership  affiliated  with  such  holder,  or to  any  partner  of  any  such
partnership,  provided such transfer may be made in compliance  with  applicable
federal  and  state  securities  laws.  The  Company  may  issue  stop  transfer
instructions   to  its  transfer   agent  in   connection   with  the  foregoing
restrictions.

    8. RIGHTS AS  SHAREHOLDERS.  No holder of this  Warrant,  as such,  shall be
entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Preferred Stock
or any other  securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the
exercise  thereof  for any  purpose,  nor  shall  anything  contained  herein be
construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant,  as such, any of the rights
of a  stockholder  of the  Company  or any  right  to vote for the  election  of
directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof or
to receive  dividends or  subscription  rights or  otherwise  until this Warrant
shall have been exercised and the Shares  purchasable  upon the exercise  hereof
shall have become  deliverable,  as provided  herein;  PROVIDED THAT the Company
shall deliver to the holder hereof prior written  notice of any of the foregoing
in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(d) above.

    9. ISSUANCE TAX. The issuance of certificates  for shares of Preferred Stock
upon exercise of this Warrant shall be made without  charge to the holder hereof
for any issuance tax in respect  hereof,  provided that the Company shall not be
required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved
in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the

                                       5
<PAGE>

holder of this Warrant.

    10.  MODIFICATION  AND WAIVER.  This Warrant and any provision hereof may be
changed,  waived,  discharged  or  terminated  only by an  instrument in writing
signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

    11. NOTICES. Any notice,  request or other document required or permitted to
be given or delivered to the holder or the Company shall be delivered,  or shall
be sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid,  to such holder at its
address as shown on the books of the  Company or to the  Company at the  address
indicated therefore on the signature page of this Warrant.

    12.  BINDING  EFFECT ON  SUCCESSORS.  This Warrant shall be binding upon any
corporation  succeeding the Company by merger,  consolidation  or acquisition of
all or substantially all of the Company's assets,  and all of the obligations of
the Company  relating to the Preferred  Stock issuable upon the exercise of this
Warrant  shall survive the exercise and  termination  of this Warrant and all of
the  covenants  and  agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the
successors  and assigns of the holder  hereof.  The Company will, at the time of
the exercise of this  Warrant,  in whole or in part,  upon request of the holder
hereof  but at the  Companys  expense,  acknowledge  in writing  its  continuing
obligation  to the holder  hereof in respect of any rights  (including,  without
limitation,  any right to registration  of the shares of Registrable  Shares) to
which the holder  hereof shall  continue to be entitled  after such  exercise in
accordance with this Warrant;  PROVIDED THAT the failure of the holder hereof to
make any such request shall not affect the continuing  obligation of the Company
to the holder hereof in respect of such rights.

    13. LOST WARRANTS OR STOCK CERTIFICATES. The Company covenants to the holder
hereof that upon receipt of evidence  reasonably  satisfactory to the Company of
the  loss,  theft,  destruction,  or  mutilation  of this  Warrant  or any stock
certificate  and,  in the case of any such  loss,  theft  or  destruction,  upon
receipt of an indemnity  reasonably  satisfactory to the Company, or in the case
of any such mutilation upon surrender and  cancellation of such Warrant or stock
certificate,  the  Company  will  make  and  deliver  a  new  Warrant  or  stock
certificate,  or like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated
Warrant or stock certificate.

    14. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS. The descriptive headings of the several paragraphs
of this Warrant are inserted for  convenience  only and do not constitute a part
of this Warrant.

    15.  GOVERNING  LAW.  THIS  WARRANT  SHALL  BE  CONSTRUED  AND  ENFORCED  IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

                          OREGON BAKING CORPORATION, DBA MARSEE BAKING
                               (the "Company")

                               By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                   ---------------------------
                               Its: Exec. V.P.
                                    --------------------------


Date:
     --------------------------


<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX A

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE
                               ------------------


To:

         [1. The undersigned  hereby elects to purchase 1,500 shares of Series C
Convertible  Preferred  Stock of OREGON  BAKING  CORPORATION,  DBA MARSEE BAKING
pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrants,  and tenders herewith payment of
the purchase price of such shares in full.]

         [1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase 1,500] shares of Series C
Convertible  Preferred  Stock of OREGON  BAKING  CORPORATION,  DBA MARSEE BAKING
pursuant to an non-cash  conversion of the Warrant as provided in Section 2.2 of
the Warrant.*]

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other name or names as are specified
below:


                                          (Name)

                                          (Address)

         3. The  undersigned  represents  that the  aforesaid  shares  are being
acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for investment and not with a view
to, or for resale in  connection  with,  the  distribution  thereof and that the
undersigned has no present intention of distributing such shares.


                                          --------------------------
                                          (Signature)


- ---------------------
(Date)


- -------------------------------
         * Alternative for non-cash exercise pursuant to Section 2.2



                                       7
<PAGE>


                           WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                           --------------------------
              (FOR SHARES OF SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK)

         THIS WARRANT PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT") is made and entered
into as of APRIL 17, 1998 by and between OREGON BAKING  CORPORATION,  DBA MARSEE
BAKING,  AN OREGON]  corporation  (the  "COMPANY"),  and LINC  CAPITAL  INC.,  a
Delaware corporation (the "PURCHASER").

         The Company desires to sell, and the Purchaser  desires to purchase,  a
warrant to purchase 1,500 shares of the Company's SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
STOCK, par value $40.00 per share (the "PREFERRED  STOCK"), at a price per share
of  $40.00  in the form  attached  hereto  as  EXHIBIT  A and on the  terms  and
conditions set forth herein (the  "WARRANT") for an aggregate  purchase price of
$50.00 (the "PURCHASE PRICE").

         This  agreement is being  entered into by the Company and the Purchaser
in connection  with that certain  EQUIPMENT NOTE LOAN AND SECURITY  AGREEMENT OR
MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT between OREGON BAKING CORPORATION, DBA MARSEE BAKING (the
"Obligor") and Purchaser, (the "FINANCING ARRANGEMENT".

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises  contained
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. PURCHASE OF THE WARRANT.

            (a)  Subject  to the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the
Purchaser agrees to purchase the Warrant from the Company and the Company agrees
to sell and issue the Warrant to the  Purchaser  for the Purchase  Price for the
Warrant.

            (b) The  purchase  and sale of the  Warrant  shall take place at the
offices of the Purchaser, at 303 E. Wacker Drive, Suite 1000, Chicago,  Illinois
60601,  or at such other place as the Company and the Purchaser  shall agree, in
conjunction  with the closing (the "CLOSING") of the Financing  Arrangement with
the  Obligor.  The  Company  acknowledges  that  the  Purchaser  shall  have  no
obligation to extend any financial  accommodations  to the Obligor in accordance
with the terms of the  Financing  Arrangement  unless and until the  Company has
executed and delivered  this  Agreement and the Warrant to the  Purchaser.  Upon
execution by the Company and delivery of this  Agreement to the  Purchaser,  the
Company  shall  deliver the Warrant to the  Purchaser,  against  delivery to the
Company of a check in the amount of the Purchase Price.

         2. ACCESS TO INFORMATION.  The Purchaser  acknowledges  that it has had
access  to  all  material  information  concerning  the  Company  which  it  has
requested.  The Purchaser also  acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to,
and has to its satisfaction, questioned the officers of the Company with respect
to its investment hereunder.

         3. REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASER.  The  Purchaser represents that it
understands  that the  Warrant,  the shares of  Preferred  Stock  issuable  upon
exercise thereof (the "WARRANT  SHARES") and the shares of Common Stock issuable
upon  conversion of the Warrant Shares are  speculative  investments  that it is
aware of the Company's business affairs and financial  condition and that it has
acquired  sufficient  information  about the  Company to reach an  informed  and
knowledgeable  decision to acquire  sufficient  information about the Company to

                                       8
<PAGE>

reach an  informed  and  knowledgeable  decision  to acquire  the  Warrant.  The
Purchaser is purchasing  the Warrant and any Warrant Shares issued upon exercise
thereof for  investment  for its own account only and not with a view to, or for
resale in  connection  with,  any  "distribution"  thereof in  violation  of the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the  "SECURITIES  ACT"),  or any applicable
state securities laws. The Purchaser further represents that is understands that
the Warrant and Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act
or applicable state securities laws b reason of specific  exemptions  therefrom,
which exemptions  depend upon,  among other things,  the bona fide nature of the
Purchaser's  investment  intent as expressed herein.  The Purchaser  understands
that the Warrant and any Warrant Shares  purchased upon exercise thereof must be
held indefinitely  unless such securities are subsequently  registered under the
Securities Act and all applicable  state  securities  laws and regulations or an
exemption from such  registration or  qualification  is available,  and that the
Company is under no obligation to register or qualify such securities  except as
set  forth  in the  any  Registration  Agreement  described  on  Schedule  A, if
applicable. The Purchaser is an "accredited investor" as defined in Regulation D
promulgated under the Securities Act. The Purchaser's corporate headquarters and
principal place of business is located in the State of Illinois.

         4. LEGENDS.  The  Purchaser  acknowledges  and  understands  that   the
instrument  evidencing the Warrant and any  certificates  evidencing the Warrant
Shares (and any Common Stock  issuable upon  conversion  thereof) shall bear the
legends as specified in the Warrant (and any other legends  required under state
or federal securities laws in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company).

         5. CONDITIONS  OF  THE  PURCHASER'S  OBLIGATION  AT  THE  CLOSING.  The
obligation  of the  Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Warrant at the Closing
is subject to the  satisfaction  as of the Closing of the  following  conditions
unless any such conditions have been waived by the Purchaser:

            (a)  FINANCING.  The  Financing  shall  have  been  committed  to by
Purchaser  or  consummated  simultaneously  with  the  purchase  and sale of the
Warrant on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Purchaser.

            (b) REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES;  COVENANTS.  The representations
and  warranties  contained  in Section 6 hereof shall be true and correct in all
respects at and as of the  Closing as though then made,  except to the extent of
changes  caused  by the  transactions  expressly  contemplated  herein,  and the
Company shall have performed in all respects all of the covenants required to be
performed by it hereunder prior to the Closing.

            (c)  SECURITIES  LAW  COMPLIANCE.  The  Company  shall have made all
filings under all filings under all applicable federal and state securities laws
necessary to consummate  the issuance of the Warrant  pursuant to this Agreement
in compliance with such laws.

            (d)  OPINION OF THE  COMPANY'S  COUNSEL.  The  Purchaser  shall have
received from legal counsel for the Company  (which  counsel shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Purchaser),  an opinion in connection with the issuance of the
Warrant and the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  thereby,  which
shall be addressed to the  Purchaser,  dated the date of the Closing and in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser.

            (e) CLOSING  DOCUMENTS.  The  Company  shall have  delivered  to the
Purchaser all of the following documents:

                                       9
<PAGE>

          (i) an Officer's Certificate,  dated the date of the Closing,  stating
that the conditions specified in this Section 5 have been fully satisfied;

          (ii) certified copies of the resolution duly adopted by the Company's
board of directors  authorizing the execution,  delivery and performance of this
Agreement and each of the other agreements contemplated hereby, the issuance and
sale of the Warrant,  the  reservation  of the Warrant  Shares for issuance upon
exercise of the Warrant,  the reservation of shares of Common Stock for issuance
upon  conversion  of the  Warrant  Shares  and  the  consummation  of all  other
transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

          (iii) certified  copies of the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation
and bylaws (and  fully-executed  copies of any  amendments to any Stock Purchase
Agreements,  if applicable,  and amendments to any  Stockholders  Agreement,  if
applicable) each as in effect at the Closing;

          (iv) copies of all third party and  governmental  consents,  approvals
and filings  required in connection with the  consummation  of the  transactions
hereunder (including,  without limitation,  all blue sky law filings and waivers
of all preemptive rights and rights of first refusal); and

          (v) such other documents relating to the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement as the Purchaser or its special counsel may reasonably request.

            (f)  PROCEEDINGS.  All  corporate  and  other  proceedings  taken or
required  to be  taken  by the  Company  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  to the  consummated  at or  prior to the  Closing  and all
documents  incident  thereto  shall  be  reasonably  satisfactory  in  form  and
substance to the Purchaser and its special counsel.

            (g) AMENDMENTS TO STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENTS.  If  applicable,  the
Company, the Purchaser and any original investors in the Company who are parties
to any Stock Purchase Agreements (whose consent or approval is required prior to
the  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement  or the issuance of the Warrant
contemplated  hereunder) shall have entered into an amendment to each such Stock
Purchase Agreement in form and substance  acceptable to the Purchaser,  and such
Amendment shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing.

            (h)  AMENDMENTS  TO  STOCKHOLDERS  AGREEMENT.  If  applicable,   the
Company, the Purchaser and any original holders of Shares in the Company who are
parties to any  Stockholder  Agreements  (whose  consent or approval is required
prior to the  execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement or the issuance of the
Warrant  contemplated  hereunder)  shall have  entered into an amendment to each
such  Stockholder  Agreement in form and substance  acceptable to the Purchaser,
and such Amendment shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing.

         6. REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  OF  THE  COMPANY.  As a   material
inducement  to the  Purchaser  to enter into this  Agreement  and  purchase  the
Warrants hereunder, the Company hereby represents and warrants that:

            (a)  ORGANIZATION,  CORPORATE  POWER AND LICENSES.  The Company is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of Oregon] and is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in
which the  failure to do qualify has had or would be  reasonably  be expected to

                                       10
<PAGE>

have a material adverse effect on the financial  condition,  operating  results,
assets,  operations  or business  prospects of the Company and its  subsidiaries
taken as a whole.  The  Company  possesses  all  requisite  corporate  power and
authority and all material licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to own
and operate its  properties,  to carry on its  businesses  as now  conducted and
presently   proposed  to  be  conducted  and  to  carry  out  the   transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.  The copies of the [Stock Purchase Agreement and
the Stockholders Agreement] and the Company's charter documents and bylaws which
have been furnished to the  Purchaser's  special  counsel reflect all amendments
made thereto at any time prior to the date of this Agreement and are correct and
complete.

            (b) CAPITAL STOCK AND RELATED MATTERS.

                  (i)  As  of  the  Closing  and  immediately  thereafter,   the
authorized  capital  stock of the  Company  shall  consist of (a) the number and
series of all  shares of  preferred  stock of the  Company as  described  on the
Capitalization  Table set forth on  Schedule A attached  hereto  indicating  the
number  of shares  which are  authorized  and  shall be issued  and  outstanding
immediately  prior to the Closing,  and the number of shares shall be designated
as reserved  for  issuance  upon  exercise of the Warrant) and (b) the number of
shares of Common  Stock as described  on the  Capitalization  Table set forth on
Schedule A  attached  hereto  indicating  the  number of such  shares  which are
authorized and shall be issued and outstanding  immediately prior to the Closing
as well as the number of shares shall be reserved for issuance  upon  conversion
of each  outstanding  Series of preferred stock of the Company,  which have been
reserved for issuance upon  conversion  of all Series of preferred  stock of the
Company  and the number of shares  which  shall be reserved  for  issuance  upon
conversion of the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant,  and the
number  of  shares  which  shall be  reserved  for  issuance  upon  exercise  of
outstanding  employee  stock options.  As of the Closing,  the Company shall not
have  outstanding any stock or securities  convertible or  exchangeable  for any
shares of its capital stock or containing any profit participation features, nor
shall it have outstanding any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or to
purchase  its  capital  stock or any  stock or  securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable for its capital stock or any stock  appreciation  rights or phantom
stock plans, except for the Warrant and the preferred stock, as set forth on the
attached  Capitalization  Table. The Capitalization  Table accurately sets forth
the foregoing  information as well as the following  information with respect to
all outstanding  options and rights to acquire the Company's  capital stock: the
holder,  the number of shares  covered,  the exercise  price and the  expiration
date.  As of the  Closing,  the Company  shall not be subject to any  obligation
(contingent  or  otherwise)  to  repurchase  or otherwise  acquire or retire any
shares of its capital stock or any warrants,  options or other rights to acquire
its capital stock,  except as set forth on the  Capitalization  Table. As of the
Closing,  all of the outstanding  shares of the Company's capital stock shall be
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

                  (ii) Except for those  preemptive  rights or rights of refusal
with  respect to the  issuance of the Warrant  contained  in the Stock  Purchase
Agreement described on the Capitalization  Table (which rights have been waived)
and those preemptive rights or rights of refusal with respect to the issuance of
the  Warrant   contained  in  the  Stockholders   Agreement   described  on  the
Capitalization  Table,  there are no statutory  or, to the best of the Company's
knowledge,  contractual stockholders preemptive rights or rights of refusal with
respect to the Warrant  hereunder  of the  issuance  of the Warrant  Shares upon
exercise  of the  Warrant  or the  issuance  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  upon
conversion of the Warrant  Shares.  The Company has not violated any  applicable
federal or state securities laws in connection with the offer,  sale or issuance
of any of its capital  stock,  and the offer,  sale and  issuance of the Warrant
hereunder  does  not  require  registration  under  the  Securities  Act  or any
applicable state securities laws. To the best of the Company's knowledge,  there

                                       11
<PAGE>

are no agreements between the Company's  stockholders with respect to the voting
or transfer of the  Companys  [sic]  capital  stock or with respect to any other
aspect  of the  Company's  affairs,  except  for the  Stockholders  Agreement(s)
described on the Capitalization Table.

            (c)   AUTHORIZATION:   NO  BREACH.   The  execution,   delivery  and
performance of this Agreement, the Warrant and all other agreements contemplated
hereby to which the Company is a party have been duly authorized by the Company.
This  Agreement,  the Warrant and all other  agreements  contemplated  hereby to
which the Company is a party each constitutes a valid and binding  obligation of
the  Company,  enforceable  in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms.  The
execution  and  delivery by the Company of this  Agreement,  the Warrant and all
other  agreements  contemplated  hereby to which  the  Company  is a party,  the
offering,  sale and  issuance  of the  Warrant  hereunder,  the  issuance of the
Warrant  Shares upon  exercise of the Warrant,  the issuance of shares of Common
Stock  upon  conversion  of the  Warrant  Shares,  and  the  fulfillment  of and
compliance with the respective  terms hereof and thereof by the Company,  do not
and shall not (i) conflict  with or result in a breach of the terms,  conditions
or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under,  (iii) result in the creation
of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company's capital
stock or assets  pursuant  to,  (iv) give any third  party the right to  modify,
terminate or accelerate any obligation  under,  (v) result in a violation of, or
(vi) require any authorization,  consent, approval, exemption or other action by
or notice or  declaration  to, or filing with,  any court or  administrative  or
governmental body or agency pursuant to, the charter or bylaws of the Company or
any subsidiary,  or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company or
any  subsidiary is subject,  or any  agreement  instrument,  order,  judgment or
decree to which the Company or any  subsidiary  is subject,  except for any such
filings  required  under  applicable  "blue  sky" or  state  securities  laws or
required under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

         7. COVENANTS.

            (a) Until such time as the Company  shall have  consummated a Public
Offering  (as  defined  in  any  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  identified  on  the
Capitalization  Table, as the same may be amended in accordance with its terms),
the Company shall  deliver to the Purchaser (so long as the Purchaser  holds all
or any portion of the Warrant or any Warrant Shares and each other holder of all
or any  portion of the Warrant or any Warrant  Shares all of the  financial  and
other  information  delivered  or required  to be  delivered  to the  investors,
together with any other information or data generally provided by the Company to
its  stockholders.  All such financial and other  information shall be delivered
pursuant to this  Section 7(a) on a timely  basis no less  frequently  than on a
calendar quarterly basis.

            (b) The Company  shall use the proceeds  from the Financing and from
the issuance and sale of the Warrant hereunder (collectively, the "PROCEEDS") to
finance business expansion and for the working capital purposes of the Company.

         8. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

            (a) This Agreement, the Warrant and the other agreements referred to
herein  represent  the entire  agreement  between the Company and the  Purchaser
regarding  the  subject  matter  hereof,  supersede  all  prior  agreements  and
understandings  and may only be amended in writing signed by the Company and the
Purchaser.

            (b) This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit if the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

                                       12
<PAGE>

            (c) This Agreement  shall be governed in all respects by the laws of
the State of Oregon.

            (d) This  Agreement may be executed in  counterparts,  each of which
shall be an original,  but all of which  together  shall  constitute one and the
same instrument.

         9. REGISTRATION AGREEMENT

         The  parties  hereto  agree  that the  Purchaser  and any holder of the
Warrant  shall have the  registration  rights as described on Exhibit B attached
hereto.


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

                           OREGON BAKING CORPORATION, DBA MARSEE BAKING
                           (the "Company")


                           By /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                              ------------------------------------
                           Its Exec. V.P.
                               -----------------------------------

                           LINC CAPITAL INC.
                           (the "Purchaser")

                           By
                              ------------------------------------
                           Its
                               -----------------------------------

                                       13
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                        CAPITALIZATION SCHEDULE TABLE FOR
                  Oregon Baking Corporation, dba Marsee Baking
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

======================================================================================================================
                                                                                     Number of Shares Reserved 
                                                      Number of Shares                    for Issuance Upon
                                   Number of               Issued          -------------------------------------------
Classes of Capital Stock      Shares  Authorized      and Outstanding          Exercise of          Conversion of
                                                                             Options, Warrants        Convertible
                                                                                Other Rights           Securities
                                                                                Agreements
<S>                           <C>                     <C>                    <C>                    <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series [ ] Preferred Stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series [ ] Preferred Stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series [ ] Preferred Stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series [ ] Preferred Stock
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Preferred Stock
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Total Fully Diluted Outstanding Common Stock:  [   ]

As of the Closing and immediately  thereafter,  the authorized  capital stock of
the Company  shall  consist of (A [ ] shares of  preferred  stock,  of which [ }
shares will be designated as Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock of which [ ]
shares shall be issued and  outstanding,  and [ ] of which shall be reserved for
issuance upon  exercise of the Warrant) and (b) [ ] shares of Common  Stock,  of
which [ ] shares shall be issued and  outstanding,  [ ] shares shall be reserved
for issuance upon  conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock, [ ]
shares shall be reserved for issuance upon conversion of the class B Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  [ ] shares shall be reserved for issuance upon  conversion of
the Series B Convertible  Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant,
and [ ] shares  shall be reserved  for  issuance  upon  exercise of  outstanding
employee stock options.

Pre-emptive  Rights  and  Rights  of  First  Refusal  With  Respect  to  Company
Securities under:


Stock Purchase Agreement(s):


Stockholder Agreement(s):



                                       14
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                      REGISTRATION RIGHTS GRANTED TO HOLDER

The Purchaser and any holder of the Warrant shall have the  registration  rights
as described on Exhibit B attached hereto as follows:

1.       PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS.

         (a) RIGHT TO PIGGYBACK.  Whenever the Company  proposes to register any
of its securities under the Securities Act and the registration  form to be used
may be  used  for the  registration  of  Registrable  Securities  (a  "Piggyback
Registration"),  the Company shall give prompt  written notice to all holders of
Registrable  Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and shall
include in such  registration  all Registrable  Securities with respect to which
the Company has  received  written  requests for  inclusion  herein with 20 days
after the receipt of the Company's notice.

         (b)  "REGISTRABLE  SECURITIES"  means (i) any Common  Stock issued upon
exercise of the Warrant and (ii) Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to
the  securities  referred  to in clause (i) above by way of a stock  dividend or
stock split or in  connection  with a combination  of shares,  recapitalization,
merger, consolidation or other reorganization.  As to any particular Registrable
Securities,  such securities  shall cease to be Registrable  when they have been
distributed to the public pursuant to a offering registered under the Securities
Act (or an similar rule then in force.) For purposes of this Agreement, a Person
shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable  Securities,  and the  Registrable
Securities  shall be deemed to be in  existence,  whenever  such  Person has the
right to acquire  directly  or  indirectly  such  Registrable  Securities  (upon
conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise,
but  disregarding  any  restrictions  or  limitations  upon the exercise of such
right),  whether to not such  acquisition  has  actually be  effected,  and such
Person  shall be  entitled  to  exercise  the rights of a holder of  Registrable
Securities hereunder.

         (c) PIGGYBACK  EXPENSES.  The  Registration  Expenses of the holders of
Registrable   Securities   shall  be  paid  by  the  Company  in  all  Piggyback
Registrations.

         (d) PRIORITY ON PRIMARY  REGISTRATIONS.  If a Piggyback Registration is
an underwritten  primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing
underwriters  advise the  Company in writing  that in their  opinion  the number
which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability
of the offering,  the Company shall include in such  registration (i) first, the
securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Securities
requested  to be  included in such  registration,  pro rata among the holders of
such  Registrable  Securities  on the basis of the number of shares owed by each
such holder, and (iii) third, other securities  requested to be included in such
registration.

         (e) PRIORITY ON SECONDARY REGISTRATIONS. If a Piggyback Registration is
an  underwritten  secondary  registration  on behalf of holders of the Company's
securities,  and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in
their  opinion  the  number  of  securities  requested  to be  included  in such
registration  exceeds  the  number  which can be sold in such  offering  without
adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Company shall include
in such registration (i) first, the securities  requested to be included therein
by the holders  requesting  such  registration  and the  Registrable  Securities
requested  to be  included in such  registration,  pro rata among the holders of
such  securities  on the basis of the number of  securities  so  requested to be
included therein,  and (ii) second, other securities requested to be included in
such registration.

         (f)  OTHER  REGISTRATIONS.  If  the  Company  has  previously  filed  a
registration  statement with respect to registrable  Securities pursuant to this
paragraph  1,  than if such  previous  registration  has not been  withdrawn  or
abandoned,  the  Company  shall  not  file or  cause to be  effected  any  other
registration  of any of its  equity  securities  or  securities  convertible  or
exchangeable  into or exercisable for its equity securities under the Securities
Act (except on Form S-8 or any successor form),  whether on its own behalf or at
the  request of any holder or holders of such  securities,  until a period of at
least 90 days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

2.       REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities
have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this

                                       2
<PAGE>

Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and
the sale of such  Registrable  Securities in accordance with the intended method
of disposition  thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously
as possible:

         (a) prepare and file with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  a
registration statement with respect to such Registration  Securities and use its
best efforts to cause such registration  statement to become effective (provided
that before filing a  registration  statement or prospectus or any amendments or
supplements  thereto,  the Company shall furnish to the counsel  selected by the
holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration
statement copies of all documents proposed to be filed);

         (b) notify each holder of Registrable  Securities of the  effectiveness
of each  registration  statement  filed  hereunder and prepare and file with the
Securities   Exchange   Commission  such  amendments  and  supplements  to  such
registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be
necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less
than 90 days and comply with the  provisions of the  Securities Act with respect
to the  disposition of all  securities  covered by such  registration  statement
during such period in accordance  with the intended  methods of  dispositions by
the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

         (c) furnish to each  seller of  Registrable  Securities  such number of
copies of such registration  statement,  each amendment and supplement  thereto,
the  prospectus  included  in  such  registration   statement   (including  each
preliminary  prospectus  and such other  documents as such seller may reasonably
request in order to facilitate  the  disposition of the  registrable  Securities
owned by such seller;

         (d) use its best  efforts  to  register  or  qualify  such  Registrable
Securities  under such other  securities or blue sky laws of jurisdiction as any
seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be
reasonably  necessary  or  advisable  to enable  such seller to  consummate  the
disposition in such  jurisdictions  of the Registrable  Securities owned by such
seller (provided that the company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally
to do  business  in any  other  jurisdiction  where it would  not  otherwise  be
required to qualify but for his subparagraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in
any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such
jurisdiction);

         (e) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, at any time when
a prospectus  relating  thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities
Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus  included
in such registration  statement  contains an untrue statement of a material fact
or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,  and,
at the request of any such seller,  the Company  shall  prepare a supplement  or
amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter  delivered to the purchasers
of such  Registrable  Securities,  such  prospectus  shall not contain an untrue
statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any fact  necessary  to make the
statements therein not misleading;

         (f)  cause  all  such  Registrable  Securities  to be  listed  on  each
securities  exchange on which similar  securities issued by the Company are then
listed  and,  if not so  listed,  to be listed on the NASD  automated  quotation
system  and,  if listed on the NASD  automated  quotation  system,  use its best
efforts to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities convert by such
registration  statement as a NASDAQ "national market system security" within the
meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission or, failing
that,  to secure  NASDAQ  authorization  for such  Registrable  Securities  and,
without  limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  to arrange for at least two
market  makers to register as such with respect to such  Registrable  Securities
with the NASD;

         (f)[sic]   provide  a  transfer   agent  and  registrar  for  all  such
Registrable  Securities not later than the effective  date of such  registration
statement;

         (h)  enter  into  such  customary  agreements  (including  underwriting
agreements in customary  form) and take all such other actions as the holders of
a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any,
reasonably  request in order to expedite or  facilitate  the  deposition of such
Registrable  Securities  (including  effecting a stock split or  combination  of
shares);

         (i)  make  available  for  inspection  by  any  seller  of  Registrable
Securities,  any underwriter  participating in any disposition  pursuant to such
registration  statement and any attorney,  accountant or other agent retained by
any such seller or  underwriter,  all  financial  and other  records,  pertinent
corporate  documents  and  properties  of the Company,  and cause the  Company's
officers,  directors,  employees  and  independent  accountants  to  supply  all
information  reasonably  requested  by any such seller,  underwriter,  attorney,
accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

                                       3
<PAGE>

         (j) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable  rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to
its security holders, as soon as reasonably  practicable,  an earnings statement
covering the period of at least twelve months  beginning  with the first day the
Company's  first full calendar  quarter after the effective date of registration
statement,  which  earnings  statement  shall satisfy the  provisions of Section
11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

         (k) permit any holder of Registrable  Securities  which holder,  in its
sole  and  exclusive  judgment,  might  be  deemed  to  be an  underwriter  or a
controlling  person of the Company,  to participate  in the  preparation of such
registration  or comparable  statement  and to require the insertion  therein of
material,  furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment
of such holder and its counsel should be included; and

         (l) in the  event of the  issuance  of any stop  order  suspending  the
effectiveness  of a  registration  statement,  or of  any  order  suspending  or
preventing the use of any related  prospectus or suspending the qualification of
any  common  stock  included  in such  registration  statement  for  sale in any
jurisdiction,  the  Company  shall use its best  efforts  promptly to obtain the
withdrawal of such order.

3.       REGISTRATION EXPENSES.

         (a) All expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance
with this Agreement,  including  without  limitation all registration and filing
fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing
expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians,
and fees and  disbursements  of  counsel  for the  Company  and all  independent
certified public accountants,  underwriters (excluding discount and commissions)
and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called
"Registration Expenses"),  shall be borne as provided in this Agreement,  except
that the Company  shall,  in any event,  pay its internal  expenses  (including,
without  limitation,  all salaries  and  expenses of its officers and  employees
performing  legal or  accounting  duties),  the  expense of any annual  audit or
quarterly review,  the expense of liability  insurance and the expenses and fees
for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which
similar  securities  issued  by the  Company  are  then  listed  or on the  NASD
automated quotation system.

         (b) In connection with each Piggyback  Registration,  the Company shall
reimburse the holders of Registrable  Securities  included in such  registration
for the  reasonable  fees  (not  exceeding  $2,500  for each  registration)  and
disbursements  of  one  counsel  chosen  by the  holders  of a  majority  of the
Registrable Securities included in such registration.

         (c) To the extent Registration  Expenses are not required to be paid by
the Company,  each holder of securities  included in any registration  hereunder
shall pay those  Registration  Expenses  allocable to the  registration  of such
holder's securities so included,  and any Registration Expenses not so allocable
shall be borne by all sellers of  securities  included in such  registration  in
proportion to the aggregate selling price of the securities to be so registered.

4.       INDEMNIFICATION.

         (a) The Company  agrees to indemnify,  to the extent  permitted by law,
each holder of  Registrable  Securities,  its  officers and  directors  and each
Person who  controls  such holder  (within the  meaning of the  Securities  Act)
against all losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  and  expenses  cause by any
untrue  or  alleged   untrue   statement  of  material  fact  contained  in  any
registration  statement,  prospectus or preliminary  prospectus or any amendment
thereof or supplement  thereto to any omission or alleged omission of a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein
not  misleading,  except  insofar as the same are caused by or  contained in any
information furnished in writing to the Company by such holder expressly for the
use therein or by such  holder's  failure to deliver a copy of the  registration
statement or  prospectus  or any  amendments  or  supplements  thereto after the
Company has  furnished  such holder  with a  sufficient  number of copies of the
same. In connection with an underwritten  offering,  the Company shall indemnify
such  underwriters,  their  officers and  directors and each Person who controls
such  underwriter  (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent
as  provided  above  with  respect  to the  indemnification  of the  holders  of
Registrable Securities.

         (b) In connection with any registration  statement in which a holder of
Registrable  Securities is participating,  each such holder shall furnish to the
Company in writing such  information  and  affidavits as the Company  reasonably
requests  for  use  in  connection  with  any  such  registration  statement  or
prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its
directors  and officers  and each Person who  controls  the Company  (within the
meaning of the Securities Act against any losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities
and expenses  resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue  statement of material

                                       4
<PAGE>

fact  contained  in  the  registration  statement,   prospectus  or  preliminary
prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged
omission of a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
the statements  therein not misleading,  but only to the extent that such untrue
statement or omission is contained in any  information or affidavit so furnished
in writing by such holder;  provided that the  obligation to indemnify  shall be
individual,  not joint and several,  for each holder and shall be limited to the
net amount of proceeds  received  by such  holder  from the sale of  Registrable
Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

         (c) Any Person  entitled to  indemnification  hereunder  shall (i) give
prompt  written  notice to the  indemnifying  party of any claim with respect to
which it seeks indemnification  (provided that the failure to give prompt notice
shall not impair any Person's right to  indemnification  hereunder to the extent
such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying  party) and (ii) unless in such
indemnified  party's  reasonable  judgment a conflict of interest  between  such
indemnified  and  indemnifying  parties  may exist with  respect to such  claim,
permit such indemnifying  party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel
reasonably  satisfactory to the  indemnified  party. If such defense is assumed,
the indemnifying  party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement
made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be
unreasonably  withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects
not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and
expenses  of  more  than  one  counsel  for  all  parties  indemnified  by  such
indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment
of any  indemnified  party  a  conflict  of  interest  may  exist  between  such
indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such
claim.

         (d) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of
the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such
indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Company also
agrees to make such provisions, as are reasonably requested by any indemnified
party, for contribution to such party in the event the Company's indemnification
is unavailable for any reason.

5.       PARTICIPATION   IN   UNDERWRITTEN   REGISTRATIONS.    No   Person   may
participate in any  registration  hereunder  which is  underwritten  unless such
Person (i) agrees to sell such Person's  securities on the basis provided in any
underwriting  arrangements  approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder
to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires,
powers of attorney,  indemnities,  underwriting  agreements and other  documents
required  under the terms of such  underwriting  arrangements;  provided that no
holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall
be  required to make any  representations  or  warranties  to the Company or the
underwriters (other than  representations  and warranties  regarding such holder
and  such  holder's  intended  method  of  distribution")  or to  undertake  any
indemnification  obligations  to the Company of the  underwriters  with  respect
thereto, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 4 hereof.

                                       5



This  warrant  and the  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  hereof  have  not been
registered  under the securities  act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  or under
any state securities laws. The warrant and the shares may not be sold,  pledged,
hypothecated, or offered for sale or otherwise distributed in the absence of (a)
an effective registration statement for the warrant and the shares under the act
and  under  applicable  state  securities  law  or  (b) an  opinion  of  counsel
satisfactory to the company that registration under the act and state securities
law is not required.

WARRANT NO. __                  WARRANT EXPIRATION DATE:  ________________

                        WARRANT TO PURCHASE ____SHARES OF
                                 COMMON STOCK OF
                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING

         This  certifies  that  ________________(the  "Holder") and the Holder's
registered  successors  and  assigns  are  entitled,  subject  to the  terms and
conditions set forth below, to purchase from OREGON BAKING  COMPANY,  DBA MARSEE
BAKING, an Oregon corporation (the "Company"),  ___ (__) shares of the Company's
Common  Stock (the  "Warrant  Shares") at the  greater of (i) Three  Dollars and
Twenty-Five  Cents ($3.25) per share,  or (ii) the Fair Market Value (as defined
below) of a share of the  Company's  Common  Stock on the date of exercise  (the
"Warrant Price").

         1. EXERCISE AND EXPIRATION.

            (a) This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time or
times during the term commencing on the date of issuance and ending November 30,
2003, or upon the  consummation of a plan of merger,  the consummation of a plan
of share  exchange  to which the  Company  is a party or the  corporation  whose
shares  will be  acquired,  the  consummation  of a sale or  exchange  of all or
substantially  all of the  property of the  Company  other than in the usual and
regular course of business, whichever is sooner, at which time the Warrant shall
automatically  expire.  This Warrant may be exercised by surrender hereof to the
Company,  together with delivery of a signed  Warrant  Exercise Form in the form
attached hereto as ANNEX I specifying the number of shares to be purchased.

            (b) Payment of the  aggregate  Warrant Price may be made by (i) cash
or check,  or (ii) if, at the time of exercise,  the  Company's  Common Stock is
either  listed or admitted to trading on any stock  exchange or is traded on the
NASDAQ National Market System,  by converting this Warrant into shares of Common
Stock as provided herein.  Under clause (ii) of the preceding  sentence,  Holder
may from time to time convert this Warrant,  in whole or in part,  into a number
of shares of Common stock  determined by dividing (x) the aggregate  Fair Market
Value  (determined  on the date of  exercise)  of the Warrant  Shares  minus the
aggregate  Warrant  Price of such  Warrant  Shares by (y) the Fair Market  Value
(determined on the date of exercise) of one share of the Company's Common Stock.

            (c) For purposes of this  Warrant,  "Fair Market Value" shall be the
value determined in accordance with the following provisions:

                                                                         Warrant
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

                (i) If the Common Stock is not at the time listed or admitted to
trading  on any  stock  exchange  but is traded on the  NASDAQ  National  Market
System,  the Fair Market Value shall be the closing  selling  price per share of
Common Stock on the date in question,  as such price is reported by the National
Association of Securities  dealers  through the NASDAQ National Market System or
any successor  system. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock
on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling
price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

                (ii) If the Common  Stock is at the time  listed or  admitted to
trading on any stock  exchange,  then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing
selling  price per share of Common  Stock on the date in  question  on the stock
exchange  determined  by the Board of Directors of the Company to be the primary
market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite
tape of transactions on such exchange.  If there is no closing selling price for
the Common  Stock on the date in  question,  then the Fair Market Value shall be
the closing  selling price on the last  preceding  date for which such quotation
exists.

                (iii) If the  Common  Stock is at the time  neither  listed  nor
admitted  to trading on any stock  exchange  nor traded in the  over-the-counter
market,  then  the  Fair  market  Value  shall  be  determined  by the  Board of
Directors.

         2. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

            (a)  If  all  or a  portion  of  this  Warrant  shall  be  exercised
subsequent to any stock dividend,  stock split, combination of shares or similar
recapitalization  event,  occurring  after the date of issuance,  as a result of
which shares of any class shall be issued in respect of outstanding Common Stock
of the  Company  or such  Common  Stock  shall  be  changed  into  the same or a
different  number of shares of the same or another class or classes,  the Holder
exercising this Warrant shall receive, for the aggregate Warrant price paid upon
such exercise,  in lieu of the Common Stock otherwise  issuable upon exercise of
this Warrant,  the aggregate  number and class of shares which such Holder would
have received in such stock dividend, stock split, recaptialization, combination
of  shares,  or  similar  recapitalization  event  as if this  Warrant  had been
exercised immediately prior to such event.

            (b) In the event of any  adjustment in the number of Shares  covered
by this Warrant  pursuant to Section 2(a), any fractional  shares resulting from
such  adjustment  shall be  disregarded  and this  Warrant  shall cover only the
number of full shares resulting from such adjustment.  The foregoing adjustments
shall be made by the Board of  Directors of the  Company,  or by the  applicable
terms of any assumption or substitution  documents,  and any adjustments so made
shall be final, binding and conclusive.

         3. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES  LAWS. The Holder,  by acceptance of this
Warrant,  agrees  that this  Warrant  and the  Warrant  Shares to be issued upon
exercise  hereof are being  acquired for investment and that the Holder will not
offer,  sell, or otherwise  dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant  Shares to be
issued upon exercise hereof except under  circumstances which will not result in
a violation of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the "Act"),  or under

                                                                         Warrant
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

applicable  state law. This Warrant and all Warrant  Shares issued upon exercise
of this Warrant (unless registered under the Act and under applicable state law)
shall include a legend in  substantially  the form set forth at the beginning of
this Warrant relating to such securities laws.

         4. TRANSFER OF WARRANT.  Subject to Section 3 above, this Warrant shall
be registered on the books of the Company and shall be  transferable in whole or
in part on such  books by the  registered  Holder  hereof  in  person or by duly
authorized attorney by delivery to the Company of a duly completed Assignment in
the form attached hereto as ANNEX II.

         5. NO SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS UNTIL EXERCISE. This Warrant shall not entitle
the Holder hereof to any voting  rights or any other rights as a shareholder  of
the Company,  or to any other rights  whatsoever except the rights state herein;
and no dividend or interest  shall be payable or shall accrue in respect of this
Warrant or the Warrant  Shares  purchasable  hereunder  unless,  and until,  and
except to the extent that, this Warrant shall be exercised.

         6.  RESERVATION  OF SHARES.  The Company hereby agrees that it shall at
all times  reserve and keep  authorized  and available for issuance a sufficient
number of Warrant  Shares for the  purpose of  issuance  upon  exercise  of this
Warrant to permit the exercise of this Warrant in whole.

             The  Company  has  caused  this  Warrant  to be duly  executed  and
delivered as of the ____ day of _______________, 199_.


                                       OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                       DBA MARSEE BAKING



                                       BY ______________________________________













                                                                         Warrant
                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>



                                                                        ANNEX I
                                                                        -------

                              WARRANT EXERCISE FORM
                              ---------------------

                   (To be signed only on exercise of Warrant)

TO:      OREGON BAKING COMPANY
         DBA MARSEE BAKING


         The undersigned Holder of the Warrant hereby irrevocably elects to
exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase
thereunder, _____________[*] shares of Common Stock of the Company and herewith
makes payment for the shares of $___________________. The undersigned hereby
requests that the certificates for the Warrant Shares be issued in the name of,
and delivered to:

                    ________________________________________

                    ________________________________________

                    ________________________________________

Date:_________________



                             ______________________________________________
                             (Signature must conform in all respect to name
                             of the Holder as specified on the face of the
                             Warrant)








- ----------------
   * Insert here the number of shares (all or part of the number of shares
called for on the face of the Warrant) as to which the Warrant is being
exercised without making any adjustment for additional Common Stock or any other
shares or other securities or property or cash, which, pursuant to the
adjustment provisions of the Warrant, may be deliverable upon exercise.



<PAGE>


                                                                       ANNEX II
                                                                       --------

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

                   (To be signed only on transfer of Warrant)

         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfer
unto ___________________________, whose address is __________________, the right
represented by the attached Warrant to purchase ________________ shares of
Common Stock of OREGON BAKING COMPANY, dba MARSEE BAKING, to which the attached
Warrant relates, and appoints _____________________________________ attorney to
transfer such right on the books of such corporation with full power of
substitution in the premises.


DATED:_________           ______________________________________________________
                          (Signature must conform in all respects to name of the
                          Holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)

                          ______________________________________________________

                          ______________________________________________________
                          (Address of the Holder)

Signed in the presence of:

______________________________________





                                                      OMB Approval No. 3245-0201



                       U.S. Small Business Administration

                                      NOTE
                                                           SBA LOAN NUMBER
                                                       -------------------------
                                                        GP CLP 124 615 40 10 PTD
                                                       -------------------------
                                                          HFCC# 5638 - 75% GTD


                                                   -----------------------------
                                                       (City and State)


    900,000                                 (Date)   JUNE 20, 1996 [sic]
- ------------------                                ------------------------

         For value received, the undersigned promises to pay to the order of

              HELLER FIRST CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
at its office in the city of     PORTLAND         , State of     OREGON
                            ----------------------          --------------------
or at holder's option, at such other place as may  be designated from time to
time by the holder
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------- NINE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100-------------dollars,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
with interest on unpaid principal computed from the date of each advance to the
undersigned at the rate of PRIME + 2.75 percent per annum, payment to be made
                          --------------
in installments as follows:

         Installments, including principal and interest, each in the amount of
         FIFTEEN THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED TWENTY-NINE dollars ($15,529.00),
         commencing SEVEN months from the first day of the month following first
         disbursement and continuing due and payable monthly thereafter until
         SEVEN years and SIX months from date of Note when the full unpaid
         balance of principal and interest shall become due and payable. Each
         installment shall be applied to interest accrued as of date of receipt
         and the balance, if any, to principal.

         In addition to the foregoing payments, monthly payments of interest
         only shall be made, beginning one month from date of Note, and
         continuing for six months.

         THIS IS A VARIABLE INTEREST RATE NOTE. Interest on unpaid principal
         shall accrue at the initial rate of ELEVEN AND ONE-QUARTER percent
         (11.25%) per annum. Commencing on the first calendar day of the
         calendar month following first disbursement, and monthly thereafter,
         the interest rate shall increase or decrease to TWO AND THREE-QUARTERS
         percent (2.75%) above the Prime Rate in effect on the first business
         day of the moth, as published in the Money Rates Section of THE WALL
         STREET JOURNAL.

         NOTE: The amount of the monthly payment shown above is based upon the
         prime interest rate as of the date of the receipt of the loan
         application of SBA of EIGHT AND ONE-HALF percent (8.50%) plus a spread
         of TWO AND THREE-QUARTERS percent (2.75%).

<PAGE>

         Holder should given written notice to the Borrower of each increase or
         decrease in the interest rate and the reamortized installment payment
         amount within thirty (30) days after the effective date of each rate
         adjustment; however, the fluctuation of the interest rate is not
         contingent on whether the notice is given.

         If the Borrower shall be in default in payment due on the indebtedness
         at the time the Small Business Administration (SBA) purchases its
         guaranteed portion of said indebtedness, the rate of interest on both
         the guaranteed and unguaranteed portions herein shall become fixed at
         the rate in effect as of the date of default. If the Borrower shall not
         be in default in payment when SBA purchases its guaranteed portion, the
         rate of interest on both the guaranteed and unguaranteed portion herein
         shall be fixed at the rate in effect as of the date of purchase by SBA.

         If the collateral securing the Note is sold or transferred voluntarily,
         involuntarily or by operation of law without the prior written consent
         of the holder, the holder may at its option declare the entire unpaid
         principal and interest of the note secured hereby immediately due and
         payable. Acceptance by the holder of any payments after any sale or
         transfer shall not constitute a waiver of the provisions of this
         paragraph and the provisions hereof shall apply to each sale and
         transfer.

         Borrower further agrees to pay a late charge not to exceed 5% of the
         payment amount due if such payment is not received within 15 days of
         the due date. Funds paid by the borrower will be applied first to bring
         the loan current, including accrued interest, and then to the late fee.

         If this Note contains a fluctuating interest rate, the notice provision
is not a pre-condition for fluctuation (which shall take place regardless of
notice). Payment of any installment of principal or interest owing on this Note
may be made prior to the maturity date hereof without penalty. Borrower shall
provide lender with written notice of intent to prepay part or all of this loan
at least three (3) weeks prior to the anticipated prepayment date. A prepayment
is any payment made ahead of schedule that exceeds twenty (20) percent of the
then outstanding principal balance. If borrower makes a prepayment and fails to
give at least three weeks advance notice of intent to prepay, then,
notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this note or other
document, borrower shall be required to pay lender three weeks interest on the
unpaid principal as of the date preceding such prepayment.

SBA Form 147 (5-87) Previous editions obsolete                            Page 1
<PAGE>

         The term "Indebtedness" as used herein shall mean the indebtedness
evidenced by this Note, including principal, interest, and expenses, whether
contingent, now due or hereafter to become due and whether heretofore or
contemporaneously herewith or hereafter contracted. The term "Collateral" as
used in this Note shall mean any funds, guaranties, or other property or rights
therein of any nature whatsoever or the proceeds thereof which may have been,
are, or hereafter may be, hypothecated, directly or indirectly by the
undersigned or others, in connection with, or as security for, the Indebtedness
or any part thereof. The Collateral, and each part hereof, shall secure the
Indebtedness and each part thereof. The covenants and conditions set forth or
referred to in any and all instruments of hypothecation constituting the
Collateral are hereby incorporated in this Note as covenants and conditions of
the undersigned with the same force and effect as through such covenants and
conditions were fully set forth herein.

         The Indebtedness shall immediately become due and payable, without
notice or demand, upon the appointment of a receiver or liquidator, whether
voluntary or involuntary, for the undersigned or for any of its property, or
upon the filing of a petition by or against the undersigned under the provisions
of any State insolvency law or under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Reform Act
of 1978, as amended, or upon the making by the undersigned or an assignment for
the benefit of its creditors. Holder is authorized to declare all or any part of
the Indebtedness immediately due and payable upon the happening of any of the
following events: (1) Failure to pay any part of the Indebtedness when due; (2)
nonperformance by the undersigned of any agreement with, or any condition
imposed by, Holder or Small Business Administration (hereinafter called "SBA"),
with respect to the Indebtedness; (3) Holder's discovery of the undersigned's
failure in any application of the undersigned to Holder or SBA to disclose any
fact deemed by Holder to be material or of the making therein or in any of the
said agreements, or in any affidavit or other documents submitted in connection
with said application or the indebtedness, of any misrepresentation by, on
behalf of, or for the benefit of the undersigned; (4) the reorganization other
than a reorganization pursuant to any of the provisions of the Bankruptcy Reform
Act of 1978, as amended) or merger or consolidation of the undersigned (or the
making of any agreement therefor) without the prior written consent of Holder;
(5) the undersigned's failure duly to account, to Holder's satisfaction, at such
time or times as Holder may require, for any of the Collateral, or proceeds
thereof, coming into the control of the undersigned; or (6) the institution of
any suit affecting the undersigned deemed by Holder to affect adversely its
interest hereunder in the Collateral or otherwise. Holder's failure to exercise
its rights under this paragraph shall not constitute a waiver thereof.

<PAGE>

         Upon the nonpayment of the Indebtedness, or any part thereof, when due,
whether by acceleration or otherwise, Holder is empowered to sell, assign, and
deliver the whole or any part of the Collateral at public or private sale,
without demand, advertisement or notice of the time or place of sale or of any
adjournment thereof, which are hereby expressly waived. After deducting all
expenses incidental to or arising from such sale or sales, Holder may apply the
residue of the proceeds thereof to the payment of the Indebtedness, as it shall
deem proper, returning the excess, if any, to the undersigned. The undersigned
hereby waives all right of redemption or appraisement whether before or after
sale.

         Holder is further empowered to collect or cause to be collected or
otherwise to be converted into money all or any part of the Collateral, by suit
or otherwise, and to surrender, compromise, release, renew, extend, exchange, or
substitute any item of the Collateral in transactions with the undersigned or
any third party, irrespective of any assignment thereof by the undersigned, and
without prior notice to or consent of the undersigned or any assignee. Whenever
any item of the Collateral shall not be paid when due, or otherwise shall be in
default, whether or not the indebtedness, or any part thereof, has become due,
Holder shall have the same rights and powers with respect to such item of the
Collateral as are granted in this paragraph in case of nonpayment of the
Indebtedness, or any part thereof, when due. None of the rights, remedies,
privileges, or powers of Holder expressly provided for herein shall be
exclusive, but each of them shall be cumulative with and in addition to every
other right, remedy, privilege, and power now or hereafter existing in favor of
Holder, whether at law or equity, by statute or otherwise.

         The undersigned agrees to take all necessary steps to administer,
supervise, preserve, and protect the Collateral; and regardless of any action
taken by Holder, there shall be no duty upon Holder in this respect. The
undersigned shall pay all expenses of any nature, whether incurred in or out of
court, an whether incurred before or after this Note shall become due at its
maturity date or otherwise, including but not limited to reasonable attorney's
fees and costs, which Holder may deem necessary or proper in connection with the
satisfaction of the Indebtedness or the administration, supervision,
preservation, protection of (including, but not limited to, the maintenance of
adequate insurance) or the realization upon the Collateral. Holder is authorized
to pay at any time and from time to time any or all of such expenses, add the
amount of such payment to the amount of Indebtedness, and charge interest
thereon at the rate specified herein with respect to the principal amount of
this Note.

SBA Form 147 (5-87)                                                       Page 2
<PAGE>

         The security rights of Holder and its assigns hereunder shall not be
impaired by Holder's sale, hypothecation or rehypothecation of any note of the
undersigned or any item of the Collateral, or by any indulgence, including but
not limited to (a) any renewal, extension, or modification which Holder may
grant with respect to the Indebtedness or any part thereof, or (b) any
surrender, compromise, release, renewal, extension, exchange, or substitution
which Holder may grant in respect of the collateral, or (c) any indulgence
granted in respect of any endorser, guarantor, or surety. The purchaser,
assignee, transferee, or pledgee of this Note, the Collateral, and guaranty, and
any other document (or any of them), sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or
repledged, shall forthwith become vested with and entitled to exercise all the
powers and rights given by this Note and all applications of the undersigned to
Holder or SBA, as if said purchaser, assignee, transferee, or pledgee were
originally named as Payee in this Note and in said application or applications.

<PAGE>

         This promissory note is given to secure a loan which SBA is making or
in which it is participating and, pursuant to Part 101 of the Rules and
Regulations of SBA (13 C.F.R. 101.1(d)), this instrument is to be construed and
(when SBA is the Holder or a party in interest) enforced in accordance with
applicable Federal law.






                                    Oregon Baking Company, an Oregon corporation

                                    BY: /s/ HOWARD J. WASSERTEIL
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Howard J. Wasserteil, President


                                    BY: /s/ ROBERT E. SCHNEIDER
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Robert E. Schneider, CEO







________________________________________________________________________________
         Note.--Corporate applicants must execute Note, in corporate name, by
duly authorized officer, and seal must be affixed and duly attested: partnership
applicants must execute Note in firm name, together with signature of a general
partner.

                                                                          Page 3





                       U.S. SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
                            PORTLAND DISTRICT OFFICE
                       1515 S.W. FIFTH AVENUE, SUITE 1050
                           PORTLAND, OREGON 97201-5494

                        AUTHORIZATION AND LOAN AGREEMENT
                                (GUARANTY LOANS)


Heller First Capital Corp.
10260 SW Greenburg Road, Suite 400
Portland, OR 97223

Your request received May 1, 1997 for SBA to guarantee 75.00% of a loan in the
                      -----------                      ------
amount of $900,000.00 to be made by Lender to:
           ----------

The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.
dba Marsee Baking
P.O. Box 25776
Portland, OR 97225

is hereby approved pursuant to Section 7(a) of the Small Business Act as
amended.

1.   The following forms are herewith enclosed:

     (a)  One blank SBA Note for your completion and execution by the Borrower.
          The original copy of this authorization shall be executed prior to
          first disbursement and retained in loan file by the Lender. (A copy of
          the Note and all other documents should be given to the borrower.)

     (b)  Copies of the SBA Settlement Sheet (Form 1050) are to be completed and
          executed by Lender and Borrower to reflect each disbursement. Lender
          to keep yellow and pink copy in its Lender's loan file, and blue copy
          should be provided to Borrower.

     (c)  Compensation Agreements (Form 159) shall be executed by Borrower,
          Borrower's representative(s) if Borrower has employed an attorney,
          accountant or other representative(s), or if Borrower is charged fees
          for services by Lender or an associate of Lender. If no such fees have
          been charged, please write "None" prior to execution by Borrower and
          Lender. The form shall be returned to SBA only if the total amount of
          all such fees exceed $1,000.00.

     (d)  A guaranty fee shall be paid by Lender to SBA within 90 days of the
          date of this Authorization and may be charged to Borrower only after
          Lender has paid fee to SBA, and initial disbursement made to Borrower.
          The guaranty fee due Lender from the Borrower is as follows:

          (ii) If the loan amount exceeds $100,000.00 the following rate
               schedule applies:

               (1)  Three percent (3%) on the first $250,000.00 GUARANTEED
                    portion

                                      PLUS
<PAGE>
Borrower Name: The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.
Page 2

               (2)  Three & one-half (3.5%) of the next $250,000.00 GUARANTEED
                    portion, up to $500,000.00

                                      PLUS

               (3)  Three & seven-eights (3.875%) of the GUARANTEED portion
                    greater than $500,000.00 up to the maximum guaranty of
                    $750,000.00.

          This guarantee fee must be sent to "SBA, Attn: Collection Activities
          Branch; Denver, CO 8025911 (with SBA loan number on payment).

     (e)  The original copy of this Authorization shall be executed prior to
          first disbursement and retained in loan file by the Lender. (A copy of
          the Authorization and any amendments should be given to Borrower.)

2.   This Authorization is subject to:

     (a)  Provisions of the Guaranty Agreement between Lender and SBA, dated
          February 20, 1992.

     (b)  First disbursement of the Loan being made not later than six (6)
          months, and no disbursement being made later than twelve (12) months,
          from the date of this Authorization, unless such time is extended
          pursuant to prior written consent by SBA.

     (c)  Receipt by Lender of evidence satisfactory to it in its sole
          discretion, that there has been no unremedied adverse change since the
          date of the Application, or since any of the preceding disbursements,
          in the financial or any other condition of Borrower, which would
          warrant withholding or not making any such disbursement or any further
          disbursement. This shall include receipt and review of current (within
          90 days of closing) business and personal financial statements.

     (d)  The representations made by Borrower in its loan application, the
          requirements or conditions set froth in Lender's application form,
          including the supporting documents thereto, the conditions set forth
          in Lender's application form, including the supporting documents
          thereto, the conditions set forth herein and any future conditions
          imposed by Lender (with prior SBA approval).

     (e)  Prior to first disbursement, Lender shall obtain verification from
          Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that tax returns submitted by Borrower
          with the application for this loan conform to the returns filed with
          IRS and/or business financial statements. Any discrepancy shall be
          considered to be an adverse change, no disbursements will be made, and
          SBA shall be promptly notified.

     (f)  Lender is permitted to use computer-generated replications of mandated
          SBA Forms, as long as they are exact reproductions of these SBA Forms.
          Lender will be held responsible for any errors or omissions.
<PAGE>
Borrower Name: The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.
Page 3

     (g)  Lender agrees to pay an ongoing guaranty fee equal to one-half of one
          percent (0.5%) per annum on the guaranteed portion of the outstanding
          balance. This fee shall be paid by the lender following the receipt of
          a payment from borrower. The fee may not be charged to the borrower
          and shall be received by the SBA-designated fiscal and transfer agent
          by the third day of the month (or the next business day thereafter, if
          the third is not a business day), following receipt of a scheduled
          payment. There is a two business day grace period after the due date.
          Lender agrees to report the status of all of its SBA guaranteed loans
          on a monthly basis using SBA Form 1502 or an acceptable electronic
          format.

3.   Terms of Loan:

     (a)  Repayment term, interest(s), and maturity.

     (1)  Installments, including principal and interest, each in the amount of
          FIFTEEN THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED TWENTY NINE dollars ($15,529.00),
          commencing SEVEN months from the first day of the month following
          first disbursement and continuing due and payable monthly thereafter
          until SEVEN years and SIX months from date of Note when the full
          unpaid balance of principal and interest shall become due and payable.
          Each installment shall be applied to interest accrued as of date of
          receipt and the balance, if any, to principal.

          In addition to the foregoing payments, monthly payments of interest
          only shall be made, beginning one month from date of Note, and
          continuing for SIX months.

     (2)  THIS IS A VARIABLE INTEREST RATE NOTE. Interest on unpaid principal
          shall accrue at the initial rate of ELEVEN AND ONE-QUARTER percent
          (11.25%) per annum. Commencing on the first calendar day of the
          calendar month following first disbursement, and monthly thereafter,
          the interest rate shall increase or decrease to TWO AND THREE-QUARTERS
          percent (2.75%) above the Prime Rate in effect on the first business
          day of the month, as published in the Money Rates Section of THE WALL
          STREET JOURNAL.

     (3)  NOTE: The amount of the monthly payment shown above is based upon the
          prime interest rate as of the date of the receipt of the loan
          application by SBA of EIGHT AND ONE-HALF percent (8.50%) plus a spread
          of TWO AND THREE-QUARTERS percent (2.75%).

     (4)  Holder should give written notice to the Borrower of each increase or
          decrease in the interest rate and the reamortized installment payment
          amount within thirty (30) days after the effective date of each rate
          adjustment; however, the fluctuation of the interest rate is not
          contingent on whether the notice is given.

     (5)  If the Borrower shall be in default in payment due on the indebtedness
          at the time the Small Business Administration (SBA) purchases its
          guaranteed portion of said indebtedness, the rate of interest on both
          the guaranteed and unguaranteed portions herein shall become fixed at
          the rate in effect as of the date of default. If the Borrower shall
          not be in default in payment when SBA purchases its guaranteed
          portion, the rate of interest on both the guaranteed and unguaranteed
          portion herein shall be fixed at the rate I effect as of the date of
          purchase by SBA.
<PAGE>
Borrower Name: The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.
Page 4

     (6)  Borrower shall provide Lender with written notice of intent to prepay
          part or all the loan at least three (3) weeks prior to the anticipated
          prepayment date. A prepayment is any payment made ahead of schedule
          that exceeds twenty (20) percent of the then outstanding principal
          balance. If Borrower makes a prepayment and fails to give at least
          three weeks advance notice of intent to prepay, then, notwithstanding
          any other provision to the contrary in this Authorization, Borrower
          shall be required to pay Lender three weeks interest on the unpaid
          principal as of the date of such prepayment.

     (7)  If the collateral securing the Note is sold or transferred
          voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law without the prior
          written consent of the holder, the holder may at its option declare
          the entire unpaid principal and interest of the note secured hereby
          immediately due and payable. Acceptance by the holder of any payments
          after any sale or transfer shall not constitute a waiver of the
          provisions of this paragraph and the provisions hereof shall apply to
          each sale and transfer.

     (8)  Borrower further agrees to pay a late charge not to exceed 5% of the
          payment amount due if such payment is not received within 15 days of
          the due date for an Oregon based loan or within 10 days of the due
          date for a Washington based loan. Funds paid by the borrower will be
          applied first to bring the loan current, including accrued interest,
          and then to the late fee.

     (b)  Use of proceeds of loan as follows (specific uses for which loan is
          authorized):

          (1)  Approximately $455,000.00 for payment in full for purchase of
               machinery and equipment.

          (2)  Approximately $270,000.00 for refinance SBA debt, Loan Numbers
               GP825643002PTD, GP 5171973005PTD and GP 5595063007PTD

          (3)  Approximately $150,000.00 for working capital.

          (4)  Approximately $25,000.00 for closing costs.

          (5)  Balance, if any, to be used solely for operating expenses of
               Borrower. If any funds are to be used for payment of payroll,
               Lender is to be assured of timely deposit of all withheld taxes.

          (6)  Disbursement pursuant to paragraph 3(B)(1) to be made against
               paid receipts or by joint payee checks against invoices.

          (7)  The borrower agrees, to the extent feasible, to purchase only
               American-made equipment and products with the proceeds of this
               loan.
<PAGE>
Borrower Name: The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.
Page 5

     (c)  Collateral:

          (1)  Perfected first security interest in all machinery and equipment
               (EXCLUDING titled motor vehicles), furniture, and proceeds
               thereof, now owned by Borrower, and hereafter acquired, located
               at all business locations including but not limited to those
               items described in listing attached to Loan Application. UCC
               search required from Secretary of State, after recording of
               Lender financing statement.

          (2)  Perfected security interest covering all inventory, general
               intangibles, accounts, and proceeds thereof, now owned by
               Borrower and hereafter acquired, located at all business
               locations. Such security interest may be subject only to the
               prior lien of TO BE DETERMINED as security for a debt not in
               excess of $TO BE DETERMINED secured by accounts and inventory.
               UCC search required from Secretary of State, after recording of
               Lender financing statement.

          (3)  Purchase money security interest to be taken by Financing
               Statement and Security Agreement in all personal property
               acquired with loan proceeds. Lender shall file a Financing
               Statement prior to disbursing loan proceeds, notify all senior
               creditors if inventory is being acquired, and clearly identify
               each item of personal property acquired with loan proceeds.

          (4)  Recorded Assignment with right of reassignment of all Borrower's
               rights and interest in and to a certain lease between Borrower,
               as Lessee and LESSOR covering premises for ALL BUSINESS LOCATIONS
               which lease shall have an unexpired term, including options to
               renew, of approximately SEVEN YEARS AND SIX MONTHS and contain
               such other provisions and conditions as are satisfactory to
               Lender.

               Consent by Lessor to assignment and to right of reassignment by
               Lender/SBA. Written agreement that so long as Lender/SBA has not
               entered into possession of the premises covered by said lease for
               the purpose of operating a business it shall not be liable for
               rent or any other obligations of Lessee; in the event of default
               under subject lease, Lessor will not take any action to terminate
               the lease without giving 60 days prior written notice to
               Lender/SBA and will grant Lender/SBA the right to cure such
               default within said period; and, the Lessor disclaims all right,
               title and interest in and to all leasehold improvements,
               buildings, fixtures, personal property, and appurtenance placed
               by Lessee on the premises during the aforementioned lease period
               and waives any rights of landlord's distraint.

          (5)  Guaranty on SBA Form executed by Robert E. Schneider and Virginia
               C. Wulf, securing the Note with second Deed of Trust or Mortgage
               to be executed by Guarantor on real estate located at 2075 NW
               131st Avenue, Portland, OR 97229. Such Deed of Trust or Mortgage
               may be subject only to the interest of Great Western Bank as
               security for a debt not in excess of $327,658. Affidavit of
               Title, Lot Book Report or similar report satisfactory to Lender,
               is required.
<PAGE>
Borrower Name: The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.
Page 6

          (6)  Guaranty on SBA Form 148 executed by Virginia C. Wulf, modified
               to provide that the liability under the Guaranty of said
               Guarantor(s) shall be limited to HER legal or equitable interest
               in the real property security located at 2075 NW 131st Avenue,
               Portland, OR 97229.

          (7)  Guaranty on SBA Form executed by Howard Wassertail & Vivian S.
               Wasserteil, security the Note with second Deed of Trust or
               Mortgage to be executed by Guarantor on real estate located at
               3125 SW 66th Avenue, Portland, OR 97225. Such Deed of Trust or
               Mortgage may be subject only to the interest of Great Western
               Bank as security for a debt not in excess of $164,470.00.
               Affidavit of Title, Lot Book Report or similar report
               satisfactory to Lender, is required.

          (8)  Guaranty on SBA Form 148 executed by Vivian S. Wasstereil,
               modified to provide that the liability under the Guaranty of said
               Guarantor(s) shall be limited to HER legal or equitable interest
               in the real property security located at 3125 SW 66th Avenue,
               Portland, OR 97225.

          (9)  Tax realty service (annual tax status reporting service) will be
               provided Lender for the term of the Loan covering all pledged
               real property.

4.   To further induce Lender to make and SBA to guarantee this Loan, Lender and
     SBA impose the following conditions:

     (a)  Execution of all documents required in Item 1 above.

     (b)  Reimbursable Expenses. Borrower will, on demand, reimburse Lender for
          any and all expenses incurred, or which may be hereafter incurred, by
          Lender from time to time in connection with or by reason of Borrower's
          application for, and the making and administration of the Loan.

     (c)  Books, Records, and Reports. Borrower will at all times keep proper
          books of account in a manner satisfactory to Lender and/or SBA.
          Borrower hereby authorizes Lender or SBA to make or cause to be made,
          at Borrower Is expense and in such manner and at such times as Lender
          or SBA may require, (a) inspections and audits of any books, records
          and papers in the custody of control of Borrower or others, relating
          to Borrower's financial or business conditions, including the making
          of copies thereof and extracts therefrom, and (b) inspections and
          appraisals of any of Borrower's assets. Borrower will furnish to
          Lender and SBA for the TWELVE (12) month period ending 12/31/97, and
          ANNUALLY thereafter (no later than 90 days following the expiration of
          any such period) and at such other times and in such form as Lender
          may prescribe, Borrower's financial and operating statements. Borrower
          hereby authorizes all Federal, State and municipal authorities to
          furnish reports of examinations, records, and other information
          relating to the conditions and affairs of Borrower and any desired
          information from reports, returns, files, and records of such
          authorities upon request therefor by Lender or SBA.

     (d)  Borrower shall not execute any contracts for management consulting
          services without prior approval of Lender and SBA.
<PAGE>
Borrower Name: The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.
Page 7

     (e)  Distributions and Compensation. Borrower will not, without the prior
          written consent of Lender or SBA (a) if borrower is a corporation,
          declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution upon its capital
          stock, or purchase or retire any of its capital stock, or consolidate,
          or merge with any other company, or give any preferential treatment,
          make any advance, directly or indirectly, by way of loan, gift, bonus,
          or otherwise, to any company directly or indirectly controlling or
          affiliated with or controlled by Borrower, or any other company, or to
          any officer, director or employee of Borrower, or of any such company,
          (b) if Borrower is a partnership or individual, make any distribution
          of assets of the business of Borrower, other than reasonable
          compensation for services, or give any preferential treatment, make
          any advance, directly or indirectly, by way of loan, gift, bonus, or
          otherwise, to any partner or any of its employees, or to any company
          directly or indirectly controlling or affiliated with or controlled by
          Borrower, or any other company.

     (f)  Other provisions:

     (1)  Borrower shall provide and maintain hazard insurance (fire and
          extended coverage) for the full replacement value on ALL PLEDGED
          ASSETS. Fire and extended coverage insurance must contain a mortgagee
          clause for Lender similar in character to New York Standard Mortgagee
          Clause and a clause naming Lender as loss payee. General Public
          Liability Insurance in an amount satisfactory to Lender is required.
          Lender shall be named a loss payee, except for public liability.

     (2)  Prior to first disbursement, the Lender must be in receipt of evidence
          of the kind described below from an independent authoritative source
          which is sufficient to indicate to the Lender that the property is not
          in a special flood hazard area (SFHA). Property is defined as the
          asset(s) financed as a part of the SBA financial assistance and/or
          other collateral deemed necessary by the field office. If such
          evidence is not provided to the Lender, the Borrower must obtain, and
          maintain, a Standard Flood Insurance Policy (SFIP) or other
          appropriate special flood hazard insurance in amounts and coverages
          equal to the lesser of (1) the insurable value of the property or (2)
          the maximum amount of coverage available Borrower can show that
          special flood hazard insurance has been acquired by submitting a copy
          of the policy or providing evidence of premium payment for the
          appropriate coverage to a licensed insurance agent. Borrower will not
          be eligible for either any future disaster assistance or SBA business
          loan assistance if the special flood hazard insurance is not
          maintained as stipulated herein throughout the entire term of this
          loan.

          As evidence that property is not located within a special flood hazard
          area subject to flooding, mudslides or erosions, the Lender may rely
          on a determination of special flood hazard area status by the
          Borrower's property and casualty insurance company, real estate
          appraiser, title insurance company, a local government agency or other
          authoritative source acceptable to SBA which would ordinarily have
          knowledge of the special flood hazard area status for the property.

     (3)  Resolution of Board of Directors, of Borrower corporation, authorizing
          the corporation to obtain the loan and given collateral to secure it.
<PAGE>
Borrower Name: The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.
Page 8

     (4)  Prior to any disbursement, Lender must be in receipt of evidence
          satisfactory to it that Borrower and/or corporate guarantor is a
          registered corporation listed in good standing with the Corporate
          Commissioner of the State of Oregon. Loan documentation must reflect
          correct spelling of corporate name.

     BORROWER COVENANTS AND WARRANTS THAT:

     (1)  Borrower is in compliance with all applicable Federal and State
          environmental laws and regulations, and that they will continue to
          comply with all such laws and regulations in the future; no
          proceedings alleging violations of environmental laws are pending, on
          property owned or property to be purchased, leased or rented by
          Borrower; Borrower has no knowledge of hazardous waste contamination
          on property owned or property to be purchased, leased or rented by
          Borrower; and Borrower assumes all responsibility and all liability
          for toxic substance cleanup resulting from any violations, past,
          present or future, and agrees to indemnify the Lender and SBA for any
          and all resulting liabilities or costs.

     (2)  Prior to any disbursement, Lender must be in receipt of evidence
          satisfactory to it that the registration of Borrower's assumed
          business name is active on the records of the Corporation Division of
          the Oregon Secretary of State.

     (3)  Borrower certifies that no principal who owns at least 50% of the
          voting interest of the company is delinquent more than 60 days under
          the terms of any (a) administrative order, (b) court order, or (c)
          repayment agreement that requires payment of child support.

     (4)  Prior to first disbursement, Borrower must furnish to Lender a copy of
          a lease for all business locations, with terms satisfactory to Lender.

     (5)  Prior to any further expansion, Borrower shall obtain written approval
          of Lender. Lender shall insure the profitability of the operations
          before granting approval for further expansion.

5.   Parties Affected. This Agreement shall be binding upon Borrower and
     Borrower's successors and assigns. No provision stated herein shall be
     waived without the prior written consent of SBA. The Loan shall be
     administered as provided in the Guaranty Agreement.

                                  AIDA ALVAREZ
                                  ADMINISTRATOR


By: /s/Wayne E. Carter                                              May 16, 1997
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wayne E. Carter, Acting Deputy District Director                       Date

CERTIFICATION
- -------------

Borrower has read and understands the action SBA can take in the event of
failure to meet scheduled payments in accordance with the terms and conditions
of the agreements.
<PAGE>
Borrower Name: The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.
Page 9

Borrower hereby agrees to the conditions imposed herein and further acknowledges
that this Authorization and Loan Agreement (Guaranty Loans) does not create a
commitment by Lender to disburse any funds pursuant hereto. Borrower further
agrees that the terms and conditions herein are for the benefit of, and may be
enforced by, Lender as well as SBA and this Authorization and all amendments
constitute the Loan Agreement between Lender and Borrower.

LENDER

Name:  Heller First Capital Corp.

By: /s/ Donna L. Jordan
   ------------------------------------
Donna L. Jordan, Senior Vice President

By: /s/ Kathryn J. Sennott
   ------------------------------------
Kathryn J. Sennott, Credit Manager

Date:              6/20/97
     ----------------------------------
BORROWER

Name:  The Oregon Baking Company, Inc.

By: /s/ Howard J. Wasserteil
   ------------------------------------
Howard J. Wasserteil, President

By: /s/ Robert E. Schneider
   ------------------------------------
Robert E. Schneider, CEO

Date:              6/20/97
     ----------------------------------

GUARANTORS (INDIVIDUAL)

/s/ Robert E. Schneider
- ---------------------------------------
Robert E. Schneider

/s/ Virginia C. Wulf
- ---------------------------------------
Virginia C. Wulf

/s/ Howard J. Wasserteil
- ---------------------------------------
Howard J. Wasserteil

/s/ Vivian S. Wasserteil
- ---------------------------------------
Vivian S. Wasserteil


Date:     6/30/97
     ----------------------------------






                          COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

================================================================================
Borrower:  Oregon Baking Company,            Lender:  Heller First Capital Corp.
           an Oregon corporation                      Portland Office
           2277 NW Quimby                             10250 SW Greenburg Road
           Portland, OR  97296                        Suite 400
                                                      Portland, OR  97223
================================================================================

THIS  COMMERCIAL  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  IS ENTERED  INTO  BETWEEN  OREGON  BAKING
COMPANY,  AN  OREGON  CORPORATION  DBA  MARSEE  BAKING  (REFERRED  TO  BELOW  AS
"GRANTOR");  AND HELLER FIRST CAPITAL CORP. (REFERRED TO BELOW AS "LENDER"). FOR
VALUABLE  CONSIDERATION,  GRANTOR  GRANTS TO LENDER A SECURITY  INTEREST  IN THE
COLLATERAL  TO SECURE THE  INDEBTEDNESS  AND AGREES THAT  LENDER  SHALL HAVE THE
RIGHTS STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE  COLLATERAL,  IN ADDITION TO
ALL OTHER RIGHTS WHICH LENDER MAY HAVE BY LAW.

DEFINITIONS.  The following words shall have the following meanings when used in
this  Agreement.  Terms not otherwise  defined in this Agreement  shall have the
meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. All references
to dollar  amounts  shall mean amounts in lawful  money of the United  States of
America.

       AGREEMENT. The word "Agreement" means this Commercial Security Agreement,
       as this  Commercial  Security  Agreement  may be amended or modified from
       time to time,  together with all exhibits and schedules  attached to this
       Commercial Security Agreement from time to time.

       COLLATERAL.  The word "Collateral" means the following described property
       of Grantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing
       or hereafter arising, and wherever located:

           ALL MACHINERY,  EQUIPMENT,  FURNITURE, INVENTORY, GENERAL INTANGIBLES
           AND ACCOUNTS WHEREVER LOCATED AND MORE THROUGHLY DESCRIBED IN EXHIBIT
           "A" ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF.

           THIS SECURITY  AGREEMENT INCLUDES PURCHASE MONEY SECURITY INTEREST IN
           ALL MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT ACQUIRED WITH LOAN PROCEEDS.

       In addition,  the work "Collateral"  includes all the following,  whether
       now owned or  hereafter  acquired,  whether  now  existing  or  hereafter
       arising and wherever located:

           (a) All attachments, accessions, accessories, tools, parts, supplies,
           increases, and additions to and all replacements of and substitutions
           for any property described above.

           (b) All products and produce of any of the property described in this
           Collateral section.

           (c) All accounts,  general intangibles,  instruments,  rents, monies,
           payments,  and other rights,  arising out of a sale,  lease, or other
           disposition  of any of the  property  described  in  this  Collateral
           section.

           (d) All  proceeds  (including  insurance  proceeds)  from  the  sale,
           destruction,  loss,  or  other  disposition  of any  of the  property
           described in this Collateral section.

           (e) All records and data relating to any of the property described in
           this  Collateral   section,   whether  in  the  form  of  a  writing,
           photograph, microfilm, microfiche, or electronic media, together with
           all of Grantor's  right,  title,  and interest in and to all computer
           software required to utilize,  create, maintain, and process any such
           records or data on electronic media.
<PAGE>

     Some or all of the  Collateral  may be located on the  following  described
real estate:

           LOTS  17  &  18,  COUCH'S  ADDITION,  CITY  OF  PORTLAND,  COUNTY  OF
           MULTNOMAH,  STATE OF OREGON. THE RECORD OWNER OF THE REAL PROPERTY IS
           QUIMBY STREET PARTNERS.

     EVENT OF DEFAULT.  The words  "Event of Default"  mean and include  without
     limitation  any of the Events of  Default  set forth  below in the  section
     "Events of Default."

     GRANTOR:  The word "Grantor" means Oregon Banking [sic] Company,  an Oregon
     corporation dba Marsee Baking, its successors and assigns.

     GUARANTOR.  The word "Guarantor" means and includes without limitation each
     and  all  of  the  guarantors,  sureties,  and  accommodation  partners  in
     connection with the indebtedness.

     INDEBTEDNESS.  The work "Indebtedness" means the indebtedness  evidenced by
     the Note,  including all  principal  and interest,  together with all other
     indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Grantor is responsible  under
     this Agreement or under any other Related Documents.

     LENDER.  The word "Lender" means Heller First Capital Corp., its successors
     and assigns.

     NOTE.  The work "Note"  means the note or credit  agreement  dated June 20,
     1997, in the principal amount of $900,000.00 from Oregon Baking Company, an
     Oregon corporation to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of,
     modifications of,  refinancing of,  consolidations of and substitutions for
     the note or credit agreement.

     RELATED DOCUMENTS.  The words "Related  Documents" mean and include without
     limitation  all  promissory  notes,  credit  agreements,  loan  agreements,
     environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds
     of trust, and all other instruments,  agreements and documents, whether now
     or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

OBLIGATIONS OF GRANTOR. Grantor warrants and covenants to Lender as follows:

     PERFECTION OF SECURITY  INTEREST.  Grantor agrees to execute such financing
     statements  and to take  whatever  other actions are requested by Lender to
     perfect and continue  Lender's  security  interest in the Collateral.  Upon
     request  of  Lender,  Grantor  will  deliver  to Lender  any and all of the
     documents evidencing or constituting the Collateral,  and Grantor will note
     lender's interest upon any and all chattel paper if not delivered TO Lender
     for possession by Lender. Grantor hereby appoints Lender as its irrevocable
     attorney-in-fact  for the purpose of executing any  documents  necessary to
     perfect or to continue the  security  interest  granted in this  Agreement.
     Lender may at any time and without further authorization from Grantor, file
     a carbon,  photographic or other reproduction of any financing statement or
     of this Agreement for use as a financing statement.  Grantor will reimburse
     Lender for all  expenses for the  perfection  and the  continuation  of the
     perfection  of  Lender's  security  interest  in  the  Collateral.  Grantor
     promptly will notify Lender before any change in Grantor's  name  including
     any change to the assumed business names of Grantor.

     NO VIOLATION. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate
     any law or agreement  governing Grantor or to which Grantor is a party, and
     its certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws do not prohibit any
     term or condition of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
                         COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT                    Page 2
Loan No 5638                        (continued)
================================================================================

     ENFORCEABILITY  OF  COLLATERAL.   To  the  extent  Collateral  consists  of
     accounts,  chattel  paper,  or  general  intangibles,   the  Collateral  is
     enforceable  in  accordance  with its terms,  is genuine and complies  with
     applicable  laws  concerning  form,  content and manner of preparation  and
     execution, and all persons appearing to be obligated on the Collateral have
     authority and capacity to contact and are in fact  obligated as they appear
     to be on the Collateral.

     LOCATION OF THE COLLATERAL.  Grantor,  upon request of Lender, will deliver
     to Lender in form  satisfactory to Lender a schedule of real properties and
     Collateral  locations relating to Grantor's  operations,  including without
     limitation the following: (a) all real property owned or being purchased by
     Grantor;  (b) all real property being rented or leased by Grantor;  (c) all
     storage facilities owned, rented, leased, or being used by Grantor, and (d)
     all other properties  where Collateral is or may be located.  Except in the
     ordinary  course of its business,  Grantor shall not remove the  Collateral
     from its existing locations without the prior written consent of Lender.

     REMOVAL OF COLLATERAL.  Grantor shall keep the Collateral (or to the extent
     the  Collateral  consists of  intangible  property  such as  accounts,  the
     records  concerning the Collateral) at Grantor's address shown above, or at
     such  other  locations  as are  acceptable  to  Lender.  Some or all of the
     Collateral may be located at the real property  described above.  Except in
     the ordinary  course of its  business,  including  the sales of  inventory,
     Grantor shall not remove the Collateral from its existing locations without
     the prior  written  consent of Lender.  To the extent  that the  Collateral
     consists of vehicles,  or other titled property,  Grantor shall not take or
     permit any action which would require application for certificates of title
     for the  vehicles  outside the State of Oregon,  without the prior  written
     consent of Lender.

     TRANSACTIONS  INVOLVING  COLLATERAL.  Except for inventory sold or accounts
     collected in the ordinary course of Grantor's  business,  Grantor shall not
     sell,  offer to sell, or otherwise  transfer or dispose of the  Collateral.
     While  Grantor is not in default  under this  Agreement,  Grantor  may sell
     inventory,  but only in the  ordinary  course of its  business  and only to
     buyers who qualify as a buyer in the ordinary course of business. A sale in
     the ordinary  course of Grantor's  business  does not include a transfer in
     partial or total satisfaction of a debt or any bulk sale. Grantor shall not
     pledge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise permit the Collateral to be subject
     to any lien,  security  interest,  encumbrance,  or charge,  other than the
     security interest provided for in this Agreement, without the prior written
     consent of Lender.  This include security interests even if junior in right
     to the security  interests  granted under this Agreement.  Unless waived by
     Lender,  all proceeds from any  disposition of the Collateral (for whatever
     reason) shall be held in trust for Lender and shall not be commingled  with
     any other funds;  provided  however,  this requirement shall not constitute
     consent by Lender to any sale or other disposition.  Upon receipt,  Grantor
     shall immediately deliver any such proceeds to Lender.

     TITLE.  Grantor  represents  and  warrants to Lender that it holds good and
     marketable  title to the  Collateral,  free  and  clear  of all  liens  and
     encumbrances except for the lien of this Agreement.  No financing statement
     covering any of the  Collateral  is on file in any public office other than
     those which reflect the security  interest  created by this Agreement or to
     which Lender has  specifically  consented.  Grantor  shall defend  Lender's
     rights in the  Collateral  against  the  claims  and  demands  of all other
     persons.

     COLLATERAL  SCHEDULES AND LOCATIONS.  Insofar as the Collateral consists of
     inventory,  Grantor  shall  deliver  to  Lender,  as often as Lender  shall
     require, such lists,  descriptions,  and designations of such Collateral as
     Lender may require to identify  the nature,  extent,  and  location of such
     Collateral. Such information shall be submitted for Grantor and each of its
     subsidiaries or related companies.

     MAINTENANCE  AND  INSPECTION  OF  COLLATERAL.  Grantor  shall  maintain all
     tangible  Collateral in good condition and repair.  Grantor will not commit
     or permit  damage to or  destruction  of the  Collateral or any part of the
     Collateral. Lender and its designated representatives and agents shall have
     the  right at all  reasonable  times to  examine,  inspect,  and  audit the
     Collateral whenever located. Grantor shall immediately notify Lender of all
     cases involving the return, rejection,  repossession,  loss or damage of or
     to any Collateral;  of any request for credit or adjustment or of any other
     dispute  arising  with  respect to the  Collateral;  and  generally  of all
     happenings  and events  affecting the  Collateral or the value or amount of
     the Collateral.
<PAGE>

     TAXES,  ASSESSMENTS  AND  LIENS.  Grantor  will  pay  when  due all  taxes,
     assessments and liens upon the Collateral,  its use or operation, upon this
     Agreement,  upon any promissory note or notes evidencing the  Indebtedness,
     or upon any of the other Related  Documents.  Grantor may withhold any such
     payment  or may  elect to  contest  any lien if  Grantor  is in good  faith
     conducting an  appropriate  proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and
     so long as  Lender's  interest  in the  Collateral  is not  jeopardized  in
     Lender's  sole opinion.  If the  Collateral is subjected to a lien which is
     not discharged within fifteen (15) days,  Grantor shall deposit with Lender
     cash, a sufficient corporate surety bond or other security  satisfactory to
     Lender in an amount  adequate to provide for the discharge of the lein plus
     any interest,  costs, attorneys' fees or other charges that could accrue as
     a result of foreclosure or sale of the  Collateral.  In any contest Grantor
     shall defend itself and Lender and shall satisfy any final adverse judgment
     before enforcement against the Collateral.  Grantor shall name Lender as an
     additional   obligee  under  any  surety  bond  furnished  in  the  contest
     proceedings.

     COMPLIANCE WITH  GOVERNMENTAL  REQUIREMENTS.  Grantor shall comply promptly
     with all  laws,  ordinances,  rules  and  regulations  of all  governmental
     authorities,   including  without   limitation  all   environmental   laws,
     ordinances,  rules and regulations,  now or hereafter in effect, applicable
     to the  ownership,  production,  disposition,  or  use  of the  Collateral.
     Grantor may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance or regulation and
     withhold compliance during any proceeding,  including  appropriate appeals,
     so long as Lender's interest in the Collateral, in Lender's opinion, is not
     jeopardized.

     HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCES.  Grantor represents and warrants that the Collateral
     never has been, and never will be so long as this Agreement  remains a lien
     on  the  Collateral,  used  for  the  generation,   manufacture,   storage,
     transportation,  treatment,  disposal, release or threatened release of any
     hazardous   waste  or  substance,   as  those  terms  are  defined  in  the
     Comprehensive  Environmental Response,  Compensation,  and Liability Act of
     1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. ("CERCLA"), the Superfund
     Amendments and  Reauthorization  Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499  ("SARA"),
     the  Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act, 49 U.S.C.  Section 1801, et
     seq., the Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C.  Section 6901,
     et seq., or other applicable  state or Federal laws,  rules, or regulations
     adopted  pursuant to any of the  foregoing  or  intended  to protect  human
     health or the  environment  ("Environmental  Laws").  The terms  "hazardous
     waste" and "hazardous  substance" shall also include,  without  limitation,
     petroleum and petroleum  by-products or any fraction  thereof and asbestos.
     The representations and warranties  contained herein are based on Grantor's
     due diligence in  investigating  the  Collateral  for hazardous  wastes and
     substances.  Grantor  hereby (a)  releases  and  waives  any future  claims
     against Lender for indemnity or  contribution  in the event Grantor becomes
     liable for  cleanup or other costs under any  Environmental  Laws,  and (b)
     agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims and
     losses resulting from a breach of this provision of this Agreement, or as a
     result  of a  violation  of any  Environmental  Laws.  This  obligation  to
     indemnify   shall  survive  the  payment  of  the   indebtedness   and  the
     satisfaction of this Agreement.

     MAINTENANCE OF CASUALTY  INSURANCE.  Grantor shall procure and maintain all
     risks  insurance,  including  without  limitation fire, theft and liability
     coverage  together  with such other  insurance  as Lender may require  with
     respect to the Collateral, in form, amounts, coverages and basis reasonably
     acceptable  to  Lender  and  issued by a company  or  companies  reasonably
     acceptable  to Lender.  Grantor,  upon  request of Lender,  will deliver to
     Lender from time to time the policies or  certificates of insurance in form
     satisfactory to Lender,  including  stipulation  that coverages will not be
     cancelled or  diminished  without at least thirty (30) days ' prior written
     notice  to  Lender  and  not  including  any  disclaimer  of the  insurer's
     liability  for failure to give such a notice.  Each  insurance  policy also
     shall  include an  endorsement  providing  that coverage in favor of Lender
     will not be impaired in any way by any act,  omission or default of Grantor
     or any other person.  In connection  with all policies  covering  assets in
     which Lender holds or is offered a security interest,  Grantor will provide
     Lender with such loss payable or other  endorsements as Lender may require.
     If  Grantor  at any time  fails to  obtain or  maintain  any  insurance  as
     required under this  Agreement,  Lender may (but shall not be obligated to)
     obtain such  insurance  as Lender  deems  appropriate,  including  if it so
     chooses "single interest insurance" which will cover only Lender's interest
     in the Collateral.
<PAGE>
                      COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT                       Page 3
Loan No 5638                        (continued)
================================================================================

     APPLICATION OF INSURANCE PROCEEDS.  Grantor shall promptly notify Lender of
     any loss or  damage to the  Collateral.  Lender  may make  proof of loss if
     Grantor  fails to do so  within  fifteen  (15)  days of the  casualty.  All
     proceeds of any insurance on the  Collateral,  including  accrued  proceeds
     thereon,  shall be held by  Lender  as part of the  Collateral.  If  Lender
     consents to repair or replacement  of the damaged or destroyed  Collateral,
     Lender shall,  upon  satisfactory  proof of  expenditure,  pay or reimburse
     Grantor from the proceeds for the reasonable cost of repair or restoration.
     If Lender  does not  consent to repair or  replacement  of the  Collateral,
     Lender shall  retain a sufficient  amount of the proceeds to pay all of the
     Indebtedness, and shall pay the balance to Grantor. Any proceeds which have
     not been  disbursed  within six (6) months  after  their  receipt and which
     Grantor has not committed to the repair or  restoration  of the  Collateral
     shall be used to prepay the Indebtedness.

     INSURANCE  RESERVES.  Lender may require  Grantor to  maintain  with Lender
     reserves for payment of insurance premiums, which reserves shall be created
     by  monthly  payments  from  Grantor  of a sum  estimated  by  Lender to be
     sufficient  to produce,  at least  fifteen (15) days before the premium due
     date,  amounts at least  equal to the  insurance  premiums  to be paid.  If
     fifteen  (15)  days  before   payment  is  due,   the  reserve   funds  are
     insufficient,  Grantor shall upon demand pay any deficiency to Lender.  The
     reserve  funds  shall be held by  Lender  as a  general  deposit  and shall
     constitute  a  non-interest-bearing  account  which  Lender may  satisfy by
     payment of the  insurance  premiums  required to be paid by Grantor as they
     become due.  Lender does not hold the reserve  funds in trust for  Grantor,
     and  Lender  is not the  agent of  Grantor  for  payment  of the  insurance
     premiums required to be paid by Grantor. The responsibility for the payment
     of premiums shall remain Grantor's sole responsibility.

     INSURANCE REPORTS. Grantor, upon request of Lender, shall furnish to Lender
     reports on each existing  policy of insurance  showing such  information as
     Lender may reasonably request including the following:  (a) the name of the
     insurer;  (b) the risks  insured;  (c) the  amount of the  policy;  (d) the
     property insured (e) the then current value on the basis of which insurance
     has been  obtained and the manner of  determining  that value;  and (f) the
     expiration date of the policy.  In addition,  Grantor shall upon request by
     Lender (however not more often than annually) have an independent appraiser
     satisfactory  to  Lender  determine,  as  applicable,  the  cash  value  or
     replacement cost of the Collateral.

GRANTOR'S RIGHT TO POSSESSION. Until default, Grantor may have possession of the
tangible  personal property and beneficial use of all the Collateral and may use
it in any lawful  manner not  inconsistent  with this  Agreement  or the Related
Documents,  provided that Grantor's right to possession and beneficial use shall
not apply to any  Collateral  where  possession  of the  Collateral by Lender is
required by law to perfect Lender's  security  interest in such  Collateral.  If
Lender at any time has possession of any Collateral,  whether before or after an
Event of Default,  Lender shall be deemed to have exercised  reasonable  care in
the custody and  preservation  of the Collateral if Lender takes such action for
that purpose as Grantor shall request or as Lender, in Lender's sole discretion,
shall deem appropriate under the circumstances, but failure to honor any request
by Grantor shall not of itself be deemed to be a failure to exercise  reasonable
care.  Lender shall not be required to take any steps  necessary to preserve any
rights in the  Collateral  against prior  parties,  nor to protect,  preserve or
maintain any security interest given to secure the Indebtedness.

EXPENDITURES  BY LENDER.  If not  discharged  or paid when due,  Lender may (but
shall  not  be  obligated  to)  discharge  or pay  any  amounts  required  to be
discharged or paid by Grantor under this Agreement, including without limitation
all taxes,  liens,  security interests,  encumbrances,  and other claims, at any
time  levied or  placed on the  Collateral.  Lender  also may (but  shall not be
obligated  to) pay all  costs  for  insuring,  maintaining  and  preserving  the
Collateral.  All such expenditures  incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes
will  then  bear  interest  at the rate  charged  under  the Note  from the date
incurred  or paid by  Lender  to the  date of  repayment  by  Grantor.  All such
expenses shall become a part of the Indebtedness  and, at Lender's option,  will
(a) be  payable  on  demand,  (b) be  added  to the  balance  of the Note and be
apportioned  among and be payable  with any  installment  payments to become due
either (i) the term of any  applicable  insurance  policy or (ii) the  remaining
term of the Note,  or (c) be treated as a balloon  payment which will be due and
payable at the Note's maturity. This Agreement also will secure payment of these
amounts.  Such right shall be in addition  to all other  rights and  remedies to
which Lender may be entitled upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.
<PAGE>

EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Each of the following  shall  constitute an Event of Default
under this Agreement:

     DEFAULT ON INDEBTEDNESS. Failure of Grantor to make any payment when due on
     the Indebtedness.

     ENVIRONMENTAL DEFAULT.  Failure of any party to comply with or perform when
     due  any  term,   obligation,   covenant  or  condition  contained  in  any
     environmental agreement executed in connection with any Loan.

     OTHER  DEFAULTS.  Failure of Grantor to comply with or to perform any other
     term,  obligation,  covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in
     any of the Related  Documents or in any other agreement  between Lender and
     Grantor.

     FALSE  STATEMENTS.  Any  warranty,  representation  or  statement  made  or
     furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Grantor  under this  Agreement,  the
     Note or the  Related  Documents  is false  or  misleading  in any  material
     respect, either now or at the time made or furnished.

     DEFECTIVE COLLATERALIZATION. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents
     ceases to be in full force and effect (including  failure of any collateral
     documents to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any
     time and for any reason.

     INSOLVENCY.  The  dissolution or  termination  of Grantor's  existence as a
     going  business,  the insolvency of Grantor,  the appointment of a receiver
     for any part of  Grantor's  property,  any  assignment  for the  benefit of
     creditors,  any  type  of  creditor  workout,  or the  commencement  of any
     proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Grantor.

     CREDITOR  OR  FORFEITURE   PROCEEDINGS.   Commencement  of  foreclosure  or
     forfeiture   proceedings,   whether  by  judicial  proceeding,   self-help,
     repossession  or any other  method,  by any  creditor  of Grantor or by any
     governmental agency against the Collateral or any other collateral securing
     the  Indebtedness.  This includes a garnishment of any of Grantor's deposit
     accounts  with Lender.  However,  this Event of Default  shall not apply if
     there  is  a  good  faith   dispute  by  Grantor  as  to  the  validity  or
     reasonableness  of  the  claim  which  is the  basis  of  the  creditor  of
     forfeiture  proceeding  and if Grantor gives Lender  written  notice of the
     creditor or  forfeiture  proceeding  and deposits  with Lender  monies or a
     surety  bond  for the  creditor  or  forfeiture  proceeding,  in an  amount
     determined by Lender, in its sole discretion,  as being an adequate reserve
     or bond for the dispute.

     EVENTS AFFECTING GUARANTOR. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect
     to any  Guarantor  of any of the  Indebtedness  or such  Guarantor  dies or
     becomes incompetent,  Lender, at its option, may, but shall not be required
     to, permit the Guarantor's estate to assume unconditionally the obligations
     arising  under the  guaranty in a manner  satisfactory  to Lender,  and, in
     doing so, cure the Event of Default.

     ADVERSE  CHANGE.  A material  adverse change occurs in Grantor's  financial
     condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the
     Indebtedness is impaired.

     RIGHT TO CURE.  If any default,  other than a Default on  Indebtedness,  is
     curable and if Grantor has not been given a prior notice of a breach of the
     same provision of this Agreement,  it may be cured (and no Event of Default
     will have occurred) if Grantor, after Lender sends written notice demanding
     cure of such default, (a) cures the default within ten (10) days; or (b) if
     the cure  requires  more than ten (10) days,  immediately  initiates  steps
     which Lender deems in Lender's sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the
     default and thereafter continues and completes all reasonable and necessary
     steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

RIGHTS  AND  REMEDIES  ON  DEFAULT.  If an Event of  Default  occurs  under this
Agreement, at any time thereafter, Lender shall have all the rights of a secured
party  under the  Oregon  Uniform  Commercial  Code.  In  addition  and  without
limitation,  Lender may  exercise  any one or more of the  following  rights and
remedies:
<PAGE>
                      COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT                       Page 4
Loan No 5638                        (continued)
================================================================================

     ACCELERATE  INDEBTEDNESS.  Lender  may  declare  the  entire  indebtedness,
     including  any  prepayment  penalty which Grantor would be required to pay,
     immediately due and payable, without notice.

     ASSEMBLE COLLATERAL. Lender may require Grantor to deliver to Lender all or
     any portion of the  Collateral  and any and all  certificates  of title and
     other documents  relating to the Collateral.  Lender may require Grantor to
     assemble  the  Collateral  and make it available to Lender at a place to be
     designated  by Lender.  Lender also shall have full power to enter upon the
     property of Grantor to take possession of and remove the Collateral. If the
     Collateral  contains  other goods not covered by this Agreement at the time
     of repossession,  Grantor agrees Lender may take such other goods, provided
     that  Lender  makes  reasonable  efforts to return  them to  Grantor  after
     repossession.

     SELL THE COLLATERAL. Lender shall have full power to sell, lease, transfer,
     or otherwise deal with the  Collateral or proceeds  thereof in its own name
     or that of Grantor.  Lender may sell the  Collateral  at public  auction or
     private sale. Unless the Collateral  threatens to decline speedily in value
     or is a type  customarily  sold on a  recognized  market,  Lender will give
     Grantor  reasonable  notice of the time after which any private sale or any
     other  intended  disposition of the Collateral is to be made unless Grantor
     has signed,  after an Event of Default  occurs,  a statement  renouncing or
     modifying  Grantor's  right to  notification  of sale. The  requirements of
     reasonable  notice  shall be met if such  notice is given at least ten (10)
     days before the time of the sale or disposition.  All expenses  relating to
     the  disposition  of  the  Collateral,  including  without  limitation  the
     expenses of retaking, holding, insuring, preparing for sale and selling the
     Collateral,  shall  become  a part  of the  indebtedness  secured  by  this
     Agreement  and shall be payable on demand,  with  interest at the Note rate
     from date of expenditure until repaid.

     APPOINT  RECEIVER.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender shall
     have the  following  rights and remedies  regarding  the  appointment  of a
     receiver:  (a) Lender may have a receiver  appointed  as a matter of right,
     (b) the receiver may be an employee of Lender and may serve  without  bond,
     and (c) all fees of the receiver and his or her attorney  shall become part
     of the  indebtedness  secured  by this  Agreement  and shall be  payable on
     demand,  with  interest  at the Note rate from  date of  expenditure  until
     repaid.

     COLLECT  REVENUES,  APPLY  ACCOUNTS.  Lender,  either  itself or  through a
     receiver,  may collect the payments,  rents,  income, and revenues from the
     Collateral.  Lender  may  at  any  time  in  its  discretion  transfer  any
     Collateral  into  its  own  name or that of its  nominee  and  receive  the
     payments,  rents,  income,  and  revenues  therefrom  and  hold the same as
     security for the indebtedness or apply it to payment of the indebtedness in
     such order of preference as Lender may determine. Insofar as the Collateral
     consists of accounts, general intangibles, insurance policies, instruments,
     chattel paper,  choses in action, or similar  property,  Lender may demand,
     collect,  receipt for, settle,  compromise,  adjust, sue for, foreclose, or
     realize  on  the  Collateral  as  Lender  may  determine,  whether  or  not
     indebtedness or Collateral is then due. For these purposes,  Lender may, on
     behalf of and in the name of  Grantor,  receive,  open and  dispose of mail
     addressed to Grantor;  change any address to which mail and payments are to
     be sent;  and endorse notes,  checks,  drafts,  money orders,  documents of
     title, instruments and items pertaining to payment, shipment, or storage of
     any Collateral. To facilitate collection, Lender may notify account debtors
     and obligors on any Collateral to make payments directly to Lender.

     OBTAIN DEFICIENCY.  If Lender chooses to sell any or all of the Collateral,
     Lender may obtain a judgment  against Grantor for any deficiency  remaining
     on the indebtedness due to Lender after application of all amounts received
     from the exercise of the rights provided in this  Agreement.  Grantor shall
     be  liable  for a  deficiency  even if the  transaction  described  in this
     subsection is a sale of accounts or chattel paper.
<PAGE>

     OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. Lender shall have all the rights and remedies of
     a secured creditor under the provisions of the Uniform  Commercial Code, as
     may be amended from time to time.  In  addition,  Lender shall have and may
     exercise any or all other rights and remedies it may have available at law,
     in equity, or otherwise.

     CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. All of Lender's rights and remedies, whether evidenced
     by this Agreement or the Related  Documents or by any other writing,  shall
     be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently.  Election by
     Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude  pursuit of any other remedy,
     and an  election  to make  expenditures  or to take  action to  perform  an
     obligation  of Grantor under this  Agreement,  after  Grantor's  failure to
     perform,  shall not  affect  Lender's  right to  declare  a default  and to
     exercise its remedies.

MISCELLANEOUS  PROVISIONS.  The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of
this Agreement:

     AMENDMENTS.   This   Agreement,   together  with  any  Related   Documents,
     constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the
     matters set forth in this Agreement.  No alteration of or amendment to this
     Agreement  shall be  effective  unless  given in writing  and signed by the
     party or  parties  sought  to be  charged  or bound  by the  alteration  or
     amendment.

     APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement has been delivered to Lender and accepted by
     Lender in the State of Oregon.  If there is a lawsuit,  Grantor agrees upon
     Lender's  request to submit to the  jurisdiction of the courts of MULTNOMAH
     County,  the State of Oregon.  Lender and Grantor hereby waive the right to
     any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either
     Lender or Grantor  against the other.  This Agreement  shall be governed by
     and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon.

     ATTORNEYS'  FEES;  EXPENSES.  Grantor  agrees  to pay  upon  demand  all of
     Lender's costs and expenses,  including  attorneys' fees and Lender's legal
     expenses,  incurred in connection  with the  enforcement of this Agreement.
     Lender may pay someone  else to help enforce  this  Agreement,  and Grantor
     shall pay the costs and  expenses of such  enforcement.  Costs and expenses
     include Lender's attorneys' fees and legal expenses whether or not there is
     a lawsuit,  including  attorneys'  fees and legal  expenses for  bankruptcy
     proceedings  (and including  efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay
     or  injunction),  appeals,  and any  anticipated  post-judgment  collection
     services.  Grantor also shall pay all court costs and such  additional fees
     as may be directed by the court.

     CAPTION  HEADINGS.  Caption  headings in this Agreement are for convenience
     purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the  provisions
     of this Agreement.

     MULTIPLE  PARTIES;  CORPORATE  AUTHORITY.  All obligations of Grantor under
     this  Agreement  shall be joint and several,  and all references to Grantor
     shall mean each and every  Grantor.  This  means  that each of the  persons
     signing below is responsible for all obligations in this Agreement.

     NOTICES.  All notices  required to be given under this  Agreement  shall be
     given in writing, may be sent by telefacsimile, and shall be effective when
     actually delivered or when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight
     courier or  deposited  in the United  States  mail,  first  class,  postage
     prepaid,  addressed  to the party to whom the  notice is to be given at the
     address  shown  above.  Any party may change its address for notices  under
     this  Agreement  by giving  formal  written  notice  to the other  parties,
     specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party's address.
     To the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  if there is more  than one
     Grantor,  notice to any Grantor will constitute notice to all Grantors. For
     notice  purposes,  Grantor  will  keep  Lender  informed  at all  times  of
     Grantor's current address(es).

     POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Grantor hereby  appoints  Lender as its true and lawful
     attorney-in-fact,  irrevocably,  with full power of  substitution to do the
     following:  (a) to demand, collect,  receive,  receipt for, sue and recover
     all sums of money or other property which may now or hereafter  become due,
     owing or payable from the Collateral;  (b) to execute, sign and endorse any
     and all claims, instruments, receipts, checks, drafts or warrants issued in
     payment for the Collateral;  (c) to settle or compromise any and all claims
     arising under the  Collateral,  and, in the place and stead of Grantor,  to
     execute and deliver its release and  settlement  for the claim;  and (d) to
     file any claim or claims or to take any action or institute or take part in
     any  proceedings,  either  in its own  name or in the name of  Grantor,  or
     otherwise,  which in the  discretion  of Lender may seem to be necessary or
     advisable.  This power is given as security for the  indebtedness,  and the
     authority  hereby conferred is and shall be irrevocable and shall remain in
     full force and effect until renounced by Lender.
<PAGE>
                      COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT                       Page 5
Loan No 5638                        (continued)
================================================================================

     PREFERENCE  PAYMENTS.  Any  monies  Lender  pays  because  of  an  asserted
     preference  claim  in  Borrower's  bankruptcy  will  become  a part  of the
     indebtedness  and,  at  Lender's  option,  shall be payable by  Borrower as
     provided in the "EXPENDITURES BY LENDER" paragraph.

     SEVERABILITY.  If a court of competent  jurisdiction finds any provision of
     this  Agreement  to be  invalid  or  unenforceable  as  to  any  person  or
     circumstance,  such  finding  shall not render  that  provision  invalid or
     unenforceable as to any other persons or  circumstances.  If feasible,  any
     such  offending  provision  shall be deemed to be modified to be within the
     limits of enforceability or validity;  however,  if the offending provision
     cannot be so  modified,  it shall be stricken and all other  provisions  of
     this Agreement in all other respects shall remain valid and enforceable.

     SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. Subject to the limitations set forth above on transfer
     of the  Collateral,  this Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the
     benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns.

     WAIVER.  Lender  shall not be deemed to have  waived any rights  under this
     Agreement  unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender.  No
     delay or  omission  on the part of Lender  in  exercising  any right  shall
     operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of
     a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of
     Lender's right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or
     any other provision of this Agreement.  No prior waiver by Lender,  nor any
     course of dealing between Lender and Grantor,  shall constitute a waiver of
     any of Lender's rights or of any of Grantor's  obligations as to any future
     transactions.  Whenever  the  consent  of Lender  is  required  under  this
     Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not
     constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is
     required  and in all cases such  consent  may be granted or withheld in the
     sole discretion of Lender.

     WAIVER OF CO-OBLIGOR'S RIGHTS. If more than one person is obligated for the
     indebtedness,  Borrower irrevocably waives,  disclaims and relinquishes all
     claims against such other person which Borrower has or would otherwise have
     by virtue of payment of the indebtedness or any part thereof,  specifically
     including  but not  limited to all  rights of  indemnity,  contribution  or
     exoneration.

GRANTOR  ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY
AGREEMENT,  AND GRANTOR  AGREES TO ITS TERMS.  THIS  AGREEMENT IS DATED JUNE 20,
1997.

GRANTOR:

OREGON BAKING COMPANY, AN OREGON CORPORATION

BY:  /s/ Howard J. Wasserteil                    BY:  /s/ Robert E. Schneider
     -------------------------------                  -------------------------
     HOWARD J. WASSERTEIL, PRESIDENT                  ROBERT E. SCHNEIDER, CEO


================================================================================
LASER  PRO,  Reg.U.S.   Pat.  &  T.M.  Off.,  Ver.  3.23  -copyright-  1997  CFI
ProServices, Inc. All rights reserved. [OR-E40 OREGON1.LN C1.OVL]


<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "A"


All  present and future  accounts,  contract  rights,  chattel  paper,  security
agreements and debts secured thereby,  documents,  notes,  drafts,  instruments,
general  intangibles  (including,  but not  limited  to tax  refunds,  insurance
refunds,  intellectual  property and franchises) and returned goods. All present
and hereafter acquired equipment,  furniture,  furnishings and wherever located,
including but not limited to machinery and machine tools with motors,  controls,
attachments,  parts, tools and accessories  incidental thereto.  All present and
future  fixtures.  All  present and future  tools,  dies,  drawing,  blueprints,
catalogs and computer  programs.  All present and hereafter  acquired  inventory
wherever located,  including but not limited to raw materials,  work in progress
and finished  goods.  All proceeds and products of the foregoing,  including but
not limited to money,  deposit accounts,  goods,  insurance proceeds,  and other
tangible or intangible  property  received upon the sale or  disposition  of the
foregoing.  All present  and future  patents,  trademarks  and  tradenames.  All
present  and  future  books and  records  pertaining  to the  foregoing  and the
equipment containing said books and records.

Except  as to  inventory  held  for  sale,  the  debtor  has no right to sell or
otherwise dispose of any of the collateral.




                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$268,286.58                                                     L/N: 3230086-001
                                                               Chicago, Illinois
                                                                  April 28, 1998

FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned,  OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING
("Maker")  promises  to pay to the  order  of  HELLER  FINANCIAL  LEASING,  INC.
(together  with any  holder of this  Note,  "Payee"),  at its office at 500 West
Monroe  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661 or at such  other  place as Payee may
appoint,  the  principal  sum of Two Hundred  Sixty-eight  Thousand  Two Hundred
Eighty-six Dollars and Fifty-eight Centers ($268,286.58)  together with interest
thereon from the date disbursement is made hereunder on the whole amount of said
principal sum remaining unpaid from time to time at the rate of 11.24% per annum
(meaning 360 days for the actual number of days elapsed)  payable monthly on the
whole  amount of said sum  remaining  from time to time  unpaid,  together  with
collection  expenses and reasonable  attorneys'  fees if placed with an attorney
for  collection.  This Note shall be due and payable in monthly  installments of
principal and interest as follows:

     Sixty (60)  consecutive  monthly  installments  of Five Thousand  Eight
     Hundred Sixty-six and 71/100 Dollars ($5,866.71);

each  payable  on the 20TH day of the month  commencing  with the month of JUNE,
1998. The entire then outstanding principal balance hereunder,  plus all accrued
and unpaid  interest,  charges and other  amounts  owing  hereunder or under the
Security  Agreement  (defined  below) is due and  payable on MAY 20,  2003.  All
payments shall be applied first to interest and then to principal.

If any  installment  of principal or interest  due  hereunder  shall not be paid
within ten (10) days after such  installment  is due, Maker shall pay to Payee a
"late  charge" of five  percent (5%) of such  delinquent  amount (or the maximum
amount  permitted  by law,  whichever  is less).  Maker  hereby  waives  demand,
presentment for payment, protest, and notice of non-payment.

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if at any time  implementation of any provision
hereof shall cause the interest  contracted for or charged herein or collectable
hereunder to exceed the applicable  lawful maximum rate, then the interest shall
be limited to such applicable lawful maximum.

Maker hereby  authorizes  Payee to insert the date of the first  installment due
hereunder,  a date not sooner than  fifteen  (15) days nor later than  forty-six
(46) days after the date of  disbursement.  Payee's  books and records  shall be
dispositive of the date disbursement is made hereunder.

This Note is secured by and entitled to (I) the  benefits of a certain  Security
Agreement dated as of April 28, 1998, and (ii) any other  agreements under which
Payee has been  granted a lien and  security  interest in property to secure the
payment and performance by Maker of this Note (all of the foregoing  hereinafter
sometimes  collectively  referred  to as  the  "Security  Agreement")  to  which
reference is made for a statement of the nature and extent of the protection and
security afforded, the rights of Payee, and the rights and obligations of Maker.

If a default shall occur under the Security  Agreement,  this Note may become or
be declared due in the manner and with the effect provided for therein.

Upon payment of all accrued late charges and interest then due or to become due,
Maker may prepay the entire balance  evidenced hereby (less a rebate of unearned
interest, if any, calculated in accordance with the Simple Interest Method) upon
payment of a premium equal to 4% of the principal  amount so prepaid;  provided,
however,  if said  prepayment is made during any loan year after the second loan
year,  said premium  shall be reduced by 1% in each loan year  thereafter  until
said premium shall be reduced to a minimum  premium of 1% and said premium shall
remain at such minimum until final maturity.
<PAGE>

Maker and all  endorsers,  guarantors  or any others who may at any time  become
liable for the payment  hereof hereby consent to any and all extensions of time,
renewals, waivers and modifications of, and substitutions or release of security
or of any party  primarily  or  secondarily  liable on, or with respect to, this
Note or the Security  Agreement or any of the terms and provisions  thereof that
may be made,  granted or consented to by Payee and agree that Payee shall not be
required to look to any collateral for the payment of this Note, but may proceed
against the undersigned or any one of the undersigned,  if more than one, or any
guarantor  hereof in such  manner as it deems  desirable.  None of the rights or
remedies of Payee  hereunder  or under the Security  Agreement  are to be deemed
waived or affected by any failure to exercise same. All remedies  conferred upon
Payee, the holder of the Security Agreement or any other instrument or agreement
to which the  undersigned or any guarantor  hereof is a party or under which any
or all of them is  bound,  shall  be  cumulative  and not  exclusive,  and  such
remedies may be exercised concurrently or consecutively at Payee's option.

This Note shall be governed by and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws and
decisions of the State of Illinois, without regard to principles of conflicts of
law,  including  all  matters  of  construction,  validity,  enforceability  and
performance.  AT PAYEE'S ELECTION AND WITHOUT LIMITING PAYEE'S RIGHT TO COMMENCE
AN ACTION IN ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION,  MAKER  (I)  CONSENT(S)  TO THE  EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION  AND VENUE OF ANY COURT  (FEDERAL,  STATE OR LOCAL) SITUATED IN THE
COUNTY OF COOK,  STATE OF  ILLINOIS,  (II)  WAIVE(S)  ANY  OBJECTION  BASED UPON
IMPROPER VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS,  AND (III)  CONSENT(S) TO SERVICE OF
PROCESS BY CERTIFIED OR  REGISTERED  MAIL,  POSTAGE  PREPAID,  TO THE LAST KNOWN
ADDRESS OF MAKER,  WHICH SERVICE SHALL BE DEEMED  COMPLETED WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS
AFTER THE DATE OF MAILING THEREOF.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL:  PAYEE AND MAKER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A
JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  BASED  UPON OR  ARISING  OUT OF THIS
NOTE OR THE SECURITY AGREEMENT.  PAYEE AND MAKER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS
A  MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT  TO ENTER INTO A  BUSINESS  RELATIONSHIP,  THAT EACH HAS
ALREADY  RELIED ON THIS  WAIVER IN  ENTERING  INTO THIS NOTE,  AND THE  SECURITY
AGREEMENT  AND THAT EACH WILL  CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN THEIR  RELATED
FUTURE  DEALINGS.  PAYEE AND MAKER WARRANT AND REPRESENT  THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED
THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL  COUNSEL,  AND THAT EACH  KNOWINGLY  AND  VOLUNTARILY
WAIVES  ITS  RESPECTIVE  JURY TRIAL  RIGHTS  FOLLOWING  CONSULTATION  WITH LEGAL
COUNSEL.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this Note to be duly executed on
the date first above written.


ATTEST: (Witness if not a corporation)   OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING

/s/ D Mombell
- -----------------------------            By: /s/ Howard Wassterteil
                                             -----------------------------
                                         Name:  Howard Wassterteil
                                         Title: Secretary







                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
                               ------------------


THIS SECURITY  AGREEMENT  (hereinafter  referred to as  "Agreement" or "Security
Agreement"),  made this 28th day of April,  1998,  by and between  OREGON BAKING
COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING, an Oregon  corporation whose business address is 2277
NW Quimby, Portland, Oregon 97296 ("Debtor") and HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC.,
a Delaware  corporation,  whose  address  is 500 West  Monroe  Street,  Chicago,
Illinois 60661 ("Secured Party").

1. SECURE  PAYMENT.  To secure payment of indebtedness as evidenced by a note or
notes (the "Notes"), which Debtor has executed and delivered or will execute and
deliver to Secured Party and also to secure any other  indebtedness or liability
of Debtor to Secured Party, direct or indirect,  absolute or contingent,  due or
to become due, now  existing or hereafter  arising and no matter how acquired by
Secured Party,  including all future  advances or loans which may be made at the
option  of   Secured   Party   (all  the   foregoing   hereinafter   called  the
"Indebtedness"),  Debtor  hereby  grants and  conveys  to Secured  Party a first
superior  continuing lien and security interest in the property  described below
and/or on the Schedule(s)  attached hereto (the  "Schedules"),  all products and
proceeds  (including  insurance  proceeds)  thereof,  if any, and all increases,
substitutions, replacements, attachments, additions, and accessions thereto, all
or any of the foregoing hereinafter called the "Collateral".

(DESCRIPTION  OF  COLLATERAL  ON  ATTACHED  SCHEDULES.   THE  SCHEDULES  MAY  BE
SUPPLEMENTAL  FROM TIME TO TIME TO  EVIDENCE  THE  COLLATERAL,  SUBJECT  TO THIS
AGREEMENT.)

2.  WARRANTIES,  REPRESENTATIONS  AND COVENANTS.  Debtor  warrants,  represents,
covenants and agrees as follows:

    (a) PERFORM OBLIGATIONS. Debtor shall pay all of the Indebtedness secured by
this  Agreement and perform all of the  obligations  contained in this Agreement
according  to its  terms.  Debtor  shall  use the loan  proceeds  primarily  for
business uses and not for personal, family, household, or agricultural uses.

    (b) DEFEND THE  COLLATERAL.  Debtor shall defend the title to the Collateral
against  all  persons  and  against  all claims and  demands  whatsoever,  which
Collateral,  except for the security  interest granted hereby, is lawfully owned
by Debtor  and is now free and clear of any and all liens,  security  interests,
claims, charges, encumbrances, taxes, and assessments of any kind, except as may
be set forth on the  Schedules.  At the request of Secured  Party,  Debtor shall
furnish  further  assurance  of title,  execute any written  agreement or do any
other  acts  necessary  to  effectuate  the  purposes  and  provisions  of  this
Agreement,  execute any instrument or statement  required by law or otherwise in
order to perfect,  continue, or terminate the security interest of Secured Party
in the Collateral and pay all costs of filing in connection therewith.

    (c) KEEP POSSESSION OF THE COLLATERAL. Debtor shall retain possession of the
Collateral  until the  Indebtedness  is fully  paid and  performed  (subject  to
Secured  Party's  rights and remedies upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
[defined below]) and shall not sell,  exchange,  assign,  loan, deliver,  lease,
mortgage, or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof without the
prior written consent of Secured Party.  Debtor shall keep the Collateral at the
location[s]  specified on the Schedules and shall not remove same (except in the
usual  course of business  for  temporary  periods)  without  the prior  written
consent of Secured Party.

<PAGE>

    (d) COLLATERAL  FREE AND CLEAR.  Debtor shall keep the  Collateral  free and
clear of all  liens,  charges,  encumbrances,  assessments,  and other  security
interest of any kind (other than the security interest granted hereby) and shall
pay,  when due,  all  taxes,  assessments,  and  license  fees  relating  to the
Collateral.

    (e)  COLLATERAL IN GOOD  OPERATING  ORDER.  All of the Collateral is in good
operating  order,  condition and repair and is used or useful in the business of
Debtor. Debtor shall keep the Collateral,  at Debtor's sole cost and expense, in
good  repair  and  condition  and not  misuse,  abuse,  waste,  or  allow  it to
deteriorate  except for normal wear and tear.  Debtor shall make the  Collateral
available for  inspection by Secured Party at all reasonable  times,  and Debtor
will use and maintain the  Collateral in a lawful manner in accordance  with all
applicable laws, regulations, ordinances, and codes.

    (f)  INSURANCE.  Debtor  shall  insure the  Collateral  against loss by fire
(including extended coverage),  theft and other hazards,  for its full insurable
value including replacement costs. The insurance policy shall name Secured Party
as loss payee and shall  contain such other terms as Secured  Party may require.
In addition,  Debtor shall obtain liability insurance  respecting the Collateral
covering  liability for bodily injury,  including death and property damage,  in
amounts as Secured Party may require.  Policies shall be in such form,  amounts,
and with such companies as Secured Party may approve;  shall provide for at lest
thirty  (30)  days  prior  written   notice  to  Security  Party  prior  to  any
modification  or  cancellation  thereof;  shall be payable to Debtor and Secured
Party as their  interests may appear;  shall waive any claim for premium against
Secured Party; and shall provide that no breach of warranty or representation or
act or  omission  of  Debtor  shall  terminate,  limit or affect  the  insurers'
liability to Secured Party. Certificates of insurance or policies evidencing the
insurance  required hereby along with  satisfactory  proof of the payment of the
premiums  therefor  shall be delivered to Secured Party who is  authorized,  but
under no duty, to obtain such  insurance upon failure of Debtor to do so. Debtor
shall give immediate  written notice to Secured Party and to insurers of loss or
damage to the  Collateral  and shall promptly file proofs of loss with insurers.
Debtor hereby irrevocably  appoints Secured Party as Debtor's  attorney-in-fact,
coupled with an interest, for the purpose of obtaining,  adjusting and canceling
any such  insurance and endorsing  settlement  drafts.  Debtor hereby assigns to
Secured Party, as additional  security for the Indebtedness,  all sums which may
become payable under such insurance, including return premiums ad dividends.

    (g) COMPLETE  INFORMATION.  No  representation or warranty made by Debtor in
this Agreement and no other document or statement  furnished to Secured Party by
or on behalf of Debtor contains any material  misstatement of a material fact or
omits to state  any  material  fact  necessary  in order to make the  statements
contained herein or therein not misleading. Except as expressly set froth in the
Schedules, there is no fact known to Debtor that will or could have a materially
adverse affect on the business,  operation,  condition (financial or otherwise),
performance,  propitiates  or prospects of Debtor or Debtor's  ability to timely
pay all of the Indebtedness and perform all of its other  obligations  contained
in or secured by this Agreement.

    (h) IF  COLLATERAL  ATTACHES TO REAL ESTATE.  If the  Collateral or any part
thereof has been attached to or is to be attached to real estate,  a description
of the real estate and the name and address of the record  owner is set forth on
the  Schedules.  If said  collateral  is attached  to real  estate  prior to the
perfection of the security  interest  granted hereby,  Debtor will, on demand of
Secured Party, furnish Secured Party with a disclaimer or waiver of any interest
in the Collateral satisfactory to Secured Party and signed by all persons having
an interest in the real estate.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Collateral
shall remain  personal  property and shall not be affixed to realty  without the
prior written consent of Secured Party.

                                       1
<PAGE>

    (i) FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  Debtor shall  deliver to Secured Party  Debtor's
outside audited annual  financial  statements  within ninety (90) days after the
end of Debtor's and  guarantors'  fiscal years and shall  furnish,  within sixty
(60)  days  after  the  end of each  quarter,  quarterly  uncertified  financial
statements of Debtor and compliance  certificates if requested by Secured Party.
Each of Debtor and guarantor  shall certify that all financial  information  and
statements  provided to Secured Party fairly present the financial  condition of
Debtor or guarantor at the date thereof.

    (j) PERFECTION.  This Agreement  creates a valid and first priority security
interest  in  the  Collateral,  securing  the  payment  and  performance  of the
Indebtedness  and all actions  necessary  to perfect and protect  such  security
interest have been duly taken.

    (k)  AUTHORIZATION.  Debtor  is now,  and  will at all  times  remain,  duly
licensed,  qualified to do business and in good  standing in every  jurisdiction
where failure to be so licensed or qualified  and in good standing  would have a
material  adverse effect on its business,  properties or assets.  Debtor has the
power to authorize,  execute and deliver this Security Agreement,  the Notes and
the other documents  relating thereto (the Security  Agreement,  Notes and other
documents, all as amended from time to time, are hereafter collectively referred
to as the "Loan  Documents"),  to incur and perform  obligations  hereunder  and
thereunder, and to grant he security interest created hereby. The Loan Documents
have been duly  authorized,  executed,  and delivered by or on behalf of Debtor,
and  constitute  the legal,  valid,  and binding  obligations  of Debtor and are
enforceable  against Debtor in accordance with their  respective  terms.  Debtor
will  preserve and maintain  its  existence  and will not wind up its affairs or
otherwise  dissolve.  Debtor will not,  without  thirty (30) days prior  written
notice to Secured Party, (1) change its name or so change it structure such that
any financing  statement or other record notice becomes misleading or (2) change
its principal  place of business or chief  executive or accounting  offices form
the address stated herein.

<PAGE>

    (l) LITIGATION.  There are no actions, suits, proceedings, or investigations
("Litigation")  pending  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  Debtor.  Debtor  is not in
violation of any material  term or provision of its by-laws,  or of any material
agreement or instrument, or of any judgment,  decree, order, or any state, rule,
or  governmental  regulation  applicable  to it. The  execution,  delivery,  and
performance  of the Loan  Documents  do not and will not  violate,  constitute a
default under,  or otherwise  conflict with any such term or provision or result
in the creation of any security interest,  lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any
of the properties or assets of Debtor,  except for the security  interest herein
created.  Debtor will  promptly  notify  Secured  Party in writing of Litigation
against it if: (1) the outcome of such  Litigation  may  materially or adversely
affect the finances or operations of Debtor (for purposes of this provision, Ten
Thousand  Dollars  ($10,000)  shall be deemed  material) or (2) such  Litigation
questions  the validity of any Loan  Document or any action taken or to be taken
pursuant  thereto.  Debtor  shall  furnish  to Secured  Party  such  information
regarding any such Litigation as Secured Party shall reasonably request.

    (m) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Debtor shall comply in all material respects with
all  applicable  laws,  rules,  and  regulations  and  duly  observe  all  valid
requirements  of all  governmental  authorities,  and all  statutes,  rules  and
regulations  relating to its  business,  including,  without  limitation,  those
concerning  public  and  employee  health,   safety,  and  social  security  and
withholding taxes and those concerning employee benefit plans and as such may be
required by the Internal Revenue Code, as amended from time to time (the "Code")
and the Employees  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time
to time ("ERISA").

    (n) TAXES.  Debtor has timely filed all tax returns (federal,  state, local,
and foreign) required to be filed by it and has paid or established reserves for
all  taxes,   assessments,   fees,  and  other  governmental  charges  upon  its
properties, assets, income and franchises. Debtor does not know of any actual or
proposed additional tax assessments for any fiscal period against it which would
have a material adverse effect on it. Debtor will promptly pay and discharge all
taxes,  assessments,  and other governmental  charges prior to the date on which
penalties are attached thereto,  establish adequate reserves for the payments of
such  taxes,  assessments,   and  other  governmental  charges  (including  cash
reserves,  if any, required by generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP")
for any taxes, assessments, or other charges being contested), make all required
withholding  and other tax deposits,  and, upon request,  provide  Secured Party
with  receipts  or other proof that any or all of such  taxes,  assessments,  or
governmental charges have been paid in a timely fashion; provided, however, that
nothing  contained herein shall require the payment of any tax,  assessment,  or
other  governmental  charge so long as its  validity is being  contested in good
faith and by appropriate  proceedings  diligently  conducted.  Should any stamp,
excise, or other tax,  including  mortgage,  conveyance,  deed,  intangible,  or
recording taxes become payable in respect of this Security Agreement, the Notes,
or any other Loan Documents,  Debtor shall pay the same (including  interest and
penalties, if any) and shall hold Secured Party harmless with respect thereto.

    (o) ENVIRONMENTAL  LAWS. Debtor has complied and will comply in all material
respects with all  Environmental  Laws applicable to the transfer,  construction
on, and operations of its property and business. Debtor has (1) not received any
summons,  complaint, order, or similar notice that it is not in compliance with,
or  that  any  public  authority  is  investigating  its  compliance  with,  any
Environmental  Laws  and  (2) no  knowledge  of any  material  violation  of any
Environmental  Laws on or about its assets or property.  Debtor will comply,  in
all material  respects with all  Environmental  Laws and provide  Secured Party,
promptly following receipt,  copies of any  correspondence,  notice,  complaint,
order,  or other document that it receives  asserting or alleging a circumstance
or condition which requires or may require a cleanup,  removal,  remedial action
or other response by or on the part of Debtor under Environmental Laws, or which
seeks  damages or civil,  criminal  or  punitive  penalties  from  Debtor for an
alleged violation of any Environmental Laws. Debtor will advise Secured Party in
writing as soon as Debtor  becomes aware of any condition or  circumstance  that
makes  the  environmental   representations  or  warranties  contained  in  this
Agreement  inaccurate  in any material  respect.  For purposes of this  Security
Agreement, "Environmental Laws" means all federal, state, and local laws, rules,
regulations,   orders,  and  decrees  relating  to  health,  safety,   hazardous
substances,  and  environmental  matters,  including,  without  limitation,  the
Resource Recovery and Reclamation Act of 1976, the  comprehensive  Environmental
Response,  Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, the Toxic Substances control
Act, the Clean Water At of 1977, and the Clean Air Act, all as amended from time
to time.

    (p) NO LIABILITY.  Debtor  acknowledges  and agrees that Secured Party shall
not be liable for any acts or omissions nor for any error of judgment or mistake
of fact or law other than as a result of Secured  Party's  gross  negligence  or
willful misconduct.

    (q) SETOFF.  Without  limiting  any other right of Secured  Party,  whenever
Secured Party has the right to declare any  Indebtedness  to be immediately  due
and  payable  )(whether  or not it has so  declared),  Secured  Party is  hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time to the fullest extent  permitted by
law, to set off and apply against any and all of the  Indebtedness,  any and all
monies  then or  thereafter  owed to Debtor by  Secured  Party in any  capacity,
whether or not the  obligation  to pay such monies owed by Secured Party is then
due.  Secured  Party  shall be deemed to have  exercised  such  right of set-off
immediately at the time of such election even though any charge therefor is made
or entered on Secured Party's records subsequent thereto.

    (r) BOOKS  AND  RECORDS.  Debtor  shall  maintain,  at all  times,  true and
complete books,  records and accounts in which true and correct entries are made
of its transactions in accordance with GAAP and consistent with those applied in
the preparation of Debtor's financial statements.  At all reasonable times, upon
reasonable notice, and during normal business hours,  Debtor will permit Secured
Party or its agents to audit, examine and make extracts from or copies of any of
its books, ledgers,  reports,  correspondence,  and other records. Secured Party
may verify any  Collateral  in any  reasonable  manner which  Secured  Party may
consider  appropriate,  and Debtor shall furnish all  reasonable  assistance and
information  and perform any acts which Secured Party may reasonably  request in
connection therewith.

                                       2
<PAGE>

    (s) WRITTEN  NOTICE.  Debtor agrees to give Secured Party written  notice of
any action or  inaction  by Secured  Party or any agent or  attorney  of Secured
Party or that may give  rise to a claim  against  Secured  Party or any agent or
attorney of Secured Party or that may be a defense to payment of the obligations
for any reason, including, but not limited to, commission of a tort or violation
of any  contractual  duty or duty implied by law. Debtor agrees that unless such
notice is fully given as promptly as possible  (and in any event  within  thirty
(30) days)  after  Debtor has  knowledge,  or with the  exercise  of  reasonable
diligence  should have had  knowledge,  of any such action or  inaction,  Debtor
shall not  assert,  and  Debtor  shall be deemed  to have  waived,  any claim or
defense arising therefrom.

    (t)  INDEMNITY.  Debtor  shall  indemnify,  protect,  save,  defend and hold
Secured Party, its parent, officers, directors, agents, employees, and attorneys
harmless from and against any loss,  expense  (including  reasonable  attorneys'
fees and costs),  damage or liability  arising directly or indirectly out of (i)
any breach of any  representation,  warranty or covenant contained herein and in
the other  Loan  Documents,  (ii) any claim or cause of action  that  would deny
Secured Party the full benefit or protection of any provision  herein and in the
Loan Documents,  and (iii) the ownership,  possession,  lease,  operation,  use,
condition,  sale,  return,  or other  disposition  of the  Collateral.  If after
receipt of any payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness,  Secured Party is
for any reason  compelled  to  surrender  such  payment to any person or entity,
because  such  payment is  determined  to be void or voidable  as a  preference,
impermissible  set-off,  or a diversion of trust funds, or for any other reason,
this Security  Agreement and the Loan Documents shall continue in full force and
effect  and  Debtor  shall be liable  to  Secured  Party for the  amount of such
payment  surrendered.  The  provisions  of the preceding  sentence  shall be and
remain effective  notwithstanding  any contrary action which may have been taken
by Secured Party in reliance upon such payment,  and any such contrary action so
taken shall be without  prejudice to Secured  Party's rights under this Security
Agreement and shall be deemed to have been  conditioned upon such payment having
become final and irrevocable. Additionally, Debtor will pay or reimburse Secured
Party for any and all  reasonable  costs and  expenses  incurred  in  connection
herewith,  including,  but not limited to,  attorneys' fees, filing fees, search
fees, and lien  recordation.  The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the
termination of this Security Agreement and the Loan Documents.

    (u) COLLATERAL DOCUMENTATION. Debtor shall deliver to Secured Party prior to
any advance or loan,  satisfactory  documentation regarding the Collateral to be
financed,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  such  invoices,  canceled  checks
evidencing  payments,  or other documentation as may be reasonably  requested by
Secured  Party.  Additionally,  Debtor must satisfy  Secured Party that Debtor's
business and financial information is as has been represented and there has been
no material change in Debtor's business, financial condition, or operations.

3. PREPAYMENT.  Debtor may NOT prepay the  Indebtedness,  whether in whole or in
part,  at any time during the term of this  Agreement  without the prior written
consent of Secured Party in its sole discretion (per Promissory Note,  paragraph
7).

4.  EVENTS OF  DEFAULT.  If any one of the  following  events  (each of which is
herein  called an "Event of Default")  shall occur:  (a) Debtor  defaults in the
payment,  when  due,  of any  Indebtedness,  or (b)  any  warranty  or  material
representation of Debtor is untrue or inaccurate or Debtor breaches any warranty
or  representation   hereunder,  or  (c)  Debtor  breaches  or  defaults  I  the
performance of any other  agreement or covenant  hereunder,  or (d) Debtor shall
default in the payment or  performance of any secured debt,  including,  but not
limited to, Secured Party, or (e) Debtor becomes insolvent,  makes an assignment
for the benefit of creditors or ceases to continue as a going business, or (f) a
receiver, trustee, conservator, or liquidator is appointed for Debtor or for all
or a substantial  portion of Debtor's property,  with or without the approval or
consent of Debtor,  or (g) a petition  is filed by or against  Debtor  under the
Bankruptcy  Code or any amendment  thereto or under any other  insolvency law or
laws providing for the relief of debtors,  or (h) in the  reasonable  opinion of
Secured  Party  the  value  of  the  Collateral  is  substantially  reduced  and
satisfaction by Debtor of the  Indebtedness  is imperiled;  or (i) if there is a
material  adverse change in the business or financial  condition of Debtor then,
and in any such event, Secured Party shall have the right to exercise any one or
more of the remedies hereinafter provided.

<PAGE>

5. REMEDIES.  In an Event of Default shall occur,  in addition to all rights and
remedies of a secured  party under the Uniform  Commercial  Code,  Secured Party
may, at its option, at any time (a) declare the entire unpaid Indebtedness to be
immediately due and payable; (b) without demand or legal process, enter into the
premises where the Collateral may be found and take possession of and remove the
Collateral, all without charge to or liability on the part of Secured Party; and
(c) require Debtor to assemble the  Collateral,  render it unusable,  and crate,
pack,  ship,  and deliver the  Collateral to Secured Party in such manner and at
such place as Secured Party may require,  all at Debtor's sole cost and expense.
DEBTOR  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY  WAIVES  ITS  RIGHTS  IF ANY TO (1)  PRIOR  NOTICE  OF
REPOSSESSION  AND  (2) A  JUDICIAL  OR  ADMINISTRATIVE  HEARING  PRIOR  TO  SUCH
REPOSSESSION.  Secured  Party may,  at its  option,  ship,  store and repair the
Collateral  so removed and sell any or all of it at a public or private  sale or
sales.  Unless the Collateral is perishable or threatened to decline speedily in
value or is of a type  customarily  sold on a recognized  market,  Secured Party
will give  Debtor  reasonable  notice of the time and place of any  public  sale
thereof  or of the time  after  which any  private  sale or any  other  intended
disposition  thereof is to be made, it being  understood and agreed that Secured
Party may be a buyer at any such sale and Debtor  may not,  either  directly  or
indirectly, be a buyer at any such sale. The requirements, if any, or reasonable
notice  will be met if such  notice is mailed  postage  prepaid to Debtor at its
address  shown  above,  at  least  five  (5)  days  before  the  time of sale or
disposition.  Debtor  shall  also be liable  for and shall  upon  demand  pay to
Secured  Party all expenses  incurred by Secured  Party in  connection  with the
undertaking  or  enforcement  by Secured  Party of any of its rights or remedies
hereunder or at law, including, but to limited to, all expenses of repossessing,
storing, shipping,  repairing,  selling or otherwise disposing of the Collateral
and  legal  expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and  court  costs
(through  any and all appeals and  judgment and  enforcement  actions,  it being
acknowledged  and agreed by Debtor  that this  provision  shall  survive and not
merge  with any  such  judgment),  all of  which  costs  and  expenses  shall be
additional  Indebtedness  hereby  secured.  After any such sale or  disposition,
Debtor shall be liable for any deficiency of the Indebtedness  remaining unpaid,
with interest thereon at the rate set forth in the related Note.

6. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  All remedies of Secured Party hereunder are cumulative,
are in addition to any other remedies  provided for by law or in equity and may,
to the extent permitted by law, be exercised concurrently or separately, and the
exercise of any one remedy  shall not be deemed an election of such remedy or to
preclude  the  exercise of any other  remedy.  No failure on the part of Secured
party to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right or remedy, shall operate
as waiver  thereof or in any way modify or be deemed to modify the terms of this
Security  Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the Indebtedness,  nor shall
any single or partial  exercise by Secured Party of any right or remedy preclude
any other or further exercise of the same or any other right or remedy.

7. ASSIGNMENT. Secured Party may transfer or assign this Security Agreement, the
Note,  or the  Indebtedness  and the other Loan  Documents  either  together  or
separately without releasing Debtor or the collateral, and upon such transfer or
assignment  the assignee or holder shall be entitled to all the rights,  powers,
privileges and remedies of Secured Party to the extent  assigned or transferred.
The  obligation so debtor shall not be subject,  as against any such assignee or
transferee,  to any  defense,  set-off,  or  counter-claim  available  to Debtor
against Secured Party and any such defense,  set-off,  or  counter-claim  may be
asserted only against Secured Party.

8.  TIME IS OF THE  ESSENCE.  Time and  manner of  performance  by Debtor of its
duties and obligations under this Security  Agreement,  the Notes, and the other
Loan  Documents  is of the  essence.  If Debtor  shall  fail to comply  with any
provision of this Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Secured Party
shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to take action to address such
non-compliance,  in whole or in part,  and all  moneys  spent and  expenses  and
obligations  incurred  or assumed by Secured  Party shall be paid by Debtor upon
demand and shall be added to the Indebtedness.  Any such action by Secured Party
shall not constitute a waiver of Debtor's default.

                                       3
<PAGE>

9.  APPLICABLE  LAW.  THIS SECURITY  AGREEMENT  SHALL E GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE
CONSTRUED  AND ENFORCED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE  INTERNAL  LAWS OF THE STATE OF
ILLINOIS, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

10. CONSENT TO  JURISDICTION.  DEBTOR HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY
STATE OR FEDERAL COURT  LOCATED  WITHIN THE COUNTY OF COOK STATE OF ILLINOIS AND
IRREVOCABLY  AGREES THAT,  SUBJECT TO SECURED PARTY'S  ELECTION,  ALL ACTIONS OR
PROCEEDINGS  ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY  AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS.  DEBTOR EXPRESSLY  SUBMITS AND
CONSENTS TO THE  JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID  COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF
FORUM NON  CONVENIENS.  DEBTOR  HEREBY  WAIVES  PERSONAL  SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL
PROCESS AND AGREES  THAT ALL SUCH  SERVICE OR PROCESS MAY BE MADE UPON DEBTOR BY
CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED,  ADDRESSED TO DEBTOR, AT
THE  ADDRESS SET FORTH IN THIS  AGREEMENT  AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE COMPLETE
TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE SAME HAS BEEN POSTED.

11. FURTHER  ASSURANCE;  NOTICE.  Debtor shall,  at its expense,  do execute and
deliver such further acts and  documents as Secured  Party may from time to time
reasonably  require to assure and confirm  the rights  created or intended to be
created  hereunder to carry out the intention or facilitate  the  performance of
the terms of this  Security  Agreement  and the Loan  Documents or to assure the
validity,  perfection,  priority  or  enforceability  of any  security  interest
created  hereunder.  Debtor  agrees t  execute  any  instrument  or  instruments
necessary   or  expedient   for  filing,   recording,   perfecting,   notifying,
foreclosing,  and/or  liquidating of Secured Party's  interest in the Collateral
upon  request  of, and as  determined  by,  Secured  Party,  and  Debtor  hereby
specifically  authorizes  Secured  Party to prepare and file Uniform  Commercial
Code  financing  statements  and other  documents and to execute same for and on
behalf of Debtor as Debtor's  attorney-in-fact,  irrevocably and coupled with an
interest,  for such purposes.  All notices required or otherwise given by either
party shall be deemed  adequately  and properly  given if sent by  registered or
certified  mail or by  overnight  courier  with a copy by facsimile to the other
party at the addresses stated herein or at such other address as the other party
may from time to time designate in writing.

12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE
RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT
OF THIS  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  AND THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS.  DEBTOR AND SECURED
PARTY  ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT THIS  WAIVER IS A MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT  TO ENTER INTO A
BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP,  THAT EACH HAS RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS
AGREEMENT  AND THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS  AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON
THE WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED  FUTURE  DEALINGS.  DEBTOR AND SECURED PARTY WARRANT
AND REPRESENT  THAT EACH HAS HAD THE  OPPORTUNITY  OF REVIEWING THIS JURY WAIVER
WITH LEGAL  COUNSEL,  AND THAT EACH  KNOWINGLY AND  VOLUNTARILY  WAIVES ITS JURY
TRIAL RIGHTS.

13.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  THIS SECURITY  AGREEMENT  AND THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS
EMBODY THE ENTIRE  AGREEMENT  AMONG THE PARTIES  HERETO AND  SUPERSEDE ALL PRIOR
COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR
ORAL RELATING TO HE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED
BY  EVIDENCE  OF  PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR  SUBSEQUENT  ORAL  AGREEMENTS  OR
DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO.

<PAGE>

14.  COMPLETE  AGREEMENT.  This  Security  Agreement  and the other related Loan
Documents  are intended by Debtor and Secured  Party to be the final,  complete,
and exclusive  expression of the agreement between them. This Security Agreement
and the other related Loan Documents may not be altered,  modified or terminated
in any manner except by a writing duly signed by the parties hereto.  Debtor and
Secured  Party  intend  this  Security  Agreement  and the  other  related  Loan
Documents to be valid and binding and no provisions hereof and thereof which may
be deemed unenforceable shall in any way invalidate any other provisions of this
Security  Agreement  and the other  related Loan  Documents,  all of which shall
remain in full force and effect.  This Security  Agreement and the other related
Loan  Documents  shall  be  binding  upon  the  respective   successors,   legal
representatives,  and assigns of the  parties.  The singular  shall  include the
plural,  the plural shall include the singular,  and the use of any gender shall
be applicable to all genders.  If there be more than one Debtor, the warranties,
representations  and agreements  herein are joint and several.  The Schedules on
the following page[s] are a part hereof.  Sections and subsections  headings are
included  for  convenience  of  reference  only  and  shall  not  be  given  any
substantive effect.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Secured  Party and Debtor have each  signed this  Security
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

SECURED PARTY:                           DEBTOR:

HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC.           OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING


BY: /S/ DAVID A. STERNWEIS               BY: /S/ HOWARD WASSERTEIL
    ------------------------                 ----------------------------
NAME:  DAVID A. STERNWEIS                NAME:  HOWARD WASSERTEIL
TITLE: VICE PRESIDENT                    TITLE: SECRETARY

                                       4



May 5, 1998

Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking
2277 NW Quimby
Portland, OR 97296
Attn:  Howard Wasserteil


RE:  Letter of Credit Number  SVB98IS0928
                            ---------------

Dear Mr. Wasserteil:

Reference is made to that certain Security Agreement (the "Security  Agreement")
dated April 28, 1998 between Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking  ("Marsee")
and Heller Financial Leasing,  Inc.  ("Heller") and the related Promissory Notes
(the  "Notes")  executed by Marsee"  pursuant to which Heller  agreed to provide
certain  financing for Marsee.  Reference is further made to that certain Letter
of Credit dated MAY 11 , 1998 in favor of Heller in the amount of $325,000. Said
Letter of Credit  serves  as  additional  collateral  to  secure  the  financing
provided by Heller.

Marsee has requested that Heller agree to a reduction of the principal amount of
the Letter of Credit and Heller has agreed to certain  reductions  as  specified
below upon the following terms and conditions being met by Marsee.

1. Provided  Marsee  remits each of the first twelve  monthly  installments  due
under the Notes on a timely  basis,  and  provided  that no default has occurred
during such time period  under the  Agreement  or Notes,  Heller will reduce the
Letter of Credit to $250,000.00.

2. Provided Marsee remits each of the first twenty-four monthly installments due
under the Notes on a timely  basis,  and  provided  that no default has occurred
during such time period,  under the  agreement or Notes,  Heller will reduce the
Letter of Credit to $75,000.00.

3. Provided Marsee remits each of the first thirty-six monthly  installments due
under the notes on a timely  basis,  and  provided  that no default has occurred
during such time period,  under the  Agreement or Notes,  Heller will reduce the
Letter of Credit to $75,000.00.

4. Provided Marsee remits each of the first forty-eight monthly installments due
under the Notes on a timely  basis,  and  provided  that no default has occurred
during such time period  under the  Agreement  or Notes,  Heller will return the
Letter of Credit.

5. Each  Installment  shall be deemed  timely paid if received by Heller  within
fifteen (15) days of the due date therefor.  Any  installment  paid via check or
other  instrument  shall not be deemed  timely paid,  regardless  of the date of
receipt  of such  check or other  instrument,  if the same  shall  not be timely
honored.

<PAGE>

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  nothing herein shall serve as a release of or an
agreement to release any other Collateral by Heller nor shall Heller be required
to look to the Letter of Credit  before  pursuing any other persons or any other
property that serves as Collateral for the financing provided by Heller.

If the foregoing is consistent with your understanding of our agreement,  please
indicate your agreement in the place and manner provided below.

Sincerely

HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC.

By: /s/ David A. Sternweis
    ----------------------------------------
    David A. Sternweis, Vice President


ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING

By  /s/ Howard Wasserteil
    ----------------------------------------
    Howard Wasserteil, Secretary







                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$105,190.30                                                     L/N: 3230086-002
                                                               Chicago, Illinois
                                                                    May 19, 1998

FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned,  OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING
("Maker")  promises  to pay to the  order  of  HELLER  FINANCIAL  LEASING,  INC.
(together  with any  holder of this  Note,  "Payee"),  at its office at 500 West
Monroe  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661 or at such  other  place as Payee may
appoint,  the  principal  sum of One Hundred Five  Thousand  One Hundred  Ninety
Dollars and Thirty  Cents  ($105,190.30).  This Note shall be due and payable in
consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest as follows:

     Sixty(60)  consecutive  monthly  installments of Two Thousand
     Three Hundred One and 49/100 Dollars ($2,301.49);

with the first such installment due on the 2nd day of July, 1998,  continuing on
the same date of each month thereafter.  The final monthly payment shall include
all accrued and unpaid  charges and other amounts  owing  hereunder or under the
Security Agreement (defined below).

Interest,  precomputed for the period ending when such  installments are due, is
included in the foregoing  installments.  If any installment due hereunder shall
not be paid within ten (10) days after such  installment is due, Maker shall pay
to Payee (i) a "late charge" of five percent (5%) of such delinquent  amount (or
the maximum amount permitted by law,  whichever is less),  plus (ii) interest on
any  installment  past due,  computed  from the due date  thereof,  and upon the
entire unpaid  balance if declared  due, at the rate of one and one-half  (1.5%)
per month (or the maximum  amount  permitted by law,  whichever is less).  Maker
hereby  waives  demand,   presentment  for  payment,   protest,  and  notice  of
non-payment.

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if at any time  implementation of any provision
hereof shall cause the interest  contracted for or charged herein or collectable
hereunder to exceed the applicable  lawful maximum rate, then the interest shall
be limited to such applicable lawful maximum.

Maker hereby  authorizes  Payee to insert the date of the first  installment due
hereunder,  a date not sooner than  fifteen  (15) days nor later than  forty-six
(46) days after the date of  disbursement.  Payee's  books and records  shall be
dispositive of the date disbursement is made hereunder.

This Note is secured by and entitled to (i) the  benefits of a certain  Security
Agreement dated as of April 28, 1998, and (ii) any other  agreements under which
Payee has been  granted a lien and  security  interest in property to secure the
payment and performance by Maker of this Note (all of the foregoing  hereinafter
sometimes  collectively  referred  to as  the  "Security  Agreement")  to  which
reference is made for a statement of the nature and extent of the protection and
security afforded, the rights of Payee, and the rights and obligations of Maker.

If a default shall occur under the Security  Agreement,  this Note may become or
be declared due in the manner and with the effect provided for therein.

Upon payment of all accrued late charges and interest then due or to become due,
Maker may prepay the entire balance  evidenced hereby (less a rebate of unearned
interest, if any, calculated in accordance with the Simple interest Method) upon
payment of a premium equal to 4% of the principal  amount so prepaid;  provided,
however,  if said  prepayment is made during any loan year after the second loan
year,  said premium  shall be reduced by 1% in each loan year  thereafter  until
said premium shall be reduced to a minimum  premium of 1% and said premium shall
remain at such minimum until final maturity.

Maker and all  endorsers,  guarantors  or any others who may at any time  become
liable for the payment  hereof hereby consent to any and all extensions of time,
renewals, waivers and modifications of, and substitutions or release of security
or of any party  primarily  or  secondarily  liable on, or with respect to, this
Note or the Security  Agreement or any of the terms and provisions  thereof that

<PAGE>

may be made,  granted or consented to by Payee and agree that Payee shall not be
required to look to any collateral for the payment of this Note, but may proceed
against the undersigned or any one of the undersigned,  if more than one, or any
guarantor  hereof in such  manner as it deems  desirable.  None of the rights or
remedies of Payee  hereunder  or under the Security  Agreement  are to be deemed
waived or affected by any failure to exercise same. All remedies  conferred upon
Payee, the holder of the Security Agreement or any other instrument or agreement
to which the  undersigned or any guarantor  hereof is a party or under which any
or all of them is  bound,  shall  be  cumulative  and not  exclusive,  and  such
remedies may be exercised concurrently or consecutively at Payee's option.

This Note shall be governed by and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws and
decisions of the State of Illinois, without regard to principles of conflicts of
law,  including  all  matters  of  construction,  validity,  enforceability  and
performance.  AT PAYEE'S ELECTION AND WITHOUT LIMITING PAYEE'S RIGHT TO COMMENCE
AN ACTION IN ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION,  MAKER  (I)  CONSENT(S)  TO THE  EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION  AND VENUE OF ANY COURT  (FEDERAL,  STATE OR LOCAL) SITUATED IN THE
COUNTY OF COOK,  STATE OF  ILLINOIS,  (II)  WAIVE(S)  ANY  OBJECTION  BASED UPON
IMPROPER VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS,  AND (III)  CONSENT(S) TO SERVICE OF
PROCESS BY CERTIFIED OR  REGISTERED  MAIL,  POSTAGE  PREPAID,  TO THE LAST KNOWN
ADDRESS OF MAKER,  WHICH SERVICE SHALL BE DEEMED  COMPLETED WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS
AFTER THE DATE OF MAILING THEREOF.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL:  PAYEE AND MAKER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A
JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  BASED  UPON OR  ARISING  OUT OF THIS
NOTE OR THE SECURITY AGREEMENT.  PAYEE AND MAKER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS
A  MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT  TO ENTER INTO A  BUSINESS  RELATIONSHIP,  THAT EACH HAS
ALREADY  RELIED ON THIS  WAIVER IN  ENTERING  INTO THIS NOTE,  AND THE  SECURITY
AGREEMENT  AND THAT EACH WILL  CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN THEIR  RELATED
FUTURE  DEALINGS.  PAYEE AND MAKER WARRANT AND REPRESENT  THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED
THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL  COUNSEL,  AND THAT EACH  KNOWINGLY  AND  VOLUNTARILY
WAIVES  ITS  RESPECTIVE  JURY TRIAL  RIGHTS  FOLLOWING  CONSULTATION  WITH LEGAL
COUNSEL.

THE TOTAL AMOUNT TO BE REPAID HEREUNDER  INCLUDES INTEREST COMPUTED ON THE BASIS
OF 11.27% SIMPLE  INTEREST PER ANNUM ON THE ASSUMPTION THAT ALL PAYMENTS WILL BE
MADE ON THEIR RESPECTIVE DUE DATES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this Note to be duly executed on
the date first above written.

ATTEST (Witness if not a corporation)       OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                            DBA MARSEE BAKING


                                            By:  /S/ HOWARD WASSERTEIL
- -------------------------------------           ------------------------
                                            Name:  Howard Wasserteil
                                            Title: Secretary



<PAGE>


                      SCHEDULE A TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT
                              Dated April 28, 1998
                                     Between
                       HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC. and
                     OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Description                                     Model No.            Serial No.
======================================================================================================
<S>                                                            <C>                     <C>
Ten (10) Standard Rack Cover End Load
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------
One (1) Hobar 140 quart Mixer with Bowl Guard, 140                  V140
quart and 80 quart Bow Scrapers, Adapter, Stainless
Steel Bowls, beaters, Whp and Bowl Dolly
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Mono Bread Gravity Feed Slicer, 1/2" slice
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nine (9) Tabco 36"x72" Work Tables with Casters
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One Hundred (100) Orbis Bread Trays with (12) Solid
Attached Lid Containers and (4) 3" Caster Dollies
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) ATW 14"x20" L Bar Sealer and Shrink Tunnel
System
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Three (3) Kubota Bench Scale with 14"x20" Platform             KA-10HB-70L-A            66FS8V0013
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Doran Stainless Steel Bench Scale, 150 pound                                      87701
capacity and 12"x16" Platform
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Tibiletti Deck Oven with 233 square feet baking            230-4-240
area, 5 Pan Deep, 139Dx117Wx87H, 4 Decks, 12
Doors and 5 Pan Deep
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) U.R.M. Loader for Tibiletti Deck Oven with                     80M
Spring Assisted Preset Elevator
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Hobart 140 quart Mixer with Bowl Guard, 140                   V1401
quart and 80  quart Bowl Scrapers,  Adapter, 140 quart,
80 quart and 30 quart Stainless Steel Bowls, 80 quart
and 30 quart Aluminum Beaters, 80 quart D Whip, Bowl
Dollys/Trucks, Hobar 8181 Buffalo Chopper and 30 quart
D300 Mixer
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two (2) Hard Maple Tables with Stainless Steel Bases
and Drawers, 48"x144"x2 1/4"
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Four (4) Hard Maple Tables with Stainless Steel Bases
and Drawers, 36"x72"x2 1/4"
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Point-Of-Sale System with Pentium 200,                                            24624
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         32M RAM, 2 GIG Hard Drive                                                        76745
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         T3000 3.2 GIG Tape Drive,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         14" SVGA Monitor,                                                               OR13851
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Trippliteups UPS Power Backup                                                 PA881C00548
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         and HP 6 Series Laser Printer                                                 SJPHJ035967
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Bongard Oven with Steam Vents for all (4)                 750.8.22
Decks and Kit to utilize existing loader
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Twenty-eight (28) Gold Bon Shelves with 74" Posts,
(9) 24"x72", (14) 24"x48" and (5) 24"x60"
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Five Hundred Four (504) 18x26.28 gauge Perforated
Sheet Pans
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Seven (7) New Age 1290 Enclosed Pan Racks
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Enclosed Transport Cabinet, 40 Pan capacity,
Aluminum
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One Hundred (100) 18x26 Proofing Boards
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eight (8) Bun Pack Racks
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two (2) Baxter Rack Ovens with Standard Hoods,                     OV210
Controls and Manuals
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fourteen (14) Stainless Steel Double Racks with Steel
Wheels
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Four Hundred Fifty (450) Perforated and Non-Stick
Finished Bake Sheets
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Twenty-five (25) Aluminum Bagel Boards with Straps,
Tig weld baking part and Retrofit Aluminum Cart
</TABLE>


Together  with all  parts,  accessories,  attachments,  substitutions,  repairs,
improvements and  replacements,  and any and all rights  thereunder and proceeds
thereof, including without limitation, insurance proceeds.

Place where Collateral is to be kept:

2277 NW Quimby
Portland, Oregon  97210

Redmond, WA
                                  DEBTOR:

                                  OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING

                                  By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                      ------------------------------------
                                  Name: Howard Wasserteil
                                  Its: Secretary



                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$38,576.90                                                      L/N: 3230086-003
                                                               Chicago, Illinois
                                                                  August 26,1998

FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned,  OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING
("Maker")  promises  to pay to the  order  of  HELLER  FINANCIAL  LEASING,  INC.
(together  with any  holder of this  Note,  "Payee"),  at its office at 500 West
Monroe  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661 or at such  other  place as Payee may
appoint,  the principal sum of  Thirty-Eight  Thousand Five Hundred  Seventy-Six
Dollars  and Ninety  Cents  ($38,576.90).  This Note shall be due and payable in
consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest as follows:

         Sixty (60) consecutive monthly installments of Eight Hundred
         Forty-Three and 96/100 Dollars ($843.96);

with the first such installment due on the 28th day of OCTOBER, 1998, continuing
on the same date of each  month  thereafter.  The final  monthly  payment  shall
include all accrued and unpaid  charges and other  amounts  owing  hereunder  or
under the Security Agreement (defined below).

Interest,  precomputed for the period ending when such  installments are due, is
included in the foregoing  installments.  If any installment due hereunder shall
not be paid within ten (10) days after such  installment is due, Maker shall pay
to Payee (i) a "late charge" of five percent (5%) of such delinquent  amount (or
the maximum amount permitted by law,  whichever is less),  plus (ii) interest on
any  installment  past due,  computed  from the due date  thereof,  and upon the
entire unpaid  balance if declared  due, at the rate of one and one-half  (1.5%)
per month (or the maximum  amount  permitted by law,  whichever is less).  Maker
hereby  waives  demand,   presentment  for  payment,   protest,  and  notice  of
non-payment.

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if at any time  implementation of any provision
hereof shall cause the interest  contracted for or charged herein or collectable
hereunder to exceed the applicable  lawful maximum rate, then the interest shall
be limited to such applicable lawful maximum.

Maker hereby  authorizes  Payee to insert the date of the first  installment due
hereunder,  a date not sooner than  fifteen  (15) days nor later than  forty-six
(46) days after the date of  disbursement.  Payee's  books and records  shall be
dispositive of the date disbursement is made hereunder.

This Note is secured by and entitled to (i) the  benefits of a certain  Security
Agreement dated as of April 28, 1998, and (ii) any other  agreements under which
Payee has been  granted a lien and  security  interest in property to secure the
payment and performance by Maker of this Note (all of the foregoing  hereinafter
sometimes  collectively  referred  to as  the  "Security  Agreement")  to  which
reference is made for a statement of the nature and extent of the protection and
security afforded, the rights of Payee, and the rights and obligations of Maker.

If a default shall occur under the Security  Agreement,  this Note may become or
be declared due in the manner and with the effect provided for therein.

Upon payment of all accrued late charges and interest then due or to become due,
Maker may prepay the entire balance  evidenced hereby (less a rebate of unearned
interest, if any, calculated in accordance with the Simple Interest Method) upon
payment of a premium equal to 4% of the principal  amount so prepaid;  provided,
however,  if said  prepayment is made during any loan year after the second loan
year,  said premium  shall be reduced by 1% in each loan year  thereafter  until
said premium shall be reduced to a minimum  premium of 1% and said premium shall
remain at such minimum until final maturity.

Maker and all  endorsers,  guarantors  or any others who may at any time  become
liable for the payment  hereof hereby consent to any and all extensions of time,
renewals, waivers and modifications of, and substitutions or release of security
or of any party  primarily  or  secondarily  liable on, or with respect to, this
Note or the Security  Agreement or any of the terms and provisions  thereof that
may be made,  granted or consented to by Payee and agree that Payee shall not be

<PAGE>

required to look to any collateral for the payment of this Note, but may proceed
and agree that Payee  shall not be required  to look to any  collateral  for the
payment of this Note, but may proceed  against the undersigned or any one of the
undersigned,  if more than one,  or any  guarantor  hereof in such  manner as it
deems desirable.  None of the rights or remedies of Payee hereunder or under the
Security  Agreement  are to be  deemed  waived or  affected  by any  failure  to
exercise  same. All remedies  conferred  upon Payee,  the holder of the Security
Agreement or any other  instrument or agreement to which the  undersigned or any
guarantor hereof is a party or under which any or all of them is bound, shall be
cumulative and not exclusive, and such remedies may be exercised concurrently or
consecutively at Payee's option.

This Note shall be governed by and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws and
decisions of the State of Illinois, without regard to principles of conflicts of
law,  including  all  matters  of  construction,  validity,  enforceability  and
performance.  AT PAYEE'S ELECTION AND WITHOUT LIMITING PAYEE'S RIGHT TO COMMENCE
AN ACTION IN ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION,  MAKER  (I)  CONSENT(S)  TO THE  EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION  AND VENUE OF ANY COURT  (FEDERAL,  STATE OR LOCAL) SITUATED IN THE
COUNTY OF COOK,  STATE OF  ILLINOIS,  (II)  WAIVE(S)  ANY  OBJECTION  BASED UPON
IMPROPER VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS,  AND (III)  CONSENT(S) TO SERVICE OF
PROCESS BY CERTIFIED OR  REGISTERED  MAIL,  POSTAGE  PREPAID,  TO THE LAST KNOWN
ADDRESS OF MAKER,  WHICH SERVICE SHALL BE DEEMED  COMPLETED  WITHIN TEN(10) DAYS
AFTER THE DATE OF MAILING THEREOF.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL:  PAYEE AND MAKER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A
JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  BASED  UPON OR  ARISING  OUT OF THIS
NOTE OR THE SECURITY AGREEMENT.  PAYEE AND MAKER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS
A  MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT  TO ENTER INTO A  BUSINESS  RELATIONSHIP,  THAT EACH HAS
ALREADY  RELIED ON THIS  WAIVER IN  ENTERING  INTO THIS NOTE,  AND THE  SECURITY
AGREEMENT  AND THAT EACH WILL  CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN THEIR  RELATED
FUTURE  DEALINGS.  PAYEE AND MAKER WARRANT AND REPRESENT  THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED
THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL  COUNSEL,  AND THAT EACH  KNOWINGLY  AND  VOLUNTARILY
WAIVES  ITS  RESPECTIVE  JURY TRIAL  RIGHTS  FOLLOWING  CONSULTATION  WITH LEGAL
COUNSEL.

THE TOTAL AMOUNT TO BE REPAID HEREUNDER  INCLUDES INTEREST COMPUTED ON THE BASIS
OF 11.27% SIMPLE  INTEREST PER ANNUM ON THE ASSUMPTION THAT ALL PAYMENTS WILL BE
MADE ON THEIR RESPECTIVE DUE DATES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this Note to be duly executed on
the date first above written.

ATTEST (Witness if not a corporation)         OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                              DBA MARSEE BAKING

/S/ MELODY JARMAN                             By:  /S/ HOWARD WASSERTEIL
- -----------------------                          -----------------------
                                              Name:  Howard Wasserteil
  [NOTARY SEAL]                               Title: Secretary




<PAGE>


                        SCHEDULE A TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
                              Dated April 28, 1998
                                     Between
                       HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC. and
                     OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING

                              Loan No. 3230086-003
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        Description                                    Model No.             Serial No.
========================================================================================================
<S>                                                                      <C>                  <C>
Three (3) Mobile All Purpose Racks with 10 Shelves, 28"X
66"
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Mobile All Purpose Rack with 10 Shelves, 28"X66"
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Twenty (20) Bun Pan Racks, 20 Capacity 3"
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Twelve (12) 24 Capacity Muffin Pans with SB&G
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Twenty (20) Bun Pan Racks, 20 Capacity 3"
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Five Hundred Four (504) 18"X26", 18 Gauge Perforated
Sheet Pans
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ten (10) 30 Space Racks
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Reversible Sheeter, 200V, 60HZ, 3PH with 640MM                   SM630                D-10394
Conveyor
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two (2) Freycon Croissant Cutters A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Three (3) Thorpe Rollin Pins 3 1/2" X 18"
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two (2) Expandable Pastry Cutters, 7 Smooth Blades
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Twenty (20) 18 Gauge Sheet Pans, 18"X13" Half Pan Size
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Four (4) Pizza Cutters
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eight (8) 4 Quart Measures
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eight (8) 2 Quart Aluminum Measures
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two (2) Bakers Scales with Weight Set and Scoop
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Four (4) 1 Quart Measures
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two (2) Sets of Mixing Bowls 3/4, 1 1/2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 13, 16, 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Lincoln Flour Sifter, 18 Gauge Mesh
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ten (10) Standard Rack Covers
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fifty (50) 6 3/8" X 2 3/8" Inox Rings
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

Eighty (80) 7 7/8" X 2 3/8" Inox Rings
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fifty (50) 6" X 3" Cake Pans, Aluminum
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eighty (80) 8" X 3" Cake Pans
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two Hundred (200) 3 1/4" X 1 3/4" Flan Rings
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One Hundred (100) 8" X 3/4" Large Flan Rings
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Twelve (12) Full Sheet Pans, Inox
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Four (4) Half Sheet Pans, Ext. Inox
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ten (10) 9" X 13" X 2" POB-9132
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eight (8) 12" X 18" X 2" POB 12182
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Four (4) 16" X 24" X 2" POB 16242
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Five (5) Augt Metal Revolving Cake Stands
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Welles Hot Plate, 208/240 Volt Ceramic Counter Top
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) Bench Model Dough Divider with 18 Part Head                       B1H                   10802
Assembly
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Together  with all  parts,  accessories,  attachments,  substitutions,  repairs,
improvements and  replacements,  and any and all rights  thereunder and proceeds
thereof, including without limitation, insurance proceeds.

                                        DEBTOR:

                                        OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING


                                        By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                            ------------------------------------
                                        Name:  Howard Wasserteil
                                        Its:   Secretary



 CROSS-COLLATERAL AND CROSS-DEFAULT AGREEMENT


HELLER  FINANCIAL  LEASING,  INC.  (hereinafter  referred  to as  "Heller")  has
purchased one or more conditional  sales contracts,  lease  agreements,  chattel
mortgages,  security  agreements,  notes and other choses in action arising from
the bona fide sale, lease or loan to the undersigned  Debtor by various vendors,
lenders or  lessors,  of or on  personal  property  (hereinafter  referred to as
"Paper"), and/or Heller has made direct loans to or otherwise extended credit to
Debtor  evidenced by items of security  agreements  and notes and/or  Heller has
leased equipment to the Debtor on various leases and/or schedules thereto.

In consideration for Heller having done so and in order to induce Heller to make
an  additional  loan(s) to, or to enter into a lease(s)  with,  Debtor and/or to
purchase an additional item(s) of Paper (hereinafter collectively referred to as
the  "Agreements")  and in  consideration of Heller so doing, and for other good
and valuable  consideration,  the receipt of which Debtor  hereby  acknowledges,
Debtor agrees, as follows:

All presently  existing and hereafter  acquired  personal  property of Debtor in
which Heller has or shall have a security  interest,  or retained title thereto,
shall  secure the  payment  and  performance  of all  Debtor's  liabilities  and
obligations  to Heller of every kind and  character,  whether  joint or several,
direct or indirect,  absolute or  contingent,  due or to become due, and whether
under presently existing or hereafter created Agreements, or otherwise.

Debtor  further  agrees  that  Heller's  security  interest  in or  title to the
Collateral  covered by any  Agreement  now held or hereafter  acquired by Heller
shall not be terminated in whole or in part until and unless all indebtedness of
every  kind,  due or to become  due,  owed by Debtor to Heller is fully paid and
satisfied and the terms of every  Agreement have been fully performed by Debtor.
It is further agreed that Heller is to retain Heller's  security  interest in or
title to all of the Collateral covered by all of the Agreements held or acquired
by Heller, as security for the payment and performance under each such Agreement
notwithstanding  the fact that one or more of such  Agreements  may become fully
paid.

This instrument is intended to create  cross-default and cross-security in favor
of  Heller  between  and  among  all the  within  described  Agreements  and all
Collateral securing same.

A default  under any  Agreement  shall be deemed to be a default under all other
Agreements.  A default  shall  result if Debtor fails to pay any sum when due on
any  Agreement,  or if Debtor  breaches  any of the other  terms and  conditions
thereof,  or if  Debtor  becomes  insolvent,  ceases to do  business  as a going
concern, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors,  or if a petition for
a receiver or in bankruptcy is filed by or against Debtor, or if any of Debtor's
property is seized,  attached or levied upon. Upon Debtor's default,  any or all
of the Agreements shall, at Heller's option,  become immediately due and payable
without  notice or demand to Debtor of any other party  obligated  thereon,  and
Heller  shall have and may exercise any and all rights and remedies of a secured
party under the Uniform  Commercial  Code or any other law, statue or regulation
as enacted in the  applicable  jurisdiction  and as otherwise  granted to Heller
under any term or provision  of any  Agreement.  Debtor  hereby  waives,  to the
maximum extent permitted by law, notices of default, notices of repossession and
sale or other deposition of Collateral,  and all other notices, and in the event
any such notice cannot be waived, Debtor agrees that if such notice is mailed to
Debtor  postage  prepaid at the address shown below at least ten (10) days prior
to the  exercise by Heller of any of Heller's  rights or  remedies,  such notice
shall be deemed to be  reasonable  and shall fully satisfy any  requirement  for
giving notice.

All rights granted to Heller  hereunder shall be cumulative and not alternative,
shall be in addition to and shall in no manner impair or affect  Heller's rights
and remedies under any existing Agreement, law, statute or regulation.

This Agreement may not be varied or altered nor its provisions  waived except by
Heller's duly executed written  agreement and it shall be governed and construed
by and under the laws of the state of Illinois.  This  Agreement  shall inure to
the  benefit of  Heller's  successors  and  assigns  and shall be  binding  upon
Debtor's heirs, administrators, executors, legal representatives, successors and
assigns.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Agreement has been executed this 26th day of August,
1998.

                            DEBTOR:

                            OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING

                            By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                ---------------------
                            Name: Howard Wasserteil
                            Title: Secretary



                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


                                                                L/N: 3230086-004
$85,939.78                                                     Chicago, Illinois
                                                                November 6, 1998

FOR VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned,  OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING
("Maker")  promises  to pay to the  order  of  HELLER  FINANCIAL  LEASING,  INC.
(together  with any  holder of this  Note,  "Payee"),  at its office at 500 West
Monroe  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661 or at such  other  place as Payee may
appoint,  the principal  sum of  Eighty-Five  Thousand Nine Hundred  Thirty-Nine
Dollars and Seventy-Eight Cents ($85,939.78). This Note shall be due and payable
in consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest as follows:

        Sixty (60) consecutive monthly installments of One Thousand Eight
        Hundred Eighty and 13/100 Dollars ($1,880.13);

with  the  first  such  installment  due on the  10th  day  of  December,  1998,
continuing on the same date of each month thereafter.  The final monthly payment
shall include all accrued and unpaid  charges and other amounts owing  hereunder
or under the Security Agreement (defined below).

Interest,  precomputed for the period ending when such  installments are due, is
included in the foregoing  installments.  If any installment due hereunder shall
not be paid within ten (10) days after such  installment is due, Maker shall pay
to Payee (i) a "late charge" of five percent (5%) of such delinquent  amount (or
the maximum amount permitted by law,  whichever is less),  plus (ii) interest on
any  installment  past due,  computed  from the due date  thereof,  and upon the
entire unpaid  balance if declared  due, at the rate of one and one-half  (1.5%)
per month (or the maximum  amount  permitted by law,  whichever is less).  Maker
hereby  waives  demand,   presentment  for  payment,   protest,  and  notice  of
non-payment.

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if at any time  implementation of any provision
hereof shall cause the interest  contracted for or charged herein or collectable
hereunder to exceed the applicable  lawful maximum rate, then the interest shall
be limited to such applicable lawful maximum.

Maker hereby  authorizes  Payee to insert the date of the first  installment due
hereunder,  a date not sooner than  fifteen  (15) days nor later than  forty-six
(46) days after the date of  disbursement.  Payee's  books and records  shall be
dispositive of the date disbursement is made hereunder.

This Note is secured by and entitled to (i) the  benefits of a certain  Security
Agreement dated as of April 28, 1998, and (ii) any other  agreements under which
Payee has been  granted a lien and  security  interest in property to secure the
payment and performance by Maker of this Note (all of the foregoing  hereinafter
sometimes  collectively  referred  to as  the  "Security  Agreement")  to  which
reference is made for a statement of the nature and extent of the protection and
security afforded, the rights of Payee, and the rights and obligations of Maker.

If a default shall occur under the Security  Agreement,  this Note may become or
be declared due in the manner and with the effect provided for therein.

Upon payment of all accrued late charges and interest then due or to become due,
Maker may prepay the entire balance  evidenced hereby (less a rebate of unearned
interest, if any, calculated in accordance with the Simple Interest Method) upon
payment of a premium equal to 4% of the principal  amount so prepaid;  provided,
however,  if said  prepayment is made during any loan year after the second loan
year,  said premium  shall be reduced by 1% in each loan year  thereafter  until
said premium shall be reduced to a minimum  premium of 1% and said premium shall
remain at such minimum until final maturity.

Maker and all  endorsers,  guarantors  or any others who may at any time  become
liable for the payment  hereof hereby consent to any and all extensions of time,
renewals, waivers and modifications of, and substitutions or release of security
or of any party  primarily  or  secondarily  liable on, or with respect to, this
Note or the Security  Agreement or any of the terms and provisions  thereof that
may be made,  granted or consented to by Payee and agree that Payee shall not be

<PAGE>

required to look to any collateral for the payment of this Note, but may proceed
against the undersigned or any one of the undersigned,  if more than one, or any
guarantor  hereof in such  manner as it deems  desirable.  None of the rights or
remedies of Payee  hereunder  or under the Security  Agreement  are to be deemed
waived or affected by any failure to exercise same. All remedies  conferred upon
Payee, the holder of the Security Agreement or any other instrument or agreement
to which the  undersigned or any guarantor  hereof is a party or under which any
or all of them is  bound,  shall  be  cumulative  and not  exclusive,  and  such
remedies may be exercised concurrently or consecutively at Payee's option.

This Note shall be governed by and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws and
decisions of the State of Illinois, without regard to principles of conflicts of
law,  including  all  matters  of  construction,  validity,  enforceability  and
performance.  AT PAYEE'S ELECTION AND WITHOUT LIMITING PAYEE'S RIGHT TO COMMENCE
AN ACTION IN ANY OTHER  JURISDICTION,  MAKER  (I)  CONSENT(S)  TO THE  EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION  AND VENUE OF ANY COURT  (FEDERAL,  STATE OR LOCAL) SITUATED IN THE
COUNTY OF COOK,  STATE OF  ILLINOIS,  (II)  WAIVE(S)  ANY  OBJECTION  BASED UPON
IMPROPER VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS,  AND (III)  CONSENT(S) TO SERVICE OF
PROCESS BY CERTIFIED OR  REGISTERED  MAIL,  POSTAGE  PREPAID,  TO THE LAST KNOWN
ADDRESS OF MAKER,  WHICH SERVICE SHALL BE DEEMED  COMPLETED WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS
AFTER THE DATE OF MAILING THEREOF.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL:  PAYEE AND MAKER HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A
JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  BASED  UPON OR  ARISING  OUT OF THIS
NOTE OR THE SECURITY AGREEMENT.  PAYEE AND MAKER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS
A  MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT  TO ENTER INTO A  BUSINESS  RELATIONSHIP,  THAT EACH HAS
ALREADY  RELIED ON THIS  WAIVER IN  ENTERING  INTO THIS NOTE,  AND THE  SECURITY
AGREEMENT  AND THAT EACH WILL  CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN THEIR  RELATED
FUTURE  DEALINGS.  PAYEE AND MAKER WARRANT AND REPRESENT  THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED
THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL  COUNSEL,  AND THAT EACH  KNOWINGLY  AND  VOLUNTARILY
WAIVES  ITS  RESPECTIVE  JURY TRIAL  RIGHTS  FOLLOWING  CONSULTATION  WITH LEGAL
COUNSEL.

THE TOTAL AMOUNT TO BE REPAID HEREUNDER  INCLUDES INTEREST COMPUTED ON THE BASIS
OF 11.27% SIMPLE  INTEREST PER ANNUM ON THE ASSUMPTION THAT ALL PAYMENTS WILL BE
MADE ON THEIR RESPECTIVE DUE DATES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this Note to be duly executed on
the date first above written.

ATTEST (Witness if not a corporation)           OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                                DBA MARSEE BAKING


                                                By:  /S/ HOWARD WASSERTEIL
- -------------------------------------               ----------------------------
                                                Name:  Howard Wasserteil
                                                Title: Secretary


SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO ME BEFORE ME THIS
9TH DAY OF NOVEMBER 1998

      /S/ E. DIETZ
- -------------------------------------             [NOTARY SEAL]
   NOTARY PUBLIC IN AND FOR THE
COUNTY OF MULTNOMAH, STATE OF OREGON









<PAGE>


                      SCHEDULE A TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT
                              Dated April 28, 1998
                                     Between
                       HELLER FINANCIAL LEASING, INC. and
                     OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA MARSEE BAKING
                              Loan No. 3230086-004
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    Description                                       Model No.             Serial No.
=======================================================================================================
<S>                                                                     <C>                    <C>
One (1) Tevira Silo System with one 70,000 lb. Storage
transport system to convey flour to two spiral mixers,
weigh station to dump flour,  WP 120 computer and all
required piping and values
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) used Savage Bowl Lift                                             C                    392
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) used Hinds Bock Depositor                                                              2545
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) used 80 Quart Bowl Strap
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) used 40 Quart Bowl Strap
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) BES (Bakery Equipment Service) Retail
Forming Machine w/o form BESRF-1200 drum, 220V/1PH, with
optional gooseneck hopper, double forming drum
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
One (1) used reconditioned 24 Part Box Divider                                                 3793
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ten (10) New Age Enclosed Pan Racks                                     1290
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         Together  with  all  parts,  accessories,  attachments,  substitutions,
         repairs,  improvements  and  replacements,   and  any  and  all  rights
         thereunder  and  proceeds  thereof,   including   without   limitation,
         insurance proceeds.

         Place where Collateral is to be kept:

         2277 NW Quimby
         Portland, Oregon   97210

         15413 NE 95th St.
         Redmond, WA  98052


                                  DEBTOR:

                                  OREGON BAKING COMPANY DBA
                                  MARSEE BAKING


                                  By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                      --------------------------------
                                  Name:  Howard Wasserteil
                                  Its:   Secretary







                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


   
                  This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and
entered into effective as of January 1, 1999, by and between Oregon Baking
Company, an Oregon corporation dba Marsee Baking (the "Company"), and Ray
Lindstom ("Executive"). The Company and Executive are hereinafter referred to as
the "Parties," and may individually be referred to as a "Party."
    


                                    RECITALS

                  A. The Executive is presently employed by the Company as Chief
Executive Officer and has agreed to assume the position of President of the
Company effective as of the date of this Agreement.

                  B. The Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company desires
to provide for the continued employment of the Executive and to reinforce and
encourage the continued attention and dedication to the Company of the Executive
as a member of the Company's management.

                  C. The Executive desires to continue his employment with the
Company, and is willing to accept such continued employment on the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement.

                                    AGREEMENT

                  In consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the
Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT.

     1.1 The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ Executive, and
Executive hereby accepts continued employment by the Company, upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement, effective as of the date first set forth
above ("Effective Date").

     1.2 Executive shall serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, its subsidiaries and successors (if any) and their subsidiaries.
Executive shall also serve in such other capacity or capacities, with the
consent of the Executive, as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

                                                            Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

     1.3 Executive shall do and perform all services, acts or things necessary
or advisable to manage and conduct the business of the Company and which are
normally associated with the position of President and Chief Executive Officer.
However, at all times during his employment, Executive shall be subject to the
direction and policies from time to time established by the Board.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall have such corporate power and
authority as shall be reasonably required to enable the Executive to discharge
the Executive's duties in any office that Executive may hold.

     1.4 Unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing, prior to Executive's
termination in accordance with this Agreement, Executive shall perform the
services he is required to perform pursuant to this Agreement at the Company's
offices located at2287 NW Pettygrove, Portland, Oregon, at the various
production and retail outlets, or at any other place at which the Company
conducts business; provided, however, that the Company may from time to time
reasonably require Executive to travel temporarily to other locations in
connection with the Company's business.

2. LOYAL AND CONSCIENTIOUS PERFORMANCE; NONCOMPETITION.

     2.1 During his employment by the Company, Executive shall devote his full
business energies, interest, abilities and productive time to the proper and
efficient performance of his duties under this Agreement. The foregoing shall
not preclude Executive from engaging in civic, charitable or religious
activities, or from serving on boards of directors of companies or organizations
which will not present any direct conflict of interest with the Company or
affect the performance of Executive's duties hereunder.

     2.2 During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall not engage in
competition with the Company, either directly or indirectly, in any manner or
capacity, as adviser, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, employee,
member of any association or otherwise, in any phase of the business of
developing, producing and marketing of food and beverage which are in the same
field or which otherwise directly compete with the business or proposed business
of the Company; provided, however, nothing in this Section 2.2 shall in any way
prohibit ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than one
percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation with
one or more classes of its capital stock listed on a national securities
exchange or publicly traded in the over-the-counter market.

3. COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE.

     3.1 The Company shall pay Executive a base salary of $150,000 per year,
payable in regular periodic payments in accordance with Company policy but in no
event less frequent than semi-monthly; provided, however, that at Executive's
sole discretion payment of up to fifty percent (50%) of Executive's base salary
may be deferred until the sooner of (i) the date on which the Company obtains
equity financing of one million dollars ($1,000,000) or more; or (ii) October 1,
1999.

                                                            Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

     3.2 Executive's base salary shall increase to $200,000 per year on the
sooner of (i) the first of the month following the second consecutive month
during which the Company achieved EBITDA of ten percent (10%) of gross revenues
or more; or (ii) October 1, 1999.

     3.3 As further compensation, and so long as Executive is employed by
Company as provided in this Agreement and Executive is not otherwise in default
of any of the provisions herein, Executive shall be granted by the Company an
incentive stock option ("ISO") under the Company's 1997 Stock Option/Stock
Issuance Plan (the "Plan") so that Executive shall be entitled to purchase up to
140,000 shares of Company's Common Stock ("ISO Grant"). The exercise price shall
be the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock as of the grant date, as
determined by the Board at its discretion. Executive shall be permitted, at
Executive's discretion, to exercise the ISO Grant by executing and delivering a
three-year promissory note secured by a pledge of the purchased shares, which
note shall be on such terms and conditions as are approved by the Plan
administrator. Further, so long as Executive is employed by Company as provided
in this Agreement and Executive is not otherwise in default of any of the
provisions herein, Executive shall be granted by the Company nonqualified stock
options ("NQSOs") under the Company's 1998 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan so
that the Executive shall be entitled to purchase (i) up to 200,000 shares of
Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of seven dollars ($7.00) per share
("NQSO Grant I"); (ii) up to 200,000 shares of Company's Common Stock at an
exercise price of eleven dollars ($11.00) per share ("NQSO Grant II"); and (iii)
up to 100,000 shares of Company's Common Stock at an exercise price equal to
fair market value at the time the option is earned ("NQSO Grant III"). NQSO
Grant III shall be earned as of the date that Company achieves EBITDA of ten
percent (10%) of gross revenues or more for three consecutive months by December
31, 2000. If NQSO Grant III is not earned by December 31, 2000, it shall be 
deemed canceled. The shares granted pursuant to this Section 3.3 are referred 
to hereafter as the "Option Shares."

     The shares granted to Executive under the ISO Grant, NQSO Grant I and NQSO
Grant II shall vest as follows: Twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the
shares vest six months from the date the options are granted and the balance of
shares equally in successive monthly installments over 42 months of service
thereafter.

     The shares granted to Executive under NQSO Grant III shall vest fully as of
the date NQSO Grant III is earned.

     3.4 Executive is eligible for a cash incentive bonus equal to forty percent
(40%) of base salary for the period May 1, 1999 through December 31, 1999,
payable on a pro rata basis, if Company achieves performance goals to be
determined by the Board in its discretion.

     3.5 Executive shall be entitled to at least four (4) weeks of paid vacation
each twelve-month period during Executive's employment hereunder, in addition to
all national holidays. Any accrued vacation time shall be forfeited if not taken
by the end of the calendar year following the year in which it accrued.

                                                            Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>

     3.6 Executive shall, in the discretion of the Board and in accordance with
Company policy, be entitled to participate in benefits under any employee
benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Company now or in the future
to its executives and key management employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
during Executive's employment hereunder, the Company shall continuously provide
Executive, at the Company's sole cost and expense, with medical, dental and
vision care/insurance for Executive, and shall pay the premiums due and owing on
Executive's one million dollar ($1,000,000) life insurance policy currently in
effect.

     3.7 Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement of all
reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in performing Company services,
including reimbursement of lodging expenses of up to $125 per night when
Executive stays overnight in Portland in connection with Company business, and
reimbursement of up to $300 per month for automobile expenses and mileage.

4. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT.

     4.1 The term of this Agreement shall be effective as of the date first
written above and shall terminate two (2) years from such date, unless earlier
terminated as hereinafter provided.

     4.2 This Agreement may be renewed only by written consent of both parties.

     4.3 The continued employment after the expiration shall not constitute an
extension of the term of this Agreement or any of its provisions for any period
of time.

5. TERMINATION BY COMPANY.

     Executive's term of employment with the Company may be earlier terminated
by the Company under the following conditions:

     5.1 DEATH. Upon Executive's death, in which case termination shall be
effective on the last day of the month in which Executive's death occurs.

     5.2 DISABILITY. If Executive becomes, for six (6) consecutive months,
completely disabled due to physical or mental illness as defined under Section
5.2.1, or if Executive shall be absent from duties as required under the terms
of this Agreement on a full-time basis due to illness for six (6) consecutive
months, and shall not have returned to the performance of duties within thirty
(30) days after receiving written notice of termination following such six-month
period.

        5.2.1 The term "completely disabled" as used in this Agreement shall
mean the inability of Executive to perform the essential functions of his
position under this Agreement by reason of any physical or mental impairment
which the Board, based upon medical advice or an opinion provided by a licensed
physician acceptable to the Board and approved by Executive, which approval

                                                            Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>

shall not be unreasonably withheld, determines to have incapacitated Executive
from satisfactorily performing any or all essential functions of his position
for the Company during the foreseeable future. Based upon such medical advice or
opinion, the determination of the Board shall be final and binding and the date
such determination is made shall be the date of such complete disability for
purposes of this Agreement.

     5.3 FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate Executive's employment under this
Agreement and may terminate this Agreement For Cause, as that term is defined in
Sections 5.3.1 through 5.3.5, by (i) delivery of written notice to Executive
specifying the cause or causes relied upon for such termination; and (ii) giving
Executive, together with his counsel, an opportunity to be heard before the
Board. Any notice of termination given pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall effect
termination as of the date specified in such notice or, in the event no such
date is specified, on the last day of the month in which such notice is
delivered or deemed delivered as provided in Section 10 below.

     If Executive's employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Company
For Cause under this Section, Executive shall be entitled to receive only
accrued base salary and other accrued benefits required by law, prorated to the
date of termination. Grounds for the Company to terminate this Agreement For
Cause shall be limited to the occurrence of any of the following events without
Board consent:

        5.3.1 Executive is in material breach of any provision of this Agreement
and, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.3, such breach continues for
a period of thirty (30) days after notice of such breach is given to Executive
by the Company;

        5.3.2 Executive's engaging or in any manner participating in any
activity which is directly competitive with or intentionally injurious to the
Company or which violates any provision of Section 8 of this Agreement and such
violation continues for a period of ten days after notice of such violation is
given to Executive by the Company;

        5.3.3 Executive's commission of any fraud against the Company;

        5.3.4 Executive's intentional improper use or appropriation for his
personal use or benefit of any funds or properties of the Company not authorized
by the Board to be so used or appropriated and the same has not been remedied
within thirty (30) days after notice of such violation is given to Executive by
the Company; or

        5.3.5 Executive's conviction of any crime involving dishonesty or moral
turpitude.

     5.4 WITHOUT CAUSE. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
without cause upon delivery of written notice to the Executive at any time. Any
notice of termination given pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall effect
termination not less than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice.

                                                            Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 5
<PAGE>

6. TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE. Executive may terminate his employment with the
Company for any reason or for no reason upon delivery of written notice not less
than sixty (60) days in advance of the effective date of such termination.

7. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION.

     7.1 BASE SALARY. If Executive employment is terminated by the Company for
Cause or without Cause, or by reason of Executive's death or disability, the
Company shall pay Executive his base salary through the date of Executive's
termination date at the rate in effect at the time of the notice of termination,
and the Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to Executive under
this Agreement other than as required by law or by Section 7.3 below (if
applicable).

     7.2 BONUSES. If Executive's employment is terminated by the Company or by
Executive during the term of this Agreement, Executive shall be eligible to
receive the bonus provided for in section 3.4 of this Agreement, or any other
bonus as may be awarded by the Board from time to time, only if Executive was
employed by the Company through the end of the applicable bonus period.

     7.3 ACCELERATED VESTING OPTIONS UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR UPON
DEATH. If the Company terminates Executive's employment without Cause during the
term of this Agreement, then upon Executive's furnishing to the Company an
executed waiver and release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company,
vesting on Executive's ISO and NQSO Grants I and II, shall be accelerated as if
Executive had been employed with the Company through the end of the term of this
Agreement as provided in Section 4.1. In the event of Executive's death during
the term of this Agreement, vesting of such number of options, granted pursuant
to Executive's ISO and NQSO Grants I and II, as would have vested during the
twelve month period following the date of Executive's death shall accelerate and
become vested effective as of the date of Executive's death.

8. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NONSOLICITATION.

     8.1 Executive recognizes that his employment with the Company will involve
contact with information of substantial value to the Company, which is not old
and generally known in the trade, and which gives the Company an advantage over
its competitors who do not know or use such information, including but not
limited to, recipes, techniques, processes, sales and customer information, and
business and financial information relating to the business, products, practices
and techniques of the Company (hereinafter referred to as "Confidential
Information"). Executive will at all times regard and preserve as confidential
such Confidential Information obtained by Executive from whatever source and
will not, either during his employment with the Company or thereafter, publish
or disclose any part of such Confidential Information in any manner at any time,
or use the same except on behalf of the Company, without the prior written
consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, disclosure of
Confidential Information shall not be precluded if such information (i) is now,

                                                            Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 6
<PAGE>

or hereafter becomes, through no act or failure to act on the part of the
Executive, generally known or available, or (ii) is required to be disclosed by
law.

     8.2 While employed by the Company and for one (1) year thereafter,
Executive agrees that, in order to protect the Company's confidential and
proprietary information from unauthorized use, Executive will not, either
directly or through others, solicit or attempt to solicit (i) any employee,
consultant or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his or her
relationship with the Company in order to become an employee, consultant or
independent contractor to or for any other person or business entity; or (ii)
the business of any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company which, at the
time of termination or one (1) year immediately prior thereto, was listed on the
Company's customer, vendor or distributor list.

9. SUCCESSORS. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Executive, to expressly assume
and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent
that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place.

10. ASSIGNMENT AND BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of Executive and Executive's heirs, executors, personal
representatives, assigns, administrators and legal representatives. Because of
the unique and personal nature of Executive's duties under this Agreement,
neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations under this Agreement shall
be assignable by Executive. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of the Company and its successors, assigns and legal
representatives.

11. NOTICES. All notices or demands of any kind required or permitted to be
given by the Company or Executive under this Agreement shall be given in writing
and shall be personally delivered (and receipted for) or mailed by certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

         If to the Company:                 Oregon Baking Company
                                            dba Marsee Baking
                                            2287 NW Pettygrove Street
                                            Portland, Oregon  97296

         With a copy to:                    Brendan R. McDonnell, Esq.
                                            Tonkon Torp LLP
                                            1600 Pioneer Tower
                                            888 SW Fifth Avenue
                                            Portland, Oregon  97204

                                                            Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 7
<PAGE>

         If to Executive:                   Ray Lindstrom
                                            9544 NE 30th Street
                                            Bellevue, Washington  98004

Any such written notice shall be deemed received when personally delivered or
three (3) days after its deposit in the United States mail as specified above.
Either party may change its address for notices by giving notice to the other
Party in the manner specified in this Section.

12. CHOICE OF LAW; VENUE. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in
accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon without regard to the conflict
of laws provisions thereof. If any suit or action is filed by any party to
enforce this Agreement or otherwise with respect to the subject matter of this
Agreement, jurisdiction and venue shall be in the federal or state courts
located in Multnomah County, Oregon.

13. INTEGRATION. This Agreement contains the complete, final and exclusive
agreement of the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, and
supersedes all prior oral and written employment agreements or arrangements
between the Parties.

14. AMENDMENT. This Agreement cannot be amended or modified except by a written
agreement signed by Executive and the Company.

15. WAIVER. No term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or any breach
thereof shall be deemed waived, except with the written consent of the Party
against whom the waiver is claimed, and any waiver of any such terms, covenant,
condition or breach shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or
succeeding breach of the same or any other term, covenant, condition or breach.

16. SEVERABILITY. The finding by a court of competent jurisdiction of the
unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement
shall not render any other provision of this Agreement unenforceable, invalid or
illegal. Such court shall have the authority to modify or replace the invalid or
unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision
which most accurately represents the Parties' intention with respect to the
invalid or unenforceable term or provision.

17. HEADINGS; CONSTRUCTION. The headings set forth in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be used in interpreting this
Agreement. The Parties acknowledge that each Party and its counsel has reviewed
and revised, or had an opportunity to review and revise, this Agreement, and the
normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be
resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation
of this Agreement.

18. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Executive represents and warrants that, to
the best of Executive's knowledge, he is not restricted or prohibited,
contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing each of the terms
and covenants contained in this Agreement, and that his execution and

                                                            Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 8
<PAGE>

performance of this Agreement will not violate or breach any other agreements
between Executive and any other person or entity.

19. ATTORNEY FEES. If any suit or action is filed by any Party to enforce this
Agreement or otherwise with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney fees incurred
in preparation or in prosecution or defense of such suit or action as fixed by
the trial court, and if any appeal is taken from the decision of the trial
court, reasonable attorney fees as fixed by the appellate court.

20. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, all of which together shall constitute one
and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

THE COMPANY:                                 EXECUTIVE:

OREGON BAKING COMPANY
dba MARSEE BAKING



/s/ Howard Wasserteil                        /s/ Ray Lindstrom
- -------------------------------------        -----------------------------------
By:     Howard Wasserteil                    Ray Lindstrom
Title:  Executive Vice President












                                                            Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 9








                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                               (dba Marsee Baking)

                                       AND

                                HOWARD WASSERTEIL







<PAGE>


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         This  EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement") is made and entered into
effective as of July 12, 1996, by and between Oregon Baking  Company,  an Oregon
corporation   dba  Marsee  Baking  (the   "Company"),   and  Howard   Wasserteil
("Executive").  The Company and Executive are hereinafter  collectively referred
to as the "Parties," and may individually be referred to as a "Party."

                                    RECITALS

         A. The Executive is presently employed by the Company as the President.

         B. As the  Executive's  contribution  to the growth and  success of the
Company since its inception has been  substantial,  the Board of Directors  (the
"Board") of the Company  desires to provide for the continued  employment of the
Executive and to make certain changes in the Executive's employment arrangements
with the Company which the Board has determined will reinforce and encourage the
continued  attention and  dedication to the Company of the Executive as a member
of the Company's management.

         C. The Executive  desires to continue his employment  with the Company,
and is willing to accept such  continued  employment on the terms and conditions
set forth in this Agreement.

                                    AGREEMENT

         In  consideration  of the foregoing  premises and the mutual  covenants
herein contained,  and for other good and valuable  consideration,  the Parties,
intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:


SECTION 1  EMPLOYMENT.

         1.1 The Company  hereby  agrees to continue  to employ  Executive,  and
Executive hereby accepts continued employment by the Company, upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement, effective as of the date first set forth
above ("Effective Date").

         1.2  Executive  shall  remain  as the  President  of the  Company,  its
subsidiaries,  and its successors (if any) and their subsidiaries (collectively,
the "Company Affiliates");  however, once the Company identifies and hires a new
president/chief  executive officer ("New Executive"),  Executive shall no longer
be President of the Company but shall be its Director of New Store  Development.
Executive  shall also  serve in such  other  capacity  or  capacities,  with the
consent of the Executive, as the Board may from time to time prescribe.


                                       1
<PAGE>

         1.3  Executive  shall  do and  perform  all  services,  acts or  things
necessary  or  advisable  to manage and conduct the  business of the Company and
which are normally  associated  with the position of  President,  or, once a New
Executive  is hired by the  Company,  the  position  of  Director  of New  Store
Development,  and which are not inconsistent  with the provisions of the charter
documents  of  the  Company  Affiliates.   However,  at  all  times  during  his
employment,  Executive  shall be subject to the direction and policies from time
to time established by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall
have such  corporate  power and  authority  as shall be  reasonably  required to
enable the  Executive to  discharge  the  Executive's  duties in any office that
Executive may hold.

         1.4 So long as Executive is employed by the Company in accordance  with
this  Agreement,  he shall  be a  member  of the  Company's  Strategic  Planning
Committee.  Further,  during such  employment,  the  Company  shall use its best
efforts to ensure that Executive  remains a member of the Board of Directors and
a member of the Board's Executive and Audit Committees.

         1.5 Unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing, prior to Executive's
termination  in  accordance  with this  Agreement,  Executive  shall perform the
services he is required to perform  pursuant to this  Agreement at the Company's
offices located at 2277 N.W.  Quimby Street,  Portland,  Oregon,  at the various
production  and  retail  outlets,  or at any other  place at which  the  Company
conducts  business;  provided,  however,  that the Company may from time to time
reasonably  require  Executive  to  travel  temporarily  to other  locations  in
connection with the Company's business.


SECTION 2  LOYAL AND CONSCIENTIOUS PERFORMANCE; NONCOMPETITION.

         2.1 During his  employment by the Company,  Executive  shall devote his
full business  energies,  interest,  abilities and productive time to the proper
and  efficient  performance  of his duties under this  Agreement.  The foregoing
shall not preclude  Executive  from  engaging in civic,  charitable or religious
activities, or from serving on boards of directors of companies or organizations
which will not  present  any direct  conflict  of  interest  with the Company or
affect the performance of Executive's duties hereunder.

         2.2  Prior to the  Executive's  termination  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement,  Executive shall not engage in competition  with the Company,  either
directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity, as adviser, principal, agent,
partner, officer, director, employee, member of any association or otherwise, in
any phase of the business of  developing,  producing  and  marketing of food and
beverage which are in the same field or which  otherwise  directly  compete with
the business or proposed business of the Company; provided,  however, nothing in
this Section 2.2 shall in any way prohibit ownership by Executive,  as a passive
investment,  of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding  shares of capital
stock of any corporation with one or more classes of its capital stock listed on
a  national  securities  exchange  or  publicly  traded in the  over-the-counter
market.


                                       2
<PAGE>

SECTION 3  COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE.

         3.1 The  Company  shall pay  Executive  a base  salary of not less than
$86,400.00 per year,  payable in regular  periodic  payments in accordance  with
Company policy but in no event less frequent than semi-monthly.

         3.2 Executive's compensation may be changed from time to time by mutual
agreement of Executive and the Board.

         3.3 All of  Executive's  compensation  shall be  subject  to  customary
withholding  taxes and any other employment taxes as are commonly required to be
collected or withheld by the Company.

         3.4  Executive  shall be  entitled  to at least  four (4) weeks of paid
vacation each twelve-month period during Executive's employment hereunder, which
shall continue to accrue during Executive's employment hereunder, in addition to
all national holidays.

         3.5 As further  compensation,  and so long as  Executive is employed by
Company  as  provided  in this  Agreement  on such  dates and  Executive  is not
otherwise in default of any of the provisions herein, Executive shall be granted
by the Company a nonqualified  stock option ("Stock Option") under the Company's
existing  1993  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  ("Plan")  as amended so that
Executive shall be entitled to purchase up to 10,000 shares of Company's  Common
Stock ("Grant I") on or after December 31, 1996, which date shall be the date of
granting  for Grant I, and  another  10,000  shares of  Company's  Common  Stock
("Grant  II") on or after  December  31,  1997,  which date shall be the date of
granting  for Grant II.  The  exercise  price for each  share  shall be the fair
market value of the Company's  Common Stock as of the respective  grant date, as
determined by the Board at its discretion. The shares of Common Stock granted to
Executive in this  Section 3.5 ("Option  Shares")  shall vest  immediately  upon
grant according to the following schedule:

                  DATE OF VESTING           SHARES VESTED
                  ---------------           -------------

                  December 31, 1996         10,000
                  December 31, 1997         10,000

Executives shall have the right to exercise the vested Option Shares pursuant to
and in  accordance  with the terms and  conditions of the Plan and the Company's
standard non-qualified option agreement adopted under the Plan.

         3.6 Executive  shall,  in the discretion of the Board and in accordance
with Company  policy,  be entitled to participate in benefits under any employee
benefit plan or  arrangement  made available by the Company now or in the future
to its executives and key management  employees.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
during Executive's employment hereunder,  the Company shall continuously provide


                                       3
<PAGE>

Executive, at the Company's sole cost and expense, with (i) disability insurance
in addition to any such policies  required under Section 7.6 in this  Agreement;
and (ii) medical,  dental and vision  care/insurance for Executive,  Executive's
spouse and Executive's children.

         3.7 As  additional  compensation,  the Company may, but is not required
to, pay Executive cash bonuses,  grant  additional  stock options,  and increase
Executive's  base  salary,  at such  times and in such  amounts as the Board may
determine  in its sole  discretion,  based on  Executive's  performance  and the
Company's  achievement  of the goals and objectives  established  jointly by the
Board and Executive from time to time.

         3.8 Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt  reimbursement of all
reasonable  expenses  incurred by  Executive  in  performing  Company  services,
including  expenses  related  to  relocation,  travel,  entertainment,  parking,
business meetings and professional dues. Such expenses shall be accounted for in
accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company.


SECTION 4  TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.

         4.1 The term of this Agreement  shall be effective as of the date first
above written and shall terminate three (3) years from such date, unless earlier
terminated as hereinafter provided.

         4.2 This  Agreement  may be  renewed  only by  written  consent of both
parties.

         4.3 The continued  employment after the expiration shall not constitute
an extension  of the term of this  Agreement  or any of its  provisions  for any
period of time; except

                  4.3.1 In the event Executive's employment is terminated by the
Company  "without  cause," as those terms are defined in Section  5.4,  and such
termination  occurs  after the  three-year  term  provided  in this  Section  4,
Executive  shall be  entitled to no less than six months of  Executive's  annual
base salary in effect at the time of such termination as severance pay.

                  4.3.2 The rights and  obligations  contained  in this  Section
4.3.1 shall  survive the  termination  of this  Agreement  and continue to be in
effect unless waived or modified in writing by both parties.


SECTION 5  TERMINATION  BY  COMPANY.  Executive's  term of  employment  with the
Company may be earlier terminated by the Company under the following conditions:

         5.1 DEATH.  Upon Executive's  death, in which case termination shall be
effective on the last day of the month in which Executive's death occurs.


                                       4
<PAGE>

         5.2  DISABILITY.  If Executive  becomes,  for six  consecutive  months,
completely  disabled due to physical or mental  illness as defined under Section
5.2.1,  or if Executive  shall be absent from duties as required under the terms
of this  Agreement  on a  full-time  basis due to  illness  for six  consecutive
months,  and shall not have returned to the  performance of duties within thirty
(30) days after receiving written notice of termination following such six-month
period.

                  5.2.1 The term "completely disabled" as used in this Agreement
shall mean the inability of Executive to perform the essential  functions of his
position under this Agreement by reason of any  incapacity,  physical or mental,
which the Board,  based upon medical advice or an opinion provided by a licensed
physician acceptable to the Board and approved by the Executive,  which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld,  determines to have incapacitated  Executive
from  satisfactorily  performing any or all essential  functions of his position
for the Company during the foreseeable future. Based upon such medical advice or
opinion,  the determination of the Board shall be final and binding and the date
such  determination  is made shall be the date of such complete  disability  for
purposes of this Agreement.

         5.3 FOR CAUSE. The Company may terminate  Executive's  employment under
this  Agreement  and this  Agreement  itself  "for cause"  ("For  Cause") by (i)
delivery of written  notice to Executive  specifying  the cause or causes relied
upon for such termination; and (ii) giving Executive, together with his counsel,
an  opportunity to be heard before the Board.  Any notice of  termination  given
pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall effect  termination  as of the date specified
in such  notice or, in the event no such date is  specified,  on the last day of
the month in which such notice is delivered  or deemed  delivered as provided in
Section 11 below.

         If  Executive's  employment  under this  Agreement is terminated by the
Company For Cause  under this  Section,  Executive  shall be entitled to receive
only accrued base salary and other accrued benefits required by law, prorated to
the date of termination. Executive will not be entitled to severance pay, pay in
lieu of  notice or any other  such  compensation.  Grounds  for the  Company  to
terminate  this Agreement For Cause shall be limited to the occurrence of any of
the following events without Board consent:

                  5.3.1 Executive is in material breach of any provision of this
Agreement  and,  except as otherwise  provided in this Section 5.3,  such breach
continues  for a period of thirty (30) days after notice of such breach is given
to Executive by the Company;

                  5.3.2 Executive's  engaging or in any manner  participating in
any activity which is directly  competitive with or  intentionally  injurious to
the Company or which  violates any provision of Section 8 of this  Agreement and
such violation continues for a period of ten days after notice of such violation
is given to Executive by the Company;

                  5.3.3  Executive's  commission  of any  fraud  against  the 
Company;

                  5.3.4  Intentional  improper  use  or  appropriation  for  his
personal use or benefit of any funds or properties of the Company not authorized


                                       5
<PAGE>

by the Board to be so used or  appropriated  and the same has not been  remedied
within thirty (30) days after notice of such  violation is given to Executive by
the Company; and

                  5.3.5 Executive's conviction of any crime involving dishonesty
or moral turpitude.

         5.4 WITHOUT CAUSE. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
without cause ("Without Cause") upon delivery of written notice to the Executive
at any time. Any notice of termination  given pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall
effect termination not less than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.


SECTION 6 TERMINATION  BY  EXECUTIVE.  Executive's  term of employment  with the
Company may be earlier terminated (a) for Sufficient Reason (as defined below in
Section 6.1) within sixty (60)  consecutive  days following the occurrence of an
event or events  constituting such Sufficient  Reason; or (b) without Sufficient
Reason.

         6.1  "Sufficient  Reason"  shall mean any one or more of the  following
events:

                  6.1.1 The failure by the  Company to comply with any  material
provision  of this  Agreement  and such  failure has  continued  for a period of
thirty (30) days after notice of such failure has been given by Executive to the
Company;

                  6.1.2 The  assignment  to Executive  of any duties  materially
inconsistent with Executive's status as provided in Section 1.2 or the reduction
of Executive's authority as provided hereunder; and

                  6.1.3 The reduction by the Company in Executive's  base salary
or as the  same may be  increased  from  time to time  under  the  terms of this
Agreement,  except for across-the-board salary reductions approved by 75% of the
Board  similarly  affecting all management  personnel of the Company;  provided,
however,  that in no event shall Executive's base salary be reduced to an amount
equal to less than 75% of the highest  base salary at any time in effect  during
Executive's employment hereunder.


SECTION 7  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION.

         7.1 DEATH. If Executive's  employment shall be terminated by death, the
Company shall pay to Executive's designee(s),  beneficiary(ies),  or if there is
no such  designee or  beneficiary,  to  Executive's  estate,  an amount equal to
Executive's base salary through the end of the three year term, plus 6 months of
Executive's  base salary at the time of his death.  Such designee or beneficiary
shall have the right to exercise  Executive's  vested Option Shares  pursuant to
and in  accordance  with  Section  3.5,  which  shares  shall  vest on the dates
provided in Section 3.5 as if Executive  were still alive and employed  with the
Company.


                                       6
<PAGE>

         7.2  DISABILITY.  If  Executive  shall  become  disabled as provided in
Section 5.2,  the Company  shall  continue to pay to Executive an amount  which,
when  combined  with  disability or  income-continuance  benefits  pursuant to a
Company plan or provided under state law and received by Executive,  shall equal
but not exceed  Executive's  base salary,  provided that Executive has submitted
claims for any and all such disability benefits to which he may be entitled. For
any waiting  period  during  which  Executive  receives  no  benefits  under any
disability plan, the Company shall pay his entire base salary. The Company shall
continue to integrate  such salary  payments  with  benefits  until such time as
Executive's employment is terminated in accordance with Section 5.2 hereof. Upon
any such  termination,  the Company  shall pay to  Executive  an amount equal to
Executive's base salary through the end of the three year term, plus 6 months of
Executive's  base salary at the time of his disability  and the Executive  shall
have  the  right  to  exercise  the  vested  Option  Shares  pursuant  to and in
accordance  with Section 3.5,  which shares shall vest on the dates  provided in
Section 3.5.

         7.3 CAUSE,  WITHOUT SUFFICIENT REASON. If Executive's  employment shall
be terminated by the Company For Cause,  or if Executive  terminates  employment
hereunder without  Sufficient  Reason,  the Company shall pay Executive his base
salary  through the date of termination at the rate in effect at the time of the
notice  of  termination,  and the  Company  shall  thereafter  have  no  further
obligations to Executive under this Agreement.

         7.4 WITHOUT CAUSE,  SUFFICIENT REASON. If (a) Executive shall terminate
Executive's  employment with the Company for Sufficient Reason under Section 6.1
of this  Agreement;  or (b) the Company shall terminate  Executive's  employment
Without  Cause,  then upon  Executive's  furnishing  to the  Company an executed
waiver and release of claims (a form of which is attached  hereto as Exhibit A),
Executive shall be entitled to the following:

                  7.4.1 Executive's base  salary  through the  end of the three 
year term;

                  7.4.2 Six months of  Executive's  annual base salary in effect
at the time of termination as severance pay;

                  7.4.3 The right to exercise  Executive's  vested Option Shares
pursuant to and in accordance  with Section 3.5,  which shares shall vest on the
dates  provided  in Section 3.5 as if  Executive  were still  employed  with the
Company; and

                  7.4.4  Continued  receipt,  through  the end of the three year
term plus an  additional 6 months,  all employee  benefit  plans and programs in
which  the  Executive  and  Executive's  family  were  entitled  to  participate
immediately  prior to the date of  termination,  provided  that the  Executive's
continued  participation  is possible  under the general terms and provisions of
such plans and programs. In the event that the Executive's  participation in any
such plan or  program is  barred,  the  Company  shall  arrange  to provide  the
Executive with benefits substantially similar to those which the Executive would
otherwise have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs from which
his continued participation is barred.


                                       7
<PAGE>

         7.5 Notwithstanding the termination,  all payments provided for in this
Section 7 to be made to Executive shall be made in regular periodic  payments in
accordance  with the  Company's  normal  policy  and  practice  in such  payroll
matters, but in no event less frequent than semi-monthly.

         7.6  Company  shall  carry,  at its  own  costs,  life  and  disability
insurance  policies on Executive in sufficient  amounts to meet its  obligations
described in this Section 7.


SECTION 8  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NONSOLICITATION.

         8.1  Executive  recognizes  that his  employment  with the Company will
involve contact with information of substantial  value to the Company,  which is
not old and  generally  known in the  trade,  and  which  gives the  Company  an
advantage  over its  competitors  who do not know or use it,  including  but not
limited to, techniques, designs, drawings, processes, inventions,  developments,
equipment,   prototypes,  sales  and  customer  information,  and  business  and
financial  information  relating  to  the  business,   products,  practices  and
techniques   of  the  Company   (hereinafter   referred   to  as   "Confidential
Information").  Executive will at all times regard and preserve as  confidential
such  Confidential  Information  obtained by Executive from whatever  source and
will not, either during his employment  with the Company or thereafter,  publish
or disclose any part of such Confidential Information in any manner at any time,
or use the same  except on  behalf of the  Company,  without  the prior  written
consent of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing  sentence,  disclosure of
Confidential  Information shall not be precluded if such information (i) is now,
or  hereafter  becomes,  through  no act or  failure  to act on the  part of the
Executive,  generally known or available, or (ii) is required to be disclosed by
law.

         8.2 While employed by the Company and for one (1) year thereafter,  the
Executive  agrees  that,  in order to protect  the  Company's  confidential  and
proprietary  information  from  unauthorized  use,  Executive  will not,  either
directly  or through  others,  solicit or attempt to solicit  (i) any  employee,
consultant  or  independent  contractor  of the Company to terminate  his or her
relationship  with the  Company in order to become an  employee,  consultant  or
independent  contractor to or for any other person or business  entity;  or (ii)
the business of any customer, vendor or distributor of the Company which, at the
time of termination or one (1) year immediately prior thereto, was listed on the
Company's customer, vendor or distributor list.


SECTION 9 SUCCESSORS. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or
indirect,   by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company,  by agreement in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Executive, to expressly assume
and agree to perform  this  Agreement  in the same manner and to the same extent
that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken
place.  Failure  of the  Company  to  obtain  such  an  agreement  prior  to the


                                       8
<PAGE>

effectiveness  of any  such  succession  shall  be a  material  breach  of  this
Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation and all other benefits
from  the  Company  in the  same  amount  and on the  same  terms as he would be
entitled to hereunder if he terminated  his  employment  for  Sufficient  Reason
hereunder.


SECTION 10 ASSIGNMENT AND BINDING  EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of Executive and Executive's heirs, executors, personal
representatives,  assigns, administrators and legal representatives.  Because of
the unique and  personal  nature of  Executive's  duties  under this  Agreement,
neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations  under this Agreement shall
be assignable by Executive.  This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to
the   benefit  of  the   Company   and  its   successors,   assigns   and  legal
representatives.


SECTION 11 NOTICES.  All notices or demands of any kind required or permitted to
be given by the  Company or  Executive  under this  Agreement  shall be given in
writing  and shall be  personally  delivered  (and  receipted  for) or mailed by
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

         If to the Company:                 Oregon Baking Company
                                            dba Marsee Baking
                                            2277 N.W. Quimby Street
                                            Portland, Oregon  97296

         With a copy to:                    Brendan R. McDonnell, Esq.
                                            Lane Powell Spears Lubersky LLP
                                            520 SW Yamhill, Suite 800
                                            Portland, Oregon  97204

         If to Executive:                   Howard Wasserteil
                                            3125 S.W. 66th Avenue
                                            Portland, Oregon 97225

Any such written notice shall be deemed  received when  personally  delivered or
three (3) days after its deposit in the United  States mail as specified  above.
Either  Party may change its address  for notices by giving  notice to the other
Party in the manner specified in this Section.


SECTION  12  CHOICE  OF LAW;  VENUE.  This  Agreement  shall  be  construed  and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon without regard to
the conflict of laws  provision  thereof.  This Agreement has been made entirely
within the State of Oregon. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon.  If any suit or action is filed
by any party to enforce this  Agreement or otherwise with respect to the subject


                                       9
<PAGE>

matter of this  Agreement,  venue  shall be in the  federal  or state  courts in
Multnomah County, Oregon.


SECTION  13  INTEGRATION.  This  Agreement  contains  the  complete,  final  and
exclusive  agreement  of the  Parties  relating  to the  subject  matter of this
Agreement,  and supersedes all prior oral and written  employment  agreements or
arrangements between the Parties.


SECTION  14  AMENDMENT.  This  Agreement  cannot be amended or  modified  except
by a written  agreement  signed by  Executive  and the Company.


SECTION 15 WAIVER.  No term,  covenant or  condition  of this  Agreement  or any
breach  thereof shall be deemed waived,  except with the written  consent of the
Party  against  whom the  wavier in  claimed,  and any  waiver or any such term,
covenant,  condition  or  breach  shall  not be  deemed  to be a  waiver  of any
preceding  or  succeeding  breach  of the  same  or any  other  term,  covenant,
condition or breach.


SECTION 16 SEVERABILITY. The finding by a court of competent jurisdiction of the
unenforceability,  invalidity or  illegality of any provision of this  Agreement
shall not render any other provision of this Agreement unenforceable, invalid or
illegal. Such court shall have the authority to modify or replace the invalid or
unenforceable  term or provision with a valid and enforceable  term or provision
which most  accurately  represents  the parties'  intention  with respect to the
invalid or unenforceable term or provision.


SECTION  17  INTERPRETATION;  CONSTRUCTION.  The  headings  set  forth  in  this
Agreement  are for  convenience  of  reference  only  and  shall  not be used in
interpreting  this Agreement.  The Parties  acknowledge  that each Party and its
counsel has reviewed and revised,  or had an  opportunity  to review and revise,
this  Agreement,  and the normal  rule of  construction  to the effect  that any
ambiguities are to be resolved  against the drafting party shall not be employed
in the interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 18  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES.  Executive  represents and warrants
that, to the best of Executive's knowledge,  he is not restricted or prohibited,
contractually or otherwise,  from entering into and performing each of the terms
and  covenants  contained  in  this  Agreement,   and  that  his  execution  and
performance of this  Agreement  will not violate or breach any other  agreements
between Executive and any other person or entity.


SECTION 19 ATTORNEY FEES. If any suit or action is filed by any party to enforce
this  Agreement  or  otherwise  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  of  this
Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney


                                       10
<PAGE>

fees incurred in preparation or in prosecution or defense of such suit or action
as fixed by the trial court, and if any appeal is taken from the decision of the
trial court, reasonable attorney fees as fixed by the appellate court.


SECTION 20  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement may be executed in two  counterparts,
each of  which  shall  be  deemed  an  original,  all of  which  together  shall
contribute one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.


                                  THE COMPANY:

                                  OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                  dba MARSEE BAKING

                                  /s/ Dr. Robert Schneider
                                  --------------------------------
                                  By:  Dr. Robert Schneider
                                  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

                                  EXECUTIVE:


                                  /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                  --------------------------------
                                  Howard Wasserteil





                                       11
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                          RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

         In exchange for payment to me of amounts  pursuant to Sections 7.4 (and
for the  other  benefits  provided  therein)  of my  Employment  Agreement  (the
"Agreement"),  to which this form is attached,  I hereby  furnish  OREGON BAKING
COMPANY dba MARSEE BAKING (the "Company") with the following release and waiver.

         I hereby  release,  and forever  discharge  the Company,  its officers,
directors, agents, employees, stockholders,  successors, assigns and affiliates,
of and from any and all claims,  liabilities,  demands, causes of action, costs,
expenses,  attorneys' fees,  damages,  indemnities and obligations of every kind
and nature,  in law,  equity,  or  otherwise,  known and unknown,  suspected and
unsuspected,  disclosed  and  undisclosed,  arising  at any  time  prior  to and
including my employment  termination date with respect to any claims relating to
my employment and the  termination  of my employment,  including but not limited
to, claims  pursuant to any federal,  state or local law relating to employment,
including,  but not limited to,  discrimination  claims, claims under the Oregon
Fair  Employment  and  Housing  Act,  and  the  Federal  Age  Discrimination  in
Employment Act of 1967, as amended ("ADEA"), or claims for wrongful termination,
breach of the covenant of good faith,  contract claims, tort claims, and wage or
benefit  claims,  including  but not  limited to,  claims for  salary,  bonuses,
commissions,  stock, stock options, vacation pay, fringe benefits, severance pay
or any form of compensation  (other than the  obligations  under Sections 7.4 of
the Agreement.)

         I also  acknowledge  that I have read and understand the following:  "A
general  release does not extend to claims  which the creditor  does not know or
suspect to exist in his favor at the time of  executing  the  release,  which if
known by him must have  materially  affected his settlement  with the debtor." I
hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section
and any law of any  jurisdiction  of similar effect with respect to any claims I
may have against the Company.

         I acknowledge  that, among other rights, I am waiving and releasing any
rights I may have  under  ADEA,  that this  waiver and  release  is knowing  and
voluntary,  and that the  consideration  given for this waiver and release is in
addition to anything of value to which I was already  entitled as an employee of
the Company. I further  acknowledge that I have been advised, as required by the
Older Workers  Benefit  Protection Act, that: (a) the waiver and release granted
herein  does not  relate to  claims  which may arise  after  this  agreement  is
executed;  (b) I have the right to consult  with an attorney  prior to executing
this  agreement  (although I may choose  voluntarily  not to do so);  (c) I have
twenty-one  (21)  days  from  the date I  receive  this  agreement,  in which to
consider  this  agreement  (although I may choose  voluntarily  to execute  this
agreement  earlier);  (d) I have seven (7) days  following the execution of this
agreement to revoke my consent to the agreement;  and (e) this  agreement  shall
not be effective until the seven (7) day revocation period has expired.

Date:                               By:                                    
     -------------------               -------------------------------
                                       Howard Wasserteil





                                       12

<PAGE>

                      ADDENDUM TO THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING
                                       AND
                                HOWARD WASSERTEIL


                  This Addendum to the Employment Agreement by and between
Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking, an Oregon corporation (the "Company"),
and Howard Wasserteil ("Wasserteil") dated as of July 12, 1996 (the
"Agreement"), is made to terminate certain provisions in the Agreement upon the
effective date of a Registration Statement filed by the Company under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to a public offering of equity
securities of the Company, underwritten on a firm commitment basis (the "Public
Offering").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Section 1.4 of the Agreement reads as follows:

                  "So long as executive is employed by the Company in accordance
         with this  Agreement, he shall be a member of the Company's Strategic
         Planning Committee.  Further, during such employment, the Company shall
         use its best efforts to ensure that Executive remains a member of the
         Board of Directors, and a member of the Board's Executive and Audit
         Committees."

         B. The parties desire that the rights and obligations provided under 
Section 1.4 of the Agreement be terminated upon the Public Offering.

                  NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

         1. Subject to the Public Offering, Section 1.4 of the Agreement shall
be terminated and be of no further force or effect whatsoever.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Addendum as of the 
date first written above.

                                    OREGON BAKING COMPANY, dba MARSEE BAKING,
                                    an Oregon corporation


                                    By: /s/ Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                        -------------------------------------
                                         Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer

                                        /s/ Howard J. Wasserteil
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Howard J. Wasserteil


                                                Addendum to Employment Agreement
                                                                          Page 1


                  AMENDED EMPLOYMENT AND STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT


     AMENDED EMPLOYMENT AND STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT (the "Amended Agreement")
dated as of April 8, 1999, between OREGON BAKING COMPANY, DBA MARSEE BAKING, an
Oregon corporation (the "Company"), and JOANN VAZQUEZ ("Employee").

                                    Recitals
                                    --------

     A. Employee is an employee of the Company. Immediately prior to the
execution of Amended Agreement, the terms of such employment relationship were
governed by an Employment and Stock Grant Agreement dated August 15, 1993,
between the Company and Employee (the "Prior Agreement").

     B. The Company intends to conduct a public offering (the "Public Offering")
of its securities pursuant to a registration statement, which offering is
anticipated to close in mid-1999, but no later than December 31, 1999 (the
"Effective Date")

     C. The Company and Employee wish to amend the Prior Agreement as provided
herein and supersede and replace the Prior Agreement with this Amended
Agreement.

                                    Agreement
                                    ---------

     In consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises and
conditions contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

     1. PRIOR AGREEMENT. Upon the Effective Date, the Prior Agreement shall be
superseded by and replaced with this Amended Agreement. The Prior Agreement
shall have no further force or effect whatsoever following the Effective Date.

     2. EMPLOYMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, the
Company hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such employment.
Employee shall occupy the position of Vice President of Product Development.
Employee shall devote her best efforts and attention to the performance of her
duties in such capacity. Employee shall not engage in any other business
activity during the term of her employment hereunder that would interfere with
her duties under this Amended Agreement or would constitute a breach of any
provision of this Amended Agreement.

     3. DUTIES. As Vice President of Product Development for the Company,
Employee shall be responsible for managing all aspects of the production
operations of the Company's business, including but not limited to the
following, and shall perform such other duties for the Company as may be
established from time to time by the Company that are consistent with Employee's


                                    Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

position: (A) engage in product development and training of key personnel; (B)
develop recipe protection, recipe costing and merchandising concepts for new
products; (C) produce training manuals and documentation for presentation of
products and product concepts for both retail and production facilities; (D)
plan sourcing of new food products, packaging, co-packers and the like for
retail and production operation; and (E) manage quality control, conduct quality
checks, and troubleshoot quality problems. Employee's objective will be to
manage an efficient, high-quality and profitable baking operation for the
Company. Employee will initially work at the Company's retail facility located
at 2277 NW Quimby Street, Portland, Oregon. As the Company's business operations
expand to other locations, the Company and Employee will discuss Employee's
commitments at such new locations.

     4. COMPENSATION.

          4.1 ANNUAL SALARY. For all services rendered by Employee under this
Amended Agreement, the Company shall pay Employee a salary (the "Annual Salary")
at a mutually agreed upon rate. The Annual Salary shall be payable in regular
periodic payments in accordance with the Company's standard payroll policy less
any federal and state withholding or other employment taxes.

          4.2 BONUS. In addition to the Annual Salary under Section 4.1, the
Employee may receive additional compensation as may be paid from time to time by
the Company at its sole discretion.

          4.3 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REVIEW. During each month of December during
the term of this Amended Agreement, the Company's Board of Directors and
Employee shall in good faith review the performance by, and the compensation to,
Employee for the calendar year then ending and the proposed performance by, and
compensation to, Employee for the then forthcoming calendar year. Any future
agreements between the Company and Employee regarding salary and bonus under
this Amended Agreement shall be subject to approval by the Company's Board of
Directors.

          4.4 VACATION; SICK LEAVE. During the term of this Amended Agreement,
Employee will be entitled to standard paid vacation and paid sick leave in each
calendar year in accordance with the Company's policy in effect at such time.

     5. TERM AND TERMINATION.

          5.1 TERM. Subject to Section 9, the term of employment of Employee
under this Amended Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall
terminate on December 31, 1999 unless sooner terminated under Section 5.2 below.
After the initial term of Employee's employment, such employment shall be
extended for successive one-year periods upon approval of the Company's Board of
Directors, unless sooner terminated under Section 5.2 below.


                                    Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement
                                                                          Page 2

<PAGE>

          5.2 TERMINATION. Each party shall have the right to terminate this
Amended Agreement and Employee's employment hereunder upon at least thirty (30)
days' prior written notice to the other party. Notwithstanding the first
sentence of this Section 5.2, the Company shall have the right to terminate this
Amended Agreement and Employee's employment hereunder immediately in the event
(i) Employee is convicted of (from which no appeal may be, or is timely, taken),
or pleads guilty to, (A) any crime involving the Company or its business, or (B)
any act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony; (ii) Employee
engages in an act or series of acts of willful misconduct which has or have a
material adverse impact upon the business or financial condition of the Company;
or (iii) Employee breaches or fails to perform any provision of this Amended
Agreement. In addition, this Amended Agreement and Employee's employment
hereunder shall terminate immediately if (x) Employee dies; or (y) Employee is
permanently disabled (as defined in Section 22(e) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code")).

          5.3 SURVIVAL. Upon termination of this Amended Agreement under Section
5.2, all rights and obligations under this Amended Agreement shall cease except
(i) the rights and obligations under Section 4.1 of this Amended Agreement to
the extent Employee has not been compensated for services performed prior to
termination (the amount to be pro rated for the portion of the pay period prior
to termination), and (ii) the rights and obligations imposed upon Employee under
Sections 6, 7, and 8 which shall remain operative and in full force and effect
after the termination of this Amended Agreement. A termination of this Amended
Agreement shall constitute a termination of Employee's employment with the
Company for all purposes of this Amended Agreement.

          5.4 REPLACEMENT. In the event either party elects to terminate this
Amended Agreement under Section 5.2, Employee shall, at the request of the
Company, during the 30-day notice period specified in Section 5.2, diligently
and in good faith assist the Company in locating and training a suitable
replacement for Employee.

     6. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.

          6.1 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of Amended Agreement:

               6.1.1 "Area" means the State of Oregon and the State of
Washington.

               6.1.2 "Competing Business" means any Entity that is engaged at
any location or locations within the Area in the retail and/or wholesale baking
business; provided that, a restaurant or hotel that operates a baking business
incidental to its primary restaurant or hotel business shall not be considered a
Competing Business.

               6.1.3 "Entity" means any individual, corporation, partnership,
firm, joint venture, joint enterprise, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, governmental or regulatory body or other similar
entity.

                                    Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement
                                                                          Page 3


<PAGE>

               6.1.4 "Employee Group" means (A) Employee, (B) any and all
Entities that are now or hereafter, directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, controlled by, in control of, or under common control with
Employee, (C) the officers, directors, executives, employees, attorneys,
accountants and other agents or representatives (in whatsoever capacity) of
Employee, or any of the Entities identified in the previous clause (B). For
purposes of Amended Agreement, each of the foregoing is a "member of the
Employee Group."

               6.1.5 "Management" means the members of the Company's present
management (namely, Raymond Lindstrom, Stephen Aanderud and Howard Wasserteil).

               6.1.6 The term "Marsee Group" means (A) the Company, (B) any and
all Entities that are now or hereafter, directly or indirectly through one or
more intermediaries, controlled by, in control of, or under common control with
the Company, and (C) the officers, directors, executives, employees, attorneys,
accountants and other agents or representatives (in whatsoever capacity) of the
Company or any of the Entities identified in the previous clause (B). For
purposes of Amended Agreement, each of the foregoing is a "member of the Marsee
Group."

               6.1.7 "Proprietary Information" means all items of confidential
information or trade secrets regarding the baking business conducted by the
Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Proprietary
Information includes the following:

               (A) Customer lists, price lists, and other confidential
information relating to the marketing and distribution of the Company's baking
goods and merchandise;

               (B) Recipes and information relating to formulations, processes,
technology, and know-how used or held for use in the Company's baking business;

               (C) Programs, plans and projections relating to present or future
development, expansion, promotion, marketing and distribution of any products or
services in the baking business conducted by the Company; and

               (D) All notes, memoranda, correspondence, processes, systems, and
documents, and all computer programs, databases and software relating to any of
the foregoing.

               "Proprietary Information" does not include:

               (X) Information which is now or later becomes generally available
to the public (or to the segment thereof that is engaged in the food
manufacturing or distribution businesses) through no fault of any member of the
Employee Group, as long as the disclosure of such information, if any, by a
member of the Employee Group takes place after the information has become
generally available to the public (or to the segment thereof that is engaged in
the food manufacturing or distribution businesses);


                                    Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement
                                                                          Page 4

<PAGE>

               (Y) Information which is publicly disclosed pursuant to the
requirement of a government agency or is disclosed as required by law or
judicial process, after proper notice to the Company; and

               (Z) Those recipes owned by Employee prior to the commencement of
her employment with the Company (the "Prior Recipes"), as further described in
Section 7 below.

          6.2 COVENANTS. Subject to Section 6.3:

               6.2.1 NONCOMPETITION. Employee will not, directly or indirectly,
engage in any Competing Business on Employee's own behalf, or provide product
development, marketing, managerial, supervisory or consulting services or
assistance to, or lend money to or purchase any debt instrument of, or own any
equity interest in any Competing Business. Employee will not make any statement
or do any act which causes any existing or potential customer of the Company to
curtail or terminate its purchase of products offered by the Company, or which
will in any way divert, diminish or prejudice the business or goodwill of
Company.

               6.2.2 NONSOLICITATION. Employee will not solicit, divert or hire
away (or attempt to solicit, divert or hire away) to or for Employee or any
Entity, any employee of the Company, whether or not such employee is a full-time
or temporary employee, whether or not such employment is pursuant to a written
agreement and whether or not such employment is for a determined period or is at
will.

               6.2.3 NONDISCLOSURE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION. Employee will
not, without the prior written consent of the Company, cause or permit any
member of the Employee Group to disclose, divulge, communicate or otherwise make
known, directly or indirectly, to any person not a member of the Marsee Group
any Proprietary Information.

               6.2.4 NONUSE OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION. Employee will not,
without the prior written consent of the Company, cause or permit any member of
the Employee Group to make any use of the Proprietary Information for the
benefit of Employee or any Entity.

               6.2.5 APPLICATION. Each of the covenants of Employee in this
Section 6.2 shall be applicable to all actions and statements of Employee,
whether made or taken directly or indirectly, in an individual capacity or as an
officer, director, partner, executive, employee, manager, consultant,
independent contractor, agent, representative or otherwise of any Entity, alone
or in conjunction with any Entity, or in any other manner whatsoever.

          6.3 TERM AND APPLICATION OF NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION
COVENANTS.

               6.3.1 GENERAL. Each of the covenants of Employee in Sections
6.2.1 and 6.2.2 (collectively, the "Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation Covenants")
shall commence on the date hereof and shall expire two (2) years after the
termination of Employee's employment with the Company if the employment is

                                    Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement
                                                                          Page 5


<PAGE>

terminated voluntarily by Employee or if the employment is terminated by the
Company for "cause" (as defined below). For purposes of this Section 6.3.1 and
Section 6.3.2, termination of Employee's employment by the Company shall be
deemed a termination for "cause" if the termination is for one or more of the
following reasons: (i) Employee is convicted of (form which no appeal may be, or
is timely, taken), or pleads guilty to, (A) any crime involving the Company or
its business, or (B) any act of fraud, embezzlement, or any felony; (ii)
Employee engages in an act or series of acts of willful misconduct which has or
have a material adverse impact upon the business or financial condition of the
Company; (iii) Employee breaches or fails to perform any provision of Amended
Agreement; or (iv) a good faith determination by a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company that Employee has unsatisfactorily performed her duties
as an officer of the Company.

               6.3.2 VOID. Each of the Noncompetition/Nonsolicitation Covenants
shall become null and void upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

               (A) The Employee's employment is terminated by the Company
without "cause."

               (B) Prior to the termination of Employee's employment (whether
the termination is by the Employee voluntarily or by the Company with or without
cause), the Company and/or the Management sell or dispose of all or
substantially all of the assets or outstanding capital stock of the Company by
means of a sale, merger, reorganization or liquidation.

          6.4 TERM AND APPLICATION OF NONDISCLOSURE AND NONUSE COVENANTS. Each
of the covenants of Employee in Section 6.2.3 and 6.2.4 shall commence on the
date hereof and shall continue as long as the Proprietary Information remains
confidential to the Company and does not become information of the type
described in clauses (X) and (Y) of Section 6.1.6.

     7. PRIOR RECIPES; DEVELOPMENTS; TANGIBLE PROPERTY; COOKBOOK.

          7.1 PRIOR RECIPES. The Company and Employee agree that each of them
shall keep a true and accurate copy of the Prior Recipes in a secure location
for purposes of identifying the Prior Recipes. The Company acknowledges that
Employee is the owner of such Prior Recipes. Employee hereby grants to the
Company an exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual and royalty-free license to use the
Prior Recipes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that as the owner of the Prior Recipes,
Employee shall have the right to use the Prior Recipes after the termination of
her employment with the Company provided that such use does not violate any
other provision of Amended Agreement.

          7.2 DEVELOPMENTS. If at any time or times during the term of
Employee's employment hereunder, Employee (either alone or with others) makes,
conceives, discovers, authors, creates, enhances, compiles or reduces to
practice any recipe, formulation, process, technology, invention, technique,
know-how, secret, work of authorship as that term is interpreted in the U.S.
Copyright Act, as amended, or any idea protectable by any intellectual property


                                    Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement
                                                                          Page 6

<PAGE>

rights whatsoever or any interest therein (whether or not patentable or
registrable under copyright or similar statutes or subject to analogous
protection) (each hereinafter referred to as a "Development") that (a) relates
to the baking business of the Company or any customer of or a supplier to the
Company or any of the baking products being developed or sold by the Company or
which may be used in relation therewith, (b) results from tasks assigned to
Employee by the Company or (c) results from the use of premises or personal
property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the
Company, each such Development and the benefits thereof shall immediately become
the sole and absolute property of the Company and its assigns. Employee will
promptly disclose to the Company (or any persons designated by it) each such
Development and hereby assigns to the Company and its assigns without further
compensation any right, title and interest Employee may have or acquire in each
such Development and all benefits and/or rights resulting therefrom and Employee
will communicate to the Company, without cost or delay, and without publishing
the same, all available information relating thereto (with all necessary plans
and models). Employee agrees to execute any instruments and to do all other
things reasonably requested by the Company (both during and after the
termination of Amended Agreement) in order to vest more fully in the Company all
ownership rights in those items hereby transferred from Employee to the Company.

          7.3 TANGIBLE PROPERTY. All documents (including without limitation,
recipes), records, drawings and other tangible property furnished to Employee by
the Company or produced by her or others in connection with her employment shall
be and remain the sole property of the Company and shall be delivered to the
Company immediately when requested by the Company or upon the termination of the
Employee's employment with the Company. Employee will not take with her any such
property or any reproduction of such property upon such termination.

     8. MISCELLANEOUS.

          8.1 OREGON LAW. This Agreement and all amendments, modifications,
authorizations or supplements hereto, and the rights of the parties hereunder
shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Oregon.

          8.2 ASSIGNS. The rights and obligations of the parties under Amended
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon their
respective heirs, successors and assigns. Employee's rights and obligations, or
any particular right or obligation, under Amended Agreement constitute a
personal employment contract that may not be sold, assigned, transferred or
pledged as collateral by Employee.

          8.3 WAIVER. The waiver by either party hereto of a breach of any of
the provisions of Amended Agreement by the other party hereto shall not be
construed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the other party hereto.

          8.4 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. Subject to Section 9, this Agreement constitutes
and expresses the whole agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior
agreements (including the Prior Agreement), understandings (oral or written) and
memoranda with respect to the subject matter hereof. No amendment, modification,

                                    Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement
                                                                          Page 7


<PAGE>

waiver or attempted waiver of Amended Agreement or any part hereof shall be
valid or binding unless made in writing and signed by the party to be bound.

          8.5 NOTICES. Any notice or other communication required or permitted
to be given pursuant to Amended Agreement shall be sufficiently given when
delivered by hand, by overnight courier or by certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid:

                  To Employee:                      Joann Vazquez
                                                    7340 SE Mallard Court
                                                    Portland, Oregon 97223

                           With a copy to:          Thomas K. Coan, Esq.
                                                    715 S.W. Morrison St.
                                                    Portland, Oregon  97205

                  To the Company:                   Oregon Baking Company
                                                    dba Marsee Baking
                                                    2287 NW Pettygrove
                                                    Portland, Oregon  97210

                           With a copy to:          Brendan R. McDonnell, Esq.
                                                    Tonkon Torp LLP
                                                    1600 Pioneer Tower
                                                    888 SW Fifth Avenue
                                                    Portland, Oregon  97204

or at such other address as the parties hereto shall have last designated by
notice to the other party. Any notice given by personal delivery, overnight
courier or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to have
been delivered on the date of receipt of such delivery at the address set forth
above (or at such other address designated pursuant hereto).

          8.6 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          8.7 SEVERABILITY. If any clause or any other portion of Amended
Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable for any reason, such
determination shall not effect the validity or enforceability of any other
clause or portion of Amended Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force
and effect.

          8.8 ATTORNEYS' FEES. If suit or action is filed by any party to
enforce the provisions of Amended Agreement, or otherwise with respect to the
subject matter of Amended Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to
recover reasonable attorneys' fees, as fixed by the trial court, and if any


                                    Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement
                                                                          Page 8

<PAGE>

appeal is taken from the decision of the trial court, reasonable attorneys' fees
as fixed by the appellate court.

          8.9 REMEDIES. Employee acknowledges that the Company will suffer
immediate and irreparable injury in the event of a breach by Employee of any
covenant contained in Amended Agreement. Accordingly, in the event of a breach
or threatened breach by Employee of any provision of Amended Agreement, the
Company shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Employee from committing
such breach or threatened breach. Such remedy shall be in addition to any other
remedies to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity.

     9. CONDITION. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions, in the event
the Company fails to close the Public Offering before December 31, 1999, this
Amended Agreement shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever.

         The parties hereto have caused Amended Agreement to be executed as of
the date first above written.

COMPANY:                            OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                    (DBA MARSEE BAKING),
                                    AN OREGON CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                           Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

                                        /s/ Joann Vazquez
EMPLOYEE:                               ----------------------------------------
                                           Joann Vazquez


                                    Amended Employment and Stock Grant Agreement
                                                                          Page 9










                                Real Estate Lease

                                     Between

                             Quimby Street Partners

                                  ("Landlord")

                                       and

                              Oregon Baking Company
                               dba "Marsee Baking"

                                   ("Tenant")




<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. Basic Lease Provisions and Identification of Exhibits.......................1
   1.1 Basic Lease Provisions..................................................1
   1.2 Identification of Exhibits..............................................2
   1.3 Master Lease............................................................2
2. Leased Premises.............................................................2
3. Term........................................................................2
4. Rent, Late Charge and Deposit...............................................2
   4.1 Monthly Rent............................................................2
   4.2 Late Charge.............................................................3
   4.3 Deposit.................................................................3
5. Taxes.......................................................................3
6. Utilities and Services......................................................3
7. Use.........................................................................4
   7.1 Permitted Uses..........................................................4
   7.2 Hazardous Waste and Materials...........................................4
8. Alterations.................................................................5
9. Maintenance, Repairs........................................................5
   9.1 Maintenance and Repairs by Landlord.....................................5
   9.2 Maintenance and Repairs by Tenant.......................................6
   9.3 Failure to Maintain.....................................................6
   9.4 Landlord's Duties.......................................................6
10. Removal of Tenant's Property...............................................7
11. Liens and Encumbrances.....................................................7
12. Assignment and Subletting..................................................7
13. Insurance and Indemnity....................................................8
    13.1 Insurance.............................................................8
    13.2 Indemnification.......................................................8
    13.3 Waiver of Subrogation.................................................9
14. Eminent Domain.............................................................9
15. Tenant's Default...........................................................9
    15.1 Remedies for Default.................................................10
    15.2 Legal Expenses.......................................................11
16. Default by Landlord.......................................................11
17. Damage or Destruction.....................................................11
    17.1 Damage...............................................................11
    17.2 Business Interruption................................................12
    17.3 Tenant Improvements..................................................12
    17.4 Express Agreement....................................................12
18. Subordination and Attornment..............................................12
    18.1 Subordination........................................................12
    18.2 Attornment...........................................................12
    18.3 Tenant's Certificate.................................................13
19. Access by Landlord........................................................13
20. Surrender or Abandonment of Leased Premises...............................13
    20.1 Surrender of Possession..............................................13

                                       i
<PAGE>

    20.2 Abandonment..........................................................13
21. Quiet Enjoyment...........................................................14
22. Signs.....................................................................14
23. Holdover..................................................................14
24. Miscellaneous.............................................................15
    24.1 Tenant Defined.......................................................15
    24.2 Recording............................................................15
    24.3 Notices..............................................................15
    24.4 Joint Obligation.....................................................15
    24.5 Time.................................................................15
    24.6 Prior Agreements.....................................................15
    24.7 Choice of Law........................................................16
    24.8 Parking..............................................................16
    24.9 Other................................................................16


Exhibit A Building Schematic
Exhibit B Option to Renew
Exhibit C Tenant improvements
Exhibit D Master Lease

                                       ii


<PAGE>


                                Real Estate Lease

         THIS LEASE is made and entered into this _____ day of May, 1995 between
Quimby  Street  Partners  ("Landlord"),  and Oregon  Baking  Company dba "Marsee
Baking" ("Tenant").

1. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND IDENTIFICATION OF EXHIBITS.

   1.1 Basic Lease Provisions.
       ----------------------

Leased Premises:           Approximately  8,800  square feet of  rentable  floor
                           area,  located at 2277 NW Quimby,  Portland,  Oregon,
                           97210.

Lease Term:                Five Years

Commencement Date:         July 1, 1995

Monthly Rent:              For the period from July 1, 1995,  through August 31,
                           1995,  Tenant shall pay a monthly rent of $0.00.  For
                           the period from September 1, 1995,  through  December
                           31,  1995,   Tenant  shall  pay  a  monthly  rent  of
                           $3,498.00.  For the  period  from  January  1,  1996,
                           through December 31, 1996, Tenant shall pay a monthly
                           rent of  $3,800.00.  For the period  from  January 1,
                           1997,  through December 31, 1997,  Tenant shall pay a
                           monthly  rent  of  $4,048.00.  For  the  period  from
                           January 1, 1998,  through  December 31, 1998,  Tenant
                           shall pay a monthly rent of $4,498.00. For the period
                           from January 1, 1999  through  June 30, 2000,  Tenant
                           shall pay a monthly rent of $5,016.00.

Permitted Uses:            Full Service Bakery

Tenant's
Representative:            Howard Wasserteil

Real Estate Broker         Deborah M. Thomas

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 1
<PAGE>

   1.2 Identification of Exhibits.
       --------------------------

       The Exhibits identified below and attached to this Lease are incorporated
       in this Lease by reference.

       Exhibit A:                  Building Schematic
       Exhibit B:                  Option to Renew
       Exhibit C                   Tenant Improvements
       Exhibit D                   Master Lease

   1.3 Master Lease.
       -------------

       Except as otherwise provided in this Lease Agreement, Tenant agrees to be
       bound by all  obligations  of the Leasee under the Master Lease  attached
       hereto as Exhibit D, and  Tenant  agrees  that it will not act or fail to
       act in such a manner  as to cause  Landlord  to be in  default  under the
       terms of the Master Lease.

2. LEASED PREMISES.

   Landlord  hereby leases to Tenant,  and Tenant hereby  accepts from Landlord,
   subject to and with the  benefit of the terms and  provisions  of this Lease,
   the Leased Premises located in and the improvements  which are located on the
   real property described in subsection 1.1. The real property and improvements
   are hereinafter referred to as the "Building."

3. TERM.

   This Lease shall be in effect for the period of time specified in Section 1.1
   known as "Lease Term" and hereinafter referred to as the "Term."

4. RENT, LATE CHARGE AND DEPOSIT.

   4.1 MONTHLY RENT.
       ------------

       Commencing  on the  Commencement  Date,  Tenant  shall  pay to  Landlord,
       without  notice or demand  and  without  any  deduction  whatsoever,  the
       monthly sums set forth in Subsection  1.1, above,  (the "Monthly  Rent"),
       which  Tenant  shall pay in  advance  on or before  the first day of each
       calendar month of the Term.

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 2

<PAGE>

   4.2 Late Charge.
       -----------

       If any Monthly Rent  installment  is not received by Landlord from Tenant
       by the tenth (10th) day of the month for which such  installment  is due,
       Tenant  shall  immediately  pay to Landlord a late  charge  equal to five
       percent (5%) of such installment.

   4.3 Deposit.
       --------

       Upon execution of this Lease,  Tenant shall be responsible  for a deposit
       equal  to the last  month's  Monthly  Rent  ($5,016.00)  as set  forth in
       Section 1.1.  Such deposit  shall be held by Landlord and applied  toward
       payment  of the  last  month's  rent  of  this  Lease  or in  payment  of
       Landlord's damages in the event of any default hereunder by Tenant.  Such
       amount does not  represent the full rent for the last month of this Lease
       but shall be applied in partial payment thereof.

5. TAXES.

   Tenant shall pay, or cause to be paid, before delinquency,  any and all taxes
   levied or assessed during the Term upon all Tenant's leasehold  improvements,
   equipment,  furniture,  fixtures,  and any other personal property located in
   the Leased Premises.

   Tenant shall be liable for, and shall pay  throughout  the Term,  all license
   and excise fees and  business  and  occupation  taxes  covering  the business
   conducted on the Leased Premises.

   Landlord shall pay when due, all real property taxes and  assessments  levied
   against the Building.  However,  if a separate assessment or identifiable tax
   increase arises because of improvements to the Leased  Premises,  then Tenant
   shall pay 100 percent of such increase.

6. UTILITIES AND SERVICES.

   Tenant  shall  pay  before  delinquency,  at its sole cost and  expense,  all
   charges for water, gas, heat,  electricity,  telephone service, sewer service
   charges,  and all other  services  or  utilities  used in,  upon or about the
   Leased  Premises  during the Lease Term. In no event shall Landlord be liable
   for an  interruption  or failure in the supply of any such  utilities  to the
   Leased Premises.

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 3
<PAGE>

7. USE

   7.1 Permitted Uses.
       ---------------

       Tenant  shall not use or permit or allow the use of the  Leased  Premises
       for any business or purpose other than set forth in Subsection 1.1 above.
       Tenant shall not do or permit  anything to be done in or about the Leased
       Premises or bring or keep anything therein which will in any way increase
       the existing rate or premiums or affect any fire or other  insurance upon
       the Leased  Premises  or the  Building,  or cause a  cancellation  of any
       insurance policy covering the Leased Premises or the Building or any part
       thereof or any of its  contents.  Tenant  shall not do or permit or allow
       anything to be done in or about the Leased Premises which will in any way
       obstruct or interfere  with the rights of other  tenants  or occupants of
       the Building. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply
       with all local, state and federal laws.

   7.2 Hazardous Waste and Materials.
       ------------------------------

      (a) Tenant  shall not  dispose of or  otherwise  allow the  release of any
          hazardous waste or materials in, on or under the Leased  Premises,  or
          any adjacent  property,  or in any  improvements  placed on the Leased
          Premises.  Tenant  represents  and warrants to Landlord  that Tenant's
          intended  use of  the  Leased  Premises  does  not  involve  the  use,
          production,  disposal  or  bringing  on to the Leased  Premises of any
          hazardous  waste or  materials.  As used herein,  the term  "hazardous
          waste or materials" includes any substance,  waste or material defined
          or designated  as hazardous,  toxic or dangerous (or any similar term)
          by any federal, state or local statute,  regulation, rule or ordinance
          now or hereafter  in effect.  Tenant  shall  promptly  comply with all
          statutes,  regulations and ordinances, and with all orders, decrees or
          judgments of  governmental  authorities or courts having  jurisdiction
          relating  to  the  use,  collection,   treatment,  disposal,  storage,
          control,  removal or cleanup of hazardous waste or materials in, on or
          under the Leased Premises or any adjacent property, or incorporated in
          any improvements, at Tenant's expense.

      (b) Landlord may, but is not obligated to, enter upon the Leased  Premises
          and take such actions and incur such costs and expenses to effect such
          compliance as it deems advisable to protect its interest in the Leased
          Premises.  Tenant shall reimburse  Landlord for the full amount of all
          costs and  expenses  incurred  by  Landlord  in  connection  with such
          compliance  activities,  and such obligation shall continue even after

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 4
<PAGE>

          the   termination  of  this  Lease.   Tenant  shall  notify   Landlord
          immediately of any release of any hazardous  waste or materials on the
          Leased Premises.

      (c) Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord  harmless against any and
          all  losses,   liabilities,   suits,   obligations,   fines,  damages,
          judgments,   penalties,   claims,  charges,  cleanup  costs,  remedial
          actions,   costs  and  expenses   (including,   without   limitations,
          attorneys' fees and  disbursements)  which may be imposed on, incurred
          or paid by, or asserted  against  Landlord  or the Leased  Premises by
          reason of, or in connection with (1) any misrepresentation,  breach of
          warranty or other default by Tenant under this Lease,  or (2) the acts
          or  omissions  of Tenant,  or any  subtenant  or other person for whom
          Tenant  would  otherwise  be liable,  resulting  in the release of any
          hazardous waste or materials.

8. ALTERATIONS.

   Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements in or to the
   Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord,  which consent
   may  be  subject  to  such   conditions  as  Landlord  may  reasonably   deem
   appropriate.  Tenant acknowledges that the Lessor under the Master Lease must
   approve any Tenant and all such alterations, additions, and improvements.

9. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS.

   9.1 Maintenance and Repairs by Landlord.
       ------------------------------------

       Landlord  shall have any roof or skylight leaks repaired prior to turning
       over the premises to the Tenant.  Landlord shall be  responsible  for the
       roof,  structural  walls and foundation of the Leased Premises during the
       Lease  Term.  Landlord  shall  repair  and  maintain  in good  order  and
       condition the Building's  roof and the exterior of the structure  itself.
       However,  if such maintenance and repair becomes necessary in whole or in
       part due to the act,  neglect,  fault or  omission of any duty by Tenant,
       its employees,  agents, licensees,  customers, guests or invitees, or due
       to damage  caused by actual or  attempted  breaking  and  entering of the
       Leased Premises or other unauthorized entry of the Leased Premises,  such
       maintenance  and repair  shall be  undertaken  by  Landlord  at  Tenant's
       expense. There shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord
       by reason of any  interference  with Tenant's  business  arising from the

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 5
<PAGE>

       making of any repairs,  alterations or improvements to any portion of the
       Building so long as Landlord is making  reasonable  good faith efforts to
       minimize such interference.

   9.2 Maintenance and Repairs by Tenant.
       ----------------------------------

       Tenant by occupying the Leased Premises accepts same as being in good and
       tenantable  condition in accordance with Landlord's  obligations.  Tenant
       acknowledges  that  Landlord has made no  representations  or  warranties
       respecting the condition of the Leased  Premises or the Building,  except
       as  specifically  set forth in this Lease.  Tenant shall at Tenant's sole
       expense  keep the  Leased  Premises  and all  interior  partitions,  door
       surfaces,  glass,  fixtures,  equipment  (including  HVAC and  electrical
       systems) and appurtenances  (including lighting and plumbing fixtures) in
       good and sanitary condition and repair,  ordinary wear and tear excepted.
       Tenant shall also maintain the sidewalks and landscaping  surrounding the
       Premises.  Tenant  shall at the  expiration  or  termination  of the Term
       surrender to Landlord the Leased Premises and all alterations,  additions
       and  improvements  in the same condition as when received,  ordinary wear
       and tear excepted.

   9.3 Failure to Maintain.
       --------------------

       If Tenant fails to keep and preserve the Leased  Premises as set forth in
       Subsection 9.2, above, Landlord may, at its option, put or cause the same
       to be put in the condition  and state of repair agreed upon,  and in such
       case,  upon receipt of written  statements  from  Landlord,  Tenant shall
       promptly  pay the entire  cost  thereof.  Landlord  shall have the right,
       without liability, to enter the Leased Premises for the purpose of making
       such  repairs  upon the failure of Tenant to do so with fifteen (15) days
       notice to Tenant,  unless Landlord deems entry  necessary  without notice
       due to an emergency.

   9.4 Landlord's Duties.
       ------------------

       Landlord  shall not be in  default  under  this  Lease or liable  for any
       damages  resulting  from or  incidental  to, nor shall it be an actual or
       constructive  eviction  of the  Tenant,  nor  shall the rent be abated by
       reason of  failure  to make any  repair or to  perform  any  maintenance,
       unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable  time after written
       notice of the need for such repair or maintenance is given to Landlord by
       Tenant.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy any interruption
       in the furnishing of such services.

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 6
<PAGE>

10. REMOVAL OF TENANT'S PROPERTY.

    Furnishings,  trade fixtures and equipment  installed in the Leased Premises
    at the expense of the Tenant  shall  remain the  property of Tenant and upon
    expiration  and  termination  of this Lease,  Tenant  shall be  conclusively
    deemed to have abandoned all personal  property not previously  removed.  If
    requested  in  writing by  Landlord,  within 30 days prior to the end of the
    term of this Lease, Tenant shall, prior to surrender of the Premises, remove
    specific alterations,  additions,  improvements or installations made to the
    Premises by Tenant  following  commencement of this Lease,  and shall repair
    all damage to the  Premises  caused by such removal and restore the Premises
    to the condition in which they were prior to the  installation  of the items
    so removed. All other fixtures, alterations,  additions, improvements and/or
    appurtenances  attached  to or built  into the Leased  Premises  prior to or
    during the Term of this Lease, whether built at Landlord's expense or at the
    expense of Tenant, shall be and remain part of the Leased Premises and shall
    not be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term  unless  Landlord  agrees in
    writing thereto.  All such fixtures and improvements  which remain a part of
    the Leased Premises on termination or expiration include without limitation;
    all floor  coverings,  drapes,  paneling,  molding,  doors,  walls and fixed
    partitions,  vaults, plumbing systems, electrical systems, lighting systems,
    silencing  equipment,  all  fixtures  and outlets for the systems  mentioned
    above,  and any special flooring or ceiling  installations.  As used in this
    agreement,  "trade  fixtures"  are  defined as  removable  items of personal
    property  brought on the Leased  Premises by Tenant  which are  necessary to
    carry on Tenant's  trade or business.  Tenant shall be obligated to pay rent
    until the  removal  of all trade  fixtures,  furnishings  and  equipment  is
    completed.

11. LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES.

    Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises and the Building,  free from any liens
    or encumbrances  arising out of any work performed,  materials  furnished or
    obligations  incurred  by  Tenant,  and shall  indemnify  and hold  Landlord
    harmless from any and all costs, liability or expenses (including attorneys'
    fees) arising therefrom.

12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

    Tenant shall not assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or encumber
    this Lease or any interest therein,  nor sublet the whole or any part of the
    Leased  Premises,  nor  shall  this  Lease  or  any  interest  hereunder  be
    assignable  or  transferable  by  operation  of  law or by  any  process  or
    proceeding of any court,  or otherwise  without the prior written consent of
    Landlord.

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 7
<PAGE>

13. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY.

    13.1 Insurance.
         ----------

         During the entire Term, Tenant shall, at its expense, maintain adequate
         liability  insurance with an insurance company or companies  acceptable
         to Landlord  with a combined  single limit of  $1,000,000  for personal
         injuries and property  damage,  to indemnify  both  Landlord and Tenant
         against any such claims,  demands,  losses,  damages,  liabilities  and
         expenses. Landlord and Lessor under the Master Lease, shall be named as
         additional  insureds and shall be furnished  with a certificate of such
         insurance,  which shall bear an endorsement  that the same shall not be
         canceled  except  upon not less than  thirty  (30) days  prior  written
         notice to  Landlord.  Tenant  shall also at its own  expense  maintain,
         during the Term,  all-risk insurance covering its furniture,  fixtures,
         equipment  and  inventory  in an amount equal to the  replacement  cost
         thereof,  and insurance covering all plate glass and other glass on the
         Leased  Premises.  Tenant  shall  provide  Landlord  with copies of the
         policies of insurance or certificates thereof.

    13.2 Indemnification.
         ----------------

         Landlord shall not be liable for injury to any person,  or for the loss
         of or damage to any property  (including  property of Tenant) occurring
         in or about the Leased Premises from any cause  whatsoever,  except for
         Landlord's negligence or willful misconduct.  Tenant hereby indemnifies
         and holds  Landlord  harmless  from and  against  and  agrees to defend
         Landlord against any and all claims, charges, liabilities, obligations,
         penalties,  damages,  costs and expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)
         arising,  claimed,  charged or incurred against or by Landlord from any
         matter or thing arising from Tenant's use of the Leased  Premises,  the
         conduct of its  business  or from any  activity,  work or other  things
         done,  permitted  or  suffered  by the  Tenant in or about  the  Leased
         Premises, and Tenant shall further indemnify and hold Landlord harmless
         from and against any and all claims  arising from any breach or default
         in  the  performance  of  any  obligation  on  Tenant's  part  or to be
         performed  under the terms of this  Lease,  or arising  from any act or
         negligence of the Tenant, or any officer,  agent,  employee,  guest, or
         invitee of Tenant, and from all costs, attorneys' fees, and liabilities
         incurred  in or about the  defense  of any such  claim or any action or
         proceeding  brought  thereon  and in case any action or  proceeding  be
         brought against Landlord by reason of such claim.  Tenant,  upon notice
         from  Landlord,  shall  defend the same at Tenant's  expense by counsel
         reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord. The indemnification  provided for

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 8
<PAGE>

         in this paragraph with respect to any acts or omission  during the Term
         of this Lease  shall  survive any  termination  or  expiration  of this
         Lease.  Landlord shall not be liable for interference with light or air
         or view or for any latent defect in the Leased  Premises.  Tenant shall
         promptly  notify  Landlord of casualties  or accidents  occurring in or
         about the Leased Premises.

    13.3 Waiver of Subrogation.
         ----------------------

         Landlord and Tenant hereby  mutually  release each other from liability
         and waive all right of  recovery  against  each  other,  their  agents,
         employees,  customers  and invitees for any loss in or about the Leased
         Premises,  from perils insured against under their  respective fire and
         all-risk   insurance   contracts,   including  any  extended   coverage
         endorsements  thereof,  whether due to  negligence  or any other cause;
         provided that this  Subsection  shall be  inapplicable if it would have
         the  effect,  but only to the  extent  it would  have  the  effect,  of
         invalidating any insurance  coverage of Landlord or Tenant.  Each party
         agrees to use best efforts to obtain such an agreement from its insurer
         if the policy does not expressly permit a waiver of subrogation.

14. EMINENT DOMAIN.

         If a condemning authority takes title by eminent domain or by agreement
         in lieu  thereof  to the entire  Building  or a portion  sufficient  to
         render the Premises  unsuitable for Tenant's use, then either party may
         elect to terminate this Lease  effective on the date that possession is
         taken  by the  condemning  authority.  Rent  shall be  reduced  for the
         remainder of the Term in an amount  proportionate  to the  reduction in
         area of the Premises caused by the taking.  All  condemnation  proceeds
         shall  belong to  Landlord,  and  Tenant  shall  have no claim  against
         Landlord or the condemnation award because of the taking.

15. TENANT'S DEFAULT.

    Any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease:

     (a)  Tenant's  failure to pay rent or any  monetary  obligation  under this
          Lease within 10 days after it is due.

     (b)  Tenant's insolvency, business failure or assignment for the benefit of
          its  creditors.   Tenant's   commencement  of  proceedings  under  any
          provision of any  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  law or failure to obtain
          dismissal of any petition  filed against it under such laws within the

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 9
<PAGE>

          time required to answer; or the appointment of a receiver for Tenant's
          properties.

     (c)  Assignment or subletting by Tenant in violation of Section 12.

     (d)  Vacation or abandonment of the premises without the written consent of
          Landlord or failure to occupy the Premises within 20 days after notice
          tendering possession.

     (e)  Tenant's  failure to comply with any other term or  condition  of this
          Lease or any act or  omission  by  Tenant  causing  Landlord  to be in
          default of its obligations  under this Master Lease within twenty (20)
          days   following   written   notice  from  Landlord   specifying   the
          noncompliance. If such noncompliance cannot be cured within the twenty
          (20) day period, this provision shall be satisfied if Tenant commences
          correction  within such period and  thereafter  proceeds in good faith
          and  with  reasonable  diligence  to  effect  compliance  as  soon  as
          possible.

    15.1 Remedies for Default.
         ---------------------

         In case of default as described in Section 15,  Landlord shall have the
         right to the following remedies which are intended to be cumulative and
         in addition to any other remedies provided under applicable law:

          (a)  Landlord  may at its  option  terminate  the  Lease by  notice to
               Tenant.  With  or  without   termination,   Landlord  may  retake
               possession  of the  Premises  and may use or relet  the  Premises
               without  accepting a  surrender  or waiving the right to damages.
               Following  such  retaking of  possession,  efforts by Landlord to
               relet the Premises  shall be sufficient  if Landlord  follows its
               usual  procedures for finding Tenant's for the space at rates not
               less than the  current  rates for other  comparable  space in the
               Building.

          (b)  Landlord may recover all damages caused by Tenant's default which
               shall  include  an amount  equal to rentals  lost  because of the
               default,   lease   commissions  paid  for  this  Lease,  and  the
               unamortized cost of any tenant improvements installed by Landlord
               to  meet  Tenant's   special   requirements.   Landlord  may  sue
               periodically  to recover  damages as they  occur  throughout  the
               Lease Term,  and no action for accrued  damages shall bar a later
               action for damages subsequently  accruing.  Landlord may elect in

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 10
<PAGE>

               any  one  action  to  recover   accrued   damages   plus  damages
               attributable  to the  remaining  term of the Lease.  Such damages
               shall be measured by the  difference  between the rent under this
               Lease and the  reasonable  rental  value of the  Premises for the
               remainder of the Term  discounted  to the time of judgment at the
               prevailing interest rate on judgments.

          (c)  Landlord  may make any  payment or perform any  obligation  which
               Tenant has failed to  perform,  in which case  Landlord  shall be
               entitled  to recover  from  Tenant  upon  demand  all  amounts so
               expended,  plus interest from the date of the  expenditure at the
               rate of one and  one-half  percent  (1.5%)  per  month.  Any such
               payment  or  performance  by  Landlord  shall not waive  Tenant's
               default.

    15.2 Legal Expenses.
         ---------------

         If either party is required to bring or maintain any action  (including
         assertion of any counterclaim or cross-claim,  or claim in a proceeding
         in bankruptcy,  receivership  or any other  proceeding  instituted by a
         party  hereto or by  others),  or  otherwise  refers  this  Lease to an
         attorney  for  the  enforcement  of  any  of the  covenants,  terms  or
         conditions of this Lease, the prevailing party in such action shall, in
         addition to all other payments required herein,  receive from the other
         all the costs incurred by the  prevailing  party  including  reasonable
         attorneys' fees which the prevailing party incurred on any appeal.

16. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD.

    Landlord  shall  not  be  in  default  unless   Landlord  fails  to  perform
    obligations  required of  Landlord  within  thirty  (30) days after  written
    notice by Tenant to Landlord which describes the default; provided, however,
    that if the nature of  Landlord's  obligation  is such that more than thirty
    (30)  days are  required  for  performance,  then  Landlord  shall not be in
    default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period
    and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

17. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

    17.1 Damage.
         -------

         In case of damage to the Leased  Premises  or the  Building  by fire or
         other casualty,  Tenant shall give immediate notice to Landlord. To the
         extent that the  Premises  are  rendered  untenantable,  the Rent shall
         proportionately  abate, except in the event such damage resulted or was
         contributed to directly or indirectly from the act, fault or neglect of

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 11
<PAGE>

         Tenant, Tenant's officers, contractors,  agents, employees, invitees or
         licensees.

    17.2 Business Interruption.
         ----------------------

         No damages,  compensation  or claim  shall be payable by  Landlord  for
         inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or
         restoration  of any portion of the Leased  Premises or of the Building.
         Landlord  shall use its best efforts to effect such  repairs  promptly.
         However, if Building  sustains  damage of fifty  (50)  percent or more,
         either  party  may  terminate Lease upon written notice of at least ten
         (10) days.

    17.3 Tenant Improvements.
         --------------------

         Landlord  will  not  carry  insurance  of any  kind on any of  Tenant's
         improvements  or  on  Tenant's  furniture  or  furnishings  or  on  any
         fixtures, equipment, improvements or appurtenances of Tenant under this
         Lease, and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto
         or replace the same.

    17.4 Express Agreement.
         ------------------

         The provisions of this Section shall be considered an express agreement
         governing any case of damage or  destruction  of the Building or Leased
         Premises by fire or other casualty.

18. SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT.

    18.1 Subordination.
         --------------

         This Lease shall be subordinate to any existing or future  mortgages or
         deeds of trust on the  Building or on the  leasehold  interest  held by
         Landlord, and to any extensions,  renewals, or replacements thereof. At
         the request of Landlord,  Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver all
         instruments  which may be  appropriate  to further  secure and document
         such subordination.

    18.2 Attornment.
         -----------

         If the interest of Landlord is  transferred  to any person or entity by
         reason of  foreclosure  or other  proceedings  for  enforcement  of any
         mortgage, deed of trust or security or by delivery of a deed in lieu of
         foreclosure or other proceedings,  Tenant shall upon delivery to Tenant

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 12
<PAGE>

         by said  transferee  of a  nondisturbance  agreement,  immediately  and
         automatically  attorn  to such  person  or  entity.  In  event  of such
         transfer,  this Lease and  Tenant's  rights  hereunder  shall  continue
         undisturbed so long as Tenant is not in default.

    18.3 Tenant's Certificate.
         ---------------------

         Tenant shall at any time and from time to time upon not less than three
         (3) days prior written notice from Landlord  execute,  acknowledge  and
         deliver to Landlord a statement  in writing  (a)  certifying  that this
         Lease is  unmodified  and in full force and effect  (or,  if  modified,
         stating the nature of such  modification and certifying that this Lease
         as so modified is in full force and effect),  and the date to which the
         rental are paid in advance,  if any, and (b)  acknowledging  that there
         are not, to Tenant's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of the
         Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and
         (c) setting forth the date of commencement of rents. Any such statement
         may be relied upon by any prospective  purchaser or encumbrancer of all
         or any portion of the Building.

19. ACCESS BY LANDLORD.

         Landlord or Landlord's  employees,  agents,  and contractors shall have
         the  right to enter  the  Leased  Premises  with  reasonable  notice to
         examine the same or to make such repairs, alterations,  improvements or
         additions as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. If Tenant is not
         personally present to permit entry and an entry is necessary,  Landlord
         may in case of emergency  forcibly  enter the same,  without  rendering
         Landlord liable therefor.  Nothing  contained herein shall be construed
         to impose upon  Landlord  any duty of repair of the Leased  Premises or
         Building except as otherwise specifically provided for herein.

20. SURRENDER OR ABANDONMENT OF LEASED PREMISES.

    20.1 Surrender of Possession.
         ------------------------

         Tenant shall promptly  yield and deliver to Landlord  possession of the
         Leased  Premises at the  termination of this Lease.  Landlord may place
         and  maintain  a "For Rent"  sign in  conspicuous  places on the Leased
         Premises not more than sixty (60) days prior to the termination of this
         Lease.

    20.2 Abandonment.
         ------------

         Should Tenant vacate or abandon the Leased  Premises or be dispossessed
         by process of law or otherwise  for more than five (5)  business  days,

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 13
<PAGE>

         such abandonment, vacation or dispossession shall be deemed a breach of
         this Lease,  and, in addition to any other  rights  which  Landlord may
         have,  Landlord  may remove any personal  property  belonging to Tenant
         which  remains on the Leased  Premises and store the same,  the cost of
         such removal and storage to be charged to the account of Tenant.

21. QUIET ENJOYMENT.

    Tenant,  upon fully complying with and promptly performing all of the terms,
    covenants and conditions of this Lease on its part to be performed, and upon
    the  prompt and timely  payment  of all sums due  hereunder,  shall have and
    quietly  enjoy the Leased  Premises for the Term set forth herein as against
    any adverse claim of Landlord or any party claiming under Landlord.

22. SIGNS.

    Tenant shall not place or suffer to be placed on the  exterior  walls of the
    Leased  Premises  or upon  the roof or any  exterior  door or wall or on the
    exterior  or  interior  of any  window  thereof  any sign,  awning,  canopy,
    marquee, advertising matter, decoration,  letter or other thing of any kind,
    without the prior written consent of Landlord.

23. HOLDOVER.

    23.1  If Tenant does not vacate the Leased  Property  at the time  required,
          Landlord  shall  have the  option  to treat  Tenant  as a tenant  from
          month-to-month,  subject to all of the provisions of this lease except
          the  provisions  for term and  renewal  (and at a rental rate equal to
          150% of the rent last paid by Tenant during the original  term), or to
          eject Tenant from the Leased  Property and recover  damages  caused by
          wrongful  holdover.  Failure of Tenant to remove fixtures,  furniture,
          furnishings, or trade fixtures that Tenant is required to remove under
          this lease shall  constitute a failure to vacate to which this section
          shall apply if the property not removed will  substantially  interfere
          with  occupancy  of the  Leased  Property  by  another  tenant or with
          occupancy by Landlord for any purpose including  preparation for a new
          tenant.

    23.2  If a  month-to-month  tenancy  results from a holdover by Tenant under
          this section  [sic] 23, the tenancy  shall be terminable at the end of
          any monthly  rental period on written  notice from Landlord  given not
          less than ten (10) days prior to the  termination  date which shall be
          specified  in the  notice.  Landlord  waives  any  notice  that  would
          otherwise by provided by law with respect to a month-to-month tenancy.

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 14
<PAGE>

24. MISCELLANEOUS.

    24.1 Tenant Defined.
         ---------------

         The word  "Tenant"  as used  herein  shall mean each and every  person,
         partnership or  corporation  who is mentioned as a Tenant herein or who
         executes this Lease as Tenant.

    24.2 Recording.
         ----------

         Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent of
         Landlord.

    24.3 Notices.
         -------

         Any notice required in accordance with any of the provisions  herein if
         to Landlord  shall be  delivered or mailed by  registered  or certified
         U.S.  mail to the address of Landlord as set forth by the  signature of
         the  Parties,  or at such other place as Landlord  may in writing  from
         time to time direct to Tenant, and if to Tenant,  shall be delivered or
         mailed  by  registered  or  certified  mail  to  Tenant  at the  Leased
         Premises.  If there is more than one  Tenant,  any notice  required  or
         permitted  hereunder  may be given by or to any one thereof,  and shall
         have the  same  force  and  effect  as if  given by or to all  thereof.
         Notices shall be deemed  received on the date hand  delivered or on the
         date that is three (3) days after proper  mailing if sent by registered
         or certified U.S. mail.

    24.4 Joint Obligation.
         ----------------

         If there be more than one Tenant,  the  obligations  hereunder  imposed
         shall be joint and several.

    24.5 Time.
         ----

         Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions
         in which performance is a factor.

    24.6 Prior Agreements.
         -----------------

         This Lease  contains all of the  agreements of the parties  hereto with
         respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease,  and no prior
         agreements  or  understanding  pertaining  to any such matters shall be

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 15
<PAGE>

         effective for any purpose. No provisions of this Lease me be amended or
         added  to except  by an  agreement  in  writing  signed by the  parties
         hereto or their respective successors in interest. This Lease shall not
         be  effective  or binding on any party  until  fully  executed  by both
         parties hereto.

    24.7 Choice of Law.
         --------------

         This  Lease  shall be  governed  by the laws of the  state in which the
         Leased Premises are located.

    24.8 Parking.
         -------

         Tenant shall have exclusive  rights to the loading and parking areas as
         they currently exist.

    24.9 Other.
         ------

         Existing racking (blue metal) shall remain on the premises for Tenant's
         use during the Lease Term.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this  instrument
the day and year first above set forth.


LANDLORD                                            TENANT
Quimby Street Partners                              Oregon Baking Company
PO Box 529                                          dba "Marsee Baking"
Eugene, OR 97440                                    2277 NW Quimby Street
                                                    Portland, OR 97210

/s/ Illegible, Partner                              /s/ Howard Wasserteil, Pres.
- -------------------------                           ----------------------------




                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 16
<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit B


Quimby Street Partners
Real Property Lease


Option to Renew.
- ----------------


If Tenant is not then in  default,  Tenant  shall  have the right and  option to
renew this Lease for an additional  five (5) year term  commencing  July 1, 2000
and  terminating  June 30,  2005.  In the event Tenant  exercises  the option to
renew,  Tenant shall give  Landlord  written  notice of intent to renew not less
than ninety (90) days and not more than  one-hundred  eighty (180) days prior to
the end of the  original  Term.  In the event Tenant is not in default and gives
the notice to  Landlord  within the time set forth  above,  this Lease  shall be
renewed for a period of five (5) years upon the same terms and conditions as set
forth  herein  except  for rent  which  shall be  mutually  agreed  upon by both
parties.

If Tenant is not then in  default,  Tenant  shall  have the right and  option to
renew this Lease for an additional  five-year term  commencing July 1, 2005, and
terminating  June 30, 2010.  In the event Tenant  exercises the option to renew,
Tenant  shall  give  Landlord  written  notice  of intent to renew not less than
ninety (90) days and not more than  one-hundred  eighty  (180) days prior to the
end of the first  option  term.  In the event Tenant is not in default and gives
the notice to  Landlord  within the time set forth  above,  this Lease  shall be
renewed for a period of five (5) years upon the same terms and conditions as set
forth  herein  except  for rent  which  shall be  mutually  agreed  upon by both
parties.

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 17
<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit C
                               Tenant Improvements


Quimby Street Partners
Real Property Lease


Tenant Improvements
- -------------------

Landlord shall:


         1. Remove all unused  conduit and wiring  located in the warehouse area
            including the ceiling.

         2. Paint interior of warehouse  space  including  walls and ceiling.
            Method of application to be approved by Tenant.

         3. Paint the west side and all trim on the exterior of the building.

         4. Provide up to $10,000 for floor improvements.


Tenant shall:


         1. Install two (2) ADA compliant restrooms.

         2. Install Heating,  Ventilation, and Air Conditioning systems (HVAC)
            as necessary for Tenant's use.

         3. Provide all other improvements necessary for Tenant's use.

            Tenant shall have the right to make  improvements to the premises as
            are  necessary for the ordinary  conduct of business.  Such Tenant's
            work shall not proceed until Landlord's  written approval of each of
            the following items:

               (a)  Tenant's contractor;
               (b)  public  liability and property damage  insurance  carried by
                    Tenant  or its  contractor;  and  
               (c)  schematic  plans  and  specification  which shall beprepared
                    [sic] by Tenant or Tenant's Planner at Tenant's expense.

                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 18
<PAGE>

All such Tenant's work shall be done in strict conformity with such final plans
and specifications. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary
building permits and all work shall be performed in accordance with the building
permits and all applicable governmental regulations.



                                                         Please Initial
                                                    /s/ Illegible   /s/ HW
                                                    -------------   ---------
                                                    Landlord        Tenant
Lease Agreement - 19
<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit D
                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN: J.H. May and Agnes E. May                           ("Lessor")
         7810 S.W. May Way
         -------------------------
         Portland, OR  97225
         -------------------------

AND:     E. Danell Giustina and                              ("Lessee")
         James Ivory
         P.O. Box 529
         Eugene, Oregon 97440-0529

EFFECTIVE
DATE:    March 1, 1994
         -------------------------

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

A.  Lessor is the owner of that  certain  real  property  located  in  Portland,
Multnomah  County,  Oregon,  and more  particularly  described  as follows  (the
"Leased Property"):

         2277 N.W.  Quimby,  legally  described  as Lots 17 and 18,  Block  309,
         Couch's  Addition to the City of Portland,  together with the following
         improvements:

         A concrete building of approximately 8,800 square feet.

B. Lessee desires to lease the Leased  Property from Lessor,  and Lessor desires
to lease the Leased Property to Lessee, upon the terms and conditions  described
below:

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

1. TERM OF LEASE.

   1.1 INITIAL TERM.  Lessor leases to Lessee the Leased Property for an initial
term of twenty-five (25) years commencing March 1, 1994.

   1.2 RENEWAL  TERM.  If Lessee is  not in  default  at the time the  option is
exercised, or at the time the renewal term is to commence, Lessee shall have the
option  to renew  this  lease  for one  successive  term of ten (10)  years,  as
follows:

        1.2.1   The option may be  exercised  by written  notice to Lessor given
                not less than one  hundred  eighty  (180) days prior to the last
                day of the initial 25-year term. The giving of such notice shall
                be  sufficient to make the  lease  binding  for the renewal term
                without  further  act  of  the  parties.

LEASE AGREEMENT - 1
<PAGE>

        1.2.2   The terms and conditions of the lease for the renewal term shall
                be  identical  with  those  set  forth  herein,  with rent to be
                determined in accordance with Section 2.2 below.

   1.3 EXTENSION OF LEASE TERM. If, during the initial lease term or the renewal
term, Lessee constructs or installs improvements on the Leased Property which is
capable of being amortized or depreciated  under the Internal Revenue Code for a
period exceeding the remainder of the lease term, including any option to renew,
Lessee  shall have the option to extend  the lease  term to a date  through  and
including the expiration of the applicable  amortization or depreciation  period
applicable to said improvement(s); provided, however, that Lessor shall have the
right,  at  Lessor's  option,  to  reimburse  Lessee  an  amount  equal  to  the
unamortized or nondepreciable  portion of said improvements existing on the date
of the expiration of the lease term,  including any renewal term, in which event
the extension provided for hereunder shall not apply; and provided further, that
said  extension  shall not apply in the event Lessee shall be entitled to deduct
the  unamortized  or  nondepreciable   portion  of  the  improvements  upon  the
expiration  of the  lease  term,  including  any  renewal  term.  The  foregoing
notwithstanding, Lessee shall not be entitled to extend the lease term more than
five (5) years beyond the  expiration  of the renewal term  described in Section
1.2 above.

2. RENTAL.  Rent for the initial term and the renewal term, if any, shall be and
payable on the 1st day of each month, in the following amounts:


   2.1 BASE RENT.  For the first three (3) years of the initial term, the sum of
$2,675.00 per month.

   2.2  RENTAL  ADJUSTMENT.  On  each  third  anniversary  date  of  the  rental
commencement  date  described in Section 1.1 above,  including any renewal term,
the base rent shall be adjusted in the same percentage as the increase,  if any,
in the CONSUMER PRICE INDEX published by the UNITED STATES  DEPARTMENT OF LABOR,
BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS (the "Index"), for the Portland,  Oregon Metropolitan
area.  The  change  shall be  computed  by  comparing  the Index for the  latest
available  month  preceding the month in which the adjustment is to be made with
the same month of the year three  years  prior;  provided,  however,  that in no
event shall the monthly base rental be increased  less than 2% per  year or more
than 5%  per year compounded per adjustment  period. If the Index cited above is
revised or discontinued,  reference shall be made to the nearest comparable data
customarily  used at that time in commercial real estate leases in the Portland,
Oregon Metropolitan area.

3. TAXES, INSURANCE AND UTILITIES.

   3.1  PROPERTY  TAXES.  Lessee  shall  pay as due all  taxes  on its  personal
property  located on the  Leased  Property.  Lessee  shall pay when due all real
property  taxes and any and all special  assessments  levied  against the Leased
Property and attributable to the term of this lease, including any renewal term.

LEASE AGREEMENT - 2
<PAGE>

Such taxes and  assessments for the initial year and the final year of the lease
term,  including any renewal term,  shall be prorated  between Lessor and Lessee
effective the inception  date and the  expiration  date,  respectively.  As used
herein, real property taxes include any fee or charge relating to the ownership,
use or rental of the  Leased  Property,  other  than  taxes on the net income of
Lessor or Lessee.

   3.2 INSURANCE.  Lessee agrees to obtain and maintain the following  insurance
coverages during the term of this lease, and any renewal thereof:

       3.2.1    Lessee  shall  be  responsible  for  procuring  and  maintaining
                comprehensive  general  liability  insurance  with a responsible
                company  with limits of liability in an amount at least equal to
                $1,000,000 per occurrence,  and $500,000 for damage to property.
                Such  insurance  shall  cover  all  risks  arising  directly  or
                indirectly out of Lessee's activities on or any condition of the
                premises,  whether  or not  related to an  occurrence  caused or
                contributed to by Lessor's negligence.

       3.2.2    Lessee  shall  keep the  Leased  Property  and all  improvements
                thereon insured at Lessee's expense against fire and other risks
                covered by a standard fire insurance  policy with an endorsement
                for  extended  coverage.  Lessee shall also be  responsible  for
                procuring  and  maintaining  insurance on any personal  property
                brought upon the Leased Property by Lessee.

       3.2.3    All insurance  policies  required  under the  provisions of this
                Section 3 shall name Lessor as an  additional  insured and shall
                bear endorsements  requiring at least 10-days' written notice to
                Lessor  prior to any change or  cancellation,  and  certificates
                evidencing  such insurance  shall be delivered to Lessor as soon
                as practicable following the execution of this Agreement.

   3.3 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  Neither party shall be liable to the other (or to
the other's  successors or assigns) for any loss or damage caused by fire or any
of the risks  enumerated  in a standard fire  insurance  policy with an extended
coverage  endorsement,  and in the event of an insured's  loss,  neither party's
insurance  company shall have a subrogated claim against the other.  This waiver
shall be valid  only if the  insurance  policy  in  question  permits  waiver of
subrogation  or if the  insurance  company  agrees in writing that such a waiver
will not affect  coverage  under the  policies.  Each  party  agrees to use best
efforts to obtain  such an  agreement  from its  insurer if the policy  does not
expressly permit a waiver of subrogation.

         3.4 UTILITIES. Lessee agrees to pay all charges for utilities servicing
the Leased Property.

LEASE AGREEMENT - 3
<PAGE>

4. MAINTENANCE AND IMPROVEMENTS.

   4.1  MAINTENANCE  OF LEASED  PROPERTY.  Lessor  agrees to repair the existing
leaks around the skylights on the roof of the Leased  Property at or immediately
following  the  inception of this lease.  Except for said roof  repairs,  Lessee
shall  maintain  the Leased  Property  in good  condition  and shall not commit,
permit, or suffer waste to the Leased Property,  and Lessee shall be responsible
for any subsequent repairs and maintenance of any kind whatsoever which shall be
necessary  during the term of this  lease,  including  any  renewal  term.  Upon
expiration  or earlier  termination  of this lease,  Lessee  agrees to surrender
possession of the Leased Property to Lessor in substantially  the same or better
condition as it was as of the effective date of this Agreement.

   4.2 IMPROVEMENTS.  Lessee shall have the right to construct  improvements and
make  alterations  to the Leased  Property  with the written  consent of Lessor,
which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Any and all  improvements
constructed, installed, erected or performed upon the Leased Property, and which
are  affixed  or  installed  in such a manner as to become a part of the  Leased
Property  (the  "Improvements")  during the term of this  lease,  including  any
renewal  terms,  shall,  at Lessor's  option,  become and remain the property of
Lessor at the  expiration or earlier  termination  of this lease  (including any
renewal terms).

5. PEACEFUL ENJOYMENT AND INDEMNIFICATION.

   5.1 LESSOR'S  WARRANTY.  Lessor  warrants  that it is the owner of the Leased
Property  and has the right to enter into this  Agreement.  Lessor  will  defend
Lessee's right to quiet  enjoyment of the Leased Property from the lawful claims
of all persons during the lease term, and any renewal thereof.

   5.2 INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall indemnify and defend Lessor from any claim,
loss or  liability  arising out of or  relating to any  activity of Lessee on or
about the  Leased  Property  or any  condition  of the  Leased  Property  in the
possession or under the control of Lessee,  including  any such claim,  loss, or
liability  that may be caused or contributed in whole or in part by Lessor's own
negligence  or  failure to effect any  repair or  maintenance  required  by this
lease. Lessor shall have no liability to Lessee for any injury,  loss, or damage
caused by third parties, or by any condition of the Leased Property.

6. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

   6.1  Lessee  agrees  to  comply  with all laws,  rules,  orders,  ordinances,
regulations and requirements of federal,  state and local authorities pertaining
to Lessee's use of the Leased Property,  including,  but not limited to, any and
all such laws, rules,  regulations and requirements  pertaining to the handling,
storage and disposal of Hazardous Materials. Lessee shall not be responsible for
the  presence  of any  Hazardous  Material or other  contamination  on the Lease
Property at or prior to the effective date of this lease.

LEASE AGREEMENT - 4
<PAGE>

   6.2 As used in this  Agreement,  the  term  "Hazardous  Material"  means  any
hazardous or toxic substances, material or waste, including, but not limited to,
those  substances,  materials  and wastes in the  UNITED  STATES  DEPARTMENT  OF
TRANSPORTATION  HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS TABLE (49 C.F.R.  SS.  172.101),  or by the
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY as hazardous substances (40 C.F.R.
PART 302) and amendments thereto,  petroleum products, or other such substances,
materials and wastes that are or become  regulated  under any applicable  local,
state or federal law.

7. ASSIGNMENT, SUBLEASE AND SUCCESSOR INTEREST.

   7.1 Lessee  reserves  the right to sublease  all or any portion of the Leased
Property  without  Lessor's  prior  consent;  provided,  however,  that any such
sublessee  shall  be bound by the  terms  and  conditions  imposed  upon  Lessee
hereunder,  and no  such  sublease  shall  relieve  Lessee  of  any of  Lessee's
obligations hereunder. This lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the parties to this lease agreement, their heirs, successors and assigns.

8. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

   8.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. The following shall be events of default:

       8.1.1    Failure  to pay rent  within 10 days of its due date;  provided,
                however,  that Lessee shall not be deemed in default for failure
                to pay rent unless  written  notice of such  default is given by
                Lessor to Lessee and Lessee fails to pay any such due and unpaid
                rent  within 10 days after  delivery  of such  notice  (provided
                further, however, that Lessor shall not be required to give more
                than two such written notices within any 12-month period).

       8.1.2    Dissolution,  termination of existence, insolvency,  appointment
                of a receiver of any of the Leased Property,  assignment for the
                benefit of creditors,  or commencement of any proceedings  under
                any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Lessee;

       8.1.3    Failure of Lessee to comply with any other term or condition, or
                fulfill any other  obligation of this lease within 30 days after
                written  notice by Lessor  specifying  the nature of the default
                with  reasonable  particularity.  If the  default  is of  such a
                nature that it cannot be completely  remedied  within the 30-day
                period,  this provision  shall be complied with if Lessee begins
                correction   of  the  default   within  the  30-day  period  and
                thereafter proceeds with reasonable  diligence and good faith to
                effect the remedy as soon as possible.

   8.2  REMEDIES  ON  DEFAULT.  In the  event of a  default,  the  lease  may be
terminated at the option of Lessor by written  notice to Lessee.  Whether or not
the lease is terminated by the election of Lessor or otherwise,  Lessor shall be

LEASE AGREEMENT - 5
<PAGE>


entitled to recover damages from Lessee for the default, and Lessor may reenter,
take  possession  of the  premises,  and remove any persons or property by legal
action or by self-help  with the use of reasonable  force and without  liability
for damages and without having accepted a surrender.

   8.3 RELETTING. Following reentry or abandonment,  Lessor may relet the Leased
Property and in that  connection may make any suitable  alterations or refurbish
the  Leased  Property,  or both,  or change the  character  or use of the Leased
Property, but Lessor shall not be required to relet for any use or purpose other
than  that  specified  in the  lease or which  Lessor  may  reasonably  consider
injurious  to the Leased  Property,  or to any tenant that  Lessor may  consider
objectionable.  Lessor may relet all or part of the Leased Property, alone or in
conjunction with other properties, for a term longer or shorter than the term of
this lease, upon any reasonable terms and conditions,  including the granting of
some rent-free occupancy or other rent concession.

   8.4 DAMAGES. In the event of termination or retaking of possession  following
default, Lessor shall be entitled to recover immediately,  without waiting until
the due date of any further rent or under the date fixed for  expiration  of the
lease term, the following amounts as damages:

       8.4.1    The loss of rental  from the date of default  until a new tenant
                is, or with the exercise of reasonable  efforts could have been,
                secured and paying out.

       8.4.2    The reasonable costs of reentry and reletting  including without
                limitation  the cost of any  cleanup,  refurbishing,  removal of
                Lessee's  property and fixtures,  costs  incurred  under Section
                8.6,  or any  other  expenses  occasioned  by  Lessee's  default
                including  but not limited to, any  remodeling  or repair costs,
                attorney fees, court costs, broker commissions,  and advertising
                costs.

       8.4.3    Any  excess of the value of the rent and all of  Lessee's  other
                obligations under this lease over the reasonable expected return
                from the  premises for the period  commencing  on the earlier of
                the date of trial,  or if no  trial,  the date of the entry of a
                judgment,  or the date the  premises are relet,  and  continuing
                through the end of the term. The present value of future amounts
                will be computed  using a discount  rate equal to the prime loan
                rate of major Oregon  banks in effect on the date of trial,  or,
                if no trial, on the date of the entry of a judgment.

   8.5 RIGHT TO SUE MORE THAN  ONCE.  Lessor  may sue  periodically  to  recover
damages during the period  corresponding to the remainder of the lease term, and
no  action  for  damages  shall  bar a later  action  for  damages  subsequently
accruing.  

   8.6  LANDLORD'S  RIGHT TO CURE  DEFAULTS.  If  Lessee  fails to  perform  any
obligation  under  this  lease,  Lessor  shall have the option to do so after 30

LEASE AGREEMENT - 6
<PAGE>

days'  written  notice to Lessee.  All of Lessor's  expenditures  to correct the
default  shall be reimbursed by Lessee on demand with interest at the rate of 9%
per annum from the date of  expenditure  by Lessor.  Such action by Lessor shall
not waive any other remedies available to Lessor because of the default.

   8.7 REMEDIES  CUMULATIVE.  The foregoing remedies shall be in addition to and
shall not exclude any other remedy available to Lessor under applicable law.

9. SURRENDER AT EXPIRATION.

   9.1  CONDITION  OF  PREMISES.  Upon  expiration  of the lease term or earlier
termination  on account of default,  Lessee shall deliver all keys to Lessor and
surrender  the  Lease  Property  in  first-class   condition  and  broom  clean.
Alterations  constructed  by Lessee with  permission  from  Lessor  shall not be
removed or restored to the original condition unless the terms of permission for
the  alteration  so require.  Depreciation  and wear from  ordinary  use for the
purpose  for which  Lessee  is  responsible  shall be  completed  to the  latest
practical date prior to such surrender.  Lessee's obligations under this section
shall be subordinate to the provisions relating to destruction.

   9.2 FIXTURES.

       9.2.1    All fixtures  placed upon the Leased  Property  during the term,
                other than Lessee's trade fixtures,  shall, at Lessor's  option,
                become the property of Lessor. If Lessor so elects, Lessee shall
                remove  any or all  fixtures  that  would  otherwise  remain the
                property  of  Lessor,  and  shall  repair  any  physical  damage
                resulting  from the  removal.  If Lessee  fails to  remove  such
                fixtures,  Lessor may do so and  charge the cost to Lessee  with
                interest at the legal rate from the date of expenditure.

   9.3 HOLDOVER.

       9.3.l    If  Lessee  does not  vacate  the  Leased  Property  at the time
                required,  Lessor  shall  have the  option to treat  Lessee as a
                tenant from month to month,  subject to all of the provisions of
                this lease except the  provisions for term and renewal (and at a
                rental rate equal to 150% of the rent last paid by Lessee during
                the original  term), or to eject Lessee from the Leased Property
                and  recover  damages  caused by wrongful  holdover.  Failure of
                Lessee  to remove  fixtures,  furniture,  furnishings,  or trade
                fixtures  that  Lessee is  required  to remove  under this lease
                shall constitute a failure to vacate to which this section shall
                apply if the property not removed will  substantially  interfere
                with occupancy of the Leased  Property by another tenant or with
                occupancy by Lessor for any purpose including  preparation for a
                new tenant.

LEASE AGREEMENT - 7
<PAGE>

       9.3.2    If a  month-to-month  tenancy  results from a holdover by Lessee
                under this Section 9.3, the tenancy  shall be  terminable at the
                end of any monthly  rental period on written  notice from Lessor
                given not less than 10 days prior to the termination  date which
                shall be specified in the notice.  Lessor waives any notice that
                would   otherwise   be  provided  by  law  with   respect  to  a
                month-to-month tenancy.

10. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION.

   10.1 PARTIAL  DAMAGE.  If the  improvements on the Leased Property are partly
damaged and Section 10.2 does not apply, said improvements  shall, to the extent
of the availability of insurance  proceeds,  be repaired,  and Lessee shall have
the option to make any additional repairs not covered by insurance.

   10.2 DESTRUCTION. If the premises are destroyed or damaged such that the cost
of repair  exceeds 50% of the value of the structure  before the damage,  either
party  may  elect  to  terminate  the  lease  as of the  date of the  damage  or
destruction  by notice  given to the other in writing  not more than  forty-five
(45) days  following the date of damage;  provided,  however,  that Lessee shall
have the option,  exercisable  within said 45 days, to cause the structure to be
rebuilt to at least as good a condition as it was in  immediately  prior to said
damage,  and shall be entitled to utilize all available  insurance  proceeds for
that purpose.  In the event of  termination  under this Section 10.2, all rights
and  obligations  of the  parties  shall  cease  as of  the  effective  date  of
termination,  and Lessee shall be entitled to the  reimbursement  of any prepaid
amounts paid by Lessee and attributable to the anticipated  term. Any repairs to
be  performed  pursuant  to this  Section  10.2 or Section  10.1 above  shall be
commenced as soon as reasonably  possible and thereafter  shall proceed  without
interruption  except for work stoppages on account of labor disputes and matters
beyond Lessee's reasonable control.

   10.3 RENT ABATEMENT.  Rent shall be abated during the repair of any damage to
the extent the premises are untenantable.

11. EMINENT DOMAIN.

   11.1 PARTIAL TAKING. If a portion of the Leased Property is condemned
and Section 11.2 below does not apply, the lease shall continue on the following
terms:

       11.1.1   Lessor shall be entitled to all of the proceeds of condemnation,
                and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor as a result of the
                condemnation.

       11.1.2   Lessor shall proceed as soon as reasonably possible to make such
                repairs and  alterations to the Leased Property as are necessary
                to restore the  remaining  premises to a condition as comparable

LEASE AGREEMENT - 8
<PAGE>

                as  reasonably  practicable  to that existing at the time of the
                condemnation.

       11.1.3   After the date on which title vests in the condemning  authority
                or an earlier date on which alterations or repairs are commenced
                by Lessor to  restore  the  balance of the  Leased  Property  in
                anticipation of taking, the rental to be paid hereunder shall be
                reduced in  proportion  to the  reduction in value of the Leased
                Property as an economic  unit on account of the partial  taking.
                If  the  parties  are  unable  to  agree  on the  amount  of the
                reduction of rent, the amount shall be determined by arbitration
                in the manner provided hereinbelow.

       11.1.4   If a portion of  Lessor's  property  not  included in the Leased
                Property is taken and  severance  damages are awarded on account
                of the Leased Property, or an award is made for detriment to the
                Leased  Property  as a result of  activity  by a public body not
                involving  a  physical  taking  of any  portion  of  the  Leased
                Property,  this shall be regarded as a partial  condemnation  to
                which this Section shall apply, and the rent shall be reduced to
                the  extent  of  reduction  in the  rental  value of the  Leased
                Property as though a portion had been physically taken.

   11.2  TOTAL  TAKING.  If a  condemning  authority  takes  all of  the  Leased
Property,  or a portion sufficient to render the remaining  premises  reasonably
unsuitable  for the use that Lessee was then making of the  premises,  the lease
shall  terminate as of the date title vests in the condemning  authorities.  The
parties shall be entitled to share in the condemnation proceeds in proportion to
the values of their respective interests in the Leased Property.

   11.3 SALE IN LIEU OF CONDEMNATION. Sale of all or part of the Leased Property
to a  purchaser  with the  power of  eminent  domain  in the face of a threat or
probability  of the  exercise of the power shall be treated for the  purposes of
this Section 11 as a taking by condemnation.

12. MISCELLANEOUS.

   12.1 NONWAIVER. Waiver by either party of strict performance of any provision
of this lease shall not be a waiver of or prejudice the party's right to require
strict  performance  of the  same  provision  in  the  future  or of  any  other
provision.

   12.2 ATTORNEY FEES. If suit or action is instituted in connection with
any  controversy  arising  out of this  lease,  the  prevailing  party  shall be
entitled  to recover  in  addition  to costs  such sum as the court may  adjudge
reasonable as attorney fees at trial, on petition for review, and on appeal.

LEASE AGREEMENT - 9
<PAGE>

   12.3  NOTICES.  Any notice  required or  permitted  under this lease shall be
given when actually  delivered or 48 hours after deposited in United States mail
as certified  mail addressed to the address first given in this lease or to such
other address as may be specified  from time to time by either of the parties in
writing.

   12.4  RECORDATION.  This lease  shall not be  recorded  without  the  written
consent of Lessor.  Lessor and Lessee shall execute and acknowledge a memorandum
of this  lease in a form  suitable  for  recording,  and  Lessee  may record the
memorandum.  Upon the expiration or earlier  termination  of this lease,  Lessee
agrees to execute  such  documents  as may  reasonably  be  required in order to
remove said memorandum as a cloud on the title to the Leased Property.

   12.5 ENTRY FOR INSPECTION.  Lessor shall have the right, upon 48 hours' prior
written  notice  (except in the case of an  emergency)  to enter upon the Leased
Property at any time to determine  Lessee's  compliance with this lease, to make
necessary  repairs to the  building  or to the Leased  Property,  or to show the
Leased  Property to any prospective  tenant or purchaser,  and in addition shall
have the  right,  at any time  during  the last two  months  of the term of this
lease,  to place and maintain  upon the Leased  Property  notices for leasing or
selling of the Leased Property.

   12.6 INTEREST ON RENT AND OTHER CHARGES.  Any rent or other payment  required
by Lessee by this lease shall, if not paid within ten (10) days after it is due,
bear  interest  at the rate of 10% per  annum  (but  not in any  event at a rate
higher than the maximum  rate of  interest  permitted  by law) from the due date
until paid.

   12.7 PRORATION OF RENT. In the event of  commencement  or termination of this
lease at a time other than the beginning or end of one of the  specified  rental
periods,  then the rent  shall be  prorated  as of the date of  commencement  or
termination and in the event of termination for reasons other than default,  all
prepaid rent shall be refunded to Lessee or paid on its account.

   12.8 TIME OF ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence of the  performance  of each of
Lessee's obligations under this lease.

   12.9 SECURITY DEPOSIT.  To secure Lessee's  compliance with all terms of this
lease,  Lessee has paid Lessor the sum of $2,675.00  as a deposit.  This deposit
shall be a debt from Lessor to Lessee,  refundable within thirty (30) days after
the  expiration  of the fifth  anniversary  date of the  effective  date of this
lease, or other  termination not caused by Lessee's  default.  Lessor shall have
the right to offset against the deposit any sums owing from Lessee to Lessor and
not paid when due, any damages  caused by Lessee's  default,  the cost of curing
any default by Lessee  should  Lessor elect to do so, and the cost of performing
any repair or cleanup that is Lessee's responsibility under this lease.

13. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Lessor agrees not to sell, transfer, exchange, grant
an option to purchase,  or otherwise dispose of the Leased Property, or any part
of, or interest in, the Leased Property during the term of this lease, including

LEASE AGREEMENT - 10
<PAGE>

any renewal term,  without first  offering the Leased  Property to Lessee on the
terms and conditions set forth herein.

   13.1 In the event  Lessor  receives  from a third  party  (the  "Third  Party
Offeror") a bona fide offer to purchase the Leased Property, or a part of it, or
an interest in it, which is otherwise  acceptable  to Lessor,  Lessor shall give
Lessee written notice (the "Notice") of the price,  terms, and conditions of the
offer and deliver a copy of the executed offer (the "Offer") to Lessee.

   13.2 Within five (5) days of Lessor's receipt of the Notice and a copy of the
Offer, Lessee shall have the prior and preferential right to purchase the Leased
Property  (or the part of or interest in the property  covered by the Offer,  as
the case may be) at the same price and on the same terms and  conditions  as are
contained in the Offer, provided Lessee shall receive a credit against the sales
price in an amount  equal to any  brokerage  commission  that Lessor may save by
selling the Leased Property to Lessee rather than the Third Party Offeror.

   13.3 In the event  Lessee  fails to provide  written  notice to Lessor of its
exercise of its right to purchase the Leased  Property  pursuant to the terms of
this Section 13, then Lessor shall be entitled to sell the property according to
the terms of the  Offer to the  Third  Party  Offeror,  subject  to the terms of
Section 13.4 below.

   13.4 If Lessee fails to timely exercise its right to purchase the
Leased  Property  pursuant to the terms hereof,  and for any reason Lessor shall
not sell or convey  the  Leased  Property  (or a  portion  thereof  or  interest
therein,  as the case may be) to the Third Party Offeror on the terms  contained
in the Offer within the time set forth in the Offer,  then Lessor must  resubmit
the Offer as well as any other offer to Lessee before selling the property,  and
such Offer shall be subject to Lessee's first of first refusal hereunder.

   13.5 The  right of first  refusal  granted  hereunder  shall  not  apply to a
conveyance  of  the  Leased   Property  to  any  trust,   partnership,   limited
partnership,  joint  venture,  corporation or other entity in which Lessor's own
and control a 100% ownership interest. In addition,  this right of first refusal
will not apply to a conveyance of the property to Lessor's  heirs or devisees as
a result of the death of either or both of the above-named  lessors.  This right
of first refusal shall,  however, be binding upon and enforceable against any of
the permitted transferees described in this Section 13.5.

14. ARBITRATION.

   14.1 APPOINTMENT OF ARBITRATOR.  If any dispute arises between the parties as
to a matter  which  this  lease says  should be  arbitrated,  or as to any other
questions  involving  apportionment  or  evaluation,  either  party may  request
arbitration  and  appoint  as a [sic]  arbitrator  an  independent  real  estate
appraiser having knowledge of valuation of rental  properties  comparable to the
Leased  Property.  The other parties  shall also choose an arbitrator  with such
qualifications,  and the two arbitrators  shall choose a third. If the choice of
the  second  or third  arbitrator  is not made  within  twenty  (20) days of the
choosing of the prior  arbitrator,  then either party may apply to the presiding
judge of the Circuit Court in the county in which the Leased Property is located

LEASE AGREEMENT - 11
<PAGE>

to appoint the required arbitrator.

   14.2 PROCEDURE FOR ARBITRATION.  The arbitration  shall proceed  according to
the Oregon Statutes governing arbitration, and the award of the arbitrator shall
have the effect therein provided. The arbitration shall take place in the county
where the Leased Property is located.  Cost of the  arbitration  shall be shared
equally by the parties,  but each party shall pay its own attorney fees incurred
in connection  therewith.  The outcome of said arbitration shall be binding upon
the parties, their heirs, administrators, successors and assigns.

   IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement  effective the
day and year written above.

                                  LESSOR:

                                  /s/  J. H. May
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  J. H. May



                                  /s/ Agnes E. May
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  Agnes E. May


                                  LESSEE:

                                  /s/ E. Danell Giustina
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  E. Danell Giustina



                                  /s/ James Ivory
                                  -----------------------------------
                                  James Ivory


LEASE AGREEMENT - 12
<PAGE>
                               AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This Amendment to Lease Agreement is entered into on the 12th day of June, 1995,
                                                        ------
between  Quimby  Street  Partners  ("Landlord")  and Oregon  Baking  Company dba
"Marsee Baking" ("Tenant").

                                    RECITALS

A.     Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease Agreement ("The Lease") on  June
       12, 1995.

B.     Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to amend the lease as follows:

       1.    Section 1.2 of  the Lease  shall be  superseded and replaced by the
             following:

                  1.2      Identification of Exhibits.
                           --------------------------

                           The Exhibits identified  below are  attached to  this
                           Lease are incorporated in this Lease by reference.

                           Exhibit A:             Building Schematic
                           Exhibit B:             Option to Renew
                           Exhibit C:             Tenant improvements
                           Exhibit D:             Master Lease
                           Exhibit E:             Personal Guarantee

       2.    Exhibit E, attached hereto.

       3.    Except as  expressly provided  herein, all  other provisions of the
             lease  and the  Exhibits and  Addenda  thereto shall  remain as set
             forth therein.  In the event of a conflict  between this  Amendment
             and  the  Lease  proper, the  provisions of  this  Amendment  shall
             prevail.

       In witness whereof, the parties have executed this Amendment to Lease  as
       of the date specified above.

LANDLORD                                     TENANT
Quimby Street Partners                       Oregon Baking Company
PO Box 529                                   dba "Marsee Baking"
Eugene, OR 97440                             2277 NW Quimby Street
                                             Portland, OR 97210

/s/ Illegible, Partner.                      /s/ Howard Wasserteil
- ---------------------------                  ----------------------------
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT E

Personal Guarantee
- ------------------

In  consideration  of the making of this Lease between  Quimby  Street  Partners
("Landlord")  and Oregon  Baking  Company dba "Marsee  Baking"  ("Tenant"),  the
undersigned  personally  guarantee  the payment of rent to be paid by the Tenant
and the  performance  by the  Tenant of all  terms,  conditions,  covenants  and
agreements of the Lease.




/s/ Howard Wasserteil                        /s/ Robert Schneider
- ---------------------                        --------------------
 Howard Wasserteil                            Robert Schneider



                    INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE LEASE
[LOGO]              (MULTI-TENANT FACILITY)
                    CB Commercial Real Estate Group, Inc.
                    Brokerage and Management
                    Licensed Real Estate Broker


ARTICLE ONE:  BASIC TERMS

     This  Article  One  contains  the Basic  Terms of this  Lease  between  the
Landlord and Tenant named below. Other Articles,  Sections and Paragraphs of the
Lease referred to in this Article One explain and define the Basic Terms and are
to be read in conjunction with the Basic Terms.

     Section 1.01. DATE OF LEASE: NOVEMBER 28, 1994
                                 -----------------------------------------------

     Section 1.02. LANDLORD (INCLUDE LEGAL ENTITY):  WEST WILLOWS ASSOCIATES, A
                                                   -----------------------------
          WASHINGTON GENERAL PARTNERSHIP 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Address of Landlord:  P.O. BOX 53525
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                      BELLEVUE, WA 98015
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         
     Section 1.03.  TENANT (INCLUDE LEGAL ENTITY):  BERNIES BAGELS, A WASHINGTON
                                                  ------------------------------
               CORPORATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Address of Tenant: 15600 N.E. 8TH
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                   BELLEVUE, WA 98007
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     Section 1.04.  PROPERTY:  The Property is part of  Landlord's  multi-tenant
real property  development  known as BUILDING C - WILLOWS PACIFIC  BUSINESS PARK
                                     -------------------------------------------
and described or depicted in Exhibit "A" (the  "Project").  The Project includes
the land, the buildings and all other improvements  located on the land, and the
common areas  described in Paragraph  4.05(a).  The Property is (include  street
address, approximate square footage and description)
                                                    ----------------------------
                         15413 N.E. 95TH
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         REDMOND, WA 98052
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         APPROXIMATELY  13,000 SF OF WHICH  APPROXIMATELY 3,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         SF IS BUILT OUT AS OFFICE SPACE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

     Section 1.05.  LEASE TERM:  SEVEN (7) years NO months BEGINNING ON 
                               -----------      ----                    --------
FEBRUARY 1, 1995 or such other date as is specified in this Lease, and ENDING ON
- ----------------
JANUARY 31, 2002 .
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Section  1.06.   PERMITTED  USES:  (See  Article  Five)  GENERAL   OFFICES,
                                                            --------------------
WAREHOUSING AND MANUFACTURING USES PERMITTED BY LOCAL ZONING LAWS.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Section 1.07. TENANT'S GUARANTOR: (If none, so state) BERNARD GORDON
                                                          ----------------------

     Section 1.08. BROKERS: (See Article Fourteen) (If none, so state)
Landlord's Broker: AL HODGE, CB COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE GROUP, INC.
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
Tenant's Broker:   STEVE GORDON, SM GORDON AND ASSOCIATES
                ----------------------------------------------------------------

     Section  1.09.  COMMISSION  PAYABLE  TO  LANDLORD'S  BROKER:  (See  Article
Fourteen) $PER SEPARATE AGREEMENT
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     Section 1.10. INITIAL SECURITY DEPOSIT: (See Section 3.03) $ 7,514.00
                                                               -----------------

     Section 1.11.  VEHICLE  PARKING  SPACES  ALLOCATED TO TENANT:  (See Section
4.05) NOT APPLICABLE
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Section 1.12. RENT AND OTHER CHARGES PAYABLE BY TENANT:

     (a) BASE  RENT:  SEE RENT  SCHEDULE  EXHIBIT  "C"  Dollars($              )
                    ------------------------------------        ----------------

     (b) OTHER  PERIODIC  PAYMENTS:  (i) Real Property Taxes (See Section 4.02);
(ii) Utilities (See Section 4.03);  (iii) Insurance Premiums (See Section 4.04);
(iv)  Tenant's  Initial Pro Rata Share of Common Area Expenses 62 % (See Section
4.05);  (v) Impounds  for  Insurance  Premiums  and Property  Taxes (See Section
4.08);  (vi)  Maintenance,  Repairs and  Alterations  (See Article  Six);  (vii)
Property management fee shall be $100.00 per month.

     Section 1.13.  LANDLORD'S  SHARE OF PROFIT ON ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE:  (See
Section  9.05)  FIFTY  PERCENT  percent ( 50 %) of the Profit  (the  "Landlord's
              ------------------       ---------
Share").

     Section 1.14.  RIDERS: The following Riders are attached to and made a part
of this Lease: (If none, so state)
     EXHIBIT A: SITE PLAN, EXHIBIT B: PREMISES, EXHIBIT C: ADDITIONAL TERMS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       1
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

ARTICLE TWO:  LEASE TERM

     Section  2.01.  LEASE OF  PROPERTY  FOR LEASE  TERM.  Landlord  leases  the
Property to Tenant and Tenant  leases the Property  from  Landlord for the Lease
Term.  The Lease Term is for the period  stated in Section  1.05 above and shall
begin and end on the date specified in Section 1.05 above,  unless the beginning
or end of the Lease Term is  changed  under any  provision  of this  Lease.  The
"Commencement  Date" shall be the date  specified  in Section 1.05 above for the
beginning of the Lease Term,  unless  advanced or delayed under any provision of
this Lease.

     Section 2.02. DELAY IN COMMENCEMENT. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant
if  Landlord  does not  deliver  possession  of the  Property  to  Tenant on the
Commencement  Date.  Landlord's  non-delivery  of the Property to Tenant on that
date shall not affect this Lease or the  obligations  of Tenant under this Lease
except  that the  Commencement  Date shall be delayed  until  Landlord  delivers
possession  of the Property to Tenant and the Lease Term shall be extended for a
period equal to the delay in delivery of  possession  of the Property to Tenant,
plus the  number of days  necessary  to end the Lease  Term on the last day of a
month. If Landlord does not deliver  possession of the Property to Tenant within
sixty (60) days after the  Commencement  Date,  Tenant may elect to cancel  this
Lease by giving written notice to Landlord  within ten (10) days after the sixty
(60)-day period ends. If Tenant gives such notice,  the Lease shall be cancelled
and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further obligations to the other.
If Tenant does not give such  notice,  Tenant's  right to cancel the Lease shall
expire and the Lease Term shall  commence upon the delivery of possession of the
Property  to Tenant.  If  delivery of  possession  of the  Property to Tenant is
delayed, Landlord and Tenant shall, upon such delivery,  execute an amendment to
this Lease setting forth the actual Commencement Date and the expiration date of
the  Lease.  Failure  to  execute  such  amendment  shall not  affect the actual
Commencement Date and expiration date of the Lease.

     Section 2.03. EARLY OCCUPANCY. If Tenant occupies the Property prior to the
Commencement Date, Tenant's occupancy of the Property shall be subject to all of
the provisions of this Lease.  Early occupancy of the Property shall not advance
the  expiration  date of this  Lease.  Tenant  shall pay Base Rent and all other
charges specified in this Lease for the early occupancy period.

     Section 2.04.  HOLDING OVER.  Tenant  shall  vacate  the  Property upon the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord
for and  indemnify  Landlord  against all  damages  which  Landlord  incurs from
Tenant's delay in vacating the Property.  If Tenant does not vacate the Property
upon the expiration or earlier  termination of the Lease and Landlord thereafter
accepts  rent  from  Tenant,  Tenant's  occupancy  of the  Property  shall  be a
"month-to-month"  tenancy,  subject to all of the terms of this Lease applicable
to a month-to-month  tenancy,  except that the Base Rent then in effect shall be
increased by twenty-five percent (25%).

ARTICLE THREE:  BASE RENT

     Section  3.01.  TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT.  Upon  execution of this Lease,
Tenant  shall pay  Landlord  the Base  Rent in the  amount  stated in  Paragraph
1.12(a)  above for the first  month of the Lease  Term.  On the first day of the
second  month of the Lease  Term and each  month  thereafter,  Tenant  shall pay
Landlord the Base Rent, in advance,  without offset,  deduction or prior demand.
The Base Rent shall be payable at  Landlord's  address or at such other place as
Landlord may designate in writing.
         
     [Section 3.02 STRICKEN]

     Section 3.03 SECURITY DEPOSIT; INCREASES.

     (a) Upon the execution of this Lease,  Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a
cash  Security  Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 1.10 above.  Landlord
may  apply  all or part of the  Security  Deposit  to any  unpaid  rent or other
charges  due from Tenant or to cure any other  defaults  of Tenant.  If Landlord
uses any part of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit
to its full  amount  within  ten (10) days  after  Landlord's  written  request.
Tenant's  failure to do so shall be a material  default  under  this  Lease.  No
interest shall be paid on the Security  Deposit.  Landlord shall not be required
to keep the  Security  Deposit  separate  from its other  accounts  and no trust
relationship is created with respect to the Security Deposit.

     (b) Each Time the Base Rent is increased,  Tenant shall deposit  additional
funds with  Landlord  sufficient  to increase the Security  Deposit to an amount
which  bears the same  relationship  to the  adjusted  Base Rent as the  initial
Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent.

                                       2
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

     Section 3.04. TERMINATION; ADVANCE PAYMENTS. Upon termination of this Lease
under Article Seven (Damage or Destruction), Article Eight (Condemnation) or any
other  termination  not resulting  from Tenant's  default,  and after Tenant has
vacated the Property in the manner required by this Lease, Landlord shall refund
or credit to Tenant (or Tenant's  successor)  the unused portion of the Security
Deposit,  any advance rent or other advance payments made by Tenant to Landlord,
and any amounts paid for real property  taxes and other  reserves which apply to
any time periods after termination of the Lease.


ARTICLE FOUR: OTHER CHARGES PAYABLE BY TENANT

     Section 4.01.  ADDITIONAL  RENT.  All charges  payable by Tenant other than
Base Rent are called  "Additional  Rent." Unless this Lease provides  otherwise,
Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent then due with the next monthly  installment
of Base Rent. The term "rent" shall mean Base Rent and Additional Rent.

     Section 4.02. PROPERTY TAXES.

     (a) REAL PROPERTY  TAXES.  Tenant shall pay all real property  taxes on the
Property  (including any fees, taxes or assessments  against, or as a result of,
any tenant  improvements  installed  on the  Property  by or for the  benefit of
Tenant)  during the Lease Term.  Subject to  Paragraph  4.02(c) and Section 4.08
below,  such  payment  shall  be  made at  least  ten  (10)  days  prior  to the
delinquency  date of the taxes.  Within such ten (10) -day period,  Tenant shall
furnish  Landlord with  satisfactory  evidence that the real property taxes have
been paid.  Landlord shall reimburse  Tenant for any real property taxes paid by
Tenant  covering any period of time prior to or after the Lease Term.  If Tenant
fails to pay the real  property  taxes when due,  Landlord may pay the taxes and
Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the amount of such tax payment as Additional
Rent.

     (b) DEFINITION OF "REAL  PROPERTY TAX." "Real property tax" means:  (i) any
fee, license fee,  license tax,  business  license fee,  commercial  rental tax,
levy, charge, assessment, penalty or tax imposed by any taxing authority against
the Property;  (ii) any tax on the Landlord's  right to receive,  or the receipt
of, rent or income from the Property or against  Landlord's  business of leasing
the Property; (iii) any tax or charge for fire protection,  streets,  sidewalks,
road  maintenance,  refuse or other  services  provided  to the  Property by any
governmental  agency; (iv) any tax imposed upon this transaction or based upon a
re-assessment  of the  Property  due to a change of  ownership,  as  defined  by
applicable  law, or other transfer of all or part of Landlord's  interest in the
Property; and (v) any charge or fee replacing any tax previously included within
the  definition  of real property tax.  "Real  property tax" does not,  however,
include  Landlord's  federal or state income,  franchise,  inheritance or estate
taxes.

     (c) JOINT ASSESSMENT. If the Property is not separately assessed,  Landlord
shall  reasonably  determine  Tenant's share of the real property tax payable by
Tenant  under  Paragraph  4.02(a)  from  the  assessor's   worksheets  or  other
reasonably available information. Tenant shall pay such share to Landlord within
fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's written statement.

     (d) PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES.

         (i)  Tenant  shall  pay  all  taxes  charged  against  trade  fixtures,
furnishings,  equipment  or any other  personal  property  belonging  to Tenant.
Tenant shall try to have personal property taxed separately from the Property.

         (ii) If any of Tenant's  personal  property is taxed with the Property,
Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes for the  personal  property  within  fifteen
(15) days after  Tenant  receives a written  statement  from  Landlord  for such
personal property taxes.

     Section  4.03.  UTILITIES.  Tenant shall pay,  directly to the  appropriate
supplier,  the cost of all natural  gas,  heat,  light,  power,  sewer  service,
telephone,  water,  refuse disposal and other utilities and services supplied to
the Property.  However,  if any services or utilities  are jointly  metered with
other  property,  Landlord  shall make a  reasonable  determination  of Tenant's
proportionate  share of the cost of such utilities and services and Tenant shall
pay such share to Landlord  within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's
written statement.
<PAGE>

     Section 4.04. INSURANCE POLICIES.

     (a) LIABILITY  INSURANCE.  During the Lease Term,  Tenant shall  maintain a
policy of commercial general liability insurance  (sometimes known as broad form
comprehensive general liability insurance) insuring Tenant against liability for
bodily injury,  property damage (including loss of use of property) and personal
injury  arising out of the operation,  use or occupancy of the Property.  Tenant
shall name  Landlord as an  additional  insured  under such policy.  The initial
amount  of  such  insurance  shall  be  One  Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  per
occurrence  and shall be  subject to  periodic  increase  based upon  inflation,
increased liability awards,  recommendation of Landlord's professional insurance
advisers and other relevant factors.  The liability insurance obtained by Tenant
under this  Paragraph  4.04(a) shall (i) be primary and  non-contributing;  (ii)
contain cross-liability endorsements; and (iii) insure Landlord against Tenant's
performance  under  Section  5.05,  if the matters  giving rise to the indemnity
under Section 5.05 result from the negligence of Tenant. The amount and coverage
of such insurance  shall not limit Tenant's  liability nor relieve Tenant of any
other obligation under this Lease. Landlord may also obtain comprehensive public
liability  insurance  in an amount  and with  coverage  determined  by  Landlord
insuring Landlord against liability arising out of ownership,  operation, use or
occupancy  of the  Property.  The  policy  obtained  by  Landlord  shall  not be
contributory and shall not provide primary insurance.

     (b) PROPERTY AND RENTAL INCOME INSURANCE.  During the Lease Term,  Landlord
shall maintain policies of insurance  covering loss of or damage to the Property
in the full  amount of its  replacement  value.  Such  policy  shall  contain an
Inflation  Guard  Endorsement  and shall provide  protection  against all perils
included  within  the  classification  of fire,  extended  coverage,  vandalism,
malicious  mischief,  special extended perils (all risk),  sprinkler leakage and
any other perils which Landlord deems reasonably necessary.  Landlord shall have
the right to obtain  flood and  earthquake  insurance  if required by any lender
holding a security interest in the Property. Landlord shall not obtain insurance
for Tenant's fixtures or equipment or building improvements  installed by Tenant
on the Property.  During the Lease Term,  Landlord  shall also maintain a rental
income insurance  policy,  with loss payable to Landlord,  in an amount equal to
one year's Base Rent, plus estimated real property taxes and insurance premiums.
Tenant shall be liable for the payment of any deductible amount under Landlord's
or Tenant's insurance policies  maintained  pursuant to this Section 4.04, in an
amount not to exceed Ten  Thousand  Dollars  ($10,000).  Tenant  shall not do or
permit anything to be done which invalidates any such insurance policies.

     (c) PAYMENT OF  PREMIUMS.  Subject to Section  4.08,  Tenant  shall pay all
premiums for the  insurance  policies  described in  Paragraphs  4.04(a) and (b)
(whether obtained by Landlord or Tenant) within fifteen (15) days after Tenant's
receipt of a copy of the premium  statement or other evidence of the amount due,
except  Landlord  shall pay all premiums for  non-primary  comprehensive  public
liability  insurance  which  Landlord  elects to obtain as provided in Paragraph
4.04(a).  For insurance policies maintained by Landlord which cover improvements

                                       3
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

on the entire Project, Tenant shall pay Tenant's prorated share of the premiums,
in accordance  with the formula in Paragraph  4.05(e) for  determining  Tenant's
share of Common Area costs. If insurance  policies  maintained by Landlord cover
improvements on real property other than the Project,  Landlord shall deliver to
Tenant  a  statement  of the  premium  applicable  to the  Property  showing  in
reasonable  detail how Tenant's share of the premium was computed.  If the Lease
Term  expires  before  the  expiration  of an  insurance  policy  maintained  by
Landlord,  Tenant shall be liable for Tenant's  prorated  share of the insurance
premiums.  Before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy
of any policy of  insurance  which  Tenant is required  to  maintain  under this
Section  4.04.  At least  thirty (30) days prior to the  expiration  of any such
policy,  Tenant  shall  deliver  to  Landlord a renewal  of such  policy.  As an
alternative  to providing a policy of insurance,  Tenant shall have the right to
provide Landlord a certificate of insurance,  executed by an authorized  officer
of the insurance company, showing that the insurance which Tenant is required to
maintain under this Section 4.04 is in full force and effect and containing such
other information which Landlord reasonably requires.

     (d) GENERAL INSURANCE PROVISIONS.

         (i) Any insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease
shall include a provision which requires the insurance  carrier to give Landlord
not less than thirty (30) days'  written  notice  prior to any  cancellation  or
modification of such coverage.

         (ii) If Tenant fails to deliver any policy,  certificate  or renewal to
Landlord  required under this Lease within the prescribed  time period or if any
such policy is  cancelled or modified  during the Lease Term without  Landlord's
consent,  Landlord  may  obtain  such  insurance,  in which  case  Tenant  shall
reimburse Landlord for the cost of such insurance within fifteen (15) days after
receipt of a statement that indicates the cost of such insurance.

         (iii) Tenant shall  maintain all  insurance  required  under this Lease
with companies holding a "General Policy Rating" of A-12 or better, as set forth
in the most  current  issue of "Best Key  Rating  Guide".  Landlord  and  Tenant
acknowledge the insurance markets are rapidly changing and that insurance in the
form and amounts  described  in this  Section  4.04 may not be  available in the
future. Tenant acknowledges that the insurance described in this Section 4.04 is
for the  primary  benefit of  Landlord.  If at any time  during the Lease  Term,
Tenant is unable to maintain  the  insurance  required  under the Lease,  Tenant
shall   nevertheless   maintain   insurance  coverage  which  is  customary  and
commercially reasonable in the insurance industry for Tenant's type of business,
as that coverage may change from time to time.  Landlord makes no representation
as to  the  adequacy  of  such  insurance  to  protect  Landlord's  or  Tenant's
interests.  Therefore,  Tenant  shall  obtain any such  additional  property  or
liability insurance which Tenant deems necessary to protect Landlord and Tenant.

         (iv)  Unless  prohibited  under  any  applicable   insurance   policies
maintained, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and all rights of recovery
against the other, or against the officers, employees, agents or representatives
of the other,  for loss of or damage to its  property or the  property of others
under its control,  if such loss or damage is covered by any insurance policy in
force  (whether  or not  described  in this  Lease)  at the time of such loss or
damage.  Upon obtaining the required policies of insurance,  Landlord and Tenant
shall  give  notice  to  the  insurance   carriers  of  this  mutual  waiver  of
subrogation.
<PAGE>

     Section 4.05. COMMON AREAS; USE, MAINTENANCE AND COSTS.

     (a) COMMON  AREAS.  As used in this Lease,  "Common  Areas"  shall mean all
areas within the Project  which are  available  for the common use of tenants of
the Project and which are not leased or held for the  exclusive use of Tenant or
other  tenants,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  parking  areas,  driveways,
sidewalks,  loading  areas,  access roads,  corridors,  landscaping  and planted
areas.  Landlord,  from time to time, may change the size, location,  nature and
use of any of the Common  Areas,  convert  Common  Areas into  leaseable  areas,
construct  additional parking facilities  (including parking  structures) in the
Common  Areas,  and  increase  or decrease  Common Area land and/or  facilities.
Tenant  acknowledges that such activities may result in inconvenience to Tenant.
Such  activities  and changes are  permitted  if they do not  materially  affect
Tenant's use of the Property.

     (b) USE OF COMMON  AREAS.  Tenant  shall  have the  nonexclusive  right (in
common  with other  tenants and all others to whom  Landlord  has granted or may
grant such rights) to use the Common Areas for the purposes intended, subject to
such  reasonable  rules and  regulations  as Landlord may establish from time to
time.  Tenant shall abide by such rules and  regulations  and shall use its best
effort to cause others who use the Common Areas with Tenant's express or implied
permission to abide by Landlord's rules and regulations.  At any time,  Landlord
may  close any  Common  Areas to  perform  any acts in the  Common  Areas as, in
Landlord's  judgment,  are  desirable to improve the  Project.  Tenant shall not
interfere  with the  rights of  Landlord,  other  tenants  or any  other  person
entitled to use the Common Areas.

     (c) SPECIFIC PROVISION RE: VEHICLE PARKING. Tenant shall be entitled to use
the number of  vehicle  parking  spaces in the  Project  allocated  to Tenant in
Section 1.11 of the Lease without paying any additional  rent.  Tenant's parking
shall not be reserved  and shall be limited to vehicles no larger than  standard
size automobiles or pickup utility vehicles. Tenant shall not cause large trucks
or other  large  vehicles  to be parked  within the  Project or on the  adjacent
public streets.  Temporary parking of large delivery vehicles in the Project may
be  permitted by the rules and  regulations  established  by Landlord.  Vehicles
shall be parked only in striped  parking  spaces and not in  driveways,  loading
areas or other locations not  specifically  designated for parking.  Handicapped
spaces  shall only be used by those  legally  permitted  to use them.  If Tenant
parks more  vehicles  in the  parking  area than the number set forth in Section
1.11 of this Lease,  such conduct shall be a material  breach of this Lease.  In
addition to Landlord's other remedies under the Lease,  Tenant shall pay a daily
charge determined by Landlord for each such additional vehicle.

     (d)  MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS.  Landlord shall maintain the Common Areas
in good order, condition and repair and shall operate the Project, in Landlord's
sole   discretion,   as  a  first-class   industrial/commercial   real  property
development.  Tenant shall pay Tenant's pro rata share (as determined  below) of
all costs  incurred by Landlord for the operation and  maintenance of the Common
Areas. Common Area costs include, but are not limited to, costs and expenses for
the following:  gardening and landscaping;  utilities, water and sewage charges;
maintenance  of signs  (other than  tenants'  signs);  premiums  for  liability,
property damage,  fire and other types of casualty insurance on the Common Areas
and worker's compensation  insurance;  all property taxes and assessments levied
on or  attributable  to the Common Areas and all Common Area  improvements;  all
personal  property taxes levied on or attributable to personal  property used in
connection  with  the  Common  Areas;  straight-line  depreciation  on  personal
property  owned by Landlord which is consumed in the operation or maintenance of
the Common Areas; rental or lease payments paid by Landlord for rented or leased

                                       4
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

personal property used in the operation or maintenance of the Common Areas; fees
for   required   licenses  and  permits;   repairing,   resurfacing,   repaving,
maintaining,  painting, lighting, cleaning, refuse removal, security and similar
items; reserves for roof replacement and exterior painting and other appropriate
reserves;  and a reasonable allowance to Landlord for Landlord's  supervision of
the Common  Areas (not to exceed  five  percent  (5%) of the gross  rents of the
Project for the calendar  year).  Landlord may cause any or all of such services
to be provided by third parties and the cost of such services  shall be included
in Common Area costs.  Common Area costs shall not include  depreciation of real
property which forms part of the Common Areas.

     (e) TENANT'S SHARE AND PAYMENT.  Tenant shall pay Tenant's  annual pro rata
share of all Common Area costs (prorated for any fractional  month) upon written
notice from Landlord that such costs are due and payable, and in any event prior
to  delinquency.  Tenant's  pro rata share shall be  calculated  by dividing the
square foot area of the Property,  as set forth in Section 1.04 of the Lease, by
the aggregate  square foot area of the Project which is leased or held for lease
by tenants,  as of the date on which the computation is made.  Tenant's  initial
pro rata share is set out in Paragraph 1.12(b).  Any changes in the Common Areas
costs and/or the aggregate  area of the Project  leased or held for lease during
the Lease  Term  shall be  effective  on the first day of the month  after  such
change  occurs.  Landlord may, at Landlord's  election,  estimate in advance and
charge to Tenant as Common Area costs,  all real property taxes for which Tenant
is liable under  Section  4.02 of the Lease,  all  insurance  premiums for which
Tenant is liable under  Section 4.04 of the Lease,  all  maintenance  and repair
costs for which Tenant is liable under Section 6.04 of the Lease,  and all other
Common Area costs  payable by Tenant  hereunder.  At Landlord's  election,  such
statements of estimated Common Area costs shall be delivered monthly,  quarterly
or at any other  periodic  intervals to be designated by Landlord.  Landlord may
adjust  such  estimates  at  any  time  based  upon  Landlord's  experience  and
reasonable  anticipation of costs. Such adjustments shall be effective as of the
next rent payment date after notice to Tenant.  Within sixty (60) days after the
end of each calendar year of the Lease Term,  Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a
statement prepared in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the Common Area costs paid or incurred by
Landlord  during the preceding  calendar year and Tenant's pro rata share.  Upon
receipt of such  statement,  there shall be an adjustment  between  Landlord and
Tenant, with payment to or credit given by Landlord (as the case may be) so that
Landlord  shall  receive the entire  amount of Tenant's  share of such costs and
expenses for such period.

     Section 4.06. LATE CHARGES. Tenant's failure to pay rent promptly may cause
Landlord  to incur  unanticipated  costs.  The exact  amount  of such  costs are
impractical or extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs may include, but are
not limited to, processing and accounting  charges and late charges which may be
imposed on Landlord by any ground lease,  mortgage or trust deed encumbering the
Property.  Therefore,  if Landlord does not receive any rent payment  within ten
(10) days after if becomes due, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to
ten percent (10%) of the overdue amount. The parties agree that such late charge
represents a fair and  reasonable  estimate of the costs  Landlord will incur by
reason of such late payment.
<PAGE>

     Section 4.07.  INTEREST ON PAST DUE OBLIGATIONS.  Any amount owed by Tenant
to  Landlord  which is not paid  when due  shall  bear  interest  at the rate of
fifteen  percent  (15%) per  annum  from the due date of such  amount.  However,
interest  shall not be payable on late  charges to be paid by Tenant  under this
Lease.  The  payment of interest  on such  amounts  shall not excuse or cure any
default by Tenant under this Lease. If the interest rate specified in this Lease
is higher than the rate permitted by law, the interest rate is hereby  decreased
to the maximum legal interest rate permitted by law.

     Section 4.08.  IMPOUNDS FOR INSURANCE  PREMIUMS AND REAL PROPERTY TAXES. If
requested by any ground lessor or lender to whom Landlord has granted a security
interest  in the  Property,  or if Tenant is more than ten (10) days late in the
payment of rent more than once in any  consecutive  twelve (12)  -month  period,
Tenant shall pay Landlord a sum equal to  one-twelfth  (1/12) of the annual real
property  taxes and  insurance  premiums  payable by Tenant  under  this  Lease,
together with each payment of Base Rent.  Landlord shall hold such payments in a
non-interest  bearing impound  account.  If unknown,  Landlord shall  reasonably
estimate the amount of real  property  taxes and  insurance  premiums  when due.
Tenant shall pay any deficiency of funds in the impound account to Landlord upon
written  request.  If Tenant  defaults under this Lease,  Landlord may apply any
funds in the impound account to any obligation then due under this Lease.

ARTICLE FIVE:  USE OF PROPERTY

     Section  5.01.  PERMITTED  USES.  Tenant may use the Property  only for the
Permitted Uses set forth in Section 1.06 above.

     Section 5.02.  MANNER OF USE. Tenant shall not cause or permit the Property
to be used in any way which  constitutes a violation of any law,  ordinance,  or
governmental  regulation or order, which annoys or interferes with the rights of
tenants of the Project,  or which constitutes a nuisance or waste.  Tenant shall
obtain and pay for all permits,  including a Certificate of Occupancy,  required
for  Tenant's  occupancy of the  Property  and shall  promptly  take all actions
necessary  to  comply  with  all   applicable   statutes,   ordinances,   rules,
regulations,  orders  and  requirements  regulating  the  use by  Tenant  of the
Property, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act.

     Section  5.03.  HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS.  As  used  in this  Lease,  the  term
"Hazardous  Material"  means  any  flammable  items,   explosives,   radioactive
materials,  hazardous  or  toxic  substances,   material  or  waste  or  related
materials,  including any substances defined as or included in the definition of
"hazardous  substances",  "hazardous  wastes",  "hazardous  materials" or "toxic
substances" now or subsequently regulated under any applicable federal, state or
local  laws  or  regulations,   including  without  limitation   petroleum-based
products,   paints,   solvents,   lead,  cyanide,  DDT,  printing  inks,  acids,
pesticides,  ammonia compounds and other chemical products,  asbestos,  PCBs and
similar compounds,  and including any different products and materials which are
subsequently  found to have adverse effects on the environment or the health and
safety of persons. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be
generated,  produced,  brought upon, used, stored,  treated or disposed of in or
about the Property by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors,  sublessees or
invitees  without  the prior  written  consent of  Landlord.  Landlord  shall be
entitled  to take into  account  such  other  factors or facts as  Landlord  may
reasonably  determine to be relevant in determining whether to grant or withhold
consent to Tenant's proposed activity with respect to Hazardous Material.  In no
event, however, shall Landlord be required to consent to the installation or use
of any storage tanks on the Property.

     Section 5.04.  SIGNS AND AUCTIONS.  Tenant shall not place any signs on the
Property without  Landlord's prior written consent.  Tenant shall not conduct or
permit any auctions or sheriff's sales at the Property.

     Section 5.05.  INDEMNITY.  Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against and hold
Landlord harmless from any and all costs,  claims or liability arising from: (a)
Tenant's use of the Property;  (b) the conduct of Tenant's  business or anything

                                       5
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

else done or permitted by Tenant to be done in or about the Property,  including
any  contamination  of the  Property or any other  property  resulting  from the
presence or use of Hazardous  Material  caused or  permitted by Tenant;  (c) any
breach or default in the performance of Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease;
(d) any  misrepresentation  or breach of warranty by Tenant under this Lease; or
(e) other acts or omissions of Tenant.  Tenant shall defend Landlord against any
such cost,  claim or  liability  at Tenant's  expense  with  counsel  reasonably
acceptable  to Landlord  or, at  Landlord's  election,  Tenant  shall  reimburse
Landlord for any legal fees or costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any
such claim. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord,  Tenant assumes
all risk of damage to  property  or injury to persons  in or about the  Property
arising from any cause,  and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect  thereof
against  Landlord,  except  for  any  claim  arising  out  of  Landlord's  gross
negligence or willful  misconduct.  As used in this  Section,  the term "Tenant"
shall  include  Tenant's  employees,   agents,   contractors  and  invitees,  if
applicable.

     Section  5.06.  LANDLORD'S  ACCESS.  Landlord  or its  agents may enter the
Property  at all  reasonable  times to show the  Property to  potential  buyers,
investors  or tenants or other  parties;  to do any other act or to inspect  and
conduct  tests in order  to  monitor  Tenant's  compliance  with all  applicable
environmental  laws and all laws  governing  the  presence  and use of Hazardous
Material; or for any other purpose Landlord deems necessary. Landlord shall give
Tenant prior notice of such entry, except in the case of an emergency.  Landlord
may place customary "For Sale" or "For Lease" signs on the Property.

     Section 5.07. QUIET  POSSESSION.  If Tenant pays the rent and complies with
all other terms of this Lease,  Tenant may occupy and enjoy the Property for the
full Lease Term, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

ARTICLE SIX:  CONDITION OF PROPERTY; MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

     Section  6.01.  EXISTING  CONDITIONS.  Tenant  accepts the  Property in its
condition  as of the  execution of the Lease,  subject to all recorded  matters,
laws,  ordinances,  and governmental  regulations and orders. Except as provided
herein,  Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has
made any  representation  as to the condition of the Property or the suitability
of the Property for Tenant's  intended use. Tenant  represents and warrants that
Tenant has made its own inspection of any inquiry regarding the condition of the
Property  and is not  relying on any  representations  of Landlord or any Broker
with respect thereto.  If Landlord or Landlord's  Broker has provided a Property
Information Sheet or other Disclosure  Statement regarding the Property,  a copy
is attached as an exhibit to the Lease.

     Section 6.02.  EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY.  Landlord shall not be
liable for any damage or injury to the person,  business  (or any loss of income
therefrom),  goods,  wares,  merchandise or other  property of Tenant.  Tenant's
employees,  invitees,  customers or any other  person in or about the  Property,
whether  such damage or injury is caused by or results  from:  (a) fire,  steam,
electricity, water, gas or rain; (b) the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other
defects of pipes, sprinklers,  wires, appliances,  plumbing, air conditioning or
lighting  fixtures or any other cause;  (c)  conditions  arising in or about the
Property or upon other portions of the Project, or from other sources or places;
or (d) any act or omission of any other  tenant of the Project.  Landlord  shall
not be liable  for any such  damage or injury  even  though  the cause of or the
means of  repairing  such  damage or injury are not  accessible  to Tenant.  The
provisions  of this  Section  6.02  shall not,  however,  exempt  Landlord  from
liability for Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
<PAGE>

     Section 6.03. LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS.

     (a) Except as provided in Article Seven (Damage or Destruction) and Article
Eight (Condemnation), Landlord shall keep the following in good order, condition
and repair: all components of electrical,  mechanical, plumbing, heating and air
conditioning  systems and facilities located in the Property which are concealed
or used in common by  tenants of the  Project.  However,  Landlord  shall not be
obligated  to maintain or repair  windows,  doors,  plate glass or the  interior
surfaces of exterior walls.  Landlord shall make repairs under this Section 6.03
within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from Tenant of the need
for such repairs.

     (b) Tenant shall pay or reimburse  Landlord for all costs  Landlord  incurs
under  Paragraph  6.03(a)  above as Common Area costs as provided for in Section
4.05 of the Lease.  Tenant waives the benefit of any statute in effect now or in
the future  which  might give  Tenant  the right to make  repairs at  Landlord's
expense  or to  terminate  this  Lease  due to  Landlord's  failure  to keep the
Property in good order, condition and repair.

     Section 6.04. TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS.

     (a)  Except  as  provided  in  Section  6.03,   Article  Seven  (Damage  or
Destruction) and Article Eight (Condemnation), Tenant shall keep all portions of
the  Property  (including  structural,  nonstructural,   interior,  systems  and
equipment) in good order,  condition and repair (including  interior  repainting
and  refinishing,  as needed).  If any portion of the  Property or any system or
equipment  in the Property  which Tenant is obligated to repair  cannot be fully
repaired or restored, Tenant shall promptly replace such portion of the Property
or system or equipment  in the  Property,  regardless  of whether the benefit of
such  replacement  extends  beyond the Lease Term;  but if the benefit or useful
life of such  replacement  extends  beyond  the Lease  Term (as such term may be
extended by exercise of any options),  the useful life of such replacement shall
be prorated  over the  remaining  portion of the Lease Term (as  extended),  and
Tenant shall be liable only for that portion of the cost which is  applicable to
the Lease Term (as  extended).  Tenant shall  maintain a preventive  maintenance
contract providing for the regular inspection and maintenance of the heating and
air conditioning  system by a licensed heating and air conditioning  contractor,
unless  Landlord  maintains such equipment under Section 6.03 above. If any part
of the  Property  or the  Project is damaged by any act or  omission  of Tenant,
Tenant  shall pay  Landlord  the cost of  repairing  or  replacing  such damaged
property,  whether or not Landlord would  otherwise be obligated to pay the cost
of maintaining  or repairing such property.  It is the intention of Landlord and
Tenant that at all times  Tenant  shall  maintain  the  portions of the Property
which Tenant is obligated to maintain in an  attractive,  first-class  and fully
operative condition.

     (b) Tenant  shall  fulfill all of Tenant's  obligations  under this Section
6.04 at Tenant's  sole expense.  If Tenant fails to maintain,  repair or replace
the Property as required by this Section 6.04, Landlord may, upon ten (10) days'
prior  notice to Tenant  (except that no notice shall be required in the case of
an  emergency),  enter the  Property  and  perform  such  maintenance  or repair
(including  replacement,  as needed) on behalf of Tenant.  In such case,  Tenant
shall reimburse  Landlord for all costs incurred in performing such  maintenance
or repair immediately upon demand.

                                       6
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

     Section 6.05. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, AND IMPROVEMENTS.

     (a) Tenant shall not make any  alterations,  additions,  or improvements to
the Property without Landlord's prior written consent, except for non-structural
alterations  which  do  not  exceed  Ten  Thousand  Dollars  ($10,000)  in  cost
cumulatively  over the Lease Term and which are not visible  from the outside of
any  building of which the  Property  is part.  Landlord  may require  Tenant to
provide  demolition  and/or  lien  and  completion  bonds  in  form  and  amount
satisfactory  to  Landlord.   Tenant  shall  promptly  remove  any  alterations,
additions,  or improvements  constructed in violation of this Paragraph  6.05(a)
upon Landlord's written request.  All alterations,  additions,  and improvements
shall be done in a good  workmanlike  manner,  in conformity with all applicable
laws and regulations,  and by a contractor approved by Landlord. Upon completion
of any such work, Tenant shall provide Landlord with "as built" plans, copies of
all construction contracts, and proof of payment for all labor and materials.

     (b) Tenant shall pay when due all claims for labor and  material  furnished
to the  Property.  Tenant  shall give  Landlord at least twenty (20) days' prior
written notice of the  commencement  of any work on the Property,  regardless of
whether  Landlord's  consent  to such work is  required.  Landlord  may elect to
record and post notices of non-responsibility on the Property.

     Section 6.06.  CONDITION  UPON  TERMINATION.  Upon the  termination  of the
Lease,  Tenant shall surrender the Property to Landlord,  broom clean and in the
same  condition as received  except for ordinary  wear and tear which Tenant was
not otherwise  obligated to remedy under any  provision of this Lease.  However,
Tenant shall not be obligated to repair any damage which Landlord is required to
repair under Article Seven (Damage or  Destruction).  In addition,  Landlord may
require Tenant to remove any alterations,  additions or improvements (whether or
not made with  Landlord's  consent)  prior to the expiration of the Lease and to
restore  the  Property to its prior  condition,  all at  Tenant's  expense.  All
alterations,  additions and improvements  which Landlord has not required Tenant
to remove shall become Landlord's  property and shall be surrendered to Landlord
upon the expiration or earlier  termination of the Lease, except that Tenant may
remove any of  Tenant's  machinery  or  equipment  which can be removed  without
material damage to the Property.  Tenant shall repair, at Tenant's expense,  any
damage to the Property caused by the removal of any such machinery or equipment.
In no event,  however,  shall Tenant  remove any of the  following  materials or
equipment (which shall be deemed Landlord's  property) without  Landlord's prior
written  consent:  any  power  wiring  or power  panels;  lighting  or  lighting
fixtures; wall coverings;  drapes, blinds or other window coverings;  carpets or
other floor  coverings;  heaters,  air  conditioners or any other heating or air
conditioning  equipment;  fencing or security gates;  or other similar  building
operating equipment and decorations.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE SEVEN: DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

     Section 7.01. PARTIAL DAMAGE TO PROPERTY.

     (a) Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing immediately upon the occurrence
of any damage to the Property.  If the Property is only partially damaged (i.e.,
less than fifty  percent  (50%) of the Property is  untenantable  as a result of
such  damage  or less  than  fifty  percent  (50%) of  Tenant's  operations  are
materially impaired) and if the proceeds received by Landlord from the insurance
policies  described in Paragraph 4.04(b) are sufficient to pay for the necessary
repairs,  this Lease shall remain in effect and Landlord shall repair the damage
as soon as  reasonably  possible.  Landlord  may elect (but is not  required) to
repair any damage to Tenant's fixtures, equipment, or improvements.

     (b) If the insurance  proceeds  received by Landlord are not  sufficient to
pay the entire cost of repair,  or the cause of the damage is not covered by the
insurance policies which Landlord  maintains under Paragraph  4.04(b),  Landlord
may elect  either to (i) repair the damage as soon as  reasonably  possible,  in
which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect,  or (ii)  terminate
this Lease as of the date the damage  occurred.  Landlord  shall  notify  Tenant
within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of the  occurrence of the damage
whether Landlord elects to repair the damage or terminate the Lease. If Landlord
elects to repair the damage,  Tenant shall pay Landlord the "deductible  amount"
(if any) under  Landlord's  insurance  policies and, if the damage was due to an
act or  omission  of Tenant,  or  Tenant's  employees,  agents,  contractors  or
invitees,  the  difference  between the actual cost of repair and any  insurance
proceeds received by Landlord. If Landlord elects to terminate the Lease, Tenant
may elect to continue this Lease in full force and effect,  in which case Tenant
shall  repair any damage to the  Property and any building in which the Property
is  located.  Tenant  shall  pay the  cost of such  repairs,  except  that  upon
satisfactory  completion  of such  repairs,  Landlord  shall  deliver  to Tenant
insurance  proceeds  received  by  Landlord  for the damage  repaired by Tenant.
Tenant shall give Landlord  written notice of such election within ten (10) days
after receiving Landlord's termination notice.

     (c) If the damage to the Property  occurs during the last six (6) months of
the Lease  Term and such  damage  will  require  more than  thirty  (30) days to
repair,  either  Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate  this Lease as of the
date  the  damage  occurred,  regardless  of the  sufficiency  of any  insurance
proceeds.  The party  electing  to  terminate  this  Lease  shall  give  written
notification  to the other party of such election  within thirty (30) days after
Tenant's notice to Landlord of the occurrence of the damage.

     Section  7.02.  SUBSTANTIAL  OR  TOTAL  DESTRUCTION.  If  the  Property  is
substantially or totally  destroyed by any cause whatsoever (i.e., the damage to
the Property is greater than partial damage as described in Section  7.01),  and
regardless of whether Landlord receives any insurance proceeds, this Lease shall
terminate as of the date the destruction occurred. Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, if the Property can be rebuilt within six (6) months after the date of
destruction,  Landlord  may elect to rebuild  the  Property  at  Landlord's  own
expense,  in which  case  this  Lease  shall  remain in full  force and  effect.
Landlord  shall notify  Tenant of such  election  within  thirty (30) days after
Tenant's  notice  of the  occurrence  of total or  substantial  destruction.  If
Landlord so elects,  Landlord  shall  rebuild the  Property at  Landlord's  sole
expense,  except  that if the  destruction  was caused by an act or  omission of
Tenant,  Tenant  shall pay Landlord  the  difference  between the actual cost of
rebuilding and any insurance proceeds received by Landlord.

     Section 7.03.  TEMPORARY REDUCTION OF RENT. If the Property is destroyed or
damaged and Landlord or Tenant repairs or restores the Property  pursuant to the
provisions  of this Article  Seven,  any rent payable  during the period of such
damage,  repair and/or  restoration shall be reduced according to the degree, if
any, to which Tenant's use of the Property is impaired.  However,  the reduction
shall not exceed the sum of one year's payment of Base Rent,  insurance premiums
and real  property  taxes.  Except  for such  possible  reduction  in Base Rent,
insurance premiums and real property taxes,  Tenant shall not be entitled to any
compensation,  reduction,  or  reimbursement  from  Landlord  as a result of any
damage, destruction, repair, or restoration of or to the Property.

                                       7
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

     Section 7.04. WAIVER.  Tenant waives the protection of any statute, code or
judicial  decision  which  grants a tenant the right to terminate a lease in the
event of the  substantial or total  destruction of the leased  property.  Tenant
agrees that the  provisions  of Section  7.02 above shall  govern the rights and
obligations  of  Landlord  and Tenant in the event of any  substantial  or total
destruction to the Property.

ARTICLE EIGHT:  CONDEMNATION

     If all or any  portion of the  Property is taken under the power of eminent
domain  or sold  under  the  threat  of that  power  (all of  which  are  called
"Condemnation"),  this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken or sold on the
date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever occurs first.
If more than twenty percent (20%) of the floor area of the building in which the
Property  is  located,  or which is located on the  Property,  is taken,  either
Landlord  or  Tenant  may  terminate  this  Lease as of the date the  condemning
authority takes title or possession,  by delivering  written notice to the other
within ten (10) days after  receipt of written  notice of such taking (or in the
absence of such  notice,  within ten (10) days  after the  condemning  authority
takes title or  possession).  If neither  Landlord  nor Tenant  terminates  this
Lease,  this Lease shall  remain in effect as to the portion of the Property not
taken,  except  that the Base  Rent and  Additional  Rent  shall be  reduced  in
proportion to the reduction in the floor area of the Property.  Any Condemnation
award or payment shall be distributed in the following  order: (a) first, to any
ground lessor,  mortgagee or beneficiary  under a deed of trust  encumbering the
Property,  the amount of its interest in the  Property;  (b) second,  to Tenant,
only the  amount  of any  award  specifically  designated  for loss or damage to
Tenant's  trade  fixtures or  removable  personal  property;  and (c) third,  to
Landlord,  the remainder of such award, whether as compensation for reduction in
the value of the leasehold,  the taking of the fee, or otherwise.  If this Lease
is not  terminated,  Landlord shall repair any damage to the Property  caused by
the  Condemnation,  except that  Landlord  shall not be  obligated to repair any
damage for which Tenant has been reimbursed by the condemning authority.  If the
severance  damages  received  by  Landlord  are not  sufficient  to pay for such
repair,  Landlord  shall have the right to either  terminate  this Lease or make
such repair at Landlord's expense.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE NINE:  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     Section 9.01. LANDLORD'S CONSENT REQUIRED. No portion of the Property or of
Tenant's  interest in this Lease may be acquired by any other  person or entity,
whether by sale, assignment,  mortgage, sublease, transfer, operation of law, or
act of Tenant,  without  Landlord's prior written notice,  except as provided in
Section  9.02 below.  Landlord has the right to grant or withhold its consent as
provided in Section 9.05 below. Any attempted  transfer without consent shall be
void and shall  constitute a  non-curable  breach of this Lease.  If Tenant is a
partnership,  any  cumulative  transfer of more than twenty percent (20%) of the
partnership   interests  shall  require  Landlord's  consent.  If  Tenant  is  a
corporation, any change in the ownership of a controlling interest of the voting
stock of the corporation shall require Landlord's consent.

     Section 9.02.  TENANT  AFFILIATE.  Tenant may assign this Lease or sublease
the Property,  without Landlord's consent, to any corporation which controls, is
controlled  by or is under common  control with  Tenant,  or to any  corporation
resulting  from  the  merger  of  or   consolidation   with  Tenant   ("Tenant's
Affiliate"). In such case, any Tenant's Affiliate shall assume in writing all of
Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

     Section 9.03. NO RELEASE OF TENANT.  No transfer  permitted by this Article
Nine, whether with or without Landlord's consent, shall release Tenant or change
Tenant's primary  liability to pay the rent and to perform all other obligations
of Tenant under this Lease.  Landlord's acceptance of rent from any other person
is not a waiver of any provision of this Article  Nine.  Consent to one transfer
is not a consent to any subsequent  transfer.  If Tenant's  transferee  defaults
under this Lease,  Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without pursuing
remedies against the transferee.  Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments
or modifications of this Lease by Tenant's transferee,  without notifying Tenant
or obtaining its consent. Such action shall not relieve Tenant's liability under
this Lease.

     Section 9.04. OFFER TO TERMINATE.  If Tenant desires to assign the Lease or
sublease  the  Property,  Tenant shall have the right to offer,  in writing,  to
terminate the Lease as of a date specified in the offer.  If Landlord  elects in
writing to accept the offer to terminate within twenty (20) days after notice of
the offer,  the Lease shall terminate as of the date specified and all the terms
and provisions of the Lease governing  termination shall apply. If Landlord does
not so elect, the Lease shall continue in effect until otherwise  terminated and
the  provisions  of Section  9.05 with respect to any  proposed  transfer  shall
continue to apply.

     Section 9.05. LANDLORD'S CONSENT.

     (a) Tenant's request for consent to any transfer  described in Section 9.01
shall set forth in writing the details of the proposed  transfer,  including the
name, business and financial condition of the prospective transferee,  financial
details of the proposed  transfer  (e.g.,  the term of and the rent and security
deposit  payable  under any  proposed  assignment  or  sublease),  and any other
information  Landlord deems relevant.  Landlord shall have the right to withhold
consent, if reasonable, or to grant consent, based on the following factors: (i)
the business of the proposed  assignee or subtenant  and the proposed use of the
Property;  (ii) the net worth and financial  reputation of the proposed assignee
or subtenant;  (iii) Tenant's  compliance with all of its obligations  under the
Lease; and (iv) such other factors as Landlord may reasonably deem relevant.  If
Landlord objects to a proposed assignment solely because of the net worth and/or
financial  reputation of the proposed assignee,  Tenant may nonetheless sublease
(but not assign),  all or a portion of the Property to the proposed  transferee,
but only on the other terms of the proposed transfer.

     (b) If Tenant assigns or subleases, the following shall apply:

         (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent under the Lease the
Landlord's  Share (stated in Section 1.13) of the Profit (defined below) on such
transaction as and when received by Tenant, unless Landlord gives written notice
to Tenant and the assignee or subtenant that  Landlord's  Share shall be paid by
the  assignee or  subtenant to Landlord  directly.  The  "Profit"  means (A) all
amounts paid to Tenant for such  assignment or sublease,  including "key" money,
monthly rent in excess of the monthly rent payable under the Lease, and all fees
and other  consideration  paid for the  assignment or sublease,  including  fees
under any collateral  agreements,  less (B) costs and expenses directly incurred
by Tenant in connection with the execution and performance of such assignment or
sublease  for real  estate  broker's  commissions  and  costs of  renovation  or
construction of tenant improvements  required under such assignment or sublease.
Tenant is entitled to recover such costs and expenses before Tenant is obligated
to pay the Landlord's Share to Landlord. The Profit in the case of a sublease of

                                       8
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

less than all the  Property is the rent  allocable to the  subleased  space as a
percentage on a square footage basis.

         (ii) Tenant shall provide Landlord a written  statement  certifying all
amounts to be paid from any assignment or sublease of the Property within thirty
(30) days after the  transaction  documentation  is  signed,  and  Landlord  may
inspect Tenant's books and records to verify the accuracy of such statement.  On
written  request,  Tenant shall promptly  furnish to Landlord  copies of all the
transaction  documentation,  all of which  shall be  certified  by  Tenant to be
complete, true and correct.  Landlord's receipt of Landlord's Share shall not be
a consent to any  further  assignment  or  subletting.  The  breach of  Tenant's
obligation  under this  Paragraph  9.05(b)  shall be a  material  default of the
Lease.

     Section 9.06. NO MERGER.  No merger shall result from Tenant's  sublease of
the Property  under this Article Nine,  Tenant's  surrender of this Lease or the
termination of this Lease in any other manner.  In any such event,  Landlord may
terminate  any or all  subtenancies  or  succeed  to the  interest  of Tenant as
sublandlord under any or all subtenancies.

ARTICLE TEN:  DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     Section 10.01.  COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS.  Tenant's  performance of each of
Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease is a  condition  as well as a  covenant.
Tenant's  right to continue in  possession of the Property is  conditioned  upon
such performance. Time is of the essence in the performance of all covenants and
conditions.

     Section  10.02.  DEFAULTS.  Tenant shall be in material  default under this
Lease:

     (a) If Tenant abandons the Property or if Tenant's vacation of the Property
results in the cancellation of any insurance described in Section 4.04;

     (b) If Tenant fails to pay rent or any other charge when due;

     (c) If Tenant  fails to perform  any of Tenant's  non-monetary  obligations
under this  Lease for a period of thirty  (30) days after  written  notice  from
Landlord;  provided  that if more than thirty (30) days are required to complete
such  performance,  Tenant  shall not be in  default  if Tenant  commences  such
performance within the thirty (30) -day period and thereafter diligently pursues
its completion.  However,  Landlord shall not be required to give such notice if
Tenant's failure to perform  constitutes a non-curable breach of this Lease. The
notice  required  by this  Paragraph  is  intended to satisfy any and all notice
requirements  imposed  by law on  Landlord  and is not in  addition  to any such
requirement.
<PAGE>

     (d) (i) If Tenant makes a general assignment or general arrangement for the
benefit of creditors;  (ii) if a petition for  adjudication of bankruptcy or for
reorganization  or  rearrangement  is  filed  by or  against  Tenant  and is not
dismissed  within thirty (30) days;  (iii) if a trustee or receiver is appointed
to take  possession  of  substantially  all of  Tenant's  assets  located at the
Property or of Tenant's interest in this Lease and possession is not restored to
Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) if substantially  all of Tenant's assets
located at the  Property or of Tenant's  interest in this Lease is  subjected to
attachment,  execution or other judicial seizure which is not discharged  within
thirty (30) days. If a court of competent  jurisdiction  determines  that any of
the acts described in this  subparagraph  (d) is not a default under this Lease,
and a trustee is appointed to take  possession (or if Tenant remains a debtor in
possession) and such trustee or Tenant transfers  Tenant's  interest  hereunder,
then Landlord shall receive, as Additional Rent, the excess, if any, of the rent
(or any other consideration) paid in connection with such assignment or sublease
over the rent payable by Tenant under this Lease.

     (e) If any  guarantor  of the Lease  revokes or  otherwise  terminates,  or
purports to revoke or otherwise terminate, any guaranty of all or any portion of
Tenant's  obligations under the Lease. Unless otherwise  expressly provided,  no
guaranty of the Lease is revocable.

     Section  10.03.  REMEDIES.  On the  occurrence  of any material  default by
Tenant,  Landlord may, at any time thereafter,  with or without notice or demand
and  without  limiting  Landlord in the  exercise  of any right or remedy  which
Landlord may have:

     (a)  Terminate  Tenant's  right to possession of the Property by any lawful
means,  in which case this Lease shall  terminate  and Tenant shall  immediately
surrender possession of the Property to Landlord.  In such event, Landlord shall
be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of
Tenant's default, including (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid
Base Rent,  Additional  Rent and other charges which  Landlord had earned at the
time of the  termination;  (ii) the worth at the time of the award of the amount
by which the unpaid Base Rent,  Additional Rent and other charges which Landlord
would have  earned  after  termination  until the time of the award  exceeds the
amount of such rental loss that Tenant  proves  Landlord  could have  reasonably
avoided;  (iii) the  worth at the time of the  award of the  amount by which the
unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which Tenant would have paid
for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award  exceeds the amount of
such rental loss that Tenant proves Landlord could have reasonably avoided;  and
(iv) any other amount  necessary to  compensate  Landlord for all the  detriment
proximately  caused by  Tenant's  failure to perform its  obligations  under the
Lease or which in the  ordinary  course  of  things  would be  likely  to result
therefrom,  including, but not limited to, any costs or expenses Landlord incurs
in  maintaining  or  preserving  the Property  after such  default,  the cost of
recovering  possession  of  the  Property,  expenses  of  reletting,   including
necessary  renovation  or  alteration  of the  Property,  Landlord's  reasonable
attorneys' fees incurred in connection therewith, and any real estate commission
paid or payable.  As used in subparts (i) and (ii) above, the "worth at the time
of the award" is computed by allowing  interest on unpaid amounts at the rate of
fifteen  percent  (15%)  per  annum,  or such  lesser  amount as may then be the
maximum  lawful rate. As used in subpart (iii) above,  the "worth at the time of
the award" is computed by  discounting  such amount at the discount  rate of the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award, plus one percent
(1%). If Tenant has abandoned  the Property,  Landlord  shall have the option of
(i) retaking  possession of the Property and  recovering  from Tenant the amount
specified  in this  Paragraph  10.03(a),  or  (ii)  proceeding  under  Paragraph
10.03(b);

     (b) Maintain  Tenant's right to possession,  in which case this Lease shall
continue in effect  whether or not Tenant has abandoned  the  Property.  In such
event,  Landlord  shall be  entitled  to enforce  all of  Landlord's  rights and
remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes
due;

     (c) Pursue any other  remedy now or hereafter  available to Landlord  under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state in which the Property is located.

     Section  10.04.  REPAYMENT  OF "FREE"  RENT.  If this Lease  provides for a
postponement  of any monthly rental  payments,  a period of "free" rent or other
rent concession, such postponed rent or "free" rent is called the "Abated Rent".

                                       9
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

Tenant  shall  be  credited  with  having  paid  all of the  Abated  Rent on the
expiration  of the  Lease  Term  only  if  Tenant  has  fully,  faithfully,  and
punctually  performed  all of  Tenant's  obligations  hereunder,  including  the
payment  of all rent  (other  than  the  Abated  Rent)  and all  other  monetary
obligations and the surrender of the Property in the physical condition required
by this  Lease.  Tenant  acknowledges  that its right to receive  credit for the
Abated Rent is absolutely  conditioned upon Tenant's full, faithful and punctual
performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults and does not
cure within any  applicable  grace  period,  the Abated  Rent shall  immediately
become due and payable in full and this Lease shall be enforced as if there were
no such rent abatement or other rent concession.  In such case Abated Rent shall
be calculated based on the full initial rent payable under this Lease.

     Section 10.05.  AUTOMATIC  TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding  any other term or
provision hereof to the contrary, the Lease shall terminate on the occurrence of
any act  which  affirms  the  Landlord's  intention  to  terminate  the Lease as
provided in Section 10.03 hereof,  including the filing of an unlawful  detainer
action against Tenant. On such termination, Landlord's damages for default shall
include all costs and fees, including  reasonable  attorneys' fees that Landlord
incurs in connection with the filing, commencement, pursuing and/or defending of
any action in any bankruptcy court or other court with respect to the Lease; the
obtaining of relief from any stay in bankruptcy  restraining any action to evict
Tenant;  or the  pursuing  of any action  with  respect to  Landlord's  right to
possession of the Property.  All such damages suffered (apart from Base Rent and
other rent payable  hereunder) shall constitute  pecuniary damages which must be
reimbursed  to  Landlord  prior to  assumption  of the  Lease by  Tenant  or any
successor to Tenant in any bankruptcy or other proceeding.

     Section  10.6.  CUMULATIVE  REMEDIES.  Landlord's  exercise of any right or
remedy shall not prevent it from exercising any other right or remedy.

ARTICLE ELEVEN:  PROTECTION OF LENDERS

     Section 11.01. SUBORDINATION.  Landlord shall have the right to subordinate
this  Lease to any  ground  lease,  deed of trust or  mortgage  encumbering  the
Property,   any  advances  made  on  the  security  thereof  and  any  renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, whenever made
or  recorded.  Tenant  shall  cooperate  with  Landlord  and any lender which is
acquiring a security interest in the Property or the Lease. Tenant shall execute
such further documents and assurances as such lender may require,  provided that
Tenant's obligations under this Lease shall not be increased in any material way
(the performance of ministerial acts shall not be deemed  material),  and Tenant
shall not be deprived of its rights  under this Lease.  Tenant's  right to quiet
possession  of the  Property  during the Lease Term  shall not be  disturbed  if
Tenant pays the rent and performs all of Tenant's  obligations  under this Lease
and is not otherwise in default. If any ground lessor,  beneficiary or mortgagee
elects to have this Lease prior to the lien of its ground  lease,  deed of trust
or mortgage  and gives  written  notice  thereof to Tenant,  this Lease shall be
deemed prior to such ground lease,  deed of trust or mortgage whether this Lease
is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said ground lease,  deed of trust or
mortgage or the date of recording thereof.
<PAGE>

     Section  11.02.  ATTORNMENT.  If  Landlord's  interest  in the  Property is
acquired by any ground lessor,  beneficiary under a deed of trust, mortgagee, or
purchaser at a  foreclosure  sale,  Tenant shall attorn to the  transferee of or
successor to Landlord's  interest in the Property and recognize such  transferee
or successor as Landlord  under this Lease.  Tenant waives the protection of any
statute  or rule of law which  gives or  purports  to give  Tenant  any right to
terminate  this Lease or surrender  possession of the Property upon the transfer
of Landlord's interest.

     Section  11.03.  SIGNING OF  DOCUMENTS.  Tenant  shall sign and deliver any
instrument or documents necessary or appropriate to evidence any such attornment
or subordination or agreement to do so. If Tenant fails to do so within ten (10)
days after written  request,  Tenant hereby makes,  constitutes  and irrevocably
appoints   Landlord,   or  any   transferee   or  successor  of  Landlord,   the
attorney-in-fact  of  Tenant to  execute  and  deliver  any such  instrument  or
document.

     Section 11.04. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

     (a) Upon Landlord's written request, Tenant shall execute,  acknowledge and
deliver to Landlord a written statement  certifying:  (i) that none of the terms
or  provisions  of this Lease have been  changed (or if they have been  changed,
stating how they have been changed); (ii) that this Lease has not been cancelled
or terminated; (iii) the last date of payment of the Base Rent and other charges
and the time  period  covered  by such  payment;  (iv) that  Landlord  is not in
default  under this Lease (or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default,  stating
why); and (v) such other  representations  or information with respect to Tenant
or the  Lease as  Landlord  may  reasonably  request  or which  any  prospective
purchaser or encumbrancer of the Property may require. Tenant shall deliver such
statement to Landlord within ten (10) days after  Landlord's  request.  Landlord
may  give  any  such  statement  by  Tenant  to  any  prospective  purchaser  or
encumbrancer  of  the  Property.   Such  purchase  or   encumbrancer   may  rely
conclusively upon such statement as true and correct.

     (b) If Tenant does not deliver such  statement to Landlord  within such ten
(10) -day period,  Landlord, and any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer,  may
conclusively  presume and rely upon the following  facts: (i) that the terms and
provisions of this Lease have not been changed  except as otherwise  represented
by Landlord; (ii) that this Lease has not been cancelled or terminated except as
otherwise  represented  by  Landlord;  (iii) that not more than one month's Base
Rent or other  charges have been paid in advance;  and (iv) that Landlord is not
in default under the Lease. In such event, Tenant shall be estopped from denying
the truth of such facts.

     Section 11.05.  TENANT'S  FINANCIAL  CONDITION.  Within ten (10) days after
written  request from Landlord,  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such financial
statements as Landlord  reasonably requires to verify the net worth of Tenant or
any  assignee,  subtenant,  or  guarantor of Tenant.  In addition,  Tenant shall
deliver to any lender designated by Landlord any financial  statements  required
by such lender to  facilitate  the  financing or  refinancing  of the  Property.
Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that each such financial statement is
a true and accurate  statement as of the date of such  statement.  All financial
statements  shall be  confidential  and shall be used only for the  purposes set
forth in this Lease.

ARTICLE TWELVE:  LEGAL COSTS

     Section 12.01. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.  If Tenant or Landlord shall be in breach
or default under this Lease, such party (the "Defaulting Party") shall reimburse
the  other  party  (the  "Nondefaulting  Party")  upon  demand  for any costs or
expenses that the  Nondefaulting  Party incurs in connection  with any breach or
default  of the  Defaulting  Party  under  this  Lease,  whether  or not suit is
commenced or judgment  entered.  Such costs shall  include  legal fees and costs

                                       10
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

incurred  for  the  negotiation  of  a  settlement,  enforcement  of  rights  or
otherwise. Furthermore, if any action for breach of or to enforce the provisions
of this Lease is commenced, the court in such action shall award to the party in
whose favor a judgment is  entered,  a  reasonable  sum as  attorneys'  fees and
costs. The losing party in such action shall pay such attorneys' fees and costs.
Tenant shall also indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all
costs, expenses,  demands an liability Landlord may incur if Landlord becomes or
is made a party to any claim or action  (a)  instituted  by Tenant  against  any
third party, or by any third party against  Tenant,  or by or against any person
holding any interest under or using the Property by license of or agreement with
Tenant;  (b) for  foreclosure of any lien for labor or material  furnished to or
for Tenant or such other person;  (c) otherwise arising out of or resulting from
any act or  transaction  of Tenant or such other  person;  or (d)  necessary  to
protect  Landlord's  interest  under this Lease in a bankruptcy  proceeding,  or
other  proceeding  under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.  Tenant
shall defend Landlord  against any such claim or action at Tenant's expense with
counsel  reasonably  acceptable to Landlord or, at Landlord's  election,  Tenant
shall reimburse Landlord for any legal fees or costs Landlord incurs in any such
claim or action.

     Section 12.02.  LANDLORD'S CONSENT.  Tenant shall pay Landlord's reasonable
attorneys'  fees incurred in connection  with  Tenant's  request for  Landlord's
consent under Article Nine  (Assignment and  Subletting),  or in connection with
any other act which Tenant proposes to do and which requires Landlord's consent.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN:  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     Section 13.01.  NON-DISCRIMINATION.  Tenant promises, and it is a condition
to the continuance of this Lease, that there will be no discrimination  against,
or segregation  of, any person or group of persons on the basis of race,  color,
sex,   creed,   national   origin  or  ancestry  in  the  leasing,   subleasing,
transferring, occupancy, tenure or use of the Property or any portion thereof.

     Section 13.02. LANDLORD'S LIABILITY; CERTAIN DUTIES.

     (a) As used in this Lease, the term "Landlord" means only the current owner
or owners of the fee title to the  Property or Project or the  leasehold  estate
under a ground lease of the  property or Project at the time in  question.  Each
Landlord is obligated to perform the  obligations  of Landlord  under this Lease
only during the time such Landlord owns such interest or title. Any Landlord who
transfers its title or interest is relieved of all liability with respect to the
obligations of Landlord under this Lease to be performed on or after the date of
transfer.  However, each Landlord shall deliver to its transferee all funds that
Tenant  previously  paid if such funds have not yet been applied under the terms
of this Lease.

     (b) Tenant shall give written  notice of any failure by Landlord to perform
any of its  obligations  under this Lease to Landlord and to any ground  lessor,
mortgagee or beneficiary  under any deed of trust encumbering the Property whose
name and address have been furnished to Tenant in writing. Landlord shall not be
in default under this Lease unless Landlord (or such ground lessor, mortgagee or
beneficiary)  fails to cure such  non-performance  within thirty (30) days after
receipt of Tenant's notice. However, if such non-performance reasonably requires
more than  thirty  (30) days to cure,  Landlord  shall not be in default if such
cure is commenced within such thirty (30) -day period and thereafter  diligently
pursued to completion.
<PAGE>

     (c) Notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary, the
liability of Landlord for the  performance of its duties and  obligations  under
this Lease is limited to  Landlord's  interest in the  Property and the Project,
and neither  the  Landlord  nor its  partners,  shareholders,  officers or other
principals shall have any personal liability under this Lease.

     Section  13.03.  SEVERABILITY.  A  determination  by a court  of  competent
jurisdiction  that any provision of this Lease or any part thereof is illegal or
unenforceable  shall not cancel or invalidate the remainder of such provision or
this Lease, which shall remain in full force and effect.

     Section 13.04. INTERPRETATION.  The captions of the Articles or Sections of
this Lease are to assist the parties in reading this Lease and are not a part of
the terms or provisions of this Lease.  Whenever required by the context of this
Lease,  the singular  shall  include the plural and the plural shall include the
singular.  The  masculine,  feminine and neuter  genders  shall each include the
other.  In any provision  relating to the conduct,  acts or omissions of Tenant,
the  term  "Tenant"  shall  include  Tenant's  agents,  employees,  contractors,
invitees,  successors or others using the Property  with  Tenant's  expressed or
implied permission.

     Section 13.05. INCORPORATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS; MODIFICATIONS. This Lease
is the  only  agreement  between  the  parties  pertaining  to the  lease of the
Property and no other  agreements  are  effective.  All amendments to this Lease
shall be in writing and signed by all  parties.  Any other  attempted  amendment
shall be void.

     Section 13.06.  NOTICES.  All notice required or permitted under this Lease
shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail,
return receipt requested,  postage prepaid. Notices to Tenant shall be delivered
to the address specified in Section 1.03 above, except that upon Tenant's taking
possession of the Property,  the Property  shall be Tenant's  address for notice
purposes.  Notices to Landlord  shall be delivered  to the address  specified in
Section 1.02 Above.  All notices shall be effective upon delivery.  Either party
may change its notice address upon written notice to the other party.

     Section  13.07.  WAIVERS.  All waivers must be in writing and signed by the
waiving party.  Landlord's failure to enforce any provision of this Lease or its
acceptance  of rent shall not be a waiver and shall not  prevent  Landlord  from
enforcing that provision or any other provision of this Lease in the future.  No
statement on a payment check from Tenant or in a letter  accompanying  a payment
check shall be binding on  Landlord.  Landlord  may,  with or without  notice to
Tenant,  negotiate  such check  without  being bound to the  conditions  of such
statement.

     Section 13.08. NO  RECORDATION.  Tenant shall not record this Lease without
prior written  consent from  Landlord.  However,  either  Landlord or Tenant may
require that a "Short Form" memorandum of this Lease executed by both parties be
recorded.  The party  requiring such recording  shall pay all transfer taxes and
recording fees.

     Section 13.09. BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease binds any
party who legally acquires any rights or interest in this Lease from Landlord or
Tenant. However,  Landlord shall have no obligation to Tenant's successor unless
the rights or interests of Tenant's  successor are acquired in  accordance  with
the terms of this Lease.  The laws of the state in which the Property is located
shall govern this Lease.

     Section 13.10. CORPORATE AUTHORITY;  PARTNERSHIP AUTHORITY.  If Tenant is a
corporation,  each person signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant  represents and
warrants  that he has full  authority  to do so and that  this  Lease  binds the
corporation.  Within  thirty (30) days after this Lease is signed,  Tenant shall
deliver to  Landlord a  certified  copy of a  resolution  of  Tenant's  Board of
Directors  authorizing  the  execution  of this Lease or other  evidence of such
authority reasonably  acceptable to Landlord.  If Tenant is a partnership,  each

                                       11
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

person or entity  signing this Lease for Tenant  represents and warrants that he
or it is a general partner of the partnership,  that he or it has full authority
to sign for the  partnership  and that this Lease binds the  partnership and all
general  partners  of the  partnership.  Tenant  shall given  written  notice to
Landlord of any general  partner's  withdrawal  or addition.  Within thirty (30)
days  after this Lease is signed,  Tenant  shall  deliver to  Landlord a copy of
Tenant's   recorded   statement  of   partnership   or  certificate  of  limited
partnership.

     Section 13.11. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.  All parties signing this Lease
as Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Tenant.

     Section  13.12.  FORCE  MAJEURE.  If  Landlord  cannot  perform  any of its
obligations  due to events  beyond  Landlord's  control,  the time  provided for
performing such  obligations  shall be extended by a period of time equal to the
duration of such events.  Events beyond Landlord's control include,  but are not
limited to, acts of God, war, civil commotion,  labor disputes,  strikes,  fire,
flood or other casualty,  shortages of labor or material,  government regulation
or restriction and weather conditions.

     Section  13.13.   EXECUTION  OF  LEASE.  This  Lease  may  be  executed  in
counterparts and, when all counterpart documents are executed,  the counterparts
shall constitute a single binding instrument.  Landlord's delivery of this Lease
to Tenant  shall not be deemed to be an offer to lease and shall not be  binding
upon either party until executed and delivered by both parties.

     Section 13.14. SURVIVAL. All representations and warranties of Landlord and
Tenant shall survive the termination of this Lease.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE FOURTEEN:  BROKERS

     Section 14.01.  BROKER'S FEE. When this Lease is signed by and delivered to
both  Landlord  and  Tenant,  Landlord  shall pay a real  estate  commission  to
Landlord's  Broker  named in Section  1.08  above,  if any,  as  provided in the
written agreement  between Landlord and Landlord's  Broker, or the sum stated in
Section 1.09 above for  services  rendered to Landlord by  Landlord's  Broker in
this  transaction.  Landlord shall pay Landlord's  Broker a commission if Tenant
exercises  any option to extend the Lease  Term or to buy the  Property,  or any
similar  option or right which  Landlord may grant to Tenant,  or if  Landlord's
Broker is the  procuring  cause of any other lease or sale  entered into between
Landlord and Tenant covering the Property.  Such commission  shall be the amount
set  fourth  in  Landlord's  Broker's  commission  schedule  in effect as of the
execution  of this Lease.  If a Tenant's  Broker is named in Section 1.08 above,
Landlord's Broker shall pay an appropriate portion of its commission to Tenant's
Broker if so provided in any agreement  between  Landlord's  Broker and Tenant's
Broker.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall impose any obligation on Landlord
to pay a commission or fee to any party other than Landlord's Broker.

     Section 14.02.  PROTECTION OF BROKERS.  If Landlord sells the Property,  or
assigns  Landlord's  interest in this Lease,  the buyer or  assignee  shall,  by
accepting  such  conveyance  of the  Property  or  assignment  of the Lease,  be
conclusively  deemed to have agreed to make all  payments to  Landlord's  Broker
thereafter  required of Landlord under this Article Fourteen.  Landlord's Broker
shall have the right to bring a legal action to enforce or declare  rights under
this  provision.  The  prevailing  party in such  action  shall be  entitled  to
reasonable  attorneys' fees to be paid by the losing party. Such attorneys' fees
shall be fixed by the court in such action.  This  Paragraph is included in this
Lease for the benefit of Landlord's Broker.

     Section 14.03.  AGENCY  DISCLOSURE;  NO OTHER BROKERS.  Landlord and Tenant
each  warrant  that they have  dealt  with no other  real  estate  broker(s)  in
connection with this transaction  except: CB COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE GROUP, INC.,
who represents THE LANDLORD                                                    ,
               -----------------------------------------------------------------
and STEVE GORDON                                                           , who
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
represents THE TENANT                                                          .
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     In the  event  that CB  COMMERCIAL  RESTATE  GROUP,  INC.  represents  both
Landlord and Tenant,  Landlord and Tenant  hereby  confirm that they were timely
advised of the dual  representation  and that they consent to the same, and that
they do not expect said  broker to  disclose to either of them the  confidential
information of the other party.

ARTICLE FIFTEEN:  COMPLIANCE

     The parties hereto agree to comply with all applicable  federal,  state and
local laws,  regulations,  codes,  ordinances and  administrative  orders having
jurisdiction over the parties, property or the subject matter of this Agreement,
including,  but to  limited  to, the 1964  Civil  Rights Act and all  amendments
thereto,  the Foreign  Investment  In Real  Property Tax Act, the  Comprehensive
Environmental  Response  Compensation  and Liability Act, and The Americans with
Disabilities Act.

     ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS MAY BE SET FORTH IN A RIDER OR RIDERS ATTACHED HERETO
OR IN THE BLANK SPACE BELOW.  IF NO ADDITIONAL  PROVISIONS ARE INSERTED,  PLEASE
DRAW A LINE THROUGH THE SPACE BELOW.

                                       12
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>

     Landlord  and Tenant  have  signed this Lease at the place and on the dates
specified adjacent to their signatures below and have initialed all Riders which
are attached to or incorporated by reference in this Lease.

                                                      "LANDLORD"

Signed on 21 March        , 1995            WEST WILLOWS ASSOCIATES
         -----------------    ----        --------------------------------------
at  BELLEVUE, WA                            A WASHINGTON GENERAL PARTNERSHIP
  --------------------------------        --------------------------------------

                                            By: /s/ Jack Martin
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                 Jack Martin
                                            Its:  GENERAL PARTNER
                                               ---------------------------------


                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Its:
                                               ---------------------------------

                                                      "TENANT"

Signed on 22nd day        , 1995            BERNIES BAGELS
         -----------------    ----        --------------------------------------
at  Redmond, WA                             A WASHINGTON CORPORATION
  --------------------------------        --------------------------------------


                                            By: /s/ Bernard Gordon
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                  Bernard Gordon
                                            Its:  PRESIDENT
                                               ---------------------------------


                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Its:
                                               ---------------------------------

         IN ANY REAL ESTATE TRANSACTION, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU CONSULT WITH
A PROFESSIONAL,  SUCH AS A CIVIL ENGINEER,  INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST OR OTHER PERSON
WITH  EXPERIENCE  IN EVALUATING  THE  CONDITION OF THE  PROPERTY,  INCLUDING THE
POSSIBLE  PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS,  HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS  AND  UNDERGROUND  STORAGE
TANKS.

         THIS  PRINTED  FORM  LEASE HAS BEEN  DRAFTED  BY LEGAL  COUNSEL  AT THE
DIRECTION OF THE SOUTHERN  CALIFORNIA  CHAPTER OF THE SOCIETY OF INDUSTRIAL  AND
OFFICE REALTORS -registered trademark-, INC. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION
IS MADE BY THE  SOUTHERN  CALIFORNIA  CHAPTER OF THE SOCIETY OF  INDUSTRIAL  AND
OFFICE REALTORS -registered trademark-, INC., ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, THE REAL ESTATE
BROKERS NAMED HEREIN, OR THEIR EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS, AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY,
LEGAL EFFECT OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR OF THIS TRANSACTION.  LANDLORD
AND TENANT SHOULD RETAIN LEGAL COUNSEL TO ADVISE THEM ON SUCH MATTERS AND SHOULD
RELY UPON THE ADVICE OF SUCH LEGAL COUNSEL.

                                       13
copyright
1988  Southern California Chapter      SIOR                  Initials /s/ JM
      of the Society of Industrial        TM                         -----------
      and Office Realtors, Inc.    (Multi-Tenant Net Form)            /s/ BG
                                                                     -----------
<PAGE>



                                   CORPORATION



STATE OF WASHINGTON                 )
                                    ) ss.
COUNTY OF KING                      )

         On  this  21st day of March,  1995,  personally   appeared   before  me
                 -------      ---------
Jack Martin, to me known to be the General Partner of  West Willows  Assoc,  the
- -----------                        ---------------     -------------------
corporation  that executed the within and foregoing  instrument and acknowledged
that he signed the same as his free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and
    ----                  -----
purposes therein  mentioned and on oath stating that he is authorized to execute
                                                    ----
said instrument.

         Witness  my hand  and  seal  hereto  affixed  the day and  year in this
certificate above-written.


                                      /s/ Susan C. Lutzhe
                                      ------------------------------------------
          [Official                   NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the
            Seal]                     State of Washington, residing at


                                             Bellevue
                                      ------------------------------------------



STATE OF WASHINGTON                 )
                                    ) ss.
COUNTY OF KING                      )

         On this 22nd day of     March,  1995,  personally  appeared  before  me
                ------       ------------
   Bernard Gordon,   to  me known to be  the President of  Bernie's Bagels,  the
- --------------------                         ----------    ---------------
corporation  that executed the within and foregoing  instrument and acknowledged
that   he    signed the same as    his  free and voluntary act and deed, for the
     -------                    -------
uses and purposes therein mentioned and on oath stating that   he  is authorized
                                                             -----
to execute said instrument.

         Witness  my hand  and  seal  hereto  affixed  the day and  year in this
certificate above-written.


                                      /s/ Susan C. Lutzhe
                                      ------------------------------------------
          [Offical                    NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the
            Seal]                     State of Washington, residing at


                                             Bellevue
                                      ------------------------------------------



<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT "A"

        [Diagram of Floor Plan of 15413 N.E. 95th, Redmond, WA Warehouse]






                                                  /s/ JM
                                                  ------

                                                  /s/ BG
                                                  ------

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT "B"

                          [Diagram of Building Layout]







                                                  /s/ JM
                                                  ------

                                                  /s/ BG
                                                  ------

<PAGE>


                          EXHIBIT C-ADDITIONAL TERMS


This  Exhibit C is in  reference  to the  Industrial  Real  Estate  lease  dated
November  28, 1994 by and  between  West  Willows  Associates,  as Landlord  and
Bernies  Bagels,  as Tenant for the property  commonly known as Willows  Pacific
Business Park.

Section 1.12(A) Base Rent:
- --------------------------

     Months 1 through 5:                         $514.00 per month NNN
     Months 6 through 42:                        $7,514.00 per month NNN
     Months 43 through 84:                       $8,214.00 per month NNN

CLEAN UP: Tenant shall keep the premise in clean and orderly condition and shall
contain all machine cleaning and food waste within the building. Dumpsters shall
be kept closed and all food property disposed of.

TENANT  IMPROVEMENT  ALLOWANCE:  Landlord  shall  provide  a tenant  improvement
allowance of $30,000.00.

The  allowance  shall be  amortized  over seven (7) years at a rate of 11% -(the
amount is reflected in the rental rate shown above).

Landlord shall generally clean up the building  including  fixing the ceiling in
the warehouse and the door trim on back roll-up doors.

OPTION TO RENEW:  Provided  written  notice is given to the Landlord  sixty (60)
days in advance of the  expiration of this Lease and that Tenant has  faithfully
performed  hereunder,  Tenant  shall  have the right to extend  this Lease for a
period of five (5) years from the date of  expiration  hereof upon the terms and
conditions  as herein  contained  except that the Base Rent shall be adjusted to
$8,500.00 per month NNN.


Landlord Initials /s/ JM
                  -------

Tenant Initials /s/ BG
                ---------

<PAGE>
                         Legal Description of Property
                         -----------------------------

       A certain  tract of land  situated in King  County,  Washington  and more
particularly described as follows:

       LOT 3 AND AN  UNDIVIDED  ONE-QUARTER  INTEREST IN TRACT A, AS DESCIBED IN
       AND  DELINEATED  ON CITY OF REDMOND  LOT LINE  ADJUSTMENT  NO.  SS-84-26,
       RECORDED UNDER KING COUNTY RECORDING NO. 8504040313,  BEING A REVISION OF
       CITY OF  REDMOND  SHORT PLAT NO.  SS-79-7,  RECORDED  UNDER  KING  COUNTY
       RECORDING  NO.  8007090620,  AND  BEING A  PORTION  OF LOT 14 OF  WILLOWS
       INDUSTRIAL CENTER, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 103 OF PLATS,
       PAGES 2 THROUGH 5, INCLUSIVE, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON



                                      A-1

<PAGE>


                ASSIGNMENT OF AND CONSENT TO ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE



This  Assignment  of and Consent to Assignment of Lease is made on this 26th day
of December,  1997, between Benaroya Capital Company, LLC ("Lessor"),  successor
in interest to West Willows  Associates,  whose  address is 1004 Fourth  Avenue,
Suite 4700,  Seattle,  Washington  98154, and Bernie's Bagels,  whose address is
15413 N.E. 95th Street, Redmond, WA 98052 ("Assignor") and Oregon Baking Company
dba Marsee Baking,  whose address is 2287 N.W.  Pettygrove,  Portland,  OR 97296
("Assignee"), who agree as follows:

1.   RECITALS.  This Assignment of Lease is made with reference to the following
     facts and objectives:

     (a)  Lessor and  Assignor,  as Lessee,  entered into a written  Lease dated
          December 15, 1994 (the  "Lease"),  in which Lessor  leased to Assignor
          and  Assignor  leased  from  Lessor  Premises  located  in the city of
          Redmond,  County  of King,  Washington,  commonly  known as  Willows 1
          ("Building").

     (b)  Assignor desires to assign all of its right, title and interest in the
          Lease to Assignee ("Assignment").

     (c)  Lessor shall consent to the proposed  Assignment on the conditions set
          forth in this Assignment.

2.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF ASSIGNMENT.  The Assignment in this Agreement  shall take
     effect on January 1,  1998,  and  Assignor  shall  give  possession  of the
     Premises to Assignee on that date.

3.   ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION.  Assignor  assigns and transfers to Assignee all
     of its right,  title and interest in the Lease,  and  Assignee  accepts the
     Assignment and assumes and agrees to perform,  from the date the Assignment
     becomes effective,  as a direct obligation to Lessor, all of the provisions
     of the Lease and the Promissory  Note  representing  a Security  Deposit as
     referenced in Section 7 below.

4.   LESSOR'S CONSENT.  Lessor consents to the Assignment  without waiver of the
     restrictions in the Lease concerning further assignment or subleasing.

5.   ASSIGNOR'S  LIABILITY.  Assignor  shall  remain  primarily  liable  for the
     performance of the provisions and  obligations  under the Lease,  including
     without  limitation  all  obligations  existing  as of  the  date  of  this
     Agreement.

6.   DEFAULT OF LEASE: NOTICE TO ASSIGNOR.

     (a)  Notice to  Assignor.  Lessor  will send to  assignor  any  notices  of
          default that Lessor sends to Assignee.

     (b)  Right to Cure. If Assignee is in default of the Lease,  Assignor shall
          have the right to cure any  default of  Assignee on the same terms and
          conditions as contained in the Lease.

7.   PREPAID  RENT,  SECURITY  DEPOSITS  AND  LAST  MONTH'S  RENT.  The  parties
     acknowledge  that Lessor now holds a promissory  note payable by Lessee and
     guaranteed  by Bernard  Gordon,  individually,  in the amount of 57,260.00.
     This promissory note is intended to represent a security  deposit and is to
     be applied subject to the provisions of the Lease.

8.   MISCELLANEOUS.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     (a)  Attorneys'  Fees. If any party  commences an action against any of the
          parties arising out of or in connection with this Assignment of Lease,
          the prevailing  party or parties shall be entitled to recover from the
          losing party or parties  reasonable  attorney's fees and costs of suit
          at trial or on appeal.

     (b)  Notice.   Any   notice,   demand,   request,   consent,   approval  or
          communication  that any party  desires or is  required  to give to any
          other party or any other person shall be in writing and either  served
          personally or sent by facsimile copy with automatic confirmation.  Any
          notice,  demand,  request,  consent,  approval or  communication  that
          either  party  desires or is  required  to give to the party  shall be
          addressed  to  the  other  party  at  the  address  set  forth  in the
          introductory paragraph of this Assignment. Either party may change its
          address or facsimile number by notifying the other party of the change
          of the  address  in  writing.  Notice  shall  be  deemed  communicated
          immediately.

     (c)  Successors.  This  Assignment  shall be  binding  on and  inure to the
          benefit of the  parties  and their  successors,  except as provided in
          Section 9,  ASSIGNMENT and SUBLEASING of the Lease  Agreement  between
          Lessor and Assignor dated December 15, 1994.

9.   EXHIBITS TO ASSIGNMENT OF LEASE.

     (a)  Exhibit A - Lease dated December 15, 1994.


ASSIGNOR

/s/ B. Gordon                                  12-30-97
- -----------------------------------         --------------------------
By                                            Date

Pres.
- -----------------------------------
Its


LESSOR
  By: The Benaroya Company

/s/ Illegible                                  12-31-97
- -----------------------------------         --------------------------
By                                            Date
       Vice President
- -----------------------------------
Its


ASSIGNEE

Howard Wasserteil                              12/30/97
- -----------------------------------         --------------------------
By                                            Date
     Exec. V. P.
- -----------------------------------
Its  Marsee Baking

                                       2


<PAGE>


STATE OF WASHINGTON        )
                                   )ss.
COUNTY OF KING             )

         I  certify  that I know  or have  satisfactory  evidence  that  Marc G.
Nemirow  is the person who  appeared  before me, a Notary  Public in and for the
State of Washington duly commissioned and sworn, and acknowledged that he is the
Vice President of The Benaroya Company, a Washington  corporation,  who executed
the within and foregoing  instrument,  and acknowledged the instrument to be the
free and  voluntary  act and  deed of said  company  for the  uses and  purposes
therein mentioned, and on oath stated that affiant is authorized to execute said
instrument on behalf of said company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto sent my hand and affixed my official seal the
day and year first above written.

                                   /s/ Debbie B. Jones
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Notary  Public  in and for the
                                   State of Washington
[NOTARY SEAL]                              -------------------------------------
                                   residing at Shoreline
                                              ----------------------------------
                                   Commission expires 7-21-98
                                                     ---------------------------
                                   Print Name Debbie B. Jones
                                             -----------------------------------

STATE OF OR                )
                                  ) ss.
COUNTY OF Multnomah        )

     I certify that I know or have satisfactory  evidence that Howard Wasserteil
                                                               -----------------
is the person who  appeared  before me, a Notary  Public in and for the State of
Oregon  duly  commissioned  and sworn,  and acknowledged   that  he/she  is  the
Exec. V. P  , a,              who executed the within and foregoing  instrument,
- ------------    --------------
and  acknowledged  the  instrument  to be the  free  and voluntary act and  deed
of said company for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath  stated
that affiant is authorized to execute said instrument on behalf of said company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto sent my hand and affixed my official seal the
day and year first above written.

                                   /s/ Natasha Supina
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Notary  Public  in and for the
                                   State of OR
                                           -------------------------------------
                                   residing at U. S. Bank
                                              ----------------------------------
[NOTARY SEAL]                      Commission expires September 7, 1999
                                                     ---------------------------
                                   Print Name Natasha Supina
                                             -----------------------------------

                                       3
<PAGE>

STATE OF WA                )
                                ) ss.
COUNTY OF King             )

         I   certify   that  I  know  or   have   satisfactory   evidence   that
Bernie Gordon is the person who appeared  before me, a Notary Public in  and for
- --------------
the State of Washington  duly  commissioned  and sworn,  and  acknowledged  that
he/she  is  the  President    Bernies Bagels,  a,  who  executed the  within and
               ------------   --------------
foregoing  instrument,  and  acknowledged  the  instrument  to   be the free and
voluntary  act and  deed of  said  company  for  the  uses and  purposes therein
mentioned, and  on oath  stated  that  affiant  i s authorized  to  execute said
instrument on behalf of said company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have hereunto sent my hand and affixed my official seal the
day and year first above written.

                                   /s/ LaRayne B. Rieland
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Notary  Public  in and for the
                                   State of Washington
                                           -------------------------------------
                                   residing at Seattle WA
                                              ----------------------------------
                                   Commission expires 10/28/2001
                                                     ---------------------------
                                   Print Name LaRayne B. Rieland
                                             -----------------------------------

                                       4





                           INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT


         THIS INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of
January 9, 1998, by and among Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking (the
"Company"), and each purchaser of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock and
Series D Preferred Stock who executes a signature page to this Agreement
(individually, an `Investor" and collectively, the "Investors").


         The parties hereby agree as follows:

1.       GENERAL

           1.1 DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms will
have the following respective meanings:

               (a) "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph
hereof.

               (b) "Company" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.

               (c) "Equity Securities" means (i) any Common Stock, Preferred
Stock or other
security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible, with or without
consideration, into any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the
Company (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii)
any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any
Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company or (iv) any such
warrant or right.

               (d) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

               (e) "Holder" means any person owning of record Registrable
Securities or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in
accordance with section 2.9 hereof.

               (f) "Initial Offering" means the Company's first firm commitment
underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities
Act.

               (g) "Initiating Holders" means the Holders of at least 20% of the
Registrable Securities then outstanding.

               (h) "Investor" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.

               (i) "Qualified Public Offering" means a public offering of equity
securities of the Company having an aggregate offering price to the public in
excess of $7,500,000.


                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

               (j) "Register," "registered" and "registration" refer to a
registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in
compliance with the Securities Act and the declaration or ordering of
effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

               (k) "Registrable Securities" means (i) Common Stock of the
Company issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares; and (ii) any Common
Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of
any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other
distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such
above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable
Securities will not include any securities sold by a person to the public either
pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or sold in a private
transaction in which the transferor's rights under Section 2 of this Agreement
are not assigned.

               (l) "Registrable Securities then outstanding" means the number of
shares determined by calculating the total number of shares of the Company's
Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (i) are then issued and
outstanding or (ii) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible
securities.

               (m) "Registration Expenses" means all expenses incurred by the
Company in complying with Sections 2.2 and 2.3, including, without limitation,
all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any
special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding
the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which will be paid in any
event by the Company).

               (n) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

               (o) "Selling Expenses" means all underwriting discounts and
selling commissions applicable to the sale.

               (p) "Shares" means the Company's Series C Preferred Stock and/or
Series D Preferred Stock sold to an Investor.

               (q) "Form S-3" means such form under the Securities Act as in
effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the
Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or
incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed
by the Company with the SEC.

               (r) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

               (s) "Violation" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a) of
this Agreement.


                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

2.       REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

           2.1 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

               (a) No Holder will make any disposition of all or any portion of
the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

               (1) There is then in effect a registration statement under the
Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made
in accordance with such registration statement; or

               (2) (a) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by this
Section 2.1, (b) such Holder has notified the Company of the proposed
disposition and has furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the
circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (c) if reasonably
requested by the Company, such Holder has furnished the Company with an opinion
of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will
not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act.

               (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 2.1(a)(1) and
2.1(a)(2), no such registration statement or opinion of counsel will be
necessary for a transfer by a Holder that is (a) a partnership to its partners
or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (b) a corporation
to its shareholders in accordance with their interests in the corporation, (c) a
limited liability company to its members or former members in accordance with
their interests in the limited liability company, or (d) to a Holder's family
member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or a Holder's family
member or members, provided that the transferee will be subject to the terms of
this Section 2.1 to the same extent as if he, she or it were an original Holder
hereunder.

               (b) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable
Securities will be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially
similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable
state securities laws):

                   THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
                   UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE
                   OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR
                   HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR
                   UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
                   REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT
                   SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

               (c) The Company will reissue promptly unlegended certificates at
the request of any holder thereof if the holder has obtained an opinion of
counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to
the Company to the effect that the securities represented by such certificate,


                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 3

<PAGE>

may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification or legend.

               (d) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable
state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such
securities will be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the
appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

         2.2 PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION

               (a) The Company will notify all Holders of Registrable Securities
in writing at least 30 days prior to the filing of any registration statement
under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the
Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to
secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration
statements relating to employee benefit plans or with respect to corporate
reorganizations or other business combination or acquisition transactions under
Rule 145 of the Securities Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor
rule thereto) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such
registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such
Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all
or any part of the Registrable Securities (in the case of a Holder) held by it
will, within 15 days after the above-described notice from the Company, so
notify the Company in writing. Such notice will state the intended method of
disposition of the securities by such person. If a Holder decides not to include
all such securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the
Company, such person will nevertheless continue to have the right to include any
such securities in any subsequent such registration statement or registration
statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings or its
securities, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

               (b) If the registration statement under which the Company gives
notice under this Section 2.2 is for an underwritten offering, the Company will
so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities as a part of such notice. In
such event, the right of any Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to
this Section 2.2 will be conditioned upon Holder's participation in such
underwriting and the inclusion of such person's securities as described above in
the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All such persons proposing to
distribute their securities through such underwriting will enter into an
underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters
selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that
marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be
underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting will
be allocated on a pro rata basis based upon the number of shares entitled to be
included in such registration between the Holders and any other shareholders to
whom the Company hereinafter grants such registration rights. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in no event will the amount of securities of the selling holders
included in the registration be reduced below 20% of the total amount of
securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial
Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling



                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>

shareholders, in which event any or all of the securities of Holders may be
excluded in accordance with the advice of the Company's underwriters.

               (c) The Company will have the right to terminate or withdraw any
registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness
of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities
in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration
will be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.4.

2.3      FORM S-3 REGISTRATION

               (a) If the Company receives a written request from the Initiating
Holders that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 under the
Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities having an
aggregate offering price to the public in excess of $1,000,000, then the Company
will, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request
to all other Holders and effect, as soon as practicable, the registration on
Form S-3 under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders
request to be registered.

               (b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the
Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting,
they will so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this
Section 2.3 and the Company will include such information in the written notice
referred to in Section 2.3(a). In such event, the right of any Holder to include
its Registrable Securities in such registration will be conditioned upon such
Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's
Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by
a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent
provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through
such underwriting will enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form
with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the
Company (which underwriter or underwriters will be reasonably acceptable to a
majority in interest of the Initiating Holders). Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Section 2.3, if the underwriter advises the Company that
marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be
underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company will so advise
all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten
pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the
underwriting will be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on
a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such
Holders (including the Initiating Holders). Any Registrable Securities excluded
or withdrawn from such underwriting will be withdrawn from the registration.

               (c) The Company will not be required to effect more than one (1)
registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 per any twelve (12) month period  or 
if:

               (1) Form S-3 (or any similar form) is not available for such
offering by the Holders, or


                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 5

<PAGE>

               (2) the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by
the Board of Directors stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and
its shareholders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which
event the Company will have the right to defer such filing for a period of not
more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders;
provided that such right to delay a request will be exercised by the Company nor
more than once in any one-year period.

           2.4 EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION. Except as specifically provided in this
Agreement, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any
registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3 will be
borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any
registrations hereunder will be borne by the holders of the securities so
registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The
Company will not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration
proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.3, the request of which has been
subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless the withdrawal is based
upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating
Holders were not aware at the time of such request. If the Holders are required
to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses will be borne by the holders of
securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in
proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested.

           2.5 OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY. Whenever required to effect the
registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company will, as soon as
practicable:

           (a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with
respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause
such registration statement to become effective and keep such registration
statement effective for up to 120 days or, if earlier, until the participating
Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto.

           (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to
such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such
registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the
Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such
registration statement.

           (c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, in
conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents
as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of
Registrable Securities owned by them.

           (d) Use all reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities
covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky
laws of such jurisdictions as will be reasonably requested by the Holders.


                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 6

<PAGE>

           (e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and
perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary
form, with the managing underwriter or underwriters of such offering. Each
Holder participating in such underwriting will also enter into and perform its
obligations under such an agreement.

           (f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such
registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is
required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event
as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as
then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading.

           (g) Furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are
delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold
through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through
underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such
securities becomes effective, (1) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the
counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration in form
and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public
offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders
requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the
Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (2) a letter,
dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants to the
Company, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an
underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in
interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters,
if any, and if permitted by applicable accounting standards, to the Holders
requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

           2.6 TERMINATION OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. All registration rights
granted under this Section 2 will terminate and be of no further force and
effect three years after the closing of the Company's Initial Offering. In
addition, a Holder's registration rights will expire if (a) the Company has
completed its Initial Offering and is subject to the provisions of the Exchange
Act and (b) all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with its
affiliates, partners and former partners) may be sold under Rule 144 during any
91-day period.

           2.7 DELAY OF REGISTRATION; FURNISHING INFORMATION

               (a) No Holder will have any right to obtain or seek an injunction
restraining or otherwise delaying any registration hereunder as the result of
any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or
implementation of this Section 2.

               (b) It will be a condition precedent to the obligations of the
Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2.2 or 2.3 that the selling
Holders will furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the
Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of
such securities as will be requested by the Company and required to effect the
registration of such Holder's Registrable Securities.


                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 7

<PAGE>

         2.8 INDEMNIFICATION. In the event any Registrable Securities are
included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2 or 2.3:

               (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify
and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, shareholders, officers, directors
and legal counsel of such Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities
Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against
any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of
such persons may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
of the following statements, omissions or violations (individually a
"Violation") by the Company: (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including
any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any
amendments or supplements thereto; (2) the omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, not misleading; or (3) any violation of any rule or
regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state
securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration
statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner,
shareholder, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal
or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating
or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,
however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) will not
apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability
or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company,
which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, nor will the Company be liable
in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the
extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for
use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer,
director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

               (b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if
Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to
which such registration is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the
Company, each of its directors, officers and legal counsel, any underwriter (as
defined in the Securities Act) for the Company and each person, if any, who
controls the Company or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act,
and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement, any
of such of the Holder's partners, shareholders, directors, officers, or legal
counsel, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder or
any person who controls such Holder or underwriter, against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of such persons may
become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or
state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation by the Company, in
each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such violation occurs in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such
Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be
specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder
will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any such



                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 8
<PAGE>

person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a
Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this
Section 2.8(b) will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the
consent of the Holder, which consent will not be unreasonably withhold; provided
further, that in no event will any indemnity under this Section 2.8(b) exceed
the net proceeds from the offering received by the indemnifying Holder.

               (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any
governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof
is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to
the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the
indemnifying party will have the right to participate in and, to the extent the
indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually
satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party will
have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid
by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the
counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual
or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other
party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver
written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the
commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to
defend such action, will relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the
indemnified party under this Section 2.8, but the omission so to deliver written
notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it
may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

               (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is
held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified
party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to
herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party
thereunder, will to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the
amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss,
claim, damage, or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified
party on the other in connection with the Violation or Violations that resulted
in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of
the indemnified party will be determined by a court of law by reference to,
among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by
the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission; provided, that in no event will any contribution by
a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such
Holder.

               (e) The obligations of the Company and the Holders under this
Section 2.8 will survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in
a registration statement. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such



                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                          Page 9

<PAGE>

claim or litigation, will, except with the consent of each indemnified party,
consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not
include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff
to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such
claim or litigation.

               (f) The obligations of the Holders under this section 2.8 are
several and not joint.

         2.9 ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. The rights to cause the Company
to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by
a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities that (a) is a
subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, or retired partner of a
Holder, provided the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of
this Agreement to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Holder
hereunder, (b) is a Holder's family member or trust for the benefit of an
individual Holder or a Holder's family member of members, or (c) acquires at
least 10,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and
combinations); provided, however, that the transferor will, within 10 days after
such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of
such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such
registration rights are being assigned and such transferee will agree to be
subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

         2.10 AMENDMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. Any provision of this Section 2
may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in
a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the
written consent of the Company and the Holders of a majority of the Registrable
Securities. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section
2.10 will be binding upon each Holder and Company.

         2.11 "MARKET STAND-OFF" AGREEMENTS. If requested by the Company or the
representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the
Company, each Holder will not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any
Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other
than those included in the registration) for a period specified by
representative of the underwriters not to exceed 180 days following the
effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the
Securities Act; provided that the obligations described in this Section 2.11
will not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or a
registration relating solely to a SEC Rule 145 transaction. The Company may
impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or
other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said
period.

         2.12 RULE 144 REPORTING. With a view to making available to the Holders
the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the
sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the
Company will:


                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                         Page 10

<PAGE>

               (a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms
are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule
promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of
the first registration for an offering of its securities to the general public;

               (b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other
documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act;

               (c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish
to such Holder promptly upon request: a written statement by the Company as to
its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the
Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject
to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly
report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may
reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC
allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

3.       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

           3.1 BASIC FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND REPORTING

               (a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account
in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions
pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and will set
aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as will be required
under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

               (b) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of
the Company, and in any event within 90 days thereafter, the Company will
furnish each Investor an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at
the end of such fiscal year, and audited consolidated statements of income, cash
flows and shareholders' equity of the Company for such year, all prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements will be
accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants
selected by the Company's Board of Directors.

               (c) The Company will furnish each Investor, as soon as
practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting
periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 30 days
thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each
such quarterly period and consolidated statements of income, cash flows and
stockholders' equity of the Company for the same period, and a consolidated
balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such current fiscal year to
date and consolidated statements of income cash flows and stockholders' equity
of the Company for the same period, prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied, with the exception that no



                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                         Page 11

<PAGE>

notes need to be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments need
not have been made.

           3.2 RESERVATION OF COMMON STOCK. The Company will at all times
reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion
of the Series C and Series D Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from
time to time upon such conversion.

           3.3 TERMINATION OF COVENANTS. All covenants of the Company contained
in Section 3 will expire and terminate at the same time as the Registration
Rights terminate under Section 2.6.

4.  RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

           4.1 SUBSEQUENT OFFERINGS BY THE COMPANY. Subject to the terms and
conditions specified in this Section 4.1, the Company hereby grants to the
Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of
its First Offer Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section
4.1, Investor includes any general partners and affiliates of Investor. Investor
shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among
itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems
appropriate. Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or
securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its
capital stock ("First Offer Shares"), the Company shall first make an offering
of such First Offer Shares to the Investor in accordance with the following
provisions:

               (a) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail
("Notice") to the Investor stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such
Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and
terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

               (b) Within 20 calendar days after giving of the Notice, the
Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms
specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the
proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock held by or issuable to
Investor upon conversion of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series
D Preferred Stock then held by such Investor bears to the total number of shares
of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and
exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities) issued and held.

               (c) If all Shares referred to in the Notice which Investor is
entitled to obtain pursuant to subsection 4.1(b) are not elected to be obtained
as provided in such subsection, the Company may, during the 120-day period
following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 4.1(b) hereof,
offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Shares to any person or persons
at a price not less than and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree, than
as specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for
the sale of the Shares within such 120-day period, or if such agreement is not
consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided
hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered
unless first reoffered to the subscriber in accordance herewith.


                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                         Page 12

<PAGE>

               (d) The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be
applicable (i) to the issuance or sale of shares of common stock (or options
therefor) to directors, employees or consultants under any stock issuance or
option plan now in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company for the primary
purpose of soliciting or retaining their services, (ii) to or after consummation
of bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock,
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at an offering price of
at least $10.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend,
combination or other recapitalization) and $7,500,000 in the aggregate, (iii)
the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible
or exercisable securities, (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a
bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger,
consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise; (v) any
shares of the Company's capital stock or warrants to purchase such shares issued
pursuant to any equipment leasing arrangement, or banking financing; (vi) shares
of the Company's Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued in connection with
strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including joint
ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements; provided that
such strategic transactions and the issuance of shares therein has been approved
by the Company's Board of Directors; or (vii) sale of shares, or warrants to
purchase shares of up to 105,000 of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock at a
purchase or exercise price not less than $4.00 per share.

               (e) AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. The rights of the Investor under
Section 4.1 may be amended and the observance of any term of such rights may be
waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively), (i) with the written consent of the Company and the Investor, or
(ii) with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of
the shares of Common Stock that have been issued or shall be issuable upon
conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock
(whether or not such shares are sold of the date hereof). Any amendment or
waiver effected in accordance with item (ii) above shall be binding upon each
Investor even though such Investor was not party to such consent.

5.  MISCELLANEOUS

           5.1 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed
under the laws of the State of Oregon as applied to agreements among Oregon
residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Oregon. The Company
and each Investor hereby consent to jurisdiction and venue in any state court or
federal court located in Multnomah County, Oregon in the event suit is brought
for the interpretation or enforcement of any provision of this Agreement.
Jurisdiction and venue in Multnomah County, Oregon shall be exclusive with
respect to any disputes arising out of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, except for actions for the enforcement of judgments.

           5.2 SURVIVAL. The representations, warranties, covenants and
agreements made herein will survive any investigation made by any Holder and the
closing of the transactions contemplated hereby. All statements as to factual



                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                         Page 13

<PAGE>

matters contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on
behalf of the Company pursuant hereto in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby will be deemed to be representations and warranties by the
Company solely as of the date of such certificate or instrument.

           5.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, the provisions hereof will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon,
the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties
hereto and will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who is
a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however, that
prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer
of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the
transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of
such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for
all purposes.

           5.4 SEVERABILITY. In case any provisions of the Agreement is invalid,
illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions will not in any be affected or impaired thereby.

           5.5 AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

               (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement only
may be amended or modified upon the written consent of the Company and the
Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities and only with such requisite
consent.

               (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided, any obligation of the
Company and any right of the Holders under this Agreement only may be waived, in
whole or in part, with the written consent of the Company and the Holders of a
majority of the Registrable Securities.

               (c) Any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 5.5
shall be effective against all Investors even though one or more of such
Investors may not have agreed to such amendment or waiver.

               (d) The parties acknowledge that the Company intends to sell
shares of its Series C Preferred Stock after the date hereof and that any person
who hereinafter purchases shares of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock may,
at such person's sole election, become a party to this Agreement, and that the
addition of such parties to this Agreement shall not be considered an amendment
of this Agreement requiring the consent of the parties hereto.

           5.6 DELAYS OR OMISSIONS. No delay or omission to exercise any right,
power or remedy accruing to any Holder upon any breach, default or noncompliance
of the Company under this Agreement will impair any such right, power or remedy,
nor will it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or
noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or
noncompliance thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of
any kind or character on any Holder's part of any breach, default, or
noncompliance under this Agreement must be in writing and will be effective only



                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                         Page 14

<PAGE>

to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under
this Agreement, by law or otherwise afforded to Holders, will be cumulative and
not alternative.

               5.7 NOTICES. All notices required or permitted hereunder will be
in writing and will be deemed effectively given: (1) upon personal delivery to
the party to be notified, (2) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent
during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business
day, (3) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (4) one day after deposit with a
nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with
written verification of receipt. All communications will be sent to the party to
be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or at such
other address as such party may designate by 10 days' advance written notice to
the other parties hereto.

               5.8 ATTORNEYS' FEES. In the event that any dispute among the
parties to this Agreement should result in litigation, the prevailing party in
such dispute will be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs
and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with
respect to this Agreement including, without limitation, reasonable fees and
expenses of attorneys and accountants, which will include, without limitation,
all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

               5.9 TITLES AND SUBTITLES. The titles of the sections and
subsections of this Agreement are for convenience or reference only and are not
to be considered in construing this Agreement.

               5.10 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which together
will constitute one instrument.

               5.11 FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each party to this Agreement shall do
and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things
and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates,
instruments or documents as any other party may reasonably request from time to
time in order to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement. No party
to this Agreement shall voluntarily undertake any course of action inconsistent
with satisfaction of the requirements applicable to them set forth in such
instruments and documents, and each party shall promptly do all such acts and
take all such measures as may be appropriate to enable them to perform as early
as practicable the obligations herein and therein required to be performed by
them.

               5.12 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the Purchase Agreement
constitute the entire agreement among the parties and no party shall be liable
or bound to any other party in any manner by an warranties, representations, or
covenants except as specifically set forth in this Agreement or the Purchase
Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer
upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or
by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.


                                                      INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
                                                                         Page 15

<PAGE>

         The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth in
the first paragraph hereof.

                                     OREGON BAKING COMPANY, dba
                                     MARSEE BAKING

                                     By: /s/ Brad Barnett
                                        --------------------------------------
                                     Its: ------------------------------------

                                     Address:
                                             --------------------------------

                                             ---------------------------------
                                 





                                     /s/ Joseph F. Tanous
                                     ------------------------------------
                                     Joseph F. Tanous


                                     Address:
                                              ---------------------------

                                     ------------------------------------


                                     /s/ John Durbetaki
                                     ------------------------------------
                                     John Durbetaki


                                     Address: 37425 SW Laurelwood Rd
                                              --------------------------
                                              Gaston OR 97119
                                     ------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                     INVESTORS


                                     /s/ Gary Holmes
                                     ------------------------------------
                                     GARY HOLMES


                                     Address:
                                              ---------------------------

                                     ------------------------------------


                                     /s/ Ray Zimmerman
                                     ------------------------------------
                                     RAYMOND ZIMMERMAN


                                     Address:
                                              ---------------------------

                                     ------------------------------------

                                     ROITENBERG INVESTMENTS, INC.

                                     By: /s/ Harold Roitenberg 
                                        ---------------------------------

                                     Its: President
                                         --------------------------------

                                     Address: Suite 1065
                                             ----------------------------
                                     5500 Wayzata Boulevard
                                     ------------------------------------
                                     Minneapolis, MN 55416
                                     ------------------------------------

                                     BERNIE'S BAGELS, INC., a Washington
                                     corporation

                                     By: /s/ Bernie Gordon
                                        ---------------------------------

                                     Its: Co-President
                                         --------------------------------

                                     Address:
                                              ---------------------------

                                     ------------------------------------

<PAGE>

     
                     AMENDMENT TO INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT

         This Amendment is made effective as of the 11th day of September, 1998,
by and among Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking (the "Company"), and
certain holders of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred
Stock who together hold a majority of the Series C and Series D Preferred Stock
outstanding on the date hereof (the "Majority Investors").

                                    RECITALS

         A.   The Company and the Majority Investors, and certain other
              investors (the "Other Investors") are parties to that certain
              Investors Rights Agreement dated January 9, 1998 (the
              "Agreement").

         B.   The Company and the Majority Investors desire to amend the final
              sentence of Section 4.1(d) of the Agreement (Rights of First
              Refusal upon Subsequent Offerings by the Company), in order to
              effect the following: (i) the repricing of the Company's Series C
              Preferred Stock to $32.50 per share from $40.00 per share, (ii)
              the increase the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock
              approved for issuance from 105,000 to 168,000 shares, and (iii) to
              exempt from application of the right of first refusal issuances of
              shares of the Company's Common Stock to shareholders of the
              Company who make loans to the Company or guarantee the Company's
              debts.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, provisions and the
respective agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as
follows:

         1. Section 4.1(d) of the Agreement is hereby restated in its entirety
to read:

                  (d) The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be
applicable (i) to the issuance or sale of shares of common stock (or options
therefor) to directors, employees or consultants under any stock issuance or
option plan now in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company for the primary
purpose of soliciting or retaining their services, (ii) to or after consummation
of bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock,
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at an offering price of
at least $10.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend,
combination or other recapitalization) and $7,500,000 in the aggregate, (iii)
the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible
or exercisable securities, (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a
bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger,
consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise; (v) any
shares of the Company's capital stock or warrants to purchase such shares issued
pursuant to any equipment leasing arrangement, or banking financing; (vi) shares
of the Company's Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued in connection with
strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including joint
ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements; provided that
such strategic transactions and the issuance of shares therein has been approved

<PAGE>

by the Company's Board of Directors; (vii) sale of shares, or warrants to
purchase shares, of up to 168,000 the Company's Series C Preferred Stock at a
purchase or exercise price not less than $32.50 per share; or (viii) the
issuance of shares of the Company's Common Stock or options therefor to
shareholders of the Company who make loans to the Company or guarantee the
Company's debts.

         2. This Amendment shall be effective as to all prior issuances that
would have been excluded from the Investors' Right of First Refusal under
section 4.1(d) of the Agreement, had the amended provision been in effect at the
time of such issuance.

         3. This Amendment shall be effective as to the Majority Investors and
the Other Investors even though the Other Investors did not they execute this
Amendment, pursuant to Section 4.1(e) of the Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the
date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

                                             OREGON BAKING COMPANY, dba
                                             MARSEE BAKING

                                             By: /s/ Howard Wasserteil
                                                 -------------------------------
                                             Its: Exec VP/Secretary
                                                  ------------------------------

                                             Address:
                                                      --------------------------
                                                  2287 NW Pettygrove
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                  Portland, OR  97210
                                             -----------------------------------

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the
date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

         INVESTOR:                           /s/  Joseph Tanous
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Joseph Tanous


         INVESTOR:                           /s/ John Durbetaki
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             John Durbetaki


         INVESTOR:                           /s/ Gary S. Holmes
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Gary Holmes


         INVESTOR:                           /s/ Ray Zimmerman
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Raymond Zimmerman



         INVESTOR:                           /s/ Harold Roitenberg
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Harold Roitenberg




                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                              (d/b/a MARSEE BAKING)

                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT


         This Indemnification Agreement (this "Agreement") is entered into as of
the __ day of ______________________ by and between Oregon Baking Company, d/b/a
Marsee Baking, an Oregon corporation (the "Company") and the indemnitees listed
on the signature pages hereto (individually, as "Indemnitee" and collectively,
the "Indemnitees").

                                    RECITALS

         It is essential to the Company to attract and retain as directors and
officers of the Company the most capable persons available and persons who have
significant experience in business, corporate and financial matters.

         The Company has identified the Indemnitees as persons possessing the
requisite background and abilities and desires him to serve as an officer or as
a member of its Board of Directors.

         The substantial increase in corporate litigation may, from time to
time, subject directors and officers to burdensome litigation, the risks of
which frequently outweigh the advantages of serving in such capacity.

         The cost of directors' and officers' liability insurance has increased
significantly, and the availability of such insurance has been severely limited.

         The Company and Indemnitees recognize that serving as a director and/or
officer of a corporation at times calls for subjective evaluations and judgments
upon which reasonable persons may differ and that, in that context, it is
anticipated and expected that directors and officers of corporations will and do
from time to time commit actual or alleged errors or omissions in the good faith
exercise of their corporate duties and responsibilities.

         In accordance with what is now and has always been the express policy
of the Company the Company wishes to provide, in contractual form, for such
indemnification and for the advancing of expenses to Indemnitees to the maximum
extent permitted by law.

         In view of the considerations set forth above, the Corporation and each
Indemnitee agree as follows:


                                                   Indemnification Agreement - 1
<PAGE>

1.       AGREEMENT TO SERVE.

         The Indemnitee shall serve as a director and/or officer of the
Corporation for so long as the Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until
such time as the Indemnitee tenders a resignation in writing.

2.       DEFINITIONS.

         As used in this Agreement:

         (a) The term "Proceeding" shall include any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the
Corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative nature, in which the Indemnitee may be or may have been involved
as a party, witness or otherwise, by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is
or was a director and/or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether or
not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred
for which exculpation, indemnification or reimbursement can be provided under
this Agreement.

         (b) The term "Expenses" includes, without limitation, expense of
investigations, judicial or administrative proceedings or appeals, amounts paid
in settlement by the Indemnitee, attorney, accountant and other professional
fees and disbursements and any expenses of establishing a right to
indemnification under Section 8 of this Agreement, but shall not include the
amount of judgments or fines against the Indemnitee.

         (c) References to "other enterprise" shall include, without limitation,
employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise tax
assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to "serving at
the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a director,
officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or
involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to
an employee benefit plan, its participants, or its beneficiaries; and a person
who acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in the
interest of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner
"not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this
Agreement.

3.       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

         (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee shall not
be subject to loss, liability, expense or damage of any kind or nature
whatsoever in respect of the Indemnitee's errors or omissions (or alleged errors
or omissions) in serving the Corporation or its shareholders so long as (i) the
Indemnitee shall act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believes
not to be opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and (ii) such errors
or omissions, if any, are not shown by clear and convincing evidence to have
involved:


                                                   Indemnification Agreement - 2
<PAGE>

          (i)   a breach of the Indemnitee's duty of loyalty;

          (ii)  acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
                misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

          (iii) any act from which the Indemnitee derives improper  personal
                benefit; or

          (iv)  the unlawful payment of dividends or the unlawful repurchase of
                stock.

         (b) Without limiting the generality of (a) above and to the fullest
extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee shall have no personal liability to the
Corporation, its shareholders or any other person claiming derivatively through
the Corporation, regardless of the theory or principle under which such
liability may be asserted, for:

          (i)   punitive, exemplary or consequential damages;

          (ii)  treble or other damages computed based upon any multiple of
                damages actually and directly proved to have been sustained;

          (iii) fees of attorneys, accountants, expert witnesses or professional
                consultants; or

          (iv)  civil fines or penalties of any kind or nature whatsoever.

4.       INDEMNITY IN THIRD-PARTY PROCEEDINGS.

         To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall indemnify
the Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if the
Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding
(other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a
judgment in its favor), against all Expenses, judgments and fines actually and
reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, if the
Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation and, in
the case of a criminal proceeding, in addition, had no reasonable cause to
believe that the Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any such
Proceeding by judgment, order of court, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of
nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption
that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the
Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Corporation,
and with respect to any criminal proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable
cause to believe that the Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful.

5. INDEMNITY IN PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

         The Corporation shall indemnify the Indemnitee in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 5 if the Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be
made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure
a judgment in its favor, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred


                                                   Indemnification Agreement - 3
<PAGE>

by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such
Proceeding, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which the
Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Corporation.

6.       INDEMNIFICATION OF EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY.

         Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent
that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, in defense
of any Proceeding or in defense of any action without prejudice, the Indemnitee
shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

7.       ADVANCES OF EXPENSES.

         The Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 9
in any Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
disposition of the Proceeding at the written request of the Indemnitee, if the
Indemnitee shall undertake to repay such amount to the extent that it is
ultimately determined by a court that the Indemnitee is not entitled to
indemnification. Such advance shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee's
ability to repay such Expenses. The Corporation is expressly authorized to
establish a trust, escrow account or other secured funding source for the
payment of advances made and to be made pursuant to this Section 7 or of
Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 9 in any
Proceeding.

8.       RIGHT OF THE INDEMNITEE TO INDEMNIFICATION UPON APPLICATION.

         Any indemnification or advance under Sections 4, 5, 7 or 9 shall be
made no later than 45 days after receipt of the written request of the
Indemnitee, unless a determination is made within such 45-day period by (a) the
Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who
were not parties to the applicable Proceeding, or (b) independent legal counsel
in a written opinion (which counsel shall be appointed if such a quorum is not
obtainable), that the Indemnitee has not met the relevant standards for
indemnification set forth in Sections 4, 5 or 9 or that an exclusion set forth
in Section 10 is applicable.

         The right to indemnification or advances as provided by this Agreement
shall be enforceable by the Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction.
The burden of proving by clear and convincing evidence that indemnification or
advances are not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of
the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or independent legal counsel)
to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that
indemnification or advances are proper in the circumstances because the
Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct nor an actual
determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or
independent legal counsel) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable
standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption
that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The
Indemnitee's expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing the
Indemnitee's right to indemnification or advances, in whole or in part, in any
Proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.


                                                   Indemnification Agreement - 4
<PAGE>

9.       ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION.

         (a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Section 4 or 5, the Corporation
shall indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 9(a) if the Indemnitee is a party
to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by
or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) involving
a claim against the Indemnitee for breach of fiduciary duty by the Indemnitee,
against any judgments and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the
Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, except that the Corporation shall
not make any indemnity under this Section 9(a):

           (i)    on account of the Indemnitee's conduct that constitutes a 
                  breach of the Indemnitee's duty of loyalty to the Corporation
                  or its shareholders;

           (ii)   on account of the Indemnitee's acts or omissions not in good 
                  faith, intentional misconduct, knowing violations of law, 
                  fraud or deliberately dishonest conduct; or

           (iii)   if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the 
                   matter determines that such indemnification is unlawful.

         (b) Notwithstanding any limitation in Section 4, 5 or 9(a), the
Corporation shall indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding
against Expenses, judgments and fines to the fullest extent permitted by the
Act, including the nonexclusivity provision of ORS 670.414 and including any
amendments to the Act adopted after the date hereof that may increase the extent
to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

         (c) The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may be entitled under the
Articles, the Bylaws, any other agreement, any vote of shareholders or
directors, the Act, or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee's official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The
indemnification under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even
though the Indemnitee may have ceased to be a director or officer and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, and personal
representatives of the Indemnitee.

10.      INDEMNITY EXCLUSIONS.

         Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement other than Section 6,
the Corporation shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any
indemnification or advances in connection with any claim made against the
Indemnitee:

         (a) for which payment is required to be made to or on behalf of the
Indemnitee under any insurance policy, except with respect to any excess amount


                                                   Indemnification Agreement - 5
<PAGE>

to which the Indemnitee is entitled under this Agreement beyond the amount of
payment under such insurance policy; or

         (b) with respect to a transaction in which the Indemnitee received an
improper personal benefit; or

         (c) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale by the
Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 16(b)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar
provision of any state statutory law or common law.

11.      PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION.

         If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provisions of this Agreement to
indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the Expenses,
judgments ad fines actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in the
investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding, but not however,
for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify the
Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, judgments or fines to which the
Indemnitee is entitled.

12.      SUBROGATION.

         In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be
subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the
director or officer. The director or officer shall execute all documents
required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and
to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.


         13.      SEVERABILITY.

         If this Agreement or any portion thereof shall be invalidated on any
ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall
nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee as to Expenses, judgments and fines with
respect to any Proceeding to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion
of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated or by any other
applicable law.

         14.       NOTICE.

         The Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to the Indemnitee's
right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give to the Corporation notice in
writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against the Indemnitee for
which indemnity will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the
Corporation shall be directed to the Corporation at its principal business
office or such other address as the Corporation shall designate in writing to
the Indemnitee. Notice shall be deemed received three days after the date
postmarked if sent by prepaid mail, properly addressed. In addition, the


                                                   Indemnification Agreement - 6
<PAGE>

Indemnitee shall give the Corporation such information and cooperation as it may
reasonably require and as shall be within the Indemnitee's power.

         15.      APPLICABLE LAW.

         This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the internal laws of the state of Oregon without regard to the principles of
conflict of laws.

         16.      SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

         This Agreement shall be binding upon the Corporation and its successors
and assigns.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and signed as of the day and year first above written.


INDEMNITEE                                 OREGON BAKING COMPANY



                                              By:                         
- ------------------------                        --------------------------







                        SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE


                  The parties to this Agreement are Brad Barnett ("Barnett") and
Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking, an Oregon corporation ("Marsee").


                                    RECITALS:


                  Barnett has resigned his employment as a President with
Marsee.

                  Barnett and Marsee have agreed upon various terms and
conditions relating to Barnett's separation from Marsee as set forth in this
Agreement.

                  Barnett and Marsee have agreed upon a Nondisclosure,
Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation Agreement effective the same date hereof.

                  THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth
herein, the parties agree as follows:


                                   AGREEMENT:


                  1. EMPLOYMENT SEPARATION. Barnett has delivered, and Marsee
has accepted, Barnett's resignation as an employee of Marsee effective as of
12:00 midnight, December 31, 1998 ("Separation Date").

                  2. RESIGNATION. Effective February 9, 1999, Barnett
acknowledges that he resigned from his director position with Marsee. Further,
Barnett acknowledges and confirms that, effective December 31, 1998, he resigned
from his position as Marsee's President and any other officer position he may
have held.

                  3. PAYMENT. Barnett acknowledges that he has received payment
in full for all salary and benefits to which he is entitled through the
Separation Date. Marsee will continue to pay Barnett as separation pay his
semi-monthly salary of $5,208.33 in accordance with Marsee's standard payroll
schedule and procedure until the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the
completion of the six month period following the Separation Date or (ii) the
date Barnett commences a full time employment relationship. Marsee will withhold
taxes and other withholdings on his separation payments in accordance with all
applicable local, state and federal laws.

                  4. BENEFITS. Marsee shall pay Barnett two weeks of accrued,
unused vacation for 1998, such payment to be made at the time of Barnett's
January 20, 1999 separation payment. At Barnett's expense, Marsee shall continue


                                                Separation Agreement and Release
                                                                          Page 1

<PAGE>

Barnett's group health insurance coverage, outside of COBRA, for six months
beginning in January 1999 and continuing through June 1999. Beginning with July
1999, Barnett shall be responsible for his own COBRA payments for any remaining
period of COBRA eligibility.

                  5. NEW STOCK OPTION. Seven days after executing this
Agreement, Barnett shall receive a nonqualified stock option to purchase up to
60,000 shares of Marsee's Common Stock at $1.00 per share (the "Stock Option")
subject to the standard terms and conditions of Marsee's 1998 Nonqualified Stock
Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement (and related Stock Purchase Agreement).
Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Stock Option Plan, Stock
Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement, the Stock Option shall be fully
vested and exercisable at any time until the expiration of the term as provided
in the Stock Option Agreement (i.e., 36 months from the Separation Date).

                  6. "MARKET STAND-OFF" AGREEMENTS. Barnett agrees that he will
not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock (or other
securities, including options) of Marsee held by such Holder for a period of 24
months following the effective date of a registration statement of Marsee filed
under the Securities Act. Marsee may impose stop-transfer instructions with
respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities, including options)
subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said period.

                  7. TERMINATION OF PRIOR OPTION. Barnett agrees that the stock
option to purchase up to 100,000 shares of Marsee's Common Stock granted under
Marsee's 1997 Stock Option/Issuance Plan is hereby terminated and relinquished
forever. Barnett agrees to deliver any original documents in his possession
evidencing such option to Marsee within seven (7) days of execution of this
Agreement.

                  8. NONDISCLOSURE AND NONSOLICITATION AGREEMENT. Concurrently
with the execution of this Separation Agreement and Release, the parties shall
execute a Nondisclosure and Nonsolicitation Agreement in the form attached
hereto.

                  9. RELEASE. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,
Barnett hereby waives any legal rights and releases and forever discharges
Marsee and its parents and affiliates and their respective directors, officers,
employees, shareholders, attorneys, insurers, accountants, agents of any kind
whatsoever, successors and assigns, from any and all liabilities, demands,
claims, suits, actions, charges, damages, judgments, levies or executions,
whether known or unknown, liquidated, fixed, contingent, direct or indirect,
which have been, could have been or could be raised against Marsee for any
matter whatsoever at any time before execution of this Agreement. Barnett
acknowledges the full and final waiver and release of all claims which he has or
may have against Marsee, specifically including, but not limited to, all claims
for relief or remedy of any type under any state or federal laws, including, but
not limited to, the federal and state statutes relating to civil rights,
employment discrimination (based on race, color, age, sex, national origin,
marital status, handicap, veterans status, religion, workers compensation and
family relationship), labor, employment rights or benefits, or relating to
employment or termination of employment, wage payments, all as amended, and
including, but not limited to, claims based on alleged breach of employment
contract, breach of fiduciary duty, misrepresentation, fraud, fraud in the
inducement, defamation, tortious conduct of any type arising from or relating to


                                                Separation Agreement and Release
                                                                          Page 2

<PAGE>

Barnett's employment or termination of employment (including without limitation
Barnett's entry into this Agreement), or any other common law theories; and
including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of
1964 (as amended) and the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended); and
including, but not limited to, any claims for additional compensation, shares of
Marsee's capital stock or options or rights to purchase such shares (other than
the Stock Option referenced in Section 4 of this Agreement and his nonqualified
option to purchase up to 1,666 shares of Marsee's Common Stock), back pay or
benefits of any type; and including, but not limited to, any claim for attorney
fees or costs, for reinstatement or reemployment, or for compensatory or
punitive damages under any applicable statutes or common law theories, except to
the extent that waiver or release of future claims is specifically prohibited by
law.

                  10. NO ADMISSION OF LIABILITY. Nothing in this Agreement shall
be construed or interpreted in any manner as an admission of liability by any of
the parties released hereby, each of whom expressly denies liability.

                  11. OLDER WORKERS' BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT. This Agreement is
made in accordance with the Older Workers' Benefit Protection Act (the "Act").
In accordance with the Act, Barnett acknowledges that:

                    (a) He has been advised in writing of his right to consult
                        with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement;

                    (b) He is aware of, and waives, all rights and claims to
                        which he may be entitled under the Act other than those
                        rights or claims that may arise after this Agreement is
                        executed;

                    (c) As consideration for executing this Agreement, he has
                        received compensation of value to which he would not
                        otherwise be entitled;

                    (d) He has been given 21 days from the date of receipt for
                        consideration of this offer, which will expire at the
                        end of the 21-day period; and

                    (e) He shall have a period of seven days immediately
                        following the date of his execution of this Agreement in
                        which he may revoke the Agreement at his sole election,
                        by delivering to Marsee on or before the seventh day
                        following execution the revocation on the last page of
                        this Agreement, signed and dated.

                  11. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of Oregon without regard
to Oregon conflict of law principles. Any proceeding related to this Agreement
shall be commenced and maintained only in the state or federal courts in
Portland, Oregon and the parties hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction
of any state or federal court sitting in Portland, Oregon, in any action or
proceeding brought to enforce or otherwise arising out of, in connection with,



                                                Separation Agreement and Release
                                                                          Page 3

<PAGE>

or relating to this Agreement, and hereby waives any objection to venue in any
such court and any claim that such forum is inconvenient.

                  12. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement is an integrated
agreement which constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with
respect to its subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements,
representations, or understandings, written or oral, with respect to the subject
matter (including without limitation his employment offer letter dated June 24,
1997, as amended). The parties further acknowledge that the terms of this
Agreement are contractual and not mere recitals.

                  13. SEVERABILITY. In the event any provision of this Agreement
is found to be unenforceable, the parties intend that the remainder of the
Agreement be given full force and effect.

                  14. ACKNOWLEDGMENT. Barnett acknowledges: (a) that he has had
a full and fair opportunity to review this Agreement and to consult with his
attorney with respect hereto; (b) that he fully understands all of the terms of
this Agreement; and (c) that he has freely and voluntarily entered into this
Agreement.


                  EFFECTIVE as of     3-12   , 1999.
                                 -------------------


                                            /s/ Brad Barnett
                                            ---------------------------------
                                            Brad Barnett


                                            OREGON BAKING COMPANY, dba MARSEE
                                            BAKING, an Oregon corporation


                                            By  /s/  Ray Lindstrom           
                                              -------------------------------

                                            Title:  C.E.O.                   
                                                  ---------------------------


Attachment:
     Nondisclosure and Nonsolicitation Agreement


                                                Separation Agreement and Release
                                                                          Page 4






                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT


                  This Agreement made and entered into this 12th day of January,
1999 by and between Marsee Baking (MB), the Viking Group, LLC (Viking) and
Anthony Kamin (Kamin).

                                   WITNESSETH

                  WHEREAS, MB is a private corporation whose principal offices
are located at 2287 N.W. Pettygrove, Portland, Oregon, 97210, and

                  WHEREAS, Viking is a private corporation whose principal
offices are located at 8626 South Florence, Tulsa, Oklahoma, 74137 and Kamin is
an Illinois resident whose principal offices are located at 350 W. Belden, Suite
606, Chicago, Illinois 60614 and together possess substantial expertise and
experience in strategic and financial planning, corporate structuring, financial
analysis, management of companies in the food industry, and

                  WHEREAS, MB desires to assure the availability of Viking Group
and Kamin as consultants and advisors as herein provided,

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises hereof and
the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as
follows:

                  1. MB hereby engages Viking and Kamin as consultants to
render, and Viking and Kamin hereby accepts such engagement, during the period
commencing December 3, 1998 and terminating December 11, 1999 ("Expiration
Date"), to render such advisory and consultative services that MB may reasonably
request from time to time in order that MB may benefit from Viking and Kamin's
expertise, knowledge, reputation and contacts. Viking and Kamin shall be
available upon reasonable notice to advise and consult with MB's officers and
directors at reasonable times by telephone, mail, and in person. Viking and
Kamin agree to execute a standard form of confidentiality agreement to protect
MB's confidential and proprietary information.

                  2. It is understood and agreed that Viking and Kamin are
presently engaged and intend to engage in various other businesses and advisory
and consulting relationships and Viking and Kamin shall be permitted from time
to time in their sole discretion to engage in the conduct of any other business
and any other advisory or consulting relationship and perform any and all
services with respect thereto; provided, however, during the term of this
Agreement, without MB's written consent, Viking and Kamin agree not to provide
advisory or consulting services to any entity that is a direct competitor of
Marsee Baking. A direct competitor is defined as a multi-store, upscale retail
bakery.

                  3. It is understood and agreed that MB will provide Viking and
Kamin with information upon which Viking and Kamin will rely in rendering advice
and consulting hereunder and that MB shall be solely responsible for the
accuracy and completeness of such information. MB may, in its sole discretion,



<PAGE>

proceed in accordance with or contrary to any advice given by Viking and Kamin
and Viking and Kamin shall not be responsible or liable for any advice or other
consultation given by them in good faith.

                  4. MB shall defend, indemnify and save harmless Viking and
Kamin from and against all claims arising from or in any manner related to the
services of Viking and Kamin, other than based on the gross negligence,
recklessness or willful misconduct of Viking or Kamin, and shall pay the
reasonable cost of legal services within 7 days of billing incurred by Viking
and Kamin in defending themselves. In that respect, Viking and Kamin may choose
his or its own counsel in defending himself.

                  5. MB agrees to sell each of Viking and Kamin a 5 year warrant
to purchase up to 125,000 shares of MB's Common Stock at an exercise price of
$1.00 per share. The purchase price for each warrant shall be $500 payable at
the time of issuance. The shares underlying such warrants will have piggyback
registration rights on any public offering on the same terms and conditions
granted to the holders of the Series C and Series D Preferred Stock.

                  6. In addition to the aforesaid compensation, MB shall pay to
Viking and Kamin upon receipt of reasonable verification all of their
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with his services to MB up to a
maximum amount of $25,000. Viking and Kamin will request pre-approval from MB on
any expense exceeding $1,500.

                  7. Any controversies or claims arising out of, or relating to
this Agreement or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in
accordance with the commercial rules of the American Arbitration Association in
Denver, Colorado, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties, and
judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction
thereof. In addition to all other remedies provided in law or equity, the
arbitrator is hereby authorized to assess costs and attorneys fees against
either party if the arbitrator finds, based on all the facts and circumstances,
that the conduct of or the claims made by such party were unreasonable or
substantially without merit.

                  8. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and
governed by the laws of the State of Colorado without regard to its rules
relating to conflicts of law.

                  9. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts,
all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become
effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties
and delivered to the other party by facsimile, in person or by courier.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Agreement as of the date set
forth above.

                                OREGON BAKING COMPANY,
                                dba MARSEE BAKING


                                By:  /s/ Ray Lindstrom
                                     --------------------------
                                     Ray Lindstrom
                                     President and CEO


                                     /s/ Anthony Kamin
                                     ---------------------------
                                     Anthony Kamin


                                VIKING GROUP, LLC

                                By:  /s/  Mike Morrissett        
                                     ----------------------------
                                Its: 
                                     ----------------------------



                                      -3-




         UNDERWRITER'S WARRANT AGREEMENT (the "Underwriter's  Warrant Agreement"
or "Agreement"),  dated as of ____________,  1999, between Oregon Baking Company
(the "Company") and Barron Chase Securities, Inc. (the "Underwriter").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              --------------------

         WHEREAS,  the  Underwriter  has agreed,  pursuant  to the  underwriting
agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") dated as of the date hereof between the
Company and the  Underwriter,  to act as the  Underwriter in connection with the
Company's  proposed public offering of 1,750,000  shares of the Company's Common
Stock at $5.00 per share and 1,750,000 Warrants ("Public Warrants") at $.125 per
Public Warrant (the "Public Offering"); and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  proposes  to  issue to the  Underwriter  and/or
persons  related to the Underwriter as those persons are defined in Rule 2710 of
the  NASD  Conduct  Rules  (the  "Holder"),   175,000  warrants  ("Common  Stock
Underwriter  Warrants") to purchase 175,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock
(the "Shares") and 175,000 warrants ("Warrant Underwriter Warrants") to purchase
175,000 Common Stock Purchase Warrants  ("Underlying  Warrants")  exercisable to
purchase  175,000  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  The  "Common  Stock
Underwriter  Warrants" and the "Warrant  Underwriter  Warrants" are collectively
referred to as the "Warrants".  The "Shares" and the  "Underlying  Warrants" are
collectively referred to as the "Warrant Securities"; and

         WHEREAS,  the Warrants to be issued  pursuant to this Agreement will be
issued  on the  Closing  Date  (as  such  term is  defined  in the  Underwriting
Agreement)  by the Company to the Holders in  consideration  for, and as part of
the  compensation  in connection  with,  the  Underwriter  acting as Underwriter
pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  the payment to the
Company of TEN DOLLARS AND NO CENTS  ($10.00),  the agreements  herein set forth
and other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1.       GRANT AND PERIOD.

         The above recitals are true and correct.  The Public  Offering has been
registered under a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. _________) and
declared  effective  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC" or
"Commission") on _______, 1999 (the "Effective Date"). This Agreement,  relating
to the purchase of the Warrants,  is entered into  pursuant to the  Underwriting
Agreement  between the Company and the Underwriter in connection with the Public
Offering.


                                       1
<PAGE>

         Pursuant to the Warrants,  the Holders are hereby  granted the right to
purchase  from the  Company,  at any time  during the period  commencing  on the
Effective Date and expiring five (5) years thereafter (the  "Expiration  Time"),
up to 175,000  Shares at an initial  exercise  price  (subject to  adjustment as
provided  in Article 8 hereof) of $8.25 per share  (165% of the public  offering
price) and/or 175,000 non-redeemable  Underlying Warrants at an initial exercise
price of $.20625 per warrant (165% of the public  offering price) (the "Exercise
Price"  or  "Purchase  Price"),  subject  to the terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement.  Each Underlying  Warrant is exercisable to purchase one (1) share of
Common  Stock at $8.25 per share during the five (5) year period  commencing  on
the Effective Date.

         Except as specifically  otherwise  provided herein,  the Shares and the
Underlying  Warrants  constituting  the Warrant  Securities  shall bear the same
terms and conditions as such securities described under the caption "Description
of Securities" in the Registration Statement, and as designated in the Company's
Articles  of  Incorporation  and any  amendments  thereto,  and  the  Underlying
Warrants  shall be governed by the terms of the  Warrant  Agreement  executed in
connection with the Company's public offering (the "Warrant Agreement"),  except
as provided  herein,  and the Holders shall have  registration  rights under the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  for the Warrants,  the Shares,
the  Underlying  Warrants,  and  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  underlying  the
Underlying  Warrants,  as more fully  described in  paragraph  seven (7) of this
Underwriter's Warrant Agreement.  In the event of any extension or change of the
expiration  date or  reduction  or change of the  exercise  price of the  Public
Warrants, the same expiration date and percentage price change to the Underlying
Warrants shall be simultaneously  effected,  except that the Underlying Warrants
shall expire no later than five (5) years from the Effective Date.

         2.       WARRANT CERTIFICATES.

         The warrant certificates (the "Warrant  Certificate")  delivered and to
be delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be in the form set forth in the
form of Warrant  Certificate,  attached hereto and made a part hereof, with such
appropriate  insertions,  omissions,  substitutions,  and  other  variations  as
required or permitted by this Agreement.

         3.       EXERCISE OF WARRANT.

         3.1      FULL EXERCISE.

                  (i) The Holder hereof may effect a cash exercise of the Common
         Stock  Underwriter  Warrants  and/or the Warrant  Underwriter  Warrants
         and/or the Underlying Warrants by surrendering the Warrant Certificate,
         together  with a  Subscription  in the  form of  Exhibit  "A"  attached



                                       2
<PAGE>

         thereto, duly executed by such Holder to the Company, at any time prior
         to the Expiration Time, at the Company's principal office,  accompanied
         by payment in cash or by  certified or official  bank check  payable to
         the order of the Company in the amount of the aggregate  purchase price
         (the "Aggregate  Price"),  subject to any  adjustments  provided for in
         this Agreement.  The aggregate price hereunder for each Holder shall be
         equal to the  exercise  price as set forth in  Section  six (6)  hereof
         multiplied  by the number of  Warrants,  Underlying  Warrants or Shares
         that  are  the  subject  of  each  Holder's  Warrant  (as  adjusted  as
         hereinafter provided).

                  (ii) The Holder  hereof may effect a cashless  exercise of the
         Common Stock  Underwriter  Warrants  and/or the Underlying  Warrants by
         delivering  the  Warrant  Certificate  to the Company  together  with a
         Subscription in the form of Exhibit "B" attached thereto, duly executed
         by such Holder, in which case no payment of cash will be required. Upon
         such  cashless  exercise,  the number of Shares to be purchased by each
         Holder hereof shall be determined by dividing:  (i) the number obtained
         by  multiplying  the  number of  Shares  that are the  subject  of each
         Holder's Warrant  Certificate by the amount,  if any, by which the then
         Market Value (as  hereinafter  defined)  exceeds the Purchase Price; by
         (ii) the then per share  Market Value or Purchase  Price,  whichever is
         greater.  In no event  shall  the  Company  be  obligated  to issue any
         fractional  securities  and,  at the time it  causes a  certificate  or
         certificates  to be  issued,  it shall  pay the  Holder  in lieu of any
         fractional securities or shares to which such Holder would otherwise be
         entitled,  by the Company  check,  in an amount equal to such  fraction
         multiplied by the Market Value. The Market Value shall be determined on
         a per Share basis as of the close of the  business  day  preceding  the
         exercise,  which  determination  shall be made as  follows:  (a) if the
         Common  Stock is listed for  trading on a national  or  regional  stock
         exchange  or is  included on the NASDAQ  National  Market or  Small-Cap
         Market,  the average  closing sale price quoted on such exchange or the
         NASDAQ  National  Market or Small-Cap  Market which is published in THE
         WALL STREET JOURNAL for the ten (10) trading days immediately preceding
         the date of  exercise,  or if no trade of the Common  Stock  shall have
         been reported during such period, the last sale price so quoted for the
         next day  prior  thereto  on which a trade in the  Common  Stock was so
         reported;  or (b) if the  Common  Stock is not so listed,  admitted  to
         trading or included,  the average of the closing  highest  reported bid
         and lowest reported ask price as quoted on the National  Association of
         Securities  Dealer's  OTC  Bulletin  Board  or  in  the  "pink  sheets"
         published  by the  National  Daily  Quotation  Bureau for the first day
         immediately preceding the date of exercise on which the Common Stock is
         traded.


                                       3
<PAGE>

         3.2 PARTIAL EXERCISE. The securities referred to in paragraph 3.1 above
also may be  exercised  from time to time in part by  surrendering  the  Warrant
Certificate  in the manner  specified  in Section 3.1  hereof,  except that with
respect to a cash  exercise,  the Purchase  Price  payable shall be equal to the
number of securities  being purchased  hereunder  multiplied by the per security
Purchase Price, subject to any adjustments provided for in this Agreement.  Upon
any such partial exercise,  the Company, at its expense, will forthwith issue to
the Holder hereof a new Warrant Certificate or Warrants of like tenor calling in
the  aggregate  for the  number of  securities  (as  constituted  as of the date
hereof) for which the Warrant Certificate shall not have been exercised,  issued
in the name of the Holder  hereof or as such Holder (upon payment by such Holder
of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct.

         4.       ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES.

         Upon the exercise of the Warrants and/or the Underlying  Warrants,  the
issuance of certificates  for the shares of Common Stock and/or other securities
shall be made  forthwith  (and in any  event  within  three  (3)  business  days
thereafter) without charge to the Holder thereof including,  without limitation,
any tax which may be  payable  in  respect  of the  issuance  thereof,  and such
certificates  shall  (subject to the  provisions  of Sections 5 and 7 hereof) be
issued  in the name of,  or in such  names as may be  directed  by,  the  Holder
thereof;  provided,  however,  that the Company shall not be required to pay any
tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and
delivery  of any such  certificates  in a name other than that of the Holder and
the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such  certificates  unless
or until the person or persons  requesting the issuance  thereof shall have paid
to the  Company  the  amount  of  such  tax or  shall  have  established  to the
satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

         The Warrant  Certificates and the certificates  representing the shares
of Common  Stock  and/or  other  securities  shall be  executed on behalf of the
Company by the manual or facsimile  signature  of the then  present  Chairman or
Vice  Chairman of the Board of Directors  or President or Vice  President of the
Company under its corporate seal reproduced  thereon,  attested to by the manual
or facsimile  signature of the then present Secretary or Assistant  Secretary of
the Company.  Warrant  Certificates  shall be dated the date of execution by the
Company upon initial issuance, division, exchange, substitution or transfer.

         5.       RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF WARRANTS.

         The Holder of a Warrant Certificate,  by acceptance thereof,  covenants
and  agrees  that  the  Warrants  may  not  be  sold,   transferred,   assigned,
hypothecated or otherwise  disposed of, in whole or in part, for a period of one
(1) year from the Effective Date of the Public Offering,  except (a) to officers

                                       4
<PAGE>

of  the  Underwriter  or to  officers  and  partners  of  the  Selected  Dealers
participating in the Public Offering; (b) by will; or (c) by operation of law.

         6.       EXERCISE PRICE.

         6.1      INITIAL AND ADJUSTED EXERCISE PRICES.

         The initial  exercise  price of each Common Stock  Underwriter  Warrant
shall be $8.25  per share  (165% of the  public  offering  price).  The  initial
exercise  price  of each  Warrant  Underwriter  Warrant  shall  be  $.20625  per
Underlying  Warrant (165% of the public offering  price).  The initial  exercise
price of each Underlying Warrant shall be $8.25 per share. The adjusted exercise
price shall be the price  which shall  result from time to time from any and all
adjustments of the initial  exercise price in accordance  with the provisions of
Section 8 hereof. The Warrant  Underwriter  Warrants and the Underlying Warrants
are  exercisable  during the five (5) year period  commencing  on the  Effective
Date.

         6.2      EXERCISE PRICE.

         The term "Exercise  Price" herein shall mean the initial exercise price
or the adjusted exercise price, depending upon the context.

         7.       REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

         7.1 REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

         The Warrants,  the Shares,  the  Underlying  Warrants and the shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underlying Warrants (collectively the
"Registrable Securities") have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Act").  Upon  exercise,  in part or in whole,  of the Warrants,
certificates  representing the Shares, the Underlying Warrants and/or the shares
of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underlying Warrants shall bear the
following  legend  in the  event  there  is no  current  registration  statement
effective with the Commission at such time as to such securities:

         The securities  represented by this  certificate  may not be offered or
         sold except pursuant to (i) an effective  registration  statement under
         the Act, (ii) to the extent applicable,  Rule 144 under the Act (or any
         similar rule under such Act relating to the disposition of securities),
         or (iii) an opinion of counsel,  if such  opinion  shall be  reasonably
         satisfactory  to  counsel  to  the  issuer,   that  an  exemption  from
         registration  under such Act and applicable  state  securities  laws is
         available.


                                       5
<PAGE>

         7.2      PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION.

         If, at any time commencing after the Effective Date of the offering and
expiring  seven  (7)  years  thereafter,   the  Company  prepares  and  files  a
post-effective  amendment to the Registration  Statement,  or a new Registration
Statement  under  the Act,  or  files a  Notification  on Form 1-A or  otherwise
registers  securities under the Act, or files a similar disclosure document with
the  Commission  (collectively  the  "Registration  Documents") as to any of its
securities under the Act (other than under a Registration  Statement pursuant to
Form S-8), it will give written notice by registered  mail, at least thirty (30)
days prior to the filing of each such Registration  Document, to the Underwriter
and to all other  Holders of the  Registrable  Securities of its intention to do
so. If the Underwriter and/or other Holders of the Registrable Securities notify
the Company  within  twenty (20) days after receipt of any such notice of its or
their  desire  to  include  any such  Registrable  Securities  in such  proposed
Registration  Documents,  the  Company  shall  afford the  Underwriter  and such
Holders of such  Registrable  Securities the opportunity to have any Registrable
Securities  registered under such Registration  Documents or any other available
Registration Document.

         Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this Section 7.2, the Company shall
have the right at any time after it shall have given written notice  pursuant to
this Section 7.2 (irrespective of whether a written request for inclusion of any
such  securities  shall have been  made) to elect not to file any such  proposed
registration  statement,  or to withdraw  the same after the filing but prior to
the effective date thereof.

         7.3      DEMAND REGISTRATION.

         (a) At any time commencing one (1) year after the Effective Date of the
Public  Offering,  and  expiring  four (4)  years  thereafter,  the  Holders  of
Registrable  Securities  representing  more than 50% of such  securities at that
time  outstanding  shall  have the  right  (which  right is in  addition  to the
registration rights under Section 7.2 hereof),  exercisable by written notice to
the Company,  to have the Company prepare and file with the  Commission,  on one
occasion,  a registration  statement  and/or such other  documents,  including a
prospectus,   and/or  any  other  appropriate  disclosure  document  as  may  be
reasonably  necessary in the opinion of both counsel for the Company and counsel
for the Underwriter  and Holders,  in order to comply with the provisions of the
Act, so as to permit a public offering and sale of their respective  Registrable
Securities  for nine (9)  consecutive  months (or such longer  period of time as
permitted  by the  Act) by such  Holders  and any  other  Holders  of any of the
Registrable  Securities  who notify the  Company  within  twenty (20) days after
being given notice from the Company of such request. A Demand Registration shall
not be counted as a Demand Registration hereunder until such Demand Registration

                                       6
<PAGE>

has been declared effective by the SEC and maintained continuously effective for
a period of at least nine months or such  shorter  period  when all  Registrable
Securities  included  therein  have been  sold in  accordance  with such  Demand
Registration,  provided that a Demand  Registration shall be counted as a Demand
Registration  hereunder  if the  Company  ceases its  efforts in respect of such
Demand Registration at the request of the majority Holders making the demand for
a reason  other than a material  and  adverse  change in the  business,  assets,
prospects  or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         (b) The  Company  covenants  and agrees to give  written  notice of any
registration  request  under this  Section 7.3 by the majority of the Holders to
all other  registered  Holders of any of the Registrable  Securities  within ten
(10) days from the date of the receipt of any such registration request.

         (c) In  addition  to the  registration  rights  under  Section  7.2 and
subsection  (a) of this Section 7.3, at any time  commencing  one (1) year after
the Effective Date of the offering, and expiring four (4) years thereafter,  the
Holders  of a  majority  of the  Registrable  Securities  shall  have the right,
exercisable by written  request to the Company,  to have the Company prepare and
file, on one occasion, with the Commission a registration statement or any other
appropriate  disclosure  document so as to permit a public offering and sale for
nine (9)  consecutive  months (or such longer period of time as permitted by the
Act) by any such Holder of Registrable Securities;  provided,  however, that the
provisions  of Section  7.4(b)  hereof shall not apply to any such  registration
request and  registration and all costs incident thereto shall be at the expense
of the Holder or Holders participating in the offering pro-rata.

         (d) Any written  request by the Holders  made  pursuant to this Section
7.3 shall:

                  (i) specify  the number of  Registrable  Securities  which the
         Holders  intend  to offer and sell and the  minimum  price at which the
         Holders intend to offer and sell such securities;

                  (ii) state  the  intention  of  the  Holders  to  offer  such 
         securities for sale;

                  (iii)  describe the intended  method of  distribution  of such
         securities; and

                  (iv)  contain  an  undertaking  on the part of the  Holders to
         provide all such  information and materials  concerning the Holders and
         take all such  action  as may be  reasonably  required  to  permit  the
         Company to comply with all  applicable  requirements  of the Commission
         and to obtain  acceleration  of the effective date of the  registration
         statement.

                                       7
<PAGE>

         (e)  In  the  event  the  Company  receives  from  the  Holders  of any
Registrable  Securities  representing  more than 50% of such  securities at that
time  outstanding,  a request that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3
with respect to the Registrable Securities and if Form S-3 is available for such
offering, the Company shall, as soon as practicable, effect such registration as
would  permit  or  facilitate  the  sale  and  distribution  of the  Registrable
Securities as are specified in the request.  All expenses incurred in connection
with a  registration  requested  pursuant to this Section  shall be borne by the
Company.  Registrations  effected  pursuant to this Section  7.3(e) shall not be
counted as registrations pursuant to Section 7.3(a) and 7.3(c) hereof.

         7.4      COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY WITH RESPECT TO REGISTRATION.

         In  connection  with the  filing of any  Registration  Document  by the
Company, the Company covenants and agrees as follows:

         (a) The  Company  shall  use its best  efforts  to file a  registration
statement  within  forty-five  (45) days of receipt of any  demand  pursuant  to
Section  7.3,  and  shall  use its best  efforts  to have any such  registration
statement declared effective at the earliest  practicable time. The Company will
promptly  notify each seller of such  Registrable  Securities  and confirm  such
advice in writing, (i) when such registration statement becomes effective,  (ii)
when  any  post-effective  amendment  to  such  registration  statement  becomes
effective and (iii) of any request by the SEC for any amendment or supplement to
such registration statement or any prospectus relating thereto or for additional
information.

         The Company shall furnish to each seller of such Registrable Securities
such number of copies of such registration  statement and of each such amendment
and supplement  thereto (in each case including each preliminary  prospectus and
summary  prospectus) in conformity  with the  requirements  of the Act, and such
other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the
disposition of the Registrable Securities by such seller.

         (b) The Company shall pay all costs (excluding  transfer taxes, if any,
and fees and expenses of Holder(s)' counsel and the Holder's pro-rata portion of
the selling discount or  commissions),  fees and expenses in connection with all
registration  statements  filed  pursuant  to  Sections  7.2 and  7.3(a)  hereof
including, without limitation, the Company's legal and accounting fees, printing
expenses, blue sky fees and expenses. The Holder(s) will pay all costs, fees and
expenses in connection with any registration statement filed pursuant to Section
7.3(c).  If the  Company  shall fail to comply  with the  provisions  of Section
7.3(a),  the Company shall,  in addition to any other  equitable or other relief
available to the Holder(s),  be liable for any or all special and  consequential

                                       8
<PAGE>

damages sustained by the Holder(s) requesting  registration of their Registrable
Securities.

         (c) The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection
therewith as may be  reasonably  necessary to keep such  registration  statement
effective  for at least nine months (or such longer  period as  permitted by the
Act),  and to  comply  with  the  provisions  of the  Act  with  respect  to the
disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such
period in accordance  with the intended  methods of disposition by the seller or
sellers of Registrable Securities set forth in such registration  statement.  If
at any time the SEC should  institute or threaten to institute  any  proceedings
for the purpose of issuing a stop order suspending the effectiveness of any such
registration  statement,  the Company will  promptly  notify each seller of such
Registrable  Securities  and will use all  reasonable  efforts  to  prevent  the
issuance of any such stop order or to obtain the  withdrawal  thereof as soon as
possible.  The Company will use its good faith  reasonable  efforts and take all
reasonably  necessary  action which may be required in qualifying or registering
the Registrable Securities included in a registration statement for offering and
sale under the  securities  or blue sky laws of such  states as  reasonably  are
required by the  Holder(s),  provided that the Company shall not be obligated to
execute  or file any  general  consent  to service of process or to qualify as a
foreign corporation to do business under the laws of any such jurisdiction.  The
Company shall use its good faith  reasonable  efforts to cause such  Registrable
Securities  covered by such  registration  statement  to be  registered  with or
approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities of the United States
or any State  thereof  as may be  reasonably  necessary  to enable the seller or
sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.


         (d) The  Company  shall  indemnify  the  Holder(s)  of the  Registrable
Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement and each person, if
any,  who controls  such Holders  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or
Section  20(a) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  ("Exchange
Act"),  against all loss,  claim,  damage,  expense or liability  (including all
expenses  reasonably  incurred in investigating,  preparing or defending against
any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject under the Act, the
Exchange Act or otherwise,  arising from such registration statement but only to
the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the
Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter as contained in the Underwriting
Agreement.

         (e) If requested by the Company prior to the filing of any registration
statement  covering the  Registrable  Securities,  each of the  Holder(s) of the

                                       9
<PAGE>

Registrable  Securities to be sold  pursuant to a  registration  statement,  and
their successors and assigns,  shall severally,  and not jointly,  indemnify the
Company,  its officers and directors  and each person,  if any, who controls the
Company  within the  meaning  of  Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the
Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage or expense or liability (including
all  expenses  reasonably  incurred in  investigating,  preparing  or  defending
against any claim  whatsoever)  to which they may become  subject under the Act,
the Exchange Act or  otherwise,  arising from written  information  furnished by
such Holder,  or their  successors  or assigns,  for specific  inclusion in such
registration  statement  to the same  extent  and with  the same  effect  as the
provisions  contained  in the  Underwriting  Agreement  pursuant  to  which  the
Underwriter has agreed to indemnify the Company,  except that the maximum amount
which may be recovered from each Holder  pursuant to this paragraph or otherwise
shall be limited to the amount of net  proceeds  received by the Holder from the
sale of the Registrable Securities.

         (f) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as requiring
the Holder(s) to exercise  their  Warrants or Underlying  Warrants  prior to the
filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

         (g) The Company shall not permit the inclusion of any securities  other
than the  Registrable  Securities to be included in any  registration  statement
filed  pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof  without the prior written  consent of the
Holders  of  the  Registrable   Securities   representing  a  majority  of  such
securities.

         (h) The  Company  shall  furnish to each  Holder  participating  in the
offering and to each  underwriter,  if any, a signed  counterpart,  addressed to
such Holder or underwriter,  of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company,  dated
the effective date of such  registration  statement  (and, if such  registration
includes  an  underwritten  public  offering,  an opinion  dated the date of the
closing under the  underwriting  agreement),  and (ii) a "cold  comfort"  letter
dated  the  effective  date  of  such  registration   statement  (and,  if  such
registration  includes an underwritten public offering,  a letter dated the date
of the  closing  under the  underwriting  agreement)  signed by the  independent
public  accountants  who  have  issued  a  report  on  the  Company's  financial
statements  included  in such  registration  statement,  in each  case  covering
substantially the same matters with respect to such registration  statement (and
the prospectus  included therein) and, in the case of such accountants'  letter,
with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial  statements,  as
are  customarily  covered in opinions of  issuer's  counsel and in  accountants'
letters   delivered  to  underwriters  in  underwritten   public   offerings  of
securities.

         (i) The Company shall deliver promptly to each Holder  participating in
the offering requesting the correspondence and memoranda described below and the

                                       10
<PAGE>

managing underwriter copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the
Company,  its counsel or auditors and all  non-privileged  memoranda relating to
discussions  with the  Commission or its staff with respect to the  registration
statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such investigation,  upon
reasonable advance notice,  with respect to information  contained in or omitted
from the registration  statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with
applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National  Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall  include  access to books,
records and properties and  opportunities to discuss the business of the Company
with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at
such reasonable times and as often as any such Holder shall reasonably request.

         (j) With respect to a registration  statement filed pursuant to Section
7.3, the Company, if requested,  shall enter into an underwriting agreement with
the managing underwriter,  reasonably satisfactory to the Company,  selected for
such  underwriting by Holders  holding a majority of the Registrable  Securities
requested  to  be  included  in  such  underwriting.  Such  agreement  shall  be
satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each Holder and such managing
underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,  warranties and covenants
by the Company and such other terms as are  customarily  contained in agreements
of that type used by the managing  underwriter.  The Holders, if required by the
Underwriter  to  be  parties  to  any  underwriting  agreement  relating  to  an
underwritten sale of their Registrable Securities, may, at their option, require
that any or all the representations,  warranties and covenants of the Company to
or for  the  benefit  of  such  underwriters  shall  also be made to and for the
benefit  of such  Holders.  Such  Holders  shall  not be  required  to make  any
representations  or  warranties  to  or  agreements  with  the  Company  or  the
underwriters  except as they may  relate  to such  Holders  and  their  intended
methods of distribution.

         (k) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 7.2 or paragraph 7.3 of
this  Agreement,  the  Company  shall  not be  required  to  effect or cause the
registration  of Registrable  Securities  pursuant to paragraph 7.2 or paragraph
7.3  hereof  if,  within  thirty  (30) days  after its  receipt  of a request to
register such  Registrable  Securities  (i) counsel for the Company  delivers an
opinion to the Holders requesting  registration of such Registrable  Securities,
in form and substance  satisfactory to counsel to such Holder(s),  to the effect
that the entire  number of  Registrable  Securities  proposed to be sold by such
Holder(s)  may  otherwise  be sold,  in the manner  proposed by such  Holder(s),
without registration under the Securities Act, or (ii) the SEC shall have issued
a no-action  position,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to counsel for the
Holder(s) requesting registration of such Registrable Securities,  to the effect

                                       11
<PAGE>

that the entire  number of  Registrable  Securities  proposed to be sold by such
Holder(s) may be sold by it, in the manner proposed by such  Holder(s),  without
registration under the Securities Act.

         (l) After  completion  of the Public  Offering,  the Company shall not,
directly  or  indirectly,   enter  into  any  merger,  business  combination  or
consolidation  in which (a) the Company shall not be the  surviving  corporation
and (b) the  stockholders  of the Company  are to receive,  in whole or in part,
capital  stock or other  securities  of the  surviving  corporation,  unless the
surviving  corporation  shall,  prior to such merger,  business  combination  or
consolidation,  agree in writing to assume the  obligations of the Company under
this  Agreement,  and for that  purpose  references  hereunder  to  "Registrable
Securities" shall be deemed to include the securities which the Holders would be
entitled  to receive  in  exchange  for  Registrable  Securities  under any such
merger, business combination or consolidation,  provided that to the extent such
securities  to be received  are  convertible  into shares of Common Stock of the
issuer  thereof,  then any such shares of Common Stock as are issued or issuable
upon conversion of said convertible securities shall also be included within the
definition of "Registrable Securities".

         8.       ADJUSTMENTS TO EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SECURITIES.

         8.1      ADJUSTMENT FOR DIVIDENDS, SUBDIVISIONS, COMBINATIONS OR
                  RECLASSIFICATIONS.

         In case the Company shall (a) pay a dividend or make a distribution  in
shares of its capital stock (whether  shares of Common Stock or of capital stock
of any other class), (b) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a
greater  number of shares,  (c) combine its  outstanding  shares of Common Stock
into a smaller number of shares, or (d) issue by  reclassification of its shares
of Common Stock any shares of capital  stock of the Company;  then,  and in each
such case, the per share Exercise Price and the number of Warrant  Securities in
effect  immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the Holder of
this Warrant  thereafter  upon the exercise  hereof shall be entitled to receive
the number and kind of shares of the Company  which such Holder would have owned
immediately  following such action had this Warrant been  exercised  immediately
prior  thereto.  An  adjustment  made  pursuant  to this  Section  shall  become
effective  immediately  after  the  record  date in the  case of a  dividend  or
distribution and shall become effective  immediately after the effective date in
the case of a subdivision,  combination or reclassification.  If, as a result of
an adjustment  made  pursuant to this Section,  the Holder of this Warrant shall
become entitled to receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock of the
Company,  the Board of Directors of the Company  (whose  determination  shall be
conclusive)  shall  determine  the  allocation  of the adjusted  Exercise  Price
between or among shares of such class of capital stock.


                                       12
<PAGE>

         Immediately  upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this
Section,  the Company shall send written notice thereof to the Holder of Warrant
Certificates (by first class mail,  postage  prepaid),  which notice shall state
the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment,  and any increase or decrease
in the  number  of  Warrant  Securities  to be  acquired  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  setting forth in reasonable  detail the method of calculation and the
facts upon which such calculation is based.

         8.2      ADJUSTMENT FOR REORGANIZATION, MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.

         In case of any  reorganization  of the Company or  consolidation of the
Company  with,  or merger of the Company  with,  or merger of the Company  into,
another  corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which does not result
in  any  reclassification  or  change  of the  outstanding  Common  Stock),  the
corporation  formed by such consolidation or merger shall execute and deliver to
the Holder a supplemental  Warrant  Agreement  providing that the Holder of each
Warrant then  outstanding or to be outstanding  shall have the right  thereafter
(until the  expiration  of such  Warrant)  to  receive,  upon  exercise  of such
warrant,  the kind and  amount  of shares  of stock  and  other  securities  and
property receivable upon such consolidation or merger, by a holder of the number
of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which such warrant  might have been
exercised  immediately  prior  to such  reorganization,  consolidation,  merger,
conveyance,  sale or transfer. Such supplemental Warrant Agreement shall provide
for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments  provided in Section
8 and such  registration  rights and other rights as provided in this Agreement.
The  Company  shall  not  effect  any such  consolidation,  merger,  or  similar
transaction as contemplated by this paragraph, unless prior to or simultaneously
with the  consummation  thereof,  the successor  corporation  (if other than the
Company)  resulting  from  such  consolidation  or  merger  or  the  corporation
purchasing,  receiving,  or leasing such assets or other appropriate corporation
or entity shall  assume,  by written  instrument  executed and  delivered to the
Holders,  the  obligation  to  deliver  to the  Holders,  such  shares of stock,
securities,  or assets as, in  accordance  with the foregoing  provisions,  such
holders may be entitled to purchase, and to perform the other obligations of the
Company  under this  Agreement.  The above  provision of this  Subsection  shall
similarly apply to successive  consolidations or successively whenever any event
listed above shall occur.

         8.3      DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS.

         In the event that the Company  shall at any time prior to the  exercise
of all of the Warrants and/or Underlying Warrants distribute to its stockholders
any assets, property, rights, evidences of indebtedness,  securities (other than
a  distribution  made as a cash  dividend  payable out of earnings or out of any
earned  surplus   legally   available  for  dividends  under  the  laws  of  the

                                       13
<PAGE>

jurisdictions of incorporation of the Company), whether issued by the Company or
by  another,  the  Holders  of the  unexercised  Warrants  shall  thereafter  be
entitled,  in addition  to the shares of Common  Stock or other  securities  and
property receivable upon the exercise thereof, to receive,  upon the exercise of
such Warrants,  the same property,  assets,  rights,  evidences of indebtedness,
securities  or any other  thing of value that they would have been  entitled  to
receive at the time of such  distribution  as if the Warrants had been exercised
immediately prior to such  distribution.  At the time of any such  distribution,
the Company shall make appropriate  reserves to ensure the timely performance of
the provisions of this subsection or an adjustment to the Exercise Price,  which
shall  be  effective  as  of  the  day   following  the  record  date  for  such
distribution.

         8.4      ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SECURITIES.

         Upon each  adjustment of the Exercise  Price pursuant to the provisions
of this Section 8, the number of  securities  issuable upon the exercise of each
Warrant and/or  Underlying  Warrant shall be adjusted to the nearest full amount
by multiplying a number equal to the Exercise Price in effect  immediately prior
to such  adjustment  by the number of  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants and/or the Underlying Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment and
dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted Exercise Price.

         8.5      NO ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE IN CERTAIN CASES.

         No adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made if the amount of said
adjustment shall be less than 5 cents ($.05) per Share, provided,  however, that
in such case any  adjustment  that would  otherwise be required  then to be made
shall be carried  forward and shall be made at the time of and together with the
next  subsequent  adjustment  which,  together  with any  adjustment  so carried
forward, shall amount to at least 5 cents ($.05) per Share.

         8.6      ACCOUNTANT'S CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTMENT.

         In each case of an adjustment or  readjustment of the Exercise Price or
the number of any  securities  issuable  upon  exercise of the  Warrants  and/or
Underlying  Warrants,  the  Company,  at its  expense,  shall cause  independent
certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by the Company (who
may be the independent  certified public  accountants then auditing the books of
the Company) to compute such adjustment or  readjustment in accordance  herewith
and prepare a certificate  showing such  adjustment or  readjustment,  and shall
mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to any Holder(s) of
the Warrants and/or Underlying Warrants at the Holder(s) address as shown on the
Company's   books.   The   certificate   shall  set  forth  such  adjustment  or

                                       14
<PAGE>

readjustment,  showing  in detail  the  facts  upon  which  such  adjustment  or
readjustment  is based  including,  but not limited  to, a statement  of (i) the
Exercise Price at the time in effect, and (ii) the number of additional or fewer
securities and the type and amount,  if any, of other property which at the time
would be receivable upon exercise of the Warrants and/or Underlying Warrants.

         8.7  ADJUSTMENT OF UNDERLYING WARRANT EXERCISE PRICE.

         With  respect  to any of the  Underlying  Warrants  whether  or not the
Underlying  Warrants have been exercised (or are exercisable) and whether or not
the  Underlying  Warrants are issued and  outstanding,  the  Underlying  Warrant
exercise  price  and the  number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  underlying  such
Underlying  Warrants  shall be  automatically  adjusted in  accordance  with the
Warrant  Agreement  between the Company and the Company's  transfer agent,  upon
occurrence  of any of the events  relating  to  adjustments  described  therein.
Thereafter,  the  Underlying  Warrants  shall be  exercisable  at such  adjusted
Underlying  Warrant exercise price for such adjusted number of underlying shares
of Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights.

         9.       EXCHANGE AND REPLACEMENT OF WARRANT CERTIFICATES.

         Each Warrant  Certificate is  exchangeable  without  expense,  upon the
surrender thereof by the registered Holder at the principal  executive office of
the Company,  for a new Warrant  Certificate of like tenor and date representing
in the  aggregate  the right to purchase the same number of  securities  in such
denominations  as shall be designated by the Holder  thereof at the time of such
surrender.

         Upon receipt by the Company of evidence  reasonably  satisfactory to it
of the loss, theft,  destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate,  and,
in case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  of  indemnity  or security  reasonably
satisfactory to it, and reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable  expenses
incidental  thereto,  and upon surrender and  cancellation  of the Warrants,  if
mutilated,  the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant  Certificate of like
tenor, in lieu thereof.

         10.      ELIMINATION OF FRACTIONAL INTEREST.

         The Company  shall not be required to issue  certificates  representing
fractions of shares of Common  Stock upon the  exercise of the  Warrants  and/or
Underlying  Warrants,  nor shall it be required  to issue  script or pay cash in
lieu of  fractional  interests,  it being  the  intent of the  parties  that all
fractional interests may be eliminated, at the Company's option, by rounding any
fraction  up to the  nearest  whole  number of  shares of Common  Stock or other
securities,  properties or rights,  or in lieu thereof paying cash equal to such
fractional interest multiplied by the current value of a share of Common Stock.

                                       15
<PAGE>

         11.      RESERVATION, VALIDITY AND LISTING.

         The Company  covenants and agrees that during the exercise period,  the
Company  shall at all times  reserve and keep  available  out of its  authorized
shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose of issuance upon the exercise of
the Warrants and the Underlying Warrants,  such number of shares of Common Stock
or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise
under this Warrant  Certificate.  The Company  covenants  and agrees that,  upon
exercise of the  Warrants  and/or the  Underlying  Warrants,  and payment of the
Exercise  Price  therefor,  all  shares  of Common  Stock  and other  securities
issuable upon such exercise  shall be duly  authorized,  validly  issued,  fully
paid,   non-assessable   and  not  subject  to  the  preemptive  rights  of  any
stockholder.  As  long as the  Warrants  and/or  Underlying  Warrants  shall  be
outstanding,  the  Company  shall use its best  efforts  to cause all  shares of
Common Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of the  Warrants  and the  Underlying
Warrants to be listed and quoted (subject to official notice of issuance) on all
securities  exchanges  and systems on which the Common  Stock  and/or the Public
Warrants may then be listed and/or quoted, including Nasdaq.

         12.      NOTICES TO WARRANT HOLDERS.

         Nothing  contained in this  Agreement  shall be construed as conferring
upon the Holders of the Warrants and/or Underlying Warrants the right to vote or
to consent or to receive  notice as a stockholder  in respect of any meetings of
stockholders for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any
rights  whatsoever as a stockholder  of the Company.  If,  however,  at any time
prior to the  expiration of the Warrants  and/or  Underlying  Warrants and their
exercise, any of the following events shall occur:

                  (a) the  Company  shall  take a record of the  holders  of its
         shares of Common Stock for the purpose of  entitling  them to receive a
         dividend or  distribution  payable  otherwise  than in cash,  or a cash
         dividend  or  distribution  payable  otherwise  than out of  current or
         retained  earnings,  as indicated by the  accounting  treatment of such
         dividend or distribution on the books of the Company; or

                  (b) the  Company  shall offer to all the holders of its Common
         Stock  any  additional  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Company  or
         securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock
         of the Company, or any option,  right or warrant to subscribe therefor;
         or

                  (c) a  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up of the Company
         (other than in connection with a consolidation  or merger) or a sale of
         all or  substantially  all of its  property,  assets and business as an
         entirety shall be proposed;

                                       16
<PAGE>

then, in any one or more of said events,  the Company shall give written  notice
of such  event at least  fifteen  (15) days  prior to the date fixed as a record
date of the date of closing  the  transfer  books for the  determination  of the
stockholders   entitled  to  such   dividend,   distribution,   convertible   or
exchangeable  securities  or  subscription  rights,  or entitled to vote on such
proposed  dissolution,  liquidation,  winding  up or sale.  Such  notices  shall
specify such record date or the date of closing the transfer  books, as the case
may be.  Failure to give such notice or any defect  therein shall not affect the
validity of any action taken in connection  with the  declaration  or payment of
any  such  dividend,   or  the  issuance  of  any  convertible  or  exchangeable
securities,  or  subscription  rights,  options  or  warrants,  or any  proposed
dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale.

         13.      UNDERLYING WARRANTS.

         The form of the certificate  representing the Underlying  Warrants (and
the form of election to purchase shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the
Underlying  Warrants and the form of assignment  printed on the reverse thereof)
shall be  substantially  as set forth in the exhibits to the Warrant  Agreement.
Subject  to the  terms  of this  Agreement,  one (1)  Underlying  Warrant  shall
evidence the right to initially  purchase one (1) fully-paid and  non-assessable
share of Common Stock at an initial  purchase price of $8.25 during the five (5)
year period commencing on the Effective Date of the Registration  Statement,  at
which  time  the  Underlying  Warrants,  unless  the  exercise  period  has been
extended,  shall expire.  The exercise price of the Underlying  Warrants and the
number of shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the  Underlying
Warrants  are  subject  to  adjustment,  whether or not the  Warrants  have been
exercised and the Underlying  Warrants have been issued,  in the manner and upon
the occurrence of the events set forth in the Warrant Agreement, which is hereby
incorporated  herein by reference  and made a part hereof as if set forth in its
entirety  herein.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and upon issuance
of the Underlying  Warrants,  each registered holder of such Underlying  Warrant
shall have the right to purchase  from the Company (and the Company  shall issue
to such  registered  holders) up to the number of fully-paid and  non-assessable
shares of Common  Stock  (subject  to  adjustment  as  provided  in the  Warrant
Agreement)  set  forth  in such  Warrant  Certificate,  free  and  clear  of all
preemptive rights of stockholders, provided that such registered Holder complies
with the terms  governing  exercise of the  Underlying  Warrant set forth in the
Warrant  Agreement,  and pays  the  applicable  exercise  price,  determined  in
accordance  with the  terms  of the  Warrant  Agreement.  Upon  exercise  of the
Underlying Warrants,  the Company shall forthwith issue to the registered Holder
of any such Underlying Warrant in his name or in such name as may be directed by
him, certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock so purchased.  Except
as otherwise  provided  herein and in this  Agreement,  the Underlying  Warrants

                                       17
<PAGE>

shall be governed in all  respects  by the terms of the Warrant  Agreement.  The
Underlying Warrants shall be transferrable in the manner provided in the Warrant
Agreement,  and upon any such  transfer,  a new Underlying  Warrant  certificate
shall be issued  promptly to the  transferee.  The Company  covenants to send to
each Holder,  irrespective  of whether or not the Warrants have been  exercised,
any and all notices  required by the Warrant  Agreement to be sent to holders of
Underlying Warrants.

         14.      NOTICES.

         All  notices,  requests,  consents and other  communications  hereunder
shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given  when sent by
facsimile  and  delivered  personally  or by  overnight  courier,  or  mailed by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

                  (a) If  to  the  registered  Holder of any of the Registrable 
         Securities,  to  the  address of  such Holder as  shown on  the  books 
         of the Company; or

                  (b) If to the  Company,  to the  address set forth below or to
         such  other  address  as the  Company  may  designate  by notice to the
         Holders.

                                            Raymond W. Lindstrom, President
                                            Oregon Baking Company
                                            2287 N.W. Pettygrove
                                            Portland, Oregon 97210


With copies to:                             Brendan R. McDonnell, Esq.
                                            Tonkon Torp LLP
                                            1600 Pioneer Tower
                                            888 S.W. Fifth Avenue
                                            Portland, Oregon 97204

                                            and

                                            David A. Carter, P.A.
                                            2300 Glades Road, Suite 210W
                                            Boca Raton, Florida 33431


         15.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT: MODIFICATION.

         This Agreement (and the Underwriting Agreement and Warrant Agreement to
the extent  applicable)  contain  the entire  understanding  between the parties
hereto with respect to the subject matter  hereof,  and the terms and provisions
of this  Agreement  may not be modified,  waived or amended  except in a writing

                                       18
<PAGE>

executed by the  Company  and the Holders of at least a majority of  Registrable
Securities  (based on underlying  numbers of shares of Common Stock).  Notice of
any  modification,  waiver or amendment shall be promptly provided to any Holder
not consenting to such modification, waiver or amendment.

         16.      SUCCESSORS.

         All the covenants and  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the Company,  the Holders and their  respective
successors and assigns hereunder.

         17.      TERMINATION.

         This Agreement shall terminate at the earlier of the public sale of all
of the  Registrable  Securities  or at the close of business on ________,  2006.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification provisions of Section 7 shall
survive such termination.

         18.      GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.

         This Agreement and each Warrant  Certificate  issued hereunder shall be
deemed to be a contract  made under the laws of the State of Florida and for all
purposes  shall be construed in  accordance  with the laws of said State without
giving effect to the rules of said State  governing  the conflicts of laws.  The
Company,  the  Underwriter  and  the  Holders  hereby  agree  that  any  action,
proceeding  or claim  arising out of, or relating in any way to, this  Agreement
shall  be  brought  and  enforced  in a  federal  or state  court  of  competent
jurisdiction with venue only in the Fifteenth  Judicial Circuit Court in and for
Palm Beach County,  Florida or the United States District Court for the Southern
District of Florida,  West Palm Beach Division,  and irrevocably submits to such
jurisdiction,   which  jurisdiction  shall  be  exclusive.   The  Company,   the
Underwriter  and the Holders  hereby  irrevocably  waive any  objection  to such
exclusive jurisdiction or inconvenient forum. A party to this Agreement named as
a Defendant in any action brought in connection with this Agreement in any court
outside of the above named designated county or district shall have the right to
have the venue of said action changed to the above designated county or district
or, if necessary,  have the case dismissed,  requiring the other party to refile
such action in an appropriate  court in the above  designated  county or federal
district.

         19.      SEVERABILITY.

         If any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall be held to be  invalid  or
unenforceable,  such invalidity or  unenforceability  shall not affect any other
provision of this Agreement.

                                       19

<PAGE>


         20.      CAPTIONS.

         The  caption  headings  of the  Sections  of  this  Agreement  are  for
convenience of reference only and are not intended, nor should they be construed
as, a part of this Agreement and shall be given no substantive effect.

         21. BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

         Nothing in this  Agreement  shall be construed to give to any person or
corporation  other than the Company and the Underwriter and any other registered
Holder(s) of the Warrant  Certificates  or  Registrable  Securities any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement;  and this Agreement shall
be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company and the Underwriter and any
other Holder(s) of the Warrant Certificates or Registrable Securities.

         22.      COUNTERPARTS.

         This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and each
of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to be an  original,  and
such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS HEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

                                                 OREGON BAKING COMPANY



                                          BY:  _________________________________
                                                 Raymond W. Lindstrom, President


Attest:


_______________________________
Howard J. Wasserteil, Secretary



                                                 BARRON CHASE SECURITIES, INC.


                                          By:  _________________________________
                                                 Robert Kirk, President


<PAGE>



                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY

                               WARRANT CERTIFICATE


THE WARRANTS  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE OTHER SECURITIES  ISSUABLE
UPON  EXERCISE  THEREOF  MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD  EXCEPT  PURSUANT  TO (i) AN
EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, (ii) TO THE
EXTENT  APPLICABLE,  RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT (OR ANY SIMILAR RULE UNDER SUCH ACT
RELATING TO THE DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES),  OR (iii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,  IF
SUCH OPINION SHALL BE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE ISSUER, THAT AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT IS AVAILABLE.

THE  TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF THE WARRANTS  REPRESENTED  BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  IS
RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WARRANT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

                            EXERCISABLE ON OR BEFORE
                   5:30 P.M, EASTERN TIME ON ___________, 2004

NO. W-________

    _________ Common Stock                  __________  Warrant
              Underwriter                               Underwriter
              Warrants                                  Warrants

                                                               or

                                            __________  Underlying
                                                        Warrants

         This Warrant  Certificate  certifies  that___________  , or  registered
assigns, is the registered holder of _________ Common Stock Underwriter Warrants
and/or ______ Warrant Underwriter Warrants and/or __________ Underlying Warrants
of OREGON BAKING COMPANY (the "Company").  Each Common Stock Underwriter Warrant
permits the Holder hereof to purchase initially,  at any time from _______, 1999
("Purchase  Date") until 5:30 p.m.  Eastern Time on _______,  2004  ("Expiration
Date"),  one (1) share of the  Company's  Common  Stock at the initial  exercise
price,  subject to adjustment in certain events (the "Exercise Price"), of $8.25
per share (165% of the public offering price).  Each Warrant Underwriter Warrant
permits the Holder hereof to purchase  initially,  at any time from the Purchase
Date until five (5) years from the Purchase Date, one (1) Underlying  Warrant at
the Exercise Price of $.20625 per Underlying  Warrant.  Each Underlying  Warrant
permits the Holder thereof to purchase, at any time from the Purchase Date until
five (5) years from the Purchase  Date,  one (1) share of the  Company's  Common
Stock at the Exercise Price of $8.25 per share.

                                       21
<PAGE>

         Any  exercise  of Common  Stock  Underwriter  Warrants  and/or  Warrant
Underwriter  Warrants and/or Underlying  Warrants shall be effected by surrender
of this Warrant  Certificate  and payment of the Exercise  Price at an office or
agency of the Company, but subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the
Underwriter's  Warrant Agreement dated as of _______,  1999, between the Company
and Barron Chase  Securities,  Inc.  (the  "Underwriter's  Warrant  Agreement").
Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made by certified  check or official bank
check in New York  Clearing  House funds  payable to the order of the Company in
the event  there is no  cashless  exercise  pursuant  to Section  3.1(ii) of the
Underwriter's  Warrant  Agreement.  The Common Stock Underwriter  Warrants,  the
Warrant  Underwriter  Warrants,  and the  Underlying  Warrants are  collectively
referred to as "Warrants".

         No Warrant  may be  exercised  after 5:30 p.m.,  Eastern  Time,  on the
Expiration Date, at which time all Warrants  evidenced hereby,  unless exercised
prior thereto, hereby shall thereafter be void.

         The Warrants  evidenced by this Warrant  Certificate are part of a duly
authorized  issue of  Warrants  issued  pursuant  to the  Underwriter's  Warrant
Agreement,  which  Underwriter's  Warrant  Agreement is hereby  incorporated  by
reference in and made a part of this  instrument and is hereby referred to for a
description  of the  rights,  limitation  or  rights,  obligations,  duties  and
immunities  thereunder  of the Company and the holders  (the words  "holders" or
"holder" meaning the registered holders or registered holder) of the Warrants.

         The Underwriter's  Warrant Agreement  provides that upon the occurrence
of  certain  events,  the  Exercise  Price  and the type  and/or  number  of the
Company's  securities issuable thereupon may, subject to certain conditions,  be
adjusted. In such event, the Company will, at the request of the holder, issue a
new Warrant Certificate  evidencing the adjustment in the Exercise Price and the
number  and/or type of  securities  issuable  upon the exercise of the Warrants;
provided,  however,  that the  failure of the  Company to issue such new Warrant
Certificates shall not in any way change, alter, or otherwise impair, the rights
of the holder as set forth in the Underwriter's Warrant Agreement.

         Upon due  presentment  for  registration  or transfer  of this  Warrant
Certificate at an office or agency of the Company, a new Warrant  Certificate or
Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number
of Warrants  shall be issued to the  transferee(s)  in exchange for this Warrant
Certificate, subject to the limitations provided herein and in the Underwriter's
Warrant  Agreement,  without any charge except for any tax or other governmental
charge imposed in connection with such transfer.

         Upon the  exercise of less than all of the  Warrants  evidenced by this

                                       22
<PAGE>

Certificate,  the  Company  shall  forthwith  issue to the  holder  hereof a new
Warrant Certificate representing such number of unexercised Warrants.

         The Company may deem and treat the registered  holder(s)  hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant certificate  (notwithstanding  any notation of
ownership  or other  writing  hereon  made by  anyone),  for the  purpose of any
exercise hereof,  and of any distribution to the holder(s)  hereof,  and for all
other  purposes,  and the  Company  shall not be  affected  by any notice to the
contrary.

         All terms used in this  Warrant  Certificate  which are  defined in the
Underwriter's  Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the
Underwriter's Warrant Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to
be duly executed under its corporate seal.


Dated as of _______, 1999

                                              OREGON BAKING COMPANY



                                       BY:___________________________________
                                              Raymond W. Lindstrom, President


Attest:


_______________________________
Howard J. Wasserteil, Secretary





                                       23


<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT "A"

                      FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION (CASH EXERCISE)
                      ------------------------------------

                  (To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant)


TO:      Raymond W. Lindstrom, President
         Oregon Baking Company
         2287 N.W. Pettygrove
         Portland, Oregon 97210


         The undersigned,  the Holder of Warrant  Certificate  number _____ (the
"Warrant"),  representing  ________  Common Stock  Underwriter  Warrants  and/or
_______ Warrant Underwriter Warrants and/or  ______________  Underlying Warrants
of OREGON BAKING  COMPANY (the  "Company"),  which Warrant  Certificate is being
delivered  herewith,  hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise the purchase right
provided by the Warrant Certificate for, and to purchase  thereunder,  _________
Shares and/or __________  Underlying Warrants of the Company, and herewith makes
payment of $________  therefor,  and  requests  that the  certificates  for such
securities be issued in the name of, and delivered to,  _____________________  ,
whose address is  ________________________________________________________,  all
in  accordance  with  the  Underwriter's   Warrant  Agreement  and  the  Warrant
Certificate.


Dated: ___________________________ 


                                        _______________________________________
                                       (Signature  must conform in all respects
                                        to name of Holder as specified on the 
                                        face of the Warrant Certificate)




                                       ________________________________________
               
                                       ________________________________________
                                       (Address)

                                       ________________________________________
                                       (Social Security Number of Tax
                                        Identification Number)



                                       24
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "B"

                    FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION (CASHLESS EXERCISE)
                    ----------------------------------------




TO:      Raymond W. Lindstrom, President
         Oregon Baking Company
         2287 N.W. Pettygrove
         Portland, Oregon 97210


         The undersigned,  the Holder of Warrant Certificate number________ (the
"Warrant"),  representing  ________________  Common Stock  Underwriter  Warrants
and/or ___________ Underlying Warrants of OREGON BAKING COMPANY (the "Company"),
which  Warrant  is being  delivered  herewith,  hereby  irrevocably  elects  the
cashless  exercise of the purchase right provided by the  Underwriter's  Warrant
Agreement and the Warrant Certificate for, and to purchase thereunder, Shares of
the Company in accordance with the formula  provided at Section three (3) of the
Underwriter's Warrant Agreement.  The undersigned requests that the certificates
for   such   Shares   be   issued   in  the   name   of,   and   delivered   to,
_______________________________________ ,        whose        address        is,
_____________________________________ ,  all  in  accordance  with  the  Warrant
Certificate.


Dated: _______________________


                                        ________________________________________
                                        (Signature  must conform in all respects
                                         to name of Holder as specified on the
                                         face of the Warrant Certificate)



                                        ________________________________________

                                        ________________________________________
                                        (Address)

                                        ________________________________________
                                        (Social    Security    Number   of   Tax
                                         Identification Number)




                                       25
<PAGE>


                              (FORM OF ASSIGNMENT)



              (To be exercised by the registered holder if such holder
                   desires to transfer the Warrant Certificate.)
 



FOR VALUE RECEIVED ______________________________________________  hereby sells,
assigns and transfers unto

                (Print name and address of transferee)

this Warrant Certificate, together with all right, title and interest   therein,
and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________________________,
Attorney, to transfer  the  within Warrant Certificate on the books of the
within-named Company, and full power of substitution.


Dated:                                  Signature:


_______________________________         _____________________________________
                                        (Signature must conform in all respects
                                         to name of holder as specified on the 
                                         fact of the Warrant Certificate)



                                         ____________________________________
                                         (Insert Social Security or Other
                                          Identifying Number of Assignee)



                                       26



                          FINANCIAL ADVISORY AGREEMENT


         This Agreement is made and entered into as of the ____ day of ________,
1999, between Oregon Baking Company (the "Company") and Barron Chase Securities,
Inc. (the "Financial Advisor").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :
                              ---------------------

         WHEREAS,  The Company has engaged the  Financial  Advisor to act as the
Underwriter in connection with the public offering of the Company's  securities;
and

         WHEREAS,  the Financial  Advisor has experience in providing  financial
and business  advice to public and private companies; and

         WHEREAS, the Company is seeking and the Financial Advisor is willing to
furnish business and financial related advice and services to the Company on the
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of, and for the mutual promises and
covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable  consideration,  the
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

         1.  PURPOSE.  The Company  hereby  engages the  Financial  Advisor on a
non-exclusive basis for the term specified in this Agreement to render financial
advisory and consulting  advice to the Company as an investment  banker relating
to financial and similar matters upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.
However, the advisory will only be rendered if specifically requested in writing
by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

         2.  REPRESENTATIONS  OF THE  FINANCIAL  ADVISOR  AND THE  COMPANY.  The
Financial Advisor represents and warrants to the Company that (i) it is a member
in good  standing  of the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
("NASD") and that it is engaged in the securities  brokerage  business;  (ii) in
addition to its securities  brokerage  business,  the Financial Advisor provides
consulting advisory services;  and (iii) it is free to enter into this Agreement
and the services to be provided  pursuant to this  Agreement are not in conflict
with any other contractual or other obligation to which the Financial Advisor is
bound. The Company acknowledges that the Financial Advisor is in the business of
providing  financial services and consulting advice (of the type contemplated by
this  Agreement) to others and that nothing herein  contained shall be construed
to limit or restrict the  Financial  Advisor in  conducting  such  business with
respect to others, or rendering such advice to others.

                                       1
<PAGE>

         3. DUTIES OF THE FINANCIAL ADVISOR.  During the term of this Agreement,
the  Financial  Advisor  will  provide the  Company  with  consulting  advice as
specified  below at the  request of the  Company,  provided  that the  Financial
Advisor  shall not be required to  undertake  duties not  reasonably  within the
scope of the  consulting  advisory  service  in which the  Financial  Advisor is
engaged  generally.  In performance of these duties, the Financial Advisor shall
provide the Company  with the benefits of its best  judgment and efforts.  It is
understood  and  acknowledged  by the  parties  that the value of the  Financial
Advisor's  advice is not  measurable in any  quantitative  manner,  and that the
amount of time  spent  rendering  such  consulting  advice  shall be  determined
according to the Financial Advisor's discretion.

         The Financial Advisor's duties may include, but will not necessarily be
limited to:

                  1)       Advice relating to corporate financing activities;

                  2)       Recommendations  relating  to  specific  business 
                           operations and investments;

                  3)       Advice relating to financial planning; and

                  4)       Advice   regarding   future   financings    involving
                           securities of the Company or any subsidiary.

         4. TERM.  The term of this  Agreement  shall be for twelve  (12) months
commencing on the first day of the month following the Company's  receipt of the
proceeds  from the  contemplated  public  offering  (the  "Commencement  Date");
provided,  however,  that this  Agreement  may be renewed or extended  upon such
terms and conditions as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto.

         5. FEE. The Company shall pay the  Financial  Advisor a fee of $108,000
for the financial  services to be rendered  pursuant to this  Agreement,  all of
which  shall be payable at the Closing  Date of the  Company's  proposed  public
offering.

         6.  EXPENSES.  In addition to the fees payable  hereunder,  the Company
shall  reimburse  the  Financial  Advisor,  within five (5) business days of its
request,  for  any  and  all  reasonable   out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in
connection with the services  performed by the Financial Advisor and its counsel
pursuant to this Agreement,  including (i) reasonable hotel, food and associated
expenses;  (ii) reasonable  charges for travel;  (iii) reasonable  long-distance
telephone  calls;  and (iv) other  reasonable  expenses spent or incurred on the
Company's  behalf.  All such expenses in excess of $500 shall be pre-approved by
the Company.

         7. USE OF  ADVICE  BY THE  COMPANY;  PUBLIC  MARKET  FOR THE  COMPANY'S
SECURITIES.  The Company  acknowledges  that all opinions and advice (written or

                                       2
<PAGE>

oral)  given by the  Financial  Advisor to the  Company in  connection  with the
engagement of the Financial  Advisor are intended solely for the benefit and use
of the Company in  considering  the  transaction  to which they relate,  and the
Company agrees that no person or entity other than the Company shall be entitled
to make use of or rely upon the  advice  of the  Financial  Advisor  to be given
hereunder,  and no such opinion or advice shall be used for any other purpose or
reproduced,  disseminated,  quoted or referred to at any time,  in any manner or
for any purpose, nor may the Company make any public references to the Financial
Advisor,  or use the Financial Advisor's name in any annual reports or any other
reports or  releases of the Company  without  the prior  written  consent of the
Financial Advisor.

         The Company acknowledges that the Financial Advisor makes no commitment
whatsoever as to making a public trading  market in the Company's  securities or
to  recommending  or advising its clients to purchase the Company's  securities.
Research  reports or  corporate  finance  reports  that may be  prepared  by the
Financial  Advisor will,  when and if prepared,  be done solely on the merits or
judgment and analysis of the Financial  Advisor or any senior corporate  finance
personnel of the Financial Advisor.

         8. COMPANY  INFORMATION;  CONFIDENTIALLY.  The Company  recognizes  and
confirms  that,  in  advising  the  Company  and in  fulfilling  its  engagement
hereunder,  the Financial Advisor will use and rely on data,  material and other
information  furnished  to the  Financial  Advisor by the  Company.  The Company
acknowledges  and agrees that in performing its services under this  engagement,
the  Financial  Advisor may rely upon the data,  material and other  information
supplied  by  the  Company   without   independently   verifying  the  accuracy,
completeness  or  veracity  of same.  In  addition,  in the  performance  of its
services,  the  Financial  Advisor  may look to such  others  for  such  factual
information,  economic  advice and/or  research upon which to base its advice to
the  Company  hereunder  as the  Financial  Advisor  shall  in good  faith  deem
appropriate.

         Except as contemplated by the terms hereof or as required by applicable
law, the Financial  Advisor shall keep  confidential all non-public  information
provided to it by the Company,  and shall not disclose such  information  to any
third party without the Company's prior written consent,  other than such of its
employees  and advisors as the  Financial  Advisor  determines to have a need to
know.

         9.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Financial Advisor against any and all liabilities,  claims, lawsuits,  including
any and all awards  and/or  judgments to which it may become  subject  under the
Securities Act of 1933,  (the "Act"),  the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "1934 Act") or any other federal or state statute, at common law or
otherwise,  insofar as said liabilities,  claims and lawsuits  (including costs,

                                       3
<PAGE>

expenses,  awards and/or  judgments)  arise out of or are in connection with the
services  rendered by the Financial  Advisor or any  transactions  in connection
with this Agreement, except for any liabilities,  claims and lawsuits (including
awards and/or judgments), arising out of willful misconduct or willful omissions
of the Financial Advisor. In addition, the Company shall also indemnify and hold
harmless  the  Financial  Advisor  against  any and  all  reasonable  costs  and
expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, incurred relating to the foregoing.

         The Financial  Advisor shall give the Company prompt notice of any such
liability,  claim or lawsuit which the Financial Advisor contends is the subject
matter of the  Company's  indemnification  and the  Company  thereupon  shall be
granted the right to take any and all necessary and proper  action,  at its sole
cost and expense, with respect to such liability,  claim and lawsuit,  including
the right to settle, compromise and dispose of such liability, claim or lawsuit,
excepting  therefrom any and all  proceedings or hearings  before any regulatory
bodies and/or authorities.

         The  Financial  Advisor shall  indemnify and hold the Company  harmless
against any and all  liabilities,  claims and  lawsuits,  including  any and all
awards and/or  judgments to which it may become  subject under the Act, the 1934
Act or any other federal or state statute,  at common law or otherwise,  insofar
as said  liabilities,  claims and lawsuits  (including costs,  expenses,  awards
and/or  judgments) arise out of or are based upon willful  misconduct or willful
omissions of the Financial  Advisor.  In addition,  the Financial  Advisor shall
also  indemnify  and hold the Company  harmless  against any and all  reasonable
costs and expenses,  including reasonable counsel fees, incurred relating to the
foregoing.

         The Company shall give the Financial  Advisor prompt notice of any such
liability,  claim or lawsuit which the Company contends is the subject matter of
the Financial  Advisor's  indemnification  and the Financial  Advisor  thereupon
shall be granted the right to take any and all necessary and proper  action,  at
its sole cost and expense,  with respect to such  liability,  claim and lawsuit,
including the right to settle, compromise or dispose of such liability, claim or
lawsuit,  excepting  therefrom any and all  proceedings  or hearings  before any
regulatory bodies and/or authorities.

         10. THE FINANCIAL ADVISOR AS AN INDEPENDENT  CONTRACTOR.  The Financial
Advisor shall perform its services  hereunder as an  independent  contractor and
not as an employee  of the  Company or an  affiliate  thereof.  It is  expressly
understood and agreed to by the parties hereto that the Financial  Advisor shall
have no  authority to act for,  represent  or bind the Company or any  affiliate
thereof in any manner,  except as may be agreed to  expressly  by the Company in
writing from time to time.


                                       4
<PAGE>

         11.      MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a) This  Agreement  between  the  Company  and the  Financial  Advisor
constitutes the entire agreement and  understanding  of the parties hereto,  and
supersedes any and all previous agreements and  understandings,  whether oral or
written, between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein.

         (b) Any notice or communication  permitted or required  hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be deemed  sufficiently  given if hand-delivered or sent
by facsimile and postage prepaid by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested,  to the  respective  parties  as set forth  below,  or to such  other
address as either party may notify the other in writing:

If to the Company:           Raymond W. Lindstrom, President
                             Oregon Baking Company
                             2287 N.W. Pettygrove
                             Portland, Oregon 97210


Copy to:                     Brendan R. McDonnell, Esq.
                             Tonkon Torp LLP
                             1600 Pioneer Tower
                             888 S.W. Fifth Avenue
                             Portland, Oregon 97204

If to the
 Financial Advisor:          Robert T. Kirk, President
                             Barron Chase Securities, Inc.
                             7700 West Camino Real
                             Boca Raton, Florida 33433

Copy to:                     David A. Carter, P.A.
                             2300 Glades Road, Suite 210W
                             Boca Raton, Florida 33431

         (c) This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of
each  of  the   parties   hereto   and  their   respective   successors,   legal
representatives and assigns.

         (d) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each
of which together shall constitute one and the same original document.

         (e) No provision of this Agreement may be amended,  modified or waived,
except in a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

         (f) This  Agreement  shall be governed by and  construed in  accordance
with the laws of the State of Florida  applicable  to  contracts  made and to be
performed  entirely  within the State of  Florida.  The  parties  agree that any
action brought by any party against  another party in connection with any rights

                                       5
<PAGE>

or obligations  arising out of this Agreement shall be instituted  properly in a
federal  or  state  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  with  venue  only in the
Fifteenth  Judicial  Circuit Court in and for Palm Beach County,  Florida or the
United States  District  Court for the Southern  District of Florida,  West Palm
Beach  Division.  A party to this  Agreement  named as a Defendant in any action
brought in  connection  with this  Agreement  in any court  outside of the above
named  designated  county or district  shall have the right to have the venue of
said action changed to the above designated county or district or, if necessary,
have the case  dismissed,  requiring the other party to refile such action in an
appropriate court in the above designated county or federal district.

         (g) This Agreement has been duly authorized,  executed and delivered by
and on behalf of the Company and the Financial Advisor.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      OREGON BAKING COMPANY



                                    BY: _____________________________
                                        Raymond W. Lindstrom, President


                                      BARRON CHASE SECURITIES, INC.


                                    BY: ______________________________
                                        Robert T. Kirk, President



                                       6


                                                          ____________, 1999



Raymond W. Lindstrom, President
Oregon Baking Company
2287 N.W. Pettygrove
Portland, Oregon 97210

         RE:      MERGER AND ACQUISITION AGREEMENT
                  --------------------------------

Dear Mr. Lindstrom:

         You have agreed that Barron Chase Securities,  Inc., (the "Finder") may
act as a non-exclusive finder or financial consultant in various transactions in
which Oregon Baking Company (the  "Company") may be involved,  including but not
limited to, mergers, acquisitions,  business combinations,  joint ventures, debt
or equity  placements or other on-balance  sheet or off-balance  sheet corporate
transactions.  The Company hereby agrees that in the event that the Finder shall
first introduce to the Company another party or entity,  and that as a result of
such  introduction,  a  transaction  between  such  entity  and the  Company  is
consummated  ("Consummated  Transaction"),  then the  Company  shall  pay to the
Finder a finder's fee as follows:

         a.       Five percent (5%) of the first $1,000,000 of the consideration
                  paid in such transaction;

         b.       Four percent (4%) of the consideration in excess of $1,000,000
                  and up to $2,000,000;

         c.       Three  percent  (3%) of  the  consideration  in  excess  of
                  $2,000,000 and up to $3,000,000;

         d.       Two percent (2%) of the consideration in excess of $3,000,000 
                  and up to $4,000,000; and

         e.       One percent (1%) of any consideration in excess of $4,000,000.

         The fee due the Finder  shall be paid by the  Company in cash and/or in
stock at the closing of the  Consummated  Transaction as mutually agreed between
the  Company  and  the  Finder,   without  regard  to  whether  the  Consummated
Transaction  involves  payments in cash, in stock, or a combination of stock and
cash,  or is  made on an  installment  sale  basis.  By way of  example,  if the
Consummated  Transaction  involves  securities of the acquiring  entity (whether
securities of the Company,  if the Company is the acquiring party, or securities
of another  entity,  if the  Company  is the  selling  party)  having a value of
$5,000,000,  the  finders fee to be paid by the Company to the Finder at closing
shall be $150,000.

         However, both parties agree that it is the purpose of the
Company to use the proceeds of the offering in the acquisition, merger, purchase



<PAGE>

of shares or any other kind of association  with foreign  companies as described
in the  prospectus.  To the extent that the Company has any prior  relationships
with such foreign  companies these foreign  companies are specifically  excluded
from this Agreement.

         In the event that for any reason the  Company  shall fail to pay to the
Finder all or any  portion  of the  finder's  fee  payable  hereunder  when due,
interest  shall accrue and be payable on the unpaid  balance due hereunder  from
the date when first due through and including that date when actually  collected
by the  Finder,  at a rate  equal  to two (2)  points  over  the  prime  rate of
Citibank,  N.A. in New York, New York, computed on a daily basis and adjusted as
announced from time to time.

         This  agreement  shall be effective on the date hereof and shall expire
on the fifth anniversary of the date hereof.

         Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, if the Company shall,
within 180 days  immediately  following the  termination of the five year period
provided above, conclude a Consummated  Transaction with any party introduced by
the Finder to the Company prior to the termination of said five year period, the
Company shall also pay the Finder the fee determined above.

         The Company  represents  and warrants to the Finder that the engagement
of the Finder  hereunder has been duly  authorized  and approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company and this letter  agreement  has been duly  executed and
delivered by the Company and constitutes a legal,  valid and binding  obligation
of the Company.

         This  agreement has been executed and delivered in the State of Florida
and shall be governed by the laws of such state,  without  giving  effect to the
conflicts of laws rules thereunder.

         This agreement  shall be binding upon,  and  enforceable  against,  the
successors and assigns of each of the undersigned.

         Please sign this letter at the place indicated below, whereupon it will
constitute our mutually binding  agreement with respect to the matters contained
herein.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             BARRON CHASE SECURITIES, INC.


                                      BY: _________________________________
                                             Robert T. Kirk, President
Agreed to and Accepted:

OREGON BAKING COMPANY


BY:________________________________
   Raymond W. Lindstrom, President




                          AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE GUARANTY


          This Agreement to Provide Guaranty (this "Agreement") is entered into
between Oregon Baking Company, dba Marsee Baking, an Oregon corporation (the
"Company"), and Joseph F. Tanous ("Guarantor").

          The Company has applied for an expansion of its credit facilities from
Silicon Valley Bank (the "Bank"). The Bank is unwilling to expand the Company's
line of credit without an additional personal guaranty from the Guarantor. With
an additional guaranty, the Bank is willing to expand its line of credit for the
Company by up to $750,000.

          Guarantor is a current shareholder of the Company and a member of the
Board of Directors. Guarantor is willing to guaranty an additional $750,000 of
the Company's line of credit in consideration of the issuance to Guarantor of
150,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.

          In order to assist the Company in obtaining an expansion of its line
of credit from the Bank, Guarantor has agreed to sign a guaranty on the Bank's
standard form guaranteeing up to an additional $750,000 of indebtedness owed to
the Bank by Marsee (a "Guaranty"). The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth
the agreement between the Guarantor and the Company regarding Guarantor's
compensation for the Guaranty, the conditions of the Guaranty and the Company's
indemnity obligation in the event the Guaranty is enforced by the Bank.

          Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:

          1. AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE GUARANTY. Guarantor hereby agrees to provide a
personal guaranty of up to $750,000 to Silicon Valley Bank as security for the
Company's line of credit with the Bank. Guarantor shall have the right to assign
his rights and delegate his duties under this Agreement, to a qualified person
or persons, approved by the Company, which approval shall be at the Company's
sole discretion, who provides a personal guaranty on the Company's behalf for a
portion of the $750,000 line of credit with the Bank. Guarantor's right of
assignment is subject to the requirements of state and federal securities laws.

          2. CONSIDERATION FOR GUARANTEES. In consideration of the Guaranty to
be provided by the Guarantor, and based upon the representations of the
Guarantor contained in Section 3 below, the Company hereby agrees to issue to
Guarantor One Hundred Fifty Thousand (150,000) shares of the Company's Common
Stock (the "Shares") which the Company and the Guarantor agree have a fair
market value of $0.50 per share.

          3. INVESTMENT INTENT; INFORMED DECISION. Guarantor hereby acknowledges
and represents to the Company that Guarantor is acquiring the Shares for his own
account and not with a view to their resale or distribution and that Guarantor
is prepared to hold the Shares for an indefinite period and has no present
intention to sell, distribute or grant any participating interests in the
Shares. Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the securities act of any
state, and that the Company is issuing the Shares to Guarantor in reliance on
the representations made herein by Guarantor. Guarantor represents to the
Company that, in his capacity as consultant and/or director of the Company, he
is familiar with the business of the Company, and has been afforded the
opportunity to meet with the management of the Company and to ask questions of,
and receive answers from, such management about the business and affairs of the
Company, and to obtain any additional information, to the extent that the
Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable
effort or expense, necessary to verify the accuracy of the information otherwise
obtained by or furnished to Guarantor. Guarantor acknowledges that the Company
has furnished to him all information that Guarantor considered necessary to form
a decision concerning the purchase of the Shares, including the Company's
business plan (and the risk factors therein contained), and no valid request to
the Company by Guarantor for information of any kind about the Company has been
refused or denied by the Company or remains unfulfilled as of the date hereof.
Guarantor represents that he is a sophisticated investor who, acting alone or
with a professional advisor who is unaffiliated with and who is not compensated


                                                   Agreement to Provide Guaranty
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>

by the Company directly or indirectly, is familiar with the risks inherent in
speculative investments such the one undertaken hereby, and has such knowledge
and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the shares, and is able to
bear the economic risk of the loss of the entire investment.

          4. RESTRICTED SECURITIES. Guarantor hereby confirms that he has been
informed that the Shares may not be resold or transferred unless the Shares are
first registered under applicable federal and state securities laws or unless an
exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Guarantor hereby
acknowledges that he is prepared to hold the Shares for an indefinite period and
that he is aware that Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act is not
presently available to exempt the sale of the Shares from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act. If Rule 144 subsequently becomes available,
Guarantor is aware that any sale of the Shares effected pursuant to the Rule
may, depending upon the status of Guarantor as an "affiliate" or "non-affiliate"
under the Rule, be made only in limited amounts in accordance with the
provisions of the Rule, and that in no event may any Shares be sold pursuant to
the Rule until Guarantor has held the Shares for the requisite holding period.

          5. RESTRICTIVE LEGEND. In order to reflect the restrictions on
transfer of the Shares, the stock certificates for the Shares will be endorsed
with the following legends:

     "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
     REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNDER THE SECURITIES
     ACT OF ANY STATE. THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND
     MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SHARES UNDER SUCH ACT AND ANY
     APPLICABLE STATE LAWS, (B) A `NO ACTION' LETTER OF THE SECURITIES AND
     EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND APPROPRIATE STATE AUTHORITIES WITH RESPECT TO
     SUCH SALE OR OFFER, OR (C) SATISFACTORY ASSURANCES TO THE CORPORATION
     (WHICH MAY INCLUDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE
     CORPORATION) THAT REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE
     LAWS IS NOT REQUIRED WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SALE OR OFFER."

     "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFCATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF
     ASSIGNMENT IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN
     AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE GUARANTY BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER
     HEREOF, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY WITHOUT
     CHARGE."

          6. MARKET STAND-OFF. (a) In connection with any underwritten public
offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective
registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company's
initial public offering, Guarantor shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan,
hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose
or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing
transactions with respect to, any Shares without the prior written consent of
the Company or its underwriters. Such limitations shall be in effect for a
period of fourteen months from and after the effective date of the final
prospectus for the Company's initial public offering.

               (b) In the event of any stock split, stock dividend,
recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange or conversion of shares or
other change affecting the Company's outstanding Common Stock effected as a
class without the Company's receipt of consideration, then any new, substituted
or additional securities distributed with respect to the Shares shall be
immediately subject to the provisions of this Section 6, to the same extent the
Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.


                                                   Agreement to Provide Guaranty
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>

               (c) In order to enforce the limitations of this Section 6, the
Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until
the end of the applicable stand-off period.


          7. ASSIGNMENT OF SHARES BACK TO THE COMPANY. In the event that
Guarantor does not provide a Guaranty in the full amount of $750,000 by July 31,
1999, and no other qualified person has provided a guaranty pursuant to
Guarantor's right of assignment under Section 1 of this Agreement, which
guaranty, together with the Guaranty provided by Guarantor equals $750,000,
Guarantor shall immediately assign to the Company, without cost to the Company,
that number of Shares determined by the following formula: For each $5.00
increment for which Guarantor (including his assignees) does not provide a
Guaranty, Guarantor shall assign one share of Common Stock to the Company.

          8. REMOVAL OF GUARANTY. The Company shall remove the Guaranty upon the
consummation of a private or public equity financing raising in excess of
$5,000,000. Further, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to remove the
Guaranty by November 1, 2000.

          9. INDEMNITY. If at any time and from time to time, Guarantor has paid
the Bank following any demand for payment under the Guaranty, upon written
notice from the Guarantor, the Company shall indemnify Guarantor against any and
all losses, liability and expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising
out of or caused by such payment to the Bank. Each party will defend, hold
harmless, and indemnify the other party from and against all loss, damage,
injury or expense (including reasonable attorney fees) arising out of or caused
by any breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement by such party.

          10. FURTHER UNDERTAKING. The Company and Guarantor hereby agree to
take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the
Company may in its judgment deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or
effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed pursuant to the
express provisions of this Agreement.

          11. WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may be amended, modified or
supplemented only by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto. The
waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not
operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

          12. NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands and other communications
which are required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and
shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by
first-class mail, postage prepaid:

             If to Marsee:         Ray Lindstrom, President and CEO
                                   Oregon Baking Company
                                   dba Marsee Baking
                                   2287 NW Pettygrove
                                   Portland, OR    97210

             With a copy to:       Brendan R. McDonnell
                                   Tonkon Torp LLP
                                   SW Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600
                                   Portland, OR   97204


                                                   Agreement to Provide Guaranty
                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>

             If to Tanous:         Joseph F. Tanous
                                   SW 72nd Avenue
                                   Portland, OR 97224


or such other address as any party shall have specified by notice in writing to
the other.

          13. NOTICES REGARDING DEMANDS. Guarantor will not make any payment
under the Guaranty unless and until a written demand for payment has been
received from the Bank. If Guarantor receives a demand for payment under the
Guaranty, notice of such demand will be promptly sent to the Company. The
Company shall promptly send to Guarantor any notice of default received from the
Bank.

          14. BINDING EFFECT; BENEFITS. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs,
legatees or successors; nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer on any
third person any rights, remedies, obligations or a liability under or by reason
of this Agreement.

          15. ATTORNEY FEES. If any action is brought with respect to this
agreement, or in any appeal therefrom, the prevailing party shall be entitled to
reasonable attorney fees as determined by the court or courts in which the
action or appeal is tried or heard.

          16. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted
in accordance with Oregon law without regard to its choice of law provisions.

          17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

          EXECUTED as of the 29th day of April, 1999.


                                         OREGON BAKING COMPANY
                                         dba Marsee Baking


                                         By: /s/ Raymond W. Lindstrom
                                             -----------------------------------
                                         Its: Pres. CEO
                                             -----------------------------------


                                         GUARANTOR:


                                         /s/ Joseph F. Tanous
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Joseph F. Tanous




                                                   Agreement to Provide Guaranty
                                                                          Page 4




                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors
Oregon Baking Company dba Marsee Baking:

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the headings "Summary Financial  Information" and of "Experts" in the
prospectus.

Our report dated February 23, 1999 contains an explanatory paragraph that states
that the Company has  suffered  recurring  losses from  operations  which raises
substantial  doubt  about  its  ability  to  continue  as a going  concern.  The
financial  statements do not include any adjustments  that might result from the
outcome of that uncertainty.

                            /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Portland, Oregon
April 30, 1999



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>

This schedule contains summary financial  information extracted from the Balance
Sheets and Statements of Operations found in pages F-3 and F-4, respectively, of
the Registration Statement and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial statements.

</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                     1,000
       
<S>                                        <C>              <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                 Year             Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          Dec-31-1997      Dec-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             Jan-01-1997      Jan-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               Dec-31-1997      Dec-31-1998
<CASH>                                              91              129
<SECURITIES>                                         0                0
<RECEIVABLES>                                      114              263
<ALLOWANCES>                                        60               10
<INVENTORY>                                         64              269
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   255              785
<PP&E>                                           3,350            9,477
<DEPRECIATION>                                     716            1,966
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   3,007            8,674
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            1,742            4,933
<BONDS>                                              0                0
                                0                0
                                      1,424            6,541
<COMMON>                                           476              626
<OTHER-SE>                                      (2,058)          (6,347)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     3,007            8,674
<SALES>                                          4,948           12,656
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 4,948           12,656
<CGS>                                            2,887            7,579
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    4,836           13,459
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 1,178            3,029
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 129              472
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (1,195)          (4,304)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (1,195)          (4,304)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                0
<CHANGES>                                            0                0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (1,195)          (4,304)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                       (1.41)           (5.07)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                       (1.41)           (5.07)
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission